Sanskrit Dictionary

Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.

Amarakosha Search

50 results

Word	Reference	Gender	Number	Synonyms	Definition

adharaḥ	3.3.197	Masculine	Singular	uttamaḥ, dūram, anātmā

adhīnaḥ	3.1.14	Masculine	Singular	nighnaḥ, āyattaḥ, asvacchandaḥ, gṛhyakaḥ

ādram	3.1.105	Masculine	Singular	uttam, sāndram, klinnam, timitam, stimitam, samunnam

agniḥ		Masculine	Singular	jvalanaḥ, barhiḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, analaḥ, śikhāvān, hutabhuk, saptārciḥ, citrabhānuḥ, appittam, vaiśvānaraḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedāḥ, śuṣmā, uṣarbudhaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, dahanaḥ, damunāḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, vahniḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, tanūnapāt, kṛṣṇavartmā, āśrayāśaḥ, pāvakaḥ, vāyusakhaḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, havyavāhanaḥ, śukraḥ, śuciḥ, vītihotraḥ	fire god

aśaḥ	2.9.90	Masculine	Singular	riktham, rāḥ, draviṇam, dhanam, svāpateyam, arthaḥ, hiraṇyam, ṛktham, vittam, vibhavaḥ, dyumnam, va‍su

avadānam	3.2.3	Neuter	Singular	karmavṛttam

chinnam	3.1.104	Masculine	Singular	chitam, chātam, vṛkṇam, lūnam, kṛttam, dātam, ditam

daivajñaḥ	2.8.13	Masculine	Singular	mauhūrttaḥ, sāṃvatsaraḥ, ‍kārtāntikaḥ, jyautiṣikaḥ, daivajñaḥ, gaṇakaḥ, mauhūrttikaḥ

dhūrtaḥ	2.10.44	Masculine	Singular	akṣadhūrttaḥ, dyūtakṛt, akṣadevī, kitavaḥ

hṛṣṭaḥ	3.1.103	Masculine	Singular	prītaḥ, mattaḥ, tṛptaḥ, prahlannaḥ, pramuditaḥ

itihāsaḥ		Masculine	Singular	purāvṛttam	history

karkaśaḥ	3.1.75	Masculine	Singular	mūrtimat, krūram, mūrttam, kaṭhoram, niṣṭhuram, dṛḍham, jaraṭham, kakkhaṭam

lābhaḥ	2.9.81	Masculine	Singular	‍naimeyaḥ, ‍nimayaḥ, parīvarttaḥ

līlā	3.3.207	Feminine	Singular	svabhāvaḥ, sadvṛttam

luṭhitaḥ	2.8.51	Masculine	Singular	upāvṛttaḥ

mānaḥ		Masculine	Singular	cittasamunnatiḥ	anger or indignation excited by jealousy (esp. in women)

māyuḥ	2.6.63	Masculine	Singular	pittam

mūrcchālaḥ	2.6.62	Masculine	Singular	mūrttaḥ, mūrcchitaḥ

parikṣiptam	3.1.87	Masculine	Singular	nivṛttam

pradhānam	3.1.58	Neuter	Singular	agryaḥ, agraḥ, pravarhaḥ, mukhyaḥ, pravekaḥ, agriyaḥ, prāgryaḥ, parārdhyaḥ, vareṇyaḥ, uttamaḥ, pramukhaḥ, agrīyaḥ, prāgraharaḥ, anavarārdhyaḥ, varyaḥ, anuttamaḥ

pratītaḥ	3.1.7	Masculine	Singular	vijñātaḥ, viśrutaḥ, prathitaḥ, khyātaḥ, vittaḥ

prativākyam	1.6.10	Neuter	Singular	uttaram	an answer

prāvāraḥ	2.6.118	Masculine	Singular	uttarāsaṅgaḥ, bṛhatikā, saṃvyānam, uttarīyam

preritaḥ	3.1.86	Masculine	Singular	kṣiptaḥ, nuttaḥ, nunnaḥ, astaḥ, niṣṭhyūtaḥ, āviddhaḥ

pūḥ		Feminine	Singular	nagarī, pattanam, puṭabhedanam, sthānīyam, nigamaḥ, purī

rāśiḥ	3.3.222	Masculine	Singular	nimittam, padam, lakṣyam

śiraḥ	2.6.96	Neuter	Singular	śīrṣam, mūrdhan, mastakaḥ, uttamāṅgam

śreṣṭhaḥ	3.1.58	Masculine	Singular	puṣkalaḥ, sattamaḥ, atiśobhanaḥ, śreyān

unmādaḥ	1.7.26	Masculine	Singular	cittavibhramaḥ	madness

varārohā	2.6.4	Feminine	Singular	uttamā, varavarṇinī, mattakāśinī

vartulam	3.1.68	Masculine	Singular	nistalam, vṛttam

velljam	2.9.36	Neuter	Singular	kṛṣṇam, ūṣaṇam, dharmapattanam, marīcam, kolakam

vicāritaḥ	3.1.99	Masculine	Singular	vinnaḥ, vittaḥ

viṣṇuḥ	1.1.18-21	Masculine	Singular	adhokṣajaḥ, vidhuḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, svabhūḥ, govindaḥ, acyutaḥ, janārdanaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, madhuripuḥ, devakīnandanaḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, kaiṭabhajit, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, mādhavaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvaksenaḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, trivikramaḥ, śrīpatiḥ, balidhvaṃsī, viśvambharaḥ, śrīvatsalāñchanaḥ, narakāntakaḥ, mukundaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, keśavaḥ, daityāriḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, śārṅgī, upendraḥ, caturbhujaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, śauriḥ, vanamālī(45)	vishnu, the god

vṛttaḥ	3.1.91	Masculine	Singular	vṛttavaḥ, āvṛtaḥ

bhittam		Neuter	Singular	śakalam, khaṇḍam, ardhaḥ	a part

cittam		Neuter	Singular	manaḥ, cetaḥ, hṛdayam, svāntam, hṛt, mānasam	malice

unmattaḥ		Masculine	Singular	kanakāhvayaḥ, mātulaḥ, madanaḥ, kitavaḥ, dhūrtaḥ, dhattūraḥ

unmattaḥ	2.6.61	Masculine	Singular	unmādavān

uttaptam	2.6.64	Neuter	Singular	śuṣkamāṃsam, vallūram

samāvṛttaḥ	2.7.12	Masculine	Singular

mattaḥ	2.8.36	Masculine	Singular	prabhinnaḥ, garjitaḥ

uttamarṇaḥ	2.9.5	Masculine	Singular

kārottaraḥ	2.10.43	Neuter	Singular	surāmaṇḍaḥ

mattaḥ	3.1.22	Masculine	Singular	śauṇḍaḥ, utkaṭaḥ, kṣīvaḥ

āttagarvaḥ	3.1.39	Masculine	Singular	abhibhūraḥ

vṛttaḥ	3.1.91	Masculine	Singular	vṛttavaḥ, āvṛtaḥ

vṛttam	3.3.85	Masculine	Singular	iṅgaḥ

uttaraḥ	3.3.198	Masculine	Singular	mahān, dātā

anuttaraḥ	3.3.198	Masculine	Singular	anyaḥ, nīcaḥ

Monier-Williams Search

2843 results for tta

tta

mfn. fr. 1. and 3. dā-.

abhayadatta

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a physician,

abhinirvṛtta

mfn. resulting from

abhipravṛtta

mfn. being performed, advancing, proceeding

abhipravṛtta

mfn. occupied or engaged in

abhisampravṛtta

mfn. having begun

abhisaṃvṛtta

mfn. undertaking, beginning to (Inf.)

abhisaṃyatta

mfn. ( yat-), being taken care of or governed by (varia lectio abhi-sampanna-)

ābhīśavottara

n. idem or ' n. idem or 'n. (fr. abhīśu-),"composed by abhīśu-"Name of a sāman- ' '

ābhyantaranṛtta

n. perfect dancing (according to the nāṭya-śāstra-s),

abhyāsanimitta

n. the cause of the reduplication-syllable

commentator or commentary

abhyātta

mfn. encompassing

abhyāvṛtta

mfn. come near, approached

abhyāvṛtta

mfn. (with accusative)

abhyāvṛtta

mfn. turned towards

abhyupāvṛtta

mfn. turned or gone towards (accusative)

abhyupāvṛtta

mfn. returned

ābutta

m. (in dramatic language) a sister's husband (probably a Prakrit word) .

acitta

mfn. unnoticed, unexpected

acitta

mfn. not an object of thought

acitta

mfn. inconceivable

acitta

mfn. destitute of intellect or sense.

acittamanas

(/acitta--) m. Name of two ṛṣi-s

acittapājas

(/acitta--) m. Name of two ṛṣi-s

ādatta

mfn. equals ā-tta- q.v

adatta

mfn. not given

adatta

mfn. given unjustly

adatta

mfn. not given in marriage

adatta

mfn. one who has given nothing

adatta

n. a donation which is null and void commentator or commentary on

adbhutottarakāṇḍa

n. Name of work , an appendix to or imitation of the rāmāyaṇa-.

adharmottaratā

f. prevalence of injustice,

adharottara

mfn. lower and higher

adharottara

mfn. worse and better

adharottara

mfn. question and answer

adharottara

mfn. nearer and further

adharottara

mfn. sooner and later

adharottara

mfn. upside down, topsy-turvy.

adhicittaśikṣā

f. (with Buddhists) training in higher thought (one of the 3 kinds of training),

adhivettavyā

f. a wife in addition to whom it is proper to marry another.

adhoraktapitta

n. discharge of blood from the anus and the urethra.

adhosrapitta

n. equals adhorakta-pitta- q.v

adhyātmottarakāṇḍa

n. the last book of the adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa-.

adurvṛtta

mfn. not of a bad character or disposition.

ādyudātta

mfn. having the udātta- accent on the first syllable

ādyudāttatva

n. the condition of having the udātta- accent on the first syllable

agnidatta

m. Name of a prince

agnidatta

m. of a brahman-

agniprāyaścitta

n. an expiatory act during the preparation of the sacrificial fire.

agniṣvātta

m. plural ([in Epic and later texts -svātta-]) "tasted by the funeral fire", the Manes

agniṣvātta

m. plural in later texts Name of a class of Manes (who on earth neglected the sacrificial fire)

agnisvātta

See -ṣvātt/a-.

agnivārtta

mfn. gaining a livelihood by fire [as a blacksmith etc.]

ahamuttara

n. idem or 'm. Name (also title or epithet) of a divine being, '

ahamuttaratva

n. idem or 'n. idem or 'm. Name (also title or epithet) of a divine being, ' '

ākhyātottara

mfn. (a name) the second part of which is a verb,

akṛtta

mfn. uncut, unimpaired.

akṛttaruc

mfn. possessing unimpaired splendour

akṣavṛtta

mfn. anything that happens in gambling.

alpavittavat

mfn. possessing little, poor,

amaradatta

m. Name of a lexicographer

amaradatta

m. of a prince

amlapitta

n. acidity of stomach.

anagniṣvātta

m. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a class of manes '

(See agni-dagdh/a-, agni-ṣvātt/a-).

ānandadatta

m. membrum virile

ananyacitta

mf(ā-)n. giving one's undivided thought to (with locative case)

anāśakanivṛtta

m. one who has abandoned the practice of fasting.

anavasthitacitta

mfn. unsteady-minded.

anavasthitacittatva

n. unsteadiness of mind.

anavṛtta

(parasmE-pada 28, column 3), read /an-- āvṛtta-.

anāvṛtta

mfn. not turned about or round

anāvṛtta

mfn. not retreating

anāvṛtta

mfn. not frequented or approached

, not chosen.

anāyatta

mfn. independent, uncontrolled.

anāyattavṛtti

mfn. having an independent livelihood.

anāyattavṛttitā

f. independence.

anekacittamantra

m. one whose counsels are many-minded.

aṅgaprāyaścitta

n. expiation of bodily impurity, especially that arising from death in a family.

animitta

mf(ā-)n. having no adequate occasion, causeless, groundless

animitta

n. absence of an adequate cause or occasion, groundlessness.

animitta

n. a bad omen,

animitta

m. (scilicet vimokṣa-) unconditioned salvation (with Buddhists one of the three kinds of s),

animittaliṅganāsa

m. "unaccountable loss of distinct vision", Name of an ophthalmic disease ending in total blindness (perhaps amaurosis).

animittalipi

f. a particular mode of writing,

animittanirākṛta

mfn. groundlessly rejected

animittatas

ind. groundlessly

anirvṛtta

mfn. unaccomplished, unfulfilled.

anityadatta

m. a son surrendered by his parents to another for temporary or preliminary adoption.

anityadattaka

m. a son surrendered by his parents to another for temporary or preliminary adoption.

anivṛtta

mfn. not turning back, brave.

antodātta

m. the acute accent on the last syllable

antodātta

mfn. having the acute accent on the last syllable.

anudatta

mfn. granted, remitted, given back

commentator or commentary

anudātta

mfn. not raised, not elevated, not pronounced with the udātta- accent, grave

anudātta

mfn. accentless, having the neutral general tone neither high nor low (id est both the grave or non-elevated accent explained by pāṇini- as sannatara- q.v - which immediately precedes the udātta-, and also the general accentless, neutral tone, neither high nor low, explained as eka-śruti-)

anudātta

mfn. having the one monotonous ordinary intonation which belongs to the generality of syllables in a sentence

anudātta

m. one of the three accents to be observed in reading the veda-s, the grave accent.

anudāttadi

n. (in grammar) a nominal base of which the first syllable is anudātta-.

anudāttatara

m. "more than anudātta-, still lower in sound than anudātta-" id est the very anudātta- accent (or a syllable having this accent which immediately precedes a syllable having the udātta- or svarita- accent, and is therefore more depressed than the ordinary anudātta-

Scholiast or Commentator)

anuktanimitta

n. a reason which is unuttered or unheard of or extraordinary

anuktanimitta

mfn. having such a reason.

anunmatta

mfn. not mad, sane, sober, not wild.

anupātta

mfn. not caught (as fire),

anupātta

not mentioned explicitly,

anupāvṛtta

m. plural Name of a people

anuprapattavya

n. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is to be followed or conformed to,

anupravṛtta

mfn. following after (accusative)

anutta

mfn. not cast down, invincible

anutta

(according to to some) = /anu-- tta- (for anu-- datta-), admitted.

anuttama

mf(ā-)n. unsurpassed, incomparably the best or chief, excellent

anuttama

mf(ā-)n. excessive

anuttama

mf(ā-)n. not the best

anuttama

mf(ā-)n. (in grammar) not used in the uttama-, or first person.

anuttamāmbhas

n. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) indifference to and consequent abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as fatiguing) .

anuttamāmbhasika

n. indifference to and abstinence from sensual enjoyment (as involving injury to external objects).

anuttamanya

(/a-nutta--) m. "of invincible wrath", indra-

anuttara

mfn. chief, principal

anuttara

mfn. best, excellent

anuttara

mfn. without a reply, unable to answer, silent

anuttara

mfn. fixed, firm

anuttara

mfn. low, inferior, base

anuttara

mfn. south, southern

anuttara

n. a reply which is coherent or evasive and therefore held to be no answer

anuttara

m. plural a class of gods among the jaina-s.

anuttaraṃga

mfn. not surging or billowy,

anuttarapūjā

f. (with Buddhists) highest worship (of seven kinds

anuttarapūjā

confer, compare vandana-),

anuttarayogatantra

n. title of the last of the four bauddhatantra-s.

anuttaropapātika

m. plural a class of gods

anuttaropapātikadaśā

f. plural title of the ninth aṅga- of the jaina-s treating of those gods.

anuvitta

mfn. found, obtained, at hand

anuvṛtta

mfn. following, obeying, complying

anuvṛtta

mfn. rounded off

anuvṛtta

n. obedience, conformity, compliance.

anvāyatta

mfn. (with locative case or accusative) connected with, being in accordance with, being entitled to

anyacitta

mf(ā-)n. whose mind is fixed on some one or something else.

anyāyavṛtta

mfn. acting unjustly

anyāyavṛtta

mfn. following evil courses.

apamavṛtta

n. the ecliptic.

apāmpitta

n. fire

apāmpitta

n. a plant

aparāvṛttabhāgadheya

mfn. one to whom fortune does not return, miserable,

aparitta

(?), for /a-- parītta- (below),

aparītta

mfn. not delivered,

apathyanimitta

mfn. caused by unfit food or drink.

apātta

mfn. (from apā--1. dā-) taken off or away,

apavṛtta

mfn. reversed, inverted, overturned, finished carried to the end (perhaps for apa-vṛkta-)

apavṛtta

badly conducted, ill-behaved,

apavṛtta

n. (in astronomy) ecliptic.

apāvṛtta

mfn. (for apa--,the vowel being metrically lengthened in the antepenultimate of a śloka-), (with ablative) turned away from

apāvṛtta

mfn. abstaining from, rejecting

apāvṛtta

n. the rolling on the ground (of a horse)

m. aversion,

n. fire

n. a plant

n. See 2. /ap-.

apramatta

mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant

apramattavat

mfn. idem or 'mfn. not careless, careful, attentive, vigilant '

āpratinivṛttaguṇormicakra

mfn. (scilicet jñāna-,knowledge) through which the whole circle of wave-like qualities (of passion etc.) subside or cease completely

apratītta

mfn. not given back

apratta

mfn. (for a-pradatta-), not given back

aprattadaivata

mfn. not yet offered to a deity,

aprattadevata

mfn. not yet offered to a deity,

apravṛtta

mfn. not acting, not engaged in

apravṛtta

mfn. not commenced, not instigated.

apravṛtta

mfn. not due, unjust (as taxes),

arhattama

mfn. (superl.) most worthy, most venerable

arkapuṣpottara

n. Name of a sāman-.

arthacitta

mfn. thinking on or desirous of wealth.

arthadatta

m. Name of wealthy merchants

arthadatta

m. Vet

arthamatta

mfn. proud of money

aruṇadatta

m. Name of an author commentator or commentary on

aryamadatta

m. Name of a man

āryapravṛtta

mfn. proceeding in an honest mode or manner

āryavṛtta

n. the behaviour of an Aryan or noble man

āryavṛtta

mfn. behaving like an Aryan, honest, virtuous

asādhuvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. having bad manners

āsaktacitta

mfn. having the mind deeply engaged in or fixed upon (any object), intent on, devoted to, absorbed in.

asamāvṛttaka

m. idem or 'm. a religious student who has not yet completed the period of his residence with his teacher and who therefore has not yet returned home '

(varia lectio)

asaṃpradatta

mfn. not willingly given (as a girl into marriage)

asaṃpratta

mfn. not delivered or handed over

asaṃvṛttavidheya

(in rhetoric) the insertion into a compound of a word which ought to be independent,

mfn. unopposed

unprepared,

m. Name of a man

n. equals rakta-pitta- q.v

aṣṭapañcāśattama

mfn. equals -pañcāśa- q.v

aṣṭottara

mfn. more than 8,

, Scholiast or Commentator

aśvamedhadatta

m. Name of a king

atidatta

m. Name of a brother of datta- and son of rājādhideva-

atonimittam

ind. on this ground, for this reason.

ātta

See ā-- 1. dā-.

ātta

mfn. (

) taken, obtained

ātta

mfn. taken away or off, withdrawn from

etc.

ātta

mfn. seized, grasped

etc.

ātta

mfn. perceived, felt

ātta

mfn. undertaken, begun

āttagandha

mfn. having the pride taken down (according to some equals ārta-kaṇṭha-)

āttagarva

mfn. whose pride has been taken down, humiliated

āttakānti

mfn. deprived of splendour,

āttalakṣmi

mfn. stripped of wealth

attali

m. Name of a man.

āttamanas

mfn. whose mind is transported (with joy)

āttamanaska

mfn. whose mind is transported (with joy)

āttasomapīthīya

(/ātta--), mfn. deprived of the soma- drink,

āttasva

mfn. deprived of one's property,

āttasvatva

(n.)

āttavacas

(/ātta--) mfn. destitute of speech

āttavibhava

mfn. one who has acquired wealth,

āttavidya

mfn. one who has acquired knowledge from (ablative),

attavya

mfn. ( ad-), fit or proper to be eaten

attavya

etc. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order

auttameya

m. a descendant of auttami-

auttami

m. a descendant of uttama-, Name of the third manu-

auttamika

mfn. (fr. uttama-), relating to the gods who are in the highest place (in the sky)

auttaṅka

mf(ī-)n. relating or belonging to uttaṅka-

auttara

mfn. (fr. 1. uttara-), living in the northern country

auttarabhaktika

mfn. (fr. bhakta-with uttara-), employed or taken after a meal

auttarādharya

n. (fr. uttarādhara-), the state of being below and above

auttarādharya

n. the state of one thing being over the other

auttarādharya

n. confusion

auttarāha

mfn. (fr. uttarāha-), of or belonging to the next day vArttika on

auttarapadika

mfn. (fr. uttara-pada-), belonging to or occurring in the last member of a compound

auttarapathika

mfn. (fr. uttara-patha-), coming from or going towards the northern country

auttarārdhika

mfn. (fr. uttarārdha-), being on or belonging to the upper or northern side

auttaravedika

mfn. (fr. uttara-vedi-), relating to or performed on the northern altar

auttareya

m. a descendant of uttarā-

avadatta

mfn. (1. dā-)

avakṛtta

mfn. cut off

avanatottarakāya

mfn. bowing the upper part of the body

avārtta

mfn. not worthless, important,

avaśedriyacitta

mfn. whose mind and senses are not held in subjection

avatta

and ava-ttin- See ava--

avatta

mfn. cut off, divided

(see catur-avatt/a-, pañcāvatta-,and yathāvattam-.)

avattaram

(/avat--) ind. (Comparative degree),"more favourably"or"with greater pleasure", varia lectio of

instead of /ava-tara- in

avattaram

See av-.

avimatta

m. plural Name of a family (gaRa kārtakaujapādi- q.v)

āvitta

mfn. existing, being

avṛtta

mfn. not happened

avṛtta

mfn. not dead, still living

avṛtta

mfn. of bad conduct or behaviour,

āvṛtta

mfn. turned round, stirred, whirled

āvṛtta

mfn. reverted, averted

āvṛtta

mfn. retreated, fled

āvṛtta

n. addressing a prayer or songs to a god.

āvutta

see ābutta-.

āvyātta

(1. dā-) mfn. a little open

avyāvṛtta

mfn. undivided commentator or commentary on

avyāvṛtta

mfn. simultaneous

ayajñadatta

m. not yajña-datta- id est the vile yajñadatta-

ayanavṛtta

n. the ecliptic.

ayathāvṛtta

mfn. behaving improperly,

āyatta

mfn. adhering, resting on, depending on

āyatta

mfn. being at the disposition of

etc.

āyatta

mfn. exerting one's self, making efforts

āyatta

mfn. cautious, circumspect

āyatta

mfn. being ready or prepared

āyattamūla

mfn. having taken root

āyattatā

f. dependence

āyattatva

n. dependence

baddhacitta

mfn. having the thoughts fixed upon (locative case)

baladevapattana

n. Name of a town

bālāṣṭottaraśatanāmastotra

n. Name of stotra-s.

balavattama

mfn. (b/al-) most powerful, strongest, mightiest

etc.

balavattara

mfn. more powerful, stronger

etc.

balotamatta

mfn. intoxicated with power

bandhudatta

mfn. "given by relations"

bandhudatta

m. Name of a man

bhadantagopadatta

m. Name of 2 Buddhist teachers.

bhadatta

m. Name of an astronomer

(varia lectio badanta- q.v)

bhadradatta

m. (in dramatic language) a name given to śaka-s

bhagadatta

m. "given by bhaga-", Name of a prince of prāg-jyotiṣa-

bhagadatta

m. of a king of Kamrup

bhagadatta

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a mythical king.

bhagavattama

mfn. more or most holy or adorable

bhagavattara

mfn. more or most holy or adorable

bhagavattattvadipikā

f. Name of work

bhagavattattvamañjarī

f. Name of work

bhagavitta

m. Name of a man

bhāgavitta

m. plural the pupils of bhāgavittika-

bhagīrathadatta

m. Name of a poet

bhāgyāyatta

mfn. dependent on fate

bhairavadatta

m. Name of various authors

bhairavyaṣṭottaraśatanāmāvalī

f. Name of work

bhānudatta

m. Name of various authors (also with miśra-)

(see

)

bhānudatttaka

m. endearing form fr. deva-datta-

bharatasattama

m. the best of the bharata-varṣa-

bhāratasattama

m. the best of the descendants of bharata-

bhasattas

ind. bhasad

bhavadatta

m. Name of a man

bhavadatta

m. of the author of Comms. on

and

bhavaduttaram

ind. with bhavat- at the end

bhāvanāpuruṣottamanāṭaka

n. Name of a drama.

bhāvavṛtta

mfn. relating to creation or cosmogony (as a hymn;also ttīya-)

bhāvavṛtta

m. Name of brahmā-

bhāviprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

bhaviṣyottara

n. Name of the 2nd part of the

(which is of the same character as the first).

bhaviṣyottarapurāṇa

n. Name of the 2nd part of the

(which is of the same character as the first).

bhayottara

mfn. attended with fear

bhettavai

bhettavya-, bhettṛ- See under bhid-, .

bhettavya

mfn. to be broken or split

bhettavya

mfn. to be betrayed or divulged

bhīmottara

m. Name of a kumbhāṇḍa-

bhinnavṛtta

mfn. one who has abandoned the path of duty, leading a bad life

bhinnavṛtta

mfn. containing a metrical fault

bhītacitta

mfn. afraid in mind

bhitta

bhitti- See .

bhitta

n. a fragment, section

bhitta

n. equals bhitti-, a partition, wall

bhojanottara

mf(ā-)n. to be taken after a meal (as pills)

bhrāntacitta

mfn. confused or perplexed in mind, puzzled

bhrātṛdatta

mfn. given by a brother

bhrātṛdatta

n. anything given by a brother to a sister on her marriage

bhṛgusattama

m. "best of bhṛgu--", Name of paraśu-rāma-

bhūridāvattara

mfn. idem or 'mfn. "much-giving", munificent '

(see

Va1rtt. 2

)

bhūtidatta

m. Name of a man

bhūtopahatacitta

mfn. having the mind possessed by an evil spirit

bhūttama

(bhūtt-) n. "best of minerals", gold

bhūvārāhavṛtta

n. "earth-circle", the equator

bodhacittavivaraṇa

wrong reading for bodhi-c-.

bodhicittavivaraṇa

n. Name of work

brahmadatta

mfn. given by brahma-

brahmadatta

mfn. given by brahmā-

brahmadatta

m. Name of various men (see naḍādi-)

brahmadatta

m. of a man with the patronymic caikitāneya-

brahmadatta

m. of a king (plural his descendants)

brahmadatta

m. of a prince of the pañcāla-s in kāmpilya-

etc.

brahmadatta

m. of a king of the sālva-s

brahmadatta

m. of a prince in vārāṇasī-

brahmadatta

m. of a prince in śrāvastī-

brahmadatta

m. (see

) of a prince in campā-

brahmadatta

m. of a prince in kusuma-pura-

brahmadatta

m. of the 12th cakra-vartin- in bhārata-

brahmadatta

m. of a Brahman

brahmadatta

m. of a merchant

brahmadatta

m. of the father of kṛṣṇa-datta-

brahmadatta

m. of several authors

brāhmaṇasattama

m. the best of brāhmaṇa-

brāhmaṇīsattamā

f. the best of brāhmaṇī- women

brahmanutta

(br/ahma--) mfn. driven away by a sacred text or spell

brahmaprāyaścitta

n. plural Name of work

brahmatattvapraśnottararatnāvalī

f. Name of work

brahmaviśeṣacittaparipṛcchā

f. Name of a Buddhist sūtra- work

brahmottara

mfn. treating principally of brahmā- or consisting chiefly of Brahmans

brahmottara

m. Name of a superhuman being

brahmottara

m. (with jaina-s) of a particular kalpa-

brahmottara

m. plural Name of a people

brahmottara

n. Name of a town

brahmottara

n. of chapter of

(also called brahmottarakhaṇḍa -khaṇḍa- n.or laghuśivapurāṇa laghu-śiva-purāṇa- n.)

brahmottara

n. (also, probably) the sanctuary of a temple,

brahmottarakhaṇḍa

n. brahmottara

bṛhaccitta

m. Citrus Medica

bṛhaduttaratāpinī

f. Name of an upaniṣad-.

bṛhaspatidatta

m. Name of a man

bṛhaspatipraṇutta

(bṛhas-p/ati-.) mfn. expelled by bṛhaspati-

bṛhattantrapati

m. a particular functionary

bṛhattantrapati

m. equals dharmādhikārin-,

bṛhattantrapatitva

bṛhattapas

n. great self-mortification, a particular severe penance

bṛhattapas

mfn. practising great self-mortification or austerity

bṛhattapovrata

n. a particular penitential observance

bṛhattarkataraṃgiṇī

f. Name of work

buddhadatta

m. "given by Buddha", Name of a minister of king caṇḍa-mahāsena-

buddhimattara

mfn. more or very intelligent

caitta

mfn. belonging to thought (citt/a-), imagined

caitta

mfn. mental,

Scholiast or Commentator

cakradatta

m. (equals -pāṇi-datta-), Name of an author

cakradattanāmakagrantha

m. Name of work

cakrapāṇidatta

m. idem or 'm. Name of a medical author'

cakravṛtta

mfn. (kr/a--) turned on a potter's wheel

cakravṛtta

mfn. (a-cakravarta-,for vṛtta- negative)

(see kru-v-.)

cakruvṛtta

mfn. circular, (a-- negative)

calacitta

mf(ā-)n. fickle-minded

calacitta

mf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

calacitta

m. Name of a man,

calacitta

n. fickleness of mind

calacittatā

f. idem or 'n. fickleness of mind '

calacittatā

f. frivolity

canasitottara

mfn. followed by canasita- (a N.)

candradatta

m. "moon-given", Name of an author.

candrottarya

m. Name of a samādhi-

cārudatta

m. Name of a Brahman

cārudatta

m. of a merchant's son

(varia lectio -danta-).

catta

mfn. (Ved.

) hidden

catta

mfn. (quotation in)

catta

mfn. disappeared

catta

cattra-, catya- See cat-.

cattarātra

m. "Name of a man" See cāttarātra-.

cāttarātra

m. patronymic fr. catta-r- Name of jamad-agni-

caturavatta

n. (ava-do-) "4 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 4 avadāna-s", 4 avadāna-s

caturthodāttatama

mfn. "reciting the 4th as the highest tone (or accent)", said of a particular way of reciting the

caturuttara

mfn. increasing by 4

caturuttarastoma

m. with gotamasya- Name of an ekāha-

catuṣpañcāśattama

mfn. the 54th (chapter of

edition Bomb.)

chandānuvṛtta

varia lectio for do-'nuv-.

chandonuvṛtta

n. compliance with any one's wishes

(

; varia lectio dānuv-).

chandovṛtta

n. any metre

chettavya

mfn. to be cut off

chettavya

mfn. to be cut

chettavya

ttṛ-, etc. See 1. chid-.

chittapa

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a grammarian and a poet,

cirapravṛtta

mfn. long or ever existent

ciravṛtta

mfn. happened long since

citta

mfn. "noticed" See a-c/itta-

citta

mfn. "aimed at", longed for

citta

mfn. "appeared", visible

citta

n. attending, observing (tir/aś citt/āni-,"so as to remain unnoticed")

citta

n. thinking, reflecting, imagining, thought

etc.

citta

n. intention, aim, wish

etc.

citta

n. (

) the heart, mind

etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).

)

citta

n. memory

citta

n. intelligence, reason

citta

n. (in astrology) the 9th mansion

citta

n. see iha--, cala--, p/ūrva--, pr/āyaś--, laghu--, su--, sthira--.

citta

See 4. cit-.

cittabhava

mfn. being in the thoughts, felt

cittabheda

m. contrariety of purpose or will

cittabhrama

m. equals -bhrānti-

cittabhrama

mfn. connected with mental derangement (fever)

cittabhramacikitsā

f. "treatment of mental derangement"a chapter of the vaidya-vallabha-.

cittabhrānti

f. confusion of mind

cittabhū

m. equals -ja-

cittacārin

mfn. acting according to any one's (genitive case) wish

cittacaura

m. "heart-thief", a lover

cittacetasika

m. thought

cittadhārā

f. flow of thoughts

cittadhārābuddhisaṃku

sumitā- bhyudgata-, m. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-,

cittadhāraṇa

n. concentrated attention, Sa1m2khyas., Scholiast or Commentator

cittadravībhāva

m. "(melting i.e.) emotion of the heart"

cittadravībhāvamaya

mfn. consisting of emotion

cittagarbhā

(tt/a--) f. visibly pregnant

cittahārin

mfn. captivating the heart

cittahṛt

mfn. idem or 'mfn. captivating the heart '

cittaikya

n. unanimity

cittaja

m. "heart-born", love, god of love

cittajanman

m. idem or 'm. "heart-born", love, god of love ' ,

cittajña

mfn. knowing the heart or the intentions of (genitive case), knowing human nature

( cittajñatā -tā- f.abstr.)

cittajñatā

f. cittajña

cittakalita

mfn. "calculated in one's mind", anticipated

cittakheda

m. grief

cittala

mf(ā-)n. (fr. citrala-) moderate

cittamoha

m. idem or 'f. confusion of mind '

cittanāśa

m. loss of conscience

cittanātha

m. "heart-lord", a lover

cittanirvṛti

f. contentment of mind, happiness

(varia lectio)

cittapa

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a grammarian and a poet,

cittapāvan

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a class of Brahmans in Konkan,

note 1

cittapramāthin

mfn. confusing the mind, exciting any one's (genitive case or in compound) passion or love

cittaprasāda

m. idem or 'f. happiness of mind, gaiety '

cittaprasādana

n. gladdening of mind

cittapraśama

mfn. satisfied in mind, composed

cittaprasannatā

f. happiness of mind, gaiety

cittarāga

m. affection, desire

cittarāja

m. Name of a roma-vivara-

cittarakṣin

mfn. equals -cārin-

cittasaṃhati

f. a multitude of thoughts or emotions, many minds

cittasaṃkhya

mfn. knowing the thoughts

cittasamunnati

f. pride of heart, haughtiness

cittaśānti

m. composedness of mind

cittastha

mfn. being in the heart

cittasthita

mfn. idem or 'mfn. being in the heart '

cittasthita

m. Name of a samādhi-

cittatāpa

m. equals -kheda-

cittavaikalya

n. bewilderment of mind, perplexity

(klavya- edition Bomb.)

cittavaiklavya

See kalya-.

cittavat

mfn. "endowed with understanding", in compound

cittavat

mfn. experienced

cittavat

mfn. kind-hearted

cittavatkartṛka

mfn. (art.) employing an intelligent agent

cittavedanā

f. equals -kheda-

cittavibhrama

m. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. disturbance of mind, insanity ' ' ,

cittavibhrama

m. (scilicet jvara- see -bhrama-) a fever connected with mental derangement.

cittavibhraṃśa

m. idem or 'm. disturbance of mind, insanity '

cittavikāra

m. disturbance of mind

cittavikārin

mfn. changing anyone's character or feeling

cittavikṣepa

m. absence of mind,

cittavināśana

mfn. destroying consciousness gaRa nandy-ādi-.

cittaviplava

m. disturbance of mind, insanity

cittavirāga

m. irritation of the mind,

cittaviśleṣa

m. "parting of hearts", breach of friendship

cittavṛtti

f. state of mind, feeling, emotion

cittavṛtti

f. continuous course of thoughts (opposed to concentration), thinking, imagining

cittavṛtti

f. disposition of soul

cittayoni

m. equals -ja-

dadhyuttara

n. equals -agra-

dadhyuttarā

f. bulb-milk

dadhyuttaraga

n. equals dhy-uttara-

daivadatta

mfn. (for 2.See 2. daiva-) given by fate or fortune, innate, natural,

daivadatta

mf(ī-)n. being in the village deva-datta-

daivadatta

m. plural the pupils of deva-datta-,

Va1rtt. 5

(see deva-dattīya-)

daivadattaśaṭhin

m. pl. idem or 'm. plural the pupils of deva-datta-, Va1rtt. 5 (see deva-dattīya-)' gaRa śaunakādi-

daivāyatta

mfn. dependent upon destiny

dakṣiṇāvritta

mfn. twisted from the left to the right

dakṣiṇottara

mf(ā-)n. having the right lying on the other (the two hands)

dakṣiṇottara

mf(ā-)n. right and left

dakṣiṇottara

mf(ā-)n. southern and northern

dakṣiṇottara

mf(ā-)n. (in compound)

dakṣiṇottarāyāma

mfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. extending from south to north, north; 875/876; 903a/b; 9, 141 3/5'

dakṣiṇottarāyata

mf(ā-)n. extending from south to north, north; 875/876; 903a/b; 9, 141 3/5

dakṣiṇottarin

mfn. overhanging on the right side

dāmodaradatta

m. Name of a man

daṇḍidatta

m. dual number daṇḍin- and datta-

Va1rtt. 2

(not in edition)

darśapaurṇamāsaprāyaścittavidhi

m. Name of work

daśottara

m. the eleventh,

dātta

m. a well made by datta-

datta

mfn. ( de-) protected

datta

mfn. honoured

datta

mfn. (1. dā-) given, granted, presented

etc.

datta

mfn. placed, extended

datta

mfn. (with puttra-) equals ttrima-

datta

m. a short form ([

]) of names so terminating (yajña--, deva--, jaya-etc.) which chiefly are given to vaiśya- men,

datta

m. (

) Name of an ascetic

(snake-priest)

datta

m. equals ttātreya-,

datta

m. Name of a son of rājādhideya- sūra-

datta

m. of a sage in the 2nd manv-antara-, 417

datta

m. of the 7th vāsudeva-

datta

m. of the 8th tīrtha-kara- of the past utsarpiṇī-

datta

n. a gift, donation

datta

n. (names so terminating given to veśyās-

)

datta

n. see /a--.

dattabhujaṃgastotra

n. Name of a hymn ascribed to śaṃkarācārya-.

dattadaṇḍin

m. dual number datta- and datta-

Va1rtt. 2

(not in edition)

dattādatta

mfn. given and received.

dattadṛṣṭi

mfn. directing the eye towards, looking on (locative case)

(varia lectio)

dattagītā

f. Name of work

dattahasta

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having a hand given for support, supported by

dattahasta

mfn. shaking hands

dattairaṇḍapallaka

Name of a district in the Deccan.

dattaka

mfn. (with putra-) equals ttrima-,

dattaka

m. a form of names terminating in -datta-

dattaka

m. Name of an author

dattaka

m. of māgha-'s father

dattakacandrikā

f. Name of work

dattakamīmāṃsā

f. another work.

dattakarṇa

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' giving ear to, listening to

dattakṣaṇa

mfn. to whom occasion or a festival has been given

dattamahiman

m. another work ascribed to him.

dattamārga

mfn. having the road ceded

(varia lectio)

dattanṛtyopahāra

mfn. presented with the compliment of a dance

dattaprāṇa

mfn. sacrificing life.,

dattapūrvoktaśapabhī

mfn. causing fear by a previously uttered curse

dattaśarman

for daṇḍa--.

dattaśatru

for daṇḍa--.

dattaśulkā

f. (a bride) for whom a dowry has been paid

dattatreyāpaniṣad

f. Name of an

dattatreyāṣṭottaraśatanāmastotra

n. Name of a chapter of

dattavara

mfn. presented with the choice of a boon

dattavara

mfn. granted as a boon,

dattavat

mfn. one who has given.

dattottara

mfn. answered

( dattottaratva -tva- n.abstr.)

dattottara

pronouncing a judgment,

dattottaratva

n. dattottara

deśavṛtta

n. a circle depending upon its relative position to the place of the observer

devacitta

n. the will of the gods

devadatta

mfn. god-given

etc.

devadatta

m. Name of arjuna-'s conch-shell

devadatta

m. of one of the vital airs (which is exhaled in yawning)

devadatta

m. Name of a cousin (or younger brother) and opponent of gautama- buddha-

devadatta

m. of a son of uru-śravas- and father of agni-veśya-

devadatta

m. of a son of the Brahman govinda-datta-

devadatta

m. of a son of hari-datta-

devadatta

m. of a son of king jayadatta-

devadatta

m. of several authors

devadatta

m. of a nāga-

devadatta

m. of a grāma- of the bāhīka-s

devadatta

m. a common N. for men used in gr., philosophy etc.

devadatta

f. Name of a courtezan

devadattaka

m. plural the party led by deva-datta-

devadattamaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting of deva-datta-

Va1rtt. 16

devadatttacara

mfn. formerly in the possession of deva-datta-

devadatttarūpya

mfn. equals -cara-,

devadatttaśatha

m. Name of a preceptor gaRa śaunakādi- in

devapattana

n. Name of a town

devatta

(v/a--,for dev/a-datta-) mfn. god-given

devīdatta

m. Name of the father of rāma-sevaka- and grandfather of kṛṣṇa-mitra-

devīkālottara

n. Name of work

devyaṣṭottara

n. Name of work

dhanadatta

m. "wealth-given", Name of several merchants

dhānyottama

m. "the best of grain", rice

dharmadatta

m. Name of a poet and a writer on rhetoric

dharmapattana

n. "the city of the law", Name of the city of śrāvastī- (varia lectio pattana-

)

dharmapattana

n. pepper

dhārmapattana

n. black pepper

dharmāśokadatta

m. Name of a poetry or poetic

dharmottamā

f. Name of a commentator or commentary

dharmottara

mfn. entirely devoted to justice or virtue

dharmottara

m. Name of a

teacher ( dharmottarīya rīya- m. plural his scholars)

dharmottara

n. predominance of virtue (over wealth and pleasure)

dharmottara

n. Name of works. (see viṣṇu-dh-and śiva-dh-).

dharmottarīya

m. dharmottara

dhīrodātta

mfn. brave and noble-minded (hero of a play)

dhūmravṛttaphalā

f. a kind of gourd

dhvāntacitta

m. a fire-fly

(varia lectio -vitta-).

dīkṣitayajñadatta

m. Name of men

dīnacitta

mfn. "distressed in mind", dejected

dīrghavṛttaphalā

(vṛnta--?) f. a kind of gourd

dodhakavṛtta

n. dodhaka

dolācalacittavṛtti

(

) mfn. one whose mind is agitated like a swing.

doṣabalapravṛtta

mfn. proceeding from the influence of bad humours (a disease)

dravottara

mfn. chiefly fluid, very fluid

dṛgvṛtta

n. vertical circle

drumacchedaprāyaścitta

n. Name (also title or epithet) of work

duḥkhitacitta

mfn. grieved in mind

duḥkhottara

mfn. followed by pain

duḥśīlacitta

mfn. bad-hearted,

durdatta

mfn. badly given

durgadatta

(for gā-d-

) m. Name of a man

durgādatta

m. Name of the author of the vṛtta-muktāvali-.

durnimitta

n. a bad omen

durnivṛtta

mfn. difficult to be returned from

duruttara

mfn. (fr. 1. uttara-) unanswerable

duruttara

mfn. (fr. 2. uttara-or Prakrit for dus-tara-) difficult to be crossed or overcome

durvṛtta

n. bad conduct, meanness

durvṛtta

mfn. behaving badly, vile, mean

durvṛtta

m. rogue, villain

duścitta

mfn. melancholy, sad

dvāravṛtta

n. black pepper

dvidatta

m. Name of a man (see dvaidatti-).

dvijasattama

m. equals -mukhya-

dvijottama

m. equals ja-mukhya-

dvipañcāśattama

mf(ī-)n. the 52nd

dvirudātta

mfn. doubly accented

dviśatottarasāhasra

mf(ī-)n. consisting of a 1200

dvyahavritta

mfn. happened 2 days ago.

dvyudātta

mfn. doubly accented

dvyudātta

n. a doubly accented word

dyurātravṛtta

n. diurnal circle

dyutta

mfn. broken, torn or rent asunder

ekacitta

n. fixedness of thought on one single object

ekacitta

n. one and the same thought, unanimity

ekacitta

mfn. thinking of one thing only, intent upon, absorbed in,

ekacitta

mfn. having the same mind, agreeing, concurring

ekacittatā

f. unanimity, agreement

ekādaśottama

m. "chief among (the) eleven (rudra-s)", Name of śiva-

ekāgracitta

mfn. having the mind intent on one object

ekapañcāśattama

mfn. the fifty-first.

ekavṛtta

n. the same metre

ekodātta

mfn. having one udātta- accent

ekottara

mfn. greater or more by one, increasing by one

ekottarikā

f. Name of the fourth āgama- or sacred book of the Buddhists

ekottarikāgama

m. idem or 'f. Name of the fourth āgama- or sacred book of the Buddhists'

eramattaka

m. Name of a man

evaṃvṛtta

mfn. acting or behaving in such a manner, of such a kind

galavārtta

mfn. living only for one's throat

gaṇavṛtta

n. equals -cchandas-.

gāndharvacitta

mfn. one whose mind is possessed by the gandharva-s

gandhivṛtta

(in rhetoric) = vṛtta-- gandhi-,

gandhottama

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-,

gandhottamā

f. spirituous or vinous liquor

gaṅgadatta

m. Name of a king of the frogs

garbhavadhaprāyaścitta

n. penance for killing an embryo.

gatavitta

mfn. bereft of wealth, impoverished

ghanottama

n. equals na-vara-

ghanottara

n. idem or 'n. equals na-vara- '

ghṛtaprasatta

(t/a--) mfn. propitiated with ghee (agni-),

gopadatta

m. Name of a Buddhist author.

gopālottaratāpinī

f. Name of an

gopitta

n. ox-bile or the bile of cows (from which the yellow orpiment go-rocanā-, rocanā- or rocanī-, is supposed to be prepared)

gopitta

n. orpiment

govindadatta

m. Name of a Brahman,

gṛhavitta

m. equals -pati-

guṇavattama

mfn. (superl.) most excellent

guṇavattara

mfn. (Comparative degree) more excellent

guṇottara

mfn. idem or 'mfn. superior in merit or in good qualities '

guruvṛtta

mfn. equals -vartaka-

hanumadaṣṭottaraśatanāman

hanumattailavidhi

m. Name of work

haradatta

m. Name of various writers etc. (especially of the author of the pada-mañjarī-, a commentator or commentary on the kāśikā-vṛtti-, and the mitākṣarā-, a commentator or commentary on gautama-'s dharmasūtra-)

haradattacaritra

n. Name of work

haradattasiṃha

m. Name of a modern author

haridatta

m. Name of a dānava-

haridatta

m. of various authors etc.

etc.

haridattabhaṭṭa

m. Name of author.

haridattadaivajña

m. Name of author.

haridattamiśra

m. Name of author.

hariharāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

hariharāṣṭottaraśatanāmāvali

f. Name of work

hariṇīvṛtta

n. the hariṇī- -metre

harṣadatta

m. Name of authors

harṣadattasūnu

m. Name of authors

hastadatta

mfn. reached with the hand

hatacitta

(

) mfn. bereft of sense, mad, dispirited, perplexed, confounded.

hatavṛtta

mfn. defective in metre ( hatavṛttatā -tā- f.)

hatavṛttatā

f. hatavṛtta

hatottara

mfn. giving no answer

hāyanasunettama

m. or n. Name of work

hayottama

m. an excellent horse

hayottamayuj

mfn. drawn by excellent horses

hemādriprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

himottarā

f. a kind of grape

himottarīya

mfn. having snow for an over-garment

hiraṇyadatta

m. Name of various men

hitapravṛtta

mfn. intent on the welfare of (locative case)

homakālātikramaprāyaścittaprayoga

m. Name of work

homalopaprāyaścittaprayoga

m. Name of work

homaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

homasvarottara

n. Name of a tantra- work

hṛdayadatta

m. Name of a lawyer

hṛṣṭacitta

(

) mfn. rejoiced in heart.

hṛtavitta

mfn. equals -dravya-

hṛtottara

mfn. deprived of an answer, left without a reply

hṛtottarīya

mfn. stripped of upper garments

hṛttas

ind. from the heart

ihacitta

(ih/a-) mfn. one whose intentions or thoughts are in this world or place

indradatta

m. Name of a Brahman

īśvaradatta

m. Name of a prince.

itivṛtta

n. occurrence, event

iyattaka

(iyat-) mf(ikā-)n. so small, so little

jalapattana

n. a water-down (forming an island), Sil.

jalapitta

m. n. "water-bile", fire

jamadagnidatta

(m/ad-) mfn. given by jamadagni-

jambhaladatta

m. Name of the author of

janapadamahattara

m. the chief of a country

jaratpittaśūla

n. a form of colic

jayadatta

m. Name of a king

jayadatta

m. of a minister of king jayāpīḍa-

jayadatta

m. of the author of aśva-vaidyaka-

jayadatta

m. of a bodhisattva-,

jayadatta

m. of a son of indra-

jayottara

mfn. certain of victory, MBh,

jhaṣapitta

n. fish-bile

jinadatta

m. Name of a man

jinadatta

m. of a Jain sūri- (A.D. 1076-1155;teacher of amara-candra- and jina-bhadra-)

jinadattakathāsamuccaya

m. Name of a collection of tales by bhadrācārya-

jinavṛtta

n. a circle drawn with a radius of 24 degrees and having a pole of the ecliptic for its centre

jinottama

m. equals neśa-

jittama

mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' See svarga-- etc.

jittama

m. idem or 'm. (fr.) the sign Gemini '

jīvadatta

m. Name of a man

jīvadattaka

m. Name of a man

jñānadatta

m. "given by knowledge", Name of scholar

jñānottama

m. Name of an author

kadāmatta

m. Name of a man gaRa upakādi-

kadambavṛtta

n. equals -bhrama-maṇḍala- above.

kalamottama

m. fragrant rice

kālottara

n. Name of work

kālottaraśaivaśāstra

n. idem or 'n. Name of work '

kalyacitta

mfn. sound in mind,

kalyāṇavṛtta

mfn. of virtuous conduct.

kamalottara

n. safflower (Carthamus Tinctorius)

kāmavṛtta

mfn. eating licentiously, dissipated

kāmonmatta

mfn. mad with love

kanakadatta

m. Name of a man

kāntānuvṛtta

m. compliance with a beloved one.

kāraṇottara

n. answer to a charge, denial of the cause (of complaint; exempli gratia, 'for example' acknowledgment that a debt was incurred, but assertion that it has been repaid, etc.)

kārottama

m. the froth of surā-

kārottara

m. idem or 'm. the froth of surā- '

kārottara

m. a well

kārottara

mfn. followed by kāra-

karttavya

mfn. to be cut off

karttavya

mfn. to be destroyed or extinguished

karttavya

etc. See .

kāṣṭhaputtalikā

f. a wooden image,

kaśyapottarasaṃhitā

f. Name of a dharma-śāstra-.

kaṭhinacitta

mfn. hard-hearted, cruel, unkind.

kaṭhoracitta

mfn. hard-hearted, cruel,

kaunteyavṛtta

n. Name (also title or epithet) of work

kaviratnapuruṣottamamiśra

m. Name of a man.

khaṇḍitavṛtta

mfn. one whose manner of life is dissolute

khatta

m. Name of an astronomer.

khattakhutta

m. idem or 'm. Name of an astronomer.'

kiṃdatta

m. Name of a sacred well

(varia lectio data-).

kiṃnimitta

mfn. having what cause or reason?

kiṃnimittam

ind. from what cause? for what reason? why?

kiṃvṛtta

m. who says"what is an event?" id est who does not wonder at any event (Name of the attendants of a lion)

kiṃvṛtta

n. any form derived from the pronoun k/a-

koṇaspṛgvṛtta

n. a circle in contact with the angles of a figure

koṇaspṛgvṛtta

n. an exterior circle (one circumscribed).

koṇavṛtta

n. a vertical circle extending from north-east to south-west or from north-west to south-east

krāntivṛtta

n. equals -maṇḍala- commentator or commentary on

kratūttama

m. equals kratu-rāja-

kṛnttavicakṣaṇā

f. (imperative 2. plural fr.2. kṛt-) gaRa mayūra-vyaṃsakādi-.

kṛṣṇadatta

m. "given by kṛṣṇa-", Name of the author of a work on music.

kṛṣṇapuruṣottamasiddhāntopaniṣad

f. Name of an

kṛtta

mfn. cut, cut off, divided

etc. (/a-kṛtta-nābhi-,"one whose navel string is not cut"

) .

kṛtta

mfn. surrounded, attired

kṛtta

and 2 See 2. and 3. kṛt-.

kṛttaruhā

f. the plant Cocculus cordifolius

kṛttattvabodhinī

f. Name of a grammatical treatise.

kṣayapravṛtta

mfn. equals -ja-

kṣepavṛtta

n. the course of the planets and of the moon

kṣiptacitta

mfn. distracted in mind, absent

kṣiptottara

n. (scilicet vacas-,speech)"the answer of which is destroyed or rendered impossible" , unanswerable speech

kṣīrottarā

f. inspissated milk

kṣottavya

mfn. to be mashed (as a louse etc.)

kṣottavya

etc. See kṣud-.

kṣullakatāpaścitta

n. the shortest one of the four kinds of tāpaścitta-

kuberadatta

m. Name of a mythical being

kumāradatta

m. "given by the god of war", Name of a son of nidhipati-

kumāridatta

m. Name of a man

kumudottara

m. Name of a varṣa-

kūrmapitta

n. the bilious humor of a tortoise

kurusattama

m. idem or 'm. Name of arjuna- '

kutonimitta

mfn. having what cause or reason?

labdhadatta

m. "restoring what has been received", Name of a man

lāganṛtta

n. (in music) a kind of dance

laghucitta

mf(ā-)n. light-minded, little-minded, fickle

laghucittatā

f. light-mindedness, fickleness

laghuprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

lakṣadatta

m. Name of a king

lakṣaṇottamā

f. Name of a kiṃ-narī-

lakṣmīdatta

m. (also with ācārya-) Name of various authors

lakṣmīnṛsiṃhamahāṣṭottara

n. Name of work

lakṣmīnṛsiṃhamahāṣṭottarabhāṣya

n. Name of work

lakṣmyaṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

lakṣmyaṣṭottaraśatastotra

n. Name of work

lalitāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. plural Name of work (tāṣ-)

laṅgadatta

m. Name of a poet

lavapottama

n. "best salt", river or rock salt

lavapottama

n. nitre

lekhāsthavṛtta

mfn. conforming to prescription

lohottama

m. "best metal", gold

lokānugrahapravṛtta

m. Name of gautama- buddha-

lokānuvṛtta

n. obedience of the people

lokavṛtta

n. a universal custom

lokavṛtta

n. the conduct of the common people or of the public

lokavṛtta

n. worldly intercourse, idle conversation

lokottara

mf(ā-)n. excelling or surpassing the world, beyond what is common or general, unusual, extraordinary

etc.

lokottara

mf(ā-)n.(in the beginning of a compound) ind.

lokottara

m. an uncommon person

lokottara

m. or n. (?) Name of work

lokottaraparivarta

m. Name of work

lokottaravādin

m. plural Name of a Buddhist school (prob. so called from their pretending to be superior to or above the rest of the world)

lūhasudatta

m. Name of a man (equals lūha-)

maccitta

etc. See under 1. mad-, .

maccitta

mfn. having the mind (fixed) on me, thinking of me

madamattaka

m. a kind of thorn-apple

madarudradatta

m. Name of an author

madhumatta

mfn. drunk with wine

madhumatta

mfn. intoxicated or excited by the spring

madhumatta

m. Name of a man

madhumatta

m. plural Name of a people

(varia lectio -mat-)

madhumattama

mfn. madhumat

madhuṣuttama

mfn.

madhyavṛtta

n. the navel

madhyodātta

mfn. having the udātta- or acute accent on the middle syllable

madironmatta

mfn. drunk with wine or spirituous liquor

madonmatta

mfn. intoxicated with passion (rut) or pride

madyāsattaka

m. Name of a man

(prob. wrong reading for madyāsaktaka-).

mahācitta

gaRa sutaṃgamādi-

mahādevāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

mahāmatta

mfn. being in excessive rut (as an elephant)

mahāmohasvarottaratantra

n. Name of work

mahānimitta

n. Name of a particular doctrine

mahātripurasundarītāpanīyopaniṣadaryuttaratāpanī

f. Name of two upaniṣad-s.

mahattama

mfn. greatest or very great

mahattamapada

mfn. holding a great or high position (said of a saint)

mahattara

mfn. greater or very great or mighty or strong

mahattara

m. the oldest, most respectable, chief, principal

(f(ā-).

)

mahattara

m. the head or oldest man of a village

mahattara

m. a śūdra- (?)

mahattara

m. a courtier, chamberlain

mahattara

m. Name of a son of kaśyapa- (or of kāśyapa-)

mahattarā

f. (in dramatic language) a woman superintending the gynaeum,

mahattaraka

m. a courtier, chamberlain

mahattarī

f. Name of a form of the goddess tārā-

mahattarikā

f. a lady of the bedchamber

mahattattva

n. "the great principle", Intellect (See above)

mahātyāgacitta

mfn. mahātyāga

maheśvaradatta

m. Name of a merchant

m. Name of a man

m. Name of a man

n. Name of work

mfn. very portentous, having great prodigies

mahottama

m. or n. (?) Name of a particular fragrant perfume

māhuradatta

Name of a place

mahyuttara

m. plural Name of a people

(varia lectio samantara-and brahimottara-).

See .

m. Name of two men

n. benevolence

mfn. benevolent, kind

makadatta

m. Name of a man

mallāryaṣṭottaraśataka

n. Name of work

mallāryaṣṭottaraśatanāmāvalī

f. Name of work

mamattara

mfn. equals balavat-tara-

(

)

māṃsapitta

n. a bone

mānasottara

n. Name of a mountain

(see uttaramānasa-).

mānavottara

n. Name of a sāman-

maṇḍalottama

n. the best or principal kingdom

maṅgalādeśavṛtta

m. a fortune-teller

maṇidatta

m. Name of several men

mañjupattana

n. Name of a town built by mañju-śrī-

manodatta

mfn. "given by the mind", mentally given, wished

manodatta

mfn. Name of an author

manujottana

m. best of men

manuṣyacitta

n. the thought or will of men

marīcipattana

n. Name of a town

maruddatta

mfn. given by the Maruts

Va1rtt. 4

marutta

m. (equals marud-datta- according to to

Va1rtt. 4) Name of various kings

etc.

marutta

m. wind, a gale (?)

maruttaka

m. a species of plant

(prob. wrong reading for maruvaka-).

maruttama

mfn. (mar/ut--) very or altogether equal to the marut-s, as swift as the marut-s (said of the aśvin-s)

maruttama

m. wrong reading for marutta-

maruttanaya

m. "son of the Wind", Name of hanumat-

maruttanaya

m. of bhīma-

maruttaruṇī

f. Name of a vidyā-dharī-

matidatta

m. Name of a man

mātrāvṛtta

n. equals -chandas-

mātṛdatta

m. "mother given", Name of a man

mātṛdatta

m. of an author

matta

etc. See .

matta

mfn. excited with joy, overjoyed, delighted, drunk, intoxicated (literally and figuratively)

etc.

matta

mfn. excited by sexual passion or desire, in rut, ruttish (as an elephant)

etc.

matta

mfn. furious, mad, insane

m. a buffalo

m. the Indian cuckoo

m. a drunkard

m. a ruttish or furious elephant

matta

m. a madman

matta

m. a thorn-apple

matta

m. Name of a rākṣasa-

mattadantin

m. a furious or ruttish elephant

mattagāminī

f. "having the gait of an elephant in rut", a woman with a rolling walk, a bewitching or wanton woman

mattahastin

m. equals -dantin-

mattaka

mfn. somewhat drunk or intoxicated

mattaka

mfn. somewhat proud or overbearing

mattaka

m. Name of a Brahman

(perhaps sumanom-in one word).

mattakāla

m. Name of a king of lāṭa-

mattakāśinī

f. "appearing intoxicated", a bewitching or wanton woman (especially used in address)

(also written -kāsinī-or -kāṣiṇī-).

mattakīśa

m. an elephant

mattamātaṃgalīlākara

m. or n. (?) Name of a metre

mattamayūra

m. a peacock intoxicated with joy or passion

mattamayūra

m. Name of a man

mattamayūra

m. plural equals next

mattamayūra

n. a kind of metre

mattamayūraka

m. plural Name of a warrior-tribe

mattanāga

m. idem or 'm. a furious or ruttish elephant '

mattanāga

m. Name of an author

mattara

mfn. Comparative degree

mattavāṅmaunamūlikā

f. Name of work

mattavāraṇa

m. equals -dantin-

( mattavāraṇavikrama -vikrama- mfn.having the might of a mad elephant

)

mattavāraṇa

mn. equals mattālamba-

mattavāraṇa

n. a turret, pinnacle, pavilion

mattavāraṇa

n. a peg or bracket projecting from a wall

mattavāraṇa

n. a bedstead

mattavāraṇavikrama

mfn. mattavāraṇa

mattavāraṇīya

mfn. attached to the turret (of a car)

mattavilāsinī

f. Name of a metre

mauryadatta

m. Name of a man

mihiradatta

m. Name of a man

miśravṛtta

n. a mixed story (partly popular and partly supernatural, as the source of a kind of drama)

mithyottara

n. (in law) false or prevaricating reply

mohacitta

n. Perplexity of mind (?),

(some read moha-- citram-, others cittamoham-).

n. Name of work

n. Name of work

n. Name of work

m. a, jackal

m. Name of various men

mṛgasattama

m. the best of antelopes

mṛgendrottara

n. Name of work

mṛgottama

m. best of antelopes, a very beautiful deer

mṛgottama

n. the nakṣatra- mṛga-śiras-

mṛgottamāṅga

n. "deer-head", the nakṣatra- mṛga-śiras-

m. a jackal

m. a jackal

n. Name of work

n. "original property", capital

munipittala

n. copper.

muracīpattana

n. Name of a town in the Dekhan (also called marīci-pattana-).

nadīdatta

m. "river-given", Name of a bodhi-sattva-.

nāḍīdatta

m. Name of an author

(see nāḍikā-d-).,

nāḍikādatta

m. Name of an author

nāḍikāvṛtta

n. equinoctial circle

nāḍīvṛtta

n. equals -valaya-

nāgadatta

mfn. given by nāga-s or serpents

(varia lectio -danta-)

nāgadatta

m. Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra-

nāgadatta

m. of a man related to gautama- buddha-

nāgadatta

m. of a king of āryāvarta-, contemporary of samudra-gupta-

naimitta

mfn. (fr. ni-mitta-) relating to or explanatory of signs gaRa ṛgayanādi-

naimitta

m. an interpreter of prognostics, fortune-teller

(also ttaka-

)

nalottama

m. Arundo Bengalensis

nānāvṛttamaya

mf(ī-)n. composed in different metres

nāndidatta

m. Name of an author

(see

)

naradatta

m. Name of a Brahman (nephew of the ṛṣi- asita-)

narakottaraṇa

n. Name of a stotra-.

naravāhanadatta

m. Name of a son of king udayana-

naravāhanadattacaritamaya

mf(ī-)n. containing the adventures of prince naravāhana-datta-

naravarottama

m. the best of excellent men idem or 'm. an excellent hero (like a bull)'

nārāyaṇadatta

m. Name of a poet

nārāyaṇāṣṭottaraśatastotra

n. Name of a stotra-.

nārīpattana

n. Name of a town

narottama

m. best of men

narottama

m. Name of viṣṇu- or buddha-

narottama

m. of Scholiast or Commentator on the adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa-

narottamadāsa

m. Name of an author

narottamakīrtileśamātradarśaka

m. or n. Name of work

narottamāraṇyaśiṣya

m. Name of an author

nāsāraktapitta

n. nose-bleeding

nātivṛtta

mfn. not very distant from (ablative exempli gratia, 'for example' yauvanāt-,from youth id est very young)

nayadatta

m. Name of a man,

nīcoccavṛtta

n. an epicycle

nidatta

or nītta- mfn. fr. ni-- 1. dā-

nidhanottama

m. Name of śiva-

nidhidatta

m. Name of a merchant

nidhipatidatta

m. Name of a merchant

nihnavettara

n. an evasive reply or defence

niḥśabdasaṃvṛtta

mfn. become noiseless

nikṛtta

mfn. cut off, cut up

nikṛttamūla

mfn. cut up by the roots

nimitta

n. (possibly connected with ni-mā-above) a butt, mark, target

nimitta

n. sign, omen

etc. (see dur-n-)

nimitta

n. cause, motive, ground, reason

etc. (in all oblique cases = because of, on account of see

; mfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' caused or occasioned by; ttaṃyā-,to be the cause of anything

)

nimitta

n. (in philosophy) instrumental or efficient cause (opp. to upādāna-,the operative or material cause)

nimitta

n. equals āgantu-

n. deha-

n. ādeśa-

n. parvan-

mfn. become or being a cause or reason or means

nimittadharma

m. expiation, any occasional or special penance or rite or obligation

nimittagrahaṇa

n. taking aim,

nimittahetu

m. the efficient cause

nimittahetutva

nimittajña

mfn. acquainted with omens

nimittajñāna

n. "knowledge of omens or signs", Name of chapter of the kāma-sūtra- by vātsyāyana-

nimittajñāna

n. see

nimittaka

mfn. caused or occasioned or produced by (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'),

; Scholiast or Commentator on

nimittaka

n. kissing, a kiss

nimittakāla

m. the period or moment of time which may be regarded as causing any event

nimittakālatā

Scholiast or Commentator

nimittakāraṇa

n. instrumental or efficient cause (especially the Deity as the agent in creation)

nimittakāraṇatā

nimittakṛt

m. "omen-maker", a crow, raven

nimittamātra

n. the mere efficient cause or instrument

nimittanaimittika

n. dual number cause and effect

nimittanidāna

n. Name of work

nimittanimittin

mfn. operating and operated upon Scholiast or Commentator on

nimittasaptamī

f. a seventh case (locative) indicating the cause or motive

nimittatā

f. (in philosophy) the state of being a cause, causality, instrumentality.

nimittatva

n. (in philosophy) the state of being a cause, causality, instrumentality.

nimittavedhin

mfn. hitting a mark

nimittavid

m. "omen-knower", an astrologer

ninṛtta

mfn. repeated (as above)

ninṛttavat

mfn. having repetition

nirākṛtānyottara

mfn. excluding every answer, irrefutable ( nirākṛtānyottaratva -tva- n.)

nirākṛtānyottaratva

n. nirākṛtānyottara

niravatta

tti- See nir-ava-do-.

niravatta

mfn. distributed, completely divided or allotted

niravattabali

mfn. whereof oblations have been distributed all round

nirnimitta

mfn. without reason or motive, causeless

, ( nirnimittatva -tva- n.

)

nirnimitta

mfn. having no egoistic motive, disinterested

nirnimittakṛta

mfn. produced without a visible cause

nirnimittam

ind. without cause

nirnimittatva

n. nirnimitta

niruttara

mfn. having no superior

niruttara

mfn. answerless, silenced

etc.

niruttara

n. equals -tantra- n. Name of a tantra-

niruttarīkṛ

to make unable to answer, silence

nirvāṇayogottara

n. Name of work

nirvṛtta

mfn. sprung forth, originated, developed, grown out (fruit), accomplished, finished, done, ready

etc.

nirvṛttacūḍaka

mfn. one on whom tonsure has been performed

nirvṛttamātra

mfn. just finished (day)

nirvṛttaśatru

m. wrong reading for nivṛtta-ś-. 2.

niṣatta

(or n/i-ṣ-) mfn. sitting, seated

niścayadatta

m. Name of a merchant

niścitta

m. Name of a samādhi-

nītta

See ni-datta-, .

nityahomaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

nivṛtta

mfn. (often wrong reading for nir-vṛtta-, vi-vṛtta-, ni-vṛta-) turned back, returned to (accusative)

nivṛtta

mfn. rebounded from (ablative)

nivṛtta

mfn. retreated, fled (in battle)

nivṛtta

mfn. set (as the sun)

nivṛtta

mfn. averted from, indifferent to, having renounced or given up (ablative or compound)

etc.

nivṛtta

mfn. abstracted from this world, quiet

nivṛtta

mfn. rid or deprived of (ablative)

nivṛtta

mfn. passed away, gone, ceased, disappeared, vanished

nivṛtta

n. (with karman- n.an action) causing a cessation (of mundane existence)

(opp. to pravṛtta-)

nivṛtta

mfn. ceased to be valid or binding (as a rule)

nivṛtta

mfn. omitted, left out (see compound below)

nivṛtta

mfn. finished, completed

nivṛtta

mfn. desisting from or repenting of any improper conduct

nivṛtta

n. return (See durniv-)

nivṛttadakṣiṇā

f. a gift renounced or despised by another

nivṛttadevakārya

mfn. ceasing from sacrificial rites

nivṛttahṛdaya

mfn. with relenting heart

nivṛttahṛdaya

mfn. one whose heart is averted from or indifferent to (prati-)

nivṛttakāraṇa

mfn. without further cause or motive

nivṛttakāraṇa

m. a virtuous man, one uninfluenced by worldly desires

nivṛttakṛṣigorakṣa

mfn. ceasing from agriculture and the tending of cattle

nivṛttalaulya

mfn. whose desire is averted from, not desirous of (compound)

nivṛttamāṃsa

mfn. one who abstains from eating meat

nivṛttarāga

mfn. of subdued appetites or passions

nivṛttasaṃtāpa

mfn. one whose heat or pain has ceased

nivṛttaśatru

m. "having one's foes kept off", Name of a king

nivṛttavṛtti

mfn. ceasing from any practice or occupation

nivṛttayajñasvādhyāya

mfn. ceasing from sacrifices and the repetition of prayers

nivṛttayauvana

mfn. whose youth has returned, restored to youth

nṛpatinītigarbhitavṛtta

n. Name of a modern work

nṛśaṃsavṛtta

mfn. practising mischief.

nṛsiṃhāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

nṛsiṃhottaratāpanīya

n. Name of work

nṛtta

n. dancing, acting, gesticulation

nṛttajña

mfn. knowing to dance

nṛttamaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting in dance

nṛttaprayoga

m. Name of work

nūpurottamā

f. Name of a kiṃ-narī-

nutta

mfn. pushed or driven away

nutta

mfn. despatched, sent, ordered

nutta

m. Name of a plant

nyāṣatta

mfn. (or -/ā-n/i-ṣ-), sitting down or on, seated on

nyāṣatta

mfn. dived into (locative case)

nyāyavṛtta

mfn. equals -vartin-

nyutta

mfn. dipped in, sprinkled with (locative case)

pādavṛtta

m. N. a svarita- separated from the preceding udātta- by a hiatus

pādavṛtta

m. dual number the 2 component elements of a verse id est the long and short syllable

padmottama

m. Name of a samādhi-

padmottama

m. of a particular world

padmottama

m. of a buddha- living in padmottama- and of a future Buddha

padmottara

m. Carthamus Tinctorius

padmottara

m. Name of a buddha-

padmottara

m. of the father of padma-

pādmottara

n. (prob.) = padma-- purāṇa-

padmottarātmaja

m. patronymic of the 9th cakra-vartin- in bhārata-

padmottarikāśāka

n. a species of pot-herb

paitta

mf(ī-)n. (fr. pitta-) relating to the bilious humour, bilious

paittala

mf(ī-)n. (fr. pittala-) made of brass, brazen

pānamatta

mfn. intoxicated

pañcapitta

n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock)

pañcarātrakaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

pañcarātraprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

pāñcarātraprāyaścittavidhāna

n. Name of work

pañcāśattama

mf(ī-)n. the 50th (chapter of

and

)

pañcāśattamavārṣa

mfn.

pañcāvatta

mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 avadāna-s

pañcāvatta

n. (

) 5 avadāna-s

pañcāvattatā

f. (

) 5 avadāna-s

pañcāvattatva

n. (

) 5 avadāna-s

paṇḍitapraśnottara

n. Name of work

paṅktyuttarā

f. a kind of metre

parabrahmāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

paracittajñāna

n. knowing the thoughts of another

paracittajñāna

n. knowledge of the thoughts of others,

paramapuruṣamahotsavaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

parameśvaradatta

m. Name of an author

parāṅāvṛtta

-manas- etc. See .

parāṅāvṛtta

mfn. turned away, flying

parapākanivṛtta

m. one who cooks his own food without observing a particular ceremony

parātta

mfn. given up etc.

paravitta

n. another's wealth

(wrong reading pari--).

parāvṛtta

mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (ablative)

etc.

parāvṛtta

mfn. passed away, disappeared

parāvṛtta

mfn. wallowing, rolling (n. as a substantive)

parāvṛtta

mfn. exchanged

parāvṛtta

mfn. reversed (as a judgement)

parāvṛtta

mfn. given back, restored

parayatta

mf(ā-)n. dependent upon another

parayatta

mf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') wholly subdued or overwhelmed by

parāyatta

etc. See .

pārijātavṛttakhaṇḍa

n. Name of work

parikṛtta

mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off

parītta

(for 2.See) mfn. (

) given away, given up, delivered up to (locative case)

parītta

mfn. See pari-dā- (p. 595) . 2.

parītta

mfn. ( do-; see

) cut round, circumscribed, limited

parītta

1. 2. parī-tta-. See under pari-dā- and 1. parī-.

parīttaśubha

m. plural Name of the gods of the 13th order

parivitta

mfn. (p/ari--) twined or twisted round

parivitta

m. equals -vitti-

etc. (pari-vitt/a-

)

parivitta

m. equals vinna-

parivṛtta

mfn. (also -ka- gaRa ṛśyādi-) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro

etc.

parivṛtta

mfn. lasting, remaining

(varia lectio)

parivṛtta

mfn. passed, elapsed, finished, ended

parivṛtta

mfn. equals pari-vṛta-, covered, surrounded

parivṛtta

mfn. retreated, returned

parivṛtta

mfn. exchanged

parivṛtta

n. rolling, wallowing

(varia lectio tti-)

parivṛtta

n. an embrace

parivṛttabhāgya

mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone

parivṛttañctra

mfn. rolling the eyes

parivṛttaphalā

f. Name of a plant

parivṛttatejas

mfn. spreading brilliance all around

pariyatta

mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in

parṇadatta

m. Name of a man

paryupāvṛtta

mfn. ( vṛt-) returned, come back

paścāttara

mfn. following after (ablative)

paścimottara

mf(ā-)n. northwestern (re-, ratas-and rasyām-[sc. diśi-],in the north-west)

paścimottaradikpati

m. "regent of the north-west", Name of the god of wind

paścimottarapūrva

mfn. (plural) western, northern, or eastern

paśuprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

patitavṛtta

mfn. leading the life of an out-caste

paṭottarīya

n. an upper garment (of cloth)

pattalā

f. equals paṭṭalā-

pattalaka

m. Name of a prince

pattalīkṛ

(for pattr-?) -kṛ-, to beat into thin leaves

pattana

m. plural Name of a people

pattanā

f. Name of a wife of vikrama-

pattana

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a town, city

(see dharma--and paṭṭana-).

pattanādhipati

m. "town-governor", Name of a prince

pattanavaṇij

m. a town-tradesman

pattaṅga

m. (n.

;fr. pattrāṅga-) red sandal

pattaṅga

n. Caesalpina Sappan

pattaraṅga

n. equals paṭṭa-r-

pattas

patti- See .

pattas

ind. from or at the feet

(also -tat/as-

)

pattastodāśa

mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes

pattave

See 2. pat-, p.580.

phalottamā

f. "best of fruit", a kind of grape without stones

phalottamā

f. the 3 myrobalans

phalottamā

f. the benefit arising from sacred study (?)

phalottamā

f. a small sort of rope(?)

pitṛdatta

mfn. given by a father (as a woman's peculiar property)

pitṛdatta

mfn. Name of a man (-ka-,endearing form; see pitṛka-)

Va1rtt. 1

pitṛvitta

mfn. acquired by ancestors

pitṛvitta

n. patrimony

pitta

n. (etymology unknown) bile, the bilious humour (one of the three humours[ see kapha-and vāyu-]or that secreted between the stomach and bowels and flowing through the liver and permeating spleen, heart, eyes, and skin;its chief quality is heat)

pittadāha

m. a bilious fever

pittadhara

mfn. containing bilious, bilious

pittadrāvin

m. "bile-dispersing", the sweet citron

pittagadin

mfn. suffering from bilious complaints, bilious

pittaghna

mfn. "bile-destroying", antibilious

pittaghna

n. an antidote to bilious complaints

(see -han-).

pittaghnī

f. Cocculus Cordifolius

(see -ghna-).

pittagulma

m. a swelling of the abdomen caused by (excess of) bile

pittahan

mf(ghnī-)n. bile-destroying

pittahara

mf(ī-)n. bilious removing, antibilious

pittajvara

m. a bilious fever

pittakośa

(or ṣa-) m. the gall-bladder

pittakṣobha

m. excess and disturbance of the bilious humour

pittakuṣṭha

n. a kind of leprosy

pittala

mf(ā-)n. bilious, secreting bile

(gaRa sidhmādi-)

pittalā

f. Jussiaea Repens

pittala

n. brass, bell-metal

pittala

n. Betula Bhojpatra (its bark is used for writing upon; see bhūrja-pattra-)

pittalī

f. Sanseviera Roxburghiana

pittanibarhaṇa

mfn. destroying bilious

pittaprakopa

m. excess and vitiation of the bilious humour

pittaprakṛti

mfn. being of a bilious temperament

pittarakta

n. plethora

(see rakta-pitta-).

pittarogin

mfn. equals -gadin-

pittaśamana

mfn. "bilious-destroying", antibilious

pittasāraka

m. Azadirachta Indica

pittaśleṣmala

mfn. producing bile and phlegm

pittaśoṇita

n. equals -rakta-

pittaśopha

m. a swelling caused by (excess of) bilious

pittasthāna

n. equals -kośa-

pittasyanda

m. a bilious form of ophthalmia

pittavat

mfn. having bilious, bilious

pittavāyu

m. flatulence arising from excess and vitiation of the bilious humour

pittavidagdha

mfn. burnt or impaired by bile (as sight)

pittavināśana

mfn. "bilious-destroying", antibilious

pracṛtta

mfn. loose, dishevelled

pracṛttaśikha

mfn. with dishevelled hair

pradatta

etc. See pra-- 1. dā-.

pradatta

mfn. equals pratta-

( pradattanayanotsava -nayanotsava- mfn.affording a feast to the eyes id est beautiful to behold

)

pradatta

m. Name of a gandharva-

pradattanayanotsava

mfn. pradatta

pradhanottama

n. "best of battles", a great battle or contest

pradhānottama

mfn. best of the eminent, illustrious

pradhānottama

mfn. warlike, brave

pradyumnottaracarita

n. " pradyumna-'s further deeds", Name of a poem.

prāguttara

mf(ā-)n. north-eastern

prāguttarā

f. (with or scilicet diś-) the north-east

prāguttaradigbhāga

m. the north-eastern side of (genitive case) (

)

prāguttaradigvibhāga

m. the north-eastern side of (genitive case) (

)

prāguttaratas

ind. north-eastwards, to the north-east of (with ablative or genitive case) [

]

prāguttareṇa

ind. north-eastwards, to the north-east of (with ablative or genitive case) [

]

prāgvṛtta

n. former behaviour

prāgvṛtta

n. (in law) = 1 prāṅ-nyāya- (q.v),

prahṛṣṭacitta

mfn. delighted at heart, exceedingly glad.

m. Name of a man

m. Name of a poet

See pra-mad-.

mfn. excited, wanton, lascivious, rutting

pramatta

mfn. drunken, intoxicated

pramatta

mfn. mad, insane

pramatta

mfn. inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, forgetful of (ablative or compound)

etc.

pramatta

mfn. indulging in (locative case)

pramatta

mfn. blundering, a blunderer

pramattacitta

mfn. careless-minded, heedless, negligent

pramattagīta

mfn. sung or recited by an intoxicated person

pramattarajju

f. (?)

pramattaśramaṇa

n. (with jaina-s) Name of the 6th among the 14 stages which lead to liberation

pramattatā

f. inattentiveness, sleepiness, mental inactivity (a-pram-)

pramattavat

mfn. inattentive, careless (a-pram-)

pramattavat

ind. as if drunk, like one intoxicated

pramohacitta

mf(ā-)n. bewildered in mind

prāṇivadhaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

prāṅnyāyottara

n. a defendant's plea that the charge against him has already been tried

praṇottavya

mfn. to be propelled

pranṛtta

mfn. one who has begun to dance, dancing

pranṛtta

n. a dance

pranṛttavat

mfn. having begun to dance

praṇutta

(pr/a--) mfn. pushed away, repelled, set in motion

prasādavitta

mf(ā-)n. rich in favour, being in high favour with any one (genitive case or compound) (

)

prasādavittaka

mfn. rich in favour, being in high favour with any one (genitive case or compound) (

)

prasādavittaka

m. a favourite, darling

praśāntacitta

mfn. "tranquil-minded", calm

prasatta

mfn. satisfied, pleased

praśnottara

n. question and answer, a verse consisting of question and answer

f. Name of work

f. Name of work

f. Name of work

f. Name of work

n. Name of work

mfn. (words) full of modesty or humbleness

prastārapattana

n. Name of work

prātaragnihotrakālātikramaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

prathamasamāvṛtta

mfn. just turned towards (locative case)

prathamottama

mfn. (dual number) the first and last,

pratibaddhacitta

mfn. one whose mind is turned to or fixed on (compound)

pratigrahaprāyaścittaprakāra

m. Name of work

pratimārodanādiprāyaścittavidhi

m. Name of work

pratinivṛtta

mfn. turned back or from (ablative), come back, return

pratipattavya

mfn. to be obtained or received

pratipattavya

mfn. to be given (as an answer)

pratipattavya

mfn. to be conceived or understood

pratipattavya

mfn. to be done or begun

pratipattavya

n. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is to be assumed or stated

pratipattavya

n. one should act or proceed or behave

pratipratta

mfn. given up, delivered

pratisaṃyatta

mfn. completely prepared or armed

pratītta

See /a-pr-.

pratītta

See /a-pratītta-.

prativṛtta

n. an eccentric circle

prativṛtta

See under prati-.

pratta

pr/a-tti- See pra-dā-.

pratta

mfn. (for pra-datta-) given away (also in marriage), offered, presented, granted, bestowed

etc. etc.

prattavat

mfn. one who has given or presented

pratyāvṛtta

mfn. turned back (as a face)

pratyāvṛtta

mfn. returned, come back

etc.

pratyāvṛtta

mfn. repeated

pratyuttabdhi

f. upholding, propping up, supporting, fixing

pratyuttambh

( stambh-) P. -tabhnāti-, or -tabhnoti- to prop up, support

pratyuttambha

m. (

) idem or 'f. upholding, propping up, supporting, fixing '

pratyuttambhana

n. (

) idem or 'm. () idem or 'f. upholding, propping up, supporting, fixing ' '

pratyuttara

n. a reply to an answer, rejoinder, answer

etc.

pratyuttara

etc. See p.664.

pratyuttarīkaraṇa

n. replying, an answer

pratyuttarīkṛ

to answer

pravāsopasthānahaviryajñaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

pravṛtta

mfn. rotund, globular

pravṛtta

mfn. driven up (as a carriage)

pravṛtta

mfn. circulated (as a book)

pravṛtta

mfn. set out from (-tas-), going to, bound for (accusative locative case infinitive mood,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; dakṣiṇena-,"southwards";with pathā-,"proceeding on a path")

etc.

pravṛtta

mfn. issued from (ablative), come forth, resulted, arisen, produced, brought about, happened, occurred

etc.

pravṛtta

mfn. come back, returned

pravṛtta

mfn. commenced, begun

etc.

pravṛtta

mfn. having set about or commenced to (infinitive mood)

pravṛtta

mfn. (also pravṛttavat -vat- mfn.)

pravṛtta

mfn. purposing or going to, bent upon (dative case locative case,or compound)

pravṛtta

mfn. engaged in, occupied with, devoted to (locative case or compound)

etc.

pravṛtta

mfn. hurting, injuring, offending

pravṛtta

mfn. acting, proceeding, dealing with (locative case)

etc.

pravṛtta

mfn. existing

pravṛtta

mfn. who or what has become (with Nominal verb)

pravṛtta

n. (with karman- n.action) causing a continuation of mundane existence

pravṛtta

mfn. wrong reading for pra-cṛtta- and pra-nṛtta-

pravṛtta

m. equals varta-, a round ornament

pravṛttacakra

mfn. "whose chariot wheels run on unimpeded", having universal power ( pravṛttacakratā kra-tā- f.)

pravṛttacakratā

f. pravṛttacakra

pravṛttaka

n. equals pravartaka- n.

pravṛttaka

n. Name of a metre

pravṛttakarman

n. any act leading to a future birth

pravṛttapānīya

mfn. (a well) with abundant water

pravṛttapāraṇa

n. a particular religious observance or ceremony

(varia lectio)

pravṛttasamprahāra

mfn. one who has begun the fight ( pravṛttasamprahāratva ra-tva- n.)

pravṛttasamprahāratva

n. pravṛttasamprahāra

pravṛttatva

n. the having happened or occurred

pravṛttavāc

mfn. of fluent speech, eloquent

pravṛttavat

mfn. pravṛtta

pravṛttinimitta

n. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears

prāyacitta

prāyaścitta

n. (pr/āyaś--;"predominant thought"or"thought of death"see

) atonement, expiation, amends, satisfaction

(

as m.) etc.

prāyaścitta

n. Name of several works.

prāyaścitta

mfn. relating to atonement or expiation, expiatory

n. Name of work

f. Name of work

m. Name of work

f. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

mn. Name of work

prāyaścittakalpataru

m. Name of work

prāyaścittakamalākara

m. Name of work

prāyaścittakāṇḍa

mn. Name of work

f. Name of work

f. Name of work

n. Name of work

mn. Name of work

m. Name of work

n. Name of work

f. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

f. Name of work

prāyaścittamuktāvalīprakāśa

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

n. Name of work

f. Name of work

mn. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

f. Name of work

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

prāyaścittapratyāmnāya

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

n. Name of work

n. Name of work

f. Name of work

f. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

prāyaścittasārakaumudī

f. Name of work

prāyaścittasārasaṃgraha

m. Name of work

prāyaścittasārāvali

f. Name of work

prāyaścittaśatadvayī

f. Name of work (or prāyaścittaśatadvayīśatadvayīprāyaścitta -śata-dvayī-prāyaścitta- n.)

prāyaścittaśatadvayīśatadvayīprāyaścitta

n. prāyaścittaśatadvayī

prāyaścittaśekhara

m. Name of work

prāyaścittasetu

m. Name of work

prāyaścittaśrautasūtra

n. Name of work

prāyaścittasthāna

n. Name of work

prāyaścittasubodhinī

f. Name of work

prāyaścittasudhānidhi

m. Name of work

prāyaścittasutra

n. Name of work

prāyaścittataraṃga

m. Name of work (?)

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

n. Name of work

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

m. Name of work

prāyaścittavivekoddyota

m. Name of work

prāyaścittavyavasthāsaṃkṣepa

m. Name of work

prayatta

mfn. intent, eager

prayattavya

n. (impersonal or used impersonally) equals yatitavya-

premapattanikā

, f. Name of work

prītacitta

mfn. delighted at heart

prītidatta

mfn. given through love or affection

prītidatta

n. (?) property or valuables presented to a female by her relations and friends at the time of her marriage, and constituting part of her peculiar property

priyakṛttama

mfn. doing that which pleases most

pṛṣadājyapraṇutta

mfn. (jy/a--) driven away from the oblation of ghee and curds

pṛthudatta

m. Name of a frog

pṛthusattama

m. Name of a prince

pūjāvaikalyaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

punarātta

see samāpta-- pun-, page 1161

punarāvṛtta

mfn. repeated

punarninṛtta

mfn. again repeated in detail

punartta

mf(ā-)n. equals punar-datta-, given back, restored

purāvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. that which has occurred or one who has lived in former times, long past, ancient

purāvṛtta

n. former mode of action, any event or account or history of the past

purāvṛttakathā

f. an old story or legend

(also purāvṛtttākhyāna ttākhyāna- n.

; purāvṛtttākhyānakathana ttākhyāna-kathana- n.telling old stories

)

purāvṛttasah

mfn.(Nominal verb -ṣāṭ-; see

) superior from ancient times

(

"conqueror of cities") .

purāvṛttasāh

mfn. (Nominal verb -ṣāṭ-; see

) superior from ancient times

(

"conqueror of cities") .

pūrṇacandraprāyaścittaprakaraṇa

n. Name of work

purovṛtta

mf(ā-)n. being or going before, preceding

puruṣadatta

m. Name of a man

puruṣottama

See below.

puruṣottama

m. the best of men, an excellent or superior man

puruṣottama

m. the best of servants, a good attendant

puruṣottama

m. the highest being, Supreme Spirit, Name of viṣṇu- or kṛṣṇa-

etc. (

)

puruṣottama

m. equals -kṣetra-

puruṣottama

m. (with jaina-s) an arhat-

puruṣottama

m. Name of the fourth black vāsudeva-

puruṣottama

m. a jina- (one of the generic terms for a deified teacher of the jaina- sect)

puruṣottama

m. Name of several authors and various men (also -dāsa-, -dīkṣita-, -deva-, -deva-śarman-, -paṇḍita-, -prasāda-, -bhaṭṭa-, -bhaṭṭātmaja-, -bhāraty-ācārya-, -miśra-, -manu-sudhīndra-, -sarasvatī- mācāya-, mānanda-tīrtha-, mānanda-yati-, māśrama-).

puruṣottamacaritra

n. Name of work

puruṣottamakhaṇḍa

mn. Name of work

puruṣottamakṣetra

n. "district of the Supreme Being", Name of a district in Orissa sacred to viṣṇu-

puruṣottamakṣetramāhātmya

n. Name of work

puruṣottamakṣetratattva

n. Name of work

puruṣottamamāhātmya

n. Name of work

puruṣottamamantra

m. Name of work

puruṣottamapattra

n. Name of work

puruṣottamaprakāśakṣetravidhi

m. Name of work

puruṣottamapurāṇa

n. Name of work

puruṣottamapurīmāhātmya

n. Name of work

puruṣottamasahasranāman

n. Name of work

puruṣottamaśāstrīya

n. Name of work

puruṣottamatīrtha

n. Name of a tīrtha-

puruṣottamatīrthaprayogatattva

n. Name of work

puruṣottamavāda

m. Name of work

pūrvacitta

(p/ūrva--) mfn. wrong reading for -cit-

pūrvadatta

mfn. given before

pūrvanimitta

n. an omen

pūrvapravṛtta

mf(ā-)n. formerly happened or done or fixed etc.

pūrvaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

pūrvavattara

mfn. antecedent, former

pūrvavṛtta

mfn. formerly happened

pūrvavṛtta

mfn. relating to a previous occurrence

pūrvavṛtta

n. a former event, previous occurrence

pūrvavṛtta

n. former conduct

pūrvottara

mf(ā-)n. north-eastern

etc.

pūrvottara

mf(ā-)n. dual number or (in the beginning of a compound) the antecedent and subsequent, the preceding and following

pūrvottaraśānti

f. Name of work

pūrvottare

ind. in the north-east

pūṣāṣṭottara

n. Name of a stotra-.

puṣpasakaṭikānimittajñāna

n. knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 arts or kalā-s)

puṣpottara

m. or n. (with jaina-s) Name of a particular heaven

pustavārtta

m. one who lives by books or makes books

puttala

m. (prob. fr. putra-) a puppet, doll, small statue, effigy, image ( puttaladahana -dahana- n. puttalavidhāna -vidhāna- n.and puttalavidhi -vidhi- m.burning an effigy in place of the body of one who has died abroad)

puttaladahana

n. puttala

puttalaka

mf(ikā-). equals puttala-, lī-

puttalaka

m. liko- vidhiḥ- equals puttala-v- above.

n. puttala

m. puttala

f. = m.

f. an idol

n. a particular game with dolls

puttalīpūjā

f. idol-worship, idolatry

rādhottaratāpanīyopaniṣad

f. Name of work

raghukulottaṃsa

m. "crest-jewel of the race of raghu-", Name of rāma-

raghūttama

m. "best of the raghu-s", Name of rāma-

raghūttama

m. (with yati-and ma-tīrtha-) Name of two authors

rājavṛtta

n. the conduct or occupation of a kind

raktamatta

mfn. drunk or satiated with blood (said of a leech)

raktapaitta

mfn. relating to rakta-pitta- (q.v)

raktapitta

n. "bile-blood", a particular disturbance of the blood caused by bile, plethora, spontaneous hemorrhage from the mouth or nose

etc.

raktapittahā

f. "removing it", a kind of dūrvā- grass

raktapittakara

mfn. causing the above disease

raktapittakāsa

m. the cough connected with it

rāmacandranāmāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

rāmadatta

m. Name of a minister of nṛ-siṃha- (king of mithilā-)

rāmadatta

m. (also with mantrin-) of various authors

rāmanāmāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

rāmānujāṣṭottara

n. Name of work

rāmāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

rāmeśvaradatta

m. Name of an author

rāmottaratāpanīya

n. the second part of rāma-tāpanīya- q.v

raṇamatta

mfn. furious in battle

raṇamatta

m. an elephant

raṅgadatta

(prob.) n. Name of a drama.

raṅganāthāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

rasavattara

mfn. more savoury, more delightful

n. Name of work

m. quicksilver

m. Phaseolus Mungo

m. milk

m. a most excellent chariots

rathasattama

m. the best of warriors

rathottama

m. an excellent chariot

ratnadatta

m. Name of various men

ratnottama

m. Name of a buddha-

ratnottamā

f. Name of a tantra- deity

raukṣacitta

mfn. (fr. rūkṣa-c-) harsh-tempered

ravidatta

m. Name of a priest and of a poet

revantottara

prob. n. Name of work (varia lectio revatottara-).

revatottara

prob. n. Name of work (varia lectio revantottara-).

revottaras

m. Name of a man

ṛguttama

mfn. ending in a ṛc-

rohitakūlīyottara

n. rohitakūlīya

romakapattana

n. the city of Rome

ṛṣabhadatta

m. Name (also title or epithet) of various persons,

ṛṣisattama

m. the best or most excellent of the sages.

rucidatta

m. Name of various authors

rucidattabhāskya

n. Name of work

rudradatta

m. Name of an author

rudradatta

m. of a work on medicine

rudradattavṛtti

f. Name of work

śabdopātta

mfn. stated explicitly,

sacitta

mfn. (s/a--) of the same mind

sacitta

mfn. endowed with reason

Va1rtt. 1 (quot.)

sadāmatta

mfn. always excited with joy

sadāmatta

mfn. always in rut (as an elephant)

sadāmatta

m. Name of a man (plural of his family) gaRa yaskādi-

sadāmatta

m. plural Name of a class of divine beings

sadāmattaka

n. Name of a town

ṣaḍaṅgulidatta

(idem or '( on Va1rtt. 1) (idem or 'f. a six-limbed id est complete army ' on Va1rtt. 4), Name of a man.' on

Va1rtt. 4), Name of a man.

ṣaḍavatta

n. a portion consisting of six pieces cut off and designed for the agnīdh-

ṣaḍavatta

n. a double vessel designed for the above

sādhāraṇaprāyaścittasaṃgraha

m. Name of work

sādhudatta

m. a proper N.

sādhuvṛtta

mfn. well rounded

sādhuvṛtta

mfn. well-conducted, having good manners

sādhuvṛtta

m. a well-conducted person, virtuous or honest man

sādhuvṛtta

n. good conduct, honesty

sādhuvṛttatā

f. the being well-conducted, honourableness

ṣaḍuttara

mfn. larger by six

saduttara

n. a proper answer, good reply

sadvṛtta

n. a well-rounded shape

sadvṛtta

n. the behaviour of good men, good conduct ( sadvṛttaśālin -śālin- mfn.or sadvṛttastha -stha- mfn."being of virtuous conduct")

etc.

sadvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. well-conducted

etc.

sadvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. containing beautiful metres

sadvṛttaratnamālā

f. Name of work

sadvṛttaratnāvalī

f. Name of work

sadvṛttaśālin

mfn. sadvṛtta

sadvṛttastha

mfn. sadvṛtta

sadyaḥkṛtta

mfn. recently cut

sāgaradatta

m. "Ocean-given", Name of a king of the gandharva-s

sāgaradatta

m. of a śakya-

sāgaradatta

m. of a merchant

sāgaradatta

m. of various other men

sahitottara

n. a bow weighing 500 pala-s

sajjanacittavallabha

n. Name of work

śākhāpitta

n. inflammation of the extremities (id est the hands, feet etc.)

sakhidatta

m. gaRa sakhy-ādi-.

sakṛdvidyutta

mf(ā-)n. flashing or gleaning once

sakṛdvidyutta

n. the act of flashing once

sākṣātpuruṣottamavākya

n. Name of work by vallabhācārya-.

śaktidatta

m. Name of a man

śālottarīya

(prob. wrong reading for śālāturīya- q.v), m. Name of the grammarian pāṇini-

samacitta

mfn. even-minded, possessing equanimity, equable

samacitta

mfn. indifferent

samacitta

mfn. having the thoughts directed to the same subject

samacittatā

f. (

) equanimity towards (locative case)

samacittatva

n. (

) equanimity towards (locative case)

śāmadatta

m. (with paṇḍita-) Name of an author

samādatta

mfn. taken away, taken hold of. seized, received

samānottamamadhyamādhama

mfn. one to whom the best and the middle and worst are all the same

samāptapunarātta

mfn. concluded and again resumed

samāptapunarātta

n. a particular kind of pleonasm (also samāpttatva tta-tva- n.)

samāptapunarāttaka

mfn. concluded and again resumed

samāptapunarāttaka

n. a particular kind of pleonasm

samāpttatva

n. samāptapunarātta

samavatta

mfn. cut up into bits, divided into fragments

samavattadhāna

mfn. containing the gathered fragments

samavattadhānī

f. a vessel containing the gathered fragments

samavavṛtta

mfn. turned towards

samavṛtta

mfn. uniformly round or equal and round

samavṛtta

n. the prime vertical circle

samavṛtta

n. a uniform metre, a metre with 4 equal pāda-s

samāvṛtta

mfn. turned back, returned (especially as described above)

etc.

samāvṛtta

mfn. approached, come from (compound)

etc.

samāvṛtta

mfn. completed, finished

samāvṛttaka

m. a pupil who has returned home

samavṛttakarṇa

m. the hypotenuse of the shadow of the time when the sun reaches the prime vertical circle

samavṛttaśaṅku

m. equals sama-ś-

samāvṛttavrata

mfn. one who has completed a religious vow

samāyatta

mfn. ( yat-) resting or dependent on (locative case)

sambhinnavṛtta

mfn. one who has abandoned good conduct

saṃchettavya

mfn. to be cut through or removed or resolved (as a doubt)

saṃdhyāprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

saṃgamadatta

m. Name of a man

saṃgītanṛttaratnākara

m. Name of work

saṃgītavṛttaratnākara

m. Name of work

saṃgrāmadatta

m. Name of a Brahman

śaṃkaradatta

śaṃkaranārāyaṇāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

saṃkṛtta

mfn. cut to pieces, cut through, pierced

sammatta

mfn. completely intoxicated (literally and figuratively), exhilarated, enraptured, enamoured

sammatta

mfn. rutting, in rut

saṃnivṛtta

mfn. turned or come back, returned

etc.

saṃnivṛtta

mfn. withdrawn

saṃnivṛtta

mfn. desisted, stopped, ceased

samottaratas

ind. directly northwards

samottaratas

samodaka- etc. See .

samparivṛtta

mfn. turned round

sampradatta

mfn. given over, imparted, transmitted, handed down

sampradatta

mfn. given in marriage (in a-s-)

sampramatta

mfn. ( mad-) very excited (said of an elephant in rut)

sampramatta

mfn. very careless, thoughtless, neglectful

sampramatta

mfn. very fond of (infinitive mood)

(Bombay edition sam-pra-vṛtta-).

sampranṛtta

mfn. ( nṛt-) beginning to dance or move about

sampravṛtta

mfn. gone forward, proceeded, set off

sampravṛtta

mfn. arisen, existent, present, near at hand

sampravṛtta

mfn. commenced, begun

sampravṛtta

mfn. passed, gone by

sampravṛtta

mfn. setting about anything (infinitive mood dative case,or locative case)

sampravṛtta

mfn. engaged in (locative case or compound)

saṃsaktacitta

mfn. (plural,with itaretaram-) having their hearts (mutually) joined, heartily devoted to each other

saṃsāraśrāntacitta

mfn. wearied in mind by (the miseries of) the world

samudradatta

m. Name of various persons

samudvṛtta

mfn. risen up, swollen

samupātta

mfn. gained, acquired, taken, robbed, gathered, collected

samuttara

n. equals uttara-, answer, reply

saṃvṛtta

mfn. approached near to, arrived

saṃvṛtta

mfn. happened, occurred, passed

saṃvṛtta

mfn. fulfilled (as a wish)

saṃvṛtta

mfn. become, grown (with Nominal verb)

etc.

saṃvṛtta

mfn. often wrong reading for saṃ-vṛta-

saṃvṛtta

m. Name of varuṇa-

saṃvṛtta

m. of a serpent-demon

samyagvṛtta

mfn. well-conducted

samyagvṛtta

mfn. wholly confiding in

saṃyatta

mfn. (plural) come into conflict (saṃgrām/e s/oṃ-yatte-,"at the outbreak of war")

saṃyatta

mfn. prepared, ready, being on one's guard

sanavitta

(s/ana--) mfn. long since existing or obtained

m. Name of a poet

m. of another man

n. a good omen

n. a good cause

n. the cause of the good

sannimitta

etc. See p.1137.

sannimittam

ind. for a good cause

sāntarottara

n. receiving (as a gift) more than one under and upper garment (in contravention of monastic rules)

śapathottaram

ind. with oaths

sapattana

mfn. possessing towns or cities

saptottara

mfn. having 7 in addition (exempli gratia, 'for example' raṃ śatam-,100 + 7 id est 107)

śarīravṛtta

mfn. occupied about bodily state

śārṅgadatta

m. Name of the author of the dhanurveda-

śarottama

n. best of arrows, a very good arrow

śarvadatta

m. "given by śarva-", Name of a teacher

sarvadharmottaraghoṣa

m. Name of a bodhisattva-

sarvajñānottama

n. Name of work

sarvajñānottamatantra

n. Name of work

sarvajñānottaravṛtti

f. Name of work

sarvānudātta

mfn. entirely accentless ( sarvānudāttatva -tva- n.)

sarvānudāttatva

n. sarvānudātta

sarvaprāyaścitta

mf(/ī-)n. atoning for everything

sarvaprāyaścitta

n. expiation for everything,

sarvaprāyaścitta

n. a particular libation in the āhavanīya-

sarvaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

sarvaprāyaścittalakṣaṇa

n. Name of work

sarvaprāyaścittaprayoga

m. Name of work

sarvaprāyaścittavidhi

m. Name of work

sarvarasottama

m. "best of all flavours", the saline flavour

sarvatovṛtta

mfn. omnipresent

sarvodātta

mfn. having the acute accent everywhere

sarvopaniṣatsārapraśnottara

n. Name of work

sarvottama

mfn. best of all

sarvottamastotra

n. Name of a stotra-.

sarvottaratvābhidhāna

n. Name of work

ṣaṣṭimatta

m. an elephant which has reached she age of 60 years (or is in rut at that period),

śastravārtta

mfn. equals -jīvin-

śaśvattama

mfn. most constant or frequent or numerous

śaśvattamam

ind. once more, again

śatadvayīprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

śatāparādhaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

śataprāyaścittavājapeya

Name of work

ṣaṭpañcāśattama

mfn. the 56th

satta

mfn. (see pra-satt/a-and n/i-ṣatta-) seated

sattama

mfn. (s/at--) very good or right, the best, first, chief of (genitive case or compound)

etc.

sattama

mfn. most virtuous

sattama

mfn. very venerable or respectable

sattamatā

f. the first rank of all

sattarka

m. an orthodox system of philosophy (a-sat-t-

)

n. Name of work

n. Name of work

m. Name of work

f. Name of work

n. Name of work

satyavṛtta

n. true conduct

satyavṛtta

mfn. practising truth, honest or upright in conduct

satyottara

n. admission of the truth, confession (in law)

satyottara

mf(ā-)n. mainly or essentially true

saudatta

mfn. (fr. su-datta-) gaRa saṃkalādi-.

saumanottarika

mfn. knowing the story of sumanottarā-

Va1rtt. 1

sauradharmottara

m. Name of work

śauridatta

m. Name of two authors

savitṛdatta

m. Name of a man

savitta

mfn. together with the property

savṛtta

mfn. well-conducted

savṛtta

mfn. (of unknown meaning)

savyāvṛtta

mfn. turned to the left

sāyakapraṇutta

(s/āy-) mfn. driven away or put to flight by arrows

sevakottama

m. (andf(ā-).) best of servants

śevaladatta

m. Name of a man

śevalendradatta

m. Name of a man

sikatottara

mfn. abounding in sand, sandy

śikhāpitta

n. inflammation in the extremities (as in fingers or toes)

śīlavṛtta

n. sg. or m. dual number virtue and good conduct ( śīlavṛttadhara -dhara- mfn.and śīlavṛttavid -vid- mfn.holding or knowing virtue and good conduct)

śīlavṛtta

mfn. virtuous and well-conducted

mfn. śīlavṛtta

mfn. śīlavṛtta

m. Name of a man

m. "lion-given", Name of an asura-

siṃhadatta

m. of a poet

siṃhāsanadvātriṃśatputtalikāvārttā

f. Name of a work consisting of 32 stories in praise of vikramāditya- (= vikrama-carita-)

sindhudatta

m. Name of a man

sindhūttama

n. Name of a tīrtha-

sirāvṛtta

n. lead

śirovṛtta

n. pepper

śirovṛttaphala

m. a kind of Achyranthes Aspera with red flowers

śītapitta

n. a tumour caused by a chill (attended with fever and sickness and compared to a swelling caused by a wasp sting)

śītapitta

n. increase of bile or phlegm caused by cold

sītārāmāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

sītāṣṭottaraśatanāmāvali

(tāṣ-) f.

śītottama

n. "best of cold things", water

śivacitta

m. Name of a man

śivadatta

m. "given by or presented to śaṃkara-", (with śarman-, miśra-and sūri-) Name of three authors

śivadatta

m. of various other men

śivadatta

n. the discus of viṣṇu-

śivadattapura

n. Name of a town in the east

śivadharmottara

n. Name of a sequel of the prec. work

śivādyaṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

śivanāmāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

śivāṣṭottarabhāṣya

n. Name of work

śivāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

śleṣmapitta

n. "phlegm and bile", a kind of disease

śleṣmapittajvara

m. fever caused by phlegm and bile

smārtaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

smārtaprāyaścittapaddhati

f. Name of work

smārtaprāyaścittavinirṇaya

m. Name of work

smottara

mfn. uttara

somadatta

m. Name of various kings

somadatta

m. of various Brahmans

somadatta

m. of a merchant

somadatta

m. of a writer on dharma-

somanāthapattana

n. Name of a town on the western coast of India (commonly called Somnath Pattan in Kathiawar, celebrated for the śiva- temple above described)

somaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

somaprayogaprāyaścitta

śoṇitapitta

n. hemorrhage

śoṇitapittavat

mfn. subject to hemorrhage

śoṇottarā

f. Name of a woman

sopārakapattana

n. Name of a town

sottara

mfn. with or connected with a wager or bet

sottarapaṇa

mfn. idem or 'mfn. with or connected with a wager or bet '

sphurattaraṃgajihva

mfn. having tongue-like tremulous waves (said of a river)

sphuritottarādhara

mfn. having trembling upper and under lip

śrāddhavamanaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

śraddhāvitta

(śraddhā--) mfn. possessed of faith or belief, faithful, believing

śramaṇadatta

m. Name of a man

śrāntacitta

(

) mfn. wearied or distressed in mind.

śrautakarmaṇyāśvalāyanopayogiprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

śrautakarmaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

śrautapraśnottaravyavasthā

f. rules for sacrificial rites in the form of question and answer.

śrautaprāyaścitta

n. Name of a pariśiṣṭa- of the sāma-veda- and of other works.

śrautaprāyaścittacandrikā

f. Name of work

śrautaprāyaścittaprayoga

m. Name of work

śravaṇadatta

m. Name of a teacher

śrīdatta

m. "Fortune-giver", Name of various authors etc. (also with bhaṭṭa-and maithila-)

śrīkaṇṭhadatta

m. Name of a medical author

śrīmālinīvijayottara

n. Name of work

śrīmatottara

n. Name of work

śrīmattama

mfn. (superl.) most prosperous or eminent or illustrious

śrīnivāsabrahmatantraparakālasvāmyaṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of work

śrīpatidatta

m. Name of the author of the kātantra-pariśiṣṭa-

śrīpattana

n. Name of a town

śrīpuruṣottamatattva

n. Name of a chapter of the smṛti-tattva-.

śrīraṅgapattana

n. " viṣṇu-'s city", the city of Seringapatam (situated in Mysore on an island an a channel of the kāverī-, said to have been founded by an ancient king who called it after himself, or by a devotee who dedicated it to viṣṇu-; see above )

śrīvidyottaratāpinī

f. Name of work

sṛṣṭipattana

n. a particular magical power

śrutavṛtta

n. dual number knowledge and virtue

śrutilakṣaṇaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

srutottarapaṭa

mfn. having the upper garment slipped down

stanottarīya

n. idem or 'n. a breast-cloth ( stanāvaraṇatā -tā- f.) '

sthalapattana

n. a town situated on dry land (opp. to jala-p-),

sthāpanavṛtta

mfn. one who is past all restoration to strength

sthiracitta

(

) (

) mfn. firm-minded, steady, resolute.

sthitabuddhidatta

m. Name of a buddha-

sthūladatta

m. Name of a man

strīcittahārin

mfn. captivating the heart of women

strīcittahārin

m. Moringa Pterygosperma

strīvitta

n. property coming from a wife

śubhadatta

m. Name of a man

subhaṭadatta

m. Name of author

sucitta

mf(ā-)n. well-minded

sucitta

m. (with śailana-) Name of a teacher

sudatta

mfn. well or properly given (see sūtta-),

sudatta

m. Name of a son of śata-dhanvan- (varia lectio su-dānta-)

sudatta

m. of the rich householder anātha-piṇḍa-da-

sudatta

m. of a village (also -grāma-)

śūdrayājakaprāyaścitta

n. the penance incurred by sacrificing for a śūdra-

śūdrodakapānaprāyaścitta

n. a penance for drinking water given by a śūdra-

suhṛttama

mfn. (superl.) very friendly or cordial, kind, affectionate

sukhacitta

n. mental ease

sukhacittabhāj

mfn. enjoying mental ease

śuklavṛtta

mfn. pure in conduct

śukrottara

m. (with jaina-s) Name of a kalpa- (q.v)

sumanomattaka

m. Name of a man

sumanottarā

f. (fr. su-manas-+ utt-) Name of a woman and the story about her

Va1rtt. 1

śūnyacitta

mfn. vacant-minded, absent-minded, thinking of nothing

suparidatta

m. Name of a man

suparipūrṇottamāṅgatā

f. having the head well developed (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-)

suparyāśīrdatta

m. Name of a man

Va1rtt. 1

supranṛtta

n. a beautiful dance

supravṛtta

mfn. being well in order

supravṛtta

mfn. acting well

surāmatta

mfn. intoxicated by surā-

surāpāṇaprāyaścitta

n. a penance for drinking spirits

surāpānaprāyaścitta

n. a penance for drinking spirits

surasattama

m. the best of the gods

surottama

m. (for 2. surot-See) chief of the gods

surottama

m. Name of viṣṇu-

surottama

m. of the Sun

surottamā

f. Name of an apsaras-

surottama

(prob.) n. (for 1. surott-See) the scum of surā-

(Scholiast or Commentator"excellent water") .

surottamācārya

m. Name of various authors

surottara

m. "superior to gods", sandal-wood

sūryadatta

m. Name of various men

sūryāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. plural Name of work

susaṃvṛtta

mfn. appearing in good or proper order, rightly sprung from (ablative)

susaṃvṛtta

mfn. duly occurred

susaṃvṛtta

mfn. well-rounded,

susaṃvṛttaskandhatā

f. having the shoulders well rounded (one of the 32 signs of perfection)

susaṃyatta

mf(ā-)n. well prepared or ready or on one's guard (varia lectio -sampanna-)

susthacitta

mfn. easy at heart, feeling happy or comfortable

sūtta

mfn. (equals su-datta-) well given, entirely given (see ātta-, nītta-)

sūttara

mfn. (5. su-+ uttara-) very superior

sūttara

mfn. well towards the north, northern

suvitta

n. great wealth or property

suvitta

mfn. very rich or wealthy

suvratadatta

m. Name of a poet

suvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. well rounded, beautifully globular or round

etc.

suvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. well-conducted, virtuous, good (especially applied to women)

etc.

suvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. composed in a beautiful metre

suvṛtta

mf(ā-)n. well done (n. impersonal or used impersonally)

suvṛtta

m. a kind of round bulb

suvṛtta

m. Name of a plant (equals śata-pattrī-)

suvṛtta

m. a kind of metre

suvṛtta

m. Name of an apsaras-

suvṛtta

m. of a woman

suvṛtta

n. welfare

suvṛtta

n. good conduct or behaviour

suvṛttatā

f. "round shape"and"good conduct"

suvṛttatilaka

m. or n. Name of work on metres.

śvagrahaprāyaścitta

n. expiation for epilepsy,

svairavṛtta

mf(ā-)n. equals -vartin-

svalpavittavat

mfn. possessing very little property

svāmidatta

m. Name of a poet

svapnavṛtta

mfn. occurring in a dream

svarapattana

n. "abode of accents", Name of the sāmaveda-.

svasthacitta

mfn. sound in mind

svasthavṛtta

n. medical treatment of a healthy person

svātta

mfn. (fr. svad-) seasoned, spiced

(see agni-ṣvātt/a-).

svavārtta

n. one's own condition or welfare

svavṛtta

n. one's own business or occupation

svayaṃdatta

mfn. self-given (said of a child who has given himself for adoption;one of the 12 kinds of children recognized in law-books)

svāyatta

mfn. dependent on one's self being under one's own control ( svāyattatva -tva- n.)

etc.

svāyatta

mfn. uncontrolled by others, one's own master

svāyatta

etc. See p.1277. column 3.

svāyattatva

n. svāyatta

syanttavya

mfn. to be flowed etc.

tadekacitta

mfn. having all the thoughts fixed on that (person or thing)

tannimitta

mf(ā-)n. caused by that

tannimitta

mf(ā-)n. relating to that

tannimitta

mf(ā-)n. conformable to that

tannimitta

n. a-- negative , 24.

tannimitta

See .

tannimittatva

n. the being its cause

tantrottara

n. Name of work (varia lectio matott-)

tattaddeśīya

mfn. belonging to this or that country

tejovṛtta

n. dignified behaviour

tilakottara

m. Name of a vidyādhara-

tilottamā

f. Name of an apsaras-

etc.

tilottamā

f. of a woman

tilottamā

f. a form of dākṣāyaṇī-

tilottamīya

Nom. P. to represent the apsaras- tilottamā-

tottalā

f. equals totalā-

triṃśattama

mf(/ī-)n. the 30th

triṃśattama

mf(/ī-)n. (chs. of

)

tripañcāśattama

mfn. the 53rd (chapter of

tṛṇabījottama

m. Panicum frumentaceum

tṛṇottama

m. "best of grasses", a kind of Crocus

trotalottara

n. another tantra-

tṛṣitottarā

f. the plant aśana-parṇī-

tryahavṛtta

mfn. happened 3 days ago

tryuttarībhāva

m. progression by 3

turuṣkadatta

m. Name of a man

tvādatta

mfn. given by thee

tvaguttarāsaṅgavat

mfn. having an upper garment made of bark

tvattanāt

ablative ind. from you

tvattara

mfn. Compar. more yours

tvattas

See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 2. tv/a-.

udagāvṛtta

mfn. turned to the north,

udātta

mfn. (for ud-ā-datta-) lifted upraised, lofty, elevated, high

udātta

mfn. arisen, come forth

udātta

mfn. highly or acutely accented

etc.

udātta

mfn. high, great, illustrious

udātta

mfn. generous, gentle, bountiful

udātta

mfn. giving, a donor

udātta

mfn. haughty, pompous

udātta

mfn. dear, beloved

udātta

mfn. (tara-, Comparative degree more elevated, more acute)

udātta

m. the acute accent, a high or sharp tone

etc.

udātta

m. a gift, donation

udātta

m. a kind of musical instrument

udātta

m. a large drum

udātta

m. an ornament or figure of speech in rhetoric

udātta

m. work, business

udātta

n. pompous or showy speech

udāttamaya

mfn. similar to the high tone or accent, udātta--like

udāttarāghava

n. Name of a drama.

udāttaśruti

f. pronounced or sounding like the udātta-,

udāttaśrutitā

f. the state of being pronounced so

udāttatā

f. pompousness,

udāttatva

n. the state of having the acute accent commentator or commentary on

udāttavat

mfn. having the udātta-

udāttaya

Nom. P. udāttayati-, to make high or illustrious ; to make honourable or respectable

udriktacitta

n. a mind abounding in (goodness etc.)

udriktacitta

mfn. having a lofty mind, proud, arrogant

udvanśīyottara

n. idem or 'n. Name of a sāman-.'

udvignacitta

mfn. having the mind or soul agitated by fright, depressed in mind

udvignacitta

mfn. sorrowful, anxious, distressed

udvṛtta

mfn. swollen up, swelling

udvṛtta

mfn. prominent

udvṛtta

mfn. excited, agitated, waving

etc.

udvṛtta

mfn. extravagant, ill-behaved, ill-mannered, proud, arrogant

etc.

udvṛtta

mfn. turned up

udvṛtta

mfn. opened, opened wide (as eyes)

(erroneous for ud-vṛta-

)

udvṛtta

m. a particular position of the hands in dancing

udvṛtta

n. (in astronomy) the east and west hour circle or six o'clock line (see un-maṇḍala-).

ujjvaladatta

m. Name of the author of a commentary on the uṇādi-- sūtra-s.

umāpatidatta

m. Name of a man

unmatta

etc. See un-mad-.

unmatta

mfn. disordered in intellect, distracted, insane, frantic, mad

etc.

unmatta

mfn. drunk, intoxicated, furious

etc.

unmatta

m. the thorn-apple, Datura Metel and Fastuosa

unmatta

m. Pterospermum Acerifolium

unmatta

m. Name of a rakṣas-

unmatta

m. of one of the eight forms of bhairava-.

unmattabhairava

m. a form of bhairava-

unmattabhairavatantra

n. Name of work

unmattabhairavī

f. a form of durgā-

unmattacitta

mfn. disordered in mind a maniac,

unmattadarśana

mfn. maniac-like, mad.

unmattagaṅga

n. Name of a place

unmattagaṅgam

ind. where the gaṅgā- roars

mfn. insane, mad

mfn. drunk

m. the thorn-apple

m. Name of śiva-.

unmattaliṅgin

mfn. feigning madness.

unmattapralapita

n. the chatter of a madman

unmattarāghava

n. Name of work

unmattarūpa

mfn. maniac-like, mad.

unmattatā

f. insanity, intoxication.

unmattatara

mfn. more furious or mad

unmattatva

n. insanity, intoxication.

unmattavat

ind. like a madman, as if mad.

unmattaveṣa

m. "dressed like a madman", Name of śiva-.

upaguptavitta

mfn. of concealed resources

upanṛtta

mfn. any person before or round whom it is danced

upātta

mfn. (contracted fr. upā-datta-; see ā-tta-) received, accepted, acquired, gained, obtained

upātta

mfn. appropriated

upātta

mfn. taken away

upātta

mfn. seized, gathered

upātta

mfn. shaped

upātta

mfn. felt, perceived, regarded

upātta

mfn. comprised

upātta

mfn. employed, used

upātta

mfn. begun

upātta

mfn. enumerated

upātta

mfn. allowed in argument, granted, conceded

upātta

m. an elephant out of rut

upāttaraṃhas

mfn. acquiring speed, quick, fleet.

upāttasāra

mfn. having the best part taken or enjoyed,

upāttaśastra

mfn. one who has taken up arms, armed.

upāttavidya

mfn. one who has acquired knowledge, learned

upavṛtta

mfn. come near, approached

upavṛtta

mfn. come back, brought back (from exhaustion etc.), recovered

upavṛtta

mfn. (in geometry) a circle in a particular position relatively to another one.

upāvṛtta

mfn. turned towards, approached or come to, come near

upāvṛtta

mfn. returned, come back

etc.

upāvṛtta

m. a horse rolling on the ground

upāvṛtta

m. plural Name of a people

upendradatta

m. Name of various men.

upotta

mfn. moistened, wet

upottama

mfn. last but one

etc.

upottama

n. (with or without akṣara-) the last vowel but one

etc.

upottara

mfn. later,

, Scholiast or Commentator

ūrjitacitta

mfn. of powerful mind

utpattavya

mfn. (impersonal or used impersonally) to be produced or born

utta

See .

utta

mfn. moistened, wet

(see unna-, column 3.)

uttabdha

etc. See ut-tambh-, .

uttabdha

mfn. upheld

uttabdha

mfn. erected

uttabdhi

f. support, upholding

uttabhita

mfn. upheld, uplifted, supported

uttakṣ

(ud-- takṣ-) P. (imperative 2. dual number /ut-takṣatam-

) to form (anything) out of (any other thing), ([

]) ; to take out of (anything), ([

])

uttam

(ud-tam-) P. -tāmyati-, to be out of breath or exhausted ; to lose heart, faint

uttama

mfn. (superlative fr. 1. ud-;opposed to avama-, adhama-,etc.; see an-uttama-), uppermost, highest, chief

uttama

mfn. most elevated, principal

uttama

mfn. best, excellent

etc. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound', exempli gratia, 'for example' dvijottama-,best of the twice-born id est a Brahman

)

uttama

mfn. first, greatest

uttama

mfn. the highest (tone)

uttama

mfn. the most removed or last in place or order or time

etc.

uttama

mfn. at last, lastly

uttama

m. the last person (= in European grammars the first person)

etc.

uttama

m. Name of a brother of dhruva- (son of uttāna-pāda- and nephew of priya-vrata-)

uttama

m. of a son of priya-vrata- and third manu-

uttama

m. of the twenty-first vyāsa-

uttama

m. plural Name of people

uttamā

f. a kind of piḍakā- or pustule

uttama

m. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.)

uttama

m. an excellent woman (one who is handsome, healthy, and affectionate)

uttamabala

mfn. of excellent strength, very strong

uttamacaritra

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a prince,

uttamadarśana

mfn. of excellent appearance

uttamādhama

mfn. high and low

uttamādhamamadhyama

mfn. good, bad, and indifferent

uttamādhamamadhyama

mfn. high, low, and middling.

uttamagandhāḍhya

mfn. possessing abundantly the most delicate scent or delicious fragrance.

uttamagāya

mfn. (either from 2. gāya-) highly celebrated (or from 1. gāya-) wide-striding (said of viṣṇu-),

uttamāha

m. the last or latest day, a fine day (?), a lucky day (?)

uttamajana

m. plural excellent men

(

etc.)

uttamalābha

m. great profit, a double return.

uttamam

ind. most, in the highest degree

uttamamaṇi

m. a kind of gem

uttamāmbhas

n. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) one of the nine kinds of tuṣṭi- q.v , sāṃkhya-kaumudī- (quoted by

)

uttamāṅga

n. the highest or chief part of the body, the head

uttamapada

n. a high office.

uttamaphalinī

f. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.)

uttamapuruṣa

m. the last person in verbal conjugation id est "I, we two, we"(= in European grammars the first person, our third person being regarded in Hindu grammars as the prathama-puruṣa- q.v; see also madhyama-puruṣa-)

etc.

uttamapuruṣa

m. the Supreme Spirit

uttamapūruṣa

m. equals -puruṣa- above

uttamapūruṣa

m. the Supreme Spirit

uttamapūruṣa

m. an excellent man

uttamāraṇī

f. the plant Asparagus Racemosus

uttamārdha

m. the last half or part

uttamārdha

m. the best half.

uttamārdhya

mfn. relating to or connected with the last part or the best half

uttamarṇa

m. (uttama-ṛṇa-) a creditor

etc.

uttamarṇa

m. plural Name of a people

uttamarṇa

etc. See under uttama-.

uttamarṇika

m. a creditor

uttamarṇin

m. a creditor

uttamasāhasa

n. the highest of the three fixed mulcts or fines (a fine of 1000 or of 80,000 paṇa-s;capital punishment, branding, banishment, confiscation, mutilation, and death).

uttamaśākha

m. Name of a region, (gaRa gahādi-

)

uttamaśākhīya

mfn. belonging to that region.

uttamasaṃgraha

m. intriguing with another man's wife, addressing her privately, casting amorous looks etc.

uttamaśloka

m. (uttam/a-) the most excellent renown

uttamaśloka

mfn. possessing the most excellent fame, highly renowned, illustrious

uttamaślokatīrtha

m. Name of a teacher.

uttamaśruta

mfn. possessing the utmost learning

uttamastrīsaṃgrahaṇa

equals -saṃgraha- above.

uttamasukha

m. Name of a man.

uttamatā

f. excellence, superiority

uttamatā

f. goodness, good quality.

uttamatejas

mfn. having extraordinary splendour, very glorious

uttamatva

n. excellence, superiority

uttamatva

n. goodness, good quality.

uttamaudārya

mfn. very noble-hearted

uttamaujas

m. "of excellent valour", Name of one of the warriors of the mahā-bhārata-.

uttamavarṇa

mfn. having an excellent colour (also being of the best caste)

uttamavayasa

n. the last period of life

uttamaveṣa

m. "having the most excellent dress"Name of śiva-.

uttamavid

mfn. having supreme knowledge,

uttamāyya

mfn. (future Passive voice parasmE-pada of a Nom. uttamāya-?) to be raised or celebrated

uttambh

( ud-stambh-

;the radical s-appears in augmented and reduplicated forms and if [in veda-] the preposition is separated from the verb) P. -(s)tabhnāti- (imperative 2. sg. -(s)tabhān/a- imperfect tense /ud-astabhnāt-, Aorist -astāmpsīt-

-astambhīt-

) to uphold, stay, prop ; to support

etc.: Causal -tambhayati-, to lift up, raise, erect

etc. ; to bring up ; to irritate, excite

; to raise in rank ; to honour, make respectable.

uttambha

m. support, prop, upholding

uttambhana

n. a prop, stay

uttambhita

mfn. supported, upheld

uttambhita

mfn. raised

uttambhita

mfn. excited

uttambhitavya

mfn. to be supported or upheld etc.

commentator or commentary

uttamīya

mfn. (gaRa gahādi-

) belonging to anything excellent or best or last etc.

uttamopapada

mfn. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, good.

uttamottama

mfn. the best among the best, the very best.

uttamottamaka

n. a kind of song or conversation in a play,

uttamottamika

n. a kind of song or conversation in a play,

uttamottarīya

m. Name of a grammarian.

uttaṃsa

m. ( tan-), a crest, chaplet

uttaṃsa

m. a wreath worn on the crown of the head

uttaṃsa

m. an earring

uttaṃsa

m. (figuratively) an ornament

uttaṃsaka

m. idem or 'm. (figuratively) an ornament '

uttaṃsaya

Nom. P. uttaṃsayati-, to adorn with a crest

uttaṃsika

m. Name of a nāga-

uttaṃsita

mfn. used as crest or ornament for the head

uttaṃsita

mfn. crested

uttan

(ud-- tan-) A1. (Aorist 3. plural -atnata-

) to stretch one's self upwards, endeavour to rise ; to stretch out.

uttaṅka

and uttaṅka-megha- vv.ll. for utaṅka- and utaṅka-megha-, qq.v.

uttanūruha

mfn. with bristling hair,

uttap

(ud-- tap-) P. -tapati-, to make warm or hot ; to heat thoroughly

etc. ; to pain, torment, press hard

etc.: A1. -tapate-, to shine forth, give out heat

; to warm one's self or a part of one's body

: Causal -tāpayati-, to warm up, heat

; to excite, urge on

uttapana

m. a particular kind of fire.

uttapanīya

mfn. (said of a kind of fire), BaudhP

uttapta

mfn. burnt

uttapta

mfn. heated, red hot, glowing,

uttapta

mfn. pained, tormented, pressed hard

uttapta

mfn. bathed, washed

uttapta

mfn. anxious, excited

uttapta

n. dried flesh

uttapta

n. great heat

uttaptavaiḍūryanirbhāsa

m. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-,

uttara

mfn. (Comparative degree fr. 1. ud-;opposed to adhara-;declined

a-), upper, higher, superior (exempli gratia, 'for example' uttare dantās-,the upper teeth)

etc.

uttara

mfn. northern (because the northern part of India is high)

etc.

uttara

mfn. left (opposed to dakṣiṇa-or right, because in praying the face being turned to the east the north would be on the left hand)

etc.

uttara

mfn. later, following, subsequent, latter, concluding, posterior, future

etc. (opposed to pūrva-,etc. exempli gratia, 'for example' uttaraḥ kālaḥ-,future time; uttaraṃ vākyam-,a following speech, answer, reply; phalam uttaram-,subsequent result, future consequence; varṣottareṣu-,in future years)

uttara

mfn. followed by (exempli gratia, 'for example' smottara smottara- mfn.followed by"sma-"

)

uttara

mfn. superior, chief, excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful

uttara

mfn. gaining a cause (in law)

uttara

mfn. better, more excellent

uttara

m. Name of a son of virāṭa-

uttara

m. of a king of the nāga-s

uttara

m. Name of a mountain

uttara

m. of several men

uttara

m. plural Name of a school

uttarā

f. (ā-), of. (scilicet diś-) the northern quarter, the north

etc.

uttarā

f. Name of each of the nakṣatra-s that contain the word" uttara- " (see uttara-phalgunī-,etc.)

uttarā

f. Name of a daughter of virāṭa- and daughter-in-law of arjuna-

uttarā

f. of a female servant

uttarā

f. dual number (e-) the second and third verse of a tṛca- (or a stanza consisting of three verses)

uttarā

f. plural the second part of the sāma-saṃhitā-

uttara

n. upper surface or cover

etc.

uttara

n. the north

uttara

n. the following member, the last part of a compound

uttara

n. answer, reply

etc.

uttara

n. (in law) a defence, rejoinder, a defensive measure

uttara

n. contradiction

uttara

n. (in the mīmāṃsā- philosophy) the answer (the fourth member of an adhikaraṇa- or case)

uttara

n. superiority, excellence, competency

etc.

uttara

n. result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic, what remains or is left, conclusion, remainder, excess, over and above, (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' bhayottara-,attended with danger, having danger as the result; dharmottara-,chiefly characterized by virtue; ṣaṣṭy-uttaraṃ sahasram-,one thousand with an excess of sixty, id est 1060; saptottaraṃ śatam-,107)

uttara

n. remainder, difference (in arithmetic)

uttara

n. Name of a song

uttara

n. Name of each of the nakṣatra-s that contain the word" uttara- "

uttara

n. a particular figure in rhetoric

uttara

n. Name of the last book of the rāmāyaṇa-

uttarā

ind. north, northerly

uttarā

ind. northward (with genitive case or ablative)

uttarā

ind. (uttarā-patha-,etc.See .)

uttara

etc. See

uttara

for 2. See ut-tṝ-, column 2.

uttara

mfn. (for 1.See) , crossing over

uttara

mfn. to be crossed (see dur-uttara-).

uttarabarhis

n. the sacrificial grass on the north of the fire.

uttarabhadrapadā

f. Name of a lunar mansion (see bhādrapadā-.)

uttarabhādrapadā

f. Name of a lunar mansion (see bhādrapadā-.)

uttarabhāga

m. the second participle

uttarabhaktika

mfn. employed after eating

uttarābhāsa

m. a false or indirect or prevaricating reply

uttarābhāsatā

f. inadequacy of a reply, the semblance without the reality.

uttarābhāsatva

n. inadequacy of a reply, the semblance without the reality.

uttarābhimukha

mfn. turned towards the north.

uttaracchada

m. a cover thrown over anything

uttaradanta

m. a tooth of the upper mandible commentator or commentary on

uttaradāyaka

mfn. replying, giving an answer, impertinent

uttaradeśa

m. the country towards the north, the up-country.

uttarādhara

mfn. superior and inferior, higher and lower

uttarādhara

n. upper and under lip

uttarādhara

n. the lips (See adharottara-)

uttarādharavivara

n. the mouth

uttaradhāraya

mfn. one who has to give an answer

uttaradharma

m. Name of a teacher (

)

uttaradheya

mfn. to be done or applied subsequently.

uttarādhikāra

m. right to property in succession to another person, heirship

uttarādhikāratā

f. right of succession.

uttarādhikāratva

n. right of succession.

uttarādhikārin

mfn. an heir or claimant subsequent to the death of the original owner, an heir who claims as second in succession

uttaradhurīṇa

mfn. yoked on the left pole of a carriage (as a horse)

uttaradigīśa

m. Name of kuvera-.

uttaradikstha

mfn. situated in the north, northern.

uttaradiś

f. the north quarter.

uttarādri

m. "northern mountain", the himālaya-

uttaradru

m. an upper beam (?)

uttaraga

mfn. flowing towards the north

uttarāgāra

n. an upper room, garret

uttaragārgya

the younger gārgya- (Name (also title or epithet) of work)

uttaraghṛta

mfn. sprinkled over with ghee,

uttaragītā

f. Name of a section of the sixth book of the mahābhārata-.

uttaragrantha

m. Name of a supplement of the yoni-grantha-.

uttarāha

m. the following day

uttarahanu

f. the upper jaw-bone

uttarāhi

ind. northerly, from the north

(with ablative

)

uttaraja

mfn. born in the latter (or last-mentioned kind of wedlock)

uttaraja

mfn. born subsequently or afterwards.

uttarajyā

f. the versed sine of an arc, the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine

uttarajyotiṣa

n. Name of a country

uttarakāla

m. future time

uttarakāla

m. time reckoned from full moon to full moon

uttarakāla

mfn. future

uttarakālam

ind. afterwards, after

uttarakālatas

ind. afterwards, after

uttarakalpa

m. Name of work

uttarakāmākhyatantra

n. Name of work

uttarakāṇḍa

n. following or concluding book

uttarakāṇḍa

n. the seventh book of the rāmāyaṇa-

uttarakāṇḍa

n. also the last book of the adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa-.

uttarakāya

m. the upper part of the body

uttarakhaṇḍa

n. last section

uttarakhaṇḍa

n. the concluding book of the padma-purāṇa-

uttarakhaṇḍa

n. also of the śiva-purāṇa- and of other works.

uttarakhaṇḍana

n. cutting off a reply, refutation.

uttarakośalā

f. the city ayodhyā- (the modern Oude)

uttarakrama

m. objection, refutation,

uttarakriyā

f. the last (sacred) action, funeral rites, obsequies.

uttarakuru

m. n. one of the nine divisions of the world (the country of the northern kuru-s, situated in the north of India, and described as the country of eternal beatitude).

uttarala

mf(ī-)n. trembling, shuddering, quivering

uttaralakṣaṇa

n. the indication of an actual reply

uttaralakṣaṇa

mfn. marked on the left side

uttaralakṣman

mfn. marked above or on the left side

uttaralāya

Nom. A1. uttaralāyate-, to shudder, quiver, tremble

uttaralīkṛ

to cause to quiver ; to cause to skip, let leap

uttaralita

mfn. caused to tremble, excited

uttaraloman

(/uttara-) mfn. having the hairs turned upwards or outwards

uttaram

ind. at the conclusion, at the end exempli gratia, 'for example' bhavad-uttaram-, having the word" bhavat- "at the end

uttaram

ind. asrottaram īkṣitā-, looked at with tears at the close id est with a glance ending in tears

uttaram

ind. afterwards, thereafter

uttaram

ind. behind

uttaram

ind. in the following part (of a book)

uttaram

ind. ([ confer, compare Greek .])

uttaramānasa

n. Name of a tīrtha-.

uttaramandrā

f. (/uttara-) a loud but slow manner of singing

uttaramandrādyā

f. a particular mūrchanā- (in music).

uttaramārga

m. the way leading to the north.

uttaramati

m. Name of a man.

uttaramātra

n. a mere reply, only a reply.

uttaraṃga

(1. uttaraṃ-ga-;for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) n. a wooden arch surmounting a door frame

uttaraṃga

m. (for 1.See) , a high wave

uttaraṃga

mfn. rough with high waves, washed over by waves

uttaraṃga

mfn. inundated, flooded

uttaraṃga

Nom. A1. uttaraṃgate-, to surge ; to break or burst (like a wave)

uttaraṃgaya

Nom. P. uttaraṃgayati-, to cause to wave or undulate, to move to and fro

uttaraṃgi

mfn. surging, heaving,

uttaramīmāṃsā

f. the vedānta- philosophy (an inquiry into the jñāna-kāṇḍa- or second portion of the veda-;opposed to pūrva-mīmāṃsā-;See mimāṃsā-):

uttarāmnāya

m. Name of a sacred book of the śākta-s.

uttarāṃsa

m. the left shoulder (the clavicle ?)

uttaramūla

(/uttara-) mfn. having the roots above

uttaraṇa

mfn. coming out of, crossing over

etc.

uttaraṇa

n. coming forth or out of (especially out of water)

uttaraṇa

n. landing, disembarking

uttaraṇa

n. crossing rivers etc.

uttaranābhi

f. the cavity on the north of the sacrificial fire

commentator or commentary on

uttaranārāyaṇa

m. the second part of the nārāyaṇa-- or puruṣa--hymn (

)

uttaraṇasetu

m. a bridge for crossing over (genitive case),

uttarāṅga

n. the last sound of combined consonants commentator or commentary on

uttarapada

n. the last member of a compound word

etc.

uttarapāda

m. a division of legal practice (that part which relates to the reply or defence, four divisions being admitted in every suit).

uttarapadakīya

mfn. relating to or studying the last word or term

commentator or commentary

uttarapadārthapradhāna

mfn. (a compound) in which the sense of the last member is the chief one (said of tatpuruṣa- compounds)

uttarapadika

mfn. relating to or studying the last word or term

commentator or commentary

uttarapakṣa

m. the northern or left wing (side)

uttarapakṣa

m. second or following part of an argument, the reply, refutation

uttarapakṣa

m. the answer to the first or objectionable argument (see pūrva-pakṣa-)

uttarapakṣa

m. the right argument, demonstrated truth, or conclusion

uttarapakṣa

m. the minor proposition in a syllogism

uttarapakṣatā

f. conclusion, demonstration, reply.

uttarapakṣatva

n. conclusion, demonstration, reply.

uttaraparvata

m. the northern mountain

uttarapaścārdha

m. the north-western half.

uttarapaścima

mfn. north-western

uttarapaścimā

f. (scilicet diś-) the north-west.

uttarapaṭa

m. an upper garment

uttarapatha

m. the northern way, the way leading to the north

uttarapatha

m. the northern country

uttarāpatha

m. the northern road or direction, the northern country, north

uttarapathika

mfn. inhabiting the northern country

uttaraphalgunī

f. Name of lunar mansions (see proṣṭhapadā-, phalgunī-.)

uttaraphālgunī

f. Name of lunar mansions (see proṣṭhapadā-, phalgunī-.)

uttarapracchada

m. a cover-lid, quilt

uttarapratyuttara

n. "reply and rejoinder", a dispute, altercation, discussion

uttarapratyuttara

n. the pleadings in a lawsuit.

uttaraproṣṭhapadā

uttarapūjā

f. highest worship (sevenfold with Buddhists),

uttarapurāṇa

n. Name of a jaina- work.

uttarapurastāt

ind. north-eastward (with genitive case)

uttarapūrva

mfn. north-eastward

uttarapūrva

mfn. one who takes the north for the east

uttarapūrvā

f. (scilicet diś-) the north-east.

uttararahita

mfn. devoid of reply, having no answer.

uttararāmacampū

f. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem

uttararāmacarita

(or caritra-) n. "the further or later deeds of rāma-", Name of a drama of bhava-bhūti-.

uttarāraṇi

f. the upper araṇi- (q.v) which is also called pramantha- or churner

uttarārcika

n. Name of the second part of the sāmaveda-saṃhitā- (also called uttarāgrantha-).

uttarārdha

n. the upper part (of the body)

n. the northern part

n. the latter half

n. the further end

m. north-west,

n. the eastern part of the northern side (of the fire)

uttarārdhya

(fr. uttarārdha-) mfn. being on the northern side

uttarārka

m. Name of one of the twelve forms of the sun

uttarārtha

mfn. (done etc.) for the sake of what follows

uttararūpa

n. the second of two combined vowels or consonants commentator or commentary on

uttarāśā

f. the northern quarter

uttarāsad

mfn. seated northward or on the left

uttarāṣāḍhā

f. Name of a lunar mansion (see aṣāḍhā-)

uttarasādhaka

mfn. effective of a result, assisting at a ceremony, befriending

uttarasādhaka

mfn. an assistant, helper, friend

uttarasādhaka

mfn. establishing a reply

uttarāśādhipati

m. "lord of the north", Name of kuvera-.

uttaraśaila

m. plural Name of a Buddhist school.

uttarasākṣin

m. witness for the defence

uttarasākṣin

m. a witness testifying from the report of others.

uttarasaktha

n. the left thigh

uttaraśalaṅkaṭa

see śal-, parasmE-pada 1059

uttarasaṃjñita

mfn. designated in the reply (a witness etc.)

uttarasaṃjñita

mfn. learnt from report, hearsay evidence.

uttarāsaṅga

m. an upper or outer garment

uttaraśānti

f. final consecration

uttarāśmaka

mfn. belonging to the above country

uttarāśman

mfn. having high rocks

uttarāśman

m. Name of a country, (gaRa ṛśyādi-

)

uttarāśramin

m. (a Brahman) who enters into the next āśrama- (or period of religious life) commentator or commentary on

uttarāśrita

mfn. having gone to or being in the northern direction

uttarāt

ind. from the left

uttarāt

ind. from the north

uttarataḥpaścāt

ind. north-westward (with genitive case

)

uttaratantra

n. "concluding doctrine", Name of a supplementary section in the medical manual of suśruta-

uttaratantra

n. also of supplementary portions of several other works.

uttaratāpanīya

n. Name of the second part of the nṛsiṃha-tāpanīyopaniṣad-.

uttaratara

mfn. (Comparative degree ft. uttara-), still further removed, still more distant, still higher

uttaratas

ind. at the top, above

uttaratas

ind. from the north, northward

etc.

uttaratas

ind. to the left (opposed to dakṣiṇa-tas-)

etc. (in some cases it is not to be decided whether"northward"or"to the left"is meant)

uttaratas

ind. afterwards

uttaratas

ind. behind

uttaratas

ind. from the north,

uttaratra

ind. in what follows, after, subsequently, later, further on, beyond, below (in a work)

uttaratra

ind. northward, (pūrvatra-,in the first case or place; uttaratra-,in the second)

uttarātsad

mfn. equals uttarā-sad- above

uttarāttāt

ind. from the north

uttarauṣṭha

m. the upper lip

uttarauṣṭha

m. the upper part of a pillar

uttaravādin

m. a replicant

uttaravādin

m. a defendant

uttaravādin

m. one whose claims are of later date than another's

uttaravallī

f. Name of the second section of the kāṭhakopaniṣad- (when divided into two adhyāya-s).

uttaravāsas

n. an upper garment

uttaravasti

f. a small syringe, a urethra injection pipe

uttaravastra

n. an upper garment.

uttarāvat

mfn. being above

uttarāvat

mfn. victorious, overpowering

uttaravayasa

n. the latter or declining years of life

uttaravedi

f. the northern altar made for the sacred fire

uttaravīthi

f. (in astronomy) the northern orbit

uttaraya

Nom. P. uttarayati-, to reply ; to defend one's self.

uttarāyaṇa

n. the progress (of the sun) to the north

uttarāyaṇa

n. the period of the sun's progress to the north of the equator, the summer solstice

uttarayuga

n. a particular measure (= 13 aṅgula-s),

uttaredyus

ind. on a subsequent day, on the day following, to-morrow

uttareṇa

ind. (with genitive case ablative accusative,or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') northward

uttareṇa

ind. on the left side of

uttaretarā

f. (scilicet diś-) "other or opposite to the northern", the southern quarter

uttarikā

f. Name of a river

uttarin

mfn. increasing, becoming more and more intense

uttarīya

n. an upper or outer garment

etc.

uttarīya

n. a blanket

uttarīyaka

n. an upper or outer garment

uttarīyatā

f. the state of being an upper garment

uttarjana

n. ( tarj-), violent threatening

uttarjanīka

mfn. threatening, menacing,

uttaroṣṭha

m. the upper lip

uttaroṣṭha

m. the upper part of a pillar

uttarottara

mfn. more and more, higher and higher, further and further

uttarottara

mfn. always increasing, always following

etc.

uttarottara

mfn. each following

uttarottara

n. reply to an answer, reply on reply

uttarottara

n. a rejoinder

uttarottara

n. conversation

etc.

uttarottara

n. excess, exceeding quantity or degree

uttarottara

n. succession, gradation

uttarottara

n. descending

uttarottaram

ind. higher and higher, more and more, in constant continuation, one on the other

etc.

uttarottarapracchalā

f. Name of a section of the sāmaveda-cchalā-

uttarottaravaktṛ

m. one who never fails to answer

uttarottarin

mfn. one following the other

uttarottarin

mfn. constantly increasing

uttaṭa

mfn. overflowing its banks (as a river)

uttata

mfn. stretching one's self upwards, rising upwards

uttathya

m. Name of a son of devaputra-

(see utathya-.)

vācāvṛtta

m. plural Name of a class of gods in the 14th manv-antara-

vāgāśīrdatta

m. Name of a man

Va1rtt. 3

vāgdatta

mf(ā-)n. "given by word of mouth", promised

vāgīśvarīdatta

m. Name of an author

vāguttara

n. the last word, end of a speech

vāguttara

n. speech and reply

vaibādhapraṇutta

(dh/a--) mfn. forced asunder by the aśvattha- tree

vaiṇyadatta

m. Name of a man

vainyadatta

m. Name of a man

vaipracitta

m. patronymic fr. vipra-citti-

vaiśvānaradatta

m. Name of a Brahman

vaitānaprāyaścittasūtra

n. Name of work

vaittapālya

mfn. (fr. vitta-pāla-) relating to kubera-

vaivṛtta

mfn. (fr. vi-vṛtti-) connected with a hiatus

vaivṛtta

m. a particular modification of Vedic accent

vajradatta

m. Name of a son of bhaga-datta-

vajradatta

m. of a prince

vajradatta

m. of a king of puṇḍarīkiṇī-

vajradatta

m. (śrī--), Name of an author

vāmadatta

m. "given by śiva-", Name of a man

vāmanadatta

m. Name of two authors

vaṅgadattavaidyaka

(?) , Name of work by vaṅga-sena-

varadarājāṣṭottaraśata

n. varadarāja

varadatta

mfn. given as a boon, granted in consequence of a request

varadatta

mfn. presented with the choice of a boon

varadatta

m. Name of a man

varāhadatta

m. Name of a merchant

varāhanāmāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of a stotra-.

vargottama

m. equals vargāntya-

vargottama

m. (in astrology)"chief of a class", Name of the Ram and the Bull and the Twins (being the first in a particular grouping of the zodiacal signs)

varṇavṛtta

n. Name of a class of metres regulated by the number of syllables in the half-line (such as the anuṣṭubh-, indra-vajrā- etc.; see mātrā-vṛtta-)

vārṣāharottara

n. vārṣāhara

vārtta

mfn. (fr. vṛtti-and vṛtta-) having means of subsistence, practising any business or profession

vārtta

mfn. healthy, well

vārtta

mfn. ordinary, middling

vārtta

mfn. worthless, vain

vārtta

mfn. right, correct (See -taraka-)

m. Name of a man

n. health, welfare

n. chaff

mfn. all correct, quite in order

varttavya

n. (impersonal or used impersonally) it should be acted or behaved R

vārttaya

Nom. P. yati-, to talk to, converse with (accusative)

varuṇadatta

m. Name of a man

vāsavadatta

m. "given by indra-", Name of a man

vāsiṣṭhottararāmāyaṇa

n. Name of work

vastuvṛtta

n. the actual fact, real matter

vastuvṛtta

n. a beautiful creature

vasudatta

m. Name of various men

vasudattaka

m. an endearing form of -datta-

vasudattapura

n. Name of a town

vasukalpadatta

m. Name of poets

vasūttama

m. "best of the vasu-s", Name of bhīṣma-

vasuvittama

mfn. one who bestows great wealth

vātapitta

n. "wind-bile", a form of rheumatism

vātapittaja

mfn. arising from the wind and from the bile

vātapittajaśūla

n. a form of the disease called śūla-

vātapittajvara

m. a fever arising from the wind and from the bile

vātapittaka

mfn. arising from the wind and from the bile

vātarogaharaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

vaṭeśvaradatta

m. Name of a man (the father of pṛthu- and grandfather of viśākha-datta- who wrote the mudrā-rākṣasa-)

vatsapattana

n. " vatsa- town", Name of a city in the north of India (also called kauśāmbī-)

vāvṛtta

mfn. chosen, selected, appointed

vāyudatta

m. Name of a man gaRa śubhrādi-

vāyudattaka

m. endearing form of -datta-

vāyudattamaya

mf(ī-)n.

Va1rtt. 23 Sch.

vāyudattarūpya

mfn.

Va1rtt. 23 Sch.

vedavṛtta

n. the doctrine of the veda-

vegavattama

mfn. speediest, quickest, very quick or swift

vegavattara

mfn. more speedy, quicker, very quick

velāvitta

m. a kind of official

veṇīdatta

m. (also with bhaṭṭa-, śarman-etc.) Name of various authors and other men

veṅkaṭeśāṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

veṇudatta

m. Name of a man

(varia lectio vaiṇya-d-).

veśyāyatta

mfn. (veśyāy-) dependent on harlots

vicitta

mfn. (for 2.See under vi-cit-) unconscious

vicitta

mfn. not knowing what to do, helpless

vicitta

(v/i--) mfn. (for 1.See) perceived, observed, perceivable, manifest

vicittatā

f. unconsciousness

vicṛtta

(v/i--) mfn. loosened, untied, opened, spread

(cṛta- wrong reading

) .

vidatta

mfn. given out, distributed

vidhyaparādhaprāyaścitta

n. Name of work

vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittaprayoga

m. Name of work

vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittasūtra

n. Name of work

vidvaccittaprasādinī

f. Name of work

vidvattama

m. "wisest, very wise", Name of śiva-

vidvattara

mfn. wiser, very wise

(see viduṣ-ṭara-).

vidyottaratāpinī

f. Name of work

vighneśvarāṣṭottaraśata

n. vighneśvara

vijayadatta

m. Name of two men

vijayadatta

m. of the hare in the moon

vikṣepavṛtta

n. equals kṣepa-v-

vikṣiptacitta

mfn. distraught in mind

viluptavitta

mfn. one whose goods are robbed or plundered

vimaladatta

m. a particular samādhi-

vimaladatta

m. Name of a prince

vimalapraśnottaramālā

f. Name of work

vimatta

mfn. discomposed, perplexed

vimatta

mfn. being in rut, ruttish

vimatta

mfn. intoxicated

vīṇādatta

m. Name of a gandharva-

vinayadatta

m. Name of a man

vinikarttavya

mfn. to be cut down

vinikṛtta

mfn. cut away, torn off

vinimitta

mfn. having no real cause, not caused by anything

vinirvṛtta

mfn. ( vṛt-) proceeded, come forth, issued from (ablative)

vinirvṛtta

mfn. completed, finished

vinītadatta

m. Name of a poet

vinivṛtta

mfn. turned back, returned, retired, withdrawn

vinivṛtta

mfn. turned away or averted or adverse from, (ablative or compound)

vinivṛtta

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') freed from

vinivṛtta

mfn. desisting from (ablative), having abandoned or given up

, disappeared, ended, ceased to be

vinivṛttakāma

mfn. one whose desires have ceased, foiled in one's wishes

vinivṛttaśāpa

mfn. freed from (the evil effects of) a curse

viparītacitta

mfn. (

) contrary-minded, having a perverted mind or impaired mental faculties

viparītottara

n. (with pragātha-) a kind of metre

vipracitta

wrong reading for next.

vipramatta

mfn. (prob.) not neglected

vīradatta

m. Name of a poet

vīradattagṛhapatiparipṛcchā

f. Name of work

viraktacitta

mfn. disaffected at heart, estranged

virāvṛtta

(?) n. black pepper

vīryamatta

mfn. intoxicated by power

vīryavattama

mfn. most powerful or efficacious

vīryavattara

mfn. more powerful or efficacious

( vīryavattaratva ra-tva- n.

)

vīryavattaratva

n. vīryavattara

viśākhadatta

m. Name of the author of the mudrā-rākṣasa- (he was the son of pṛthu- and lived probably in the 9th century)

viśāladatta

m. Name of a man

viṣamavṛtta

n. a kind of metre with unequal pāda-s

viṣanimitta

mfn. caused by poison

viṣṇucitta

m. Name of an author

viṣṇudatta

mfn. given by viṣṇu-

viṣṇudatta

m. Name of parīkṣit-

viṣṇudatta

m. of various men

viṣṇudattaka

m. Name of a scribe

viṣṇudharmottara

n. Name of work

viṣṇūttara

a grant of land rent-free for the worship of viṣṇu-

viṣṇvaṣṭottaraśatanāman

n. Name of work

viṣṭarottara

mfn. covered with kuśa- grass

viṣuvadvṛtta

n. the equinoctial circle, equator

viśvadatta

m. Name of a brahman-

viśvasattama

mfn. the best of all (said of kṛṣṇa-)

m. Name of author

m. Name of author

n. Name of Benares

m. (for vitastā-d- see

) Name of a merchant

viṭavṛtta

m. Name of a poet

vītottara

mfn. having no answer, unable to reply ( vītottaram am- ind.)

vītottaram

ind. vītottara

vitta

See under 1. vid- etc.

vitta

mfn. (for 2.See under3. vid-) known, understood (See compound)

vitta

mfn. celebrated, notorious, famous for (compound)

(see

) .

vitta

mfn. (for 1.See p.963) found, acquired, gained, obtained, possessed

vitta

mfn. caught or seized by (instrumental case or compound)

vitta

n. anything found, a find

vitta

n. (in later language also plural) acquisition, wealth, property, goods, substance, money, power

etc.

vitta

n. the second astrological mansion

vitta

mfn. equals vicārita-

vītta

mfn. (for vi-datta-,1. dā-)

(see parī-tta-).

vittada

m. "wealth-giver", benefactor

vittadā

f. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda-

vittadha

mfn. "wealth-possessing", rich

vittadugdha

n. "milk-wealth", wealth compared to milk

vittagoptṛ

m. "guardian of wealth", Name of kubera-

vittahīna

mfn. destitute of wealth, poor

(varia lectio)

vittaiṣaṇā

f. idem or 'f. desire of wealth, cupidity, avarice '

vittaja

mfn. produced by wealth

vittajāni

(vitt/a--) mfn. one who has taken a wife, married

vittaka

mfn. very famous or renowned

vittaka

See prasāda-v- (for 1.See p.963) .

vittakāma

mfn. desirous of wealth, covetous, avaricious

vittakāmyā

ind. (instrumental case f.) from avarice

vittamātrā

f. a sum of money

vittamaya

mf(ī-)n. consisting in wealth

vittanātha

m. "lord of wealth", Name of kubera-

vittanicaya

m. plural great wealth, opulence

vittapa

mf(ā-)n. guarding wealth

vittapa

m. Name of kubera-

vittapāla

m. idem or 'm. equals -nātha- '

vittapāla

m. Name of a poet

vittapati

m. equals -nātha-

vittapeṭā

f. money receptacle, a purse

vittapeṭī

f. money receptacle, a purse

vittapurī

f. Name of a town

vittarakṣin

m. a wealthy man

vittarddhi

(for ṛddhi-) f. increase or abundance of wealth

vittasaṃcaya

m. accumulation of wealth or riches

vittaśāṭhya

n. cheating in money matters

vittavardhana

mf(ī-)n. increasing wealth, lucrative

vittavat

mfn. possessing wealth, opulent, rich

vittavivardhin

mfn. increasing property or capital, bearing interest

viṭṭhalāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of a stotra-.

vivṛtta

mfn. turned or twisted round etc.

vivṛtta

mfn. whirling round, flying in different directions (as a thunderbolt)

vivṛtta

mfn. opened (See compound)

vivṛtta

mfn. uncovered, shown, displayed

vivṛttadaṃṣṭra

mfn. with opened jaws, showing the teeth

(mc. for vi-vṛtad-; varia lectio vi-vriddha-d-.)

vivṛttavadana

mf(ā-)n. bending or turning the face

vratanimitta

mf(ā-)n. caused by a vow

vṛddhidatta

m. Name of a merchant

vṛtta

mfn. turned, set in motion (as a wheel)

vṛtta

mfn. round, rounded, circular

etc.

vṛtta

mfn. occurred, happened (see kiṃ-v-)

etc.

vṛtta

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') continued, lasted for a certain time

vṛtta

mfn. completed, finished, absolved

vṛtta

mfn. past, elapsed, gone

etc.

vṛtta

mfn. quite exhausted

(equals śrānta- Scholiast or Commentator)

vṛtta

mfn. deceased, dead

vṛtta

mfn. studied, mastered

vṛtta

mfn. existing, effective, unimpaired (See vṛttaūjas-)

vṛtta

mfn. become (exempli gratia, 'for example' with mukta-,become free)

vṛtta

mfn. acted or behaved towards (locative case)

vṛtta

mfn. fixed, firm

vṛtta

mfn. chosen (equals vṛta-)

vṛtta

m. a tortoise

vṛtta

m. a kind of grass

vṛtta

m. a round temple

vṛtta

m. Name of a serpent-demon

vṛtta

m. a kind of drug (equals reṇukā-)

vṛtta

m. a kind of metre

vṛtta

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a circle

vṛtta

n. the epicycle

vṛtta

n. occurrence, use

vṛtta

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') transformation, change into

vṛtta

n. appearance

vṛtta

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') formed of or derived from (See kiṃ-v-)

vṛtta

n. an event, adventure

vṛtta

n. a matter, affair, business

vṛtta

n. (also plural) procedure, practice, action, mode of life, conduct, behaviour (especially virtuous conduct, good behaviour)

etc.

vṛtta

n. means of life, subsistence

(more correct vṛtti-)

vṛtta

n. "turn of a line", the rhythm at the end of a verse, final rhythm

vṛtta

n. a metre containing a fixed number of syllables, any metre

etc.

vṛtta

n. a metre consisting of 10 trochees

vṛttabandha

m. metrical composition

vṛttabandhojjhita

mfn. (prose) free from metrical passages

vṛttabhaṅga

m. violation of good conduct and of metre

vṛttabhūya

(

) , prob. a corrupted word.

vṛttabīja

m. Abelmoschus Esculentus

vṛttabījā

f. Cajanus Indicus

vṛttabījakā

f. a kind of shrub

vṛttacandrikā

f. Name of work

vṛttacandrodaya

m. Name of work

vṛttacaula

See -cūḍa-.

vṛttaceṣṭā

f. conduct, behaviour

vṛttacūḍa

(Calcutta edition -caula-) mfn. one whose tonsure has been performed, tonsured (according to to

this should be performed at the age of one or three years)

vṛttadarpaṇa

m. Name of work

vṛttadīpavyākhyāna

n. Name of work

vṛttadīpikā

f. Name of work

vṛttadyumaṇi

m. Name of work

vṛttagandhi

n. "having the smell of rhythm", Name of a particular kind of artificial prose containing metrical passages ( vṛttagandhitva dhi-tva- n.)

vṛttagandhin

n. "having the smell of rhythm", Name of a particular kind of artificial prose containing metrical passages ( vṛttagandhitva dhi-tva- n.)

vṛttagandhitva

n. vṛttagandhi

vṛttagandhitva

n. vṛttagandhin

vṛttaguṇḍa

m. a kind of grass (equals dīrgha-nāla-)

vṛttahīna

mfn. without good conduct, ill-conducted

vṛttajña

mfn. knowing actions or established practices

vṛttaka

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals vṛtta-, a metre

vṛttaka

mfn. a Buddhist or jaina- layman

vṛttaka

n. a kind of simple but rhythmical prose composition

vṛttakalpadruma

m. Name of a metrical work

vṛttakarkaṭī

f. a water-melon (equals ṣaḍ-bhujā-)

vṛttakarṣita

varia lectio for vṛtti-k-.

vṛttakaumudī

f. Name of two metrical treatises.

vṛttakautuka

vṛttakāya

mf(ā-)n. having a round body

vṛttakhaṇḍa

n. a portion or segment of a circle

vṛttalakṣaṇa

n. Name of work

vṛttamālā

f. Name of work on metre. (also with vṛtta-muktā-phalānām-),

vṛttamallikā

f. Jasminum Sambac

vṛttamallikā

f. Calotropis Gigantea Alba

vṛttamaṇikośa

m. Name of work

vṛttamāṇikyamālā

f. Name of work on metre.

vṛttamauktika

n. Name of work on metre.

vṛttamuktāvalī

f. Name of work on metre.

vṛttamuktāvalīṭīkā

f. Name of work on metre.

vṛttaniṣpāvikā

f. the round niṣpāvikā- (a kind of leguminous plant)

vṛttapariṇāha

m. the circumference of a circle

vṛttaparṇī

f. Clypea Hernandifolia

vṛttaparṇī

f. equals mahā-śana-puṣpikā-

vṛttapattrā

f. a species of creeper

vṛttaphala

m. the pomegranate

vṛttaphala

m. the jujube

vṛttaphalā

f. the Myrobolan tree

vṛttaphalā

f. Solanum Melongena

vṛttaphalā

f. a kind of gourd etc.

vṛttaphala

n. black pepper

vṛttapīna

mfn. round and full (as arms)

vṛttapradīpa

m. Name of work

vṛttapratyabhijña

mfn. well versed in sacred rites

vṛttapratyaya

m. Name of work

vṛttapratyayakaumudī

f. Name of work

vṛttapūraṇa

n. filling out or completing a metre

vṛttapuṣpa

m. Nauclea Cadamba

vṛttapuṣpa

m. Acacia Sirissa

vṛttapuṣpa

m. Rosa Moschata

vṛttapuṣpa

m. equals mudgara-

vṛttarāmāyaṇa

n. Name of work

vṛttaratnākara

m. "mine of jewels of metres", Name of a short treatise on post-Vedic metres by kedāra-

vṛttaratnākarādarśa

m. Name of Comm.

vṛttaratnākarapañcikā

f. Name of Comm.

vṛttaratnākarasetu

m. Name of Comm.

vṛttaratnākaraṭikā

f. Name of Comm.

vṛttaratnākaravyākhyā

f. Name of Comm.

vṛttaratnāvali

f. Name of work

vṛttaratnāvalī

f. Name of work

vṛttasādin

mfn. destroying established usage, worthless, mean, vile

vṛttaśālin

mfn. equals -yukta-

vṛttasaṃketa

mfn. one who has given his consent

vṛttasampanna

mfn. equals -yukta-

vṛttasārāvalī

f. Name of work

vṛttaśastra

mfn. one who has studied (the science of) arms or warfare (equals adhīta-śastra-vidya-)

vṛttaśata

n. Name of work on metre.

vṛttaśataka

n. Name of work on metre.

vṛttaślāghin

mfn. praised for virtuous conduct

vṛttastha

equals -yukta-

vṛttasudhodaya

m. Name of work

vṛttasvādhyāyavat

mfn. leading a virtuous life and devoted to repetition of the veda-,

vṛttataṇḍula

m. Andropogon Bicolor

vṛttataraṃgiṇī

f. Name of work

vṛttatas

ind. according to the practice or observance of caste, according to usage or customary procedure (vṛttataḥ pāpam-,a sin according to usage)

vṛttatumbī

varia lectio for vṛnta-t- (q.v)

vṛttatuṇḍa

mfn. round-mouthed

vṛttatva

n. roundness

vṛttaujas

mfn. one who has effective power or energy

vṛttavaktra

mfn. round-mouthed

vṛttavārttika

n. Name of work on metre.

vṛttavat

mfn. round

vṛttavat

mfn. of virtuous or moral conduct

vṛttavinoda

m. Name of work on metre.

vṛttavivecana

n. Name of work on metre.

vṛttayamaka

n. a kind of verse containing a play on words (See yamaka-)

vṛttayukta

mfn. of good moral conduct, virtuous

vyāghradatta

m. Name of a man

vyākaraṇottara

m. Name of śiva-

vyākulacitta

(

) mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind

vyāmohitacitta

mfn. confused or perplexed in mind

vyāpannacitta

mfn. evil-minded, malicious

vyātta

mfn. opened (especially applied to the mouth)

vyātta

mfn. expanded, vast

vyātta

n. the opened mouth, open jaws

vyāvṛtta

mfn. turned away from, freed from, rid of (instrumental case ablative,or compound)

etc.

vyāvṛtta

mfn. split asunder, opened

vyāvṛtta

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') different from

vyāvṛtta

mfn. averted

vyāvṛtta

mfn. distorted

vyāvṛtta

mfn. turned back, returned from (ablative)

vyāvṛtta

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') incompatible or inconsistent with

vyāvṛtta

mfn. thoroughly liberated or emancipated (as the soul)

vyāvṛtta

mfn. ceased, disappeared, gone

vyāvṛtta

mfn. "chosen"or"fenced" (equals vṛta-)

vyāvṛtta

mfn. excepted, excluded

vyāvṛtta

mfn. praised, hymned (?)

vyāvṛttabuddhi

f. "limited conception", the conception of a class containing few individuals. (or of a class comprised in a higher class)

vyāvṛttacetas

mfn. one whose mind is turned away from (ablative)

vyāvṛttadeha

mfn. having the body split or burst asunder (said of a mountain)

vyāvṛttagati

mfn. one whose movement has ceased, abated, subsided, lulled (as wind)

vyāvṛttakautūhala

mfn. one whose interest is diverted from (compound)

vyāvṛttasarvendriyārtha

mfn. turned away from all objects of sense, indifferent to all worldly matters

vyāvṛttaśiras

mfn. having the head turned round

vyāvṛttatva

n. the being separated or excluded from, inconsistency or incompatibility with (compound)

vyāvṛttatva

mfn. (in philosophy) the being separated from, the being non-extensive (= alpa-deśa-vṛttitvam-,"existing in few places", i.e."comprising but few individuals", said of a species, and opp. to adhika-d-vṛ-,"existing in many places", said of a genus)

vyutta

mfn. well sprinkled or wetted, drenched

vyutthitacitta

mfn. strongly excited in mind

yadugirīsāṣṭottaraśata

n. Name of a stotra-.

yadvṛtta

n. anything that has occurred, event, adventure

yadvṛtta

n. any form of yad-

yajñadatta

m. "sacrifice-given", Name of a man (commonly used in examples = Latin caius)

yājñadatta

mfn. (fr. yajña-datta-)

Va1rtt. 5

yajñadattaka

mf(ikā-). endearing forms of -datta-, -dattā-

yajñadattaśarman

m. Name of a man (often used in examples)

yajñadattavadha

m. " yajña-datta-'s death", Name of an episode of the rāmāyaṇa-

yājñadatttaka

mfn. gaRa arīhaṇādi-

yajñaprāyaścittasūtra

n. Name of work

yajñaprāyaścittavivaraṇa

n. Name of work

yajñopavītanāśaprāyaścittaprayoga

m. Name of work

yajuruttama

(y/ajur--) mfn. ending with verses of the yajur-veda-

yakṛttas

ind. from the liver

yakṣavitta

mfn. one whose property is like that of the yakṣa-s, one who has merely the guardianship of property and does not make use of it himself

yamakoṭipattana

n. yamakoṭi

yamakoṭipattana

n. yamakoṭī

yāmottara

n. Name of a sāman-

yamunādatta

m. Name of a frog

yāmyottara

mfn. southern and northern

yāmyottara

mfn. going from south to north

yāmyottaravṛtta

n. south and north circle, the solstitial colure

yāmyottarāyata

mfn. extended from south to north

yannimitta

mfn. caused or occasioned by which

yannimittam

ind. for which reason, in consequence of which, wherefore, why.

yaśodatta

m. Name of a man

yathācittam

ind. according to a person's thought or will

yathādatta

mfn. as given

yathāparīttam

ind. as delivered up

yathāsaṃvṛttam

ind. as has happened

yathāvattam

(thāv-) ind. (avatta- past participle of ava-do-) as cut off

yathāvittam

ind. according to what is found

yathāvittam

ind. according to possession, in proportion to substance

yathāvṛtta

mfn. as happened or occurred, as ensued

yathāvṛtta

mfn. as behaving or conducting one's self

yathāvṛtta

n. a previous occurrence or event

yathāvṛtta

n. the circumstances or details of an event

etc.

yathāvṛtta

in the beginning of a compound according to the circumstances of an event, as anything happened, circumstantially

yathāvṛttam

ind. according to the circumstances of an event, as anything happened, circumstantially

yathāvṛttam

ind. according to the metre

yathottara

mfn. following in regular order, succeeding one another

yathottaram

ind. in regular order or succession, one after another

yatta

mfn. (for 2.See under yam-) endeavoured, striven

etc.

yatta

mfn. engaged in, intent upon, prepared for, ready to (locative case dative case, accusative or infinitive mood with prati-)

yatta

mfn. on one's guard, watchful, cautious

yatta

mfn. attended to, guided (as a chariot)

yāvaduttamam

ind. up to the furthest limit or boundary

yāvattarasam

ind. according to power or ability

(y/āvat-tar/asam-).

yuddhonmatta

mfn. "battle-mad", fierce or frantic in battle

yuddhonmatta

m. Name of a rākṣasa-

yugmaphalottama

m. Asclepias Rosea

yuṣmādatta

(yuṣm/ā--) mfn. given by you

yuṣmadāyatta

mfn. dependent upon you, at your disposal

yuṣmattas

ind. (afraid) of you

yuvādatta

(yuv/ā--) mfn. given to both of you

Apte Search

751 results


akāṇḍa	अकाण्ड a. [नास्ति काण्डम् अवसरः उचितकालः यस्य] 1 Accidental, untoward, unexpected, sudden: अकाण्डपाण्डुरघनप्रस्पर्धि Mv.5.39 -(v. 1. अकालपाण्डुर) out of season; पुनरकाण्ड- विवर्तनदारुणः U.4.15; ˚प्रचण्डकलहयो: U.6; पततु शिरस्यकाण़्ड- यमदण्ड इवैष भुजः Māl.5.31; ˚मङ्गुरतां संसारसुखानां K.172. -2 Destitute of stem or stock. -Comp. -जात a. suddenly born or produced. -ताण्डवम् irrelevant display of erudition, indignation etc. -पातः unexpected occurrence; °reeउपनता कं न लक्ष्मीर्विमोहयेत् Ks.5.2. -पातजात a. dying as soon as born; perishing soon after birth; H.4.83. -शूलम् a sudden attack of colic.

akṣaḥ	अक्षः [अश्-सः] 1 An axis, axle, pivot; अक्षभङ्गे च यानस्य....न दण्डं मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.291,292; दृढधूः अक्षः Kāś. V. 4.74; Śi.12.2, 18.7; ज्योतिश्चक्राक्षदण्डः Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 The pole of a cart. -3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for playing with; cube; यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूत इति गम्यते न तु विदेवना- क्षमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35. -7 The seed of which rosaries are made. -8 A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called कर्ष. -9 N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (बिभीतक- Mar. बेहडा) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; यथा वै द्वे वामलके द्वे वा कोले द्वौ वाक्षौ मुष्टिरनुभवति Chān. Up; so धाराभिरक्षमात्राभिः. -1 A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (रुद्राक्ष); the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (इन्द्राक्ष). -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuḍa. -13 N. of a son of Rāvaṇa. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, sacred). -16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 the lower part of the temples (कर्ण- नेत्रयोर्मध्ये शङ्खादधोभागः). -19 The base of a column; अथवाक्षं नवांशोच्चं जन्म चैकेन कारयेत् । Māna.14.17. -2 The window-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, an axle of a chariot; पार्श्वयोर्वारणं कुर्यात् तस्याधो$क्षं सुसंयुतम् । Māna.5.165,166. -21 Gambling (in general). cf. अक्षो द्यूते वरूथाङ्गे नयवादौ बिभीतके । कर्षे व्याप्तौ कृषे (?) चक्रे आधारव्यव- हारयोः । आत्मजे पाशके दैत्यभेदे चेन्द्रियवालयोः । Nm. -क्षम् (अश्नुते व्याप्नोति विषयान् स्ववृत्त्या संयोगेन वा) 1 An organ of sense; निरोधाच्चेतसो$क्षाणि निरुद्धान्यखिलान्यपि Pt.2.154; संयताक्षो विनीतः Mātaṅga L.12.1. (The word संयताक्ष here means 'having control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also (नियच्छेद्विषयेभ्यो$क्षान् Bhāg.; an object of sense. -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; जलजाक्ष, कमलाक्ष, &c.) -3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape) (Mar. मोरचूद) [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse.] -Comp. -अंशः the degree of latitude. -अग्रम् the axle or its end; the anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car. -अग्रकीलः -लकः a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole. -आवपनम् [अक्षान् पाशान् आवपति क्षिपत्यस्मिन्; आ-वप्-आधारे ल्युट्] a dice-board (अक्षा उप्यन्ते$स्मिन्निति अक्षावपनम् अक्षस्थानावपनपात्रम्, सायण). -आवलिः f. a rosary. -आवापः [अक्षान् आवपति क्षिपति; आवप्-अण्] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is one of the रत्निन्s mentioned in Taitt. Saṁ. I.8.9.1.2 and Śat. Br.5.3.2; also ˚अतिवापः (अक्षावापो नाम अक्षाणां क्षेप्ता अक्षगोप्ता वा द्यूतकारः). -उपकरणम् a piece at chess. -कर्णः hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude. -कुशल, -शौण्ड a. [स. त.] skilful in gambling. -कूटः [ अक्षस्य कूट इव] the pupil of the eye. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in dice; so ˚विद्, ˚वेत्तृ &c. -क्षेत्रम् [अक्षनिमित्तं क्षेत्रम्] an astronomical figure (अक्षसाधनार्थं क्षेत्रतया कल्पितानां अक्षभवानामष्टानां क्षेत्राणामेकं). -ग्लहः [तृ. त.] gambling, playing at dice. -चक्रम् the circle of sensual passions. दृढनियमित ˚क्रः K.37 (also axis and wheels). -जम् [अक्षात् जायते; जन्-ड] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a thunderbolt (वज्रम् अस्थिरूपावयवजातत्वात्तस्य तन्नामत्बम्). -3 a diamond. -4 अक्षक्षेत्रम् q.v. (m. in some of these senses). -जः N. of Viṣṇu. -तत्त्वम्, -विद्या the science of gambling; ˚विद् skilled in the principles of gambling. -दण्डः axle-pole. -दर्शकः, -दृश् [अक्षाणाम् ऋणादानादिव्यवहाराणां दर्शकः दृश्-ण्वुल्, अक्षान् पश्यतीति दृश् -क्विप् कुत्वम्] 1 a judge (one who tries law-suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -दृक्कर्मन् n. operation or calculation for latitude. -देविन् m.. [अक्षैर्दीव्यति, दिव्-णिनि], अक्षद्यूः, [दिव्-क्विपू ऊठ् P.VI.4.19.] -द्यूतः [अक्षैर्द्यूतं यस्य] a gambler, dicer. -द्यूतम् dice play, gambling; ˚तादिगणः a class of words mentioned in P.IV.4.19. -द्यूतिकम् [अक्षद्यूत- ठक्] dispute at play. -द्रुग्ध a. [अक्षैः द्रुग्धः] unlucky at dice (opposed to अक्षप्रिय fond of dice, or lucky in gambling). -धरः [अक्षं चक्रं रथावयवं तत्कीलकमिव कण्टकं वा धरतीति धरः धृ-अच् ष. त.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of the plant (also called शाखोट); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. हेदि, खरोत). -3 a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice. -धूः (धुर्) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car. -धूर्तः [अक्षे तद्देवने धूर्तः] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler. -धूर्तिलः [अक्षस्य शकटस्य धूर्तिं भारं लाति, ला-क; or अक्ष-धुर्-तिलप्रत्ययः] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -पटलः[ष. त.] 1 a court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3 = अक्षि- पटलम्, q. v. -लः [अक्षाणां व्यवहाराणां पटलमस्त्यस्य अच्] a judge. -4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). -पटलाधिकृतः superintendent of records and accounts. -परि ind [अक्षेण विपरतिम् वृत्तं P.II.1.1 द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) पाशकक्रीडायां यथा गुटिकापाते जयो भवति तद्वि- परीतपातः Tv.) -पाटः = ˚वाटः, q. v. -पाटकः [अक्षे व्यवहारे पाटयति; पट् दीप्तौ-ण्वुल्] one who is well-versed in law, a judge. -पातः [ष. त.] cast of dice. -पादः N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (अक्षं नेत्रं दर्शनसाधनतया जातः पादो$स्य; अक्षपादो हि स्वमतदूषकस्य व्यासस्य मुखदर्शनं चक्षुषा न कर्तव्यम् इति प्रतिज्ञाय पश्चाद् व्यासेन प्रसादितः पादे नेत्रं प्रकाश्य तं दृष्टवान् इति प्रसिद्धिः Tv.) -पीडा [ष. त.] 1 an injury to the organs. -2 [अक्षम् इन्द्रियं रसनारूपं पीडयति आस्वादनात्; पीड्-अच्] N. of the plant यवतिक्ता. (Mar. शंखिनी). -भागः (˚अंशः) a degree of latitude. -भारः [ष. त.] 1 a cart-load. -2 the lower part of a chariot. (cf. तत्तद्देशे तु छिद्रं स्यादक्षभारे रथान्तकम् । छिद्रे प्रवेशयेत् कीलं युक्त्या च पट्टयोजितम् ॥ Māna. 42.51-53.) -मदः [च. त.] a mad passion for gambling. -मात्रम् [अक्षो मात्रा यस्य] 1 anything as large as dice; dice. -2 a moment of time (निमिषः) twinkling of an eye. -माला, -सूत्रम् [अक्षाणां माला -सूत्रम्] 1 a rosary, string of beads (अकारादिक्षकारान्तः अक्षः तत्कृता तत्प्रतिनिधिभूता वा माला); कृतो- $क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11,66; ˚मालामुपयाचितुमागतो$स्मि K.151. (It is made of रुद्राक्ष seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c.) -2 N. of अरुन्धती (अक्षमाला त्वरुन्धती - Hm.); अक्ष- माला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ताधमयोनिजा...जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23. मातङ्गयामक्षमालायां गर्हितायां रिरंसया । Bu. ch.4.77. (अक्षस्य नक्षत्रचक्रस्य मालेव भूषणत्वात्; सा ह्युत्तरस्यां दिशि गगने सप्तर्षिमण्डले मालारूपेण वसिष्ठसमीपे वर्तते सर्वेभ्यश्चोज्ज्वलत्वात्तस्या मालारूपेण स्थितत्वाच्च नक्षत्रचक्रभूषणत्वम् Tv). -राजः [अक्षाणां राजेव] one addicted to gambling; also 'the die called Kali'. --वामः [स. त.] an unfair gambler. -वाटः [अक्षाणां पाशकक्रीडानां बाटः वासस्थानम्] 1 a gambling house; the gambling table. -2 [अक्षस्य रथचक्रस्य क्षुण्णस्थानस्य इव वाटः] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (तत्र हि रथचक्रक्षुण्णपांशुसदृशपांशुम- त्त्वात् तत्सदृशत्वम् Tv.) -विद a. skilled in gambling. -वृत्त a. [अक्षे वृत्तः व्यापृतः स. त.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling. -वृत्तम् राशिचक्ररूपं वृत्तक्षेत्रम् the zodiacal circle. -शालिन् (शालिकः) officer in charge of the gambling house; EI 24.173. -स्तुषः Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. बेहडा) -हृदयम् perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); वशीकृताक्षहृदयां K.131.

akṣiṇī	अक्षिणी One of the 8 conditions or privileges attached to landed property (?).

acala	अचल a. Steady, immovable, motionless, fixed, permanent; चित्रन्यस्तमिवाचलं चामरम् V.1.5; तपसे$धिवस्तु- मचलामचलः Ki.6.18; समाधावचला बुद्धिस्तदा योगमवाप्स्यसि Bg. 2.53.; यत्र स्थाणुरिवाचलः Ś.7.11. immovable. -लः 1 A mountain; (rarely) a rock. -2 A bolt or pin (शङ्कु). -3 The number seven. -4 N. of Śiva, of the soul, of the first of the 9 deified persons among Jainas. -ला The earth (so called because the earth is immovable according to one view, or, according to Ārya Bhaṭṭa who rejects this view, अचलाः पर्वताः सन्त्यत्र, अस्त्यर्थे अच्; अचलत्वात् स्वकक्षातो बहिर्गमनाभावाद्वा). cf. अचलः पर्वते वृक्षे कीलावसुधयोः स्त्रियाम् Nm. -लम् Brahman. -Comp -कन्यका, - सुता, -दुहिता, -तनया &c. N. of Pārvat&imcr;, daughter of the Himālaya mountain. -कीला (ब.) the earth (immovably fixed or pinned. -ज, -जात a. mountain-born. (-जा-जाता) N. of Pārvatī. -त्विष् a. [अचला त्विट् यस्य] of fixed or permanent lustre or colour. (-m, ˚ट्) a cuckoo (बहुप्रक्षालनेनापि मालिन्यानपगमात् स्थिरा त्विट्). (f.) permanent colour. -द्विष् m. [अचलान् द्वेष्टि, द्विष् -क्विप्] the enemy of mountains, epithet of Indra who clipped off their wings. -धृतिः f. a metre of four lines of 16 short _x001F_1syllables each (गीत्यार्या) -पतिः, -राट् lord of mountains, N. of Himālaya or Meru; समुद्र इव दुर्बोधः सत्त्वेनाचल- राडिव Bhāg 4.22.58. so ˚अधिपः, ˚श्रेष्ठः. -सप्तमी N. of a book in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण; the 7th day of the bright half of Āśvina.

acovinaḥ	अचोविनः (?) Probably a special messenger to report among other things, impending attacks from enemies; Sircar, SI.239 n.

accha	अच्छ च्छा ind. Ved. To, towards (with acc.). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, especially to such as imply some kind of motion, or speaking; (अच्छ गत्यर्थवदेषु P.I.4.69); ˚इ or गम् to go to, attain, as अच्छ गत्य; ˚नश्-क्ष् to go near, approach; ˚नी to lead towards; ˚नु to call out to; ˚पत् to fly towards रघुः श्येनः पतयत् अन्धः अच्छ Rv.5.45.9. ˚वन्द् to salute; ˚वच् to invite Śabara interprets the word अच्छ in the text यूपमच्छेष्यता होतव्यम् to mean, 'in order to have'; अच्छशब्दो हि आप्तु- मित्यर्थे वर्तते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.9.

ajāta	अजात [न. त.] Unborn; अजातमृतमूर्खेभ्यो मृताजातौ सुतौ वरम् Pt.1; not yet born, produced, or fully developed; ˚ककुद्, ˚पक्ष &c. -Comp. -अरि, शत्रु a. [न जातः शत्रुः अस्य; जातस्य जन्तुमात्रस्य न शत्रुः] having no enemy or adversary, not an enemy of any one. (-रिः-त्रुः) epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira; हन्त जातमजातारेः प्रथमेन त्वयारिणा Śi.2.82; न द्वेक्षि यज्जनमतस्त्वमजातशत्रुः Ve.3.15; also of Śiva and various other persons. -ककुत्-द् m. (ब.) a young bull whose hump is not yet fully developed, P.V.4.146. -दन्त a. [न जाता दन्ता यस्य यस्मिन् वयसि वा] one without teeth, or (a state) in which one has got no teeth. -पक्ष a. having undeveloped or unfledged wings. -व्यञ्जन a.. having no distinctive marks or features (as a beard.) -व्यवहारः a minor (who has not attained his majority).

aḍ	अड् 1 P. To try, exert, attempt. 5. P. To pervade, attain (Ved.).

aḍḍ	अड्ड् 1 P. 1 To join. -2 To attack. -3 To argue, infer, discern, meditate.

atikramaḥ	अतिक्रमः 1 Act of overstepping, going beyond &c. -2 (a) Breach of decorum or duty; अहो अतिक्रमः Māl.7. (b) Transgression, violation; उपचार˚ केवलमुपचारातिक्रमं प्रमार्ष्टुमस्माकमयमारम्भः M.4.5. (c) Trespass; disrespect, injury, opposition; ब्राह्मण˚ त्यागो भवतामेव भूतये Mv.2.1. refraining from all trespass against Brāhmaṇas; दिशत्यपायं हि सतामतिक्रमः Ki.14.9; कुलान्यकुलतां यान्ति ब्राह्मणातिक्रमेण च Ms.3.63; एतस्मिन्नतिक्रमे परवतीयम् M.3; गुरुजनातिक्रमात् K.16; शशिनो ज्येष्ठा- तिक्रमः 56. transgression (passing through); मर्षणीयो$यमा- रोहणातिक्रमः 81; वात्सल्यादतिक्रमो$पि Mv.1 violation (of due limits or propriety); Mv.4.25. -3 Lapse, passing away (of time); अनेकसंवत्सरातिक्रमे$पि U.4; वेला˚ मं कृत्वा आगतः Pt.1; उचितवेलातिक्रमे M.2; सन्ध्य˚ Rām. -4 Overcoming, conquering, surpassing; _x001F_1mostly with दुर्; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा, स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः &c. -5 Neglect, omission, disregard; कामतो रेतसः सेकं व्रतस्थस्य द्विजन्मनः । अतिक्रमं व्रतस्याहुर्धर्मज्ञा ब्रह्मवादिनः ॥ Ms.11.12. -6 A vigorous attack, _x001F_-determined onset (= अभिक्रम q. v.). -7 Excess. -8 Abuse, misapplication. -9 Imposition.

atiḍīnam	अतिडीनम् Extraordinary flight (of birds). अतितराम् atitarām अतितमाम् atitamām अतितराम् अतितमाम् ind. [अति-तर _x001F_+(म) प् आमु] 1 more, higher (abl.); नृत्तादस्याः स्थितमतितरां कान्तम् M.2.6. -2 Exceedingly, very much; excessive, great; ˚सुदुःसहः R.3.37; ˚रां कान्तिमापत्स्यते Me.15 will attain great splendour. -3 Above, higher in rank (acc.); तस्माद्वा एते देवा ˚रामिवान्यान् देवान् Ken.4.2.

atipraśnaḥ	अतिप्रश्नः [अतिक्रम्य मर्यादां प्रश्नः] A question about transcendental truths; a vexatious or extravagant question that is asked, though a satisfactory reply has already been given; e. g. Vālāki's question to Yājñavalkya about Brahman in बृहदारण्यकोपनिषद्. अतिप्रसङ्गः atiprasaṅgḥ प्रसक्तिः prasaktiḥ अतिप्रसङ्गः प्रसक्तिः f. 1 Excessive attachment; नातिप्रसङ्गः प्रमदासु कार्यः Pt.1.187; स्त्रीष्वतिप्रसङ्गात् Dk.11. -2 Over-rudeness, impertinence; तद्विरमातिप्रसङ्गात् U.5; मा भूत्पुनर्बत कथंचिदतिप्रसङ्गः Mv.3.16 indiscretion or imprudence; यदेतावतः परिभवातिप्रसङ्गस्य तुल्यं स्यात् Mv.5 an insult. -3 Extraordinary or unwarrantable stretch of a (grammatical) rule, or principle; also = अतिव्याप्ति q. v. -4 A very close contact; अतिप्रसङ्गाद्वि- हितागसो मुहुः Ki.8.33 (अविच्छेदसङ्गः). -5 Prolixity; अलमतिप्रसङ्गेन Mu.1.

atiprauḍhā	अतिप्रौढा A girl who has attained a marriageable age, a grown up girl.

atirakta	अतिरक्त a. Very red or very much attached. -क्ता N. of one of the 7 tongues of Agni.

atisaktiḥ	अतिसक्तिः f. Close contact or proximity; great attachment; अतिसक्तिमेत्य वरुणस्य दिशा Śi.9.7.

atyayaḥ	अत्ययः [इ-अच्] 1 (a) passing away, lapse; काल˚ आधिश्चोपनिधिश्चोभौ न कालात्ययमर्हतः Ms.8.145. (b) End, conclusion, termination, absence, disappearance; तपात्यये Ku.4.44.5.23; शिशिरात्ययस्य पुष्पोच्चयः 3.61; आतप˚ R.1.52. -2 Complete disappearance, death, destruction, passing away, perishing; पितुरत्ययात् Dk.64. -3 Danger, risk, harm, injury, evil; जीवितात्ययमापन्नः Ms. 1.14 the life being in danger or jeopardy; प्राणानामेव चात्यये 5.27; प्राणात्यये च संप्राप्ते Y.1.179, Ms.6.68,8:69; पुत्रदारात्ययं प्राप्तः 1.99 (Kull. क्षुदवसन्नपुत्रकलत्रः). -4 Suffering, misery, difficulty, distress. -5 Guilt, fault, offence, transgression; क्षत्रियस्यात्यये दण्डो भागाद्दशगुणो भवेत Ms.8.243; दाप्यो$ष्टगुणमत्ययं 8.4 should be made to pay as a fine for his offence. -6 Attack, assault साहसस्तेयपारुष्यगो$भिशापात्यये Y.2.12. -7 Overcoming, mastering mentally, comprehending; बुद्धिश्च ते लोकैरपि दुरत्यया Rām. -8 Overstepping; क्षुरस्य धारा निशिता दुरत्यया Kena. Up. -9 A class kind. cf. अशुभे चापदि स्मृतः । अत्ययो$ तिक्रमे कृच्छ्रे दोषे दण्डविनाशयोः । Nm.

atri	अत्रि a. [properly अ, Uṇ.4.68, अदेस्त्रिनिश्च, अद्-त्रिन्] Devourer; अत्रिमनु स्वराज्यमग्निभ् Rv.2.8.5. -त्रिः N. of a celebrated sage and author of many Vedic hymns. [He appears in the Vedas in hymns addressed to Agni, Indra, the Aśvins and the Viśve-devas. In the Svāyambhuva Manvantara, he appears as one of the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons of Brahmā, being born from his eye. These sons having died by the curse of Śiva, Brahmā performed a sacrifice, at the beginning of the present Vaivasvata Manvantara, and Atri was born from the flames of Agni. Anasūyā was his wife in both lives. In the first, she bore him three sons, Datta, Durvāsas and Soma; in the second, she had two additional children, a son by name Aryaman and a daughter called Amalā. In the Rāmāyaṇa an account is given of the visit paid by Rāma and Sītā to Atri and Anasūyā in their hermitage, when they both received them most kindly. (See Anasūyā.) As a Riṣi or sage he is one of the seven sages who were all sons of Brahmā, and represents in Astronomy one of the stars of the Great Bear situated in the north. He is also the author of a code of laws known as अत्रिस्मृति or अत्रिसंहिता. In the Purāṇas he is said to have produced the moon from his eye, while he was practising austere penance, the moon being in consequence called अत्रिज, -जात, -दृग्ज, अत्रिनेत्रप्रसूत, -˚प्रभव, ˚भव &c.; cf. also अथ नयनसमुत्थं ज्योतिरत्रेरिव द्यौः R.2.75. and अत्रेरिवेन्दुः V.5.21] - (pl.) descendants of Atri. -अत्री wife of अत्रि; अत्रिरञ्य नमस्कर्ता Mb.13.17.38. -Comp. -चतुरहः N. of a Sacrifice. -जातः 1 The moon. -2 Datta. -3 Durvāsas. -भारद्वाजिका Marriage of descendants of Atri with those of Bhāradvāja.

<	अधिक्रम् 1 U. To ascend, mount upon. -2 To attack, scale. अधिक्रमः adhikramḥ क्रमणम् kramaṇam अधिक्रमः क्रमणम् An attack, invasion.

adhigam	अधिगम् 1 P. 1 (a) To acquire, obtain, get, attain, secure; आज्ञाकरत्वमधिगम्य V.3.19; अधिगच्छति महिमानं चन्द्रो$पि निशापरिगृहीतः M.1.13; भर्तारमधिगच्छेत् Ms.9.91 marry; श्रेयांसि सर्वाण्यधिजग्मुषस्ते R.5.34. (b) To find, meet with, fall in with, see, discover. (c) To accomplish; अर्थं सप्रतिबन्धं प्रभुरधिगन्तुं सहायवानेव M.1.9; न मे बुद्धिर्निश्चय- मधिगच्छति Mu. 5 is not able to decide; for (a) see also Ms.2.218, Bg.2.64, R.2.66. -2 To approach, reach, go towards or near; गुणालयो$प्यसन्मन्त्री नृपतिर्नाधिगम्यते Pt. 1.384; तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति does not reach or go to the end. -3 To study, learn; know; तेभ्यो$धिगन्तुं निगमान्त- विद्याम् U.2.3; श्रुतमप्यधिगम्य Ki.2.41; 6.38; Ms.7.39; धर्मेणाधिगतो यैस्तु 12.19; वेदार्थानधिगच्छेत् Y.1.99, Bk.7. 37. -4 To cohabit with.

adhigamaḥ	अधिगमः मनम् 1 Acquisition, obtaining, getting, finding &c.; (इच्छामि) श्रोतुं च सीताधिगमे प्रयत्नम् Rām.5. 64.32; दुरधिगमः परभागः Pt.5.34; वंशस्थितेरधिगमात् V. 5.15; दाराधिगमनम् Ms.1.112 marriage. -2 Mastery, knowledge; असच्छास्त्राधिगमनम् Ms.11.65. -3 Mercantile return, profit; acquiring property; निध्यादेः प्राप्तिः Mit. or धनप्राप्तिः; स्थापयन्ति तु यां वृद्धिं स तत्राधिगमं प्रति Ms.8.157. -4 Acceptance. -5 Intercourse. -6 Seeing, looking; अपनेष्यामि संतापं तवाधिगमशासनात् Rām.5.35.77. अधिगम्य adhigamya गमनीय gamanīya गन्तव्य gantavya अधिगम्य गमनीय गन्तव्य pot. p. Attainable. &c.

adhigantṛ	अधिगन्तृ a. [गम्-तृच्] One who attains or acquires.

adhipraṣṭiyugam	अधिप्रष्टियुगम् [प्रष्टौ निहितं युगम्] A yoke laid on the प्रष्टि or foremost of the three horses, used on certain sacrificial occasions. -गः The fourth horse thus attached (?)

adhīta	अधीत p. p. Learnt, studied, read, remembered, attained &c. -Comp. -विद्य a. who has studied the Vedas or finished his studies.

adhyākram	अध्याक्रम् 1 U. 1 To fix upon, to occupy. -2 To attack.

adhvan	अध्वन् m. [अत्ति बलं; अद्-क्वनिप् धादेशः Uṇ.4.115; perhaps from अत् also] 1 (a) A way, road; passage, orbit (of planets &c.); मुक्ताध्वानं ये लङ्घयेयुर्भवन्तम् Me.54. (b) Distance, space (traversed or to be traversed); पञ्चदशयोजनमात्रमध्वानं जगाम K.119,12; कियत्यध्वनि सा उज्ज- यिनी 27; Dk.13; अपि लङ्धितमध्वानं बुबुधे न बुधोपसः R.1. 47; उल्लङ्घिताध्वा Me.45; कालाध्वनोरत्यन्तसंयोगे &c. (c) Journey, travel, course, march; नैकः प्रपद्येताध्वानम् Ms.4.6 undertake a journey; अध्वसु त्रिषु विसृष्टमैथिलः R.11.57 after three marches; परिक्लान्तः किलाध्वना Ki.11.2 wayworn; अध्वश्रमपरिगतम् Me.17.4; अध्वा वर्णकफस्थौल्यसौकुमा- र्यविनाशनः Suśr. -2 A recension of the Vedas and the school upholding it (शाखा, अवयव) एकविंशत्यध्वयुक्त- मृय्वेदमृषयो विदुः । सहस्राध्वा सामवेदो यजुरेकशताध्वकम् ॥ अध्वा देवगतिः शाखा इति पर्यायवाचकाः । -3 Time (Kāla), time personified, (being the eater of all) दुर्मरं पुरुषेणेह मन्ये ह्यध्वन्यनागते Mb.14.8.24. -4 Air; sky, atmosphere. -5 Place. प्रस्थितं दीर्घमध्वानं स्वबन्धुमिव बान्धवाः Rām.5.1.45. -6 Means, resource; method. -7 Attack (अधिकदुरारोह- णम्). अध्वन् is changed to अध्व after prepositions; प्राध्वः, व्यध्वः &c. -Comp. -अतिः [अध्वानमतति, अत्-इ] 1 a traveller. -2 an intelligent person. -अधिपः, -ईशः [ष. त.] an officer in charge of the public roads. -अयनम् [अध्वन्ययनम्] journey, travel. -गः 1 one who travels; a traveller, way-farer; Av.13.1.36. सन्तानकतरुच्छाया- सुप्तविद्याधराध्वगम् Ku.6.46 (˚गामिन्). -2 a camel. -3 a mule. -4 the sun; ˚भोग्यः N. of a tree, Spondias Mangifera (आम्रातकवृक्ष) अध्वगैः अयत्नलम्यफलत्वात् भोग्यः (Mar. आंबाडा). (-गा) the Ganges. -गत् m. [अध्वानं गच्छति; गम्-क्विप् P.VI.4.4] a traveller. -गत्यन्तः गन्तव्यः [ष. त.] measure of length applicable to roads; कालभावा- ध्वगन्तव्यः Mbh. Vārt. on P.1.4.51. -जा [अध्वनि जायते; जन्-ड] A plant (स्वर्णुली or स्वर्णपुष्पी). -पतिः 1 the sun (दिवैव पथिकानां गमनात् रात्रौ च गमननिषेधात् सूर्यस्य अध्वपालकत्वम् or अध्वनः आकाशस्य पतिः). -2 inspector of the road. -रथः [अध्वने हितः पर्याप्तो रथः शाक. त.] 1 a travelling coach. -2 [अध्वैव रथो यस्य] a messenger skilled in travelling (पथि प्रज्ञो दूतः). -शल्यः [अध्वनि शल्यमिव आचारतीति क्विप्- अच् Tv.] N. of a tree (अपामार्ग) (अध्वगानां पादवस्त्रादौ शल्यवद्वेधकारकत्वात् तथात्वम्) (Mar. आघाडा). अध्वनीन adhvanīna अध्वन्य adhvanya अध्वनीन अध्वन्य a. [अध्वानम् अलं गच्छति, अध्वन्-ख- यत् वा; अध्वनो यत्खौ P.V.2.16] Able to undertake a journey, speeding on a journey; क्षिप्रं ततो$ध्वन्यतुरङ्गयायी Bk.2.44. -नः -न्यः A traveller going fast, way-farer.

anagha	अनघ a. [न. ब.] 1 Sinless, innocent; अवैमि चैनामन- घेति R.14.4. -2 Free from blame, faultless, handsome; अखण्डं पुण्यानां फलमिव च तद् रूपमनघम् Ś.2.1; यस्य ज्ञानदयासिन्धोरगाधस्यानघा गुणाः Ak.; ˚सर्वगात्री Dk.123. -3 Without mishap or accident, free from danger, calamity &c.; safe, unhurt; यास्त्वामनघमद्राक्ष्म Dk.18; कच्चिन्मृगीणामनघा प्रसूतिः R.5.7; मृगवधूर्यदा अनघप्रसवा भवति S.4 safely delivered or brought to bed; ˚प्रसूतेः R.14.75. -4 Without grief or sorrow; दयालुमनघस्पृष्टम् R.1.19. -5 Free from dirt, impurities &c.; pure, spotless; R. 1.8;13.65; Si 3.31. -6 Tireless, not exhausted; Bhāg.2.7.32. -घः 1 White mustard. -2 N. of Viṣṇu; अनघो विजयो जेता; V. Sah.16. also of Śiva and of several other persons, a Gandharva, Sādhya &c. -Comp. -अष्टमी N. of the eighth day (spoken of in the fiftyfifth Adhyāya of Bhaviṣyottara Purā&na)

ananta	अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.

ananya	अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1.

analaḥ	अनलः [नास्ति अलः पर्याप्तिर्यस्य, बहुदाह्यदहने$पि तृप्तेरभावात् Tv.; cf. नाग्निस्तृप्यति काष्ठानाम्; said by some to be from अन् to breathe]. 1 Fire. -2 Agni or the god of fire. See अग्नि. -3 Digestive power, gastric juice; मन्दः संजायते$नलः Suśr. -4 Wind. -5 Bile. -6 One of the 8 Vasus, the fifth. -7 N. of Vāsudeva. -8 Names of various plants; चित्रक, रक्तचित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and Rosea, भल्लातक the marking-nut tree. -9 The letter र्. -1 The number three. -11 (Astr.) The 5th year of Bṛhaspati's cycle. -12 The third lunar mansion कृत्तिका. -13 A variety of Pitṛideva or manes (कव्यवाहो$नलः सोमः). -14 [अनान् प्राणान् लाति आत्मत्वेन] The soul (जीव). -15 N. of Viṣṇu (न नलति गन्धं प्रकटयति न बध्यते वा नल्-अच्). -16 The Supreme Being. cf. अनेलो राज्ञि नाले च पुंस्यग्न्यौषधिभेदयोः Nm. -17 Anger; करिणां मुदे सनलदानलदाः Ki.5.25. -Comp. -आत्मजः N. of Kārtikeya; Mb.9.44.11. -आनन्दः N. of a Vedāntic writer, author of Vedānta-Kalpataru. -द a. [अनलं द्यति] 1 removing or destroying heat or fire; -2 = अग्निद q. v. -दीपन a. [अनलं दीपयति] promoting digestion, stomachic. -प्रभा [अनलस्य प्रभेव प्रभा यस्य] N. of a plant (ज्योतिष्मती) Helicacabum Cardiospermum. (Mar. लघुमालकांगोणी). -प्रिया N. of Agni's wife स्वाहा. -वाटः N. of ancient Paṭṭaṇa. -सादः loss of appetite, dyspepsia.

anāgata	अनागत a. [न आगतः, न. त.] 1 Not come or arrived; तावद्भयस्य भेतव्यं यावद्भयमनागतम् H.1.54. -2 Not got or obtained; वर्धिष्णुमाश्रयमनागतमभ्युपैति Śi.5.14; so ˚आर्तव. -3 Future, to come; see compounds below. -4 Not learnt or attained, unknown. -तम् The future time, future; ˚तं यः कुरुते स शोभते Pt.3.164 he shines (thrives, prospers) who provides for the future; अनागतवतीं चिन्तामसंभाव्यां करोति यः Pt.5.17. -Comp. -अवेक्षणम् looking to the future, provident thought, foresight. -आबाधः [अनागतः आबाधः दुःखम्] future (physical) trouble or calamities, illness &c. affecting the body in times to come; ˚प्रतिषेधनीयम् N. of chapter 24 of the चिकित्सास्थान in Suśruta. -आर्तवा [स्त्रीपुष्पविकासनम् आर्तवम्, न आगतमार्तवं यस्याः] a maiden who has not yet arrived at puberty. -विधातृ m. [अनागतम् उद्दिश्य विदधाति] one who provides for the future, provident, prudent (used as the name of a fish in Pt.1.138; H.4.6); अनागत- विधाता च प्रत्युत्पन्नमतिस्तथा । द्वावेतौ सुखमेधेते यद्भविष्यो विनश्यति ॥ (where Dr. Peterson translates the three names by 'Mr. Provider-against-a-future-evil', 'Mr. Cool-head', and 'Mr. what-will-be-will-be').

anāgatiḥ	अनागतिः f. Non-arrival, non-attainment, nonaccess.

anāgama	अनागम a. 1 Not come, not present. -2[न. ब.] (In law) Without the title-deed or document of possession (such as purchase deed &c.), anything possessed from time immemorial and without any documentary proof; ˚उपभोगः enjoyment of property without such a deed. -मः 1 Non-arrival. -2 Non-attainment.

anāpta	अनाप्त a. 1 Not obtained. -2 Not reaching or attaining, unsuccessful in the attempt to get. -3 Unfit, not apt, unskilful; युग्यस्थाः प्राजके$नाप्ते सर्वे दण्ड्याः शतं शतम् Ms. 8.294. -प्तः A stranger.

anāptiḥ	अनाप्तिः f. Non-attainment.

anārtava	अनार्तव a. (-वी f.) Unseasonable, inopporutne, premature (as a flower blossoming out of season). -वा A girl who has not attained to puberty (the Menstruation period).

anāsādita	अनासादित a. Not obtained, not found or met with; not encountered or attacked; not occurred or having happened, non-existent. -Comp. -विग्रह a. unused to war, having had no occasion to fight.

anudātta	अनुदात्त a. Grave (accent); not elevated or raised (not pronounced with the Udātta accent); उच्चैरुदात्तः नीचैरनुदात्तः; accentless, having the neutral, general tone; उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः uttered with the grave accent (as a vowel); प्रयत्नप्रेरितो वायुर्यदोर्ध्वभागे प्रति- हतो$चं निष्पादयति स उदात्तः; एवमधोनिष्पन्नो$च् अनुदात्तः; ताल्वा- दिषु सभागेषु स्थानेषु नीचभागे निष्पन्नो$च् अनुदात्तः; ˚त्तं पदमेकवर्जम् Sk. (The term अनुदात्त is used by Pāṇini for the grave accent which immediately precedes the Udātta, and also for the general accentless tone neither high nor low, termed एकश्रुति, the one monotonous intonation belonging to the generality of syllables in a word). -त्तः The grave accent. -Comp. -आदिः a nominal base of which the first syllable is अनुदात्त. -इत् a verbal root having for its अनुबन्ध the grave accent (denoting that it takes the Ātm. terminations only). -उदयम् a syllable followed (immediately) by the grave accent. -तर a. more than अनुदात्त; still lower or graver accent, i. e. that which immediately precedes a syllable having the उदात्त or स्वरित accent and is thus more depressed than the ordinary अनुदात्त accent.

anudhāvanam	अनुधावनम् 1 Going or running after, following, pursuing; तुरग ˚कण्डितसन्धेः Ś.2. -2 Close pursuit of an object (for the knowledge of truth); research, investigation. -3 Seeking a mistress, though unattainable. -4 Cleansing, purification.

anudhyā	अनुध्या [ध्यै-अङ्] 1 Thinking or wishing well of, favouring, attachment. यदनुध्यासिना युक्ताः कर्मग्रन्थिनिबन्धनम् Bhāg.1.2.15. -2 Sorrow; प्रेतो यन्तु व्याधः प्रानुध्याः Av. 7.114.2.

anunnata	अनुन्नत a. Not raised or elevated, not lifted up. -Comp. -आनत a. level (neither raised nor lowered). -गात्र a. having limbs not stout or prominent. अनुन्माद anunmāda अनुन्मत्त anunmatta अनुन्माद अनुन्मत्त a. Not mad or frantic, sober, calm, sane.

anupat	अनुपत् 1 P. 1 To fly to or towards. -2 To fly or run after, follow (fig. also); pursue, chase; मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने दत्तदृष्टिः Ś.1.7; कथमनुपतत एव मे प्रयत्नप्रेक्षणीयः संवृत्तः Ś.1; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति (चेतः) Māl.9.8. does not run after (cherish), hope or leave it; यस्यैवं भवन्तः कुटुम्बवृत्तिमनुपतिताः Mv.1; अनुपतति रजनीं पूर्वसन्ध्या Śi.11.4. -2 To fall upon, attack; प्राग्वीराननुपत्य Māl 8.9. -Caus. 1 To fly to. -2 To throw another down along with oneself.

anupad	अनुपद् 4 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To go after, follow, attend. -2 To be fond of, be attached to (as a wife); उतथ्यस्य यवीयास्तु ममतामन्वपद्यत Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. -4 To fall down, come down (to the earth); वसुधामन्वपद्येतां वातनुन्नाविव द्रुमौ Mb. -5 To enter upon, betake oneself to; जितमित्येव तानक्षान्पुनरेवान्वपद्यत, ध्यानमेवान्वपद्यत Rām.; पुत्रौ दृष्ट्वा सुसंभ्रान्ता नान्वपद्यत किंचन Mb. did not do anything else. -6 To find, discover, see, notice; दीर्घं दध्यौ. ... निमित्तं सो$न्वपद्यत Bhāg. -7 To lose (with abl.) महत्त्वान्नान्वपद्येताम् Mb. -8 to handle. -9 To fall to the share of (Ved.)

anupraviś	अनुप्रविश् 6 P. 1 To enter into, join; पथिकसार्थं विदिशा- गामिनमनुप्रविष्टः M.5; (fig. also); विश्रम्य लौकिकाः संस्त्यायमनुप्रविशन्ति Mv. I enter into familiar talk or conversation. -2 To accommodate or adapt oneself to; यस्य यस्य हि यो भावस्तस्य तस्य हि तं नरः । अनुप्रविश्य मेधावी क्षिप्रमात्मवशं नयेत् Pt.1.68; सखे वामदेव त्वमपि गाधिनन्दनमनु- प्रविष्टो$सि A. R.1 you too share in his opinion, or think with him. -3 To follow in entering; sleep with. -4 To attack.

anuprasaktiḥ	अनुप्रसक्तिः f. 1 Very close attachment. -2 Very close logical connection (of words).

anubandh	अनुबन्ध् 9 P. 1 To bind or fasten to, attach, tie, connect; सीमन्तं निजमनुबध्नती कराभ्याम् Śi.8.69 forming, arranging; उभयोरपि राजेन्द्र संबन्धेनानुबेध्यतां (इक्ष्वाकुकुलम्) Rām.; सखीजनानुबद्धां कथाम् Dk.114 connected with. -2 (a) To have in the train (fig. also); न शिष्याननुबध्नीत Bhāg. (b) To bring about, cause, lead to, result in, produce as a consequence; नामुबध्नाति कुशलम् Mb.; हे वृषल ते तथा विक्षेपो$स्तु यथा हिंसामनुबध्नाति -3 To press, importune, urge, request; पुनः पुनश्चानुबध्यमाना K.69, 133,27,233. -4 (a) To attend or follow closely, follow at the heels of, follow; को नु खल्वयमनुबध्यमानस्तप- स्विनीभ्यामबालसत्त्वो बालः Ś.7; मधुकरकुलैरनुबध्यमानम् K.139; दिष्टया तावदयमनङ्गे मामिव तमप्यनुबध्नाति K.158,194,319,347; Ki.6.8; Mv.7.18; Śi.5.26. (b) To chase, pursue; तच्चानुबध्यमानम् K.12; अनुबध्नता तुरगमुखमिथुनम् 132. (c) To adhere or stick to, cling to; धन्या चित्रलेखा यामनुबध्नाति देवीप्रसादः K.221. (d) To continue, take up; तदेवानुबध्यतां तपः 322; तान्येव चिरपरिचितान्यक्षराणि मामनुबध्नन्ति U.3 v.l. for अनुरु- न्धन्ति; वैशम्पायनागमनालापमेवानुबध्य K.262. (e) To follow, succeed, come close upon; सत्यो$यं जनप्रवादो यद्विपद्विपदं संपत्सं- पदमनुबध्नातीति K.73; see अनुबन्धि below. -5 To foster, cherish, entertain, harbour; तेषु किं भवतः स्नेहमनुबध्नाति मानसम् Mārk. P. -6 To bear, endure; अन्येद्युश्चानुबध्नत्या राज्ञ्या राजा स यत्नतः Ks.49.47. -7 Not to burst or break loose, hold or keep together; भङ्गे$पि हि मृणालानामनुबध्नन्ति तन्तवः H.1.91. -pass. To be related to or connected with.

anubaddha	अनुबद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, attached, tied to. -2 Following the train, coming as a consequence; अनुबद्धार्थान- र्थसंशयान् विचार्य Dk.41. -3 Connected with, related to, relating or belonging to. -4 Constantly sticking to, being in; continued, continuous; नित्यानुबद्धकुलवैरः Ve.1; ˚मुग्धकाकलीहसितम् U.3; ˚विजृम्भकम् K.66; ˚बिन्दुभिरश्रुभिः 135 constantly flowing. -5 Fixed upon, directed towards; कलहंस ˚वक्त्रायाः Dk.33.

anubandhaḥ	अनुबन्धः 1 Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); यस्यां मनश्चक्षुषोरनुबन्धस्तस्या- मृद्धिः Māl.2; एतस्येदृशेन दर्शनेन कीदृशो मे हृदयानुबन्धः इति न जानासि U.3 state of feeling; K.257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; बाष्पं कुसु स्थिरतया विरतानुबन्धम् Ś.4. 15; मरण˚ K.236 following up death, desire for dying; अनुबन्धाद्विरमेद्वा K.28; यदा नात्याक्षीदेवानुबन्धम् 39 (persistence in) following me, 317; वैर˚, मत्सर˚, Dk.63,161; मुच्यतां देवि शोकानुबन्धः K.63 continuous sorrow; दुर्लभजन- प्रार्थना˚ Ratn.1; विरम विरम वह्ने मुञ्च धूमानुबन्धम् 4.16; सानु- बन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64 continuous, uninterrupted; परिवृद्धरीगमनुबन्धसेवया R.9.69 continuous enjoyment; अयं सो$र्थो$नर्थानुबन्धः संवृत्तः V.5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity; सानुबन्धा हता ह्यसि Rām. relation, भूमेः सुतां भूमिभृतो$नुबन्धात् Viś. Guṇā.475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad); आत्मदोषानुबन्धेन K.319 in consequence of; यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखम् Bg.18.39,25; अनुबन्धमजानन्तः कर्मणामविचक्षणाः Rām. 3.51.26; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि नानुबन्धमवेक्षसे Mb.4.49.1. -5 Intention; design, motive, cause; अनुबन्धानपेक्षेत सानु- बन्धेषु कर्मसु Mb.5.34.8. अनुबन्धं परिज्ञाय देशकालौ च तत्त्वतः । सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्ड दण्डयेषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; पाप˚ of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (मुख्यानुयायि, अप्रधानम्); (उल्का) दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च Rām.5.1.63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (वातपित्तादि- दोषाणामप्राधान्यम्); मूर्छानुबन्धा विषमज्वराः Suśr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (विषयप्रयोजनाधिकारि- संबन्धः अनुबन्धः) (an indispensable element of the Vedānta). -8 (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the लृ in गम्लृ, ण् in इण्; रिपुराप पराभवाय मध्यं प्रकृति- प्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -9 Offence, fault. -1 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (मुख्यानुयायी शिशुः). -12 Beginning, commencement. -13 Repeated application or devotion (पौनःपुन्येन अभिनिवेशः). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small bit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as भागानुबन्धपूर्णाङ्कः. -17 Base, stem (प्रकृति). cf. अनुबन्धः प्रकृत्यादौ दोषोत्पादे विनश्वरे । मुख्यानुयायिनि शिशौ प्रकृतस्यानुवर्तने । अनुबन्धे$पि हिक्कायां भ्रष्टायामपि कथ्यते । Nm. -धी [अनुबध्यते अतिश्वासेन व्याप्रियते अनया] 1 Thirst. -2 Hickup. अनुबन्धी तु हिक्कायां तृष्णायामपि योषिति-Medinī.

anubandhin	अनुबन्धिन् a. (oft. at the end of comp.) 1 (a) Connected with, attached or related to; अहो सरसरमणी- यानुबन्धिनी स्त्रीजनकथा Māl.1 having for its contents or subject-matter &c.; परिचर्यानुबन्धी Dk.11 continuing. (b) Mixed or blended with; नीलकण्ठकलकेकानुबन्धिना मन्द्र- हुङ्कृतेन मामनुमन्यते Māl.9. -2 Followed by, accompanied with; having in its train, resulting in having as a consequence; तदियमापत्समन्ततो$नर्थानुबन्धिनी Dk.6; अय- मर्थो$र्थानुबन्धी 67; शास्त्रं शास्त्रान्तरानुबन्धि 156; दुःखं दुःखानुबन्धि V.4 one misfortune closely follows another, or misfortunes never come single; K.349; महोदयैस्तस्य हितानु- बन्धिभिः Ki.1.2; कर्मानुबन्धीनि मनुष्यलोके Bg.15.2; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22 being associated with. -5 Lasting, thriving, prosperous, growing apace, continuous; uninterrupted; अपि त्वदावर्जितवारिसंभृतं प्रवाल- मासामनुबन्धि वीरुधाम् Ku.5.34; ऊर्ध्वं गतं यस्य न चानुबन्धि R.6.77 continuous uninterrupted or all pervading; K.246,33.

anurañj	अनुरञ्ज् 4 U. 1 To be red; भृशमन्वरज्यदतुषारकरः Śi.9.7. (became red or attached). -2 To be delighted, find pleasure; तव प्रकीर्त्या जगत्प्रहृष्यत्यनुरज्यते च Bg.11.36. -3 To be attached or devoted to, be fond of, love, like (with acc. or loc.); समस्थमनुरज्यन्ति विषमस्थं त्यजन्ति च Rām.; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते Pt.1.31; भ्रातुर्मृतस्य भार्यायां यो$नुरज्येत कामतः Ms.3.173. -Caus. 1 To make red, redden, dye, colour; सरसकिसलयानुरञ्जितैर्वा Śi.7.64, 8.17,12.68; Dk.168; Ki.4.27,12.23. -2 To attach oneself to, please, gratify, conciliate, keep contented or satisfied; अनुरक्तः प्रजाभिश्च प्रजाश्चाप्यन्वरञ्जयत् Rām.; कष्टं जनः कुलधनैरनुरञ्जनीयः U.1.14; शिष्यगुणानुरञ्जितमनसम् Pt.1 pleased, gratified.

anurakta	अनुरक्त p. p. 1 Reddened, dyed, coloured; सन्ध्यानुरक्ते जलदे दीप्ता विद्युदिवोज्ज्वला Rām.6.111.88. कुण्डलमणिप्रभानुरक्त- गण्डस्थलः K.17. -2 Pleased, contented; loved, beloved; loyal, loyally devoted; अनुरक्तः शुचिर्दक्षः Ms.7.64; गुणानुरक्तामनुरक्तसाधनः Ki.1.31 having all means favourable to him. -3 Glowing; तापानुरक्तमधुना कमलं ध्रुवमीहते जेतुम् । Nāg.3.1. ˚प्रजः-लोकः beloved by people; attached or devoted to, fond of (with loc. or acc.); अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः -अथ किम्-चन्द्रगुप्ते दृढमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः Mu.1; कथं वसन्तसेना आर्यचारुदत्तमनुरक्ता Mk.1; एषा भवन्त- मनुरक्ता Ś.6.19; अलभ्यमनुरक्तवान् कथय किंनु नारीजनम् Mu.6.

anuraktiḥ	अनुरक्तिः f. Love, attachment, devotion, affection. Pt.2.

anurāga	अनुराग a. Become red, reddened. -गः 1 Redness. -2 Devotion, attachment, contentment, loyalty (opp. अपरागः); love, affection, passion (with loc. or in comp.); आविर्भूतानुरागाः Mu.4.21; कण्टकितेन प्रथयति मय्यनुरागं कपोलेन Ś.3.14; R.3.1; बहलानुरागकुरुविन्ददलप्रतिबद्धमध्यमिव दिग्बलयम् Śi.9.8. ˚इङ्गितम् a gesture or external sign expressive of love; प्रसादस्तु शब्दः स्यादनुरागजः Ak. अनुरागिन् anurāgin अनुरागवत् anurāgavat अनुरागिन् अनुरागवत् a. 1 Attached, enamoured, impassioned, inspired with love; स वृद्धस्तस्यामतीवानुरागवान् H.1; सा केनापि वणिक्पुत्रेण सहानुरागवती बभूव ibid. -2 Causing or inspiring love. -णी Personification of a musical note.

anuratiḥ	अनुरतिः f. Love, attachment.

anurudh	अनुरुध् 7 U. 1 To obstruct, block up; शिलाभिर्ये मार्गमनुरुन्धन्ति Mb.; to surround, hem in; रुद्रानुचरैर्मखो महान् ... अन्वरुध्यत Bhāg. -2 To bind, fasten. -3 To stick or adhere to, follow closely, observe, practise; अनुरुध्या- दघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63 should observe impurity (be in mourning); पुमांसमनुरुध्य जाता पुमनुजा P.III.2.1 Sk. born immediately after a male. -4 To love, be fond of, or devoted to, attach oneself to. समस्थमनुरुध्यन्ते विषमस्थं त्यजन्ति च Rām.; सद्वृत्तिमनुरुध्यन्तां भवन्तः Mv.2 follow or adopt; स्वधर्ममनुरुन्धन्ते नातिक्रमम् Ki.11.78; नानुरोत्स्ये जगल्लक्ष्मीम् Bk.16.23 love, like. -5 To conform to, obey, follow, adapt oneself to, act up to; नियतिं लोक इवानुरुध्यते Ki.2.12: हन्त तिर्यञ्चो$पि परिचयमनुरुध्यन्ते U.3 remember or cherish (act up to it); मद्वचनमनुरुध्यते वा भवान् K.181,298; वात्सल्यमनुरुध्यन्ते महात्मनः Mv.6 feel the force of compassion; तेनापि रावणे मैत्रीमनुरुध्य व्यपेक्ष्यते Mv.5.34 following up; यदि गुरुष्वनुरुध्यसे Mv.3 regard with respect, obey; अनुरुध्यस्व भगवतो वसिष्ठस्यादेशम् U.4; चन्द्रकेतोर्वचनम् U.5. -6 To coax, gratify, flatter, soothe; इत्यादिभिः प्रियशतरैनुरुध्य मुग्धाम् U.3.26; अभिनवसेवकजने$पि एकमनुरुध्यते K.27 please by carefully attending to &c., show regard for; 248. -7 To urge, press, entreat, request; आगमनाय अनुरुध्यमानः K.277; तया चाहमनुरुध्य- मानस्तां बकुलमालां दत्तवान् Māl.1; सा च भीमधन्वना बलवदनुरुद्धा Dk.122 courted, wooed. -8 To assent or agree to, approve; like, comply with; प्रकृतयो न मे व्यसनमनुरुध्यन्ते Dk.16; यदि भगवाननुरुध्यते Mv.4 agree with me.

anulagna	अनुलग्न a. Attached to, intent on, seeking or pursuing after; येन आर्यायाः सुस्निग्धा दृष्टिरनुलग्ना Mk.4 intently fixed.

anulīna	अनुलीन a. Hidden, clinging to, attached; स्कन्धं सुगन्धिमनुलीनवता नगस्य Śi.5.46; जनादनुलीनः Dk.14 concealed from the people.

anuvasita	अनुवसित a. [वस्-क्त] 1 Dressed, clothed, wrapped up. -2 Fastened, or bound to, attached to.

anuvṛt	अनुवृत् 1 A. (sometimes P. also) 1 (Transitively used) (a) To go or roll after, follow, pursue; (fig.) to follow, conform to, act according to, obey, adapt oneself to, be guided by; humour; अहं तावत्स्वामिनश्चि- त्तवृत्तिमनुवर्तिष्ये S.2; ते$पि परिचयमनुवर्तन्ते K.289; किमत्र चित्रं यदि विशाखे शशाङ्कलेखामनुवर्तेते Ś.3 approve of her choice; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते U.1.1 words conform to the sense; न कुलक्रममनुवर्तते K.14 follow; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36 followed his mate in drinking, drank after her; (जननीम्) अत्यन्तशुद्ध- हृदयामनुवर्तमानाम् Bh.2.11; मम वर्त्मानुवर्तन्ते मनुष्याः पार्थ सर्वशः Bg.3.23; Dk.8,96,126; कृतज्ञतामनुवर्तमानेन Mu. 3 following the path of gratitude; प्रभुचित्तमेव हि जनो$- नुवर्तते Śi.15.41; Māl.3.2. (b) To imitate, resemble; equal; ते$न्ववर्तन् पितॄन्सर्वे यशसा च बलेन च Mb. (c) To gratify, humour, please; Dk.65. (d) To serve, worship; पञ्चवर्षसहस्राणि सूर्यं चैवान्ववर्तत Rām.7.1.8. -2 (Intransitively used) (a) To follow, come after; संग्राह्य इत्यनुवर्तते H.3. (b) To continue, endure. (c) To act towards, behave. (d) (In gram.) To be repeated or supplied from a preceding rule, Sūtra or assertion (said of a word or rule which continues to exercise influence on what follows); e. g. in भक्तिः P.IV.3.95; सो$स्य (occurring in Sūtra 89 before) इत्यनुवर्तते Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to revolve, turn round; एवं प्रवर्तितं चक्रं नानुवर्त- यतीह यः Bg.3.16. -2 To act up to, follow, obey; तथापि लोकयात्रानुवर्तनीया Mv.7; पुत्रैः पितरो लोकद्वयेप्यनुवर्तनीयाः Ve. 3; K.367. -3 To favour, oblige; comply with one's request; विधिनापि भवतेव वयमनुवर्तिताः K.73; यथाचित्तमनु- वर्तनीयः Māl.7. -4 To put in, carry out. -5 To repeat or supply from a preceding Sūtra; केचित्तु विजायते इति नानुवर्तयन्ति P.V.2.13. Sk. -6 To use, employ. -7 To lead one to, attach to. -8 To speak in favour of, speak for; to approve. -9 to imitate, do after one; सतां चरि- तान्यनुवर्तितानि नेन्द्रियाणि K.298.

anuvrata	अनुव्रत a. [अनुकूलं व्रत कर्म यस्य] 1 Devoted or faithful to, राजानो राजपुत्राश्च धृतराष्ट्रमनुव्रताः Mb.3.35.3. attached to (with acc. or gen.); अभ्यगच्छददीनात्मा दमयन्तीमनुव्रतः Mb. 3.54.27. प्रियतमा का अनुव्रता Bh.2.13; वैश्याः क्षत्रमनुव्रताः Rām. -2 Duly performing the vows or duties prescribed (opp. अपव्रत) Bhāg.8.15.35. -तः A class of Jaina ascetics. -ता A devoted virtuous wife (पतिव्रता); रक्ते भटे रणमुखे रुधिरेण तस्मिन् रक्ता भवत्यमरयोषिदनुव्रतेन; विश्व- गुणादर्शचम्पू 379.

anuśayaḥ	अनुशयः [शी-अच्] 1 Repentance, remorse; regret, sorrow; नन्वनुशयस्थानमेतत् Māl.8; कुतस्ते$नुशयः M.3 why should you be sorry; बाष्पं प्रमृज्य विगतानुशयो भवेयम् Ś.7.25; इतो गतस्यानुशयो मा भूदिति V.4; ततः सपत्नापनयस्मरणानुशयस्फुरा Śi.2.14. -2 Intense enmity or anger; शिशुपालो$नुशयं परं गतः Śi.16.2; यस्मिन्नमुक्तानुशया सदैव जागर्ति भुजङ्गी Māl. 6.1. -3 Hatred. -4 Close connection, as with a consequence; close attachment (to any object). अयं त्वन्यो गुणः श्रेष्ठश्च्युतानां स्वर्गतो मुने । शुभानुशययोगेन मनुष्येषूपजायते ॥ Mh.3.261.33. -5 (In Vedānta Phil.) The result or consequence of bad deeds which very closely clings to them and makes the soul enter other bodies after enjoying temporary freedom from recurring births; (स्वर्गार्थकर्मणो भुक्तफलस्य अवशेषः कश्चिदनुशयो नाम भाण्डानुसारि- स्नेहवत्, यथा हि स्नेहभाण्ड विरिच्यमानं सर्वात्मना न विरिच्यते भाण्डा- नुसार्येव कश्चित् स्नेहशेषो$वतिष्ठते तथानुशयो$पि Tv.). -6 Regret in the case of purchases, technically called rescission; क्रीत्वा विक्रीय वा किञ्चिद्यस्येहानुशयो भवेत् Ms. 8.222; see क्रीतानुशय. cf. ......अनुशयो द्वेषे पश्चात्तापानुबन्धयोः and...... अनुशयो दीर्घद्वेषानुतापयोः Nm. -यी A disease of the feet, a sort of boil or abscess on the upper part.

anuśayin	अनुशयिन् a. 1 Devotedly attached to, faithful. -2 Repentant, penitent, regretful, sorry. -3 Hating intensely. -4 Connected as with a consequence. -5 Enjoying the fruits of deeds; epithet of the soul.

anuṣañj	अनुषञ्ज् (˚सञ्ज्) 1 P. To adhere or cling to, follow closely. -pass. (-षज्यते) 1 To stick, cling, adhere to, be attached to (fig. also); धर्मपूते च मनसि नभसीव न जातु रजो$नुषज्यते Dk.43; sometimes occurring as अनुषज्जते (from सस्ज् also); यदा हि नेन्द्रियार्थेषु न कर्मस्वनुषज्जते Bg. 6.4;18.1, -2 To be supplied from a preceding rule or statement. -Caus. 1 To fasten or attach (something) to. -2 To supply (as an elliptical expression); इति पदमत्रानुषञ्जनीयम्.

anuṣakta	अनुषक्त p. p. 1 Connected with, closely related or attached to; नित्य˚क्तः प्रकृतिकोपः Mv.2 constant, everarising. -2 Clinging or adhering to (actively used); मृत्युर्जरा च व्याधिश्च दुःखं चानेककारणम् । अनुषक्तं सदा देहे Mb.; हृदि नित्यानुषक्तेन सीताशोकेन तप्यते U.4.2 constantly preying on the heart; ˚मन्दाकिनीपवित्रमेखलम् Mv.4.

anuṣaṅgin	अनुषङ्गिन् a. 1 Connected with, adhering or sticking to; अनीकजे रजसि मुखानुषङ्गिणि Śi.17.57. -2 Following as a necessary consequence; यस्यानुषङ्गिण इमे भोगादयो भवन्ति Bh.3.76. -3 Related or applicable to, common, prevailing (अनुक्षणं प्रसक्त); सप्तकस्यास्य वर्गस्य सर्वत्रैवानुषङ्गिणः Ms.7.52; विभुतानुषङ्गि भयमेति जनः Ki.6.35 connected with, natural to, greatness. -4 Addicted to, devoted or attached to, fond of.

anusyūta	अनुस्यूत a. [सिव्-क्त-ऊठ्] 1 Woven together regularly and uninterruptedly. -2 Sewn on, fastened to. -3 Closely attached or linked to.

anehas	अनेहस् a. [न हन्यते, हन्-असि, धातोः एहादेशः नञि हन् एह च Uṇ.4.223] (lit.) Not killed or destroyed or obstructed; Ved. without a rival, incomparable, unattainable, inaccessible; unobstructed, not liable to be hurt or injured; शंभुवं मन्त्रं देवा अनेहसम् Rv.I.4.6,4;6.5.3. -m. (हा-हसौ &c.) Time (not being liable to be destroyed). cf. तस्मादनेहसं कंचित्प्रतीक्षस्व महाभुज Śiva. B. 9.18 also 5.11,59. कुसुमबाणसखेन सुखासितं विपिनमापि न मानमनेहसा Rām. Ch.4.11.

anta	अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.

anyat	अन्यत् a. (अन्य n.) Another &c. नैवास्ति लिखिताद- न्यत् स्मारकं व्यवहारिणाम् Sulhā. -ind. Again, moreover, besides &c. -Comp. -अर्थ 1 having a different meaning. -2 referring to or expressing another sense. (-र्थः) a different meaning. -आशा desire of something else. -आशिस् f. another's blessing. -आस्था devotion or attachment to another. -उत्सुक a. longing for another. -रागः attachment to another.

anvāgata	अन्वागत a. Attached; स यत्तत्र किंचित्पश्यत्यनन्वागतस्तेन भवत्यसङ्गः Bṛi. Up.4.3.16.

anvādhiḥ	अन्वाधिः [अनु पश्चादाधीयते, धा-कि] (In civil law) 1 A bail, deposit or security delivered to a third person to be handed over ultimately to the right owner; अर्थ- मार्गणकार्येषु अन्यस्मिन्वचनान्मम । दद्यास्त्वमिति यो दत्तः स इहान्वा- धिरुच्यते ॥. -2 A second deposit. -3 [अनुगतः सन्ततः आधिः] Constant anxiety, remorse, repentance, regret (after the committal of a bad act).

anvīpa	अन्वीप a. [अनुगता आपो यत्र] 1 Near the water, situated near water. -2 Attainable or friendly.

apagaṇḍaḥ	अपगण्डः One who has attained his majority; see अपोगण्ड.

apanayanam	अपनयनम् 1 Taking away, removing, extracting &c. गण्डस्वेद˚ Me.26; नीतिश्रमापनयनाय Ś.5.6. -2 Healing, destroying, curing (disease &c.); रोगाच्चापनयने P.V. 4.49. -3 Discharge or acquittance of a debt or obligation. -4 Subtraction, deduction. -5 Injustice; शृणु राजन् स्थिरो भूत्वा तवापनयनो महान् Mb.6.49.22.

apaspatiḥ	अपस्पतिः N. of a son of Uttānapāda; V.P.

apahan	अपहन् 2 P. 1 To ward or beat off, repel, destroy, kill, take away, remove; अपघ्नन्तो दुरितं हव्यगन्धैः Ś.4.8; न तु खलु तयोर्ज्ञाने शक्तिं करोत्यपहन्ति वा U.2.4 takes away; Ms.6.96; अपहतपाप्मानं सवितारमुपतिष्ठस्व U.3. -2 To attack, affect, seize (as disease &c.). -3 To husk out, take off the shell or husk (as rice). -4 To shoot out.

api	अपि ind. (Sometimes with the अ dropped according to the opinion of Bhāguri; वष्टि भागुरिरल्लोपमवाप्योरुपसर्गयोः; पिधा, पिधान &c.) 1 (Used with roots and nouns in the sense of) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearness &c. [cf. Gr. epi, Zend api, Germ. and Eng. be]. (Note :- अपि, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in Veda, its place being taken by अभि in classical literature). -2 (As a separable adverb or conjunction) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force (समुच्चय); अस्ति मे सोदरस्नेहो$प्येतेषु; Ś.1 on one's part, in one's turn; विष्णुशर्मणा$पि राजपुत्राः पाठिताः Pt.1; राजा$पि मुनिवाक्यमङ्गीकृत्यातिष्ठत् Dk.2; अपि-अपि or अपि च as well as, and also; अपि स्तुहि, अपि सिञ्च P.I.4.46 Sk., न नापि-न चैव, न वा$पि, नापि वा चापि neither-nor; न चापि काव्यं नवमित्यवद्यम् M.1.2 nor; वा$पि or; अल्पो$प्येवं महान् वा$पि Ms.3.53 whether small or great. -3 It is often used to express emphasis in the sense of 'too', 'even', 'very'; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ H.1.19 the very moon; यूयमप्यनेन कर्मणा परिश्रान्ताः Ś.1 even you, you also; अन्यदपि also another; अद्यापि even, yet, still, even now; इदानीमपि even now; मुहूर्तमपि even for a moment, for one moment at least; नाद्यापि not yet; यद्यपि though, although, even if; तथापि still, यद्यपि बहु नाधीषे तथापि पठ पुत्र व्याकरणम्; nevertheless, notwithstanding, yet; sometimes यद्यपि is understood, तथा$पि only being used; as in भवादृशेषु प्रमदाजनोदितं भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् । तथा$पि वक्तुं व्यवसाययन्ति मां निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki 1.28. -4 Though (oft. translatable by 'even', 'even if'); सरसिजमनुविद्धं शैवलेनापि रम्यम् Ś.1.2 though over-spread &c.; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी ibid. though in her bark dress; बलवदपि शिक्षितानाम् 1.2 though ever so learned. In this sense अपि is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary opposition (विरोध); कृष्णमपि असुदर्शनम्, पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा &c. -5 But however. -6 Used at the beginning of sentences अपि introduces a question; अपि सन्निहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.i; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशं...अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33,34,35; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4. -7 Hope, expectation (usually with the potential mood); कृतं रामसदृशं कर्म । अपि जीवेत्स ब्राह्मणशिशुः U.2 I hope the Brāhmaṇa boy comes to life. Note-- In this sense अपि is frequently used with नाम and has the sense of (a) 'is it likely', 'may it be'; (b) 'perhaps', 'in all probability' or (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope that'; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ś.7; तदपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1 perhaps, in all probability; अपि नाम तयोः कल्याणिनोः अभिमतः पाणिग्रहः स्यात् ibid.; अपि नाम रामभद्रः पुनरपीदं वनमलङ्कुर्यात् U.2; 'is it likely', 'I wish'; यथा वनज्योत्स्नानुरूपेण पादपेन संगता अपि नाम एवमहमप्यात्मनो$नुरूपं वरं लभेयेति Ś.1 would that; अपि नामाहं पुरूरवा भवेयम् V.2 I wish I were P. -8 Affixed to interrogative words, अपि makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; को$पि some one; कीमपि something; कुत्रापि somewhere; कदा$पि at any time; कथमपि any how &c. के$पि एते प्रवयसः त्वां दिदृक्षवः U.4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable', 'inexpressible' (अनिर्वाच्य); व्यतिषजति पदार्थानान्तरः को$पि हेतुः U.6.12. तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः 2.19; Mu.3.22; K.143; को$पि महिमा स्यात् U.6,6.11,7.12; Māl.1.26; R.1.46. -9 After words expressing number, अपि has the sense of 'totality', 'all'; चतुर्णामपि वर्णानाम् of all the 4 castes; सर्वैरपि राज्ञां प्रयोजनम् Pt.1. -1 It sometimes expresses 'doubt' or 'uncertainty', 'fear' (शङ्का); अपि चोरो भवेत् G. M. there is perhaps a thief. -11 (with pot. mood) It has the sense of संभावना 'possibility', 'supposition'; P.I.4.96;III.3.154; अपि स्तुयाद्विष्णुम्, अपि स्तुयाद्राजानम्, अपि गिरिं शिरसा भिन्द्यात् Sk.; सो$यमपि सिञ्चेत्सहस्रं द्राक्षाणां क्षणेनैकेन Dk.127. -12 Contempt, censure, or reproof; P.I.4.96,III.3.142; धिग्देवदत्तमपि स्तुयाद् वृषलम्; धिग्जाल्मं देवदत्तमपि सिञ्चेत् पलाण्डुम्; अपि जायां त्यजसि जातु गणिका- माधत्से गर्हितमेतत् Sk. shame to &c. or fie upon, Devadatta &c. -13 It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where he permits another to do as he likes, (अन्ववसर्ग or काम- चारानुज्ञा, the imperative being softened;) अपि स्तुहि Sk. you may praise (if you like); अपि स्तुह्यपि सेधा$स्मांस्तथ्यमुक्तं नराशन Bk.8.92. -14 अपि is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation, -15 Rarely in the sense of 'therefore', 'hence' (अत एव). -16 Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood (पदार्थ), and is treated as a कर्म- प्रवचनीय P.I.4.96; the example usually given is सर्पि- षो$पि स्यात् where some word like बिन्दुरपि 'a drop,' 'a little' &c. has to be understood, 'there may perhaps be a drop of ghee', 'I presume there may be at least a drop' &c. अपि संभावनाप्रश्नशङ्कागर्हासमुच्चये । तथायुक्तपदार्थेषु कामचारक्रियासु च ॥ Viśva.; अपिः पदार्थसंभावनान्ववसर्गगर्हासमुच्चयेषु P.I.4.96. G. M. adds the sense of आशिस् 'blessing' (भद्रमपि), मृति 'death' (मरणमपि) and भूषा 'decoration' (अपि नह्यति हारं). cf. also...अपिः प्रश्नविरोधयोः । संभावनायां गर्हायां समुच्चयवितर्कयोः । Nm.

apohaḥ	अपोहः 1 Removing, driving away, healing &c. -2 Removal of doubt by the excercise of the reasoning faculty. -3 Reasoning, arguing; reasoning faculty. -4 Negative reasoning (opp. ऊह) (अपरतर्कनिरासाय कृतो विपरीतस्तर्कः). one of the dhiguṇas q. v. स्वयमूहापोहासमर्थः; इमे मनुष्या दृश्यन्ते ऊहापोहविशारदाः Mb.13. 145.43. ऊहापोहमिमं सरोजनयना यावद्विधत्तेतराम् Bv.2.74; hence ऊहापोह = complete discussion of a question. -5 Excluding all things not coming under the category in point; तद्वानपोहो वा शब्दार्थः (where Maheśvara paraphrases अपोह by अतद्व्यावृत्ति i. e. तद्भिन्नत्यागः), -6 A superfluous member attached to a structure of some construction.

apnasvat	अप्नस्वत् a. Having (sacrificial) acts or works; productive. अप्पति appati अप्पित्तम् appittam अप्पति अप्पित्तम् see under अप्.

apratyṛta	अप्रत्यृत a. Not attacked.

aprasakta	अप्रसक्त a. 1 Not attached or addicted, moderate, temperate. -2 Unconnected. -3 unobstructed; विवेश गां तोयमिवाप्रसक्ता Mb.9.17.5.

aprasaktiḥ	अप्रसक्तिः f. Non-attachment, moderation. विषयेष्व- प्रसक्तिश्च क्षत्रियस्य समासतः Ms.1.89.

aprasaṅgaḥ	अप्रसङ्गः 1 Want of attachment. -2 Want of connection. -3 Inopportune time or occasion; अप्रसङ्गाभिधाने च श्रोतुः श्रद्धा न जायते ।

aprahita	अप्रहित a. 1 Not sent out; Av.6.29.2. -2 Unattacked by foes. -3 Not stirred up, इत ऊती वो अजरं प्रहेतारमप्रहितम् Rv.8.99.7.

apva	अप्व a. [आप् बाहु˚ व, पृषो˚ ह्रस्वः] Attainable. -प्वा Disease, danger; गृहाणाङ्गान्यप्वे परेहि Rv.1.13.12. the region of the throat or neck. (?)

abhakta	अभक्त a. 1 Not devoted or attached. -2 Nto connected with, detached. -3 Not worshipping. -4 Unaccepted. -5 Not eaten. -6 Not received as a share; यस्मै धायुरदधा मर्त्यायाभक्तम् Rv.3.3.7. -क्तम् Not food; ˚छन्दस्, ˚रुच् want of appetite.

abhaktiḥ	अभक्तिः f. 1 Want of devotion or attachment. -2 Unbelief, incredulity.

abhikram	अभिक्रम् 1 U., 4 P. 1 To step or go near to approach; तमभिक्रम्य सर्वे$द्य वयं चार्थामहे वसु Mb. -2 To roam over, wander, pass or walk over. -3 To attack, assail, fall upon. -4 To undertake, begin; to set about, prepare; गमनायाभिचक्राम Rām. -Caus. To bring near.

abhikramaḥ	अभिक्रमः 1 Beginning, attempting, an undertaking; नेहाभिक्रमनाशो$स्ति प्रत्यवायो न विद्यते Bg.2.4. -2 A determined attack or onset, assault, onslaught. -3 Ascending, mounting. अभिक्रमणम् abhikramaṇam क्रान्तिः krāntiḥ अभिक्रमणम् क्रान्तिः f. Approaching, attacking &c. = अभिक्रम above; पुण्ड्रदेश˚ Dk.92.

abhigrah	अभिग्रह् (Ved. ग्रभ्) 9 U. 1 To take or seize, catch, catch hold of, seize forcibly, attack; रिपुणाभिगृह्य Dk.5, 98.13. -2 To accept, take. -3 To receive (as a guest). -4 To fold, lay or bring together (as the hands). -5 To set, show or bring forth (as blossom, fruit &c.). -Caus. To catch or surprise one in the very act, to let oneself be so caught; अर्यवर्यस्य कस्यचिद् गृहे चोरयित्वा रूपाभिग्राहितो बद्धः Dk.96.

abhigrahaḥ	अभिग्रहः 1 Seizing, robbing, plundering शङ्कारूपकर्मा- भिग्रहः Kau. A.4. -2 Attack, assault, onset. यातव्यामित्र- योरभिग्रहचिन्ता Kau. A.7. -3 Challenge. -4 Complaint. -5 Authority, power, weight.

abhidru	अभिद्रु 1 P. 1 (a) To run up to, run near; पयस्यभि- द्रवति भुवं युगावधौ Śi.17.4. (b) To invade, march against, fall upon, attack, assail; मकरन्देन प्रतिहतो जामाता बलात्कारेण अभिद्रवन् Māl.7 laying violent hands on; गजा इवान्यो$न्यमभिद्रवन्तः (वारिधराः) Mk.5.21; Ve.3. -2 To overrun; infest, harass, afflict; जन्ममृत्युजराव्याधिवेदनाभिर- भिद्रुतम् (देहम्) Mb. -3 To come over, pass or run over. -4 To befall. -Caus. To rout, put to flight; पुररक्षानभि- द्राव्य Dk.14.

abhidruta	अभिद्रुत p. p. Attacked, overrun.

abhidravaḥ	अभिद्रवः वणम् An attack; a manouvre in battle; अभिद्रवणमप्लावमवस्थानं सविग्रहम् । परावृत्तमपावृत्तमपद्रुतमवप्लुतन् Rām.6.4.25.

abhihita	अभिहित p. p. 1 (a) Said, declared, spoken, mentioned; मयाभिहितम्, तेनाभिहितम् &c. (b) Predicated, asserted; अनभिहिते कर्मणि द्वितीया P.II.3.1-2. (c) Spoken to, addressed, called, named. (d) Whispered, promoted to say; determined. -2 Fastened, placed upon. -तम् A name, expression, word; हरन्ति स्मरतश्चित्तं गोविन्दाभिहितानि च Bhāg.1.15.27. ˚त्वम् being said or spoken to, a declaration; authority, test. -Comp. -अन्वयवादः, -वादिन् m. a particular doctrine (or the follower of that doctrine) on the import of words, as opposed to अन्विताभिधानवाद, -वादिन्. The anvitābhidhānavādins (the Mīmāṁsakas, the followers of Prabhākara) hold that words only express a meaning (अभिधान) as parts of a sentence and grammatically connected with one another (अन्वित); that they, in fact, only imply an action or something connected with an action; e. g. घटम् in घटम् आनय means not merely 'jar', but 'jar' as connected with the action of 'bringing' expressed by the verb. The abhihitānvayavādins (the Bhāṭṭas or the followers of Kumārilabhaṭṭa who hold the doctrine) on the other hand hold that words by themselves can express their own independent meanings which are afterwards combined into a sentence expressing one connected idea; that, in other words, it is the logical connection between the words of a sentence, and not the sense of the words themselves, that suggests the import or purport of that sentence; they thus believe in a tātparyārtha as distinguished from vāchyārtha; see K. P.2 and Maheśvara's commentary ad hoc. ˚तिः f. Naming, speaking &c.

abhidhāv	अभिधाव् 1 P. 1 To run up towards, fly at or towards. -2 To rush upon, attack, assail; तं सीताघातिनं मत्वा हन्तुं रामो$भ्यधावन Bk.6.41.

abhiniviś	अभिनिविश् 6 A. अभिनिविशश्च (P.I.4.47) 1 (a) To enter into, be settled in; to occupy, set foot in. (b) To take possession of, resort to, be attached to (with acc.); अभिनिविशते सन्मार्गम् Sk. takes to, follows, a good path; सैव धन्या गणिकादारिका यामेवं भवन्मनो$भिनिविशते Dk.57, Mu. 5.12, Bk.8.8. -Caus. To make one enter or occupy, lead, carry or conduct to; (fig.) apply, direct or turn (as mind, heart &c.) towards something; प्रतिबन्धवस्वपि विषयेषु अभिनिवेश्य M.3, Śi.1.15.

abhiniveśaḥ	अभिनिवेशः 1 (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to close application, with loc. or in comp,; कतमस्मिंस्ते भावाभिनिवेशः V.3; अहो निरर्थकव्यापारेष्वभिनिवेशः K.12.146, Dk.81; Māl.7. (b) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; बलीयान् खलु मे$भिनिवेशः Ś.3; अनुरूपो$स्या ˚शः ibid., V.2; असत्यभूते वस्तुन्यभिनिवेशः Mit. -2 Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Māl.5.27. -3 Resolution, determined resolve, determination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; जनकात्मजायां नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; अनुरूप˚ शतोषिणा Ku.5.7; Śi.3.1. (b) Idea, thought; Ms.12.5; Y.3.155. -4 (In Yoga Phil.) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; अविद्या- स्मितारागद्वेषाभिनिवेशाः पञ्चक्लेशाः Yoga S.; cf. also Sāṅkhya K.15 and Malli. on Śi.4.55. -5 Pride; भयं द्वितीया- भिनिवेशतः स्यात् Bhāg.11.2.37.

abhipat	अभिपत् 1 P. 1 To fly near, go or hasten near, approach; हन्तुमभिपतति पाण्डुसुतम् Ki.12.36; अधिरोढुमस्त- गिरिमभ्यपतत् Śi.9.1; Dk.72,128; Mk.9.12; Ki.1. 42. -2 To fall upon, attack, assail; यन्ता गजस्याभ्यपतद्- गजस्थम् R.7.37; Dk.62,7,96; Ki.7.19. -3 To fall down; fall (as tears). -4 To fall into, enter or come into. -5 To overtake in flying. -6 To pass over, traverse. -7 To get back, withdraw, retire; अभिपतितु- मना लघुत्वभीतेः Śi.7.51; Ki.1.54, -8 (4 A.) To be lord or master of (Ved.). -Caus. To throw upon, throw down into; ज्वलनमभिपातयामि Ve.6.

abhipatanam	अभिपतनम् 1 Approaching. -2 Falling upon, assault, attack. -3 Going forth, departure.

abhitad	अभितद् 4 A. 1 To go to, draw near, approach (with acc.); रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा । अभिपेदे निदाघार्ता व्यालीव मलयद्रुमम् ॥ R.12.32; 19.11; Dk.166; K.265; to enter (into) Śi.3.25 sometimes with loc. also. -2 To look upon, consider, regard; to take or know to be; क्षणम- भ्यपद्यत जनैर्न मृषा गगनं गणाधिपतिमूर्तिरिति Śi.9.27. -3 To help, assist; मया$भिपन्नं तं चापि न सर्पो धर्षयिष्यति Mb.1.5.2. -4 To seize, catch hold of; overpower, attack, subdue, take possession of, overcome, afflict; सर्वतश्चाभिपन्नैषा धार्तराष्ट्री महाचमूः । चण्डवाताभिपन्नानामुदधीनामिव स्वनः Mb.; See अभिपन्न also. -5 (a) To take, assume; स्वानि स्वान्यभिपद्यन्ते यथा कर्माणि देहिनः Ms.1.3 (b) To accept, receive; निरास्वाद्य- तमं शून्यं (राज्यं) भरतो नाभिपत्स्यते Rām. -6 To apply or devote oneself to, undertake, fall to, observe; स चिन्ता- मम्यपद्यत Rām. -7 To honour.

abhiparipluta	अभिपरिप्लुत a. Overflowed, filled with, inundated; (fig.) overwhelmed, affected; attacked; shaken; शोकेन, मन्युना &c. Mb.3.

abhibhū	अभिभू 1. P. 1 To overcome, subdue, conquer, vanquish (of persons or things); prevail over, predominate, defeat; (hence) excel, surpass; अभिभवति मनः कदम्बवायौ Ki.1.23; अभिभूय विभूतिमार्तवीम् R. 8.36;4.56;6.29,16.1; K.52,53; Mu.3.2; Ms. 7.5; धर्मे नष्टे कुलं कृत्स्नमधर्मो$भिभवत्युत Bg.1.4 predominates over, overpowers; so शोकाभिभूत, विपद्˚, काम˚ &c. -2 To attack, seize or fall upon, assail; विपदो$भिभवन्त्य- विक्रमम् Ki.2.14; अभ्यभावि भरताग्रजस्तया R.11.16,84; Bṛi. S.33.3; ममापि सत्त्वैरभिभूयन्ते गृहाः Ś.6 infested; परित्रायध्वं मामनेन मधुकरेणाभिभूयमानाम् Ś.1. attacked, troubled; अभ्यभून्निलयं भ्रातुः Bk.6.117. -3 To humiliate, mortify, insult, disrespect; अण्डभङ्गाभिभूता Pt.1. -4 To go up to, turn to or towards (Ved.); अभी षु णः सखीनामविता जरितॄणाम् । शतं भवास्यूतिभिः Rv.4.31.3. -5 To be victorious or prosperous; पुष्यात् क्षेमे अभि योगे भवात्युभे Rv.5.37.5. -Caus. To overpower, surpass, defeat &c.

abhibhavaḥ	अभिभवः 1 Defeat, subjugation, subjection, overpowering; इतरेतरानभिभवेन मृगास्तमुपासते गुरुमिवान्तसदः Ki.6.34 (cf. K.45 and the Bible "The wolf shall also dwell with the lamb" &c.); 8.28; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्तास्तद- न्यतेजोभिभवाद्वमन्ति Ś.2.7 when assailed, opposed, overpowered by another energy; अभिभवः कुत एव सपत्नजः R. 9.4.4.21. -2 Being overpowered जराभिभवविच्छायम् K. 346; being attacked or affected, stupefied (by fever &c.); न रोगशान्तिर्न चाभिभवः Suśr. -3 Contempt, disrespect; निरभिभवसाराः परकथाः Bh.2.64. -4 Humiliation, mortification (of pride); अलभ्यशोकाभिभवेयमाकृतिः Ku.5. 43; K.195. -5 Predominance, prevalence, rise, spread; अधर्माभिभवात्कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रियः Bg.1.41; Ki.2.37.

abhibhāvanam	अभिभावनम् Making victorious, overpowering. अभिभाविन् abhibhāvin भाव bhāva (वु vu) क k अभिभाविन् भाव (वु) क a. 1 Overpowering, defeating, conq uering : शोकाभिभाविना भयेनाभिभूता K.17 fear which conquered grief. -2 Surpassing, excelling; सर्वतेजो$भिभा- विना R.1.14; Ki.11.6. -3 Disrespecting, humiliating. -4 Attacking.

abhimanyuḥ	अभिमन्युः 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (अभिवृद्धः मन्युर्यस्य). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Paṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura.] -2 Name of a son of Manu Chākṣuṣa. -3 Name of two kings of Kāshmir; Rāj. T. -पुरम् - Name of a town. Raj. T.

abhimṛś	अभिमृश् 6 P. To touch (in all senses); come in contact with; strike or rub gently; अभि प्रियाणि मर्मृशत् पराणि Rv.3.38.1; पदाभिमृष्ट, वचसा˚, पादतल˚, गदा˚. अभिमर्शः abhimarśḥ र्शनम् rśanam मर्षः marṣḥ षर्णम् ṣarṇam अभिमर्शः र्शनम् मर्षः षर्णम् 1 Touch, contact; उष्णांशुकराभिमर्षात् Śi.4.16. -2 Assault; violence, attack; सर्वतः समुपेतस्य तव तेनाभिमर्षणम् Rām.6.111.8. -3 Outraging, touching carnally, sexual intercourse; कृताभि- मर्षामनुमन्यमानः Ś.5.2 carnally touched or embraced, seduced, outraged; पराभिमर्शो न तवास्ति Ku.5.43 (Malli = परधर्षणम्); परदाराभिमर्शेषु प्रवृत्तान् Ms.8.352, Y.2.284. (v. l. अवमर्शनम्). cf. also आत्मानं मृगमुद्दिश्य भ्रातृदाराभिमर्शनम् । Abhiṣeka.1.2. तस्य दाराभिमर्शेन कथं दण्ड्यो$स्मि राघव । Abhiṣeka 1.21. अभिमर्शक abhimarśaka र्षक rṣaka मर्शिन् marśin र्षिन् rṣin अभिमर्शक र्षक मर्शिन् र्षिन् a. 1 Touching, coming in contact with. -2 Outraging; assaulting, परस्वहरणे युक्तं परदाराभिमर्शकं त्याज्यमाहुः Rām.6.87.22. त्वत्कलत्राभिमर्षी वैरास्पदं धनमित्रः Dk.63.

abhiyā	अभिया 2 P. 1 To go up to, approach, go or repair to; अभिययौ स हिमाचलमुच्छ्रितम् Ki.5.1; R.9.27. -2 To come or draw near (without an object); come (as time). -3 To march against, attack, assail, encounter; अभि स्पृधो यासिषद् वज्रबाहुः Rv.1.175.5; कुबेरादभियास्यमानात् R.5.3; Dk.3. -4 To give or resign oneself to, devote, attach or betake oneself to. -5 To partake or share in, get, obtain. -Caus. To send away.

abhiyānam	अभियानम् 1 Approaching. -2 Marching against, attack, assault; सीता श्रुत्वाभियानं मे आशामेष्यति जीविते Rām.6.4.4; असहन्तो$भियानं तच्छाल्वराजस्य कौरव Mb.3. 16.9. रणाभियानेन Dk.1 marching out for battle.

abhiyuj	अभियुज् 7 A. 1 To apply oneself to, exert oneself, make oneself ready for, prepare, set about, strive or endeavour (used in passive also in this sense); तद्यदि न सहते ततः स्वयमभियुज्यस्व । एते स्वकर्मण्यभियुज्यामहे । Mu.3; Dk.55; K.3; व्यसनमभियुञ्जानस्य Mu.4 trying to find out a weak point. -2 To attack, assail; भवन्तमभियोक्तु- मुद्युङ्क्ते Dk.3; वृषलमभियोक्तुमुद्यतः Mu.1; क इदानीमभियोक्ष्यते U.3. -3 To accuse, charge; complain or inform against, prosecute, claim or demand (as in a law-suit); न तत्र विद्यते किंचिद्यत्परैरभियुज्यते Ms.8.183; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.17 claimed, asked, or demanded; Y.2.9,28,1. -4 To wish or long for, desire, ask for, request. -5 To say, speak, tell; नाभियोक्तुमनृतं त्वमिष्यसे Ki.13.58.14.7. -6 To appoint to, entrust with (with loc.). -7 To use with (inst.). -8 To be working or operative. -9 To put to; harness; harness repeatedly. -1 To hurt. -Caus. To join or unite to, attach oneself to; परकलत्रेषु सुहृत्त्वेनाभियोज्य Dk.163.

abhiyukta	अभियुक्त p. p. 1 (a) Engaged or occupied or absorbed in, applying oneself to, intent on; स्वस्वकर्म- ण्यधिकतरमभियुक्तः परिजनः Mu.1. (b) Diligent, persevering, resolute, zealous, intent, assiduous, zealously engaged, attentive, careful; इदं विश्वं पाल्यं विधिवदभियुक्तेन मनसा U.3.3; Mu.1.13; Dk.55; अश्वावेक्षणे$नभि- युक्ते Mu.3; भवतु भूयो$भियुक्तः स्वख्यक्तिमुपलप्स्ये Mu.1; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg.9.22; Kām.5.77. -2 Well-versed or proficient in; शास्त्रार्थेष्वभियुक्तानां पुरुषाणाम् Kumārila. -3 (Hence) Learned, of acknowledged position; a competent judge, an expert, connoisseur, a learned person (m. also in this sense); न हि शक्यते दैव- मन्यथाकर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; अन्ये$भियुक्ता अपि नैवेदमन्यथा मन्यन्ते Ve.2; सूक्तमिदमभियुक्तैः प्रकृतिर्दुस्त्यजेति ibid. -4 Attacked, assailed; अभियुक्तं त्वयैनं ते गन्तारस्त्वामतः परे Śi.2. 11; Mu.3.25. -5 Accused, charged, indicted; Mk. 9.9; prosecuted; a defendant; अभियुक्तो$भियोगस्य यदि कुर्यादपह्नवम् Nārada. -6 Appointed. अभियुक्ताश्च ये यत्र यन्निबन्धं नियोजयेत् Śukra 4.545. -7 Said, spoken. -8 Proper, just; श्रेयो$भियुक्तं धर्म्यं च Rām.7.11.38. -9 Believing, putting faith in; हितेष्वनभियुक्तेन सो$यमासादितस्त्वया Mb.6.63.2. अभियुग्व abhiyugva (ज्व jva) न् n अभियुग्व (ज्व) न् m. One who hurts or attacks; an enemy.

abhiyuj	अभियुज् f. (क्-ग्) 1 Attacking &c. -2 An enemy. अभियोक्तव्य abhiyōktavya योज्य yōjya अभियोक्तव्य योज्य pot. p. To be rebuked or blamed; to be accused; न स राज्ञा$भियोक्तव्यः Ms.8.5; assailable, indictable.

abhiyoktṛ	अभियोक्तृ a. Assailing, attacking, accusing m. (क्ता) 1 An enemy, assailant, invader; त्वथ्युत्कृष्टबले$भियोक्तिरि नृपे Mu.4.15; H.3.86. -2 (In law) A complainant, plaintiff, accuser, prosecutor; तत्राभियोक्ता प्राक् पृष्टो ह्यभियुक्तस्त्वनन्तरम् Śukra.4.655. Ms.8.52,58; Y.2.95. -3 A pretender, claimant; a stronger party.

abhiyogaḥ	अभियोगः 1 Application or devotion (to something); connection; गुरुचर्यातपस्तन्त्रमन्त्रयोगाभियोगजाम् Māl.9.52; Ch. P.II. -2 Close application, perseverance, zealous intentness, energetic effort, exertion; ˚भाज् persevering, resolute; निरुत्सुकानामभियोगभाजाम् Ki.3.4; सन्तः स्वयं परहितेषु कृताभियोगाः Bh.2.73; Māl.1.34; मत्प्रियाभियोगेन Māl.1; तदभियोगं प्रति निरुद्योगः Mu.1.; स्वयमभियोगदुःखैः ibid.; Dk.41; K.345; Śi.7.63. -3 (a) Application or devotion to learn something; कस्यां कलायामभियोगो भवत्योः M.5 to what art have you applied or devoted yourselves; K.19. (b) Learning, scholarship; अभियोगश्च शब्दादेरशिष्टानां अभियोगश्चेतरेषाम् ŚB. on MS. -4 (a) Attack, assault; invasion (of a town or country); क्षुभितं वनगोचरा- भियोगात् Ki.13.1,2.46; Ku.7.5; Ve.4; Māl.8; Mu.2,1.7; Mv.6.38. (b) Battle, war, conffict. -5 (In law) A charge, accusation, plaint, indictment; अभियोगमनिस्तीर्य नैनं प्रत्यभियोजयेत् Y.2.9.

abhiyogin	अभियोगिन् a. 1 Devoted to, intent on, absorbed in (in comp). -2 Attacking, assaulting. -3 Accusing; मिथ्याभियोगी Y.2.11. m. A plaintiff, complainant.

abhirakta	अभिरक्त p. p. 1 Devoted, intent, attached. -2 Sweet; सुजातपक्ष्मामभिरक्तकण्ठीम् Rām.5.5.25.

abhirata	अभिरत p. p. 1 Glad, delighted, satisfied, (विप्रविसर्जने) अभिरम्यतामिति वदेद् ब्रूयुस्तेभिरताः स्म ह Y.1.252; रेचितं परिजनेन महीयः केवलाभिरतदम्पति धाम Śi.1.55,89. -2 Engaged in, devoted or attached to; performing, practising; स्वे स्वे कर्मण्यभिरतः संसिद्धिं लभते नरः Bg.18.45. -3 Attentive to.

abhiratiḥ	अभिरतिः f. 1 Pleasure, delight, satisfaction; attachment or devotion to; न मृगयाभिरतिर्न दुरोदरम् (तमपाहरत्) R.9.7; Ki.6.44. -2 Practice, occupation.

abhilaṅgh	अभिलङ्घ् 1, 1 P. 1 To jump across or over; (अग्निं) न चैनमभिलङ्घयेत् Ms.4.54; Y.1.137. -2 To attack, rush upon or over, fly at; तत्रभवत्या वदनमभिलङ्घति मधुकरः Ś.6. -3 To violate, transgress; to offend, injure.

abhilīna	अभिलीन a. 1 Adhering or clinging to, attached to; तिरश्चकार भ्रमराभिलीनयोः सुजातयोः पङ्कजकोशयोः श्रियम् R.3.8. -2 Embracing, shrouding; पश्चादुच्चैर्भुजतरुवनं मण्डलेनाभिलीनः Me.38.

abhivṛta	अभिवृत 1 A. 1 To go up to, go towards, go or come near, approach; used with or without any acc.; भरतो मन्त्रिभिः सार्धमभ्यवर्तत राजवत् Rām.2.91. 38. इत एवाभिवर्तन्ते (in dramas) are coming hitherward or in this direction; श्रावस्तीमभ्यवर्तिषि Dk.116; तमर्च्यमारादभिवर्तमानम् R.2.1.; यतो यतः षट्चरणो$भिवर्तते Ś.1.23 turns. -2 To attack, assail, rush upon or towards, turn towards (inimically or to attack); नाना- प्रहरणैः क्रुद्धस्तत्सैन्यं सो$भ्यवर्तत Rām T.27.4; वदनं मधुकरो$ भिवर्तते Ś.1; अयमेकचरो$भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3. -3 To face, encounter, stand opposite to. -4 To stretch or extend towards; दीर्घारण्यानि दक्षिणां दिशमभिवर्तन्ते U.2. -5 (a) To turn up, arise, begin. (b) To appear, commence; सरष्वाश्चोत्तरे तीरे राज्ञो यज्ञो$भ्यवर्तत Rām.1.14.1; break (as day). -6 To be, exist, chance to be. -7 To produce for one (dat.). -Caus. 1 To carry over, transport. -2 To overcome, to be master of.

abhivartin	अभिवर्तिन् a. Going towards, approaching, attacking &c.

abhivartanam	अभिवर्तनम् Going towards, approching, attacking &c.

abhiśasta	अभिशस्त p. p. 1 Charged, falsely accused, calumniated, abused, insulted; यानि मिथ्याभिशस्तानां पतन्त्यश्रूणि राघव Rām.2.1.59; Ms.8.116,373; Y.1. 161;3.284. -2 Hurt, injured, attacked (supposed to be from अभिशस्); देवि केनाभिशस्तासि केन वासि विमानिता Rām.; अभिशस्तं प्रपश्यन्ति दरिद्रम् पार्श्वतः स्थितम् Mb.12.8. 14. Ms.11.112 threatened. -3 Cursed (for अभिशप्त). -4 Wicked, sinful, infamous. -स्तम् = अभिशस्ति q. v.

abhiśas	अभिशस् 1 P. To hurt, injure, attack (= अभिशस् q.v.) -f. Ved. Accusation, charge, imprecation &c.

abhiśasta	अभिशस्त p. p. Hurt, attacked.

abhiśrī	अभिश्री a. Ved. 1 Joining, connected with, mixing; attached to; शिवे ते स्तां द्यावापृथिवी असंतापे अभिश्रियौ Rv. 1.144.6; Av.8.2.14; -2 Combining; arranging. -3 Approaching, having recourse to. -4 Worthy. -5 Shining. -6 Powerful.

abhiṣañj	अभिषञ्ज् 1 P. [˚सञ्ज्, स् being changed to ष् by P. VIII.3.65] To be in contact with, touch; attach oneself to.

abhiṣaṅgaḥ	अभिषङ्गः (also अभिसङ्गः) 1 Complete contact or union; attachment, connection, association; कन्यका दुन्वन्ति हृदयं मनुष्याणामीदृशाद् दुरभिसङ्गात् Māl.7 ill attachment or union; Māl 8; मुहुरिति वनविभ्रमाभिषङ्गात् Śi.7.68; K.146,29. -2 Defeat, mortification, discomfiture; जाताभिषङ्गे नृपतिः R.2.3. -3 A sudden blow, shock or grief, a sudden calamity or misfortune, unexpected reverse; ततो$भिषङ्गानिलविप्रविद्धा R.14.54,77; Ku.3.73; ˚जडं विजज्ञिवान् R.8.75. -4 Possession by devils or evil spirits; अभिघाताभिषङ्गाभ्यामभिचाराभिशापतः Mādh. N. -5 An oath. -6 Embracing; copulation. -7 A curse or imprecation, abuse. -8 A false charge or accusation, calumny or defamation. -9 Contempt, disrespect. -1 The state of being disturbed in mind; उच्चारितं मे मनसो$भिषङ्गात् Mb.5.3.1. cf. अभिषङ्गस्तु शपथे शापे सङ्गे पराभवे Nm. -Comp. -ज्वरः fever caused by the action of evil spirits.

abhiṣeṇayati	अभिषेणयति Den. P. [अभिसेना-णिच् P.III.1.25, VIII.3.65] To march against (with an army), to attack, to face or encounter (another) with an army; कः सिन्धुराजमभिषेणयितुं समर्थः Ve.2.26; Śi.6.64.

abhi	अभि (भी) ष्टि a. (Ved.) To be worshipped by offering srcrifices (Sāy. अभियष्टव्य); an assistant, a protector, one who is praised or worshipped as a protector, one who approaches to assist or attack, one who assails or overpowers an enemy, one who approaches in order to obtain, desiring, desire (these meanings are given by European scholars). -ष्टिः f. Assistance, help, worshipping, praising; a sacrifice; a hymn; approaching to assist or approaching in general; access.

abhiṣvaṅgaḥ	अभिष्वङ्गः [स्वञ्ज्-घञ्] 1 Contact; सर्वदोषानभिष्वङगादा- म्नायसमतां गताः Mv.1.38. -2 Intense attachment, love, affection; विद्यास्वभिष्वङ्गः Dk.155; अहो अभिष्वङ्गः Māl.1; काम˚ ibid. असक्तिरनभिष्वङ्गः पुत्रदारगृहादिषु Bg.13.9.

abhisaṃdhānam	अभिसंधानम् 1 Speech, word, deliberate declaration promise; सा हि सत्याभिसंधाना Rām. -2 Cheating, deception; पराभिसन्धानमधीयते यैः Ś.5.25. पराभिसंधानपरं यद्यप्यस्य विचेष्टितम् R.17.76. -3 Aim, intention, purpose; अन्याभिसंधानेनान्यवादित्वमन्यकर्तृत्वं च Mitā. -4 Making peace. -5 Attachment or interest in any object; यावत्प्राणाभिसंधानं तावदिच्छेच्च भोजनम् Mb.1.91.13.

abhisṛ	अभिसृ 1 P. To go up to, go towards, approach; to go to some place or other, go or proceed; पुरोभिसस्रे सुरसुन्दरीजनैः Ki.8.4. -2 To attack, assail. -3 To go or advance to meet (as at an appointed place); सुन्दरीरभिससार K.58. Dk.51,52,91; अभिससार न वल्लभमङ्गना Śi.6.26. -Caus. To visit, approach, go to meet; वल्लभानभिसिसारयिषूणाम् Śi. 1,2,21; S. D.115; Ki.9.38; Mk.8.

abhisartṛ	अभिसर्तृ a. One who attacks; an assailant; शोकाया- भिसर्तारम् Vāj.3.14.

abhisāraḥ	अभिसारः 1 Going to meet (as a lover), appointment, assignation; रतिसुखसारे गतमभिसारे मदनमनोहरवेशम् Gīt.5. -2 The place where lovers meet by appointment, rendezvous; त्वरितमुपैति न कथमभिसारम् Gīt.6. -3 An attack, assault; श्वो$भिसारः पुरस्य नः Rām. -4 War, battle. -5 A follower, companion. -6 Might, power. -7 An instrument, means; अभिसारेण सर्वैण तत्र युद्धमवर्तत Mb.3.15.4. -8 A purificatory rite. -9 (˚राः pl.) N. of a people. -री N. of a town. -Comp. स्थानम् a place fit for making appointments; see under अभिसारिका below.

abhisārin	अभिसारिन् a. Going to meet, visiting; attacking, rushing out, going forth; युद्धाभिसारिणः U.5. -णी 1 = अभिसारिका see above. -2 N. of a species of the त्रिष्टुभ् metre in which the Pādas contain 12 instead of 11 syllables, and which is, therefore, said to approach (अभिसरति) another metre called जगती.

abhisṛj	अभिसृज् 6 P. 1 To pour out or forth; एते वामभ्यसृक्षत तिरः पवित्रमाशवः Rv. 1.135.6. -2 To make, prepare; तस्य चितेयमभिसृष्टा Mv.5. -3 To unloose, untie. -4 To give, grant; अभिसृज्य वरद्वयम् Rām. -5 To fall upon, attack.

abhiskandaḥ	अभिस्कन्दः Ved. 1 An attack, assault. -2 An assailant, enemy. -न्दम् adv. By attacking.

abhisnehaḥ	अभिस्नेहः Attachment, affection; love, desire; यः सर्वत्रानभिस्नेहः Bg.2.57.

abhihan	अभिहन् 2 P. 1 To strike, smite, beat (fig. also); thump at; अभिहन्ति हन्त कथमेष माधवम् (स्मरः) Māl.1.39; लोष्टैरभिध्नन्तो नयत U.4; कल्लोलमालाभिहतः पोतः Dk.7. -2 To hurt, injure, kill, destroy. -3 To drive or beat off, ward off; आलोलपत्राभिहतद्विरेफम् (अरविन्दम्) R.6.13. -4 To strike or beat (as a drum &c.). ततः शङ्खाश्च भेर्यश्च पणवानकगोमुखाः । सहसैवाभ्यहन्यन्त Bg.1.13. -5 To befall, attack; affect, overpower; Dk.6. -Caus. To strike &c.

abhihata	अभिहत p. p. 1 Struck (fig. also), beaten, smitten, attacked, injured; अज्मनाभिहतः शयाम् Av. 11.1.22; धाराभिरातप इवाभिहतं सरोजम् M.5.3, Amaru. 2; struck against (as sound); &Saucte;ik.9. -2 Struck, affected, overcome; शोक˚, काम˚, दुःख˚, क्षुत्तृषा˚. -3 Obstructed. -4 (In math.) Multiplied; अन्योन्यहाराभिहतौ हरांशौ Līlā.

abhighātaḥ	अभिघातः 1 Striking, (fig. also); beating, smiting, attack, injury, hurt; तटाभिघातादिव लग्नपङ्के Ku.7.49; शीतातपाभिघातान् Ms.12.77 attacks of heat and cold; so दुःख˚, शोक˚ &c. -2 (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) Striking against (such as gives rise to sounds &c.), regarded as a kind of संयोग. -3 Striking back, driving or warding off. -4 Extirpation, complete destruction or removal; दुःखत्रयाभिघाताज्विज्ञासा तदभिघातके हेतौ Sāṅ. K.1. -5 Abrupt or vehement articulation of words (as of Vedic texts); sudden shock. -तम् 1 The combination of the 4th letter of any class with the first or third letter of that class; of the second with the first; and of the third with the second letter of any class; अभिघातं स्यात्पूर्वं वैदद्वित्र्यादिवर्णाश्चेत् । नववर्गाणां नवतो धरणीचन्द्रद्विरामाद्याः Śabdak. -2 A harsh pronunciation caused by the neglect of Sandhi rules.

abhihṛ	अभिहृ 1. P. 1 To carry or bear off, snatch away, remove, take away. -2 To tear off, pull down. -3 To bring; bring near. -Caus. 1 To cause to take away. -2 To bring on the table, serve up in dishes &c. (as food). -3 To lay or put on (as a coat). -4 To attack.

abhihāraḥ	अभिहारः 1 Carrying away, robbing, stealing. -2 An attack, assault. -3 Arming oneself, taking up arms. -4 Mingling together, mixture. -5 An effort. -6 A drunkard; drinker of smoking drinks. -7 Bringing near; तस्याभिहारं कुर्याच्च Mb.12.69.37. cf. अभिहारो$- भियोगे च चौर्ये संनहने$पि च Nm.

abhītiḥ	अभीतिः f. Ved. Approach, attack.

abhītvan	अभीत्वन् a. (-री f.), -अभीत्वर a. Approaching, attacking, assailing.

abhīta	अभीत ति a. Not afraid, fearless. -तिः f. 1 Fearlessness. -2 Approach, attack, assault; विश्वा अभीतीरपसो युयोधि Rv.2.33.3. -3 Nearness.

abhīvartaḥ	अभीवर्तः [वृत्-करणे घञ्] 1 N. of a Sāman, Brahma Sāman -2 N. of a hymn (Rv.1.174) recited in attacking the enemy. -3 A year. -4 A sort of oblation. (B. and R. take this word to mean 'existing everywhere', 'attacking successfully', 'successful attack or victory'.)

abhyam	अभ्यम् 1. P. Ved. 1 To injure, pain, attack; अनग्नित्रा अभ्यमन्त कृष्टीः Rv.1.189.3. -2 To overcome. -3 To be angry with.

abhyamanam	अभ्यमनम् 1 Attack, assault, injury. -2 Disease; ˚वत् diseased. अभ्यमित abhyamita अभ्यान्त abhyānta अभ्यमित अभ्यान्त p. p. 1 Diseased, sick. -2 Injured.

abhyamin	अभ्यमिन् a. [अम्-णिनि P.III.2.157] 1 Attacking, inclined to attack. -2 Diseased, sick.

abhyamitram	अभ्यमित्रम् An attack on an enemy. adv. Towards or against the enemy; to face the enemy; समुज्झिता योद्धृभिरभ्यमित्रम् Ki.16.5.; Mv.6; Ve.5.38. अभ्यमित्रीणः abhyamitrīṇḥ यः yḥ मित्र्यः mitryḥ अभ्यमित्रीणः यः मित्र्यः [अभ्यमित्र -ख, छ, or यत्; अमित्रानभिमुखं सुष्ठु गच्छतीत्यर्थः अभ्यमित्राच्छ च P.V.2.17.] A warrior who valiantly encounters his enemy; उद्योगमभ्यमित्रीणो यथेष्टं त्वं च संतनु Bk.5.47; मारीचो$नुनयंस्त्रा- सादभ्यमित्र्यो भवामि ते 46; Dk.171.

abhyavaskanda	अभ्यवस्कन्द 1 P. To jump up or upon, attack. अभ्यवस्कन्दः abhyavaskandḥ न्दनम् ndanam अभ्यवस्कन्दः न्दनम् 1 Vigorously encountering an enemy, impetuous attack, marching against an enemy. -2 Striking so as to disable an enemy. -3 A blow in general. -4 Overtaking, reaching up to. -5 A fall.

abhyavahṛ	अभ्यवहृ 1 P. 1 To throw, fling, cast. -2 To collect, draw in, procure, obtain. -3 To use as food or drink, eat; सक्तून् पिब धानाः खादेत्यभ्यवहरति P.III.4.5. Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to throw down (in water). -2 To cause to take or eat (as food), feed (one with something); शक्नोषि किमनेन शालिप्रस्थेन संपन्नमन्नमस्मानभ्यवहारयितुम् Dk. 131,72,132; to take or eat (oneself). -3 To lay or put on (snares &c.). -4 To attack; get one to oppose another.

abhyāgamaḥ	अभ्यागमः 1 Coming or going near, arrival; a visit; तपोधनाभ्यागमसंभवा मुदः Śi.1.23; किं वा मदभ्यागमकारणं ते R.16.8; Mv.2.22 (v. l.) वसन्तमास˚ K.38. -2 Vicinity, neighbourhood. -3 Arriving at or enjoying a result. -4 Rising, getting up. -5 Striking, killing. -6 Encountering, attacking. -7 War, battle. -8 Enmity, hostility.

abhyāghātaḥ	अभ्याघातः 1 An attack, assault, striking. -2 Persuading to steal; अभ्याघातेषु मध्यस्थान् शिष्याच्चौरानिव द्रुतम् Ms.9.272.

abhyāghātin	अभ्याघातिन् a. Attacking.

abhyācāraḥ	अभ्याचारः Ved. Approaching (as an enemy); disturbing, attacking.

abhyāpātaḥ	अभ्यापातः A calamity, misfortune, evil. अभ्यामर्दः abhyāmardḥ मर्दनम् mardanam अभ्यामर्दः मर्दनम् War, battle, conflict, attack.

abhyāsad	अभ्यासद् 1 P. 1 To get, obtain, attain; स्वमिव पुरुषकारं शैलमभ्याससाद Ki.5.52. -2 To sit oneself in (acc.). -Caus. To attack, assail.

abhyāsādanam	अभ्यासादनम् Attacking or facing an enemy.

abhyupe	अभ्युपे 2. P. [˚उप-इ] 1 To go near, approach, arrive, enter; व्यतीतकालस्त्वहमभ्युपेतः R.5.14,16.22; त्रिरह्नो$ भ्युपयन्नपः Ms.11.259 entering the water i. e. bathing; Y.3.3. -2 To go to or enter a particular state, attain to; सत्यं न तद्यच्छलमभ्युपैति H.3.54 so ब्राह्मणतां, वैश्यतां, सखित्वम् &c. -3 To agree, (to do something), accept, promise, undertake; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. अस्यै दास्यमभ्युपेतं मया Dk.44,55,89,138,159. -4 To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, Śi.11.67; श्रुत्यैव च तर्कस्याभ्युपेतत्वात् Ś. B.; Dk.45. -5 To approve, agree with, assent to. -6 To obey, submit to, be faithful to; विरोध्य मोहात्पुनरभ्युपेयुषाम् Ki.18.42.

abhyeṣaṇam	अभ्येषणम् [इष्-घञ्] 1 Desiring, wishing. -2 Going towards, attack.

am	अम् 1 P. [अमति, अमितुम्, अमित Ved. pres. अमिति; अमीति] 1 To go; to go to or towards. -2 To serve, honour. -3 To sound. -4 To eat. -5 To be pernicious or dangerous; वराहमिन्द्र एमुषम् Rv.8.77.1.1 P. or Caus. (आमयति) 1 To come upon, attack, afflict with sickness or pain from disease. -2 To be ill or be afflicted or diseased. _With सम् Ved. 1 A. 1 to convince oneself of, ascertain. -2 to ally or connect oneself with. -3 To fix or settle oneself.

amama	अमम a. Without egotism, without any selfish or worldly attachment, devoid of personal ties or desires; शरणेष्वममश्चैव वृक्षमूलनिकेतनः Ms.6.26 -मः The twelfth Jaina saint of a future उत्सर्पिणी.

amṛta	अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.

ara	अर a. [इयर्ति गच्छत्यनेन, ऋ-अच्] 1 Speedy, swift. -2 Little. यदा ह्येवैष एतस्मिन्नुदरमन्तरं कुरुते T. Up.2.7.1. -3 Going (at the end of comp.), -रः 1 The spoke or radius of a wheel; अरा इव रथानाभौ Muṇd.2.2.6; Praśna.2.6. (˚रम् also); अरैः संधार्यते नाभिर्नाभौ चाराः प्रतिष्ठिताः Pt.1.81. cf. also अरव्यक्तिर्नष्टा स्थितमिव जवाच्चक्रवलयम् Pratima 3.2. -2 A spoke of the time-wheel; a Jaina division of time. -3 A corner (कोण) or angle; त्रिपञ्चरे पीठे Śyāmāstava. -4 Moss (शैवाल). -5 = पर्पट q. v. -6 N. of an ocean in Brahmā's world; यदरण्यायनमित्याचक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तत्तदरश्च ह वैण्यश्चार्णवौ ब्रह्मलोके Chān. Up.8.5.3. -Comp. -अन्तर (pl.) the intervals of the spoke; चक्रभ्रान्तिररान्तरेषु जनयत्यन्यामिवारावलिम् V.1.5. -घट्टः, -घट्टकः [अरैः घट्ट्यते रच्यते असौ] 1 a wheel or machine for raising water from a well (Mar. राहाट). (It usually consists of a single wheel with spokes on each side serving as handles to turn it, and a rope with a bucket attached to it passes over this wheel); ˚ट्टं खेलयमानः Pt.4 turning this machine; ˚घटी a bucket so used; कूपमासाद्य ˚टीमार्गेण सर्पस्तेनानीतः Pt.4. -2 a deep well.

arati	अरति a. 1 Dissatisfied, discontented. -2 Dull, languid, restless. -तिः f. 1 Absence of pleasure or amusement; अरतिर्जनसंसदि Bg.13.1. regarded as arising from the longings of love, स्वाभीष्टवस्त्वलाभेन चेतसो या$नवस्थितिः । अरतिः सा S. D.; one of the ten states of love-lorn persons (अनङ्गदशा); Mb.12.3.48. -2 Pain, distress; भृशमरतिमवाप्य तत्र Ki.1.49. -3 Anxiety, regret, uneasiness, agitation; संधत्ते भृशमरतिं हि सद्वियोगः Ki.5.51. -4 Dissatisfaction, discontent. -5 Languor, dullness. -6 A bilious disease. -तिः [ऋ-अति] 1 Anger, passion. -2 Ved. Going, moving quickly. -3 Moving flame. -4 Occupying, attacking. -5 Servant, manager, assistant. -6 A master. -7 An intelligent being.

arocamāna	अरोचमान a. Not shining. -2 Not attached; तस्यां त्वरोचमानायां सर्वमेव न रोचते Ms.3.62.

arthaḥ	अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.

ard	अर्द् 1 P. [अर्दति, आनार्द, आर्दीत्, अर्दितुम्, अर्दित or अर्ण] 1 To afflict, torment; strike, hurt, kill; रक्षःसहस्राणि चतुर्दशार्दीत् Bk.12.56, see caus. below. -2 to beg, request, ask; निर्गलिताम्बुगर्भं शरद्घनं नार्दति चातको$पि R. 5.17. -3 To go, to move, be agitated or moved; be scattered (as dust); आर्दन् धन्वानि सरयन्त आपः Rv.4. 17.2; fly in pieces, dissolve; श्लोणया काटमर्दति Av.12.4.3. (The past participle is usually अर्दित, but अर्ण when the root is preceded by अभि, नि, वि, सम्; cf. अर्देः संनिविभ्यः अभेश्चाविदूर्ये P.VII.2.24-5). -Caus. or 1 P. 1 (a) To afflict, torment, distress; तत एनं महावेगैरर्दयामास तोमरैः Mb.; कामार्दित, कोप˚, भय˚ &c. (b) To strike, hurt, injure, kill; येनार्दिदत् दैत्यपुरं पिनाकी Bk.2.42;9.19; 15.9. -2 To stir up, rouse, agitate, shake vehemently, make agitated or restless; अभि क्रन्द स्तनयार्दयोदधिम् Av.4.15.6. -3 To distort; अर्दयित्वानिलो वक्त्रमर्दितं जनयत्यतः Suśruta. With -अति to torment excessively, fall upon or attack; अत्यार्दीत् वालिनः पुत्रम् (v. l. अभ्यार्दीत्) Bk.15.115. -अभि to distress, afflict, pain, oppress; अभ्यर्दितो वृषलः (शीतेन पीडितः) P.VII.2.25 Sk. -नि Ved. to stream forth, flow out. -प्र to overwork, to work or exert oneself beyond measure; to cause to flow away. -प्रति to oppress or press hard in return, assail in raturn, return an attack. -वि Ved. to go or move away; to oppress, harass, pain. -caus. to cause to be scattered or dissolved, destroy, annihilate. -सम् caus. to pain greatly, wound, distress.

arya	अर्य a. [ऋ-यत्] 1 Excellent, best. -2 Respectable. -3 Attached, true, devoted. -4 Dear, kind; Rv.1. 123.1. -र्यः 1 A master, lord; अर्यः प्रेम्णा नो तथा वल्लभस्य Śi.18.52; Śānti.1.18; तेन वह्येन हन्तासि त्वमर्यं पुरुषाशिनम् Bk.6.51. -2 A man of the third tribe, Vaiśya. cf. अर्यः स्वामिवैश्ययोः P.III.1.13. cf. also... अर्यस्तु बाहुजे, and स्यादर्यः स्वामिवणिजोः Nm. -र्या 1 A mistress. -2 A woman of the Vaiśya tribe. -र्यी 1 The wife of a Vaiśya. -Comp. -जारा the mistress of an Ārya. शूद्रा यदर्यजारा न पोषाय धनायति Vāj.23.3. -पत्नी the wife of a true or legitimate husband; अर्यपत्नीरुषसश्चकार Rv.7.6.5;1. 43.8. -वर्यः a Vaiśya of rank.

ātan	आतन् 8 U. 1 To extend, stretch over, overspread, cover; निषादिवक्षःस्थलमातनोति Ki.16.15 pervade, penetrate; Ki.7.25. -2 To spread, diffuse. -3 To cause, produce; आनन्दनेन जडतां पुनरातनोति U.3.12; Ki.6.18,7.39; K.176; Māl.5.9; Mv.4.31. -4 To bring to pass, effect, accomplish, do, perform; सुरतमाततान K.57; सपर्याम् 64. -5 To illuminate. -6 To take hold of; seek to attain. -7 To assume a hostile attitude. -8 To stretch (as a bow).

ātman	आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.

ādatta	आदत्त आत्त p. p. [आ -दा -क्त] 1 Taken, received, assumed, accepted; आत्तसारश्चक्षुषा स्वविषयः M.2; एवमा- त्तरतिः R.11.57; M.5.1; ˚हासः Ratn. 1 smiling; -2 Agreed to, undertaken, begun. -3 Attracted. -4 Drawn out, extracted; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य R.5. 26; ˚बलम् 11.76 taken away. -5 Seized, overpowered; दृष्ट्वाग्रे वरमात्तसाध्वसरसा गौरी नवे संगमे Ratn.1.2. -Comp. -गन्ध a. 1 having one's pride humbled, attacked, insulted, defeated; पक्षच्छिदा गोत्रभिदात्तगन्धाः R.13.7; केनात्तगन्धो माणवकः Ś.6. -2 already smelt (as a flower); आत्तगन्धमवधूय शत्रुभिः Śi.14.84 (where आ˚ has sense 1 also). -गर्व a. humiliated, insulted, degraded. -दण्ड a. assuming the royal sceptre; नियम- यसि विमार्गप्रस्थितानात्तदण्डः Ś5.8. -मनस्क a. one whose mind is transported (with joy &c.). -लक्ष्मी a. stripped of wealth. -वचस् a. Ved. 1 destitute of speech. -2 having commenced speaking.

ādaraḥ	आदरः [आ-दृ-कप्] 1 Respect, reverence, honour; निर्माणमेव हि तदादरलालनीयम् Māl.9.5; न जातहार्देन न विद्धि- षादरः Ki.1.33; Ku.6.2. -2 Attention, care, notice, close application; आदरप्रयत्न Māl.7 careful efforts; तां प्रणामादरस्रस्तजाम्बूनदवतंसकाम् Ku.6.91. -3 (a) Eagerness, desire, regard; भूयान्दारार्थमादरः Ku.6.13; आदरादुपसर्पित- तुरंङ्गः K.119 eagerly; यत्किंचनकारितायामादरः 12; अन्वेष्टु- मादरमकरवम् 152 made up my mind; Ki.8.26,41; 13.58. (b) Earnest desire, request; Ś.6. -4 Effort, endeavour; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -5 Commencement, beginning. -6 Love, attachment. -7 Acceptance; तस्मादेषां व्यर्थहिंसानिवृत्त्यै स्यादुत्कृष्टः पिष्टपश्वा- दरो$पि Viś. Guṇā.182.

ādhṛṣ	आधृष् 5. P. 1 To assail, defy. -2 To overcome, injure, hurt. 1 P. or -Caus. 1 To defy, challenge; assail, attack; स्मृत्याचारव्यपेतेन मार्गेणाधर्षितः परैः Y.2.5; injure, hurt, overcome. -2 To convict, refute.

ādhṛṣṭiḥ	आधृष्टिः f. Assailing, attacking.

ānuṣaṅgika	आनुषङ्गिक a. (-की f.) [अनुषङ्गात् आगतः ठक् स्त्रियां ङीप्] 1 Connected with, concomitant. -2 Implied, inherent. -3 Necessarily following, inevitable, necessary. -4 Of secondary importance, secondary; असुभिः स्नु यशश्चि- चीषतः ...ननु लक्ष्मीः फलमानुषङ्गिकम् Ki.2.19; अन्यतरस्यानुषङ्गिक- त्वे$न्वाचयः Sk.; see अन्वाचय. -5 Attached to, fond of, frequenting; तत्र˚ Pt.1. -6 Like, analogous. -7 Relative, proportionate. -8 (In gram.) Elliptical, including words not included in the sentence. -9 Incidental; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS. 6.2.1. -1 Lasting, enduring; Rāj. T.

ānūpaka	आनूपक a. Living in marshy places. आनृण्यम् ānṛṇyam आनृण्यता ānṛṇyatā आनृण्यम् आनृण्यता [अनृणस्य भावः कर्म वा ष्यञ्] Acquittance of debt or obligation; पितुरानृण्यतां प्राप्ते स्वपिष्ये परमं सुखम् Rām.2.24.35. see अनृणता

āp	आप् 5. P., rarely 1 P. (आप्नोति or आपति, आप, आपत्, आप्स्यति, आप्तुम्, आप्त) 1 To obtain, attain, get; स शान्ति- माप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7; 3.2; 3.19. पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12; अनुद्योगेन तैलानि तिलेभ्यो नाप्तुमर्हति H. Pr.25; शतं क्रतूनामपविध्नमाप सः R.3.38; so फलम्, कीर्तिम्, सुखम् &c. -2 To reach, go to; overtake, meet, fall in with; शबरीमापतुर्वने Bk.6.59. -3 To pervade, occupy, enter into. -4 To undergo, suffer, meet with; दिष्टान्तमा- प्स्यति भवान् R.9.79; Ms.8.188. -5 To equal. -pass. (आप्यते) 1 To be reached, found, met with, obtained &c. -2 To arrive at one's end or aim. -3 To become filled. -Caus. (आपयति) 1 To cause to reach or obtain. -2 To cause any one to feel or perceive. -3 To hit.

āpta	आप्त p. p. [आप्-क्त] 1 Got, obtained, gained; ˚कामः, शापः &c. -2 Reached, overtaken, equalled, engrossed; यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाप्तं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नं केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Reaching to, extending as far as. -4 Trustworthy, reliable, credible (as news &c.). -5 Trusty, confidential, faithful (person); कुमारभृत्याकुशलैरनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैः R.3.12;5.39; आप्ताः सर्वेषु वर्णेषु Ms.8.63. -6 (a) Clever, skilful; प्राजकश्चेद्भवेदाप्तः Ms.8.294. (b) Apt, fit. -7 Full, complete, abundant; न सत्यं दानमानौ वा यज्ञो वाप्याप्तदक्षिणः Rām.2.3.35. यजेत राजा क्रतुभिर्विविधैराप्त- दक्षिणैः Ms.7.79. -8 True, exact. -9 Intimate, closely related, acquainted; कन्यायाः किल पूजयन्ति पितरो जामातुराप्तं जनम् U.4.17 relatives; Ms.5.11. -1 Appointed. -11 Generally received, commonly used; authentic. -12 Accused, prosecuted. -13 Reasonable, sensible. -14 Beneficial, useful; अधिष्ठितं हयज्ञेन सूतेनाप्तोपदेशिना Rām.6.9.1. -प्तः 1 A trustworthy, reliable, or fit person; credible person or source, guarantee; आप्तः यथार्थवक्ता T. S. -2 A relative, friend; निग्रहात्स्वसुराप्तानां वधाच्च धनदानुजः R.12.52; कथमाप्तवर्गो$यं भवत्याः M.5; Y.1.28, 2.71; Ms.2.19;8.64. -3 An Arhat. -प्ता A twisted lock of hair (जटा). -प्तम् 1 A quotient. -2 (In Math.) Equation of a degree. -Comp. -आगमः Proper knowledge परोक्षमाप्तागमात् सिद्धम् Sāṅ. K.6. -आधीन a. Dependent on trustworthy person. -उक्तिः f. 1 an augment. -2 an affix. -3 a word of received acceptation and established by usage only; see आप्तवाच् also. -काम a. 1 one who has obtained his desire; येनाक्रमन्त्यृषयो ह्याप्रकामाः Muṇḍa.3.1.6. -2 one who has renounced all worldly desires and attachments. (-मः) the Supreme Soul. -कारिन् a. doing things in a fit or confidential manner; अरक्षिता गृहे रुद्धाः पुरुषैराप्तकारिभिः Ms.9.12. m. a trusty, agent or confidential servant; तस्माद्गच्छन्तु पुरुषाः स्मारणायाप्तकारिणः Mb.3.239.17. -गर्भा a pregnant woman. -दक्षिण a. having proper or abundant gifts. -वचनम् 1 received text or authority, revelation. -2 the words of a credible or trustworthy person; R.11.42, इत्याप्तवचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन्वर्णविक्रियाम् 15.48. -वाक्यम् a true or correct sentence; आप्तवाक्यं शब्दः T. S. -वचनम् above. cf. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु Sāṅ. K.5. -वाच् a. worthy of belief, regarded as authority, one whose words are credible and authoritative; पराति- संधानमधीयते यैर्विद्येति ते सन्तु किलाप्तवाचः Ś.5.25. f. 1 the advice of a friend or credible person. -2 the Vedas or Śruti; a word of authority (said to apply to Smṛitis, Ithihāsas and Purāṇas also, which are considered as authoritative evidence); आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वा प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -श्रुतिः f. 1 the Vedas. -2 Smṛitis &c. आप्तश्रुतिराप्तवचनम् तु । Sāṅ. K.5.

āpya	आप्य a. [अपां इदं अण् स्वार्थे ष्यञ्] 1 Watery. -2 Obtainable, attainable (आप्-ण्यत्). -प्यः A class of gods. इन्द्रो मन्त्रद्रुमस्तत्र देव आप्यादयो गणाः -2 A kind of horse, born in water; अक्रोधवेगाः सस्वप्ना आप्यास्ते तुरगाधमाः । शालि- होत्र of भोज ed. by Kulkarni, Appendix II,153. -प्यम् Ved. 1 Confederation, alliance; किं सनेन वसव आप्येन Rv.2.29.3. -2 A friend; यो नो नेदिष्ठमाप्यम् Rv.7.15.1. -3 Water; पृथ्व्याप्यतेजोनिलखानि Śvet. Up.2.12;6.2.

āpat	आपत् 1 P. 1 To fall upon, attack, assail; उदायुधाना- पततः R.12.44,5.5; Bk.3.48. -2 To approach, come towards K.22; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K.136 has reached the ears; 268. -3 To fly towards, come in flying, come or drive in haste, rush upon; अपि नाध्वश्रमः शीघ्रं रथेनापततस्तव Rām.2.72.5 -4 (a) To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; कथमिदमापतितम् U.2; K.262,158; अहो न शोभनमापतितम् Pt.2. (b) To fall to one's lot or share, befall; अहो$स्माकं महद्भोजनमापतितम् Pt.1; आपतन्ति हि संसारपथमवर्तार्णानामेते वृत्तान्ताः K.175,132; सर्वस्यैव स्खलितमापतति 291; H.1.28,168. -5 (a) To occur to, cross (the mind); इति हृदये नापतितम् K.288 (b) To be felt or regarded; मधुरतराण्यापतन्ति मनसः K.13 are felt or regarded; 22, 236,329. -Caus. (पातयति) To go towards, approach (Ved.).

āpāta	आपात a. Rushing upon, attacking. -तः 1. Rushing or falling upon, attack, descending, alighting; तदापात- भयात्पथि Ku.2.45; गरुडापातविश्लिष्टमेघनादास्त्रबन्धनः R.12.76. -2 Throwing down. -3 Causing to descend or fall, falling down. धारापातैः Me.5. -4 (a) The present or current moment, the instant; आपातरम्या विषयाः पर्यन्तपरि- तापिनः Ki.11.12; आपातसुरसे भोगे निमग्नाः किं न कुर्वत S. D; आपातरमणीयानां संयोगानां प्रियैः सह । अपथ्यानामिवान्नानां परिणामो$- तिदारुणः ॥ H.4.75; Bv.1.115; Māl.5. (b) (Hence) First sight or appearance; see आपाततः. -5 Happening, becoming apparent, appearance. -6 Assault, a method of catching elephants (Mātaṅga L.1.1.13). -7 Hell (नरक) आपातान्प्रतितिष्ठन्ति पुलिन्दशबरा इव Mb.12.151.8. -Comp. -दुःसह a. unbearable at the first attack; U.7. -दुष्प्रसह a. unbearable in its onset, making a furious charge; आपातदुष्प्रसहमाविरभूदनीकम् M.5.1. -मात्र a. Being only momentary.

āpātataḥ	आपाततः ind. At the first sight or attack, instantly, immediately; S. D.632.

āpātin	आपातिन् a. Falling on, attacking, descending, happening.

āpātya	आपात्य a. Rushing on, approaching to attack; आपात्यसैनिकनिराकरणाकुलेन Śi.5.15.

āpad	आपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go near, walk towards, approach; एष रावणिरापादि वानराणां भयंकरः Bk.15.89. -2 To enter into, go to, attain to (a place, state &c.); वक्त्रमापद्य मारुतः Śik.9; निर्वेदमापद्यते becomes disgusted Mk.1.14; आपेदिरे$म्बरपथम् Bv.1.17; क्षीरं दधिभावमापद्यते Ś. B. milk turns into curds; पाण्डुरतामापद्यमानस्य K.69 becoming pale; 16; विस्मयमापेदे 179; श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः R.14.7 assumed the form of a verse; चिन्तामापेदे Dk.13 fell a-thinking; so विश्वासम्, निर्वृतिम्, संशयम्, वशम्, पञ्चत्वम् &c. पुनः पुनर्वशमापद्यते मे Kaṭh.1.2.6. -3 To get into trouble, fall into misfortune; अर्थधर्मौ परित्यज यः काममनुवर्तते । एवमापद्यते क्षिप्रं राजा दशरथो यथा ॥ Rām.; see आपन्न below. -4 To happen, occur; जित्सोर्नूनमापादि ध्वंसो$यं तां निशाचरात् Bk.6.31; एवमापद्यते M.1 so it is. -Caus. 1 To bring about, bring to pass, accomplish, effect; कूजद्भिरापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12; Śānti. 3.19. -2 To lead or reduce to, cause to suffer; आपाद्यते न व्ययमन्तरायैः R.5.5. -3 To cause, to produce, bring on; लघिमानमापादयति K.15,19; दोषमपि गुणत्वमापादयति makes the best of a bad matter. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To spread, circulate (as news). -6 To turn or change into; एकामपि काकिणीं कार्षापणलक्षमापादयेम Dk.156.

āpādaḥ	आपादः [आ-पद्-घञ्] 1 Attainment, obtaining. -2 Reward, remuneration.

ābādh	आबाध् 1 Ā. 1 To check, rein in, restrain. -2 To interrupt, obstruct. -3 To annoy, harass, attack, molest, injure. -4 To set forth or declare wrongly.

ābādhaḥ	आबाधः 1 Affliction, injury, trouble, molestation, damage; न प्राणाबाधमाचरेत् Ms.4.54,51. -2 Interruption, hinderance; दर्शनीयं निराबाधं कुम्भकर्णस्य चक्रिरे Rām.7.13.4. -3 Attack (Ved). -धा 1 Pain, distress. -2 Mental agony or anguish. -3 Segment of the base of a triangle.

āmīvat	आमीवत् a. Ved. Attacking; pushing, pressing; नम आमीवत्केभ्यः Yaj. Ts.4.5.9.2.

āmṛś	आमृश् 6 P. 1 to touch; handle (roughly), lay hands upon; नवातपामृष्टसरोजचारुभिः Ki.4.14; (ताम्) मुहुरामृशन्भृगधरो$ग्रकरैः Śi.9.34; शरासनज्यां मुहुराममर्श Ku.3.64; K.163; Dk.71; Ś.7.2. -2 (a) To seize upon, eat, eat up; R.5.9. (b) To attack, assail; आमृष्टं नः परैः पदम् Ku.2.31. -3 To rub, injure.

āmṛṣṭa	आमृष्ट p. p. 1 Touched, attacked, seized &c. -2 Sweetened, made delicious; तैरामृष्टशुचो लोकाः Bhāg. 1.4.16; Pt.4. -3 Rubbed, struck against; Ś7.2. -4 Wiped, rubbed.

āyā	आया 2 P. 1 To come, arrive, approach. -2 To reach, attain, go to (any particular state); क्षयम्, वशम्, बन्धनम्, तुलाम् &c. ब्राह्मणो निर्वेदमायात् Mu&ṇḍa 1.2.12; आयातु वरदा देवी Mahānār. 15.1. -3 To follow, result. -4 To be possible or practicable (with inf.).

āyu	आयु a. [इ-ठण् Uṇ.1.2] Ved. Living, going, movable. -युः 1 A living being, man. -2 Mankind, human race. -3 Living beings taken collectively. -4 The first man. -5 Life, duration of life. -6 Wind, अहं केशरिणः क्षेत्रे वायुना जगदायुना Mb. -7 A son, descendant, offspring. -8 The son of Purūravas and Urvaśī. -Comp. -षक् a. attached to; joined with men; सोमः पवत आयुषक् Rv.9.25.5.

āyogaḥ	आयोगः 1 Appointment, entrusting one with something. -2 Action, performance of an act. -3 Offering flowers, perfumes &c. -4 A shore or bank; a quay to which boats are attached. -5 Connection, union; सशो भ्रमरायोगः प्रदीप इव लक्ष्यते Rām. -6 Obstruction (रोध).

āyudh	आयुध् 4 Ā. To fight with, attack, oppose. -Caus. To oppose, attack, fight with; रथिनः पादचारमायोधयन्ति U.5.

ārabh	आरभ् 1 Ā. 1 To begin, commence, undertake; अथ वा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुं मृदुनैवारभते प्रजान्तकः R.8.45; आरभन्ते$ल्पमेवाज्ञाः Subhāṣ.; आरब्धा बलिविग्रहम् Bk.5.38. -2 To be active or energetic, be busy; अप्यनारभमाणस्य Śi.2.91. -3 To rely on. -4 To reach or attain to, obtain. -5 To seize, grasp. -6 To form, make; भूतैः पश्चभिरारब्धे देहे Bhāg.

ārādhanam	आराधनम् 1 Pleasing, satisfaction, entertainment, gratification; येषामाराधनाय U.1; यदि वा जानकीमपि, आरा- धनाय लोकानां मुञ्चतो नास्ति मे व्यथा 1.12.41. -2 Serving, worshipping, adoration, propitiation (as of a deity); आराधनायास्य सखीसमेताम् Ku.1.58; Bg.7.22; कृतमाराधनं रवेः Mb. -3 A means of pleasing; इदं तु ते भक्तिनम्रं सता- माराधनं वपुः Ku.6.73. -4 Honouring, respecting; सम्बन्धे विपरीतमेव तदभूदाराधनं ते मयि U.4.17. -5 Cooking. -6 Accomplishment, undertaking. -7 Acouirement, attainment; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -ना Service. -नी Worship, adoration, propitiation (of a deity). आराधनीय ārādhanīya आराध्य ārādhya आराधनीय आराध्य pot. p. 1 Fit to be worshipped or propitiated; सो$हं कथं नाम तवाचरेयमाराधनीयस्य ऋषेर्विधानम् R.16.82. -2 To become accomplished.

āruh	आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8.

ārya	आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.

ālabh	आलभ् 1 Ā. 1 To touch; गामालभ्यार्कमीक्ष्य वा Ms.5 7,4.117; Bk.14.91; सत्येनायुधमालभे; सत्येन (सत्यं) आत्मान- मालभे Mb. -2 To get, attain to; अतितरां कान्तिमालप्स्यते ते (वपुः) Me.15 v. l.; Kām.9.63. -3 To kill, immolate (as a victim in sacrifices); प्रातर्वै पशूनालभन्ते Śat. Br.; गर्दभं पशुमालभ्य Y.3.28. -4 To take hold of, seize, grasp, handle. -5 To gain or win over. -Caus. 1 To touch. -2 To commence.

āvikṣitaḥ	आविक्षितः N. of Marutta, a descendent of अविक्षित; आविक्षितः पार्थिवोसौ मरुत्तः Mb.12.2.13. आविक्षितस्य कामप्रेः...

āviś	आविश् 6 U. 1 To enter; गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2. 26,3.28. -2 To take possession of, possess, affect; मूढमाविशन्ति न पण्डितम् H.1.3; so भयम्, मोहः, क्रोधः &c. -3 To go towards, approach. -4 To go or attain to a particular state; सुखम्, मन्युम् &c. -5 To arise. -Caus. 1 To cause to enter; मष्यावेशित चेतसाम् Bg.12.7. -2 To possess; K.17.

āvyādhin	आव्याधिन् a. [आ-व्यध्-णिनि] Giving pain, wounding, attacking. -नी A gang of robbers; नम आव्याधिनीभ्यः Rudra.

āśrayaḥ	आश्रयः [आश्रि-अच्] 1 A resting-place, seat, substratum; सौहृदादपृथगाश्रयामिमाम् U.1.45. so आश्रयासिद्ध q. v. below. -2 That on which anything depends or rests or with which it is closely connected. -3 Recipient, receptacle, a person or thing in which any quality is present or retained &c.; तमाश्रयं दुष्प्रसहस्य तेजसः R.3.58. -4 (a) A place of refuge, asylum; shelter; भर्ता वै ह्याश्रयः स्त्रीणाम् Vet.; तदहमाश्रयोन्मूलनेनैव त्वामकामां करोमि Mu.2. (b) A dwelling, house. -5 Having recourse or resort to, resort; oft. in comp. साभूद्रामाश्रया भूयः R.12.35; नानाश्रया प्रकृतिः &c. -6 Following, practising; यो$वमन्येत ते मूले हेतुशास्त्राश्रयाद् द्विजः Ms.2.11. -7 Choosing, taking, attaching oneself to. -8 Dependence on; oft. in comp.; मम सर्वे विषयास्त्वदाश्रयाः R.8.69. -9 Patron, supporter; विनाश्रयं न तिष्ठन्ति पण्डिता वनिता लताः Udb. -1 A prop, support; वृक्षेषु विद्धमिषुभिर्जघनाश्रयेषु R.9.6. -11 Help, assistance, protection. -12 A quiver; बाणमाश्रयमुखात् समुद्धरन् R.11.26. -13 Authority, sanction, warrant. -14 Connection, relation, association. राघवाश्रयसत्कथाः Rām. 6.9.93. -15 Union, attachment. -16 A plea, an excuse. -17 Contiguity, vicinity. -18 Seeking shelter or protection with another (= संश्रय), one of the six guṇas, q. v. -19 An appropriate act, or one consistent with character. -2 Source, origin. -21 (In gram.) The subject, or that to which the predicate is attached. -22 (With Buddhists) The five organs of sense with Manas or mind. -Comp. -असिद्धः, -द्धिः f. a kind of fallacy, one of the three sub-divisions of असिद्ध; (that whose substratum is false or fictitious); e. g. गगनारविन्दं सुरभि अरविन्दत्वात्सरोजारविन्दवत्, -आशः, -भुज् a. consuming everything with which it comes in contact. (-आशः, -क) 1 fire; दुर्वृत्तः क्रियते धूर्तैः श्रीमानात्म- विवृद्धये । किं नाम खलसंसर्गः कुरुते नाश्रयाशवत् ॥ Udb. -2 a. forfeiter of asylum. -3 the constellation कृत्तिका. -भूत a. one who is the refuge or support (of another person). -लिङ्गम् an adjective (a word which must agree in gender with the word which it qualifies or refers to).

āśliṣṭa	आश्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Embraced, clasped; used actively also; P.III.4.72. आश्लिष्टो लक्ष्मीम् Sk. -2 Connected, interwoven, blended; परस्पराश्लिष्टशाखैः पादपैः Mb. -3 Joined to, touching, in contact with; अवनितलाश्लिष्टललाटरेखया K.67; अङ्गद ˚भुज R.6.53; Śi.3.72; मेघमाश्लिष्टसानुम् Me.2. -4 Joining what adheres or attaches to. -5 Invested; spread. -6 Deduced, concluded.

āsañj	आसञ्ज् 1 P. 1 To fasten, fix on, attach to, join or add to, place or put on (dress, armour &c.); चापमा- सज्यकण्ठे Ku.2.64; अनुबन्ध आसज्यते Sk.; आसज्यमानेक्षणः Ś.3.25 with the eyes intently fixed; (fig. also); भुजे ... स भूमेर्धुरमाससञ्ज R.2.74; so पुत्रे राज्यम्; जने दोषम् &c.; आससञ्ज भयं तेषाम् Bk.14.14 fear overlook them. -2 To confer upon, conduce to; तिष्ठतां तपसि पुण्यमासजन् Ki.13.44. -3 To stick or adhere to, depend upon. -4 To take up. -Caus. 1 To cause to attach, have anything fastened or put on. -2 To place, put, throw round; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशे कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83. -3 To entrust or appoint. pass. (सज्यते) To adhere, stick, be attached; यदि नेष्टात्मनः पीडा मासञ्जि भवता जने Ki.11.29; cf. "Do unto others as you would be done by."

āsakta	आसक्त p. p. 1 Strongly attached to, intent on, devoted or addicted to, (usually with loc. or in comp.) द्यूत˚, मृगया˚. -2 Absorbed or engaged in, zealously following or pursuing. -3 Fixed on, directed towards, joined or attached to, placed or resting on; मन्मुखासक्त- दृष्टिः K.158; यदासक्तं सख्यं जने Mv.5.58 formed; शिखरा- सक्तमेघाः Ku.6.4 resting on; ˚बाहुलतया 8. -4 Surrounded, encircled. -5 Continuous, perpetual, eternal. -6 Trusting to, confiding in. -7 Obstructed, checked; कार्तवीर्यभुजासक्तं तज्जलं प्राप्य निर्मलम् Rām.7.32.5. -क्तम् ind. Eternally, perpetually. -Comp. -चित्त, -चेतस्, -मनस् a. having the mind fixed on any object.

āsaktiḥ	आसक्तिः f. 1 Attachment, devotion, fondness; बालिशचरितेष्वासक्तिः K.12; intentness, application. -2 Waylaying (Ved.). -क्ति ind. Ved. Purposely.

āsaṅga	आसङ्ग a. Uninterrupted, perpetual. -गः1 Attachment, devotion (to any object) (to enjoy or protect it); सुख˚ लुब्धः K.173; U.3; चेतः स्वर्गतरङ्गिणीतटभुवामासङ्ग- मङ्गीकुरु Bh.3.6. -2 Intentness, close application. -3 Contact, adherence, clinging; (पङ्कजम्) सशैवलासङ्गमपि प्रकाशते Ku.5.9;3.46; व्रततिवलयासङ्गसंजातपाशः Ś.1.33; Mu.1.14; अनासङ्गः absence of consolation; Māl.2. -4 Association, connection, union; त्यक्त्वा कर्मफलासङ्गम् Bg.4.2; so कान्तासङ्ग &c. -5 Fixing, fastening to. -6 Pride about the authorship of a thing (कर्तृत्वाभिमान), -7 That which is fastened; cf. उत्तरासङ्ग. -8 Waylaying (?). -ङ्गम् A kind of fragrant earth (सौराष्ट्रमृत्तिका). -ङ्गम् ind. Without interruption, eternally.

āsañjanam	आसञ्जनम् 1 Fastening to, fixing, putting on the body (as dress, armour &c.). -2 Getting entangled, clinging; व्रततिवलयासञ्जनात् Ś.1.33 v. l. -3 Attachment, devotion. -4 Contact, proximity. -5 A handle, hook.

āsad	आसद् 1 P. 1 To sit down or near (with acc. or loc.). -2 To watch or lie in, wait for य आसीदन्ति दम्पती Rv.1.85.32. -3 To approach, reach, to go to or towards (a place &c.); हिमालयस्यालयमाससाद Ku.7.69; Bk.7.31; Śi.2.2; आसनम् R.6.4,53; 11.23. -4 To meet with, find, form; सख्यम् R.5.6; 14.25; अपायम् Bk.3.26 suffering; केचिद् वेपथुमासेदुः 4.43. -5 To encounter, attack. -6 To commence, undertake. -7 To place. -1 P. or -Caus. 1 (a) To meet with, find; मृत्युभयमासादितः Bhāg. (b) To get, obtain; अमरगणनालेख्यमासाद्य R.8.95; Ms.4.227; धनम्, सुखम् &c. -2 To approach, go to, reach; नक्रः स्वस्थान- मासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति; ते पुण्यमासाद्य सुरेन्द्रलोकम् Bg.9.2.; Me.36; Bk.8.37. -3 To overtake, come up with; अनेन रथवेगेन पूर्वप्रस्थितं वैनतेयमप्यासादयेयम् V.1, Ve.3.9. -4 To encounter, attack; आसादितौ कथं ब्रूतं न गजैः कूलमुद्रुजैः Bk.6.95. -5 To effect, occasion, accomplish. -6 To make one sit down (Ved.). -7 To put on, wear : आसाद्य कवचं दिव्यं सहस्रार्कसमद्युति; Rām.7.6.64.

āsādanam	आसादनम् 1 Putting or laying down. -2 Attacking. -3 Overtaking, meeting with, going towards. -4 Obtaining, attaining, accomplishing. आसादयितव्य āsādayitavya आसाद्य āsādya आसादयितव्य आसाद्य pot. p. Attainable, to be attained &c.

āsādita	आसादित p. p. 1 Obtained, got; क्वचिदासादितमीक्षितं श्रुतं वा Udb. -2 Reached, gone to. -3 Spread, extended. -4 Effected, completed. -5 Met with, attacked, overtaken.

āsādhanam	आसाधनम् Accomplishment, attainment.

āsāraḥ	आसारः [आ-सृ-घञ्] 1 A hard or sharp-driving shower (of anything); आसारसिक्तक्षितिबाष्पयोगात् R.13.29; Me.17; पुष्पासारैः 43; so तुहिन˚, रुधिर˚ &c.; बाष्पासारा M.3.2 flooded or suffused with tears; धारासारैर्वृष्टिर्बभूव H.3 it rained in torrents. -2 Surrounding an enemy. -3 Attack, incursion. -4 The army of an ally or king (whose dominions are separated by other intervening states); पार्ष्णिग्राहासरौ अन्तःकोपं आटविकं वा समुत्थापयितुकामः Kau. A.1.16. -5 Provision, food; अज्ञानविविधासारतोय- शस्यो व्रजेत्तु यः Pt.3.41,51.

āskand	आस्कन्द् 1 P. 1 To invade, attack; कथमिदानीमुन्मादोप- रागो माधवेन्दुमास्कन्दति Māl.9; आस्कन्दल्लक्ष्मणं बाणैः Bk.17.82. -2 To step over, tread; चयमास्कन्दति भस्मनां जनः Ki.2.2. -3 To depend or hang on (as the Vedāṅgas on the Vedas). -4 To jump, leap. आस्कन्दः, _न्दनम् 1 An attack, assault; assailling; utraging; परवनिता ˚प्रगल्भस्य Ve.2. विविधास्कन्दनाकाक्ङ्क्षी ... Śiva. B.31.68. -2 Ascending, mounting; treading, stepping over; चरणास्कन्दननामिताचलेन्द्रः Ki.13.18. -3 Reproach, abuse. -4 The walk of a horse. -5 An assailant -6 Battle, war. -7 Drying. -8 Effacing destroying. आस्कन्दनं तिरस्कारे रणे संशोषणे$पि च Medinī. आस्कन्दितम् āskanditam तकम् takam आस्कन्दितम् तकम् The walk of a horse, galloping at full speed. आस्कन्दिता च सा ज्ञेया गतिविद्भिस्तु वाजिनाम् Śukra.4.982.

āskandin	आस्कन्दिन् a. 1 Jumping upon, assailing, attacking; न हि सिंहो गजास्कन्दी भयाद्गिरिगुहाशयः R.17.52. -2 Causing to flow. -3 Granting. -4 Spending.

āskra	आस्क्र a. Attacking or assailing enemies, approaching. -2 Joined or united.

i	इ I. 2 P. (In Dhātup. written as इण्) (एति, इयाय, अगात्, एतुम्, इत) 1 To go, go to or towards, come to or near; शशिनं पुनरेति शर्वरी R.8.56; ईयुर्भरद्वाजमुनेर्निकेतम् Bk. 3.4. -2 To arrive at, reach, obtain, attain to, go to or be reduced to a particular state, fall into; निर्बुद्धिः क्षयमेति Mk.1.14 goes to (ruin, is ruined; so वशम्, शत्रुत्वम्, शूद्रताम् &c.). -3 To return. -4 To go away, retire; elapse, pass. -5 To spring from, come or arise from. -6 To undertake anything (with acc.); सत्रमायन् Vāj. -7 To ask, beg. -8 To be; to appear. -9 To be employed in, go on with, be in a particular condition or relation, with a part. or instr.; कृषन्तो ह स्म वै वपन्तो यन्ति Śat. Br.; गवामयनेनेयुः Kāty. -1 To thrive, prosper. II.1 U. = अय् q. v. III.4 Ā. 1 To come, appear. -2 To run, wander. -3 To go quickly or repeatedly. -4 To ask, request. -Caus. To cause to go or come. [cf. L. eo; Gr. eimi with एमि].

indriya	इन्द्रिय a. Fit for or belonging to or agreeable to, Indra. -यः A friend or companion of Indra. -यम् [इन्द्र-घ; इन्द्रेण दुर्जयम्; by P.V.2.93 इन्द्रियमिन्द्रलिङ्गमिन्द्रदृष्ट मिन्द्रसृष्टमिन्द्रजुष्टमिन्द्रदत्तमिति वा] 1 Power, force, the quality which belongs to Indra. -2 An organ of sense, sense, or faculty of sense. (Indriyas are often compared to restive horses, which, if not properly checked, will lead one astray; cf. मा भूवन्नपथवरास्तवेन्द्रियाश्वाः Ki.5.5). There are two kinds of Indriyas:- (a) ज्ञानेन्द्रियाणि or बुद्धीन्द्रियाणि; श्रोत्रं त्वक्चक्षुणी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी (also मनः according to some); and (b) कर्मेन्द्रियाणिः -पायूपस्थं हस्तपादं वाक् चैव दशमी स्मृता Ms.2.9. Ms. further adds एकादशं मनो ज्ञेयं स्वगुणेनोभयात्मकम् । यस्मिञ् जिते जितावेतौ भवतः पञ्चकौ गणौ ॥ In the Vedanta मनः, बुद्धि, अहंकार and चित्त are said to be the four internal organs, the total number of organs being, therefore, 14, each presided over by its own ruler or नियन्तृ. In Nyāya each organ is connected with its own peculiar element; the eye, ear, tongue, nose, and skin being connected respectively with Light or fire, Ether, Water, Earth and Air. -3 Bodily or virile power, power of the sense. -4 Semen; गणिकान्नमथेन्द्रियम् Mb.12.36.28. -5 Symbolical expression for the number '5'. -Comp. -अगोचर a. imperceptible. -अर्थः 1 an object of sense; these objects are:- रूपं शब्दो गन्धरसस्पर्शाश्च विषया अमी Ak.; इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वैषौ व्यवस्थितौ Bg.3.34; Bh.3.5.8; R.14.25. -2 anything exciting these senses. -असङ्गः non-attachment to sensual objects, stoicism. -आत्मन् m. 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 an organ of sense. -आदिः the principle called ahaṅkāra (in Sāṅ. Phil.). -आयतनम् 1 the abode of the senses, i. e. the body. -2 the soul. -आराम a. given to enjoying the objects of sense; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16. -ईशः the soul. -गोचर a. perceptible to the senses. (-रः) an object of sense; पञ्च चेन्द्रियगोचराः Bg.13.5. -ग्रामः, -वर्गः the assemblage or collection of organs, the five organs of sense taken collectively; बलवानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms.2.215, 1,175; निर्ववार मधुनीन्द्रियवर्गः Śi.1.3. -ज a. in one's presence, visible. -ज्ञानम् consciousness, the faculty of perception. -धारणा restraint of senses; स्थिरामिन्द्रिय- धारणाम् Kaṭh.2.6.11. -निग्रहः restraint of senses. -प्रसङ्गः sensuality. -बुद्धिः f. perception by the senses, exercise of any organ of sense. -बोधन a. exciting power; stimulating or sharpening the senses. (-नम्) any excitement of senses, a stimulus. -वधः insensibility. -विप्रतिपत्तिः f. perversion of the organs, wrong preception. -वृत्तिः f. function of the organs. -संप्रयोगः Functioning of senses with reference to objects. -सुख sensual pleasures; एवमिन्द्रियसुखानि निर्विशन्नन्यकार्यविमुखः स पार्थिवः R.19.47. -सन्निकर्षः the contact of an organ of sense (either with its object or with the mind). -स्वापः insensibility, unconsciousness, stupor.

iṣṭa	इष्ट p. p. [इष् इच्छायां कर्मणि क्त] 1 Wished, desired, longed for, wished for; उपपन्नो गुणैरिष्टैः Nala.1.1. -2 Beloved, agreeable, liked, favourite, dear; ˚आत्मजः Mu.2.8 fond of sons. -3 Worshipped, reverenced. -4 Respected. -5 Approved, regarded as good. -6 Desirable; see इष्टापूर्त. -6 Valid. -7 Sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices. -8 Supposed (कल्पित); oft. used in Līlavatī. -ष्टः 1 A lover, husband, beloved person; इष्टप्रवासजनितानि Ś.4.3. -2 A friend; इष्टानामिष्ट- कर्मकृत Pt.1.57;2.172. -3 N. of a tree (एरंड). -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A sacrifice. -ष्टा N. of a tree (शमी). -ष्टम् 1 Wish, desire. -2 A holy ceremony or संस्कार. एतदिष्टं प्रवृत्ताख्यम् Bhāg.7.15.49. -3 A sacrifice; Bṛi. Up.4.1.2; see इष्टापूर्त. ind. Voluntarily. -Comp. -अर्थः desired object. ˚उद्युक्त a. zealously engaged in gaining one's desired object. -आपत्तिः f. occurrence of what is desired; a statement by a debater which is favourable to his opponent also; इष्टापत्तौ दोषान्तरमाह Jag. -कर्मन् n. (In Arith.) rule of supposition, operation with an assumed number. -कापथः the root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूल; Mar. वाळा). -कामदुह् a. granting the desired objects, an epithet of the cow of plenty; एष वो$स्त्विष्टकामधुक् Bg.3.1. -गन्ध a. fragrant. (-धः) any fragrant substance. (-धम्) sand. -जनः a beloved person (whether man or woman); U.3. -देवः, -देवता a favourite god, one's tutelary deity. -भागिन् a. One who has attained his object; अपूजयन्राघवमिष्टभागिनम् Rām.6.67.175. -यामन् a. going according to one's desire. वायुर्न यो नियुत्वाँ इष्टयामा Rv.9. 88.3. -व्रत a. 1 performing desired vows. -2 obeying one's wish. -3 (food &c.) for the fulfilment of a vow. -4 that by which good works succeed. इष इष्टव्रता अकः Rv.3.59.9.

īṣ	ईष् 1 U. (ईषति-ते, ऐषीत्, ईषितुम्, ईषित) 1 To fly away escape. -2 To creep along. -3 To glean, collect a few grains. -4 To look, see. -5 To give. -6 To attack, hurt, kill.

uṭam	उटम् 1 A leaf. -2 Grass. -Comp. -जः, -जम्, [उटेभ्यो जायते] a hut, cottage, the residence of hermits, or saints, a hermitage (being mostly made of grass or leaves); उटजद्वारविरूढं नीवारबलिं विलोकयतः Ś.4.2; मृगैर्वर्ति- तरोमन्थमुटजाङ्गनभूमिषु R.1.52,5.

uttyakta	उत्त्यक्त a. 1 Abandoned, left. -2 Thrown, tossed. -3 Free from passion or attachment.

uttyāgaḥ	उत्त्यागः 1 Abandonment, leaving. -2 Throwing, throwing up, tossing. -3 Renunciation of all worldly attachments.

utsuka	उत्सुक a. 1 Anxiously desirous, eagerly expecting; striving for (any object) (with instr. or loc. or in comp.); P.II.3.44. निद्रया निद्रायां वोत्सुकः Sk.; मनो नियोगक्रिययोत्सुकं मे R.5.11; सोत्सुका सुतजन्मनि Ks.21.139; R.2.45; Me.99; संगम˚ Ś.3.13; so रण˚, गमन˚, जय˚ &c. -2 Restless, uneasy, anxious; आशङ्क्योत्सुकसारङ्गां चित्र- कूटस्थलीं जहौ R.12.24. -3 Fond of, attached to; वत्सोत्सुकापि R.2.22. -4 Regretting, repining, sorrowing for. -कः Longing for, anxious desire; प्रकुर्वते कस्य मनो न सोत्सुकम् Rs.1.6.

utsukatā	उत्सुकता त्वम् 1 Restlessness, uneasiness. -2 Zeal, ardent desire. -3 Attachment, affection. -4 Sorrow, regret.

udavagrahaḥ	उदवग्रहः A Svarita accent depending on an Udātta which stands in the Avagraha q. v.

udayanam	उदयनम् 1 Rising, ascending, going up; सूर्यस्योदयना- दधि Rv.1.48.7. -2 Result, consequence. -3 End, conclusion. -नः 1 N. of Agastya. -2 N. of the king Vatsa; प्राप्यावन्तीनुदयनकथाकोविदग्रामवृद्धान् Me.3. [A celebrated Prince of the lunar race, who is usually styled Vatsarāja. He reigned at Kauśambī. Vāsavadattā, Princess of Ujjayinī, saw him in a dream and fell in love with him. He was decoyed to that city and there kept in prison by Chaṇḍamahāsena, the king. But on being released by the minister, he carried off Vāsava-dattā from her father and a rival suitor. Udayana is the hero of the play called Ratnāvalī and his life has been made the subject of several other minor compositions. See Vatsa also]. -Comp. -आचार्यः N. of a philosopher and author of several works.

udgranthi	उद्ग्रन्थि a. 1 Untied (fig. also). -2 Free from worldly ties or attachments.

uddhavaḥ	उद्धवः 1 A sacrificial fire. -2 A festival, holiday. -3 N. of a Yādava, uncle and friend of Kṛiṣṇa. [When Kṛiṣṇa was taken by Akrūra to Maṭhurā, Uddhava was implored by the citizens of Gokula to go and fetch him. He was very much attached to Kṛiṣṇa. On seeing the destruction of the Yādavas to be inevitable, he went to Kṛiṣṇa and asked him what to do; whereupon he was told to go to Badarikāśrama to practise penance and to secure heaven. He is the subject of two short poems, उद्धवदूत and उद्धवसंदेश.

uddharaṇam	उद्धरणम् 1 Drawing or taking out, taking off (clothes &c.). -2 Extraction, pulling or tearing out; कण्टक˚ Ms.9.252; चक्षषोरुद्धरणम् Mitā.; so शल्य˚. -3 Extricating, deliverance, rescuing (from danger); दीनोद्धरणो- चितस्य R.2.25; स बन्धुर्यो विपन्नानामापदुद्धरणक्षमः H.1.29. -4 Destruction, eradication, extermination, deposition, dethronement; चन्द्रगुप्तस्योद्धरणात् Mu.4. -5 Lifting, raising. -6 Taking a part or share. -7 Taking from the Gārhapatya fire to supply the other sacred fires. -8 Vomiting; जग्धस्य मोहाद्धि विशुद्धिमन्धसो जुगुप्सितस्योद्धरणं प्रचक्षते Bhāg.4.4. 18. -9 Anything vomited. -1 Final emancipation. -11 Acquittance of debt. -12 Hoping, expecting; अपि ते ब्राह्मणा भुक्त्वा गताः सोद्धरणान् गृहान् Mb.13.6.14. उद्धर्तृ uddhartṛ उद्धारक uddhāraka उद्धर्तृ उद्धारक a. 1 One who raises or lifts up. -2 A sharer, co-heir. -3 One who recovers property. m. 1 A destroyer, exterminator; Y.2.271. -2 A saviour, deliverer.

upakram	उपक्रम् 1 Ā., 4 P. 1 To go near, approach, come to, advance towards; राज्ञस्तस्याज्ञया देवी वसिष्ठमुपचक्रमे Mb.; Bk.8.25. कुमारं विविधैस्तैस्तैरुपचक्रमिरे नयैः Bu. Ch.4.53. -2 To do, perform, set about; यथोक्तं निपुण- मुपक्रान्तवान् Dk.12; माधवसमक्षमुत्तरमुपक्रमिष्ये Māl.3,2.7; Y.3.2. -3 To begin, commence (with inf. or dat.); (Ātm.); प्रसभं वक्तुमुपक्रमेत कः Ki.2.28; प्रतिग्रहीतुम् ... त्रिलोचनस्तामुपचक्रमे च Ku.3.66; R.17.13. -4 To go against, attack, assail, उपचक्रमाते वाग्भिः Rām. -5 To make advance (of love) to; सर्वोपायैरुपक्रम्य सीताम् Rām. win over; Dk.65. -6 To step over, stride, traverse. -7 To treat, act towards, attend on (as a physician). cure or heal (as wounds); यत्नादुपक्रम्यताम् Ś.3. v. l; सर्वथोपक्रान्तः Dk.68; ˚व्रणा 75.

upakṣit	उपक्षित् a. Ved. 1 Dwelling near. -2 Clinging or attached to; उपक्षितो वया इव Rv.8.19.33.

upakṣetṛ	उपक्षेतृ a. One who draws near; or one who dwells near, attached to (उपक्षेतारस्तव) सुप्रणीते Rv.3.1.16.

upagam	उपगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, approach; attain, reach (fig. also), arrive at, visit; शशिनमुपगतेयं कौमुदी मेघमुक्तम् R.6.85; so दैवादुपगतं तृणम् Pt.4; पदमुपगता Bh.2.1; Bk.1.1; तदुपगतम् Mu.5 duly received. -2 To enter into, penetrate; अवलम्ब्य जालकमुखोपगतानुदतिष्ठदिन्दुकिरणान्मदनः Śi.9.39. -3 To undergo, suffer; तमो घोरमुपागतम् Rām. -4 To go to the state of, attain, acquire; तानप्रदायित्व- मिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8; प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ Śi.9.6; so निद्रावशम्, हर्षम्, तृप्तिम्, शान्तिम्, विषादम् &c. -5 To approach a woman (for sexual intercourse); सुप्तां मत्तां प्रमत्तां वा रहो यत्रोपगच्छति Ms.3.34,4.4. -6 To come upon, attack. -7 To occur, happen, present itself; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.19. v. l. -8 To undertake, begin. -9 To suffer, shar in. -1 To admit, agree to, consent, allow; वेदान्तोपगतं फलम् Ms.2.16. -11 To worship; सहपत्न्या विशालाक्ष्या नारायणमुपागमत् Rām.2.6.1. -Caus. To cause to come near or approach.

upagatiḥ	उपगतिः f. 1 Approach, going near; कररुद्धनीवि दयितो- पगतौ Śi.9.75. -2 Knowledge, acquaintance. -3 Acceptance, receipt. -4 Attainment, acquirement.

upagamaḥ	उपगमः मनम् 1 Going to, drawing towards, approach; सीमन्ते च त्वदुपगमजं यत्र नीपं वधूनाम् Me.67 your advent; व्यावर्ततान्योपगमात्कुमारी R.6.69,9.5. -2 Knowledge, acquaintance. -3 Attainment, acquiring; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः Ś.1.14. -4 Intercourse (as of the sexes). -5 Society, company; न पुनरधमानामुपगमः H.1. 117. -6 Undergoing, suffering, feeling. -7 Acceptance, receipt. -8 An agreement, promise. -9 A particular high number. -1 -नम् Assumption, accepting, taking up; अप्राप्तस्य हि प्रापणमुपगमनम् । ŚB. on MS.12.1.21. -11 Performing, observing (आचरण); चकार सन्ध्योपगमादि सत्तमः Bhāg,1.7.6.

upadru	उपद्रु 1 P. 1 To run near to, run towards; स व्रीहिणां यावदपासितुं गताः शुकात्मृगैस्तावदुपद्रुतश्रियाम् Śi.12.42. -2 To attack, assault, rush at; तमुपाद्रवदुद्यम्य दक्षिणं दोर्निशाचरः R.15.23; प्राग्ज्योतिषमुपाद्रवत् Mb.

upadravin	उपद्रविन् a. 1 Attacking, oppressive, tyrannical, factious. m. 1 A tyrant, an oppressor. -2 A rebel.

upadruta	उपद्रुत p. p. 1 Visited by calamities, oppressed, attacked, infested; वेदनाभिरुपद्रुतम् H.4.88. -2 (In astr.) Eclipsed. -3 Boding evil, inauspicious. -तम् A term used by the Bāṣkalas for a kind of Sandhi, also called उद्ग्राहवत् q. v.

upanāhaḥ	उपनाहः 1 A bundle; देवानां भाग उपनाहः Av.9.4.5. -2 An unguent applied to a wound or sore, a plaster, poultice; शोफयोरुपनाहं कुर्यात् Suśr. -3 The tie of a lute, a peg to which the strings of a lyre are attached and by which they are tightened. -4 Inflammation of the ciliary glands, stye.

upanipātaḥ	उपनिपातः 1 Approaching, coming near. -2 A sudden and unexpected attack or occurrence. उपनिपात- प्रतीकारः Kau. A.4.

upanirhāraḥ	उपनिर्हारः An attack, assault; नेदानीमुपनिर्हारं रावणो दातुमर्हति Rām.6.75.2.

upaniveśin	उपनिवेशिन् a. Attached to, inherent.

upaniṣad	उपनिषद् f. [said to be from उपनि-सद् 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; यथा य इमां ब्रह्मविद्यामुपयन्त्यात्मभावेन श्रद्धाभक्तिपुरःसराः सन्तस्तेषां गर्भजन्मजरारोगाद्यनर्थपूगं निशातयति परं वा ब्रह्म गमयति अविद्यादि- संसारकारणं चात्यन्तमवसादयति विनाशयतीत्युपनिषद् । उपनिपूर्वस्य सदेरेवमर्थस्मरणात्; Śaṅkara] 1 N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brāhmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv.2.4; Māl 1.7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:- (1) उपनीय तमात्मानं ब्रह्मापास्तद्वयं यतः । निहन्त्यविद्यां तज्जं च तस्मादुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (2) निहत्यानर्थमूलं स्वाविद्यां प्रत्यक्तया परम् । नयत्यपास्तसंभेदमतो वोपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (3) प्रवृत्तिहेतून्निःशेषास्तन्मूलोच्छेदकत्वतः । यतोवसादयेद्विद्या तस्मा- दुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ In the मुक्तकोपनिषद् 18 Upaniṣads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta Philosophy. The more important Upaniṣads are:- ईशकेनकठप्रश्नमुण्डमाण्डूक्यतित्तिरः । ऐतरेयं च छान्दोग्यं बृहदारण्यकं तथा ॥. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; मन्त्रपारायण˚ U.6; दिव्यामस्त्रोपनिषदमृषेर्यः कृशाश्वस्य शिष्यात् Mv.2.2. -3 True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. -5 Secrecy, seclusion. -6 A neighbouring mansion. -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- ditation, यदेव विद्यया करोति श्रद्धयोपनिषदा तदेव वीर्यवत्तरं भवति Ch. Up.1.1.1. -1 One that takes to (like a boat); तस्योपनिषत्सत्यस्य सत्यमिति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2.

upanayaḥ	उपनयः 1 Bringing near, fetching. -2 Gaining, attaining, procuring. नान्यं तवाङ्घ्रयुपनयादपवर्गमूर्तेः क्षेमं जनस्य परितो भिय ईश विद्मः Bhāg.12.8.43. -3 Employing -4 Investiture with the sacred thread, initiation into sacred study, handing a youth of the first three castes to a teacher; गृह्योक्तकर्मणा येन समीपं नीयते गुरोः । बालो वेदाय तद्योगात् बालस्योपनयं विदुः ॥ (By this ceremony spiritual birth is conferred upon the youth, and he becomes a द्विजन्मन्; the ages at which the ceremony may be performed by the three castes are respectively 8-16, 11-22 and 12-24; (see Ms.2.36-38; of what materials &c. the cords should be, is mentioned in 2.41-46). -5 The fourth member of the five-membered Indian syllogism (in logic), the application to the special case in question; व्याप्तिविशिष्टस्य हेतोः पक्षधर्मताप्रतिपादकं वचनमुपनयः Tarka K. -6 Introduction, initiation (into any science); see next.

upanīta	उपनीत p. p. 1 Brought near. -2 Known. -3 Obtained, attained. -4 Presented, given. -5 Adduced. -6 Married (?), led to a man; भीमा जाया ब्राह्मणस्योपनीता Rv.1.19.4. -7 Initiated; भवत्पूर्वं चरेद्भैक्षमुपनीतो द्विजोत्तमः Ms.2.49. -तः A youth led to the teacher and invested with the sacred thread.

upapad	उपपद् 4 Ā. 1 To reach, come to, approach, go near; यमुनातटमुपपेदे Pt.1; उपपद्यख स्वकर्मोचितां गतिम् Dk.93. -2 To be got or obtained, fall to one's share; त्वदन्यः संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते Bg.6.39;13.18. -3 To take place, occur, happen, be produced; देवि एवमुपपद्यते M.1 even as you say, just so; अर्थास्तस्योपपत्स्यन्ते Mb.; उपपन्ना हि दारेषु प्रभुता सर्वतोमुखी Ś.5.26. -4 To be possible; कर्तव्यं वो न पश्यामि स्याच्चेत्किं नोपपद्यते Ku.6.61; Ms.9.121,4; 1.12; नेश्वरो जगतः कारणमुपपद्यते Ś. B. -5 To be suitable, be fit for, be adequate for, fit, suit (with loc.); क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ नैतत्त्वरय्युपपद्यते Bg.2.3;18.7; उपपद्यते it is fit; ते गुणाः परस्मिन् ब्रह्मण्युपपद्यन्ते Ś. B. -6 To go against, attack. -7 To put in a word or statement; इति ह विश्वामित्र उपपपाद Ait. Br. -Caus. 1 To bring into any state, cause to arrive or be obtained; विश्वासमुपपादिता Rām. inspired with confidence; get ready; रथमुपपादय Ve.2. -2 To offer, present any one with (acc.), bring to; दिष्टया त्वमसि मे धात्रा भीतेनेवोपपादितः R.15.18,14.8;16.32; Ms.9.72,73;3.96; sometimes with dat.; सर्वस्वं वेद- विदुषे ब्राह्मणायोपपादयेत् Ms.11.76;9.244; or with loc.; अक्षयो$यं निधी राज्ञां यद्विप्रेषूपपादितम् Y.1.315. -3 (a) To cause to happen or occur, bring about; मरणमुपपादयेत K.36. (b) To accomplish, effect, cause, do, perform; यावत्तु मानुष्यके शक्यमुपपादयितुम् K.62,113,12,134; देव- कार्यम् R.11.91;17.55; Me.29. -4 (a) To make a statement, adduce, put forward. (b) To justify. -5 To make good, establish, prove; कथमीश्वरं विनाशधर्मिणमुप- पादयसि Prab. -6 To pronounce, declare. -7 To make fit or adequate for; कालोपपादिते क्षेत्रे Ms.9.36. -8 To furnish with, endow with; Kām.11.57; K.2; आत्मानं प्रथमं राजा विनयेनोपपादयेत् Subhāṣ. -9 To find out, ascertain; दक्षिणाप्रवणं चैव प्रयत्नेनोपपादयेत् Ms.3.26. -1 To examine.

upapattiḥ	उपपत्तिः f. 1 Happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearance, production, birth; अथोपपत्तिं छलनापरो$- पराम् Śi.1.69 (जन्म); इष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु Bg.13.9. -2 Cause, reason, ground; प्रियेषु यैः पार्थ विनोपपत्तेः Ki.3.52. -3 Reasoning, argument; उपपत्तिमदूर्जितं वचः Ki.2.1; देवि सोपपत्तिकमभिहितम् । Nāg.5 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D.482. -4 Fitness, propriety. -5 Termination, end. -6 Association, connection. -7 Acceptance, adoption; Mv.5. -8 Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; उपपत्तिरुदाहृता बलात् Ki.2.28. -9 (In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. -1 A means, an expedient. -11 Assistance, support, help; ततः प्रजह्रे सममेव तत्र तैरपेक्षितान्योन्यबलोपपत्तिभिः Ki.14.44. -12 Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; स्वार्थोपपत्तिं दुर्बलाशः R.5.12; तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; H.3.111; see अनुपपत्ति. -13 Attainment, getting; असंशयं प्राक् तनयोपपत्तेः R.14.78; Ki.3.1. -14 Religious abstraction (समाधि). -15 Accident, chance; उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. -16 Suitability, expediency; उपपत्ति- मदूर्जिताश्रयं नृपमूचे वचनं वृकोदरः Ki.2.1; Bhag.4.28.68. -Comp. -समः (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradictory ascertions are supposed to be demonstrable (e. g. sound is eternal because it is produced; it is eternal because it is not tangible). Nyāyadarśana. -परित्यक्त a. Unproved, unreasonable, destitute of argument or proof; Raj. T.

upasañj	उपसञ्ज् 6 Ā. To be attached to, fond of; अथापि नोपसज्जेत स्त्रीषु स्त्रैणेषु चार्थवित् Bhāg.11.26.22.

upasakta	उपसक्त a. Attached to (worldly desires); Rām.6.

upasad	उपसद् a. Serving, waiting upon. -f. 1 Siege, assault, attack. -2 Laying up, accumulating. -3 Service, worship. -4 N. of a ceremony, forming part of the ज्योतिष्टोम ceremony, and lasting for several days. दीक्षानु- जन्मोपसदः शिरोधरम् Bhāg.3.13.37. -5 N. of a sacrificial fire. -Comp. -व्रतिन् a. observing the rules of the Upasad, i. e. drinking milk in certain quantities, sleeping on the bare earth, keeping silence &c. द्वादशाह- मुपसद्व्रती भूत्वा Bṛi. Up.6.3.1.

upasaṃhita	उपसंहित p. p. 1 Connected with, furnished or endowed with; श्रुतवृत्तोपसंहितः Mb. -2 Accompanied or surrounded by; regarding, referring to. -3 Attached to, devoted.

upayā	उपया 2 P. 1 To approach, go towards, reach; उपयामगृहीतो$सि Ts.1.4.15. येन मामुपयान्तिते Bg.1.1. so पुरम्, गतिम्, नयनम्, पदवीम्; दुर्मन्त्रिणं कमुपयान्ति न नीतिदोषाः H.3.11. -2 To attain to a particular state, meet with &c.; तनुताम्, मृत्युम्, रुजम्, पाकम्, प्रसादम् &c.

upayuj	उपयुज् 7 Ā. 1 To use, employ, apply; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत Śi.2.93; षडुपायुङ्क्त समीक्ष्य तत्फलम् R.8.21; M.5.12; अनुपयुज्यमान useless, good for nothing, Ś.7; U.4. -2 To enjoy, taste; पय उपयुज्य Me.13 v. l.; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्डनीतेः R.18.46; Bk.8.39; -3 To devote or attach oneself to; न मृगैरुपयुज्यते is not loved Pt.2.23; न वै प्राज्ञा गतश्रीकं भर्तारमुपयुञ्जते Subhāṣ. -4 To yoke or harness (as horses to a carriage); यामन्यामन्नुपयुक्तं वहिष्ठम् Av.4.23.3. -5 To appropriate, consume, eat; राजा तत् (धनम्) उपयु- ञ्जानश्चौरस्याप्नोति किल्बिषम् Ms.8.4. -pass. 1 To be used or applied. -2 To be fit or proper; तस्येयमुपयुज्यते Bhāg. -3 To be of use, be taken into account; तेजसा सह जातानां वयः कुत्रोपयुज्यते Pt.1.328.

upayukta	उपयुक्त p. p. 1 Attached &c. -2 Suited, appropriate, fit, right, proper. -3 Worthy, serviceable, useful. -4 Eaten, consumed. -क्तः A subordinate officer; Kau. A.2.5; Bhāg.9.2.14; उपयुक्तोदकां भग्नां प्रपां निप- तितामिव Rām.2.114.15.

uparata	उपरत p. p. 1 Stopped, ceased; उपरतान्यस्मिन् कुले व्रतानि Mbh. on P.I.4.11; रजस्युपरते Ms.5.66. -2 Dead; अद्य दशमो मासस्तातस्योपरतस्य Mu.4. -3 Withdrawn or retired from; रणात्, कलहात् &c. भयाद्रणादुपरतम् Bg.2.34. -4 One who is disgusted with the world and has retired from it. -Comp. -अरि a. having no foe. -कर्मन् a. ceasing from works, not relying on worldly acts. -विषयामिलाष a. one who has renounced all desire for worldly things. -शोणिता (a woman) whose menses have ceased. -स्पृह a. void of desire, indifferent to worldly attachments or possessions.

upavedaḥ	उपवेदः 'Inferior knowledge', a class of writings subordinate to the Vedas. There are four such Upavedas, one being attached to each of the four Vedas :-thus आयुर्वेद or Medicine to ऋग्वेद; (according to some authorities such as Suśruta it is a part of the Atharvaveda); धनुर्वेद or military science to यजुर्वेद; गान्धर्ववेद or Music to सामवेद, and स्थापत्य-शास्त्र-वेद or Architecture to अथर्ववेद.

upaveśaḥ	उपवेशः शनम् 1 Sitting, sitting down; as in प्रायोप- वेशन. -2 Directing one's mind to, being attached to. -3 Voiding by stool. -4 Placing down. -5 Surrendering; सागरस्योपवेशनम् Rām.6.19.33.

upasaṃharaṇam	उपसंहरणम् 1 Withdrawing, taking away or back. -2 Refusing, withholding. -3 Excluding. -4 Attacking, invading.

upasaṃhāraḥ	उपसंहारः 1 Drawing in or together, contracting; क्रियतामुपसंहारो गुर्वर्थं द्विजसत्तम Mb.5.116.13. -2 Drawing away, withdrawing, excluding, withholding. अजान- न्नुपसंहारं प्राणकृच्छ्रमुपस्थिते Bhāg.1.7.2. -3 A collection, assemblage; न तु धर्मोपसंहारमधर्मफलसंहितम् Rām.5.51 28. -4 Summing up, winding up, conclusion (opp. उपक्रम). -5 A preparation (of a speech &c.). -6 A compendium, resume. -7 Brevity, conciseness. -8 Perfection. -9 Destruction, death, end. -1 Attacking, invading. -11 (In logic) Refutation. -12 N. of the concluding chapters in several books.

upapluta	उपप्लुत p. p. 1 Violently attacked, beset, distressed, pained &c. -2 Harassed (by Rāhu), eclipsed. -3 Marked by prodigies. -4 Moistened, watered; ˚अक्ष, -नयन weeping; कामानुजेन सहसा त उपप्लुताक्षाः Bhāg.3.15.31. -5 Pressed, squeezed; उपप्लुतास्तत्क्षणशोचनीयतां च्युताधिकाराः सचिवा इवाययुः Ki.8.39. -ता Morbid sensibility of the uterus, a particular disease.

upasṛ	उपसृ 1 P. 1 To go towards, approach, draw near; वरुणं पितरमुपससार Tait. Up.3.1.1. etc. राजानं ... दुर्गं ... उपसृत्य &c. वल्लभाभिरुपसृत्य चक्रिरे साभिभुक्तविषयाः समागमाः R.19.16. -2 To go against, attack. -3 To have intercourse (as of a woman with a man); Mb.3.

upasṛj	उपसृज् 6 P. 1 To pour out or on, offer (water &c.). -2 To add to, annex; to join, attach, connect with, bring to; एता देवताः पाप्मभिरुपासृजन् Bṛi. Up.1.3.6. -3 To beset with, oppress, infest; तेनोपसृष्टो यस्तस्य लक्षणानि निबोधत Y.1.272; Ms.4.61; see उपसृष्ट below; रोषेण, व्याधिना &c. -4 To eclipse; Ms.4.37. -5 To come in contact with. -6 To produce, effect, create; उपसृज्य तमस्तीव्रं जहाराश्वं पुनर्हरिः Bhāg.4.19.19. -7 To destroy.

upasṛp	उपसृप् 1 P. 1 To approach, move towards, draw near to; ममोपान्तिकमुपसर्पन् M.1;1.12. -2 To meet un expectedly. -3 To move, go; प्रतिवातं न हि घनः कदाचिदुप- सर्पति Pt.3.23; so प्रलयम्, दुःखम् &c. -4 To begin (with inf.); to become ready; अजीगर्तः सुतं हन्तुमुपासर्पद् बुभुक्षितः Ms.1.15. -5 To attack.

upahatnu	उपहत्नु a. Ved. Attacking, hiting, hurting; मगं न भीममुपहत्नुमुग्रम् Rv.2.33.11.

upākram	उपाक्रम् 1 P. To fall upon, attack.

upācar	उपाचर् 1 P. 1 To approach, युवोरुषा अनु श्रियं परिज्मनो- रुपाचरत् Rv.1.46.14. -2 To attend or wait upon, serve, be attached to. -3 To be obedient or humble. -4 To treat (in medic. also); ज्वरान् &c.

upācarita	उपाचरित p. p. Attached to any one's service, obedient. -तः (In gram.) That rule of Sandhi by which the sound Visarga becomes स् before क् and प्.

upādā	उपादा 3 Ā. (p. p. उपात्त) 1 To receive, accept, take. -2 To acquire, obtain; भूर्या पितामहोपात्ता निबन्धो द्रव्यमेव च Y.2.121. -3 To give to, furnish with; उपाददे तस्य सहस्ररश्मिः; Ku.7.41. -4 To take, appropriate to oneself, assume; मदलौल्यमुपाददे Śi.6.23. -5 To take away or off, carry away; steal. -6 To seize, attack; Pt.3. 154. -7 To take, lay hold of; धनुरधिज्यमनाधिरुपाददे R. 9.54; to draw (water) -8 To assume a form. -9 To feel, perceive, experience; उपात्तहर्षैः पुंस्कोकिलैः Rs.6.21. -1 To consider, regard. -11 To take in addition, include, comprise; अत्र तैलशब्दस्तिलभवस्नेहरूपमुख्यार्थमुपादाय सार्षपादिस्नेहेषु वर्तते S. D.2. -12 To employ, apply, use; यत्परस्य कुत्साथमुपादीयते Mbh. -14 To undertake, begin; as in उपात्तयज्ञः; प्रजासर्गमुपादार्य Mb.12. 228.49. -15 To mention, enumerate; इति पूर्वसूत्रोपात्तानाम् Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to use, apply or employ. -2 To make use of.

upārūḍha	उपारूढ a. Grown, increased, attained to; ˚यौवन attained to majority; ˚स्नेह K.173 whose affection has increased.

upās	उपास् 2 Ā. 1 To sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); wait upon, serve, worship; ओमित्येतदक्षरमुद्गीथमुपासीत Ch. Up.1.1.1 &c. मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6; 9.14,15. उद्यानपालसामान्यमृतवस्तमुपासते Ku.2.36; अम्बा- मुपास्व सदयाम् Aśvad.13; Śi.16.47; Ms.3.189. -2 To use, occupy, abide in, reside; ऐन्द्रं स्थानमुपासीना ब्रह्मभूता हि ते सदा Rām.1.35.1. Ms.5.93. -3 To pass (as time); उपास्य रात्रिशेषं तु Rām. -4 To approach, go to or towards; उपासाञ्चक्रिरे द्रष्टुं देवगन्धर्वकिन्नराः Bk.5. 17; परलोकमुपास्महे 7.89. -5 To invest or blockade (as an enemy's town). -6 To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, (perform as a sacred rite); उपास्य पश्चिमां सन्ध्याम् K.176,179; तेप्युपासन्तु मे मखम् Mb.; Ms.2. 222,3.14,7.223, 11.42. -7 To undergo, suffer; अलं ते पाण्डुपुत्राणां भक्त्या क्लेशमुपासितुम् Mb.; Ms.11.184. -8 To remain or continue in any state or action; oft. with a pres. p.; अनन्येनैव योगेन मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6. -9 To expect, wait for; दिष्टमुपासीनः Mb. -1 To attach oneself to, practise; उपासते द्विजाः सत्यम् Y.3.192. -11 To resort to, employ, apply, use; लक्षणोपास्यते यस्य कृते S. D.2; बस्तिरुपास्यमानः Suśr. -12 To respect, recognize, acknowledge. -13 To practise archery.

upe	उपे 2 P. [उप-इ] 1 To approach, come near, arrive at, reach (a place, person &c.); परमं साम्यमुपैति Muṇḍ. Up.3.1.3. लतामुपेत्य Ś.1; so राजानम्, दुर्गम् &c. योगी परं स्थानमुपैति चाद्यम् Bg.8.28,1.15,9.28. -2 To go to (a master), become a pupil. उपेत्य पप्रच्छ Praśna. Up.1.2; 6.1. -3 To have intercourse with (a woman), cohabit; वाच्यश्चानुपयन् पतिः Ms.9.4. -4 To under go, perform, undertake, practise; तपः, सत्रम् &c. -5 To go to or pass into any state; योगम् R.16.84; भेदम् Ku.2.4; to fall into (misfortune &c.); क्षयम्, मत्युम्, सुखम्, दुःखम्, निद्राम् &c. -6 To obtain, attain to; तस्य प्रिया ज्ञातयः सुकृतमुपयन्ति Kauṣ. Up.1.1; उपैति शस्यं परिणामरम्यताम् Ki.4.22. -7 To incur, be present at. -8 To fall to one's lot or share, befall; उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः Pt.1.361; Bg.6.27. -9 To consider as, admit, acknowledge.

upāyaḥ	उपायः 1 (a) Means, an expedient, remedy; शक्यो- वाप्तुमुपायतः Bg.6.36. उपायं चिन्तयेत्प्राज्ञस्तथापायं च चिन्तयेत् Pt.1.46; मयि क्षीणोपाये प्रणिपतनमात्रैकशरणे Amaru.25; Bhāg.1.48.2; Ms.8.48,7.177. (b) A plan, contrivance; ˚निलया Mu.1.5. (c) A mode, way, stratagem. उपायेन तु यच्छक्यं न तच्छक्यं पराक्रमैः । H. -2 A fact, circumstance; U.7. -3 Beginning, commencement. -4 Effort, exertion; वश्यात्मना तु यतता शक्यो$वाप्तुमुपायतः (योगः) Bg.6.36; Ms.9.248;1.2. -5 A means of success against an enemy; (these are four:- सामन् conciliation or negotiation, दानम् bribery; भेदः sowing dissensions; and दण्डः punishment (open attack); some authorities add three more :- माया deceit; उपेक्षा trick, deceit or neglect; इन्द्रजाल conjuring, thus making the total number 7); चतुर्थोपायसाध्ये तु रिपौ सान्त्वमपक्रिया Śi.2.54; सामादीना- मुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः Ms.7.19. -6 Joining (as in singing). -7 Approach. -8 Initiation, thread ceremony (= उपनयन); अपि वा वेदतुल्यत्वाद् उपायेन प्रवर्तेरन् MS.6.2.22 (where शबर explains उपायेन प्रवर्तेरन् as उप- नयनेन सह प्रवर्तेरन् ।). -Comp. -आक्षेपः (In Rhet.) Deprecatory speech making mention of the remedy; Kāv..2.151. -चतुष्टयम् the four expedients against an enemy; see above (5). -चिन्ता devising an expedient or scheme. -ज्ञ a. fertile in expedients. -तुरीयः the 4th expedient, i. e. दण्ड or punishment. -योगः application of means or remedy; एतैरुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1. -विकल्पः Alternative strategic means; Kau. A.9.

ubhayatra	उभयत्र ind. 1 In both places. -2 On both sides; भ्रातरुभयत्रा ते अर्थम् Rv.3.53.5. ˚उदात्त having an Udātta accent on both sides. -3 In both cases; Ms.3.125,167.

ūrdhva	ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).

ṛ	ऋ I. 1 P. [ऋच्छति, आर, आर्षीत्, अरिष्यति, ऋत; caus. अर्पयति; desid. अरिरिषति; अरार्यते reduplicative (अत्यर्थमृच्छति) cf. किमभीरुररार्यसे Bk.4.21.] 1 To go, move; अम्भच्छा- यामच्छामृच्छति Śi.4.44. यथाश्मानमृत्वा लोष्ठो विध्वंसेत Bṛi. Up.1.3.7. -2 To rise, tend towards. -II. 3 P. (इयर्ति, आरत्, ऋत Mostly used in the Veda.) 1 To go. -2 To move, shake. -3 To obtain, gain, acquire, reach, meet with. -4 To move, excite, raise (as voice, words &c.) वाचमियर्ति. -5 To display. -III. 5 P. (ऋणोति, ऋण) 1 To injure, hurt. -2 To attack. -Caus. (अर्पयति, आर्पिपत्, अर्पित) 1 To throw, cast, fling; fix or implant in; हृदि शल्यमर्पितम् R.8.87. -2 To put or place on, fix upon, direct or cast towards (as the eye &c.); वामत्रकोष्ठार्पितहेमवेत्रः Ku.3.41; Ś.6.5,17,3.26; R.17. 79; Ś.6.8; Bk.5.9; Ku.6.11; R.15.77; Bg.8.7, 12.14; करपल्लवार्पित Śi.9.54. -3 To place in, insert, give, set or place; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74,78; चित्रार्पिताम् Ś.6.15 drawn in a picture; R.2.31; द्वारदेशे Amaru. 62; V.4.35; Mu.7.6; Bh.3.18; लोकोत्तरं चरितमर्पयति प्रतिष्ठाम् R. G. -4 To hand or make over; give to, give in charge of, consign, deliver; इति सूतस्याभरणान्यर्पयति Ś.1,4. 19; Bk.8.118; Y.2.65. -5 To give up, sacrifice (as the inherent sense); अत्र कलिङ्गगङ्गाशब्दौ आत्मानमर्पयतः S. D.2. -6 To give back, restore; अर्पितप्रकृतिकान्तिभिर्मुखैः R.19.1; Bk.15.16; Amaru.94; Ms.8.191; Y.2. 169. -7 To pierce through, perforate, penetrate.

ṛṇa	ऋण a. [ऋ-क्त] 1 Going. -2 Guilty. -णम् 1 Debt; (as to the three kinds of debt, see अनृण; cf. जायमानो ह वै ब्राह्मणस्त्रिभिर्ऋणवान् जायते, यज्ञेन देवेभ्यः ब्रह्मचर्येण ऋषिभ्यः प्रजया पितृभ्यः इति । स वै तर्हि अनृणो भवति यदा यज्वा, ब्रह्मचारी, प्रजावानिति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.31. ऋणानि त्रिण्यपाकृत्य मनो मोक्षे निवेशयेत् Ms.6.35. देवानां च पितॄणां च ऋषीणां च तथा नरः । ऋणवाञ् जायते यस्मात्तन्मोक्षे प्रयतेत् (त ?) सदा ॥ देवानामनृणो जन्तुर्यज्ञैर्भवति मानवः । अल्पवित्तश्च पूजाभिरुपवासव्रतैस्तथा ॥ श्राद्धेन प्रजया चैव पितॄणामनृणो भवेत् । ऋषीणां ब्रह्मचर्येण श्रुतेन तपसा तथा ॥ (विष्णुधर्मोत्तरम्); ऋणं कृ to incur debt; ऋणं दा to pay off or discharge debt; अन्त्यं ऋणं (पितॄणम्) the last debt to be paid to the manes, i. e. creation of a son. -2 An obligation in general. cf. ऋणसंस्तवो हि अवश्यकर्तव्यानां भवति । ŚB on MS.6.2.31. -3 (In alg.) The negative sign or quantity, minus (opp. धन). -4 A fort, strong-hold. -5 Water. -6 Land. -Comp. -अन्तकः the planet Mars. -अपनयनम् -अपनोदनम्, -अपाकरणम्, -दानम्, -मुक्तिः, -मोक्षः, -शोधनम् paying off debt, discharge or liquidation of debt. -आदानम् 'recovery of debt' Kau. A.3; receipt of money lent &c. (one of the 18 titles or subjects of litigation). -उद्ग्रहणम् recovering a debt in any way from the creditor (by friendly or legal proceedings). -ऋणम् (ऋणार्णम्) debt for a debt, debt incurred to liquidate another debt. ऋणस्य अपनयनाय यदन्यदृणं क्रियते तत् ऋणार्णम् Sk.73; Vārt. on P.VI.1.89. -कर्तृ a. one who gets into debt; Mb.13.23.21. -काति a. one to whom praise is due as a debt; or one who receives praise as a debt to be repaid in benefits (Sāy.) -ग्रस्त a. indebted, involved in debt. -ग्रहः 1 borrowing (money). -2 a borrower. -ग्राहिन् a. borrowing. -m. a debtor, borrower. -चित् a. acknowledging (praise) as a debt to be paid for. N. of ब्रह्मणस्पति; Rv.2.27. 17. -च्छेदः Payment of a debt. -(णम्)चयः N. of a king; Rv.5.3.12,14. -दातृ, -दायिन् a. one who pays a debt. -दासः [ऋणात् मोचनेन कृतो दासः] one who is bought as a slave by paying off his debts; ऋणमोचनेन दास्य- त्वमभ्युपगतः ऋणदासः Mitā. -निर्णयपत्रकम्, -पत्रम् A note of acknowledgement of debt; Sūkra.1.33. -निर्मोक्षः Discharge or acquittance of debt (to ancestors &c.); न चोपलेभे पूर्वेषामृणनिर्मोक्षसाधनम् R.1.2. -प्रदातृ moneylender. -मत्कुणः, -मार्गणः security, bail. -मुक्तः released from debt. -मुक्तिः &c. see ऋणापनयनम्. -लेख्यम् 'debtbond' a bond acknowledging a debt (in law; Mar. कर्जरोखा).

ṛbhva	ऋभ्व ऋभ्वन् a. Ved. 1 Attacking. -2 Courageous, determined. -3 Spreading far. -4 Clever, skilful; स्तुष्व वर्ष्मन् पुरुवर्त्मानं समृभ्वाणम् Av.5.2.7.

e	ए 2 P. (आ + इ) 1 To come, approach &c.; आमायन्तु ब्रह्मचारिणः Tait. Up.1.4.2. -2 To reach, attain, come into (a state or position) स सर्वसमतामेत्य Ms.12.125. -3 To submit; fall to one's share; तस्मात्त्वां पृथग्बलय आयन्ति Ch. Up.5.14.1. (आययन्ति ?) (See इ).

lṝ	लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.

eṣ	एष् 1 U. (एषति-ते, एषितुम्, एषित) 1 To go or approach. -2 To hasten towards, fly at, attack any one. -3 To endeavour to reach or gain. -4 To request. -5 To desire. -6 To creep or glide; पराङ्मित्र एषतु Av.6.67.3. -7 To know; एषितु प्रेषितो यातो मया तस्यानुजो वनम् Bk.5.82.

aitareya	ऐतरेय a. [इतरा-ठक्] Originating from Aitareya. -यः, -यम् A descendant of Itarā (or Itara, a sage) to whom the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa and Āraṇyaka were revealed. -Comp. ˚आरण्यकम् N. of the Āraṇyaka composed by Aitareya. -उपनिषद् N. of an Upaniṣad. -ब्राह्मणम् N. of the Brāhmaṇa composed by Aitareya (attached to the Ṛigveda and prescribing the duties of the Hotṛi priest) It is divided into forty Adhyāyas or eight Pañchikās.

auttareyaḥ	औत्तरेयः [उत्तरायाः अपत्यं ढक्] N. of Parīkṣit, son of Abhimanyu and Uttarā; औत्तरेयेण दत्तानि न्यवसत्तन्निदेशकृत् Bhāg.1.17.4.

kacāku	कचाकु a. 1 Ill-disposed, wicked, vile. -2 Intolerable, unbearable. -3 Difficult to be attained. -कुः A snake.

kabandhaḥ	कबन्धः न्धम् A headless trunk (especially when it retains life); (स्वं) नृत्यत्कबन्धं समरे ददर्श R.7.51, 12.49; शिवातूर्यनृत्यत्कबन्धे Ve.1.27. यस्य नेष्यति वपुः कबन्धताम् Śi. -न्धः 1 The belly; a large belly-like vessel; वसोः कबन्धमृषभो बिभर्ति Av.9.4.3. -2 A cloud. -3 A comet. -4 N. of Rāhu. -5 Water (said to be n. also in this sense); Śi.16.67. -6 N. of a mighty demon mentioned in the Rāmāyana. [While Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa lived in the Dandkā forest, Kabandha attacked them and was slain by them. It is said that, though at first a heavenly being, he was cursed by Indra to assume the form of a demon and to be in that state till killed by Rāma and Laksmaṇa. He advised Rāma to form friendship with Sugrīva; see Rām.3.69.27 ff.; वधनिर्धूतशापस्य कबन्धस्योपदेशतः । मुमूर्छ सख्यं रामस्य समानव्यसने हरौ ॥ R.12.57].

karman	कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.

kal	कल् I. 1 Ā. (कलते, कलित) 1 To count. -2 To sound. -II. 1 U. (कलयति-ते, कलित) 1 To hold, bear, carry, wield, have, put on; करालकरकन्दलीकलितशस्त्रजालैर्बलैः U.5.5; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1; कलित- ललितवनमालः; हलं कलयते ibid.; कलय वलयश्रेणीं पाणौ पदे कुरु नूपुरौ 12; Mb.12.4.18. -2 (a) To count, reckon; कालः कलयतामहम् Bg.1.3. (b) To measure; सदा पान्थः पूषा गगनपरिमाणं कलयति Bh.2.114. -3 To assume, take, have, possess; कलयति हि हिमांशोर्निष्कलङ्कस्य लक्ष्मीम् Māl.1.22. Śi.4.36,9.59. -4 To know, understand, observe, take notice of, think of; कलयन्नपि सव्यथोवतस्थे Śi.9.83; कोपितं विरहखेदितचित्ता कान्तमेव कलयन्त्यनुनिन्ये 1.29; N.2.65, 3.12, Māl.2.9. -5 To think, regard, consider; कलये- दमानमनसं सखि माम् Śi.9.58,6.54,15.55,16.64; Mb.12.4.15; व्यालनिलयमिलनेन गरलमिव कलयति मलयसमीरम् Gīt.4,7; cf. कलयति स कथं ते पाशमुद्बन्धनाय Nag.2.11. -6 To undergo, be influenced by; मदलीलाकलितकामपाल Māl.8; धन्यः को$पि न विक्रियां कलयति प्राप्ते नवे यौवने Bh.1.72. -7 To do, perform. -8 To go. -9 To attach to, tie on; furnish with. -1 To urge on, impel, incite; कलय शिखिनः केकोत्कण्ठान् Māl.9.42. -11 To utter a sound, murmur. -12 To take hold of the die called Kali. -III. 1 P. (कालयति, कालित) 1 To push on, urge, drive forward; गावो न काल्यन्त इदं कुतो रजो Bhāg. 4.5.8. -2 To carry off. -3 To collect. -4 To throw, cast. -5 To proclaim the time.

kaṣāya	कषाय a. 1 Astringent, Ś.2. -2 Fragrant, स्फुटित- कमलामोदमैत्रीकषायः Me.31; U.2.21; Mv.5.41. -3 Red, dark-red; चूताङ्कुरास्वादकषायकण्ठः Ku.3.32. -4 (Hence) Sweet-sounding, Māl.7; cf. also सगद्गदं बाष्पकषायकण्ठः Bu. Ch.1.68. -5 Brown. -6 Improper, dirty. -यः, -यम् 1 Astringent flavour of taste (one of the six rasas): see कटु; यो वक्त्रं परिशोषयति जिह्वां स्तम्भयति कण्ठं बध्नाति हृदयं कषति पीडयति च स कषायः Suśr. cf. also 'बध्नातीव च यः कण्ठं कषायः स विकास्यपि' । Ibid. -2 The red colour. -3 A decoction with one part of a drug mixed with four, eight, or sixteen parts of water (the whole being boiled down until one quarter is left); Ms.11.153. -4 Plastering, smearing; कर्णार्पितो लोध्रकषायरूक्षे Ku.7.17; anointing. -5 Perfuming the body with unguents; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः Ṛs.1.4. -6 Gum, resin, extract or exudation from a tree. -7 Dirt, uncleanness. -8 Dulness, stupidity; विगतभयकषायलोभमोहः Mb.12.179.26. -9 Attachment to worldly objects; Ch. Up.7.26.2; भक्त्या निर्मथिताशेषकषायधिषणो$र्जुनः Bhāg.1.15.29. -1 Decay, ruin. -यः 1 Passion, emotion. -2 Kaliyuga. -Comp. -कृत् m. the लोध्र tree (Symplocos racemosa) -वसनम् The yellowish-red garment of monks, mendicants.

kākaliḥ	काकलिः ली f. 1 A low and sweet tone; अनुबद्ध- मुग्धकाकलीसहितम् U.3; Ṛs.1.8. प्रमदकोकिलकोमलकाकली Rām. Ch.4.2. काकलीप्रधानं च गीयते, तथा तर्कयामि Nāg.1. क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकलीकलकलैरुद्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः S. D. -2 A musical instrument with a low tone used by thieves to ascertain whether a person is asleep or not; फणिमुखकाकली- संदंशक ... प्रभृत्यनेकोपकरणयुक्तः Dk.49. छेदात्समासु सकृदर्पितकाकलीषु Chārudattam 3.1. -2 Scissors. -4 the Gunjā plant. -Comp. -रवः the (Indian) cuckoo.

kāmaḥ	कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.

kāreṇava	कारेणव a. Belonging to a female elephant. कारोत kārōta (त्त tta) मः mḥ रः rḥ कारोत (त्त) मः रः (Ved.) 1 A filtering vessel; कारोतराच्छफादश्वस्य वृष्णः Rv.1.116.7. -2 Yeast, barm. -3 A well.

kārtavīryaḥ	कार्तवीर्यः The son of Kṛitavīrya and king of the Haihayas, who ruled at Māhiṣmatī. [Having worshipped Dattāttreya, he obtained from him several boons, such as a thousand arms, a golden chariot that went wheresoever he willed it to go, the power of restraining wrong by justice, conquest of earth, invincibility by enemies &c.; (cf. R.6.39). According to the Vāyu Purāṇa he ruled justly and righteously for 85, years and offered 1, sacrifices. He was a contemporary of Rāvaṇa whom he once captured and confined like a beast in a corner of his city; cf. R.6.4. Kārtavīrya was slain by Paraśurāma for having carried off by violence the Kāmadhenu of his reversed father Jamadagni. Kārtavīrya is also known by the name Sahasrārjuna.]

kārmuka	कार्मुक a. (-की f.) [कर्मणे प्रभवति इति उकञ् P.V.1.13.] Fit for or able to do a work, doing it well and completely. -कम् [कृमुकशब्दात् काष्ठविशेषवाचिनः, अनुदात्तादेश्च इति सूत्रस्यापवादेन, कोपधाच्च इति सूत्रेणाण् प्रत्ययेन निष्पन्नः] 1 A bow; तत्कार्मुकं कर्मसु यस्य शक्तिः Ki.3.48; त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6. -2 A bamboo. -3 The ninth sign of the zodiac. -4 A kind of machine or instrument shaped like a bow. -5 A kind of village situated on the bank of a river or sea; Māna.9.3.459. -Comp. -उपनिषद् f. the secret of the art of shooting; B. R. -भृत् m. 1 the archer or the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -2 an archer in general.

kālya	काल्य a. [काल-यत्] 1 Timely, seasonable. -2 Agreeable, pleasant, auspicious. -3 Of the morning time; प्रभाते काल्यमुत्थाय चक्रे गोदानमुत्तमम् Rām.1.72.21. -ल्या 1 A cow fit for the bull. -2 A woman arrived at puberty or maturity) who has reached the time favourable to conception). उपसर्या काल्या प्रजने P.III.1.14. -ल्यम् Day-break; Rām.2.7.26; काल्यं विषादविमुखः प्रतिवेशवर्गः । दोषाश्च मे वदतु कर्मसु कौशलं च ॥ Chārudattam 3.1. काल्याग्नौ द्विजकुलनादमन्त्रवादैरुद्दीप्ते तिमिरतिलाहुतिं विधाय ... Rām. Ch.7.61.

kuḥ	कुः f. 1 The earth; Śi.19.17. -2 The base of a triangle or any plane figure; कुः पृथ्वी, कुः कुचं कूलम् ... । Enm. -Comp. -चर a. One who travels; कुचरः पञ्च- वर्षाणि चरेद्धैक्ष्यं मुनिव्रतः Mb.12.165.67. -दिनम् a civil day Āryabhaṭṭa. -धरः a mountain. -नाभिः air, atmosphere. -पप (-पि, -पी) m. the sun; also -वमः Mb.13.93.9. (see टीका). -पुत्रः Mars. -भृत् m. the number seven. -वलयम् the orb; कुवलयकमलकोशाभ्यन्तरकोशः Bhāg.5.16.5.

kuṭaṅgakaḥ	कुटङ्गकः 1 An armour formed by creeping plants overrunning a tree. -2 A small house, hut or cottage.

kuṭiḥ	कुटिः [कुट्-इन्] 1 The body. -2 A tree. -f. 1 A cottage, hut; Bhāg.1.71.16. -2 A curve, bend. -Comp. -चरः a porpoise.

kuṭiram	कुटिरम् A cottage, hut.

kuṭī	कुटी 1 A curve. -2 A cottage, hut; प्रासादीयति कुट्याम् Sk.; Ms.11.73; पर्ण˚, अश्व˚ &c. -3 A vessel with openings used for fumigation. -4 A nosegay -5 A kind of perfume (मुरा). -6 Spirituous liquor. -7 A bawd, procuress. -8 A bower (लतागृह); कुटीषु गोपीरुचि- रासु यो$र्कभूतटीषु गोपाल इति श्रुतो$चरत् Viś. Guṇā.461. -Comp. -चकः a religious mendicant of a particular order; चतुर्विधाभिक्षवस्ते कुटीचकबहूदकौ । हंसः परमहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात् स उत्तमः ॥ Mb.; Bhāg.3.12.42. -चरः a kind of ascetic who entrusts the care of his family to his son and devotes himself solely to religious penance and austerities. कुटीरः kuṭīrḥ रम् ram कुटीरकः kuṭīrakḥ कुटीरः रम् कुटीरकः [कुटीशमीशुण्डाभ्यो रः P.V.3.88] A hut, cottage; U.2.29; Amaru.56 (प्रक्षिप्तश्लोक in the note). -रम् 1 Sexual intercourse. -2 Exclusiveness.

kuṭṭima	कुट्टिम a. Paved with small stones, decorated with mosaic. -मः, -मम् 1 An inlaid or paved floor, ground paved with small stones, pavement; कान्तेन्दुकान्तोपलकुट्टि- मेषु Śi.3.44; R.11.9. 'निबद्धा भूः' Ak. निष्यन्दश्चन्दनानां शिशिरयति लतामण्डपे कुट्टिमान्तान् Nāg.3.7. -2 Ground prepared for the site of a mansion. -3 A jewel-mine. -4 The pomegranate. -5 A hut, cottage, small house.

kulmalam	कुल्मलम् 1 Sin. -2 The part of an arrow by which the head is attached to the shaft. कुल्माषम् (-सम्) Gruel. -षः 1 A kind of grain. half-ripe barley; स हेम्यं कुल्माषान्खादन्तं बिभिक्षे Ch. Up. 1.1.2. -2 A hotch potch of half-boiled rice and pulse; Bhāg.5.9.11. -3 A kind f disease. -Comp. -अभिषुतम् gruel.

kūpaḥ	कूपः [कुवन्ति मण्डूका अस्मिन्, कु-पक् दीर्घश्च Uṇ.3.27] 1 A well; कूपे पश्य पयोनिधावपि घटो गृह्णाति तुल्यं जलम् Bh.2.49; so नितरां नीचो$स्मीति त्वं खेदं कूप मा कदापि कृथाः । अत्यन्तसरस- हृदयो यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9.; प्रोद्दीप्ते भवने तु कूपखननं प्रत्युद्यमः कीदृशः Bh.3.88. -2 A hole, cave, hollow, cavity; as in रोमकूप; Śi.7.74. -3 A leather oil-vessel. -4 A post to which a ship is moored. -5 A tree or rock in the midst of a river. -6 A mast. -7 A pore, root; हृष्यन्ति रोमकूपाणि Mb.6.112.16; Śi.13.13. -पी 1 A small well. -2 A flask, bottle. -3 The navel. -Comp. -अङ्कः, -अङ्गः horripilation. -कच्छपः, म (मा) ण्डूकः -की (lit.) a tortoise or frog in a well; (fig.) an inexperienced person, one who has had no experience of the world at large, a man of limited ideas who knows only his own neighbourhood; oft. used as a term of reproach; यद्यसौ कूपमाण्डूकि तवैतावति कः स्मयः Bk.5.85. -कारः, -खानकः a well-digger; कूपखानकवदेतद् भविष्यति Mbh. on P.1.1.1; Rām.2; कूपखानकवत्प्राप्ते फले दोषं निहन्ति च Ks.66.134. -चक्रम् A water weeel. -दण्डः a mast; क्षोणीनौ कूपदण्डः Dk.1.1. -यन्त्रम् a water-wheel, a contrivance for raising water from a well. -यन्त्रघटी-घटिका a bucket or pot attached to the water-wheel to draw up water. ˚यन्त्रघटिकान्याय see under न्याय. -स्थानम् A well; दशकुली वाटं कूपस्थानम् Kau. A.2.4; एष क्रीडति कूपयन्त्रघटिका- न्यायप्रसक्तो विधिः Mk.1.6.

kṛta	कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.

kṛṣṇa	कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44. -ष्णः 1 The black colour. -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19. -3 A crow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25. -6 The Kali age. -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna]. -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3. -9 N. of Arjuna. -1 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm. -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1. -ष्णा 1 N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26. -2 N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa. -3 A kind of poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5 A grape. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1. -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1. -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9. -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. -8 Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Raivataka. -अजिनम् the skin of the black antelope. -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्. -अयस्, n. -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6. -अर्जकः N. of a tree. -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी. -आवासः the holy fig-tree. -उदरः a kind of snake. -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram. -कन्दम् a red lotus. -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful. -काकः a raven. -कायः a buffalo. -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. -कोहलः a gambler. -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी. -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42. -गर्भाः (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea. -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva. -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa. -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings. -च्छविः f. 1 the skin of the black antelope. -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9. -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood. -तारः 1 a species of antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67. -त्रिवृता N. of a tree. -देहः a large black bee. -धनम् money got by foul means. -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha. -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4. -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -पदी a female with black feet, -पविः an epithet of Agni. -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद). -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (-ला) N. of Durgā. -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा). -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा). -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें). -बीजम् a watermelon. -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury. -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey. -मृत्तिका 1 black earth. -2 the gunpowder. -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda. -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1. -रक्तः dark-red colour. -रूप्य = ˚चर q. v. -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt. -लोहः the loadstone. -वर्णः 1 black colour. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37. -वर्त्मन् m. 1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard. -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope. -वेणी N. of a river. -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4. -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (-खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें). -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल).

kevala	केवल a. [केव् सेवने वृषा˚ कल] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; किं तया क्रियते लक्ष्म्या या वधूरिव केवला Pt.2.134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूति- मवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् 2.63;15.1; Ku.2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); निषेदुषी स्थण्डिल एव केवले Ku.5.12. -5 Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); कातर्यं केवला नीतिः R.17.47. -6 Selfish, envious. -ली, -लम् 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (श्रुतज्ञान, मतिज्ञान, अवधिज्ञान, मनःपर्ययज्ञान and केवलज्ञान). -ली Astronomical science. -लम् ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; केवलमिदमेव पृच्छामि K.155; न केवलं--अपि not only-but;. वसु तस्य विभोर्न केवलं गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31; cf. also 3.19;2,31. -2 Silently, quietly; न हि मे$व्याहृतं कुर्यात्सर्वलोको$पि केवलम् Mb.12.2.28. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् a particular doctrine of अद्वैत. -अन्वयिन् see under अन्वय. -आत्मन् a. one whose essence is absolute unity; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्राक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने Ku.2.4. -ज्ञानम् the highest possible knowledge, (Jaina Phil.). -ज्ञानिन् m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge. -द्रव्यम् 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -ज्ञानम् highest Knowledge; जयन्ति ते जिना येषां केवलज्ञानशालिनाम् Pt.5.12. -नैयायिकः a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so ˚वैयाकरण. -व्यतिरेकिन् m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to न्यायशास्त्र.

kramaḥ	क्रमः [क्रम-भावकरणादौ घञ्] 1 A step, pace; त्रिविक्रमः; सागरः प्लवगेन्द्रेण क्रमेणैकेन लङ्घितः Mb.; Śi.12.18. -2 A foot; (अपनेष्यति) असुरेभ्यः श्रियं दीप्तां विष्णुस्त्रिभिरिव क्रमैः Rām. 5.21.28. -3 Going, proceeding, course; क्रमात् or क्रमेण in course of, gradually; कालक्रमेण gradually, in course of time; कालक्रमेण जगतः परिवर्तमाना Svapna., भाग्यक्रमः course or turn of fate; R.3.7,3,32. -4 Performance, commencement; अविचार्य क्रमं न करिष्यति । इत्थमत्र विततक्रमे क्रतौ Śi.14.53. -5 (a) Regular course, order, series, succession; निमित्तनैमित्तक- योरयं क्रमः &Sacute.7.3; Ms.7.24,.9.85,2.173,3.69. (b) Traditional order; U.6. (c) Order of propriety; लोका- न्तरगतेनापि नोज्झितो विनयक्रमः Nāg.5.11. आत्मीयः पर इत्ययं खलु कुतः सत्यं कृपाया क्रमः । ibid. 5.2; Ku.5.32; प्रियवचन- निवेदनत्वरया क्रमविशेषो नावेक्षितः Pratijñā. -6 Method, manner; वर्तस्व च सतां क्रमे Rām.2.25.2; नेत्रक्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. -7 Grasp, hold; क्रमगता पशोः कन्यका Māl.3.13. -8 A position of attack (assumed by an animal before making a spring); न मया क्रमः सज्जीकृत आसीत् Pt.4. -9 Preparation, readiness; Bk.2.9. -1 An undertaking, enterprize. -11 An act or deed, manner of proceeding; कोप्येष कान्तः क्रमः Amaru.48,33. -12 Particular manner of reciting Vedic texts, leaving at each time one word and taking up another; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. चर्चागुणान् क्रमगुणांश्चापेक्ष्य भवति Mbh. on P.V.1.119. -13 Power, strength; स ईश्वरः काल उरुक्रमो$सौ Bhāg.7.8.9. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अनुसारः, अन्वयः regular order, due arrangement. -आगत, -आयात a. descended or inherited lineally, hereditary; क्रमायातो$पि भूपतिः Pt.1.73,84;3.167... त्यक्त्वैश्वर्यं क्रमागतम् Nāg.1.4. -उद्वेगः an ox. -ज्यका, -ज्या the sine of a planet declination. -पाठः the Karma reading. -भङ्गः irregularity, -भाविन् successive. -माला -रथः -लेखा -शठः -शिखा various kinds of क्रमपाठ. -योगः succession, order; Ms.1.42. -योगेन ind. in regular manner; तेनैव क्रमयोगेन जिज्ञासुः पर्यपृच्छत Mb.1.132.78.

krāntiḥ	क्रान्तिः f. 1 Going, proceeding. -2 A step, pace. -3 Surpassing. -4 Attacking, overcoming. -5 Declination of a planet. -6 The ecliptic. -Comp. -कक्षः, -मण्डलम्, -वलयः, -वृत्तम् the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् a figure described by the ecliptic. -जीवा, -ज्यका, -ज्या the sine of the declination or of the ecliptic. -पातः the equinoctial points or nodes of the ecliptic. -भागः the declination of a point of the ecliptic. -वलयः 1 the ecliptic. -2 the tropical zone, space within the tropics.

kṣip	क्षिप् 6 U. (but only P. when preceded by अधि, प्रति and अति), 4. P. (क्षिपति-ते, क्षिप्यति, क्षिप्त) 1 To throw, cast, send, dispatch, discharge, let go (with loc. or sometimes dat.); मरुद्भ्य इति तु द्वारि क्षिपेदप्स्वद्भ्य इत्यपि Ms.3.88; शिलां वा क्षेप्स्यते मयि Mb.; R.12.95; with प्रति also; Bh.3.67; Śi.15.86. -2 To place, put on or upon, throw into; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; Y.1.23; Bg.16.19. -3 To fix on, attach to (as a blame); भृत्ये दोषान् क्षिपति H.2. -4 To cast or throw off, cast away, rid oneself of; किं कूर्मस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18. -5 (a) To take away, destroy; ललितमधुरास्ते ते भावाः क्षिपन्ति च धीरताम् Māl.4.8. (b) To kill or slay; केसरी निष्ठुरक्षिप्तमृगयूथो मृगाधिपः Śi.2.53. -6 To reject, disdain. -7 To Insult, revile, abuse, scold; Ms.8.312,27; Śānti.3.1. ननु क्षिपसि माम् Dūtavākyam 1. -8 To pour on, scatter, strew. -9 To strike, hit. -1 To distract, afflict; तन्मे मनः क्षिपति Māl.4.8. -11 To move hastily (arms or legs); क्षिपंश्च पादान् Bhāg. 1.36.14. -12 To pass away (time); राजा हृष्टो$क्षिपत्क्षपाम् Ks.55.154. -13 (in math.) To add; Golādh. -With -पर्या to bind or tie up, collect (as hair); (केशान्तं) पर्याक्षिपत् काचिदुदारबन्धम् Ku.7.14.

kṣuraḥ	क्षुरः [क्षुर्-क] 1 A razor; क्षुराग्रैः चक्रैः (हृतानि) R.7.46. प्रवर्तमानमन्याये छेदयेल्लवशः क्षुरैः Ms.9.292. -2 A razor-like barb attached to an arrow. -3 The hoof of a cow or horse. -4 An arrow; क्षुरैश्चिच्छेद लघ्वस्त्रम् Mb.3.287.17. -5 The foot of a bed-stead. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया the act of shaving; नाश्मनि स्यात्क्षुरक्रिया Pt.1.386. -चतुष्टयम् the four things necessary for shaving. -धानम्, -भाण्डम् a razor-case. यथा क्षुरः क्षुरधाने$वोपहितः Kauṣ. Up.4.2; भद्रे शीघ्रमानीयतां क्षुरभाण्डं येन क्षौरकर्मकरणाय गच्छामि Pt. -धार a. as sharp as a razor. -नक्षत्रम् Any luner mansion that is inauspitius for shaving. -प्रः 1 an arrow with a sharp horse-shoe shaped head; तं क्षुरप्रशकलीकृतं कृती R.11.29; 9.62. क्षुरप्रचक्र-निस्त्रिंश-कुन्त-पट्टिश-पाणिभिः Śiva B.4.5. -˚माला a chain of crescent necklets; अहो मया भद्रवत्याः क्षुरप्रमालाहिता Pratijñā.4. -2 a sort of hoe, a weeding-spade. -मर्दिन्, -मुण़्डिन् m. a barber.

gaṇaḥ	गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.

gata	गत p. p. [गम्-क्त] 1 Gone, departed, gone for ever; Mu.1.25; किं गते सलिले सेतुबन्धेन, किं गते विवाहे नक्षत्रपरीक्षया Vb.4. 'what is the use of locking the stable-door when the steed is stolen ?' -2 Passed away, elapsed, past; गदायां रात्रौ. -3 Dead, deceased, departed to the next world; गत एव न ते निवर्तते Ku.4.3. -4 Gone to, arrived at, reaching to. -5 Being in, situated in, resting on, contained in; usually in comp.; प्रासादप्रान्तगतः Pt.1 seated on &c.; सदोगतः R.3.66 seated in the assembly; भर्तारं गता Ś.4.13 united to a husband; so आद्य˚; सर्वगत existing everywhere. -6 Fallen into, reduced to; e. g. आपद्गतः -7 Referring or relating to, with regard to, about, concerning, connected with (usually in comp.); राजा शकुन्तलागतमेव चिन्तयति Ś.5; भर्तृगतया चिन्तया Ś4; वयमपि भवत्यौ सखीगतं किमपि पृच्छामः Ś1; so पुत्रगतः स्नेहः &c. -8 Frequented, resorted to; सुहृद्˚ Ku.4.24. -9 Known, celebrated. -1 Directed towards, belonging to. -11 Known, understood. -तम् 1 Motion, going; गतमुपरि घनानां वारिगर्भोदराणाम् Ś.7.7; Śi.1.2, 7.4. -2 Gait, manner of going; Ku.1.34; हंस प्रयच्छ मे कान्ता गतिरस्यास्त्वया हृता V.4.16. -3 An event. -4 The place where one has gone. -5 Celebration, being known, diffusion; यावन्नाम्नो गतम् Ch. Up.7.1.5. -6 Manner. (As first member of comp. translated by 'free from', 'bereft of', 'deprived of', 'without'.) -Comp. -अक्ष a. sightless, blind. -अध्वन् a. 1 one who has accomplished or finished a journey; बलैरध्युषि- तास्तस्य विजिगीषोर्गताध्वनः R.4.46,11.33. -2 conversant, familiar (with anything); त्रिविधे मोक्षधर्मे$स्मिन्गताध्वा छिन्नसंशयः Mb.12.32.25. (-f.) the time immediately preceding new moon when a small streak of the moon is still visible; (चतुर्दशीयुक्ता$मावास्या). -अनुगतम् following custom or precedent. -अनुगतिक a. doing as others do, a blind follower; गतानुगतिको लोको न लोकः पार- मार्थिकः Pt.1.342 'people are blind followers or servile imitators'; Mu.6.5. -अन्त a. one whose end has arrived. -अर्थ a. 1 poor. -2 meaningless (the meaning being already expressed). -असु, -जीवित, -प्राण a. expired, dead; गतासूनगतासूंश्च नानुशोचन्ति पण़्डिताः Bg.2.11. -आगतम् 1 going and coming, frequent visits; आदित्यस्य गतागतैरहरहः संक्षीयते जीवितम् Bh.3.7; Bg.9.21; Mu.2.3; 4.1. -2 interchange of place; कष्टं स्मरामि तव तानि गता- गतानि Māl.9.47. -3 the flight of a bird backward and forward. -4 irregular course of the stars (in astronomy). -5 Narration of past and future; स सर्वमखिलं राज्ञो वंशस्याह गतागतम् Rām.7.51.23. -आधि a. free from anxiety, happy. -आयुस् a. decrepit, infirm, very old. -आर्तवा 1 a woman past her child-bearing. -2 a barren woman. -उत्साह a. disspirited, dejected. -ओजस् a. bereft of strength or energy. -कल्मष a. freed from crime or sin, purified. -क्लम a. refreshed; संविशेत्तु यथाकालमुत्तिष्ठेच्च गतक्लमः Ms.7.225. -चेतन a. deprived of sense or consciousness, insensible, senseless. -त्रप a. bold, without fear or shame; Bhāg.8.8.29. -दिनम्, -दिवसः the past day, yesterday. -दिनम् ind.. yesterday. -प्रत्यागत a. returned after having gone away; Ms.7.186. -प्रभ a. bereft of splendour, dim, obscured, faded. -प्राण a. lifeless, dead. -प्राय a. almost gone, nearly passed away; गतप्राया रजनी. -भर्तृका 1 a widow. -2 (rarely) a woman whose husband has gone abroad (= प्रोषितभर्तृका); किमु मुहुर्मुहुर्गतमर्तृकाः Śi. -मनस्क a. thinking of (loc.); सपदि गतमनस्कः (प्रियायाः केशपाशे) R. 9.67. -लक्ष्मीक a. 1 bereft of lustre or splendour, faded. -2 deprived of wealth, impoverished, suffering losses. -वयस्, -वयस्क a. advanced in years, aged, old; गतवयसामपि पुंसां येषामर्था भवन्ति ते तरुणाः Pt.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम् the past year. -वैर a. at peace (with), reconciled. -व्यथ a. free from pain; प्रत्तां दुहितरं सम्राट् सदृक्षाय गत- व्यथः Bhāg.3.22.24. -शैशव a. past child-hood. -श्रम a. unmindful of troubles; आदित्यपथमाश्रित्य जगाम स गतश्रमः Rām.6.74.5. -सङ्ग a. 1 free from attachment; गतसङ्गस्य युक्तस्य Bg.4.23. -2 adverse or indifferent to. -सत्त्व a. 1 dead, annihilated, lifeless. -2 base. -सन्नकः an elephant out of rut. -स्पृह a. indifferent to worldly attachments; गतस्पृहो धैर्यधरः कृपालुः Vaidyajīvanam.

gantavya	गन्तव्य pot. p. 1 To be gone, to be gone to or attained. -2 To be accomplished (as a way), to be approached, accessible.

gama	गम a. [गम् भावादौ अप्] (At the end of comp.) Going, moving, going to, reaching, attaining, getting &c.; खगम, पुरोगम, हृदयंगम, &c. -मः 1 Going, moving. -2 March; आदरेण गमं चक्रुर्विषमेष्वप्यसङ्घसाः Bk.7.56; अश्वस्यैकाहगमः. -3 The march of an assailant. -4 A road. -5 Inconsiderateness, thoughtlessness. -6 Superficiality, careless perusal. -7 (Sexual) intercourse with a woman, cohabitation; गुर्वङ्गनागमः Ms.11.55; Y.2.293. -8 A game played with dice and men. -9 Removal (as of fraction in math.) -Comp. -आगमः going and coming. -कारित्वम् inconsiderateness, rashness.

gamanam	गमनम् [गम्-ल्युट्] 1 Going, motion, gait; श्रोणीभाराद- लसगमना Me.84; so गजेन्द्रगमने Ś. Til.7. -2 Going, motion; considered as one of the five karmans by the Vaiśeṣikas. -3 Approaching, going to. -4 March of an assailant. -5 Undergoing, suffering. -6 Obtaining, attaining. -7 Cohabitation. -8 Knowledge, understanding; नाञ्जः स्वरूपगमने प्रभवन्ति भूम्नः Bhāg.8.7.34.

garbhaḥ	गर्भः [गॄ-भन् Uṇ.3.152] 1 The womb, the belly; गर्भेषु वसतिः Pt.1; पुनर्गर्भे च संभवम् Ms.6.63. -2 A fœtus, embryo; act of conception, pregnancy; conception; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी P.2.75; गर्भो$भवद्भूधरराज- पत्न्याः Ku.1.19; गर्भं वहति Pt.1.3 bears a child in the womb. -3 The time of conception; गर्भाष्टमे$ब्दे कुर्वित ब्राह्मणस्योपनायनम् Ms.2.36. -4 The child (in the womb); Ś.6; ततः कुमारं सुरगर्भकल्पम् Bu. Ch.2.19; cf. 'गर्भो भ्रूणे$- र्भके कुक्षौ' Medinī. -5 A child, brood or offspring of birds. -6 The inside, middle, or interior of anything (in comp. in this sense and translated by 'full of', 'filled with', 'containing' &c); हिमगर्भैर्मयूखैः Ś.3.4; शुक˚ कोटर 1.14;7.7; ˚पत्रम् U.3.5. inwardly situated; अग्निगर्भां शमीमिव Ś.4.4; R.3.9;5.17;9.55; Śi.9.62; Māl.3.12; Mu.1.12. -7 The offspring of the sky, i. e. the vapours and fogs drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during 8 months and sent down again in the rainy season; cf. Ms.9.35; नवमासधृतं गर्भं भास्करस्य गभस्तिभिः Rām.4.28.3. -8 An inner apartment, a lying-in-chamber. -9 Any interior chamber. -1 A hole. -11 Fire. -12 Food. -13 The rough coat of the jack-fruit (पनसकण्टक). -14 the bed of a river, especially of the Ganges on the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada or in the very height of the rains when the river is fullest. -15 The fruit (of plants). -16 Joining, union. -17 The calyx of the lotus. -18 (In dramas) One of the Sandhis q. v. -Comp. -अङ्कः (also गर्भे$ङ्कः) an interlude during an act, as the scene of the birth of Kuśa and Lava in U.7, or the सीतास्वयंवर in Bālarāmāyaṇa. The S. D. thus defines it :-- अङ्कोदर- प्रविष्टो यो रङ्गद्वारामुखादिमान् । अङ्को$परः स गर्भाङ्कः सबीजः फलवानपि ॥ 279. -अवक्रान्तिः f. descent of the soul into the womb. -अवटः see गर्भभाजनम्. -अष्टमः 1 the eighth month from conception. -2 the eighth year from conception. -अस्पन्दनम् non-quickening of the fœtus. -आगारम् 1 uterus. -2 an inner and private room, the female apartments. -3 a lying-in-chamber. -4 the body or sanctuary of a temple, the chamber where the image of a deity is placed; एकैव देवं द्रष्टुं च गर्भागारमथाविशत् Ks.7.71. -आधानम् 1 impregnation; गर्भाधानक्षणपरिच- यान्नूनमाबद्धमालाः (बलाकाः) Me.9. -2 one of the Saṁskāras or purificatory ceremonies performed after menstruation to ensure or facilitate conception; (this ceremony legalizes in a religious sense the consummation of marriage); Y.1.11. -आशयः the uterus, the womb. -आस्रावः mis-carriage, abortion. -ईश्वरः one born rich (cf. 'born in the purple'); a sovereign or rich man by birth. ˚ता sovereignty attained by inheritance; प्राप्तैश्वर्यो भवेन्मूढो गर्भेश्वरतयान्यथा Rāj. T.5.199. -उत्पत्तिः f. the formation of the embryo. -उपघातः miscarriage of the embryo (applied to the sky); Bṛi. S.21.25. -उपघातिनी a cow or female miscarrying from unseasonable gestation. -उपपत्तिः f. formation of the embryo. -कर, -कार a. impregnating, procreative. -कालः 1 time of impregnation. -2 the time when the vapour collected in the air shows the first signs of life. -कोशः, -षः uterus. -क्लेशः pains caused by the embryo, the throes of parturition or childbirth. -क्षयः miscarriage. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -वेश्मन् n. 1 an inner apartment, the body of a house; Mb.5.118.19; R.19.42. -2 a lying-in-chamber. -3 the sanctuary or body of a temple; निर्गत्य गर्भभवनात् Māl.1. -ग्रहणम् impregnation, conception. -ग्राहिका a midwife; Ks.34. -घातिन् a. causing abortion. -चलनम् quickening, motion of the fœtus in the uterus. -चेटः a servant by birth; नर्मभिर्गर्भचेटानां द्वास्थानां विक्रियाक्रमैः Rāj. T.3.153. -च्युत a. 1 fallen from the womb (as a child). -2 miscarrying. -च्युतिः f. 1 birth; delivery. -2 miscarriage. -दासः, -सी a slave by birth; (often used as a term of abuse or reproach.); यथा गर्भदासः कर्मार्थ एव स्वामिनो$नड्वाँश्च क्रीयते । ŚB. on MS.3.1.2. -दिवसाः certain days on which the vapours collected in the air show signs of life; Bṛi.21.5. -द्रुह् a. (nom. sing. ˚ध्रुक्-ड्) causing abortion. -धम् Ved. semen virile. -धरा pregnant. -धारणम्, -धारणा gestation, impregnation. -धिः Ved. 1 a breeding place, a nest; कपोत इव गर्भधिम् Rv.1.3.4. -2 cohabitation. -ध्वंसः abortion. -नाडी the umbilical cord. -नुद् a. causing abortion. -न्यासः 1 laying the foundation. -2 the foundations. -परिस्रवः secundines or fœtal membranes collectively. -पाकिन् m. rice ripening in sixty days. -पातः miscarriage after the fourth month of pregnancy. -पोषणम्, -भर्मन् n. nourishment of the fœtus, gestation; अनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैरथ गर्भभर्मणि R.3.12. -भाजनम् the foundation pit, the excavation. -मण्डपः an inner apartment, a bed-chamber. -मासः month of pregnancy. -मोचनम् delivery, birth. -योपा a pregnant woman; (fig.) the Ganges overflowing its banks. -रक्षणम् protecting the fœtus. -रन्धिः complete cooking; स्थाल्य- ग्नितापात्पयसो$मितापस्तत्तापतस्तण्डुलगर्भरन्धिः Bhāg.5.1.22. -रूप a. childish, youthful, juvenile. -रूपः, -रूपकः a child, an infant, a youth. -लक्षण a. observing the signs of the rainy season. (-णम्) a symptom of pregnancy. -लम्भनम् a ceremony performed for the sake of facilitating and developing pregnancy. -वसतिः f., -वासः 1 the womb; असकृद्गर्भवासेषु वासं जन्म च दारुणम् Ms.12.78. -2 being in the womb. -विच्युतिः f. abortion in the beginning of pregnancy. -विपत्तिः death of the fœtus. -वेदना throes of child-birth. -व्याकरणम् the formation of the embryo. -शङ्कुः a kind of instrument for extracting the dead fœtus. -शय्या the abode of the fœtus or uterus. -संभवः, -संभूतिः f. becoming pregnant; वर्षद्वयं प्रविष्टस्य वर्तत$न्तःपुरे$त्र मे । तदेषा गर्भसंभूतिः कुतः संप्रति कथ्यताम् Ks.5.61. -संभवा a kind of cardamoms (Mar. एलची). -स्थ a. 1 situated in the womb. -2 interior, internal. -स्रावः abortion, miscarriage; वरं गर्भस्रावः Pt.1; Y.3.2; Ms.5.66.

gāndharva	गान्धर्व a. (-र्वी f.) [गन्धर्वस्येदम्-अण्] Relating to the Gandharvas. -र्वः 1 A singer, celestial chorister; Rām.7.94.6. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage; गान्धर्वः समयान्मिथः Y.1.61; (for explanation, see गन्धर्व- विवाह); cf. अग्निर्गान्धर्वी पथ्यामृतस्या Rv.1.8.6. -3 A subordinate Veda treating of music attached to the Sāmaveda; see उपवेद. -4 A horse. -र्वम् The art of the Gandharvas; i. e. music, singing; कापि वेला चारुदत्तस्य गान्धर्व श्रोतुं गतस्य Mk.3; अये गान्धर्वध्वनिरिव श्रूयते Avimārakam 3; Ks.12.28. -र्वी 1 Speech. -2 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -कला, -विद्या, -शिक्षा, -शास्त्रम् song, music; यद्गन्धर्वकलासु कौशलम् Gīt.12.28; Ks.12.27. -चित्त a. one whose mind is possessed by a Gandharva. -वेदः the Veda of music (considered as an appendix to Sāmaveda and ascribed to Bharata). -शाला a music saloon, concert-hall; तत्र गान्धर्वशालायां वत्सराज उवास सः Ks.12.31. गान्धर्व gāndharva (र्वि rvi) कः kḥ गान्धर्व (र्वि) कः A singer; Ks.63.

guṇaḥ	गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).

guṇḍicā	गुण्डिचा f. 1 One of the twelve festivals of God Puruṣottama. -2 N. of this place of festival; Utkalakhaṇḍa.

guru	गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.

gṛham	गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.] 1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39. -2 A wife; (the first quotation in 1 is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration). -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 A name or appellation. -6 A square (in chess or any other game). -हाः (m. pl.) 1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77. -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4. -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a householder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29. -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c. -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window. -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder. -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात. -अयनिकः a house-holder. -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman. -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel. -अवग्रहणी the threshold. -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are ground (Mar. पाटा). -आगत a. one who has come to a house. (-तः) a guest. -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2. -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15. -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house. -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree. -आश्रमः the order of a householder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1. -आश्रमिन् m. a householder; Bhāg.1.8.7. -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54. -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance. -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15. -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v. -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52. -करणम् 1 household affairs. -2 house-building. -कर्तृ m. 1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow. -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19. -कर्मन् n. 1 household affairs. -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1. -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils. -कारकः a housebuilder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146. -कारिन् m. 1 a housebuilder. -2 a kind of wasp. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15. -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard. -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4. -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17. -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal. -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123. -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415. -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1. -जालिका deceit, disguise. -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish. -तटी a terrace in front of the house. -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3. -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism. -दासः a domestic slave. -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1. -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26. -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74. -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9. -नमनम् wind. -नाशनः a wild pigeon. -नीडः a sparrow, -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. -2 a sacrificer. -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni. -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire. -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8. -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26. -पालः 1 the guardian of a house. -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15. -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21. -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it. -पोषणम् maintenance of a household; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55. -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites. -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon. -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m. 1 a crow. -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered. -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile. -2 destroying a house. -3 breaking into a house. -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c. -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house. -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family. -भद्रकम् an audience-hall. -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58. -भूमिः f. the site of a house. -भेदिन् a. 1 prying into domestic affairs. -2 causing domestic quarrels. -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43. -मणिः a lamp. -माचिका a bat. -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11. -मृगः a dog. -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5. -मेध a. 1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1. -2 connected with the duties of a householder. (-धः) 1 a householder. -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19. -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above. (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13. -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality. -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5. -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions. -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house. -वित्तः the owner of a house. -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3. -शायिन् m. a pigeon. -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16. -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31. -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163. -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1. -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a householder. -स्थूणा the pillar of a house.

go	गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

candra	चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved. 1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold). -2 Lovely, beautiful. -न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythological account see सोम). -2 The moon, as a planet. -3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51. -4 The eye in a peacock's tail. -5 Water. -6 Gold (n. also). -7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon -8 A spot similar to the moon. -9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga. -1 A reddish kind of pearl. -11 The fifth lunar mansion. -12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). -न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms. -2 An open hall only furnished with a roof. -3 An awning, a canopy. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 a moon-beam. -अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva. -आतपः 1 moon-light. -2 awning. -3 an open hall only furnished with a roof. -आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. -आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K. -आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun. -2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25. -आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya. -आपीडः an epithet of Śiva. -आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky reembling the real moon. -आह्वयः camphor. -इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night. -उदयः 1 moon-rise. -2 awning. -3 a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes. -उपलः the moon stone. -कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28. -2 the crescent before or after the new moon. -3 A cattle-drum. -4 A kind of fish; L. D. B. -कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood. -कान्ता 1 a night. -2 the wife of the moon. -3 moonlight. -कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver. -कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318. -क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible. -गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer. -गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased progenitor, the manes. -गोलिका moon-light. -ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon. -चन्चला a small fish. -चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb. -दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon. -द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light. -नामन् m. camphor. -निभ a. bright, handsome. -निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8. -पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar. -पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12. -प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas. -प्रभा moon-light. -प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks. -बाला 1 large cardamoms. -2 moon-light. -बिन्दु the sign for the nasal () -बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3. -भस्मन् n. camphor. -भागा N. of a river in the south. -भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास. -भूति n. silver. -मणिः the moon-stone -मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon. -2 the lunar sphere. -3 a halo round the moon. -मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman. -रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2. -रेणुः a plagiarist. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver. -वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India. -वदन a. a moon-faced. -वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B. -व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v. -2 a regal property or virtue. -विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B. -शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4. -2 moonlight. -शालिका a room on the top of a house. -शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2. -संज्ञः camphor. -संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms. -सालोक्य attainment of the lunar heaven. -हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu. -हासः 1 a glittering sword. -2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61. -3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver.

campūḥ	चम्पूः f. A kind of elaborate and highly artificial composition in which the same subject is continued through alterations in prose and verse; गद्यपद्यमयं काव्यं चम्पूरित्यभिधीयते S. D.569; for instance भोजचम्पू, नलचम्पू, भारतचम्पू &c. -Comp. -भारतम् N. of a reproduction in prose and verse of the contents of the Mb. by Anantabhaṭṭa. -रामायणम् N. of a reproduction in prose and verse of the contents of the Rām. by Lakṣmanakavi.

carita	चरित p. p. [चर् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Wandered or roamed over, gone. -2 Performed, practised. -3 Attained. -4 Known. -5 Offered; Ś.4.21. -6 Acted, behaved; Ś.5.16. -तम् 1 Going, moving, course. -2 Acting, doing, practice, behaviour, acts, deeds; उदारचरितानाम् H.1.7; सर्वं खलस्य चरितं मशकः करोति 1.81. -3 Life, biography, adventures, history उत्तरं रामचरितं तत्प्रणीतं प्रयुज्यते U.1.2; दिवौकसस्त्वच्चरितं लिखन्ति Ś.7.5; so दशकुमारचरितम् &c. -4 Nature. -5 Fixed law, due or proper observance. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 that has accomplished its end or desired object, successful; राम- रावणयोर्युद्धं चरितार्थमिवाभवत् R.12.87; चरितार्थैव भारती 1. 36; Ki.13.62. राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरा एव Ś.5; चरि- तार्थत्वात् प्रधानविनिवृत्तेः Sāṅ. K.68. -2 satisfied, contented. -3 effected, accomplished. -4 significant, true to its sense; Ku.2.17. -5 appropriate, fit; Ku.4.45. ˚ता the attainment of the desired object; Ś.5.

calita	चलित p. p. [चल्-क्त] 1 Shaken, moved, stirred agitated. -2 Gone, departed; एवमुक्त्वा स चलितः -3 attained. -4 known, understood. -5 Removed, displaced (see चल्). -तम् 1 Shaking, moving. -2 Going, walking. -3 A kind of dance; चलितं नाम नाट्यमन्तरेण M.1.

cāpaḥ	चापः [चपस्य वंशभेदस्य विकारः अण् Tv.] 1 A bow; ताते चापद्वितीये वहति रणधुरां को भयस्यावकाशः Ve.3.5; so चापपाणिः 'with a bow in hand'. -2 The rain-bow. -3 (In geom.) An arc of a circle. -4 The sign of the zodiac called Sagittarius..

cāpin	चापिन् a. [चापो$स्त्यस्य इनि] Armed with a bow. -m. 1 N. of Śiva. -2 The sign of the zodiac Sagittarius.

cāritārthyam	चारितार्थ्यम् Attainment of an object, successfulness.

citta	चित्त p. p. [चित्-क्त] 1 Observed, perceived. -2 Considered, reflected or meditated upon. -3 Resolved -4 Intended, wished, desired. -5 Visible, perceptible. -त्तम् 1 Observing, attending. -2 (a) Thought, thinking, attention; (b) desire, intention, aim; मच्चित्तः सततं भव Bg.18.57; अनेकचित्तविभ्रान्त 16.16. -3 The mind; यदासौ दुर्वारः प्रसरति मदश्चित्तकरिणः Śānti.1.22; so चलचित्त and comps. below. -4 The heart (considered as the seat of intellect). -5 Reason, intellect, reasoning faculty. -6 Knowledge; चित्तं चित्तादुपागम्य मुनिरासीत संयतः । यच्चित्तं तन्मयो वश्यं गुह्यमेतत्सनातनम् ॥ Mb.14.51.27. -Comp. -अनुवर्तिन् a. acting according to one's will, humouring. -अपहारक, -अपहारिन्, -आकर्षिन्, -हारिन् a. 1 'heart-stealing', attractive, captivating. -2 pleasing, agreeable, beautiful. -अर्पित a. preserved in the heart; चित्तार्पितनैषधेश्वरा N.9.31. -आभोगः attention of the mind to its own feelings, exclusive attachment to one thing. -आसङ्गः attachment, love. -उद्रेकः pride, arrogance. -ऐक्यम् agreement, unanimity. -उन्नतिः, -समुन्नतिः f. 1 noble-mindedness. -2 pride, arrogance. -कलित a. anticipated, expected, calculated. -खेदः grief -चारिन् a. acting according to the will of another. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -भूः, -योनिः 1 love, passion. -2 Cupid, the god of love; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; सो$यं प्रसिद्धविभवः खलु चित्तजन्मा Māl.1.2. -ज्ञ a. knowing the mind of another; ते बहुज्ञस्य चित्तज्ञे पत्न्यै, पत्नौ पत्युर्महीक्षितः R.1.56. -नाथः lord of the heart; चित्तनाथमभिशङ्कितवत्या Śi.1.28. -नाशः loss of conscience. -निर्वृत्तिः f. contentment, happiness. -प्रमाथिन् a. moving or touching the heart, exciting passion or love. -प्रशम a. composed, tranquil. (-मः) tranquility of heart. -प्रसन्नता joy, pleasure. -भेदः 1 difference of view. -2 inconsistency, inconstancy. -मोहः infatuation of the mind. -रक्षिन् a. (= -चारिन्); शुश्रूषुर्निरभीमाना पतीनां चित्तरक्षिणी Mb.3.233.2. -रागः affection, passion, desire. -विकारः change of thought or feeling -विक्षेपः distraction of the mind. -विप्लवः, -विभ्रंशः, -विभ्रमः aberration, disturbance or derangement of mind, madness, insanity; स्वप्नो$यं चित्तविभ्रंश उताहो सत्यमेव तु Mb.13.54.15. -विश्लेषः breach of friendship. -वृत्तिः f. 1 disposition or state of the mind, inclination, feeling; एवमात्माभिप्रायसंभावितेष्टजन- चित्तवृत्तिः प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2. -2 thinking, imagining. -3 inward purpose, emotion. -4 (in Yoga phil.) inward working of the mind, mental vision; योगश्चित्तवृत्ति- निरोधः Yoga S. -वेदना affliction, anxiety. -वैकल्यम् bewilderment of the mind, distraction. -सङ्ख्य a. pervading the heart, penetrating the soul. -हारिन् a. fascinating, attractive, agreeable.

chidra	छिद्र a. [छिद्-रक्, छिद्र-अच् वा] Pierced, containing holes. -द्रम् 1 A hole, slit, cleft, fissure, rent, pit, opening, crack; नव छिद्राणि तान्येव प्राणस्यायतनानि तु Y.3.99; Ms.8.239; अयं पटश्छिद्रशतैरलङ्कृतः Mk.2.9; so काष्ठ˚, भूमि˚ &c. -2 A defect, flaw, blemish; त्वं हि सर्षपमात्राणि परच्छिद्राणि पश्यसि । आत्मनो बिल्वमात्राणि पश्यन्नपि न पश्यसि ॥ Mb; सुग्रीवेण समं त्वस्य अद्वैधं छिद्रवर्जितम् Rām.7.36.39. -3 A vulnerable or weak point, weak side, imperfection, foible; नास्य छिद्रं परो विद्याद्विद्याच्छिद्रं परस्य तु । गूहेत् कूर्म इवाङ्गानि रक्षेद्विवरमात्मनः ॥ Ms.7.15,12; छिद्रं निरूप्य सहसा प्रविशत्यशङ्कः H.1.81. (where छिद्र means a hole also); Pt.3.39; Pt.2.38; Proverb: छिद्रेष्वनर्था बहुली- भवन्ति 'misfortunes never come single'. -4 (Astr.) N. of the eighth house. -5 Division; भूमिच्छिद्रविधानम् Kau. A.2.2; -6 Space; भूतानां छिद्रदातृत्वं बहिरन्तरमेव च Bhāg.3.26.34. -7 Sky; नानात्वं छिद्रयोर्यद्वज्ज्योतिषोर्वातयोरिव Bhāg.12.4.3. -Comp. -अनुजीविन्, -अनुसंधानिन्, -अनुसारिन्, अन्वेषिन् a. 1 looking out for faults or flaws. -2 seeking the weak points of another, picking holes, censorious; सर्पाणां दुर्जनानां च परच्छिद्रानुजीविनाम् Pt.1. -अन्तर् m. a cane, reed. -आत्मन् a. one who exposes his weak points to the attack of others. -कर्ण a. having the ear pierced. -दर्शन a. 1 exhibiting faults. -2 seeking the weak points. -दर्शिन् a. observing faults, a captious critic.

chyu	छ्यु 1 Ā. (छयवते) To go, move, approach. 1 the Supreme deity. -2 Śiva. -3 Nārada. -4 Brahmās -5 Viṣṇu. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चन्द्रिका Bhaṭṭotpala'. commentary on Bṛihatsaṁhitā (also called चिन्तामणि). -चित्रम् a wonder of the universe; पश्येदानीं जगच्चित्रम् Rām.7.34.9. -जीवः a living being; एक एको जगज्जीवैरियेष स्वात्मपोषणम् Rāj. T.2.25. -त्रयम् the three worlds i. e. heaven, earth and the lower world. -दीपः the sun. -धात्री 1 Durgā. -2 Sarasvatī. -नाथः 1 the lord of the universe. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 Dattātreya. -4 N. of a country. -5 N. of an idol at Jagannātha. -6 N. of a poet. (-थौ) Viṣṇu and Śiva. (-था) N. of Durgā. -निवासः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; जगन्निवासो वसुदेवसद्मानि Śi.1.1. -3 wordly existence. -पतिः God, Lord of the universe; यदा च तस्याधिगमे जगत्पतेः Ku. -प्रभुः 1 an epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -2 an Arhat of the Jainas. -प्राणः, -बलः wind. -बीजम् N. of Śiva. -मातृ f. 1 Durgā. -2 Lākṣmī. -योनिः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Brahmā. (-निः f.) the earth. -वन्द्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. विनाशः the expiration of Yugas. -वहा the earth. -साक्षिन् m. 1 the Supreme spirit. -2. the sun. -सेतुः the Supreme Being. -स्रष्टृ m. 1 the creator of the world. -2 Brahmā. -3 Śiva. -स्वामित्वम् the sovereignty of the world; जगत्स्वामित्वलाभः प्रभोः Ratn. 4.19.

janman	जन्मन् n. [जन् भावे मनिन्] 1 Birth; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21. -2 Origin, rise, production, creation; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः H. Pr.44; Ku.5.6; (at the end of comp.) arising or born from; सरलस्कन्धसंघट्ठजन्मा दवाग्निः Me.53. -3 Life, existence; पूर्वेष्वपि हि जन्मसु Ms.9.1;5.38; Bg.4.5. -4 Birthplace. -5 Nativity. -6 A father, giver of birth, progenitor; Ś.7.18. -7 Natal star. -8 (In astr.) N. of the first mansion or Nakṣatra. -9 A creature, being. -1 People. -11 The people of a household. -12 Kind, race. -13 Nature; property, quality. -14 Custom, manner. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the regent of a constellation under which a person is born (in astrology); होराजन्माधिपयोर्जन्मर्क्षे वाशुभो राज्ञः Bṛi. S.34.11. -अन्तरम् 1 another life. -2 the preceding life, former birth; मनो हि जन्मान्तरसंगतिज्ञम् R.7.15. -3 regeneration. -4 the other world. -अन्तरीय a. belonging to or done in another life; जन्मान्तरीयैः साम्राज्यं मया प्रापीति चिन्तयन् Rāj. T.6.85. -अन्धः a. born blind. -अष्टमी the eighth day of the dark fortnight of Srāvaṇa, the birth-day of Kṛisna. -आस्पदम् birthplace. -ईशः = 2 जन्माधिप; -कीलः an epithet of Vi&snu. -कुण्डली a diagram in a horoscope in which the positions of different planets at the time of one's birth are marked. -कृत् m. a father. -क्षेत्रम् birth-place. -तिथिः m., f., -दिनम्, -दिवसः birth-day; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23. -दः a father. -नक्षत्रम्, -भम् the natal star. -नामन् n. the name received on the 12th day after birth. -पः the regent of a planet under which a person is born. -पत्रम्, -पत्रिका a horoscope. -पादपः a family-tree; उत्तराः कुरवो$विक्षंस्तद्भयाज्जन्मपादपान् Rāj. T.4.175. -प्रतिष्ठा 1 a birth-place. -2 a mother; Ś.6 (between verses 9th and 1th). -भाज्, भृत् m. a creature, living being; मोदन्तां जन्मभाजः सततम् Mk.1.6. -a. one whose life is fruitful; अहो भोजपते यूयं जन्मभाजो नृणामिह Bhāg.1.82. 29. -भाषा a mother-tongue; यत्र स्त्रीणामपि किमपरं जन्मभाषा- वदेव प्रत्यावासं विलसति वचः संस्कृतं प्राकृतं च Vikr.18.6. -भूमिः f. birth-place, native country. -योगः a horoscope. -रोगिन् a. sickly from birth. -लग्नम्, -राशिः the sign of the zodiac under which a person is born. -वर्त्मन् n. the vulva. -वसुधा native country; पश्यद्भिर्जन्मवसुधाम् Rāj. T.4.147. -शोधनम् discharging the obligations derived from birth. -साफल्यम् attainment of the ends of existence; एतद्धि जन्मसाफल्यं ब्राह्मणस्य विशेषतः Ms.12.93. Pt.1.28. -स्थानम् 1 birth-place, native country, home. -2 the womb. -हेतुः cause of birth, author of one's being; पितरस्तासां केवलं जन्महेतवः R.1.24.

jijñāsu	जिज्ञासु a. [ज्ञा सन् उ] 1 Desirous of knowing, inquisitive, curious; Bg.6.44. -2 Desirous of getting absolution (मुमुक्षु). जित्तमः jittamḥ जितुमः jitumḥ जित्मः jitmḥ जित्तमः जितुमः जित्मः Gemini, the third sign of the zodiac (a word of Greek origin); Bṛihajjātaka 1.8;24.14.

jīva	जीव a. [जीव्-कर्तरि क] Living, existing; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व Rām.4.19.11; असच्च सज्जीवमजीवमन्यत् Bhāg.5.1.12. -वः 1 The principle of life, the vital breath, life, soul; गतजीव, जीवत्याग, जीवाशा &c. -2 The individual or personal soul enshrined in the human body and imparting to it life, motion and sensation (called जीवात्मन् as opposed to परमात्मन् the Supreme Soul); Y.3.131; Ms.12.22-23; सम्पद्यते गुणैर्मुक्तो जीवो जीवं विहाय माम् । जीवो जीवविनिर्मुक्तो गुणैश्चाशयसंभवैः ॥ Bhāg.11.25.36. (here जीव = लिङ्गशरीर). -3 Life, existence. -4 A creature, living being. -5 Livelihood, profession. -6 N. of Karṇa. -7 N. of one of the Maruts. -8 The constellation पुष्य. -9 N. of Bṛihaspati. -1 The third lustrum in the cycle of Jupiter. -11 Association of cause and effect. -12 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अन्तकः 1 a birdcatcher, fowler. -2 a murderer, slayer. -अजीवाधारः the world of organic and inorganic creation. -आत्मन् m. the individual soul enshrined in the human body (as opposed to परमात्मन् 'the Supreme Soul'). -आदानम् abstracting healthy blood, bleeding (in medic.). -आधानम् preservation of life. -आधारः the heart. -इन्धनम् glowing fire-wood, burning wood. -उत्सर्गः 'casting off life,' voluntary death, suicide. -उपाधिः the three states, i. e. waking, dreaming and sleeping. -ऊर्णा the wool of a living animal. -कोशः The subtle body (लिङ्गशरीर);. तदनुस्मर<णध्वस्तजीवकोशास्तमध्ययन् Bhāg. 1.82.48. -गृहम्, -मन्दिरम् 'the abode of the soul', the body. -ग्राहः a prisoner taken alive; -ग्राहम् ind. in an alive condition; जीवग्राहं निगृह्णीमो वयमेनं नराधिपाः Mb.6.77.1. -घनः Brahmā. -ज a. born alive. -जीवः, -जीवकः (also जीवंजीवः) the Chakora bird; रक्तानि हृत्वा वासांसि जायते जीवजीवकः Ms.12.66. According to Arthaśāstra, however, it means a pheasant; विषाभ्याशे ग्लायति जीवंजीवकः । चकोरस्याक्षिणी विरज्येते Kau. A.1.2.17. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -दः 1 a physician. -2 an enemy. -दशा mortal existence. -धनम् 'living wealth', property in the shape of living creatures, live-stock. -धानी the earth. -निकायः a being endowed with life. -पतिः f., -पत्नी a woman whose husband is alive. -पत्रम् a fresh leaf. -पितृ, -पितृक a. (a son or daughter) whose father is still alive. -पुत्रा, -वत्सा a woman whose son is living; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व पुत्रं रक्षस्व चाङ्गदम् Rām.4.19.11. -मन्दिरम् The body; L. D. B. -मरणम् Death in life; जीवन्मरण- मेतद् इति कौटिल्यः Kau. A.1.17. -मातृका the seven mothers or female divinities; (कुमारी धनदा नन्दा विमला मङ्गला बला । पद्मा चेति च विख्याताः सप्तैता जीवमातृकाः ॥). -योनिः a sentient being. -रक्तम् menstrual blood. -लोकः 1 the world of living beings, the world of mortals, the world or worldly existence; आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35; त्वत्प्रयाणे शान्तालोकः सर्वतो जीवलोकः Māl. 9.37; जीवलोकतिलकः प्रलीयते 21; so स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; Bg.11.7; U.4.17. -2 living beings; दिवस इवाभ्रश्यामस्तपात्यये जीवलोकस्य Ś.3.12; or आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35. -वृत्तिः f. breeding or keeping cattle. -शेष a. one to whom only life is left, escaping only with life and nothing more. -शोणितम् living, i. e. healthy blood. -संक्रमणम् transmigration of the soul. -साधनम् grain, corn. -साफल्यम् realization or attainment of the chief end of human existence. -सूः 'the mother of living beings', a woman whose children are living. -स्थानम् 1 a joint, an articulation. -2 the vital parts, heart.

juṣ	जुष् I. 6 Ā. (जुषते-जुष्ट) 1 To be pleased or satisfied. -2 To be favourable or propitious. -3 To like, be fond of, take pleasure or delight in, enjoy; सत्त्वं जुषाणस्य भवाय देहिनाम् Bhāg. -4 To devote or attach oneself to, practise, undergo, suffer; पौलस्त्यो$जुषत शुचं विपन्नबन्धुः Bk.17.112. -5 To frequent, visit, inhabit; जुषन्ते पर्वतश्रेष्ठमृषयः पर्वसन्धिषु Mb. -6 To enter, seat oneself, resort to; रथं च जुजुषे शुभम् Bk.14.95. -7 To choose. -8 To enjoy, possess, have; Māl.5.18. -9 To happen to. -1 To delight in granting or performing. -11 To show oneself favourable towards. -Caus. 1 To like, be fond of. -2 To fondle, cherish. -3 To delight in, approve of, rejoice at. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (जोषति, जोषयति-ते) 1 To reason, think. -2 To investigate, examine. -3 To hurt. -4 To be satisfied.

jñānam	ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception.

jvarita	ज्वरित ज्वरिन् a. (-णी f.) Attacked with fever.

ṭepanam	टेपनम् Sending, throwing. टिप्पणी (-नी) A gloss, a comment; sometimes used in the sense of 'a gloss on a gloss'; as Kaiyaṭa's commentary on the Mahābhāṣya, or Nāgojībhaṭṭa's gloss on Kaiyaṭa's gloss.

tad	तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.

tantram	तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also).

taruṣyati	तरुष्यति Den. P. To attack.

tāmbūlam	ताम्बूलम् 1 The areca-nut. -2 The leaf of piperbetel, which together with the areca-nut, catechu, chunam, and spices is usually chewed after meals; ताम्बूलभृतगल्लो$यं भल्लं जल्पति मानुषः K. P.7; रागो न स्खलित- स्तवाधरपुटे ताम्बूलसंवर्धितः Ś. Til.7. -Comp. -अधिकारः the office of carrying the betel-box; Pt.1. -करङ्कः, -पेटिका a betel-box (Mar. पानदान, पानपुडा); आकृष्य ताम्बूलकरङ्कमध्यात्कर्पूरदानं विदधे बहुभ्यः Vikr.9.82. ˚वाह, ˚हिनी see next word. -दः, -धरः, -वाहकः a servant attached to men of rank to carry the betel-box and to provide them with ताम्बूल whenever necessary. -वल्ली the betelplant; ताम्बूलवल्लीपरिणद्धपूगाः R.6.64.

tik	तिक् I. 1 Ā. (तेकते) To go or move. -II. 5 P. (तिक्नोति) -1 To go. -2 To attack, assail. -3 To wound. -4 To seek to injure or kill. -5 To challenge; also written तिग् or तिघ् in this sense.

tithiḥ	तिथिः m. or f. [अत्-इथिन् पृषो˚ वा ङीप् cf. Uṇ.4.2] 1 A lunar day; तिथिरेव तावन्न शउद्ध्यति Mu.5; Ku.6.93, 7.1. -2 The number '15'. -Comp. -अर्धः, -र्धम् (half the तिथि), a Karaṇa. -ईशः the regent of a lunar day. -क्षयः 1 the day of new moon. -2 the day on which a tithi begins and ends without one sunrise or between two sunrises. -पत्री an almanac. -पालनम् observance of the rites prescribed for the several lunar days. -प्रणीः (-णिः) the moon; सायंतनीं तिथिप्रण्यः पङ्कजानां दिवातनीम् Bk.5.65. -प्रलयः (pl.) difference between solar and lunar days in any particular period; Aryabhaṭṭa 3.6. -वृद्धिः f. the day in which a tithi is completed under two suns (one which comprises two sunrises).

tu	तु 2 P. (तौति and तवीति) 1 To have authority or power, to be strong; स तूताव नैनमश्नोत्यंहतिः Rv.1.94.2. -2 To get, attain. -3 To thrive, increase, become full. -4 To go, move. -5 To injure, hurt, strike.

turāyaṇam	तुरायणम् 1 Non-attachment to any object or pursuit (असंग). -2 A kind of sacrifice; Ms.6.1. -3 A kind of vow (व्रत); Mb.13.13.34.

tul	तुल् 1 P., 1 U. [तोलति-तोलयति-ते; also तुलयति-ते which some suppose to be a denominative from तुला] 1 To weigh, measure; तुलयामास कौन्तेय कपोतेन समं विभो Mb.3.131.26. -2 To weigh in the mind, ponder, consider. -3 To raise, lift up; कैलासे तुलिते Mv.5.37; पौलस्त्यतुलितस्याद्रेरादधान इव ह्रियम् R.4.8;12.89; Śi.15. 3. -4 To bear up, hold up, support; पृथिवीतले तुलितभू- भृदुच्यसे Śi.15.3,61. -5 To compare, equal, liken (with instr.); तृणमिव तुलयन्ति Pt.5.31; मुखं श्लेष्मागारं तदपि च शशाङ्केन तुलितम् Bh.3.2; Si.8.12. -6 To match, be equal to (with acc.); प्रासादास्त्वां तुलयितुमलं यत्र तैस्तैर्विशेषैः Me.66. -7 To make light of, contemn, despise; अन्तः- सारं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2 (where तुल् also means 'to bear up' or 'carry away'); Śi.15.3. -8 To suspect, examine with distrust; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24;5.43 (where some editions read तूलयिष्यति for तुलयिष्यति). -9 To try, put to test, reduce to a wretched state; हा अवस्थे तुलयसि Mk.1 (तूलयसि v. l.) -1 To counterbalance, outweigh; तुलयाम लवेनापि न स्वर्गं नापुनर्भवम् । भगवत्सङ्गिसङ्गस्य मर्त्यानां किमुताशिषः ॥ Bhāg.1.8.13. -11 To have in the same degree, attain or reach to.

titīrṣu	तितीर्षु a. 1 Desirous of crossing; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडु- पेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2. -2 Wishing to attain. -3 Desirous of final emancipation.

taukṣikaḥ	तौक्षिकः The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac (a word borrowed from Greek).

tautātikam	तौतातिकम् तम् Belonging to Kumarila Bhaṭṭa, who had an epithet तुतात or तुतातित.

tauruṣkika	तौरुष्किक a. Turkish; Kuṭṭanīmata 64.

tyājanam	त्याजनम् Abandoning worldly attachment; गुणदोष- विधानेन सङ्गानां त्याजनेच्छया Bhāg.11.2.27.

tri	त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.

dakṣa	दक्ष a. [दक्ष्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Able, competent, expert, clever, skilful; नाट्ये च दक्षा वयम् Ratn.1.6; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; R.12.11. -2 Fit, suitable; दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथाध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44. -3 Ready, careful, attentive, prompt; Y.1.76; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषामामिषतां ययौ R.12.11. -4 Honest, upright. -क्षः 1 N. of a celebrated Prajāpti. [He was one of the ten sons of Brahman, being born from his right thumb, and was the chief of the patriarchs of mankind. He is said to have had many daughters, 27 of whom became the wives of the moon, thus forming the 27 lunar mansions, and 13 the wives of Kaśyapa, becoming by him the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals; see कश्यप. At one time Daksa celebrated a great sacrifice, but did not invite his daughter Satī, nor her husband Śiva, the chief of the gods. Satī, however, went to the sacrifice, but being greatly insulted threw herself into fire and perished; cf. Ku.1.21. When Śiva heard this he was very much provoked, and according to one account, himself went to the sacrifice, completely destroyed it and pursued Dakṣa who assumed the form of a deer, and at last decapitated him. But Śiva is said to have afterwards restored him to life, and he thenceforward acknowledged the god's supremacy. According to another account, Śiva, when provoked, tore off a hair from his matted hair, and dashed it with great force against the ground when lo ! a powerful demon started up and awaited his orders. He was told to go and destroy Dakṣa's sacrifice; whereupon the mighty demon, attended by several demigods, went to the sacrifice, routed the gods and priests, and, according to one account, beheaded Dakṣa himself; Ms.9.128-29.] -2 A cock. -3 Fire. -4 The bull of Śiva. -5 A lover attached to many mistresses. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Mental power, ability, capacity. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The right side or part; वामतो जानकी यस्य दक्षभागे च लक्ष्मणः -1 Ability, power, fitness. -11 Strength of will, energy, resoluteness. -12 Strength, power. -13 Bad disposition, wickedness; मा सख्युर्दक्षं रिपोर्भुजेम Rv.4.3.13. -क्षा 1 The earth. -2 An epithet of the Ganges. -क्षम् Strength, vigour. -Comp. -अध्वरध्वंसकः, क्रतु- ध्वंसिन्, -मथनः, -विध्वंसः Śiva; Hch.3. -m. epithets of Śiva. -कन्या, -जा, तनया, -यज्ञविनाशिनी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a lunar mansion. -जापतिः 1 the moon -2 Śiva. -सावर्णः (र्णिः) N. of the 9th Manu; नवमो दक्षसावर्णिर्मनुर्वरुणसंभवः Bhāg.8.13.18. -सुतः a god. (-ता) a lunar mansion. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33.

dakṣiṇa	दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer.

dagh	दघ् I. 5 P. (दघ्नोति) 1 To kill, hurt. -2 To go, leap. -3 To protect. -II. 4 P. (दध्यति) Ved. 1 To go, flow. -2 To reach, attain. -3 To go away.

daṇḍaḥ	दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama.

dat	दत् m. A tooth; (a word optionally substituted for दन्त in all the case-forms after the acc. dual. It has no forms for the first five inflections). -Comp. -छदः (-दच्छदः) a lip; रभसा दष्ठदच्छदम् Bhāg.7.2.3. दत्त datta दत्तक dattaka दत्रिम datrima दत्त दत्तक दत्रिम See under दा.

dāsī	दासी 1 A female servant or slave. -2 The wife of a fisherman. -3 The wife of a Śūdra. -4 An altar. -5 A harlot. -Comp. -पुत्रः, -सुतः the son of female slave. -श्रोत्रियः a Brāhmaṇa (knowing the Vedas) attached to a female slave. -सभम् a collection of female slaves. (The gen. sing. दास्याः enters into some compounds, but loses its literal sense; e. g. दास्याःपुत्रः, सुतः 'a whore-son', used as a term of abuse; Bhāg. 3.1.15; Rāj. T.5.398; दास्याःपुत्रैः शकुनिलुब्धकैः Ś.2; but दास्याः सदृशी 'like a female slave').

dur	दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.

doṣaḥ	दोषः [दुष् भावे करणे वा घञ्] 1 (a) A fault, blame, censure, defect, blemish, weak point; पत्रं नैव यदा करीर- विटपे दोषो वसन्तस्य किम् Bh.2.93; Pt.1.242; नात्र कुलपति- र्दोषं ग्रहीष्यति Ś.3. 'will not find fault or take exception'; so पुनरुक्तदोषा R.14.9. विसृज्य शूर्पवद्दोषान् गुणान् गृह्णन्ति साधवः । दोषग्राही गुणत्यागी चालनीव हि दुर्जनः ॥ Udb. (b) An error, a mistake. -2 A crime, sin guilt, offence; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34; Ms.8.25; Y.3.79; also अधर्मदोष; cf. Rām.3.66.16. -3 Noxious quality, badness, injurious nature or quality; as in आहारदोष; cf. Ms.1.14. -4 Harm, evil, danger, injury; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58; अनुसरति हि शशाङ्कं राहु-दोषे$पि तारा Pratimā1.25. को दोषः 'what harm is there'. -5 Bad or injurious consequence, detrimental effect; तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यात् Ś.3; अदाता वंशदोषेण कर्मदोषाद्दरिद्रता Chāṇ.49; Ms.1.14. -6 Morbid affection, disease. -7 Disorder of the three humours of the body, or the three humours when in a disordered state, -8 (In Nyāya. &c.) A fault of a definition : (i. e. अव्याप्ति, अतिव्याप्ति and असंभव). -9 (In Rhet.) A fault or defect of composition (such as परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष, रसदोष, and अर्थदोष which are defined and illustrated in the 7th Ullāsa of K. P.). -1 A calf. -11 Refutation. -12 Evening, dusk; cf. दोषा; दोषे हृषीकेश उतार्धरात्रे निशीथ एको$वतु पद्मनाभः Bhāg.6.8.21. -Comp. -अक्षरम् accusation. -आकर a. faulty. -आरोपः charge, accusation. -एकदृश् a. fault-finding, censorious, picking holes. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत् a. causing evil, hurtful. -गुणम् bad and good qualities; बीजानामुप्तिविच्च स्यात्क्षेत्रदोषगुणस्य च (जानीयात्) Ms.9.33. -ग्रस्त a. 1 convicted, guilty. -2 full of faults or defects. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 malicious, malignant. -2 censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing faults &c. (-ज्ञः) 1 a wise or learned man; R.1.93. -2 a physician. -3 a teacher. -त्रयम् disorder or vitiation of the three humours of the body; (i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ). -दृष्टि a. looking at faults, censorious, -प्रसंगः attaching blame, condemnation, censure. -भक्तिः f. tendency to a disease. -भाज् a. faulty, guilty, wrong, a villain. -भेदः a peculiar modification of the vitiation of three humours. -स्थानम् the seat of disorder of the humours.

dus	दुस् A prefix to nouns and sometimes to verbs meaning 'bad, evil, wicked, inferior, hard or difficult, &c.' (N. B. The स् of दुस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants, see दुर्; to a Visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्.) -Comp. -उपस्थान a. difficult to be approached; यो रणे दुरुपस्थानो हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -कर a. 1 wicked, acting badly; काँल्लोकांस्तु गमिष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.12. 27.18. -2 hard to be done or accomplished, arduous, difficult; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं दुष्करम् 'sooner said than done'; Amaru.46; Mk.3.1.; Ms.7.55. (-रम्) 1 a difficult or painful task or act, difficulty. -2 atmosphere, ether. -कर्मन् n. 1 any bad act, sin, crime. -2 any difficult or painful act. -3 A wicked man; ततो वसति दुष्कर्मा नरके शाश्वतीः समाः Mb. -कालः 1 bad times; दुष्काले$पि कलाव- सज्जनरुचौ प्राणैः परं रक्षता Mu.7.5. -2 the time of universal destruction. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -कुलम् a bad or low family; (आददीत) स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि Ms.2.238. -कुलीन a. low-born. -कुह a. hypocritical; अतीन्द्रियेणात्मनि दुष्कुहो$यं मया जनो योजयितुं न शक्यः Bu. Ch.1.18. -कृत्, -कृतिन् m. a wicked person; विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् Bg.4.8; पुनः पुनर्दुष्कृतिनं निनिन्द R.14.57. -कृतम्, -कृतिः f. a sin, misdeed; उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते Bg.2.5; (ददर्श) ततस्तान् भिद्यमानांश्च कर्मभिः दुष्कृतैः स्वकैः Rām.7.21.21. -क्रम a. ill-arranged, unmethodical, unsystematic. -क्रिया a misdemeanour, bad act. -क्रीत a. not properly purchased; क्रीत्वा मूल्येन यो द्रव्यं दुष्क्रीतं मन्यते क्रयी Nārada Smṛiti. -चर a. 1 hard to be performed or accomplished, arduous, difficult; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपस्तृण- बिन्दोः परिशङ्कितः पुरा R.8.79; Ku.7.65. -2 inaccessible, unapproachable. -3 acting ill, behaving wickedly. (-रः) 1 a bear. -2 a bi-valve shell. ˚चारिन् a. practising very austere penance. -चरित a. wicked, ill-behaved, abandoned. (-तम्) misbehaviour, ill-conduct; तथा दुश्चरितं सर्वं वेदे त्रिवृति मज्जति Ms.11.263. -चर्मन् a. affected with a disease of the skin, leprous. (-m.) 1 a circumcised man, or one whose prepuce is naturally wanting. -चिकित्स्य a. difficult to be cured, incurable. सुदुश्चिकि- त्स्यस्य भवस्य मृत्योर्भिषक्तमं त्वाद्य गतिं गताः स्म Bhāg.4.3.38. -चिक्यम् the third लग्नराशि; दुश्चिक्यं स्यात्तृतीयकम् Jyotistattvam. -चित्त a. melancholy, sad. -चेष्टितम् misconduct, error. -च्यवनः an epithet of Indra; अत्तुं महेन्द्रियं भागमेति दुश्च्यवनो$धुना Bk.5.11. -च्यावः an epithet of Śiva. -च्छद a difficult to be clothed, tattered. -तर a. (दुष्टर or दुस्तर) 1 difficult to be crossed; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ms;4.242; प्रविशेन्मुखमाहेयं दुस्तरं वा महार्णवम् Pt.1.111. -2 difficult to be subdued, insuperable, invincible. -3 not to be surpassed or excelled. -4 difficult to be borne or endured. -तर्कः false reasoning. -पच (दुष्पच) a. difficult to be digested. -पतनम् 1 falling badly. -2 a word of abuse, abusive epithet (अपशब्द). -परिग्रह a. difficult to be seized, taken, or kept; Pt.1.67. लोकाधाराः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Kām. (-हः) a bad wife. -पान a. difficult to be drunk. -पार a. 1 difficult to be crossed. -2 difficult to be accomplished. -पूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; दुष्पूरो- दरपूरणाय पिबति स्रोतःपतिं वाडवः Bh.; Bg.3.39. -प्रकाश a. obscure, dark, dim. -प्रक्रिया little authority; Rāj. T.8.4. -प्रकृति a. ill-tempered. evilnatured. -प्रजस् a. having bad progeny. -प्रज्ञ (दुष्प्रज्ञ) a. weakminded, stupid. -प्रज्ञानम् bad intellect. -प्रणीत a. ill-arranged or managed. (-तम्) impolitic conduct; Mb.8.5.2. -प्रतर a. difficult to be overcome or understood; धर्मं सूक्ष्मतरं वाच्यं तत्र दुष्प्रतरं त्वया Mb.12.19.7. -प्रतीक a. difficult to know or recognise; दुष्प्रतीकमरण्ये$स्मिन्किं तात वनमागतः Rām.2.1.5. -प्रद a. causing pain or sorrow; अद्य भीताः पलायन्तु दुष्प्रदास्ते दिशो दश Rām.2.16.29. -प्रधर्ष, -प्रधृष्य 1 un assailable; see दुर्धर्ष; सा दुष्प्रधर्षा मनसापि हिंस्रैः R.2.27. -2 secure from assault, intangible. -प्रमेय a. immeasurable. -प्रवादः slander, calumnious report, scandal. -प्रवृत्तिः f. bad news, evil report; तेषां शूर्पणखैवैका दुष्प्रवृत्तिहराभवत् R.12.51. -प्रसह (दुष्प्रसह) a. 1 irresistible, terrible. -2 hard to bear or endure; M.5.1; R.3.58. -प्राप, -प्रापण a. unattainable, hard to get; R.1.48; असंयता- त्मना योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मतिः Bg.6.36. -प्रीति f. displeasure. -मरम् a sad demise; अकाले दुर्मरमहो यज्जीवामस्तया विना Bk.6.14. -शंस a. Ved. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked. -शक, -शक्त a.powerless, weak. -शकुनम् a bad omen. -शला N. of the only daughter of धृतराष्ट्र given in marriage to Jayadratha. -शासन a. difficult to be managed or governed, intractable. (-नः) N. of one of the 1 sons of धृतराष्ट्र. [He was brave and warlike, but wicked and intractable. When Yudhiṣṭhira staked and lost even Draupadī, Duhśāsana dragged her into the assembly by her hair and began to strip her of every clothing; but Krisna, ever ready to help the distressed, covered her from shame and ignominy. Bhīma was so much exasperated at this dastardly act of Duhśāsana that he vowed in the assembly that he would not rest till he had drunk the villain's blood. On the 16th day of the great war Bhīma encountered Duhśāsana in a single combat, killed him with ease, and drank, according to his resolution, his blood to his heart's content.] -शील (दुश्शील) a. ill-mannered or ill behaved, reprobate. -शृङ्गी a disloyal wife. -ष्ठु see दुस्थ a. unsettled, in calamity; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132. -संचार a. difficult to be passed; दुःसंचारासु नगरवीथीषु; Pt.1.173. -षम (दुःषम or दुष्षम), -सम (दुःसम or दुस्सम) a. 1 uneven, unlike, unequal. -2 adverse, unfortunate, -3 evil, improper, bad. -षमम्, -समम् ind. ill, wickedly. -सत्त्वम् an evil being. -सथः 1 a dog. -2 a cock; L. D. B. -संधान, -संधेय a. difficult to be united or reconciled. -मृद्धटवत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसन्धानश्च दुर्जनो भवति Subhāṣ. -संस्थित a. very sinful or ugly to look at; Rām.2.9.4. -सह (दुस्सह) a. unbearable, irresistible, insupportable. भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहात् Ku. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -साध, -साध्य a. 1 difficult to be accomplished or managed. -2 difficult to be cured. -3 difficult to be conquered. -साधिन् m. door-keeper; L. D. B. -सुप्त a. having bad dreams (in one's sleep). -स्थ, -स्थित a. (written also दुस्थ and दुस्थित) 1 ill-conditioned, poor, miserable. -2 suffering pain, unhappy, distressed; कल्पान्तदुःस्था वसुधा तथोहे Bk. -3 unwell, ill. -4 unsteady, disquieted. -5 foolish, unwise, ignorant. -स्थम् ind. badly, ill, unwell; दुःस्थं तिष्ठसि यच्च पथ्यमधुना कर्तास्मि तच्छ्रो- ष्यसि; Amaru. -स्थितिः f. 1 bad condition or situation, unhappiness, misery. -2 instability. -स्पृष्टम् (दुः-दुस्पृ- ष्टम्) 1 slight touch or contact. -2 slight touch or action of the tongue which produces the sounds य्, र्, ल् and व्; दुस्पृष्टश्चेति विज्ञेयो लृकारः प्लुत एव च. -स्फाटः a kind of weapon; L. D. B. -स्मर a. hard or painful to remember; U.6.34. -स्वप्नः a bad dream.

devī	देवी 1 A female deity, a goddess. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 N. of Sarasvatī. -4 N. of Sāvitrī. -5 A queen, especially a crowned queen (अग्रमहिषी who has undergone the consecration along with her husband); प्रेष्य- भावेन नामेयं देवीशब्दक्षमा सती । स्नायीयवस्त्रक्रियया पत्त्रोर्णं वोपयुज्यते M.5.12; देवीभावं गमिता परिवारपदं कथं भजत्येषा K. P.1. -6 A respectful title applied to a lady of the first rank. -7 A kind of bird (श्यामा). -8 A particular supernatural power (कुण्डलिनी). -Comp. -कोटः 1 the city of Bāṇa (शोणितपुर). -2 Devikotta (on the Coromandal coast). -गृहम् 1 the temple of a goddess. -2 the apartment of a queen. -पुराणम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -भागवतम् N. of an Upapurāṇa. -भावः the dignity of a queen. -सूक्तम् a Sūkta addressed to Devī.

daurlabhyam	दौर्लभ्यम् Scarcity, rarity, difficulty of attainment.

dyu	द्यु 2 P. (द्यौति) To advance towards, encounter, attack, assail; गुहाया निरगाद् वाली सिंहो मृगमिव द्युवन् Bk. 6.118;14.11.

dyu	द्यु n. 1 A day. -2 The sky. -3 Brightness. -4 Heaven. -5 Sharpness; cf. अद्यु -m. Fire. (द्यु is a substitute for दिव् f. before terminations beginning with consonants and in compounds.) -Comp. -गः a bird. -चरः 1 a planet. -2 a bird. -जयः attainment or gaining of heaven. -ज्या the diameter of a circle made by an asterism in its daily revolution. -दलः noon. -धुनिः f., -नदी the heavenly Ganges; सिद्धैर्नुतो द्युधुनिपातशिवस्वनासु रेमे चिरं धनदवल्ललनावरूथी Bhāg.3.23.39. -निवासः a deity, god; शोकाग्निना$गाद् द्युनिवासभूयम् Bk.3.21. -निवासिन् m. 1 a deity. -2 a virtuous man. -पतिः 1 the sun. -2 an epithet of Indra. -पथः the upper part of the sky. -मणिः 1 the sun; कृष्णद्युमणिनिम्लोचे ...... Bhāg.3.2.7. -2 Calcined copper. -योषित् f. an apsaras. -रत्नम् the sun. -लोकः heaven. -षद्, -सद् m. 1 a god, deity; मनःसु येषां द्युसदां न्यधीयत Si.1.43. -2 a planet. -सरित् f. the Ganges.

dru	द्रु I. 1 P. (द्रवति, द्रुत; desid. दुद्रूषति) 1> To run, flow, run away, retreat, fly (often with acc.); गभस्तिधाराभि- रभिद्रुतानि Bk.1.12; यथा नदीनां बहवो$म्बुवेगाः समुद्रमेवा- भिमुखं द्रवन्ति Bg.11.28; रक्षांसि भीतानि दिशो द्रवन्ति 36; द्रुतं द्रवत कौरवाः Mb. -2 To rush, attack, assault quickly; रक्षस्पाशान् यशस्काम्यंस्तमस्कल्पानदुद्रवत् Bk.9.95. -3 To become fluid, dissolve, melt, ooze (fig. also); द्रवति च हिम- रश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः Māl.1.24,8,12; U.6.12; Pt.4.33; द्रवति हृदयमेतत् Ve.5.21; Śi.9.9; Bk.2.12. -4 To go, move. -Caus. (द्रावयति-ते) 1 To cause to run away, put to flight. -2 To melt, fuse. -II. 5 P. (द्रुणोति) 1 To hurt, injure; तं दुद्रावाद्रिणा कपिः Bk.14.81,85. -2 To go. -3 To repent.

droṇaḥ	द्रोणः [cf. Un. 3. 1.] 1 A lake 4 poles long. -2 A cloud (or a particular kind of cloud) abounding in water (from which rain streams forth as from a bucket). को$यमेवंविधे काले कालपाशस्थिते मयि । अनावृष्टिहते शस्ये द्रोणमेघ इवोदितः ॥ Mk.1.26. -3 A raven or a carrion crow. -4 A scorpion. -5 A tree (in general). -6 A tree bearing (white) flowers. -7 N. of the preceptor of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. [Droṇa was the son of the sage Bharadvāja, and was so called because the seed, which fell at the sight of a nymph called Ghṛitāchī, was preserved by the sage in a droṇa. Though a Brāhmaṇa by birth, he was well-versed in the science of arms which he learnt from Paraśurāma. He afterwards taught the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas the science of arms and archery. When, however, the great war commenced, he attached himself to the side of the Kauravas, and after Bhīṣma had been mortally wounded-'lodged in the cage of darts'he assumed the command of the Kaurava forces and maintained the struggle for four successive days, achieving wonderful exploits and killing thousands of warriors on the Pāṇḍava side. On the fifteenth day of the battle the fight continued even during the night, and it was on the morning of the 16th that Bhīma, at the suggestion of Kṛiṣṇa, said within Droṇa's hearing that Aśvatthāman was slain (the fact being that an elephant named Aśvatthaman had fallen on the field). Being at a loss to understand how that could be, he appealed to Yudhiṣṭhira, 'the truthful', who also, at the advice of Kṛiṣṇa, gave an evasive reply--uttered loudly the word Aśvatthāman and added 'Gaja or elephant' in a very low tone; sec Ve.3.9. Sorely grieved at the death of his only son, the kind-hearted old father fell in a swoon, and Dhṛiṣṭadyumna, his avowed enemy, took advantage of this circumstance, and cut off his head.] -णः, -णम् A measure of capacity, either the same as an Āḍhaka or equal to 4 Āḍhakas or 1/16 of a Khāri, or 32 or 64 shers; द्रोणस्तु खार्याः खलु षोडशांशः Lilā (Mar. अदमण). -णम् 1 A wooden vessel or cup, bucket; ततो$स्य रेतश्चस्कन्द तदृषिर्द्रोण आदधे Mb.1.13. 37. -2 A tub. -Comp. -आचार्यः see द्रोण above. -कलशः A kind of sacrificial vessel. -काकः, -काकलः a raven. -क्षीरा, -घा, -दुग्धा, -दुघा a cow yielding a droṇa of milk; सर्वा द्रोणदुघा गावो रामे राज्यं प्रशासति Mb.12.29.58. -गन्धिका a kind of plant (रासना). -मुखम् the capital of 4 villages; चतुःशतग्राम्या द्रोणमुखम् Kau. A.22. -मेघः see द्रोण (2) above. -वृष्टिः rain streaming forth from the द्रोण (cloud); अनावृष्टिहते सस्ये द्रोणवृष्टिरिवागता Mk.1.39.

dvi	द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.

dvaidhībhāvaḥ	द्वैधीभावः 1 Duality, double state or nature. -2 Separation into two, difference, diversity. -3 Doubt, uncertainty, vacillation, suspense; धृतद्वैधीभावकातरं मे मनः Ś.1. -4 A dilemma. -5 One of the six Guṇas or modes of foreign policy. (According to some authorities it means 'double dealing', or 'duplicity' 'keeping apparently friendly relations with the enemy'; द्वैधी- भाविकाः सन्धिविग्रहाः Kau. A.7; बलिनोर्द्विषतोर्मध्ये वाचात्मानं समर्पयन् । द्वैधीभावेन तिष्ठेत्तु काकाक्षिवदलक्षितः ॥ According to others it means 'dividing one's army and encountering a superior enemy in detachments', 'harassing the enemy by attacking them in small bands'; द्वैधीभावः स्वबलस्य द्विधाकरणम् Mitā. on Y.1.347; cf. also Ms.7. 173. and 16.) -6 A contest, dispute. -7 Falsehood, duplicity.

dhanī	धनी (ने) यकम् Coriander seed; see धन्याक. धनुः 1 A bow (perhaps for धनुस् q. v.). -2 N. of the प्रियङ्गु tree. -3 A measure of four hastas. -4 The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -5 An archer. -f. A sandy shore.

dhanus	धनुस् a. [धन् शब्दे-असि] Armed with a bow. n. 1 A bow; धनुर्वंशविशुद्धो$पि निर्गुणः किं करिष्यति Subhāṣ. धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; so इन्द्रधनुः &c. (At the end of Bahu. comp. धनुस् is changed to धन्वन्; अधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8.). -2 A measure of length equal to four hastas; धनुःशतं परीणाहो ग्रामे क्षेत्रान्तरं भवेत् Y.2.167; Ms. 8.237. -3 An arc of a circle. -4 The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -5 A desert; cf. धन्वन् -m. N. of Śiva. -Comp. -आकार a. (धनुराकार) bow-shaped, curved, bent. -आसनम् (धनुरासनम्) a particular mode of sitting. -कर (धनुष्कर) a. having or armed with a bow. (-रः) a bow-maker. -काण्डम् (धनु- ष्काण्डम्) a bow and arrow. -खण्डम् (धनुष्खण्डम्) part of a bow. Me.15. -गुणः (धनुर्गुणः) a bowstring. -ग्रहः (धनुर्ग्रहः), ग्राहः an archer. धनुर्ग्रहवरो यस्यं बाणखड्गास्त्रभृत्स्वयम् Rām.2.44.2. -ग्रहम् a measure, a cubit of 27 aṅgulas; Māna.2.52. -ज्या (धनुर्ज्या) a bow-string; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् Ś2.4. -दुर्गम् (धनुर्दुर्गम्) a place protected by a desert; Ms.7.7. -द्रुमः (धनुर्द्रुमः) a bamboo. -धरः, -भृत् m. (धनुर्धरः &c.) 1 an archer; धनुर्भृतो$प्यस्य दयार्द्रभावम् R.2.11; धनुर्धरः केसरिणं ददर्श 29;3.31,38,39;9.11;12.97; 16.77. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -धारिन् (धनुर्धारिन्) m. an archer. -पाणि a. (धनुष्पाणि) armed with a bow, with a bow in hand; अहमेव धनुष्पाणिर्योद्धा समरमूर्धनि Rām. -मार्गः (धनुर्मार्गः) a line curved like a bow, a curve. -मासः (धनुर्मासः) The period during which the sun is in Sagittarius. -मुष्टिः (धनुर्मुष्टिः) a measure, a cubit of 26 aṅgulas; Māna 2.51. -लता 1 bow. -2 Soma creeper. -वातः (धनुर्वातः) a kind of disease. -विद्या (धनुर्विद्या) the science of archery. -वृक्षः (धनुर्वक्षः) 1 a bamboo. -2 the अश्वत्थ tree. -वेदः (धनुर्वेदः) the science of archery, one of the four Upavedas q. v. चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं वेद पञ्चविधं द्विज । रथनागाश्वपत्तीनां योधांश्चाश्रित्य कीर्तितम् ॥ यन्त्रमुक्तं पाणिमुक्तं मुक्तसन्धारितं तथा । अमुक्तं बाहुयुद्धं च पञ्चधा तत् प्रकीर्तितम् ॥ Agni P. -वेदिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्भः Tetanus.

dhanvanaḥ	धन्वनः Alhagi Maurorum (Mar. धमासा); Mb.12. 155.16. -नम् 1 A bow. -2 A rain-bow. -3 the sign of the zodiac Sagittarius.

dhanvin	धन्विन् a. (-नी f.) [धन्वं चापो$स्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Armed with a bow. -2 Cunning, shrewd. -m. 1 An archer; के मम धन्विनो$न्ये Ku.3.1; उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś.2.5. यस्य तृणसमा बाणा यस्येन्धनसमं धनुः । यस्य प्राणसमा मौर्वी स धन्वी धन्विनां वरः ॥ Dhanur.147. -2 An epithet of Arjuna. -3 Of Śiva. -4 Of Viṣṇu. -5 The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -Comp. -स्थानम् A posture of an archer; वैक्लवं समपादं च वैशाखं मण्डलं तथा । प्रत्यालीढं तथा लीढं स्थानान्येतानि धन्विनाम् ॥

dharmaḥ	धर्मः [ध्रियते लोको$नेन, धरति लोकं वा धृ-मन्; cf. Uṇ 1. 137] 1 Religion; the customary observances of a caste, sect, &c. -2 Law, usage, practice, custom, ordinance, statue. -3 Religious or moral merit, virtue, righteousness, good works (regarded as one of the four ends of human existence); अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्ग- सारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38, and see त्रिवर्ग also; एक एव सुहृद्धर्मो निधने$प्यनुयाति यः H.1.63. -4 Duty, prescribed course of conduct; षष्ठांशवृत्तेरपि धर्म एषः Ś.5.4; Ms.1.114. -5 Right, justice, equity, impartiality. -6 Piety, propriety, decorum. -7 Morality, ethics -8 Nature. disposition, character; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6; प्राणि˚, जीव˚. -9 An essential quality, peculiarity, characteristic property, (peculiar) attribute; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5.45; Pt.1.34. -1 Manner, resemblance, likeness. -11 A sacrifice. -12 Good company, associating with the virtuous -13> Devotion, religious abstraction. -14 Manner, mode. -15 An Upaniṣad q. v. -16 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira, the eldest Pāṇḍava. -17 N. of Yama, the god of death. -18 A bow. -19 A drinker of Soma juice. -2 (In astrol.) N. of the ninth lunar mansion. -21 An Arhat of the Jainas. -22 The soul. -23 Mastery, great skill; दिव्यास्त्रगुणसंपन्नः परं धर्मं गतो युधि Rām.3.31.15. -र्मम् A virtuous deed. -Comp. -अक्षरम् (pl.) holy mantras; a formula of faith; धर्माक्षराण्युदाहरामि Mk.8.45-46. -अङ्गः (-ङ्गा f.) the Indian crane. -अधर्मौ m. (du.) right and wrong, religion and irreligion; धर्माधर्मौ सपदि गलितौ पुण्यपापे विशीर्णे. ˚विद् m. a Mīmāṁsaka who knows the right and wrong course of action. -अधिकरणम् 1 administration of the laws. 1 a court of justice. (-णः) a judge. -अधिकरणिकः, -अधिकारिन् m. a judge, magistrate, any judicial functionary. -अधिकरणिन् m. a judge, magistrate. -अधिकारः 1 superintendence of religious affairs; Ś1. -2 administration of justice. -3 the office of a judge. -अधि- ष्ठानम् a court of justice. -अध्यक्षः 1 a judge. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अनुष्ठानम् acting according to religion, virtuous or moral conduct. -अनुसारः conformity to virtue or justice. -अपेत a. deviating from virtue, wicked, immoral, irreligious. (-तम्) vice, immorality, injustice. -अयनम् course of law, law-suit. -अरण्यम् a sacred or penance grove, a wood inhabited by ascetics; धर्मारण्यं प्रविशति गजः Śi.1.32. -अर्थौः religious merit and wealth; धर्मार्थौ यत्र न स्याताम् Ms.2.112. -अर्थम् ind. 1 for religious purposes. -2 justly, according to justice or right. -अलीक a. having a false character. -अस्तिकायः (with Jainas) the category or predicament of virtue; cf. अस्तिकाय. -अहन् Yesterday. -आगमः a religious statute, lawbook. -आचार्यः 1 a religious teacher. -2 a teacher of law or customs. -आत्मजः an epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira q. v. -आत्मता religiousmindedness; justice, virtue. -आत्मन् a. just righteous, pious, virtuous. (-m.) a saint, a pious man. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. righteous, virtuous; धर्माश्रयं पापिनः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -आसनम् the throne of justice, judgmentseat, tribunal; न संभावितमद्य धर्मासनमध्यासितुम् Ś.6; धर्मासनाद्विशति वासगृहं नरेन्द्रः U.1.7. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः an epithet of Yama; पितॄणामिव धर्मेन्द्रः Mb.7.6.6. -ईप्सु a. wishing to gain religious merit; Ms.1.127. -उत्तर a. 'rich in virtue,' chiefly characterized by justice, eminently just and impartial; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -उपचायिन् a. religious; यच्च वः प्रेक्षमाणानां सर्व- धर्मोपचायिनाम् Mb.5.137.16. -उपदेशः 1 instruction in law or duty, religious or moral instruction. आर्षं धर्मोपदेशं च वेदशास्त्राविरोधिना । यस्तर्केणानुसंधत्ते स धर्मं वेद नेतरः ॥ Ms.12.16. -2 the collective body of laws. -उपदेशकः 1 a teacher of the law. -2 a spiritual teacher, a Guru. -कथकः an expounder of law. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -क्रिया 1 any act of duty or religion, any moral or religious observance, a religious act or rite. -2 virtuous conduct. -कथादरिद्रः the Kali age. -काम a. 1 devoted to virtue. -2 observing duty or right. -कायः 1 an epithet of Buddha. -2 a Jaina saint. -कारणम् Cause of virtue. -कीलः 1 a grant, royal edict or decree. -2 husband. -कृत् a. observing duty, acting justly. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a pious man. धर्मा- धर्मविहीनो$पि धर्ममर्यादास्थापनार्थं धर्ममेव करोतीति धर्मकृत् Bhāg. -केतुः an epithet of Buddha. -कोशः, -षः the collective body of laws or duties; धर्मकोषस्य गुप्तये Ms.1.99. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् any act of religion, any moral or religious rite. -क्षेत्रम् 1 Bhāratavarṣa (the land of religion). -2 N. of a plain near Delhi, the scene of the great battle between the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. (-त्रः) a virtuous or pious man. -गुप्त a. observing and protecting religion. (-प्तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रन्थः a sacred work or scripture. -घटः a jar of fragrant water offered daily (to a Brāhmaṇa) in the month of Vaiśākha; एष धर्मघटो दत्तो ब्रह्माविष्णुशिवात्मकः । अस्य प्रदानात् सफला मम सन्तु मनोरथाः ॥ -घ्न a. immoral, unlawful. -चक्रः 1 The wheel or range of the law; Bhddh. Jain. -2 a Buddha. ˚मृत् m. a Buddha or Jaina. -चरणम्, -चर्या observance of the law, performance of religious duties; शिवेन भर्त्रा सह धर्मचर्या कार्या त्वया मुक्तविचारयेति Ku.7.83; वयसि प्रथमे, मतौ चलायां बहुदोषां हि वदन्ति धर्मचर्याम् Bu. Ch.5.3. चारिन् a. practising virtue, observing the law, virtuous, righteous; स चेत्स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्त- रायो भवसि R.3.45. (-m.) an ascetic. चारिणी 1 a wife. -2 a chaste or virtuous wife. cf. सह˚; इयं चोर्वशी यावदायुस्तव सहधर्मचारिणी भवत्विति V.5.19/2. -चिन्तक a. 1 studying or familiar with duty. -2 reflecting on the law. -चिन्तनम्, चिन्ता study of virtue, consideration of moral duties, moral reflection. -च्छलः fraudulent transgression of law or duty. -जः 1 'duly or lawfully born', a legitimate son; cf. Ms.9.17. -2 N. of युधिष्ठिर; Mb.15.1.44. -जन्मन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -जिज्ञासा inquiry into religion or the proper course of conduct; अथातो धर्मजिज्ञासा Jaimini's Sūtra. -जीवन a. one who acts according to the rules of his caste or fulfils prescribed duties. (-नः) a Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself by assisting other men in the performance of their religious rites; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing what is right, conversant with civil or religious law; Ms.7.141;8.179;1.127. -2 just, righteous, pious. -त्यागः abandoning one's religion, apostacy. -दक्षिणा a fee for instruction in the law. -दानम् a charitable gift (made without any self-interest.) पात्रेभ्यो दीयते नित्यमनपेक्ष्य प्रयोजनम् । केवलं धर्मबुद्ध्या यद् धर्मदानं प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.262. -दुघा a cow milked for religious purposes only. -द्रवी N. of the Ganges. -दारा m. (pl.) a lawful wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl. 6.18. -द्रुह् a. voilating the law or right; निसर्गेण स धर्मस्य गोप्ता धर्मद्रुहो वयम् Mv.2.7. -द्रोहिन् m. a demon. -धातुः an epithet of Buddha. -ध्वजः -ध्वजिन् m. a religious hypocrite, an impostor; Bhāg.3.32.39. -नन्दनः an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -नाथः a legal protector, rightful master. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निबन्धिन् a. pious, holy. -निवेशः religious devotion. -निष्ठ a. devoted to religion or virtue; श्रीमन्तः पान्तु पृथ्वीं प्रशमित- रिपवो धर्मनिष्ठाश्च भूपाः Mk.1.61. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 discharge or fulfilment of duty. -2 moral or religious observance; -पत्नी a lawful wife; R.2.2,2,72;8.7; Y.2.128. -पथः the way of virtue, a virtuous course of conduct. -पर a. religious-minded, pious, righteous. -परिणामः rise of righteous conduct in the heart (Jainism); cf. also एतेन भूतेन्द्रियेषु धर्मलक्षणावस्थापरिणामा व्याख्याताः Yoga-darśana. -पाठकः a teacher of civil or religious law; Ms.12.111. -पालः 'protector of the law', said metaphorically of (दण्ड) 'punishment or chastisement', or 'sword'. -पाडा transgressing the law, an offence against law. -पुत्रः 1 a lawful son, a son begotten from a sense of duty and not from mere lust or sensual pleasure. -2 an epithet of युधिष्ठिर. -3 any one regarded as a son for religious purposes, a spiritual son. -प्रचारः (fig.) sword. -प्रतिरूपकः a counterfeit of virtue; Ms.11.9. -प्रधान a. eminent in piety; धर्मप्रधानं पुरुषं तपसा हतकिल्बिषम् Ms.4.243. -प्रवक्तृ m. 1 an expounder of the law, a legal adviser. -2 a religious teacher, preacher. -प्रवचनम् 1 the science of duty; U.5.23. -2 expounding the law. (-नः) an epithet of Buddha. -प्रेक्ष्य a. religious or virtuous (धर्मदृष्टि); Rām.2.85.16. -बाणिजिकः, -वाणिजिकः 1 one who tries to make profit out of his virtue like a merchant. -2 one who performs religious rites with a view to reward, like a merchant dealing in transactions for profit. -बाह्यः a. contrary to religion or what is right. -भगिनी 1 a lawful sister. -2 a daughter of the spiritual preceptor. -3 a spiritual sister, any one regarded as a sister or discharging the same religious duties एतस्मिन्विहारे मम धर्मभगिनी तिष्ठति Mk.8.46/47. -भागिनी a virtuous wife. -भाणकः a lecturer or public reader who reads and explains to audiences sacred books like the Bhārata, Bhāgavata, &c. -भिक्षुकः a mendicant from virtuous motives; Ms. 11.2. -भृत् m. 1 'a preserver or defender of justice,' a king. -2 a virtuous person. -भ्रातृ m. 1 a fellow religious student, a spiritual brother. -2 any one regarded as a brother from discharging the same religious duties. वानप्रस्थयतिब्रह्मचारिणां रिक्थभागिनः । क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः ॥ Y.2.137. -महामात्रः a minister of religion, a minister in charge of religious affairs. -मूलम् the foundation of civil or religious law, the Vedas. -मेघः a particular Samādhi. -युगम् the Kṛita age; अथ धर्मयुगे तस्मिन्योगधर्ममनुष्ठिता । महीमनुचचारैका सुलभा नाम भिक्षुकी Mb.12.32.7. -यूपः, -योनिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रति a. 'delighting in virtue or justice', righteous, pious, just; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरसा विना R.1.23. -रत्नम् N. of a Jaina स्मृतिग्रन्थ prepared by Jīmūtavāhana. -राज् -m. an epithet of Yama. -राज a. धर्मशील q. v.; धर्मराजेन जनकेन महात्मना (विदेहान् रक्षितान्) Mb.12.325 19. -राजः an epithet of 1 Yama. -2 Jina. -3 युधिष्ठिर. -4 a king. -राजन् m. N. of युधिष्ठिर. -राजिका a monument, a stūpa (Sārnāth Inscrip. of Mahīpāla; Ind. Ant. Vol.14, p.14.) -रोधिन् a. 1 opposed to law, illegal, unlawful. -2 immoral. -लक्षणम् 1 the essential mark of law. -2 the Vedas. (-णा) the Mīmāṁsā philosophy. -लोपः 1 irreligion, immorality. -2 violation of duty; धर्मलोपभयाद्राज्ञीमृतुस्नातामिमां स्मरन् R. 1.76. -वत्सल a. loving piety or duty. -वर्तिन् a. just, virtuous. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वादः discussion about law or duty, religious controversy; अनुकल्पः परो धर्मो धर्मवादैस्तु केवलम् Mb.12.165.15. -वासरः 1 the day of full moon. -2 yesterday. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a buffalo (being the vehicle of Yama). -विद् a. familiar with the law (civil or religious). ˚उत्तमः N. of Viṣṇu. -विद्या knowledge of the law or right. -विधिः a legal precept or injunction; एष धर्मविधिः कृत्स्नश्चातुर्वर्ण्यस्य कीर्तितः Ms.1.131. -विप्लवः violation of duty, immorality. -विवेचनम् 1 judicial investigation; यस्य शूद्रस्तु कुरुते राज्ञो धर्मविवेचनम् । तस्य सीदति तद्राष्ट्रं पङ्के गौरिव पश्यतः ॥ Ms.8.21. -2 dissertation on duty. -वीरः (in Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of virtue or piety, the sentiment of chivalrous piety; the following instance is given in R. G.:-- सपदि विलयमेतु राज्यलक्ष्मीरुपरि पतन्त्वथवा कृपाणधाराः । अपहरतुतरां शिरः कृतान्तो मम तु मतिर्न मनागपैतु धर्मात् ॥ स च दानधर्मयुद्धैर्दयया च समन्वितश्चतुर्धा स्यात् S. D. -वृद्ध a. advanced in virtue or piety; न धर्मवृद्धेषु वयः समीक्ष्यते Ku.5.16. -वैतंसिकः one who gives away money unlawfully acquired in the hope of appearing generous. -व्यवस्था m. judicial decision, decisive sentence. -शाला 1 a court of justice, tribunal. -2 any charitabla institution. -शासनम्, शास्त्रम् a code of laws, jurisprudence; न धर्मशास्त्रं पठतीति कारणम् H.1.17; Y.1.5. [मनुर्यमो वसिष्ठो$त्रिः दक्षो विष्णुस्तथाङ्गिराः । उशना वाक्पतिर्व्यास आपस्तम्बो$ थ गौतमः ॥ कात्यायनो नारदश्च याज्ञवल्क्यः पराशरः । संवर्तश्चैव शङ्खश्च हारीतो लिखितस्तथा ॥ एतैर्यानि प्रणीतानि धर्मशास्त्राणि वै पुरा । तान्येवातिप्रमाणानि न हन्तव्यानि हेतुभिः ॥] -शील a. just, pious, virtuous. -शुद्धिः a correct knowledge of the law; प्रत्यक्षं चानुमानं च शास्त्रं च विविधागमम् । त्रयं सुविदितं कार्यं धर्मशुद्धिमभीप्सता ॥ Ms.12.15. -संहिता a code of laws (especially compiled by sages like Manu, Yājñavalkya, &c.). -संगः 1 attachmet to justice or virtue. -2 hypocrisy. -संगीतिः 1 discussion about law. -2 (with Buddhists) a council. -सभा a court of justice. -समयः a legal obligation; यश्चापि धर्मसमयात्प्रच्युतो धर्मजीवनः Ms.9.273. -सहायः a partner or companion in the discharge of religious duties. -सूः m. the fork-tailed shrike. -सूत्रम् a book on पूर्वमीमांसा written by Jaimini. -सेतुः an epithet of Śiva. -सेवनम् fulfilment of duties. -स्थः a judge; धर्मस्थः कारणैरेतैर्हीनं तमिति निर्दिशेत् Ms.8.57. -स्थीय a. Concerning law; धर्मस्थीयं तृतीयं प्रकरणम् Kau. A.3. -स्वामिन् m. an epithet of Buddha.

dharṣaka	धर्षक a. [धृष्-ण्वुल्] 1 Assailing, attacking, assaulting. -2 Violating, seducing. -3 Impatient. -कः 1 A seducer, an adulterer, a violator. -2 An actor, dancer. -3 Mime.

dhāṭī	धाटी Assault, attacking.

dhāvanam	धावनम् [धाव्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Running, galloping. -2 Flowing. -3 Attacking. -4 Cleansing, purifying, rubbing, washing off. -5 Rubbing with anything.

dhṛta	धृत p. p. [धृ-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Held, carried, borne, supported. -2 Possessed. -3 Kept, preserved, retained. -4 Seized, grasped, laid, hold of. -5 Worn, used, put on; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -6 Placed, deposited. -7 Practised, observed. -8 Weighed. -9 (Actively used) Holding, bearing. -1 Intent upon. -11 Prepared, ready. -12 Resolved, firm; रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47; see धृ also. -तम् 1 Falling. -2 State, existence. -3 Taking, seizing. -4 Wearing, putting on. -5 A particular manner of fighting. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. firm minded, steady, calm, collected. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्सेक a. haughty, arrogant; Rāj. T. -एकवेणि a. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning); नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś7.21. -गर्भ a. pregnant; Ks.7.83. -दण्ड a. 1 inflicting punishment. -2 one on whom punishment is inflicted; राजभिर्धृतदण्डास्तु कृत्वा पापानि मानवाः । निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा ॥ Ms.8.318. -दीधितिः fire. -पट a. covered with a cloth. -मानस a. firm-minded, bent upon; तपसे धृतमानसः Rām.7.9.46. -राजन् a. ruled by a good king (as a country). -राष्ट्रः 1 a good king. -2 a country ruled by a good king. -3 N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of विचित्रवीर्य. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana, his eldest son, the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana, was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. K&rtod.;iṣṇa readily discovered his object, and convinced that Bhīma was marked out by the king as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛiṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus dis comfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years.] -4 N. of a bird; L. D. B. -वर्मन् a clad in armour, mailed; -m. N. of a reputed king. -व्रत a. 1 observing vows, performing religious rites. -2 devoted, attached. -3 of a fixed law or order. (-तः) an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Varuṇa. (3) Agni. (4) A king in the Puru dynasty.

dhṛṣ	धृष् I. 1 P. (धर्षति, धर्षित) 1 To come together, be compact. -2 To hurt or injure. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धर्षति, धर्षयति-ते) 1 To offend, hurt, injure. -2 To insult, treat with indignity. -3 To assail, overcome, overpower, conquer, destroy. -4 To dare to attack, challenge, defy. -5 To violate or outrage (as a woman). -III. 5 P. (धृष्णोति, धृष्ट) 1 To be bold or courageous; ते ह ब्राह्मणा न दधृषुः Bṛi. Up.3.1.2. -2 To be confident. -3 To be proud or overbearing. -4 To be impudent or impatient. -5 To dare, venture (with inf.) -6 To brave, challenge; प्रहस्तस्य पुरोमात्यान् जिहिंसुर्दधृषुस्तथा (वानराः) Bk.14.12. -7 To insult, treat with contumely. -IV. 1 Ā. (धर्षयते) To assail, attack, outrage.

dhṛṣya	धृष्य a. To be attacked, assailable, conquerable; as in अधृष्य q. v.

dhyāna	ध्यान [ध्यै-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Meditation, reflection, thought; contemplation; ज्ञानाद् ध्यानं विशिष्यते Bg.12.12; Ms.1.12; 6.72. -2 Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; तदैव ध्यानादवगतो$स्मि Ś.7; ध्यानस्तिमितलोचनः R.1.73. -3 Divine intuition or discernment. -4 Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; इति ध्यानम्. -Comp. -गम्या a. attainable by meditation only; योगिभिर्ध्यानगम्यम् Viṣṇustotra. -तत्पर, -निष्ठ, -पर a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative. -धिष्ण्य a. suitable for ध्यान; रूपं चेदं पौरुषं ध्यानधिष्ण्यम् Bhāg.1.3.28. -मात्रम् mere thought or reflection. -मुद्रा a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity. -योगः profound meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation; lost in thought.

dhruva	ध्रुव a. 1 (a) Fixed, firm, immovable, stable, permanent, constant, unchangeable; इति ध्रुवेच्छाम- नुशासती सुताम् Ku.5.5. (b) Perpetual, everlasting, eternal; ध्रुवेण भर्त्रा Ku.7.85; Ms.7.28. -2 Fixed (in astrology). -3 Certain, sure, inevitable; जातस्य हि ध्रुवो मृत्युर्ध्रुवं जन्म मृतस्य च Bg.2.27; यो ध्रुवाणि परित्यज्य अध्रुवं परिषेवते Chāṇ.63; Pt.1.419. -4 Retentive, tenacious; as in ध्रुवा स्मृति Ch. Up.7.26.2. -5 Strong, fixed, settled (as a day). -वः 1 The polar star; शरत्प्रसन्नैर्ज्योतिर्भिर्विभावर्य इव ध्रुवम् (अन्वयुः) R.17.35; 18.34; ध्रुवेण भर्त्रा ध्रुवदर्शनाय प्रयुज्यमाना प्रियदर्शनेन (सा दृष्टा) Ku.7.85. -2 The pole of any great circle. -3 The distance of a planet from the beginning of the sidereal zodiac, polar longitude. -4 The Indian figtree. -5 A post, stake. -6 The stem or trunk (of a tree lopped off). -7 The introductory stanza of a song (repeated as a kind of chorus; see Gīt.). -8 Time, epoch, era. -9 An epithet of Brahmā. -1 Of Viṣṇu. -11 Of Śiva. -12 A constant arc. -13 The tip of the nose. -14 A sacrificial vessel. -15 N. of the son of Uttānapāda and grandson of Manu. [Dhruva is the polar star, but personified in mythology as the son of Uttānapāda. The account of the elevation of an ordinary mortal to the position of the polar star runs thus: Uttānapāda had two wives, Suruchi and Sunīti, but the latter was disliked by him. Suruchi had a son named Uttama, and Sunīti gave birth to Dhruva. One day the boy tried, like his elder brother, to take a seat in his father's lap, but he was contemptuously treated both by the King and his favourite wife. The poor child went sobbing to its mother who told him in consolatory terms that fortune and favour were not attainable without hard exertions. At these words the youth left the paternal roof, retired to the woods, and, though quite a lad, performed such rigorous austerities that he was at last raised by Viṣṇu to the position of the Polar Star.] -16 Peg Nm. -17 N. of an astrological yoga (Nm.). -वम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Heaven. -3 The fixed point (from which a departure takes place); P.I.4.24. -4 A certain Yoga (अमृतसिद्धि); सेनामाज्ञापयामासुर्नक्षत्रे$हनि च ध्रुवे Mb.14.63.18. (Com. रोहिण्यामुत्तररात्रये च अहनि वारे ध्रुवे रविवारे उत्तरार्के$मृतसिद्धि- योगे). -वा 1 A sacrificial ladle (made of wood); साधारण्यान्न ध्रुवायां स्यात् Jaiminisūtras. -2 A virtuous woman. -3 A cow who stands still when being milked; सहस्रं धारा द्रविणस्य मे दुहां ध्रुवेव धेनुरनपस्फुरन्ती Av.12.1.45. -4 A bow-string. -5 clapping the hands together to show a particular measure of time in music; स्रुचि मौर्व्यां तालभेदे स्त्रियाम् Nm. -6 The upper quarter (ऊर्ध्व); किंदेवतो$स्यां ध्रुवायां दिशि Bṛi. Up.3.9.24. (MW's meaning is अधर- दिशा?) -वम् ind. Certainly, surely, verily; R.8.49; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया समिल्लतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यवस्यति Ś.1.18. -Comp. -अक्षरः an epithet of Viṣṇu (ओम्). -आयर्तः the point on the crown of the head from which the hair radiate. -केतुः a kind of meteor. -गतिः a firm position. -तारा, -तारकम् the Polar star. -भागः the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars. -मण्डलम् the polar region. -यष्टिः the axis of the poles. -योनि a. having a firm resting place. -रत्ना N. of one of the मातृकाs (attending on Skanda). -शीलः a. having a fixed residence.

namra	नम्र a. [नम्-र] 1 Bowing, bowing down, bent, inclined, hanging down; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. स्तोकनम्रा स्तनाभ्याम् Me.84; Pt.1.16; Ratn.1.19. -2 Bowing down, making a low obeisance; अभूत् च नम्रः प्रणिपातशिक्षया R.3.25; इत्युच्यते ताभिरुमा स्म नम्रा Ku.7.28. -3 Lowly, submissive, humble, reverential; as in भक्तिनम्रः Me.57. -4 Crooked, curved. -5 Worshipping. -6 Devoted or attached to. -Comp. -अङ्ग, -मूर्ति a. bent, stooping. -नासिक a. flat-nosed.

naś	नश् I. 4. P. (नश्यति, ननाश, अनशत्, नङ्क्ष्यति, नशिष्यति नष्ट; caus. नाशयति; desid. निनङ्क्षति, निनशिषति) 1 To be lost, to disappear, vanish, become invisible; ध्रुवाणि तस्य नश्यन्ति H.1; तथा सामा न नश्यति Ms.8.247; Y.2.58; क्षणनष्टदृष्टतिमिरम् Mk.5.24. -2 To be destroyed, to perish, die, be ruined; जीवनाशं ननाश च Bk.14.31; Ms.8.166;7.4; Mu.6.8. -3 To run away, fly away, escape; नश्यन्ति वृन्दानि ददर्श कपीन्द्रः Bk.1.12; नेशुश्चित्रा निशाचराः 14.112; Ratn.2.3. -4 To be frustrated, become unsuccessful. -Caus. 1 To cause to disappear. -2 To destroy, remove, efface, drive away, cause to fly away. -3 To violate (as a virgin). -4 To cause to be lost, lose. -5 To forget. -6 To extinguish, put out (as fire). -II. 1. U. (नशति-ते) Ved. 1 To reach, attain. -2 To meet with, find.

niḥsaṃga	निःसंग a. 1 Unobstructed, free; निःसंगं प्रधिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. -2 Unconnected, detached. -3 Selfless, disinterested; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृतासङ्गेन निःसंगया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति Mu.1.14. -गः Absense of attachment, entire concentration.

nigam	निगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, attain, acquire, obtain; यत्र दुःखान्तं च निगच्छति Bg.18.36;9.31. -2 To get knowledge, learn. -3 To be inserted. -4 To enter (with acc. or loc.).

nigṛhīta	निगृहीत p. p. 1 Seized, arrested. -2 Restrained, curbed, checked, subdued. -3 Attacked. -4 Defeated in argument, caught; भो निगृहीतो$सि U.4.

nidigdha	निदिग्ध p. p. [नि-दिह्-क्त] 1 Smeared, annointed. -2 Increased, accumulated. -ग्धा Small cardamoms. निदिग्धिकादिक्वाथः nidigdhikādikvāthḥ निदिग्धिकादिक्वाथः A kind of Āyurvedic decoction; निदिग्धिकानागरकामृतानां क्वाथं पिबेन्मिश्रितपिपप्लीकम् । जीर्णज्वरा- रोचककासशूलश्वासाग्निमान्द्यार्दितपीनसेषु ॥ Com. of Chakradatta on Charaka. निदिध्यासः nididhyāsḥ निदिध्यासनम् nididhyāsanam निदिध्यासः निदिध्यासनम् See under निध्यै; निरन्तरं विचारो यः श्रुतार्थस्य गुरोर्मुखात् । तन्निदिध्यासनं प्रोक्तं तच्चैकाग्ऱ्येण लभ्यते ॥

nipat	निपत् 1 P. 1 To fall or come down, descend, alight, sink down; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38; Bk.15.27. -2 To be cast at, be directed towards; निपेतुरन्तःकरणै- र्नरेन्द्राः R.6.11. -3 To throw oneself down (as at the feet), fall prostrate; देवास्तदन्ते हरमूढभार्यं किरीटबद्धाञ्जलयो निपत्य Ku.7.92; R.4.5; Bh.2.31. -4 To fall or descend into, meet in; त्वय्येव निपतन्त्योघा जाह्नवीया इवार्णवे R.1.26. -5 To fall upon, attack, rush at or upon; सिंहो शिशुरपि निपतति मदमलिनकपोलभित्तिषु गजेषु Bh.2.38. -6 To happen, occur, take place, fall to one's lot; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47. -7 To be placed, occupy a place; अभ्यर्हितं पूर्वं निपतति. -8 To flow in, discharge into. -9 To fall into ruin. -1 To fall into (any state). -11 To be miscarried (as the foetus). -Caus. 1 To cause to fall down, throw or hurl down. -2 To kill, destroy; तातं निपात्य सह बन्धुजनाक्षितोयैः Mu.5.7; Pt.3.63. -3 To inlay, emboss. -4 To direct (the eyes) upon. -5 To spit out. -6 To raise or levy (as a tribute). -7 (In gram.) To put down as a special or irregular form, to mention as an irregular formation; एते पञ्चविंशतिरजन्ता निपात्यन्ते Sk.

nipātaḥ	निपातः 1 Falling or coming down, descending, alighting; पयोधरोत्सेधनिपातचूर्णिताः Ku.5.24; Ṛs.5.4. -2 Attacking, falling upon, a spring, leap; उत्पश्यतः सिंहनि- पातमुग्रम् R.2.6. -3 Casting, hurling, discharging; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपातसाध्यः Ku.3.15. -4 Descent, fall; निशित- निपाताः शराः Ś.1.1. -5 Dying, death; आनिपाताच्छरीरस्य युक्तो वार्यनिलाशनः Ms.6.31. -6 Accidental occurrence or mention; Mb.12.59.46. -7 An irregular form, irregularity, putting down as irregular or exceptional; एते निपाताः, निपातो$यम् &c. -8 A particle, an indeclinable; see P.I.4.56. -9 The opposite extremity, the lower end. -1 Mixing, coming together; बिन्दुन्यासादयो$वस्थाः शुक्रशोणितसंभवाः । यासमेव निपातेन कललं नाम जायते ॥ Mb.12. 32.115.

nibandhaḥ	निबन्धः 1 Binding, tying, fastening. -2 Attachment, intentness; दैवी संपद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता Bg.16.5. -3 Composing, writing down. -4 Literary composition or treatise, work; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्धविन्यासवैदग्ध्यनिधिर्निबन्धं चक्रे Vās. -5 A compendium. -6 Restraint, obstruction, confinement. -7 Suppression of urine. -8 A bond, fetter. -9 A grant of property, an assignment of cattle, money &c. for support; भूर्या पितामहोपात्ता निबन्धो द्रव्यमेव वा Y.2.121. -1 Fixed property. -11 Foundation, origin. -12 Cause, reason. -धम् Song, singing. -Comp. -पुस्तकम् a register; निबन्धपुस्तकस्थानं च कारयेत् Kau. A.2.7.

nibhṛta	निभृत a. 1 Placed down, deposited, lowered. -2 Filled with, full of; चिन्तया निभृतः Bhāg.1.32.2. -3 Concealed, hidden, out of sight, unperceived, unobserved; निभृतो भूत्वा Pt.1; नभसा निभृतेन्दुना R.8.15 'with the moon become invisible, about to set or go down'; Ve.6.2; Śi.6.2. -4 Secret, covert; अणुदीर्णवर्णनिभृतार्थमाह्वयत् Si.13.42. -5 (a) Still, silent; निभृतद्विरेफम् (काननम्) Ku.3.42;6.2. (b) Steady, fixed, immovable, motionless; निष्कम्पचामरशिखा निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -6 Mild, gentle; अनिभृता वायवः Ki.13.66 'not gentle, violent or strong'; Māl.2.12; Mv.3.14; स्वजननिभृतः सर्वो$प्येवं मृदुः परिभूयते Pratimā 1.18. -7 Modest, humble; अनिभृत- करेषु प्रियेषु Me.7, प्रणामनिभृता कुलवधूरिव Mu.1; वधनिभृत- सिंहाश्च गिरयः Pañch.1.3; अद्यप्रमृति निभृता भवन्ति 2; युक्तं चतुर्भिर्निभृतैस्तुरङ्गैः (रथम्) Bu. Ch.3.8. -8 Firm, resolute. -9 Lonely, solitary; (निभृतनिकुञ्जगृहं गतया Gīt.2. -1 Shut, closed (as a door). -11 True, faithful, firmly attached. -12 Inactive (निष्क्रिय, त्यक्तोद्योग); निभृता नरेन्द्राः Rām. 4.28.43. -ता A kind of riddle; Kāv. -तम् Modesty, humility. -तम् ind. 1 Secretly, covertly, privately, unperceived; Ś.3. Śi.3.74; Ms.9.263. -2 Silently, quietly; K.134. -3 Out of sight, in a corner. -Comp. -आचार a. of resolute conduct, firm. -आत्मन् a. firm, resolute. -स्थित a. standing unperceived.

niyam	नियम् 1 P. 1 To restain, curb, check, control, govern; प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg.7.2; (सुतां) शशाक मेना न नियन्तुमुद्यमात् Ku.5.5; 'could not dissuade her', &c. -2 To suppress, suspend, hold in (as breath, &c.); Ms. 2.192; न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59 'does not suppress or conceal', &c. -3 To offer, give; को नः कुले निवपनानि नियच्छतीति Ś.6.25. -4 To punish, chastise; नियन्तव्यश्च राजभिः Ms.9.213. -5 To regulate or direct in general; लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2. -6 To attain, obtain; तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति Y.3.115; Ms.2.93. -7 To put on, assume. -8 To place upon. -Caus. (नियमयति) 1 To restrain, control, regulate, check, punish; नियमयसि विमार्गप्रस्थितानात्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -2 To bind, fasten; Śi.7.56; R.5.73. -2 To moderate, lessen, mitigate, relieve; छायाद्रुमैर्नियमितार्कमयूखतापः Ś.4.11; Ku.1.6.

niyukta	नियुक्त p. p. 1 Directed, ordered, instructed, commanded. -2 Authorised, appointed; नियुक्तः क्षत्रियो द्रव्ये खड्गं दर्शयते ध्रुवम् H.2.95. -3 Permitted to raise issue; see नियोग (7) below. -4 Attached to. -5 Fastened to. -6 Ascertained. -7 Prompted, incited. -8 Used, employed; नियुक्तौ हव्यकव्ययोः Ms.5.16. -क्तः A functionary, an officer, any one charged with some business. -क्तम् ind. By all means, necessarily.

niyogaḥ	नियोगः 1 Employment, use, application. -2 An injunction, order, command, direction, commission, charge, appointed task or duty, any business committed to one's care; यः सावज्ञो माधवश्रीनियोगे M.5.8; मनो नियोगक्रिययोत्सुकं मे R.5.11; अथवा नियोगः खल्वीदृशो मन्दभाग्यस्य U.1; आज्ञा- पयतु को नियोगो$नुष्ठीयतामिति Ś.1; त्वमपि स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु 'go about your own business', 'do your appointed duty', (frequently occurring in plays, and used as a courteous way of asking servants to withdraw). -3 Fastening or attaching to. -4 Necessity, obligation; तत् सिषेवे नियोगेन स विकल्पपराङ्मुखः R.17.49. -5 Effort, exertion. -6 Certainty, ascertainment. -7 An invariable rule; न चैष नियोगो वृत्तिपक्षे नित्यः समास इति ŚB. on MS.1.6.5. -8 Commission, act; न कर्ता कस्यचित् कश्चिन्नियोगेनापि चेश्वरः Rām. 4.25.5. -9 Right (अधिकार); अलघुनि बहु मेनिरे च ताः स्वं कुलिशभृता विहितं पदे नियोगम् Ki.1.16. -1 A practice prevalent in ancient times which permitted a childless widow to have intercourse with the brother or any near kinsman of her deceased husband to raise up issue to him, the son so born being called क्षेत्रज; cf. Ms.9.59.:-- देवराद्वा सपिण्डाद्वा स्त्रिया सम्यङ् नियुक्तया । प्रजे- प्सिताधिगन्तव्या सन्तानस्य परिक्षये ॥; see 6, 65 also. (Vyāsa begot पाण्डु and धृतराष्ट्र on the widows of विचित्रवीर्य in this way).

niyojanam	नियोजनम् 1 Fastening, attaching. -2 Ordering, prescribing. -3 Urging, impelling. -4 Appointing. -5 Ved. That with which anything is tied. -नी A halter.

nir	निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.

nirata	निरत a. 1 Engaged or interested in; स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18.45. -2 Devoted to, fond of, attached to; वनवासनिरतः K.157; मृगया˚ &c. -3 Pleased, delighted. -4 Rested, ceased.

niratiḥ	निरतिः f. Strong attachment. fondness, devotion; पापनिरतिरविशङ्कतया विजयं व्यवस्यति वराहमायया Ki.12.37.

nirasta	निरस्त p. p. 1 Cast off or away, thrown out or away, repudiated, driven, expelled, banished; कौलीन- भीतेन गृहान्निरस्ता R.14.84. -2 Dispelled, destroyed. -3 Abandoned, deserted. -4 Removed, deprived or void of; निरस्तपादपे देश एरण्डोपि द्रुमायते H.1.67. -5 Discharged (as an arrow). -6 Refuted. -7 Vomited, spit out. -8 Uttered rapidly; सर्वे ऊष्माणो$ग्रस्ता अनिरस्ता विवृता वक्तव्याः Ch. Up.2.22.5. -9 Torn out or destroyed. -1 Suppressed, checked. -11 Broken (as an agreement &c.). -12 Thrown off (as from a horse). -13 Offered, given; त्वं पुण्डरीकमुख बन्धुतया निरस्तमेको निवापसलिलं पिबसीत्ययुक्तम् Māl.9.4. -14 Rejected, disallowed. -15 Sent forth or away. -स्तः An arrow discharged. -स्तम् 1 Rejecting, refusal &c. -2 Dropping or leaving out, rapid pronunciation. -3 Spitting out. -4 Preventing, warding of. -5 Throwing or casting. -Comp. -भेद a. having all differences removed, same, identical. -राग a. one who has renounced all worldly attachments. -संख्य a innumerable.

nirgam	निर्गम् 1 P. 1 To go out or forth, depart; प्रकाशं निर्गतः Ś.4; हुतवहपरिखेदादाशु निर्गत्य कक्षात् Ṛs.1.27; Ms. 9.83; Amaru 61; Ś.3.25;6.4. -2 To spring forth, arise; अन्यदर्ककिरणेभ्यो निर्गतम् K.136. -3 To remove; as in निर्गतविशङ्कः. -4 To be cured of a disease. -5 To come out or appear (as a bud); चूतानां चिरनिर्गतापि कलिका बघ्नाति न स्वं रजः Ś.6.3. -6 To go away, disappear. -7 To be freed from (with abl.). -8 To enter into or attain to any state, undergo, suffer.

nirmukta	निर्मुक्त p. p. 1 Set free, freed, liberated; R.1.46. -2 Freed from worldly attachments. -3 Separated, disjoined. -4 Pressed out; फुल्लं कुरबकं पश्य निर्मुक्तालक्तकप्रभम् Bu. Ch.4.47. -क्तः A snake which has lately cast off its skin; आददानाश्च नाराचान्निर्मुक्ताशीविषोपमान् Mb.6.44.17.

nirviṣṭa	निर्विष्ट p. p. 1 Enjoyed, attained, experienced. -2 Fully enjoyed or used. -3 Obtained as wages; निर्विष्टं वैश्यशूद्रयोः Gautama. -4 Married. -5 Engaged in. -6 Arrived at, attained to. -7 One who has maintained the sacred fire. -8 Entered, sticking in. -9 Sitting encamping; निर्विष्टमुदधेः कूले तं प्रपेदे बिभीषणः R.12.68.

nirvṛtta	निर्वृत्त p. p. 1 Accomplished, attained, performed &c; निर्वृत्तपर्जन्यजलाभिषेका प्रफुल्लकाशा वसुधेव रेजे Ku.7.11. सा तस्य कर्मनिर्वृतैर्दूरं पश्चात्कृता फलैः R.17.18. -2 Finished, ended; निर्वृत्ते तु क्रतौ तस्मिन् हयमेधे महात्मनः Rām.1.18.1. -Comp. -चूडकः a. One on whom tonsure has been performed; निर्वृत्तचूडकानां तु त्रिरात्रात् शुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.67. -मात्र a. just finished.

niviś	निविश् 6 Ā. 1 To sit down, take a seat; नवाम्बुद- श्यामवपुर्न्यविक्षत (आसने) Śi.1.19. -2 To halt, encamp; R.12.68. -3 To enter; रामशालां न्यविक्षत Bk.4.28;6. 143;8.7; R.9.82;12.38. -4 To be fixed on, be directed towards; सूर्यनिविष्टदृष्टिः R.14.66. -5 To be devoted or attached to, be intent on, to practise; श्रुतिप्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -6 To marry (for निर्विश् q. v.). -7 To alight, descend. -Caus. 1 To fix or direct upon, apply to (as thought, mind &c.); मयि बुद्धिं निवेशय Bg.12.8. -2 To put, place, keep; मनोगतं वाचि निवेशयन्ति Ki.14.4; R.4.39;7.63;6.16. -3 To seat, install; स निवेश्य कुशावत्यां रिपुनागाङ्कुशं कुशम् R.15.97. -4 To cause to settle in life, get married; दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2; R.11.57. -5 To encamp (as an army); निवेशयामास विलङ्घिताध्वा क्लान्तं रजोधूसरकेतु सैन्यम् R.5.42;16.37. -6 To draw, paint, portray; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1; M.3.11. -7 To commit to writing, inscribe on; पत्रे निवेशितमुदाहरणं प्रियायाः V.2.14. -8 To intrust or commit to; मित्रं ममाय- मिति निर्वृतचित्तवृत्तिं विश्रम्भतस्त्वयि निवेशितसर्वकार्यम् Mu.5.7; R.19.4. -9 To introduce. -1 To found (a city). -11 To throw, hurl upon, shoot at. -12 To impress (on mind).

niśā	निशा [नितरां श्यति तनूकरोति व्यापारान् शो-क Tv.] 1 Night या निशा सर्वभूतानां तस्यां जागर्ति संयमी Bg.2.69. -2 Turmeric. -3 A dream. -4 A collective name for the zodiacal signs Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Sagittarius, and Capricorn. -5 A species of plant (Mar. कचरा or उपळसरी). -Comp. -अटः, -अटनः 1 an owl. -2 a demon, ghost, goblin; ईश्वरस्य निशाटानां विलोक्य निखिलां पुरीम् Bk. 8.115; Rām. Ch.1.34 -अटकः bdellium. -अतिक्रमः, -अत्ययः, -अन्तः, -अवसानम् 1 the passing away of night. -2 daybreak; ये मां स्तुवन्त्यनेनाङ्ग प्रतिबुध्य निशात्यये Bhāg.8.4.25. -अदः = Niṣāda q. v. -अन्ध a. blind at night. (-न्धा) the creeper called जतुका. -अधीशः, -ईशः, -नाथः, -पतिः, -मणिः, -रत्नम् 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -अर्धकालः the first part of the night. -आख्या -आह्वा turmeric. -आदिः the evening twilight. -उत्सर्गः end of night, day break. -उषित a. having remained overnight (Mar. शिळे). -एतः a crane. -करः 1 the moon; बहुले$पि गते निशाकरस्तनुतां दुःखमनङ्ग मोक्ष्यति Ku.4.13; द्विजावली बालनिशाकरांशुभिः. -2 a cock. -3 camphor. -4 N. of the numeral 1. -केतुः the moon -गुह a bed-chamber. -क्षयः close of night. -चर a. (-रा, री f.) moving about by night, night stalker. -(रः) 1 a fiend, goblin, an evil spirit; तस्मै निशाचरैश्वर्यं प्रतिशुश्राव राघवः R.12.69. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 a jackal. -4 an owl. -5 a snake. -6 the ruddy goose. -7 a thief. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of (1) Śiva; (2) of Rāvaṇa. (-री) 1 a female fiend. -2 a woman going to meet her lover at night by appointment; राममन्मथशरेण ताडिता दुःसहेन हृदये निशाचरी R.11.2 (where the word is used sense 1 also). -3 a harlot. -चर्मन् m. darkness. -जलम् dew, frost. -दर्शिन् m. an owl. -निशम् ind. every night, always; ऋषेस्तस्योटज- स्थस्य कालो$गच्छन्निशानिशम्. -पुष्पम् 1 the white water-lily (opening at night). -2 hoar-frost, dew. -बलम् see निशा (4). -मुखम् the beginning of night, cf. प्रदोषो रजनीमुखम्. -मृगः a jackal -रत्नम् 1 the moon -2 camphor. -वनः hemp (शण). -विहारः a demon. goblin, a Rākṣasa; प्रचक्रतू रामनिशाविहारौ Bk.2.36. -वेदिन् m. a cock. -हसः the white water-lily (opening at night).

niṣañj	निषञ्ज् 1 P. 1 To adhere or stick, to be thrown round or placed on; कण्ठे स्वयंग्राहनिषक्तबाहुम् Ku.3.7; U.4.18; R.9.5;11.7;19.45. -2 To be reflected; दरीगृहोत्सङ्गनिषक्तभासः Ku.1.1;7.36. -3 To be attached to.

niṣaṅgaḥ	निषङ्गः 1 Attachment, clinging to. -2 Union, association. -3 A quiver; अग्रहीन्नु सशरं धनुरुज्झामास नूज्झितनिषङ्ग- मनङ्गः Śi.1.34; Ki.17.36; R.2.3;3.64. -4 A sword.

niṣaṅgin	निषङ्गिन् a. 1 Attached or clinging to; स्थाणौ निष- ङ्गिण्यनसि क्षणं पुरः Śi.12.26. -2 Having a quiver. -3 Bearing a sword. -m. 1 An archer, a bowman. -2 A quiver. -3 A sword-bearer.

niṣev	निषेव् 1 Ā. 1 To pursue, follow, attach oneself to, practise; वैखानसं किमनया व्रतमा प्रदानाद् व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.27. -2 To enjoy; निषेवते श्रान्तमना विविक्तम् Ś.5.5; Ku.1.5. -3 To enjoy carnally; यथा यथा तामरसेक्षणा मया पुनः सरागं नितरां निषेविता Bv.2.155; कौलिको विष्णुरूपेण राजकन्यां निषेवते Pt.1.22. -4 To resort to, inhabit, frequent; विपत्प्रतीकारपरेण मङ्गलं निषेव्यते भूतिस- मुत्सुकेन वा Ku.5.76. -5 To use, employ; विषतां निषे- वितमपक्रियया समुपैति सर्वमिति सत्यमदः Śi.9.68. -6 To wait upon, attend. -7 To adore, worship. -8 To draw near, approach. -9 To suffer, experience; स दुःखे लभते दुःखं द्वावनर्थौ निषेवते Pt.1.334. -Caus. To fall into (hell &c.); ते रौरवादीनि निषेवयन्ति Pt.3.156.

niṣevaṇam	निषेवणम् निषेवा 1 Serving, service, attending, waiting upon. -2 Worship, adoration. -3 Practice, performance. -4 Attachment or adherence to. -5 Living in, inhabiting, enjoying, using. -6 Familiarity with, use.

niṣkṛtiḥ	निष्कृतिः f. 1 Expiation, atonement; ब्रह्मघ्ने च सुरापे च चौरे भग्नव्रते शठे । निष्कृतिर्विहिता सद्भिः कृतघ्ने नास्ति निष्कृतिः ॥ Pt.3.157. -2 Acquittance, requital, discharge of a debt or obligation; न तस्य निष्कृतिः शक्या कर्तुं वर्षशतैरपि Ms.2.227;3.19;8.15;9.19;11.27. -3 Removal. -4 Restoration, cure. -5 Avoiding, escaping from. -6 Neglecting. -7 Bad conduct, roguery. -8 Reproach, scoffing (धिक्कार); स्त्रियास्तथा$पचारिण्या निष्कृतिः स्याददूषिका Mb.12.34.3.

niṣkrayaḥ	निष्क्रयः Redemption, ransom; ददौ दत्तं समुद्रेण पीतेने- वात्मनिष्क्रयम् R.15.55;2.55;5.22; Mu.6.2. -2 Reward; सम्यक्संपादितो वत्स भवद्भ्यां गुरुनिष्क्रयः Bhāg.1.45. 47. -3 Hire, wages. -4 Return, aquittance; त्रसत्तुषारा- द्रिसुताससंभ्रमस्वयंग्रहाश्लेषसुखेन निष्क्रयम् Śi.1.5. -5 Exchange, barter. -6 Sale; न निष्क्रयविसर्गाभ्यां भर्तुर्भार्या विमुच्यते Ms.9. 46. -7 Purchase; cf. निष्क्रयो बुद्धियोगे स्यात् सामर्थ्ये निर्गतावपि; Vaijayantī.

niṣṭha	निष्ठ a. [नि-स्था-क षत्वटुत्वे] (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Being in or on, situated on; तन्निष्ठे फेने. -2 Depending or resting on, referring or relating to; तमोनिष्ठाः Ms.12.95. -3 Devoted or attached to, practising, intent on; सत्यनिष्ठ. -4 Skilled in. -5 Believing in; धर्मनिष्ठ. -6 Conducive to, effecting; हेमाम्भोज स्रजस्ते विशद सुमहते प्लोषपोषाय निष्ठाः B. R.5.51. -ष्ठा 1 Position, condition, state; तेषां निष्ठा तु का कृष्ण Bg.17.1; तेषामशान्तकामानां का निष्ठा$विजितात्मनाम् Bhāg.11.5.1. -2 Basis, foundation. -3 Fixity, fixedness, steadiness; मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; -4 Devotion or application, close attachment. -5 Belief, firm adherence, faith; शास्त्रेषु निष्ठा Māl.3.11; लोके$स्मिन् द्विविधा निष्ठा पुरा प्रोक्ता मया$नघ Bg.3.3. -6 Excellence, skill, proficiency, perfection. -7 Conclusion, end, termination; (शृणु) चरितं पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य यथा निष्ठां गतश्च सः Mb.1.49.6; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4.3. (v. l.). -8 The catastrophe or end of a drama. -9 Accomplishment, completion (समाप्ति); पाणिग्रहणिका मन्त्रा नियतं दारलक्षणम् । तेषां निष्ठा तु विज्ञेया विद्वद्भिः सप्तमे पदे ॥ Ms.8.227. -1 The culminating point; इयं च निष्ठा नियतं प्रजानाम् Bu. Ch.3.61. -11 Death, destruction, disappearance from the world at the fixed time. -12 Fixed or certain knowledge, certainty. -13 Begging. -14 Suffering, trouble, distress, anxiety. -15 (In gram.) A technical term for the past participial terminations क्त, क्तवतु (i. e. त and तवत.) -16 N. of Viṣṇu.

nis	निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid.

nistāraḥ	निस्तारः 1 Crossing or passing over; संसार तव निस्तार- पदवी न दवीयसी Bh.1.69. -2 Getting rid of, release, escape, rescue. -3 Final emancipation. -4 Discharge or payment of a debt, acquittance, requital; वेतनस्य निस्तारः कृतः H.3. -5 A means, expedient.

nihata	निहत p. p. 1 Struck down, smitten, killed, slain. -2 Struck into, infixed. -3 Attached or devoted. -Comp. -अर्थता a kind of fault in poetry; ग्राम्यो$प्रतीतसन्दिग्धनेयार्थ- निहतार्थता S. D.

nīla	नील a. (ला -ली f.; the former in relation to clothes &c., the latter in relation to animals, plants &c.) 1 Blue, dark-blue; नीलस्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -2 Dyed with indigo. -लः 1 the dark-blue or black colour. -2 Sapphire. -3 The Indian fig-tree. -4 N. of a monkey-chief in the army of Rāma. -5 'The blue mountain', N. of one of the principal ranges of mountains. -6 A kind of bird, the blue Mainā. -7 An ox of a dark-blue colour. -8 One of the nine treasures of Kubera; see नवनिधि. -9 A mark. -1 An auspicious sound or proclamation. -ला 1 The indigo plant. -2 A Rāgiṇī. -ले f. (du.) 1 The two arteries in front of the neck. -2 A black and blue mark on the skin; (for other senses see नीली.) -लम् 1 Black-salt. -2 Blue vitriol. -3 Antimony. -4 Poison. -5 Indigo, indigo dye. -6 Darkness. -Comp. -अक्षः 1 a goose. -अङ्गः the Sārasa bird. -अञ्जनम् 1 antimony. -2 blue vitriol. -अञ्जना, -अञ्जसा lightning. -अब्जम्, -अम्बुजम्, -अम्बु- जन्मन् n. the blue lotus. -अभ्रः a dark-cloud. -अम्बर a. dressed in dark-blue clothes. (-रः) 1 a demon, goblin. -2 the planet Saturn. -3 an epithet of Balarāma. -अरुणः early dawn, the first dawn of day. -अश्मन् m. a sapphire. -उल्पलम् a blue lotus; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया समिल्लतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यवस्यति Ś.1.18. -उपलः the blue stone, lapis lazuli -कण्ठः 1 a peackock; केकाभिर्निलकण्ठस्तिर- यति वचनम् Māl.9.3; Me.81; कस्त्वं, शृली, मृगय भिषजं, नीलकण्ठः प्रिये$हम् Subhāṣ. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 a kind of gallinule. -4 a blue-necked jay. -5 a wag-tail -6 a sparrow. -7 a bee. (-ठम्) a radish. ˚अक्ष = रुद्राक्ष q. v. -केशी the indigo plant. -ग्रीवः an epithet of Śiva. -छदः 1 the date-tree. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -जम् blue steel. -जा N. of the river Vitastā. -तरु the cocoanut tree. -तालः, -ध्वजः the Tamāla tree. -पङ्कः, -पङ्कम् darkness. -पटलम् 1 a dark mass, a black coating or covering. -2 a dark film over the eye of a blind man; Pt.5. -पत्रः the pomegranate tree. (-त्रम्), -पद्मम् the blue water-lily. -पिच्छः a falcon. -पिटः a collection of annals and royal edicts; Buddh. -पुष्पिका 1 the indigo plant. -2 linseed. -फला the egg-plant (Mar. वांगें). -भः 1 the moon. -2 a cloud. -3 a bee. -मणिः, -रत्नम् 1 the sapphire; नेपथ्योचित- नीलरत्नम् Gīt.5; Bv.2.42. -2 an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; also नीलमाधवः. -मीलिकः a fire-fly. -मृत्तिका 1 iron pyrites. -2 black earth. -राजिः f. a line of darkness, dark mass, thick darkness; निशाशशाङ्कक्षतनीलराजयः Ṛs. 1.2. -लोहित a. dark-blue, purple. (-तः) 1 a purple colour. -2 an epithet of Śiva; ममापि च क्षपयतु नीललोहितः पुनर्भवं परिगतशक्तिरात्मभूः Ś.7.35; Ku.2.57. -वर्ण a. dark-blue, bluish. (-र्णम्) a radish. -वसन, -वासस् a. dressed in dark-blue clothes; see नीलाम्बर. -वसनः the planet Saturn. -वृन्तकम् cotton. -स्नेहः (= दृढस्नेहः) Intense love. (नीलो नीलीरागः तत्सदृशः स्नेहः । नीलीरागः स्थिरप्रेमा इति यादवः) गृहं विक्रयकाले$पि नीलस्नेहेन रक्षति Chārudatta 3.12.

nīlinī	नीलिनी नीलिमन् m. Blue colour, darkness, blueness; प्रारम्भे$पि त्रियामा तरुणयति निजं नीलिमानं वनेषु Māl.5.6; कज्जल- मलिनविलोचनचुम्बनविरचितनीलिमरूपम् Gīt. नीली(-लिः) 1 The indigo plant; तत्र नीलीरसपरिपूर्णं महाभाण्डमासीत् Pt.1; एको ग्रहस्तु मीनानां नीलीमद्यपयोर्यथा Pt.1.26; Ms.1.89. -2 A species of blue fly. -3 A kind of disease. -Comp. -राग a. firm in attachment. (-गः) 1 affection as unchangeable as the colour of indigo, unalterable or unswerving attachment; नीलिरागो दृढप्रेमा Yādava (see also नीलस्नेहः); न चातिशोभते यन्नापैति प्रेम मनोगतम् । तन्नीलीरागमाख्यान्ति यथा श्रीरामसीतयोः ॥ S. D. -2 a firm and constant friend. -संधानम् fermentation of indigo. ˚भाण्डम् an indigo vat.

pakṣaḥ	पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्] 1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42. -2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11. -3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72. -4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31. -5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69. -6 The half of anything. -7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5. -8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1. -1 A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚. -11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष. -12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे. -13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained. -14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also). -15 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -16 A bird. -17 A state, condition. -18 The body. -19 A limb of the body. -2 A royal elephant. -21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7. -22 A wall. -23 Opposition. -24 Rejoinder, reply. -25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त. -26 Place, position. -27 A view, notion, idea. -28 The side of an equation in a primary division. -29 The ash-pit of a fire-place. -3 Proximity, neighbourhood. -31 A bracket. -32 Purity, perfection. -33 A house. -34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16. -Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry. -अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -2 the end of the wings of an army. -अन्तरम् 1 another side. -2 a different side or view of an argument. -3 another supposition. -अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v. -आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. -2 refutation of an argument. -आभासः 1 a fallacious argument. -2 a false plaint. -आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5. -उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side. -गम a. flying. -ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of. -घातः = -पक्षाघातः see above. -घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side. -चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd. -2 the moon. -3 an attendant. -छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2. -जः the moon. -द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument. -2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month. -द्वारम् a sidedoor, private entrance. -धर a. 1 winged. -2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 the moon. -3 a partisan. -4 an elephant strayed from the herd. -नाडी a quill. -निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among. -पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5. -2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1. -3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47. -4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds. -5 a partisan. -पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party. -2 friendship, fellowship. -3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52. -पातिन् a. or subst. 1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3. -2 sympathizing; Ve.3. -3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1. -पालिः a private door. -पुटः a wing. -पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels. -प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.). -बिन्दुः a heron. -भागः 1 the side or flank. -2 especially, the flank of an elephant. -भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight. -भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument. -रात्रिः a kind of play or sport. -वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing. -वधः paralysis of one side. -मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99. -रचना forming a party or faction. -वादः 1 an exparte statement. -2 stating a case, expression of opinion. -वाहनः a bird. -व्यापिन् a. 1 embracing the whole of an argument. -2 pervading the minor term. -हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39. -हरः 1 a bird. -2 a recreant, traitor. -होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. -2 a rite to be performed every fortnight.

paṅgula	पङ्गुल a. Lame, crippled; चक्षुषा विप्रहीणस्य पङ्गुलस्य जडस्य वा । हरेत यो वै सर्वस्वं तं विद्याद् ब्रह्मघातिनम् ॥ -लः 1 A horse of silvery white colour. -2 The planet Śani. पच् I. 1 U. (पचति-ते, पपाच-पेचे, आपक्षीत्-अपक्त, पक्ष्यति-ते, पक्तुम्, पक्व) 1 To cook, roast, dress (as food &c.) (said to govern two accusatives; as तण्डुलानोदनं पचति, but this use is very rare in classical Sanskrit); यः पचत्यात्मकारणात् Ms. 3.118; शूले मत्स्यानिवापक्ष्यन् दुर्बलान् बलवत्तराः 7.2; Bh.1.85. -2 To bake, burn (as bricks); see पक्व -3 To digest (as food); पचाम्यन्नं चतुर्विधम् Bg.15.14. -4 To ripen, mature, -5 To bring to perfection, develop (as understanding). -6 To melt (as metals). -7 cook (for oneself) (Ā.tm). -Pass. (पच्यते) 1 To be cooked. -2 To become ripe, matured or developed, ripen; (fig.) to bear fruit, attain perfection or fulfilment; सद्य एव सुकृतां हि पच्यते कल्पवृक्षफलधर्मि काङ्क्षितम् R.11.5. -3 To be inflamed. -Caus. 1 (पाचयति-ते) To cause to be cooked, to have cooked or dressed (food &c.). -2 To cause to ripen or develop, bring to maturity, perfection, or completion. -3 To cure, heal. -Desid. (पिपक्षति) To wish to cook &c. -With परि to ripen, mature, develop. -वि˚ 1 To mature, develop, ripen, bear fruit; गर्भशालिसधर्माणस्तस्य गूढं विपेचिरे R.17.53. -2 To digest. -3 To cook thoroughly. -II. 1 Ā. (पचते) To make clear or evident; see (पञ्चते) also. -Caus. 1 To explain fully, dilate upon, amplify. -2 To spread.

pañcan	पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.

paṭaḥ	पटः टम् [पट् वेष्टने करणे घञर्थे कः] 1 A garment, raiment, cloth, a piece of cloth; अयं पटः सूत्रदरिद्रतां गतो ह्ययं पटश्छिद्रशतैरलंकृतः &c. Mk.2.9; मेघाः स्रवन्ति बलदेवपटप्रकाशाः 5.45. -2 Fine cloth. -3 A veil, screen. -4 A tablet, plate or piece of cloth for writing or painting upon. -टः Anything well made or polished. -टम् A thatch, roof. -Comp. -अञ्चलः the hem of a garment. -उटजम् 1 a tent. -2 a mushroom; L. D. B. -उत्तरीयम् an upper garment. -कर्मन् n. weaving, business of the loom. -कारः 1 a weaver. -2 a painter. -कुटी f., -छिदा a shred of cloth; पटच्छिदाकालिकपुष्पजाः स्रजः N.15.14; -मण्डपः, -वापः, वेश्मन् n. a tent; प्रभोर्निवासाः पटवेश्मभिर्बभुः Śi.12.63. Hch. Uttarabhāga; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पट मण्डपैः Śiva B.22.61; नवैरुत्तम्भितस्तम्भैर्मण्डितं पटमण्डपैः Śiva B.17.68. -गत a. painted. -भासः the interstices in a lattice-window; पटभाससूक्ष्मच्छिद्रालक्षिता Dk.2. -वासः 1 a tent. -2 a petticoat. -3 perfumed powder; Ratn.1; परागैः पुष्पाणां प्रकटपटवासव्यतिकरः Nāg.3.7. -4 a cover (पिधान); निजरजः पटवासमिवाकिरत् Śi.6.37. -वाद्यम् a kind of cymbal. -वासकः perfumed powder.

pad	पद् I. 1 Ā. (पदयते) To go or move. -II. 4. Ā. (पद्यते, पन्न; caus. पादयति-ते; desid, पित्सते) 1 To go, move. -2 To go to, approach (with acc.) -3 To attain, obtain, gain; ज्योतिषामाधिपत्यं च प्रभावं चाप्यपद्यत Mb. -4 To observe, practise; स्वधर्मं पद्यमानास्ते Mb. -5 Ved. To fall down with fatigue. -6 Ved. To perish. -7 To fall out. -III. 1 P. (पदति) To stand fast or fixed.

padam	पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print.

padaviḥ	पदविः वी f. [पद्-अवि वा ङीप] A way, road, path, course (fig. also); पवनपदवी Me.8; अनुयाहि साधुपदवीम् Bh.2.77 'follow in the footsteps of the good'; Ś.4. 14; R.3.5;7.7;8.11;15.99; Bh.3.46; Ve.6.27; so स यौवनपदवीमारूढः Pt.1, 'he attained his majority' (grew up to man's estate). -2 Position, station, rank, dignity, office, post; एतत् स्तोत्रं प्रपठता विचार्य गुरवाक्यतः । प्राप्यते ब्रह्मपदवी सत्यं सत्यं न संशयः ॥ Tattvamasi Strotra.12. -3 A place, site. -4 Good conduct or behaviour.

para	पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

parākram	पराक्रम् 1 U. 1 To display courage, strength or heroism, act bravely; बकवच्चिन्तयेदर्थान् सिंहवच्च पराक्रमेत् Ms.7.16; इत्युक्त्वा खे पराक्रंस्त Bk.8.22,94. -2 To turn back. -3 To march against, attack. -4 To march forward, advance.

parākramaḥ	पराक्रमः 1 Heroism, prowess, courage, valour; पराक्रमः परिभवे Śi.2.44. -2 Marching against, attack. -3 Attempt, endeavour, enterprise. -4 N. of Viṣṇu.

parākrānta	पराक्रान्त p. p. 1 Strong, valiant, bold, energetic; शक्र- तुल्यपराक्रान्तम् Rām.4.19.23; Mb.7.65.3. -2 Attacked. -3 Turned back.

parāmṛś	परामृश् 6 P. 1 To touch, rub or stroke gently; परामृशन् हर्षजडेन पाणिना तदीयमङ्गं कुलिशव्रणाङ्कितम् R.3.68; Śi.17.11; Mk.5.28. -2 To lay hands on, attack, assail, seize; Mk.1.39. -3 To defile, pollute, outrage (a woman or a temple). -4 To reflect, think, consider किं भवितेति सशङ्कं पङ्कजनयना परामृशति Bv.2.53. -5 To think mentally of, praise (स्तु); ग्रन्थारम्भे विघ्नविघाताय समुचितेष्टदेवतां ग्रन्थकृत् परामृशति K. P.1. -6 To have reference to, point to.

parāmarśaḥ	परामर्शः 1 Seizing, pulling; as in केशपरामर्शः. -2 Bending or drawing (as a bow). -2 Violence, attack, assault; याज्ञसेन्याः परामर्शः Mb. -4 Disturbance, hindrance; तपःपरामर्शविवृद्धमन्योः Ku.3.71. -5 Calling to mind, recollection. -6 Consideration, reflection, thought. -7 Judgment. -8 (In logic) Deduction, ascertaining that the पक्ष or subject possesses the हेतु; व्याप्तिविशिष्टपक्ष- धर्मताज्ञानं परामर्शः T. S; or व्याप्तस्य पक्षधर्मत्वधीः परामर्श उच्यते Bhāṣā P.66. -9 Touching, striking gently. -1 Affection (by disease).

parāhan	पराहन् 2 P. 1 To strike or beat back, strike down, repulse, repel, overthrow, drive back; दैवं मत्पौरुषपराहतम् Rām. -2 To attack, assail; कटाक्षपराहतं वदनपङ्कजम् Māl.7. -3 To dash against, strike.

parāhata	पराहत p. p. 1 Struck down or back. -2 Driven back, repelled, repulsed. -3 Assailed, attacked. -तम् A stroke. -तिः f. Contradiction.

parigam	परिगम् 1 P. 1 To go or walk round; तं हयं तत्र परिगम्य Rām.; यथा हि मेरुः सूर्येण नित्यशः परिगम्यते Mb. -2 To surround; विशदप्रभापरिगतम् Śi.9.26; Bk.1.1; सेनापरिगत &c. -3 To spread everywhere, pervade all directions. -4 To attain to, obtain; वृषलताम् &c. -5 To know, understand, learn; प्रथमपरिगतार्थस्तं रघुः संनिवृत्तम् R.7.71. -6 To die, go forth (from this world); वयं येभ्यो जाताश्चिरपरिगता एव खलु ते Bh.3.38. -7 To overpower, affect; as in क्षुधया परिगतः. -Caus. To pass or spend (time).

paridharṣaṇam	परिधर्षणम् 1 An assault, attack, outrage. -2 Insult, affront, abuse. -3 Ill-treatment, rough usage.

paripat	परिपत् 1 P. 1 To fly round or about, wheel or whirl round, hover about; बिन्दूत्क्षेपान् पिपासुः परिपतति शिखी भ्रान्तिमद्वारियन्त्रम् M.2.13; Amaru. after 56 (प्रक्षिप्त). -2 To spring down upon, attack, fall upon (as in battle). -3 To run in all directions; (हयाः) परिपेतुर्दिशो दश Mb. -4 To go to or fall into; Śi.11.41. -Caus. To shoot off or down.

pariśīlanam	परिशीलनम् 1 Touch, contact (lit.); ललितलवङ्गलतापरि- शीलनकोमलमलयसमीरे Gīt.1; so वदनकमलपरिशीलनमिलित &c. 11. -2 Constant contact, intercourse, or correspondence. -3 Study, application or attachment (to a thing), steady or fixed pursuit; काव्यार्थ˚ S. D.

pariśuddha	परिशुद्ध p. p. 1 Cleaned, purified. -2 Acquitted, discharged. -3 Cleared off, paid. -Comp. -पार्ष्णि a. 1 One that has refined heels. -2 secure or free from attack in the rear; यानेन तन्व्या जितदन्तिनाथौ पादाब्जराजौ परिशुद्धपार्ष्णी N.7.12.

pariśuddhiḥ	परिशुद्धिः f. 1 Complete purification; अग्नि˚ U.4. -2 Justification; acquittal. -3 Rightness, correctness.

pariśodhaḥ	परिशोधः नम् 1 Purifying, cleansing. -2 Rectifying, correcting. -3 Quittance, discharging or paying off (a debt or obligation).

pariṣṭhalam	परिष्ठलम् A surrounding place; cf. P.VIII.3.96. परिष्प pariṣpa (स्प spa) न्दः ndḥ परिष्प (स्प) न्दः 1 A train, retinue. -2 Decorating the hair (with flowers &c.). -3 Ornament or decoration in general. -4 Throbbing, vibration, palpitation, movement; प्रतिहतपरिस्पन्दः Mv.1.51. -5 Provision, maintenance; अग्निहोत्रपरिस्पन्दः Mb.13.141.49. -6 Crushing. -7 Valour. -8 An exploit; Partijñā.2; कर्णपूरस्य परि- स्पन्दो$ज्जुकया येन न दृष्टः Chārudatta 2.

pariharaṇīyatā	परिहरणीयता 1 Disdain, rejection. -2 Disappearance, unattainableness.

pare	परे (परा-इ) 2 P. 1 To go or run away, flee, retreat; यः परैति स जीवति Pt.5.88 'he who runs away saves his life'; cf. 'to run for one's life'. -2 To reach, attain to; परैति कार्श्यं यशसा समं वपुः Ki.1.39. -3 To depart from this world, die.

parparīṇam	पर्परीणम् A joint; L. D. B. -णः 1 Juice of the stalks of betel leaves. -2 A tendon of a betel leaf. -3 Worship of Śiva with ghee in the Uttarāyaṇa; L. D. B.

pātaḥ	पातः [पत्-घञ्] 1 Flying, flight. -2 Alighting, descending, descent. -3 Falling down, fall, downfall (fig. also); द्रुम˚, गृह˚; &c. चरणपातः 'falling down at the feet'; तस्याभवत् क्षणशुचः परितोषलाभः कक्षाग्निलङ्घिततरोरिव वृष्टि- पातः R.11.92; पातोत्पातौ 'rise and fall.' -4 Destruction, dissolution, ruin; आसीनमासन्नशरीरपातस्त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44. -5 A blow, stroke; as in खड्गपातः. -6 Shedding, discharging, emitting; असृक्पातैः Ms.8.44. -7 A cast, throw, shot; कुरुष्व तावत् करभोरु पश्चान्मार्गे मृगप्रेक्षिणि दृष्टिपातम् R.13.18. -8 An attack, inroad. -9 Happening, coming to pass, occurrence. -1 A failing, defect. -11 An epithet of Rāhu; दक्षिणोत्तरतो$प्येवं पातु राहुः स्वरंहसा । विक्षिपत्येष विक्षेपं चन्द्रादीनामपक्रमात् ॥ Sūrya S. -12 (In astr.) An inauspicious or malignant position or aspect. -13 The node in a planet's orbit. -14 Application (of ointment, of a knife &c.).

pādākulakam	पादाकुलकम् N. of a metre; यदतीतकृतविविधलक्ष्मयुतैर्मात्रा- समदिपादैः कलितम् । अनियतवृत्तपरिमाणसहितं प्रथितं जगत्सु पादा- कुलमम् ॥ Vṛittaratnākara.

pāramita	पारमित a. 1 Gone to the opposite bank or side. -2 Crossed, traversed. -3 Transcendent. -ता 1 Complete attainment, perfection. Ks.-Taraṅga 72.362 illustrates six Pāramitas दान, शील, क्षमा, धैर्य, ध्यान and प्रज्ञा by suitable stories; Bṛi. Kath.9.1.496; cf. दानपारमिता 'perfection in charity' दानपारमितयैव वदान्यान् N.5.11; नूनमेवं बुद्धेनापि दानपारमिता पूरिता (मत्तविलास प्रहसन). -2 Transcendental virtue.

pārṣṇiḥ	पार्ष्णिः m. f. [पृष्-नि नि˚ वृद्धिः; Uṇ.4.52] 1 The heel; Bhāg.7.8.31; उद्वेजयत्यङ्गुलिपार्ष्णिभागान् Ku.1.11; पार्ष्णिप्रहार K.119; प्रतनत्रिकपुच्छमूलपार्ष्णिम् Bu. Ch.5.73. -2 The rear of an army. -3 The back or rear in general; शुद्धपार्ष्णिरयान्वितः R.4.26 'with his rear cleared of foes.' -4 A kick. -5 Desire of conquering. -6 Inquiry. (-f.) 1 A licentious woman. -2 An epithet of Kuntī. -3 The extremity of the fore-axle of a four-horse chariot. -Comp. -ग्रहः a follower. -ग्रहणम् attacking or threatening an enemy in the rear. -ग्राहः 1 an enemy in the rear; ˚चिन्ता N. of a chapter in Kau. A. (7.13). बलिनो$फजलस्यैते पार्ष्णिग्राहाः प्रमाथिनः Śiva B.21. 6;24.44; also 12.15. -2 a general commanding the rear of an army. -3 an ally who supports a prince; Bhāg.7.2.6; पार्ष्णिग्राहं च संप्रेक्ष्य तथाक्रन्दं च मण्डले Ms.7. 27. -घातः a kick; क्षितिं विधुन्वन्निव पार्ष्णिघातैः Ki.17.5. -त्रम् a rear-guard, a body of forces in the rear, reserve. -वाहः an outside horse. -विग्रहः an attack by an enmy in the rear; मा विधान्मुधा कृतानुतापस्त्वयि पार्ष्णिविग्रहम् N.9. 134. -सारथिः a charioteer who drives one of the outside horses.

pitṛ	पितृ m. [पाति रक्षति, पा-तृच् नि˚] A father; तेनास लोकः पितृमान् विनेत्रा R.14.23;1.24;11.67. -रौ (dual) Parents, father and mother; जगतः पितरौ वन्दे पार्वतीपरमे- श्वरौ R.1.1; Y.2.117. -रः (pl.) -1 Fore-fathers, ancestors, fathers; नूनं प्रसूतिविकलेन मया प्रसिक्तं धौताश्रुशेष- मुदकं पितरः पिबन्ति Ś.6.24. -2 Paternal ancestors taken collectively; अध्यापयामास पितॄन् शिशुराङ्गिरसः कविः Ms.2.151. -3 The Manes; R.2.16;3.2; पितॄणामर्यमा चास्मि Bg. 1.29; Ms.3.81,192. -Comp. -अर्जित a. acquired by a father, paternal (as property). -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम्, -क्रिया oblations or sacrifice offerd to deceased ancestors, obsequial rites; स्वधाकारः परा ह्याशीः सर्वेषु पितृकर्मसु Ms.3.252. -कल्पः 1 performance of the Śrāddha ceremony in honour of the Manes. -2 Brahma's day of new moon. -काननम् a cemetery; अभ्यभावि भरताग्रजस्तया वात्य- येव पितृकाननोत्थया R.11.16. -कुल्या N. of a river rising in the Malaya mountain. -क्षयः the death anniversary; आनन्त्याय भवेद् दत्तं खड्गमांसं पितृक्षये Mb.13.88.1. -गणः 1 the whole body of ancestors taken collectively. -2 a class of Manes or deceased progenitors who were sons of the Prajāpati; मनोर्हैरण्यगर्भस्य ये मरीच्यादयः सुताः । तेषा- मृषीणां सर्वेषां पुत्राः पितृगणाः स्मृताः ॥ विराट्सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः । अग्निष्वात्ताश्च देवानां मारीचा लोकविश्रुताः ॥ Ms.3. 194-195. -गणा N. of of Durgā. -गामिन् a. devolving on, or belonging to a father. -गृहम् 1 a paternal mansion. -2 a cemetery, burial-ground. -घातकः, -घातिन्, -घ्नः m. a parricide. -तर्पणम् 1 an oblation to the Manes. -2 the act of throwing water out of the right hand (as at the time of ablutions) as an offering to the Manes or deceased ancestors; नित्यं स्नात्वा शुचिः कुर्याद् देवर्षिपितृतर्पणम् Ms.2.176. -3 sesamum. -4 gifts given at Srāddhas or funeral rites. -5 the part of the hand between the thumb and the fore-finger (sacred to the Manes). -तिथिः f. the day of new-moon (अमावास्या). -तीर्थम् 1 N. of the place called Gayā where the performance of funeral rites, such as Srāddhas in honour of the Manes, is held to be particularly meritorious. -2 the part of the hand between the fore-finger and the thumb (considered to be sacred to the Manes). -त्रयम् father, grand-father and great grand-father. -दत्त a. given by a father (as a woman's peculiar property). -दानम् an offering to the Manes. -दायः patrimony. -दिनम् the day of new-moon (अमावास्या). -देव a. 1 worshipping a father. -2 relating to the worship of the Manes. (-वाः) the divine Manes. -दे(दै)वत a. 1 presided over by the Manes. -2 relating to the worship of the Manes. (-तम्) N. of the tenth lunar mansion (मघा). -दे(दै)वत्य a. belonging to the worship of the Manes. (-त्यम्) a sacrifice offered to the Manes on the day called अष्टका; अष्टकापितृदेवत्यमित्ययं प्रसृतो जनः Rām.2.18.14. -द्रव्यम् patrimony; पितृद्रव्याविरोधेन यदन्यत् स्वयमर्जितम् Y.2.118. -पक्षः 1 the paternal side, paternal relationship. -2 a relative by the father's side. -3 'the fortnight of the Manes'; N. of the dark half of Bhādrapada which is particularly appointed for the celebration of obsequial rites to the Manes. -पतिः an epithet of Yama. -पदम् the world of the Manes. -पितृ m. a paternal grandfather. -पुत्रौ (पिता-पुत्रौ dual) father and son. (पितुः पुत्रः means 'the son of a well-known and renowned father'). -पूजनम् worship of the manes; पतिव्रता धर्म- पत्नी पितृपूजनतत्परा Ms.3.262. -पैतामह a. (-ही f.) inherited from ancestors, ancestral, hereditary. (-हाः pl.) ancestors. -प्रसूः f. 1 a paternal grand-mother. -2 evening twilight; तारावलीराजतबिन्दुराजत् पितृप्रसूभासुरपत्रपाश्यः, वियद्द्विपस्तिष्ठति Rām. Ch.6.38. -प्राप्त a. 1 inherited from a father. -2 inherited patrimonially. -बन्धुः a kinsman by the father's side; they are:- पितुः पितुःस्वसुः पुत्राः पितुर्मातुःस्वसुः सुताः । पितुर्मातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेयाः पितृबन्धवः ॥ (न्धुम् n.) relationship by the father's side. -भम् The Maghā star; Śabda Ch. -भक्त a. dutifully attached to a father. भक्तिः f. filial duty. -भोजनम् food offered to the Manes. -भ्रातृ m. a father's brother, paternal uncle. -मन्दिरम् 1 a paternal mansion. -2 a cemetery. -मेधः a sacrifice offered to the Manes, obsequial offerings; गुरोः प्रेतस्य शिष्यस्तु पितृमेधं समाचरन् Ms.5.65; Mb.16.7.23. -यज्ञः 1 obsequial offerings. -2 offering libations of water every day to the deceased ancestors, it is one of the five daily Yajñas enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् Ms.3.1; also 122,283. -यानम् the way of the Manes (to their world). -राज् m., -राजः, -राजन् m. an epithet of Yama. -रूपः an epithet of Siva. -लोकः the world of the Manes. -वंशः the paternal family. -वनम् 1 a cemetery; वसन् पितृवने रौद्रे शौचे वर्तितुमिच्छसि Mb.12.111.9. -2 death, the abode of death; सर्वे पितृवनं प्राप्य स्वपन्ति विगतज्वराः Mb.11.3.5. (पितृवनेचरः 1 a demon, goblin. -2 an epithet of Śiva). -वसतिः f., -सद्मन् n. a cemetery; त्रिलोकनाथः पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -वासरपर्वन् the period of performing the obsequious rites for the Manes; Gaṇeśa P.2. -व्रतः a worshipper of the Manes. (-तम्) obsequial rites. -श्राद्धम् obsequial rites in honour of a father or deceased ancestor. -स्वसृ f. (also पितृष्वसृ as well as पितुः स्वसृ or पितुःष्वसृ) a father's sister; Ms.2.131. -ष्वस्रीयः a paternal aunt's son. -संनिभः a. fatherly, paternal. -सूः 1 a paternal grandmother. -2 evening twilight. -स्थानः, -स्थानीयः a guardian (who is in the place of a father). -नम् The abode of death; see पितृवन; आनिन्यथुः पितृस्थानाद् गुरवे गुरुदक्षिणाम् Bhāg.1.85.32. -हत्या parricide. -हन् m. a parricide. -हू m. the right ear; पितृहूर्नृप पुर्या द्वार्दक्षिणेन पुरञ्जनः Bhāg.4.25.5.

puttalaḥ	पुत्तलः ली 1 An image, idol, a statue, effigy. -2 A doll, puppet. -Comp. -दहनम्, -विधिः burning an effigy in place of the body of one who has died abroad or whose corpse is lost. -पूजा idolatry. पुत्तलकः puttalakḥ पुत्तलिका puttalikā पुत्तलकः पुत्तलिका A doll &c.

puraskāraḥ	पुरस्कारः 1 Placing before or in front. -2 Preference. -3 Treating with honour, showing respect, deference. -4 Worshipping. -5 Accompanying, attending. -6 Preparing. -7 Arranging, making complete or perfect. -8 Attacking. -9 Accusation. -1 Consecrating. -11 Anticipating, expecting. -12 (At the end of comp.) Preceded or accompanied by. -13 Sprinkling with holy water. -14 Acceptance. -15 Manifesting oneself; कर्महेतुपुरस्कारं भूतेषु परिवर्तते Mb.12.19.19.

puraskṛta	पुरस्कृत p. p. 1 Placed in front; पुरस्कृता वर्त्मनि पार्थिवेन R.2.2. -2 Honoured, treated with respect, distinguished. -3 Chosen, adopted, followed. -4 Adored, worshipped. -5 Attended or accompanied, provided with, possessing, having. -6 Prepared, got ready. -7 Consecrated. -8 Accused, calumniated. -9 Made perfect or complete, finished. -1 Anticipated, expected. -11 Appointed. -12 Harassed or attacked (by an enemy). -13 Sprinkled with holy water. -14 Initiated.

puṣṭiḥ	पुष्टिः f. [पुष् भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Nourishing, breeding, or rearing -2 Nourishment, growth, increase, advance; यत् पिंषतामपि नृणां पिष्टो$पि तनोपि परिमलैः पुष्टिम् Bv.1.12. -3 Strength, fatness, fulness, plumpness; अन्धस्य दृष्टिरिव पुष्टिरिवातुरस्य Mk.1.49. -4 Prosperity, thriving. -5 Maintenance, support. -6 Wealth, property, means of comfort; तस्मिन्नपुष्यन्नुदिते समग्रां पुष्टिं जनाः पुष्य इव द्वितीये R.18.32. -7 Richness, magnificence. -8 Development, perfection. -9 N. of a ceremony, performed for the attainment of welfare; also पुष्टिकर्मन् q. v. -Comp. -कर a. nourishing, nutritive. -कर्मन् n. a religious ceremony performed for the attainment of worldly prosperity. -कान्तः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -द a. 1 nourishing. -2 causing growth or prosperity. -दः N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. आसंध). -मार्गः N. of the doctrine of a Vaiṣṇava sect founded by Vallabhāchārya. -वर्धन a. promoting welfare, causing prosperity. (-नः) a cock.

pūrva	पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.) 1 Being in front of, first, foremost. -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1. -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276. -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1. -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1. -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned. -7 Initial. -8 Established, customary, of long standing -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life. -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8. -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c. -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17. -र्वम् The forepart; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4. -र्वा 1 The east -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhyadeśa. -र्वम् ind. 1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्. -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, beforehand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.' -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto'; पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'firstthen, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', पूर्वम् -अधुना or -अद्य 'formerly-now.' -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य). -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise. -अधिकारिन् m. the first occupant, a prior owner. -अन्तः the end of a preceding word. -अपर a. 1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1. -2 first and last. -3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. -4 connected with another. (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind. -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56. -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity. -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east. -अभ्यासः former practice or experience. -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean. -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c. -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6. -3 the first half of a hemistich. -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34. -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon). -आवेदकः a plaintiff. -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion consisting of two stars. -इतर a. western. -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid, -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent. -कर्मन् n. 1 a former act or work. -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work. -3 actions done in a former life. -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements. -कल्पः former times. -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7. -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45. -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times. -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient. -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter. -कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life. -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v. -क्रिया preparation. -गा N. of the river Godāvarī. -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183. -चोदित a. 1 aforesaid, above-mentioned. -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objection. -ज a. 1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11. -2 ancient, old. -3 eastern. (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36. -2 the son of the elder wife. -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34. -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister. -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95. -जातिः f. a former birth. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life. -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्. -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east. -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east. -दिनम् the forenoon. -दिश् f. the east. -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern. -दिष्टम् the award of destiny. -दृष्ट a. 1 primæval. -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -देवः 1 an ancient deity. -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58. -3 a progenitor (पितृ). -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख). -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192. -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India. -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region. -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात. -निमित्त an omen. -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281. -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side. -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5. -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्. -4 the first objection to an argument. -5 the statement of the plaintiff. -6 a suit at law. -7 an assertion, a proposition. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding. -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence. -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west. -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañchālas. -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra. -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21. -पीठिका introduction. -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89. -3 an ancestor in general. -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers. -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13. -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter. -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk. -भवः a former life. -भागः 1 the forepart. -2 the upper part. -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars. -भावः 1 priority. -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K. -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention. -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous. -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252. -भूत a. preceding, previous. -मध्याह्नः the forenoon. -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167. -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा. -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east. -याम्य a. south-eastern. -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. thereon). -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214. -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight). -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen. -2 a symptom of occuring disease. -3 the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state. -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness. -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth. -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous. -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance. -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā. -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff. -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44. -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other. -विहित a. deposited before. -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1. -2 previous conduct. -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor. -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn. -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत. -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98. -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15. -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4. -सर a. going in front. -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32. -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281. -स्थितिः f. former or first state.

pṛtanyati	पृतन्यति Den. P. To attack, encounter.

pṛśana	पृशन a. Ved. 1 Clinging, attached to. -नम् Clinging to, attachment. पृश्नि (-ष्णि) a. [स्पृश् नि˚ किच्च पृषो˚ सलोपः; Uṇ4. 52] 1 Short, small, dwarfish. -2 Delicate, feeble. -3 Diversified, spotted. -4 Various, diverse (Ved.). -श्निः A dwarf. -श्नि f. 1 A ray of light. -2 The earth. -3 The starry sky. -4 N. of Devakī, mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 A cloud. -6 Milk. -7 A dappled cow. -8 The earth. -Comp. -गर्भः, -धरः, -भद्रः epithets of Viṣṇu-Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी Hermionitis Cordifolia (Mar. पिठवण). -शृङ्गः 1 an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 of Gaṇeśa. पृश्नि (-ष्णि) -का, -पृश्नी (ष्णी) N. of an aquatic plant.

pṛṣṭham	पृष्ठम् [पृष् स्पृश्-वा थक् नि˚; Uṇ.2.12] 1 The back, hinder part, rear; धर्मः स्तनो$धर्मपथो$स्य पृष्ठः Bhāg.2.1. 32. -2 The back of an animal; अश्वपृष्ठमारूढः &c. -3 The surface or upper side; मरुपृष्ठान्युदम्भांसि (चकार) R.4.31;12.67; आसन्नभूपृष्ठमियाय देवः Ku.7.51; so अवनिपृष्ठचारिणीम् U.3. -4 The back or the other side (of a letter, document &c.); लेख्यस्य पृष्ठे$भिलिखेद्दत्त्वा दत्त्वर्णिको धनम् Y.2.93. -5 The flat roof of a house. -6 The page of a book. (पृष्ठेन, पृष्ठे 'behind, from behind'). -7 Remainder (शेष); 'पृष्ठं चरममात्रे स्यात्' इति विश्वः; एष भारतयुद्धस्य पृष्ठं संशयमिष्यति Mb.5.167.11. -Comp. -अनुग, -गामिन्, -यायिन् a. going behind, following; युद्धकाले$ग्रगो यः स्यात् सदा पृष्ठानुगः पुरे Pt.1.59. -अष्ठीलः, -लम् the back of a tortoise; B. R. -अस्थि n. the back-bone. -आक्षेपः acute and violent pain in the back. -उदय a. an epithet of particular signs of the zodiac, i. e. Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Sagittarius and Capricorn. -ग a. mounted, riding on. -गामिन् a. faithful. -गोपः, -रक्षः a soldier who protects the rear of a warrior while he is fighting; पृष्ठगोपांश्च तस्याथ हत्वा परमसायकैः Mb.4.33.39. -ग्रन्थि a. hump-backed. -चक्षुस् m. a crab. -तल्पनम् the exterior muscles on the back of an elephant. -तापः noon, midday. -दृष्टिः 1 a crab. -2 a bear. -पातिन् a. 1 following. -2 watching, observing. -3 controlling. -पीठी a broad back. -फलम् the superficial contents of a figure. -भङ्गः N. of a mode of fighting; Mb. -भागः the back. -भूमि the upper story of a house. -मांसम् 1 flesh on the back; प्राक् पादयोः पतति खादति पृष्ठमांसम् H.1.81. -2 a fleshy protuberance on the back. -3 the remaining flesh (चरममांस); यजुषा संस्कृतं मांसं निवृत्तो मांसभक्षणात् । न भक्षयेत् वृथा मांसं पृष्ठमांसं च वर्जयेत् ॥ Mb.12.193.14. ˚अद, ˚अदन a back-biter, slanderer, calumniator. (-दम्, -दनम्) back-biting; पृष्ठमांसादनं तद्यत् परोक्षे दोषकीर्तनम् Hem.; see पृष्ठमांस above. -यानम् riding. -लग्न a. following. -वंशः the back-bone. -वास्तु n. the upper story of a house; पृष्ठवास्तुनि कुर्वीत बलिं सर्वात्मभूतये Ms.3.91. -वाह् m., -वाह्यः a draught-ox. -शय a. sleeping on the back. -शृङ्गः a wild goat. -शृङ्गिन् m. 1 a ram. -2 a buffalo. -3 a eunuch. -4 an epithet of Bhīma.

poṭī	पोटी 1 A large alligator. -2 The rectum. पोट्टल pōṭṭala पोट्टलिका pōṭṭalikā पोट्टली pōṭṭalī पोट्टल पोट्टलिका पोट्टली A bundle, packet, parcel.

prakopaḥ	प्रकोपः 1 Wrath, fury, rage, violent anger. -2 Great excitement' provocation, irritation; उपदेशो हि मूर्खाणां प्रकोपाय न शान्तये Pt.1.389. -3 Insurrection, rebellion, mutiny; as in प्रकृति˚ popular disturbance. -4 An attack. -5 (Medic.) Excess, superabundance; vitiation; Suśr.

pragam	प्रगम् 1 P. 1 To advance, proceed. -2 To set out. -3 To reach, attain.

praghaṭ	प्रघट् 1 Ā. 1 To be busy with, be occupied in; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटिष्यत Bk.21.17. -2 To begin, commence; ततः प्रजघटे युद्धम् Bk.14.77. प्रघटकः praghaṭakḥ प्रघट्टकः praghaṭṭakḥ प्रघटकः प्रघट्टकः A rule, doctrine, precept.

prajuṣṭa	प्रजुष्ट a. Attached or devoted to, intent on; विषयेषु प्रजुष्टानि Ms.2.96.

praṇāyya	प्रणाय्य a. 1 Dear, beloved. -2 Upright, honest, straight-forward. -3 Disliked, disapproved; न प्रणाय्यो जनः कच्चिन् निकाय्यं ते$धितिष्ठति Bk.6.66. -4 Free from passion, indifferent to worldly attachments (विरक्त). -5 Fit, worthy; प्रबूयात् प्रणाय्याय वान्तेवासिने Ch. Up.3.11.5. प्रणालः praṇālḥ ली lī प्रणालिका praṇālikā प्रणालः ली प्रणालिका 1 A channel, water-course, drain; कौसल्या व्यसृजद् बाष्पं प्रणालीव नवोदकम् Rām.2.62.1; कुर्वन् पूर्णा नयनपयसां चक्रवालैः प्रणालीः Ud. S.2; Śi.3.44. -2 Succession, uninterrupted series. -3 Recension (of a text). -4 Intervention, interposition.

praṇihita	प्रणिहित p. p. 1 Laid on, applied. -2 Deposited. -3 Outstretched, stretched forth; मामाकाशप्रणिहितभुजं निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 Consigned, delivered, entrusted. -5 Having the attention fixed upon one object, with the mind concentrated, intent; ऋजुः प्रणिहितो गच्छंस्त्रसस्थावर- वर्जकः Mb.12.9.19. -6 Determined, decided. -7 Cautious, wary. -8 Obtained, attained. -9 Spied out. -1 Acknowledged, admitted, stated; सम्यक् प्रणिहितं चार्थं पृष्टः सन्नाभिनन्दति Ms.8.54. -11 Applied, directed; प्रियायास्मै धाम्ने प्रणिहितनमस्यो$स्मि भवते Mahimna.28 (v. l.).

praṇayaḥ	प्रणयः 1 Espousing, seizing (as in marriage); आबद्ध- कङ्कणकरप्रणयप्रसादमासाद्य Māl.6.14. -2 (a) Love, affection, fondness, attachment, liking, regard; साधारणो$य- मुभयोः प्रणयः स्मरस्यं V.2.16; साधारणो$यं प्रणयः Ś.3; (where in both cases sense 6 may do as well); Ś.6.8;5.23; Ms.17; R.6.12; Bh.2.42. (b) A wish, desire; longing; हरेरतुलविक्रमप्रणयलालसः साहसे Māl.8.7; Ś.7.16. -3 Friendly acquaintance or regard, friendship, intimacy; अजानता महिमानं तवेदं मया प्रमादात् प्रणयेन वापि Bg.11.41; स्नेहस्य तत् फलमसौ प्रणयस्य सारः Māl.1.9. -4 Familiarity, confidence, trust; मया गृहीते सलिले$नेन कृतःप्रणयः Ś.5. -5 Favour, kindness, act of courtesy; अलंकृतो$स्मि स्वयंग्राह प्रणयेन भवता Mk.1;1.45. -6 An entreaty, request, solicitation; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वं संबन्धिनो मे प्रणयं विहन्तुम् R.2.58; V.4.13. -7 Reverence, obeisance. -8 Final beatitude. -9 A leader. -1 Conduct, guidance. (प्रणयेन confidentially, candidly; without reserve or ceremony; प्रणयात् openly, frankly). -Comp. -अपराधः an offence against friendship or love. -उन्मुख a. 1 disposed or about to declare one's love; विसृज सुन्दरि संगमसाध्वसं तव चिरात् प्रभृति प्रणयोन्मुखे M.4.13. -2 impatient through love. -उपेत a. candid, frank. -कलहः a lover's quarrel, a mock or feigned quarrel; नाप्यन्यस्मात् प्रणयकलहाद् विप्रयोगोपपत्तिः Me. (considered spurious by Malli.). -कुपित a. angry through love, feigning anger; त्वामा- लिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17. -क्रोपः feigned anger of a mistress towards her lover, coquettish anger. -पेशल a. soft through affection. -प्रकर्षः excessive love, intense attachment. -भङ्गः 1 breach of friendship. -2 faithlessness. -मानः the jealousy of love. -वचनम् expression of love. -विमुख a. 1 averse from love. -2 disinclined to friendship; सौधोत्सङ्गप्रणय- विमुखो मा स्म भूरुज्जयिन्याः Me.27. -विहतिः, -विघातः non-compliance, refusal (of a request &c.). -स्पृश् a. inspired by love; Māl.5.7.

praṇayitā	प्रणयिता Love, attachment; (श्रीः) मूर्खान् द्वेष्टि न गच्छति प्रणयितामत्यन्तविद्वत्स्वपि Mu.3.5.

praṇayin	प्रणयिन् 1 Loving, affectionate, kind, attached; यदिन्दावानन्दं प्रणयिनि जने वा न भजते Māl.3.9;6.3. -2 Beloved; dearly loved. -3 Desirous of, longing for, fondly solicitous of; अङ्काश्रयप्रणयिनस्तनयान् वहन्तः Ś.7.17; Me.3; R.9.55;11.3. -4 Familiar, intimate. -m. 1 A friend, companion, favourite; कृतो$क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11. -2 A husband, lover. -3 A supplicant, humble petitioner, suitor; स्वार्थात् सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.15;1.2. -4 A worshipper, devotee; प्रतिग्रहीतुं प्रणयिप्रियत्वात् त्रिलोचनस्तामुपचक्रमे च Ku.3.66. -नी A mistress, beloved, wife. -2 A female friend.

pratigrah	प्रतिग्रह् 9. U. 1 To hold, seize, take, support; वर्षधर- प्रतिगृहीतमेनम् M.4; Ms.2.48. -2 To take, accept, receive; ददाति प्रतिगृह्णाति Pt.2; अमोघाः प्रतिगृह्णन्तावर्ध्यानुपदमा- शिषः R.1.44;2.22. -3 To receive or accept as a present. -4 To receive inimically, oppose, encounter, resist; to attack, assault; प्रतिजग्राह कालिङ्गस्तमस्त्रैर्गजसाधनः R.4.4;12.47. -5 To take in marriage, marry; विधिवत् प्रतिगृह्यापि त्यजेत् कन्यां विगर्हिताम् Ms.9.72. -6 To obey, conform or listen to. -7 To resort to, betake oneself to. -8 To eclipse. -9 To assent to, admit. -1 To occupy, take possession of. -11 To deprive (one) of. -12 To welcome, receive; प्रत्यगृह्णाद्यथान्यायं विदुरश्च महामनाः Mb. 14.66.6. -13 To eat, drink. -Caus. 1 To cause to accept, give, present. -3 To allow to take or retain; मुष्टं प्रतिग्राहयता स्वमर्थं पात्रीकृतो दस्युरिवासि येन Ś.5.2.

pratidhāvanam	प्रतिधावनम् Assailing, attacking. प्रतिध्वनिः pratidhvaniḥ प्रतिध्वानः pratidhvānḥ प्रतिध्वनिः प्रतिध्वानः An echo, reverberation; श्रुत- पदरवस्तेषामेव प्रतिध्वनिमध्वनि N.

pratipad	प्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To step or go towards, approach, resort or betake oneself to; उमामुखं तु प्रतिपद्य लोलाद् द्विसंश्रयां प्रीतिमवाप लक्ष्मीः Ku.1.43. -2 To enter upon, step upon, take, follow (as a way &c.); इतः पन्थानं प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तवं Ku.4.1. -3 To arrive at, reach; attain; मरणमप्यपराः प्रतिपेदिरे Śi.6.16. -4 To get, gain, obtain, share, partake; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5,13;4.1,41; 11.34;12.7;19.55; तदोत्तमविदां लोकानमलान् प्रतिपद्यते Bg. 14.14; Śi.1.63. -5 To accept, take to; प्रतिपत्तुमङ्ग घटते च न तव नृपयोग्यमर्हणम् Śi.15.22;16.24. -6 To recover, reobtain, regain, receive; प्रायः स्वं महिमानं क्षोभात् प्रतिपद्यते जन्तुः Ś.6.31; Ku.4.16;7.22. -7 To admit, acknowledge; न मासे प्रतिपत्तासे मां चेन्मर्तासि मैथिलि Bk.8.95; Ś.5.23; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -8 To hold, grasp, seize; सुमन्त्रप्रतिपन्नरश्मिभिः R.14.47; -9 To consider, regard, deem, look upon; तद्धनुर्ग्रहणमेव राघवः प्रत्यपद्यत समर्थमुत्तरम् R.11.79. -1 To undertake, promise to do, take in hand; निर्वाहः प्रतिपन्नवस्तुषु सतामेतद् हि गोत्रव्रतम् Mu.2.18; कार्यं त्वया नः प्रतिपन्नकल्पम् Ku.3.14; R.1.4. -11 To assent or agree to, consent; तथेति प्रतिपन्नाय R.15.93. -12 To do, perform, practise, observe; आचार प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; V.2 'do the formal obeisance'; शासनमर्हतां प्रतिपद्यध्वम् Mu.4.18 'act up to or obey'. -13 To act or behave towards, deal, do anything to any one (with gen. or loc.); स कालयवनश्चापि किं कृष्णे प्रत्यपद्यत Hariv.; स भवान् मातृपितृवदस्मासु प्रतिपद्यताम् Mb.; कथमहं प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5; न युक्तं भवतास्मासु प्रतिपत्तुमसांप्रतम् Mb. -14 To give or return (as a reply); कथं प्रतिवचनमपि न प्रतिपद्यसे Mu.6; न जाने किं तातः प्रतिपत्स्यत इति Ś.4. -15 To perceive, become aware of. -16 To know, understand, become acquainted with, learn, discover. -17 To roam, wander. -18 To take place, occur. -19 To restore. -2 To permit, allow. -21 To take place, happen. -22 To go back, return. (-Caus.) 1 To give, present, bestow, confer upon, impart; अर्थिभ्यः प्रतिपाद्यमानमनिशं प्राप्नोति वृद्धिं पराम् Bh.2.16; Ms.11.4; गुणवते कन्या प्रतिपादनीया Ś.4. -2 To substantiate, prove, establish by proof; उक्तमेवार्थ- मुदाहरणेन प्रतिपादयति. -3 To explain, expound. -4 To bring or lead back, convey or transport (to a place) -5 To regard, consider. -6 To assert, declare to be represent. -7 To procure. -8 To effect, accomplish. -9 To communicate, teach. -1 To appoint to, install (loc.) -11 To prepare, get ready. -12 To dispose off; एष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थमन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यते ŚB on MS.4.2.21

pratibaddha	प्रतिबद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, fastened to; वनाय पीत- प्रतिबद्धवत्सां यशोधनो धेनुमृषेर्मुमोच R.2.1. -2 Connected with, harmonizing with; रसान्तरेषु प्रतिबद्धरागम् Ku.7.91. -3 Hindered, obstructed, impeded. -4 Set, inlaid; यस्याः पुरा परिचयप्रतिबद्धबीजम् Māl.1.21. -5 Furnished with, possessing. -6 Entangled, involved. -7 Kept at a distance. -8 Disappointed. -9 Fixed, directed. -1 Attached or hanging to. -11 Excluded, out off. -12 (In phil.) Invariably and inseparably connected and implied (as fire in smoke). -13 Wreathed (as a garland); सखि एकपार्श्वविषमप्रतिबद्धा खल्वेषा रचना Māl.2.

pratiṣṭhā	प्रतिष्ठा 1 Resting, remaining, situation, position; धर्मो विश्वस्य जगतः प्रतिष्ठा Mahānār. Up.; अलसचलिताङ्गुष्ठ- शिरसि प्रतिष्ठा त्वय्यासीत् Śivamhimna.12. अपौरुषेयप्रतिष्ठम् Māl.9; Ś.7.6. -2 A house, residence, home, habitation; अगाधसत्त्वो मगधप्रतिष्ठः R.6.21;14.5. -3 Fixity, stability, strength, permanence, firm basis; अप्रतिष्ठे रघुज्येष्ठे का प्रतिष्ठा कुलस्य नः U.5.25; अत्र खलु मे वंशप्रतिष्ठा Ś.7; वंशः प्रतिष्ठां नीतः K.28; Śi.2.34; असत्यमप्रतिष्ठं ते जगदाहुरनीश्वरम् Bg.16.8; अहिंसाप्रतिष्ठायां तत्संनिधौ वैरत्यागः Pātañjala S. -4 Basis, foundation, site; as in गृह- प्रतिष्ठा; लोकस्य नाभिर्जगतः प्रतिष्ठा Mb.12.245.27. -5 A prop, stay, support; (hence) an object of glory, a distinguished ornament; त्यक्ता मया नाम कुलप्रतिष्ठा Ś.6.24; द्वे प्रतिष्ठे कुलस्य नः 3.19; Ku.7.27; Mv.7.21. -6 High position, pre-eminence, high authority; किंप्रमाणमिदं काव्यं का प्रतिष्ठा महात्मनः Rām.7.94.23; मया नात्मप्रतिष्ठार्थिना Mu.2.5. -7 Fame, glory, renown, celebrity; मा निषाद प्रतिष्ठां त्वमगमः शाश्वतीः समाः Rām.1.2.15. (= U.2.5.). -8 Installation, inauguration; तं गच्छन्त्यनु ये विपत्तिषु पुनस्ते तत्प्रतिष्ठाशया Mu.1.14. -9 Attainment of a desired object, accomplishment, fulfilment (of one's desire); औत्सुक्यमात्रमवसादयति प्रतिष्ठा Ś.5.6. -1 Tranquillity, rest, repose. -11 A receptacle. -12 The earth. -13 The consecration of an idol or image; चलाचलेति द्विविधा प्रतिष्ठा जीवमन्दिरम् Bhāg.11.27.13; cf. प्राणप्रतिष्ठा. -14 A limit, boundary. -15 The foot; अहोरात्राणि प्रतिष्ठा Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -16 Completion of a vow. -17 A ceremony for obtaining supernaturel or magical powers.

pratisaṃgin	प्रतिसंगिन् a. 1 Clinging or adhering to, attached to. -2 Irresistible.

pratisara	प्रतिसर a. Dependent, subject. -रः, -रम् 1 A cord or ribbon worn round the wrist or neck as an amulet. -2 An ornament. -3 A watch, guard. -4 Assailing, an attack. -रः 1 A servant, follower; विजये त्वर्यतां लेखः प्रतिसराय Pratijñā. -2 A bracelet, marriage-string; स्रस्तोरगप्रतिसरेण करेण पाणिः (अगृह्यत) Ki.5.33; (= कौतुकसूत्र); Māl.5.18. -3 A garland, wreath. -4 Day-break. -5 The rear of an army. -6 A form of incantation. -7 Healing or dressing a wound. -रा 1 A female servant. -2 A thread, fillet; प्रतिसरया तुरगाणां भल्लातकशालि- कुण्ठसिद्धार्थं कण्ठेषु निवघ्नीयात्.

pratisṛ	प्रतिसृ 1 P. To go back, return. -2 To go towards, rush upon, attack, assail; दैत्यः प्रत्यसरद्देवं मत्तो मत्तमिव द्विपम् Hariv. -Caus. 1 To push backwards, replace; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12. -2 To repel, drive away or back.

pratī	प्रती (प्रति-इ) 2 P. 1 To go back to, return; प्रतीयाय गुरोः सकाशम् R.5.35; Bk.3.19. -2 To go to, approach, turn to. -3 To fall to the lot of. -4 To reach, attain. -5 To believe, trust, be certain or sure of, rely on; कः प्रत्येति सैवेयमिति U.4;1.44; ततः परशुरामस्य न प्रतीमः पराभवम् Mv.2.14. -6 To learn, understand, know, प्रतीयते धातुरिवेहितं फलैः Ki.1.2; Śi.1.69. -7 To be well-known or celebrated; सो$यं वटः श्याम इति प्रतीतः R.13.53. -8 To be pleased or satisfied; प्रतिः प्रतीतः प्रसवोन्मुखीं प्रियाम् (ददर्श) R.3.12;16.23. -9 To face (an opponent); सहसैन्यानहं तांश्च प्रतीयां रणमूर्धनि Mb.5.172.13. -Pass. 1 To be recognized or perceived. -2 To be proved, turn out to be true. -3 To follow from anything (as a necessary result). -Caus. (प्रत्याययति) 1 To cause to believe; convince, inspire confidence; एष विवाद एव प्रत्याययति Ś.7;5.31; ताः खचारित्र्यमुद्दिश्य प्रत्याययतु मैथिली R.15.73. -To cause to perceive, bring to mind. -3 To Prove, demonstrate, show.

pratyuta	प्रत्युत ind. 1 On the contrary; कृतमपि महोपकारं पय इव पीत्वा निरातङ्कः । प्रत्युत हन्तुं यतते काकोदरसोदरः खलो जगति Bv. 1.76; विषादे कर्तव्ये विदधति जडाः प्रत्युत मुदम् Bh.3.25; Śi. 1.39. 2 Rather, even. -3 On the other hand. प्रत्युत्क्रमः pratyutkramḥ त्क्रमणम् tkramaṇam त्क्रान्तिः tkrāntiḥ प्रत्युत्क्रमः त्क्रमणम् त्क्रान्तिः f. 1 An undertaking. -2 Preparations for war. -3 Marching out to attack an enemy. -4 A secondary act or effort tending to a main object. -5 The first step in any business.

pradru	प्रद्रु 1 P. 1 To run, run away, retreat or fly to (with acc. or abl.); रणात् प्रद्रवन्ति बलानि Ve.4; Bk.15.79. -2 To hasten away, rush towards. -3 To assail, fall upon, attack. -4 To attain. -Caus. To put to flight, rout.

pradhṛṣ	प्रधृष् 5 P. 1 To assail, lay hands on. -2 To injure, harass. -3 To overpower, overcome. -Caus. 1 To assail, attack, overpower. -2 To outrage, violate (a woman). -3 To injure, hurt. -4 To devastate, lay waste, destroy completely.

pradharṣaḥ	प्रधर्षः Assaulting, attacking; an attack, assault. -2 Violation, outrage. -3 Ill-treatment.

pradharṣaka	प्रधर्षक a. 1 Attacking, assailing. -2 Troubling, harassing.

pradharṣaṇam	प्रधर्षणम् णा 1 An assault, attack. -2 An outrage, ill-treatment, insult.

pradharṣita	प्रधर्षित p. p. 1 Assaulted, attacked. -2 Hurt, injured. -3 Haughty, arrogant.

prapātaḥ	प्रपातः 1 Going forth or away, departure. -2 Falling down or into, a fall; मनोरथानामतटप्रप्रातः Ś.6.1; Ku.6.57. -3 A sudden attack. -4 A cascade, waterfall, the place over which water falls down; गङ्गा- प्रपातान्तनिरूढशष्पं गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2.26. -5 A bank, shore. -6 A precipice, steep rock; प्राप्ताः प्रपातनिकटं सङ्कटेन महीयसा Parṇāl.3.3. -7 Falling out or loss, as in केशप्रपात. -8 Emission, discharge, efflux, as in वीर्यप्रपात. -9 Throwing oneself down from a rock. -1 A particular mode of flight. -Comp. -अम्बु n. water falling from a rock.

prapad	प्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To enter upon, set forward, set foot in. -2 (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21; (क्षितीशं) कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1; Bk.4.1; Ki.1.9;11. 16; R.8.11. (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; शरणार्थमन्यां कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64. -3 To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; रेणुः प्रपेदे पथि पङ्कभावम् R.16.3; मुहूर्तकर्णोत्पलतां प्रपेदे Ku.7.81; बाल्यात्परं साथ वयः प्रपेदे Ku.1.31;5.24; ईदृशीमवस्थां प्रपन्नोस्मि Ś.5; ऋषिनिकरैरिति संशयः प्रपेदे Bv.4.33; Amaru.3. -4 To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of, share in; सहकार न प्रपेदे मधुपेन भवत्समं जगति Bv.1.21; कान्तं वपुर्व्योमचरं प्रपेदे R.5.51. -5 To behave or act towards, deal with; किं प्रपद्यते वैदर्भः M.1 'what does he propose to do'; पश्यामो मयि किं प्रपद्यते Amaru.24. -6 To admit, allow, agree or consent to; प्रपन्नं साधयन्नर्थम् Y.2.4. -7 To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.). -8 To be going on, to proceed. -9 To take effect, thrive, prosper. -1 To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet). -11 Ved. To attack, assault.

prapūraṇam	प्रपूरणम् 1 Filling, filling up, completing. -2 Inserting, injecting. -3 Satisfying; satiating. -4 Attaching to, affixing. -5 Bending (of a bow); क्व गतिर्मानुषाणां च धनुषो$स्य प्रपूरणे Rām.1.67.1.

prapauṇḍarīkaḥ	प्रपौण्डरीकः A kind of shrub (पौण्डर्य); प्रपौण्डरीकमधुक- पिप्पलीचन्दनोत्पलैः ...... Chakrapāṇidatta.

prabhu	प्रभु a. (भु-भ्वी f.) 1 Mighty, strong, powerful. -2 -2 Able, competent, having power to (with inf. or in comp.); ऋषिप्रभावान्मयि नान्तको$पि प्रभुः प्रहर्तुं किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -3 A match for; प्रभुर्मल्लो मल्लाय Mbh. -4 Abundant. -5 Everlasting, eternal. -भुः 1 A lord, master; प्रभुर्बुभूषुर्भुवन- त्रयस्य यः Śi.1.49. -2 A governor, ruler, supreme authority. -3 An owner, proprietor. -4 Quick-silver. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 Of Śiva. -7 Of Brahmā; cf. समीक्ष्य प्रभवस्त्रयः Bhāg.4.1.21; (also applied to various gods as Indra; Sūrya, Agni). -8 Word, sound. -Comp. -भक्त a. attached or devoted to one's lord, loyal; बह्वाशी, स्वल्पसंतुष्टः, सुनिद्रः, शीघ्रचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षड्गुणाः शुनः ॥ Chāṇakyanītidarpaṇa. (-क्त) a good horse. -भक्तिः f. devotion to one's lord, loyalty, faithfulness.

pramāthita	प्रमाथित p. p. 1 Forcibly attacked, roughly handled -2 Ravished, seduced.

pramada	प्रमद a. 1 Drunk, intoxicated (fig. also). -2 Impassioned. -3 Careless. -4 Wanton, dissolute. -5 Violent, strong. -दः 1 Joy, pleasure, delight; बिभ्रन्ति यत्र प्रमदाय पुंसाम् Śi.3.54;13.2; Māl.9; अप्यमुना न वचोविषयो यः स प्रमदः सहासालसमूहे Rām. Ch.4.94. -2 The Dhattūra plant. -3 The ankle. -Comp. -काननम्, -वनम् a pleasure garden attached to the royal harem.

pramadā	प्रमदा 1 A young handsome woman; अतः समीपे परिणेतुरिष्यते तदप्रियापि प्रमदा स्वबन्धुभिः Ś.5.17. -2 A wife or woman in general; असति त्वयि वारुणीमदः प्रमदानामधुना विडम्बना Ku.4.12; R.8.72. -3 The sign virgo of the zodiac. -4 N. of a metre; नजसजला गुरुश्च भवति प्रमदा; V. Ratna. -Comp. -काननम्, -वनम् a pleasure garden attached to the royal harem (for the use of the wives of a king). -जनः 1 a young woman. -2 womankind.

prayāṇam	प्रयाणम् 1 Setting out, starting, departure. -2 A march, journey; मार्गं तावच्छृणु कथयतस्त्वत्प्रयाणानुरूपम् Me.13; Mb.7.166.1. -3 Progress, advance. -4 The march (of an enemy), an attack, invasion, expedition; कामं पुरः शुक्रमिव प्रयाणे Ku.3.43; R.6.33; प्रयाणपटहध्वनिं प्रथयति स्म ताराध्वनि Rāmāyaṇachampū. -5 Beginning, commencement. -6 Death, departure (from the world); प्रयाण- काले$पि च मां ते विदुर्युक्तचेतसः Bg.7.3. -7 The back of a horse; Mb.3.71.16. -8 The hinder part of any animal. -Comp. -कालः, -समयः time of departure. -भङ्गः a break in a journey, halt; Pt.1.

prayojanam	प्रयोजनम् 1 Use, employment, application. -2 Use, need, necessity (with instr. of that which is needed and gen. of the user); सर्वैरपि राज्ञां प्रयोजनम् Pt.1; बाले किमनेन पृष्टेन प्रयोजनम् K.144. -3 End, aim, object, purpose; प्रयोजनमनुद्दिश्य न मन्दो$पि प्रवर्तते; पुत्रप्रयोजना दाराः पुत्रः पिण्डप्रयोजनः । हितप्रयोजनं मित्रं धनं सर्वप्रयोजनम् ॥ Subhās; गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31. -4 A means of attaining; एतच्चतुर्विधं विद्यात् पुरुषार्थप्रयोजनम् Ms.7.1. -5 A cause, motive, occasion; दुरधिगमा हि गतिः प्रयोजनानाम् Ki.1.4. -6 Profit, interest. -7 The signification, sense (of a word); नासमवायात् प्रयोजनेन स्यात् MS.4.3.31.

pralambhaḥ	प्रलम्भः 1 Obtaining, gaining, attaining. -2 Deceiving, imposing upon, cheating, overreaching; (न्यवेदयत्) प्रलम्भमात्मनश्चैव शूद्रायाः पुत्रजन्म च Mb.1.16.3.

pravaṇa	प्रवण a. 1 Sloping down, inclined, shelving, flowing downwards; प्रागुदक्प्रवणां वेदिं विशालां दीप्तपावकाम् (ददर्श) Rām.2.99.24. -2 Steep, abrupt, precipitous. -3 Crooked, bent. -4 Inclined, disposed to, tending to (oft. at the end of comp.); भयेकप्रवणः Ki.3.19; श्वपच- प्रवणो भवेत् Mb.13.136.18. -5 Devoted or attached to, addicted to, intent on, prone to, full of; नृभिः प्राण- त्राणप्रवणमतिभिः कैश्चिदधुना Bh.3.29; Śi.8.35; Mu.5. 21; Ki.2.44. -6 Favourably inclined or disposed towards; Ku.4.42. -7 Eager, ready; प्रवणो$स्मि वरं दातुम् Mb.15.29.22. फलसंपत्प्रवणः Ki.2.8. -8 Endowed with, possessed of. -9 Humbled, modestly humble, submissive. -1 Decayed, wasted, waning. -11 Generous. -णः 1 A place where four roads meet. -2 A moment. -3 A whirlpool. -णम् 1 A descent, a steep descent, precipice; उदके भूरियं धार्या मर्तव्यं प्रवणे मया Mb.5.136.13. -2 The side of a hill, slope, declivity. -3 The belly. -4 An access to.

pravṛttiḥ	प्रवृत्तिः f. 1 Continued advance. -2 Rise, origin, source, flow (of words &c.); प्रवृत्तिरासीच्छब्दानां चरितार्था चतुष्टयी Ku.2.17. -3 Appearance, manifestation; कुसुमप्रवृत्तिसमये Ś.4.9. (v. l.); R.11.43;14.39;15.4. -4 Advent, setting in, commencement; आकालिकीं वीक्ष्य मधुप्रवृत्तिम् Ku.3.34. -5 Application or addiction to, tendency, inclination, predilection, propensity; न हि प्रजानामि तव प्रवृत्तिम् Bg.11.31; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तःकरणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22. -6 Conduct, behaviour; त्वां प्रत्यकस्मात् कलुषप्रवृत्तौ R.14.73. -7 Employment, occupation, activity; विदितं वो यथा स्वार्था न मे काश्चित् प्रवृत्तयः Ku.6.26. -8 Use, employment, currency (as of a word). -9 Continued effort, perseverance. -1 Signification, sense, acceptation (of a word). -11 Continuance, permanence, prevalence. -12 Active life, taking an active part in worldly affairs (opp. निवृत्ति); प्रवृत्तिः कुत्र कर्तव्या जीवितव्यं कथं नु वा H. -13 News, tidings, intelligence; ततः प्रवृत्तिः सीतायाः Mb.3.148.5; प्रवृत्तिसाराः खलु मादृशां गिरः Ki.1.25; जीमूतेन स्वकुशलमयी हारयिष्यन् प्रवृत्तिम् Me.4; V.4.2. -14 Applicability or validity of a rule. -15 Fate, destiny, luck. -16 Cognition, direct perception or apprehension. -17 Rutting juice, or ichor exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut. -18 N. of the city of उज्जयिनी q. v. -19 (In Arith.) The multiplier. -Comp. -ज्ञः a spy, secret emissary or agent. -निमित्तम् a reason for the use of any term in a particular signification. -पराङ्मुख a. averse to giving news; मयि च विधुरे भावः कान्ताप्रवृत्तिपराङ्मुखः V.4.2. -पुरुषः a news agent; प्रवृत्तिपुरुषाः कथयन्ति Pañch. -प्रत्ययः conception of the things relating to the external world. -मार्गः active or worldly life, attachment to the business and pleasure of the world. -लेखः a writ of guidance; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -विज्ञानम् cognition of the things belonging to the external world.

pravraj	प्रव्रज् 1 P. 1 To go into exile. -2 To renounce all worldly attachments, enter on the fourth stage in life, i. e. to become a Saṁnyāsin; आत्मन्यग्नीन् समारोप्य ब्राह्मणः प्रव्रजेद् गृहात् Ms.6.38;8.363. -Caus. 1 To banish, send into exile. -2 To compel to become a monk.

prasañj	प्रसञ्ज् 1 P. To become attached to or fond of, feel affection for. -Pass. 1 To cling to or adhere to. -2 To follow, apply or be applicable, hold good in the case of (active also in this sense); इतरेतराश्रयः प्रसज्येत, वैषम्यनैर्घृण्ये नेश्वरस्य प्रसज्येते Ś.B. -3 To be attached to; तस्यामसौ प्रासजत् Dk.

prasakta	प्रसक्त p. p. 1 Attached to, connected with. -2 Excessively attached or fond; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु पतन्ति नरके$- शुचौ Bg.16.16; कुर्वन्ति तावत् प्रथमं प्रियाणि यावन्न जानन्ति नरं प्रसक्तम् Pt.1.193. -3 Adhering or sticking to. -4 Fixed or intent upon, devoted or addicted to, engaged in, applied to; यस्तदनुप्रसक्तहृदयेयमिति Śi.9.63; so द्यूत˚, निद्रा˚ &c. -5 Contiguous, near; प्रसक्तं हि प्रतिषिध्यते - मीमांसकका˚. -6 Constant, incessant, uninterrupted; प्रसक्तसंपातपृथक्- कृतान् पथः (पपात) Ki.4.18; R.13.4; Māl.4.6; M. 3.1. -7 Got, obtained, gained. -8 Expanded, opened. -9 Clinging to the world, mundane; Bhāg. -1 See प्रयुक्त; तन्माभूदिह वः पुरंदरपुरीबन्दीप्रसक्तो विधिः Mv.1.59. -क्तम् ind. Incessantly, continuously; अपः प्रसक्तं मुमुचुः पयोमुचः Ki.16.55.

prasaktiḥ	प्रसक्तिः f. 1 Attachment, devotion, addiction, devotedness, adherence. -2 Connection, union, association; अङ्कप्रसक्तिरकलङ्कहृदां क्व तेषाम् Viś. Gunā.53. -3 Applicability, bearing, application; as in अतिप्रसक्ति (which is = अतिव्याप्ति q. v.). -4 Energy, perseverance; संतापे दिशतु शिवः शिवां प्रसक्तिम् Ki.5.5. -5 Conclusion, deduction. -6 A topic or subject of discourse. -7 Occurrence of a possibility. -8 Acquisition, gain.

prasaṅgaḥ	प्रसङ्गः 1 Attachment, devotion, addiction, devotedness; स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरतप्रसङ्गे Ku.1.19; तस्यात्यायतकोमलस्य सततं द्यूतप्रसङ्गेन किम् Mk.2.11; Śi.11.22. -2 Union, intercourse, association, connection; निवर्ततामस्माद्गणिका- प्रसंगात् Mk.4; Pt.1.251. -3 Illicit intercourse. -4 Occupation, intentness, being engaged or occupied with; भ्रूविक्रियायां विरतप्रसङ्गैः Ku.3.47. -5 A subject or topic (of discourse or controversy). -6 An occasion, incident; दिग्विजयप्रसंगेन K.191; यात्राप्रसंगेन Māl.1. -7 Conjuncture, time, opportunity; सूक्ष्मेभ्यो$पि प्रसंगेभ्यः स्त्रियो रक्ष्या विशेषतः Ms.9.5. -8 A contingency, event, case, occurrence of a possibility; नेश्वरो जगतः कारणमुपपद्यते, कुतः, वैषम्यनैर्घृण्यप्रसंगात् Ś. B; एवं चानवस्थाप्रसंगः ibid.; तस्याणुतर- प्रसंगात् Tarka K.; Ku.7.16. -8 Connected reasoning or argument. -9 A conclusion, an inference. -1 Connected language. -11 Inseparable application or connection (= व्याप्ति q. v.). -12 Mention of parents. -13 Introduction, insertion. -14 Gain. -15 An extended application; अन्यत्र कृतस्यान्यत्रासक्तिः प्रसङ्गः । यथा प्रदीपस्य प्रासादे कृतस्य राजमार्गे$प्यालोककरणम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -16 (In drama) A second or subsidiary incident or plot. (प्रसंगेन, प्रसंगत, प्रसंगात् are used adverbially in the sense of:-- 1 in relation to. -2 in consequence of, on account of, because of, by way of. -3 occasionally, incidentally. -4 in course of; as in कथाप्रसंगेन 'in course of conversation'). -Comp. -निवारणम् prevention or obviation of similar contingencies in future. -वशात् ind. according to the time, by the force of circumstances. -विनिवृत्तिः f. nonrecurrence of a contingency; द्विशतं तु दमं दाप्यः प्रसङ्गविनिवृत्तये Ms.8.368. -समः (in न्याय) the sophism that the proof too must be proved.

prasaṅgitā	प्रसङ्गिता Attachment, intercourse with.

prasaṅgin	प्रसङ्गिन् a. 1 Fond of, attached or devoted to. -2 Dependent on, contingent on. -3 Occasional, incidental; नान्वेष्टव्या विशेषास्तु विशेषा हि प्रसङ्गिनः Mb.12. 325.9. -4 Secondary, subordinate.

prasajya	प्रसज्य a. 1 To be attached to -2 Applicable, holding good. -3 Contingent, possible. -Comp. -प्रतिषेधः 1 negation of a possible case or contingeny. -2 a simple prohibition of the particular matter specified without mentioning what is different (from it).

prasitiḥ	प्रसितिः f. 1 A net. -2 A ligament. -3 A tie, fetter. -4 An attack, assault. -5 A throw, shot. -6 Reach, extent. -7 A series, succession. -8 Power, authority, influence. -9 Ved. A flame. -1 A track, path.

prasṛta	प्रसृत p. p. 1 Gone forward. -2 Stretched out, extended. -3 Spread, diffused. -4 Long, lengthened. -5 Engaged in, attached to; अष्टकापितृदेवत्यमित्ययं प्रसृतो जनः. Rām.2.18.14. -6 Swift, or quick. -7 Manifested, displayed; न तेजस्तेजस्वी प्रसृतमपरेषां विषहते U.6.14. -8 Modest, humble. -9 Devoted. (निष्ठावत्); त्यागिनः प्रसृतस्येह नोच्छित्तिर्विद्यते क्वचित् Mb.12.12.19. -1 Knowing subtle meaning (सूक्ष्मार्थगामिन्); Mb.12.118.14. -11 = पक्व; अतिथिः प्रसृताग्रभुक् Mb.13.35.1. --तः The palm of the hand stretched out and hollowed. -तः, -तम् A measure equal to two palas. -तम् Grass, plants etc; agriculture. -ता The leg. -Comp. -जः a particular class of sons, an adulterine (कुण्डगोलकरूप); आत्मा पुत्रश्च विज्ञेयस्तस्यानन्तरजश्च यः । निरुक्तजश्च विज्ञेयः सुतः प्रसृतजस्तथा ॥ Mb.13.49.3.

praskand	प्रस्कन्द् 1 P. 1 To leap forward, up or down; गदां प्रगृह्य वेगेन प्रचस्कन्द रथोत्तमात् Mb.6.95.77. -2 To fall upon, attack. -3 To shed, spill; एते प्रस्कन्दन्ति Praśna Up.1.13. -Caus. 1 To cross (a river &c.) -2 To pour out (as an oblation).

praskanna	प्रस्कन्न p. p. 1 Sprung forth. -2 Fallen, dropped, lost, gone; प्रस्कन्नं पिबतः प्राणैर्यत् किञ्चिज्जगृहुः स्म तत् Bhāg. 8.7.47. -3 Defeated. -4 Having attacked, assailed; एते विनिहताः सर्वे प्रस्कन्नाः पाण्डुवाहिनीम् Mb.9.18.22. -5 Shed, spilt. -न्नः 1 An outcast. -2 A sinner, transgressor.

prasvāpana	प्रस्वापन a. Causing sleep, soporific; ओजस्तेजोद्युतिकरं प्रस्वापनमरातिनुत् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.3.41.38. -नम् 1 Causing or inducing sleep. -2 A missile which induces sleep in the person attacked; प्रस्वापनं (गान्धर्वमस्त्रं) प्रायुङ्क्त R.7.61.

prahṛ	प्रहृ 1 P. 1 To strike, strike at, beat; लत्तया प्रहरति 'kicks'; दयापरो$भूः प्रहरन्नपि त्वम् R.5.58; Ku.3.7; Bk. 9.7. -2 To hurt, injure, wound (with loc.); आर्तत्राणाय वः शस्त्रं न प्रहर्तुमनागसि Ś.1.11; R.2.62;7.59;11.84; 15.3. -3 To attack, assault. -4 To throw, cast, hurl (with loc. or dat.). -5 To seize upon. -6 To offer, present (Ved.).

praharaṇam	प्रहरणम् 1 Striking, beating. -2 Casting, throwing. -3 Assailing, attacking. -4 Hurting. -5 Removing, expelling. -6 A weapon, missile; या (उर्वशी) सुकुमारं प्रहरणं महेन्द्रस्य V.1; Bhāg.4.26.2; R.13.73; Mk.5.12; नानाशस्त्रप्रहरणाः Bg.1.9; Māl.8.9. -7 War, battle, fight. -8 A covered litter or car. -9 The box of a carriage.

praharṣaṇam	प्रहर्षणम् 1 Enrapturing, making extremely glad. -2 The attainment of a desired object. -णः The planet Mercury. प्रहर्ष praharṣa (र्षि rṣi) णी ṇī प्रहर्ष (र्षि) णी 1 Turmeric. -2 N. of a metre; see App. म्नो ज्रौ गस्त्रिदशयतिः प्रहर्षणीयम् V. Ratna.

prahva	प्रह्व a. 1 Sloping, slanting, inclined; प्रह्वानतीव क्वचिदु- द्धतिश्रितः Śi.12.56. -2 Stooping, bent down; bowing humbly down; एष प्रह्वो$स्मि भगवन् एषा विज्ञापना च नः Mv.1. 47;6.37; तमाराध्य गुरुं भक्त्या प्रह्वप्रश्रयसेवनैः Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -3 Submissive, humble, modestly submitting; प्रह्वेष्वनिर्बन्धरुषो हि सन्तः R.16.8; प्रह्वग्रीवः पुरोवर्ती Śiva B.24.6; शिवाय प्रेषयामास प्रह्वभावमुपाश्रयन् Śiva B.29.14. -4 Devoted or attached to, engaged in, engrossed by. -Comp. -अञ्जलि a. bowing with the palms of the hand joined and put to the forehead as a mark of respect.

prāp	प्राप् 5 P. To get, obtain, gain, acquire; अतिथिं नाम काकुत्स्थात् पुत्रं प्राप कुमुद्वती R.17.1. -2 To attain to, go to, reach; यथा महाह्रदं प्राप्य क्षिप्तं लोष्टं विनश्यति Ms.11.264; R.1.48; Bk.15.16; so आश्रमम्, नदीम्, वनम् &c.; प्राप्या- वन्तीन् Me.3. -3 To stretch, extend. -4 To meet with, find, light upon, overtake; जटायुः प्राप पक्षीन्द्रः परुषं रावणं वदन् Bk.5.96. -5 To result or follow (as a conclusion); परिच्छिन्नस्तावज्जीव इति प्राप्नोति Ś. B. -6 To incur, bring upon oneself (दोष, दण्ड &c.); स शतं प्राप्नुयाद्दण्डम् Ms.8. 225. -7 To suffer, endure; न वधं प्राप्नुयान्नरः Ms.8.364. -8 To be changed into (in gram.). -9 To be present, be at hand (Ved.). -Caus. 1 To lead or bring to, take to, convey; सपत्नीः प्रापयन्त्यब्धिं सिन्धवो नगनिम्नगाः Śi.2.14; वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रियास्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11,32; Ve.3.7; R.14.45,6. -2 To cause to obtain, give, provide; अभिमन्युतनयमसून् प्रापितवान् K.175 'restored to life, revived'. -3 To promote or advance, appoint to (an office). -4 To tell, communicate.

prāpaṇam	प्रापणम् 1 Reaching, extending to. -2 Obtaining, acquisition, attainment. -3 Bringing to, conveying, leading to. -4 Procuring. -5 Reference. -6 Elucidation, explanation.

prāpta	प्राप्त p. p. 1 Got, obtained, won, acquired. -2 Reached, attained to. -3 Met with, found. -4 Incurred, suffered, endured; सभार्येण सराष्ट्रेण यत् प्राप्तं तत्र तत्त्वतः (संप्रपश्यति) Rām.1.3.3. -5 Arrived, come, present. -6 Completed. -7 Proper, right. -8 Following from a rule, -9 Described (as a symptom). -1 Fixed, placed. -11 (In gram.) Following from a rule, valid. Comp. -अनुज्ञ a. one who has got permission to go, allowed to depart. -अपराध a. guilty of an offence. -अर्थ a. successful. (-र्थः) an object gained. -अवसर a. 1 finding occasion or opportunity. -2 timely, seasonable. (-रः) a fit or suitable time. -उदय a. one who has attained rise or exaltation. -कर्मन् n. that which results or follows from a preceding rule. -कारिन् a. doing what is right. -काल a. 1 opportune, seasonable, suitable; see अप्राप्तकाल. -2 marriageable. -3 fated, destined. (-लः) a fit time, suitable or favourable moment. (-लम्) ind. seasonably, opportunely, timely; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् Pt.1. 63. -क्रम a. fit, proper, suitable. -जीवन a. revived, restored to life. -दोष a. guilty. -पञ्चत्व a. resolved into the five elements, i. e. dead; cf. पञ्चत्व. -प्रसव a. 1 delivered of a child. -2 near her confinement; प्राप्तप्रसव- मात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2. -बीज a. sown. -बुद्धि a. 1 recovering, regaining one's consciousness. -2 instructed, enlightened. -भारः a beast of burden. -भाव a. 1 wise. -2 handsome. -वः a young bullock. -मनोरथ a. one who has obtained his desired object. -यौवन a. being in the bloom of youth, arrived at the age of puberty, youthful. -रूप a. 1 handsome, beautiful. -2 wise, learned. -3 charming, attractive. -4 fit, proper, worthy. -वर a. fraught with blessings. -व्यवहार a. come of age, being able and legally authorised to manage his own affairs (opp. 'minor'). -श्री a. one who owes his rise (to another); इतः स दैत्यः प्राप्तश्रीर्नेत एवार्हति क्षयम् Ku.2.55; Pt.1.244. -सूर्य a. having the sun (vertical).

prāptiḥ	प्राप्तिः f. 1 Obtaining, acquisition gain, attainment, profit; द्रव्य˚, यशः˚, सुख˚ &c.; अप्राप्तस्यैव या प्राप्तिः सैव संयोग उच्यते Bhāṣā. P. -2 Reaching or attaining to. -3 Arrival, coming to. -4 Finding, meeting with. -5 Range, reach. -6 A guess, conjecture. -7 Lot, share, portion. -8 Fortune, luck. -9 Rise, production. -1 The power of obtaining anything (one of the eight Siddhis, q. v.). -11 Union, collection (संहति). -12 The result of actions done in a former life. -13 Fate, destiny; पक्षिणां तदपि प्राप्त्या नादत्तमुपतिष्ठति Pt.2.127. -14 Being valid, holding good, application (as of a rule). -15 The successful termination of a plot (सुखागम). -16 (In Rhet.) A conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing. -17 (In astrol.) N. of the 11th lunar mansion. -Comp. -आशा the hope of obtaining anything (regarded as part of the development of the plot of a play); उपायापायशङ्काभ्यां प्राप्त्याशा प्राप्तिसंभवा S. D.6. -समम् a particular Jāti in Nyāya. प्राप्य prāpya प्राप्तव्य prāptavya प्राप्य प्राप्तव्य pot. p. 1 To be got or obtained. -2 Attainable, procurable; destined to be got; प्राप्तव्यमर्थं लभते मनुष्यः Pt.2.11. -3 To be reached, attainable. -4 To be met with or found. -5 Proper, fit, suitable. -Comp. -कारिन् (प्राप्यकारिन्) a. effective (only) when touched. -रूप (प्राप्यरूप) a. rather easy to attain.

prāyaśas	प्रायशस् ind. Generally, mostly, for the most part, in all probability; आशाबन्धः कुसुमसदृशं प्रायशो ह्यङ्गनानां सद्यः- पाति प्रणयि हृदयं विप्रयोगे रुणद्धि Me.1. प्रायश्चित्तम् prāyaścittam प्रायश्चित्तिः prāyaścittiḥ प्रायश्चित्तम् प्रायश्चित्तिः f. 1 Atonement, expiation, indemnification, a religious act to atone for sin; न संसर्गं व्रजेत् सद्भिः प्रायश्चित्ते$कृते द्विजः Ms.11.47; मातुः पापस्य भरतः प्रायश्चित्तमिवाकरोत् R.12.19. (प्रायो नाम तपः प्रोक्तं चित्तं निश्चय उच्यते । तपोनिश्चयसंयोगात् प्रायश्चित्तमितीर्यते ॥ Hemādri). -2 Satisfaction, amends (in general).

prārth	प्रार्थ् 1 Ā. 1 To ask or pray for, beg, request; तेन भवन्तं प्रार्थयन्ते Ś.2.16-17. -2 To demand in marriage. -3 To wish or long for, desire, want; अहो विघ्नवत्यः प्रार्थितार्थसिद्धयः Ś.3; स्वर्गतिं प्रार्थयन्ते Bg.9.2; Bk.7.48; R.7.53,67; Ku.5.45. -4 To look for, search, be in search of; प्रार्थयध्वं तथा सीताम् Bk.7.48. -5 To attack, seize or fall upon; असौ अश्वानीकेन यवनानां प्रार्थितः M.5; दुर्जयो लवणः शूली विशूलः प्रार्थ्यतामिति R.15.5;9.56. -6 To petition, file a suit against. -7 To have recourse to.

prārthita	प्रार्थित p. p. 1 Begged, requested, asked for, solicited. -2 Wished, desired. -3 Attacked, opposed by an enemy; तत्प्रार्थितं जवनवाजिगतेन राज्ञा R.9.56. -4 Killed, hurt. -5 Required, wanted; sought for; न दृश्यते प्रार्थयि- तव्य एव ते भविष्यति प्रार्थितदुर्लभः कथम् Ku.5.46.

prārthin	प्रार्थिन् a. 1 Begging, requesting. -2 Wishing, desiring; मन्दः कवियशःप्रार्थी गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3. -3 Attacking, assailing.

prārdh	प्रार्ध् 1 Ā. To attain; Buddh.

priya	प्रिय a. [प्रीणाति प्रि-तर्पणे क] (compar. प्रेयस्, superl. प्रेष्ठ) 1 Dear, beloved, liked, welcome, favourite; बन्धुप्रियाम् Ku.1.26; प्रकृत्यैव प्रिया सीता रामस्यासीन्महात्मनः Rām; R.3.29. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; तामूचतुस्ते प्रियमप्यमिथ्या R.14.6. -2 Fond of, liking, loving, devoted or attached to; प्रियमण्डना Ś.4.9.; प्रियारामा वैदेही U.2. -2 Dear, expensive. -5 Ved. Customary, familar, usual. -यः 1 A lover, husband; स्त्रीणामाद्यं प्रणयवचनं विभ्रमो हि प्रियेषु Me.28. -2 A kind of deer. -3 A son-in-law (जामाता); Ms.3.119 (com.). -या 1 A beloved (wife), wife, mistress; प्रिये चारुशीले प्रिये रम्यशीले प्रिये Gīt. 1. -2 A woman in general. -3 Small cardamoms. -4 News, information. -5 Spirituous liquor. -6 A kind of jasmine. -यम् 1 Love. -2 Kindness, service, favour; प्रियमाचरितं लते त्वया मे V.1.16; मत्प्रियार्थं यियासोः Me.22; प्रियं मे प्रियं मे 'a good service done to me'; प्रिय- चिकीर्षवः Bg.1.23; U.3.26; Pt.1.193,365. -3 Pleasing or gladsome news; विवेश भुवमाख्यातुमुरगेभ्य इव प्रियम् R.12. 91; प्रियनिवेदयितारम् Ś.4. -4 Pleasure; प्रियं प्राप्तो दशाननः Rām.7.23.15. -यम् ind. In a pleasing or agreeable manner. -प्रियेण ind. Willingly. -Comp. -अतिथि a. hospitable. -अन्नम् dear food or provisions. -अन्नत्वम् dearth, scarcity; Bṛi. S. -अपायः absence or loss of a beloved object. -अप्रियः a. Pleasant and unpleasant, agreeable and disagreeable (feelings &c.). (-यम्) service and disservice, favour and injury. -अम्बुः the mango tree. (-a.) fond of water. -अर्थम् ind. as a favour. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving love or kindness; U.3. -2 amiable. (-र्हः) N. of Viṣṇu. -असु a. fond of life. -आख्य a. announcing good news. -आख्यानम्, -आख्या- निकम् agreeable news; Pratimā.1. -आत्मन् a. amiable, pleasant, agreeable. -आधानम् a friendly office; आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59. -आलापिन् a. speaking kindly or agreeably. -आसु a. fond of life. -उक्तिः f., -उदितम् a kind or friendly speech, flattering remarks. -उपपत्तिः f. a happy or pleasant occurrence. -उपभोगः enjoyment of a lover or mistress; प्रियोपभोगचिह्नेषु पौरोभाग्यमिवाचरन् R.12.22. -एषिन् a. 1 desirous of pleasing or doing service. -2 friendly, affectionate. -कर a. giving or causing pleasure. -कर्मन् a. acting in a kind or friendly manner. (-n.) the action of a lover. -कलत्रः a husband who is fond of his wife, whe loves her dearly. -कलह a. quarrelsome. -काम a. friendly disposed, desirous of rendering service. -कार a. 1 acting kindly, doing good to, -2 favourable, suitable. -कारक, -कारिन् a. acting or treating kindly. (-m.) a friend, benefactor; प्रियकारक भद्रं ते Pt.4.76. -कृत् m. 1 one who does good, a friend, benefactor. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -जनः a beloved or dear person. -जानिः a husband who dearly loves his wife, a gallant. -जीव a. living long, long-lived. (-वः) Colasanthes Indica (Mar. टेंटू). -जीविता love of life. -तोषणः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -दत्ता a mystical name of the earth; Mb. -दर्श a. pleasant to look at; प्रियदर्शो दीर्घभुजः कथं कृष्ण युधिष्ठिरः Mb.5.9.21. -दर्शन a. pleasing to look at, of pleasing appearance, good-looking, lovely, handsome; अहो प्रिय- दर्शनः कुमारः U.5.; R.1.47; Ś.3.9; एवमुत्सुको$पि प्रियदर्शनो देवः Ś6. (-नः) 1 a parrot. -2 a kind of date tree. -3 N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; अवेहि गन्धर्वपतेस्तनूजं प्रियंवदं मां प्रियदर्शनस्य R.5.33. -4 A plant growing on trees and stones (Mar. दगडफूल). (-नम्) the sight of a beloved object; अमृतं प्रियदर्शनम् Pt.1.128. (-नी) a bird, Gracula religiosa. -दर्शिन् a. looking kindly upon anything. (-m.) an epithet of king Aśoka. -देवन a. fond of gambling. -धन्वः an epithet of Śiva. -निवेदनम् good tidings. -पुत्रः a kind of bird. -प्रश्नः a kind inquiry (about welfare). -प्रसादनम् propitiation of a husband. -प्राय a. exceedingly kind or courteous; प्रियप्राया वृत्तिः U.2.2. (-यम्) eloquence in language. -प्रायस् n. a very agreeable speech, as of a lover to his mistress. -प्रेप्सु a. wishing to secure one's desired object. -भावः feeling of love; प्रियभावः स तु तया स्वगुणैरेव वर्धितः U.6.31. -भाषणम् kind or agreeable words. -भाषिन् a. speaking sweet words. -मण्डन a. fond of ornaments; नादत्ते प्रियमण्डनापि भवतां स्नेहेन या पल्लवम् Ś.4.9. -मधु a. fond of liquor. (-धुः) an epithet of Balarāma. -रण a. warlike, heroic. -वक्तृ a. flattering, a flatterer. -वचन a. speaking kind or agreeable words. (-नम्) kind, coaxing or endearing words; प्रियवचनकृतो$- पि योषितां दयितजनानुनयो रसादृते (प्रविशति हृदयं न) V.2.22. -वयस्यः a dear friend. -वर्णी the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -वस्तु n. a beloved object. -वाच् a. speaking kindly, affable in address. (-f.) kind or agreeable words. -वादिका a kind of musical instrument. -वादिन् a. speaking kind or pleasing words, a flatterer; सुलभाः पुरुषा राजन् सततं प्रियवादिनः Rām. (-नी) a kind of bird. (Mar. मैना, साळुंखी). -श्रवस् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; प्रगायतः स्ववीर्याणि तीर्थपादः प्रियश्रवाः Bhāg.1.6.34. -संवासः the society of a beloved person. -सखः 1 a dear friend. -2 the Khadira tree. (-खी f.) a female friend, a lady' confidante. -सत्य a. 1 a lover of truth. -2 pleasant though true. -संदेशः 1 a friendly message, the message of a lover. -2 the tree called चम्पक. -संप्रहार a. fond of litigation. -समागमः union with a beloved object or person. -सहचरी a beloved wife. -साहस a. adventurous. -सुहृद् m. a dear or bosom friend. -स्वप्न a. fond of sleep; अकाले वोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियंस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12. 81. -हित a. at once agreeable and salutary.

phalam	फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.

baddha	बद्ध p. p. [बन्ध्-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Bound, tied, fastened. -2 Chained, fettered. -3 Captured, caught. -4 Confined, imprisoned. -5 Put or girt on. -6 Restrained, suppressed, withheld. -7 Formed, built; शरबद्धमिवाभाति द्वितीयं भास्वदम्बरम्Rām.6.17.24. -8 Cherished, entertained. -9 Combined, united. -1 Firmly rooted, firm. -11 Shut, stopped, closed. -12 Inlaid, studded. -13 Composed (as verses). -14 Formed, contracted; असूत सा नागवधूपभोग्यं मैनाकमम्भोनिधिबद्धसख्यम् Ku.1.2. -15 Manifested, displayed. -16 Entangled, involved. -17 Congealed, clotted (as blood.) -18 Effected, caused, formed, produced; बद्धं जालकम् Ś.1.29;2.6; U.6.17; Māl.3.7. -19 Possessed, preserved; बद्धं सन्तं मन्यते लब्धमर्थम् Mb.5.92.23. -Comp. -अङ्गुलित्र, अङ्गुलि- त्राण a. having as finger-guard fastened. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands together in supplication, with the hands joined in humble entreaty or raised to the forehead as a mark of respect. ˚पुट a. forming a cup with the hollowed hands. -अनुराग a. having the affection fixed upon, feeling or manifesting love for. -अनुशय a. 1 feeling repentant. -2 of a fixed resolve. -अम्बु n. water derived from a current. -अवस्थिति a. constant. -आदर a. attaching great value to. -आनन्द a. joyful. -आयुध a. accoutred with arms. -आशङ्क a. one whose suspicions have been roused, grown suspicious. -उत्सव a. enjoying or observing a festival or holiday. -उद्यम a. making united efforts. -कक्ष, -कक्ष्य a. see बद्धपरिकर. -कदम्बक a. forming groups; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलं रोमन्थ- मभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6. -कलापिन् a. one who has his quiver tied on. -केसर a. 1 forming hair. -2 having the filaments formed. -कोप, -मन्यु, -रोष a. 1 feeling anger, entertaining a feeling of anger. -2 suppressing or governing one's wrath. -गुदम् a kind of obstruction of the bowels; निरुध्यते तस्य गुदे पुरीषं, निरेति कृच्छ्रादपि चाल्पमल्पम् । हृन्नाभिमध्ये परिवृद्धिमेति तस्योदरं बद्धगुदं वदन्ति ॥ Bhāva. P. -ग्रह a. insisting on something. -चित्त, -मनस् a. having the mind intently fixed on, rivetting the mind on. -जिह्व a. tongue-tied. -तूणीर a. equipped with a quiver. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र, -लोचन a. having the eyes intently fixed on, looking with a steadfast gaze at; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामं मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने बद्धदृष्टिः Ś.1.7. -धार a. continuously or incessantly flowing. -निश्चय a. firmly resolved, resolute. -नेपथ्य a. attired in a theatrical dress. -परिकर a. having the girdle girded on, one who has girded up his loins; i. e. ready, prepared. -पुरीष a. having the bowels constipated. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made a vow or promise. -2 firmly resolved. -प्रतिश्रुत् a. resonant with echoes. -भाव a. having the affection or heart fixed upon, enamoured of (with loc.); दृढं त्वयि बद्धभावो- र्बशी V.2. -भूः f. 1 the lowest floor. -2 ground prepared for the site of a house. -3 pavement. -मण्डल a. ranged in circles. -मुष्टि a. 1 having a closed fist. -2 close-fisted, covetous. -मूत्र a. obstructing the urine. -मूल a. deep-rooted, striking root firmly; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -मौन a. holding the tongue, keeping silence, silent; अदृश्यत त्वच्चरणारविन्दविश्लेषदुःखादिव बद्धमौनम् R.13.23. -राग a. having the desire fixed on, enamoured, impassioned; गल्लस्थलेषु मदवारिषु बद्धरागमत्त- भ्रमद्भ्रमरपादतलाहतो$पि Pt.1.123. -वसति a. fixing anabode. -वाच् a. tongue-tied, maintaining silence. -वेपथु a. seized with tremour. -वैर a. one who has conceived bitter hatred or contracted confirmed hostility. -शिख a. 1 one whose hair is tied up (into a knot on the crown of the head). -2 one who is still in childhood, young. -सूतः a particular preparation of quicksilver. -स्नेह a. forming an attachment, conceiving affection for.

bādh	बाध् 1 Ā. (बाधते, बाधित) 1 To harass, oppress, torment, press hard, annoy, trouble, disturb, vex, pain (persons or things); ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे R.2.14; भूरिभारभराक्रान्तः स्कन्ध एष नु बाधति । न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो यथा बाधति बाधते Subhāṣ.; Me.55; Ms.9.226;1.129; Bk.14.45. -2 To resist, oppose, thwart, check, obstruct, arrest, interfere with; गुणानुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान् न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; U.5.19. -3 To attack, assault, assail; स तदा लब्धतीर्थो$पि न बबाधे निरायुधम् Bhāg.3.19.4. -4 To wrong, violate. -5 To hurt, injure. -6 To drive away, repel, remove; उष्णेन बाध्यते शीतं शीतेनोष्णं प्रबाध्यते Mb.12.16.12. -7 To suspend, set aside, annul, annihilate, abolish (as a rule &c.); न धर्ममर्थकामाभ्यां बबाधे न च तेन तौ R.17.57. -Caus. -1 To oppress, torment, harass &c. -2 To subdue, conquer. -With अभि 1 to hurt, injure. -2 to vex, harass, torment. -आ to vex, torment, injure. -परि to trouble, afflict; मोहान्मया सुतनु पूर्वमुपेक्षितस्ते यो बाष्पबिन्दुरधरं परिबाध- मानः Ś.7.25. -सम् to trouble, torment.

buddhiḥ	बुद्धिः f. [बुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Perception, comprehension. -2 Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi.2.19; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19. -3 Information, knowledge; बुद्धिर्यस्य बलं तस्य H.2.122 'knowledge is power'; P.I.4.52. -4 Discrimination, judgement, discernment; विदेशेष्वपि विज्ञाताः सर्वतो बुद्धिनिश्चयाः Rām.1.7.17. -5 Mind; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2; so कृपण˚, पाप˚ &c. -6 Presence of mind, readiness of wit. -7 An impression, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; दूरात्तमवलोक्य व्याघ्रबुद्ध्या पलायन्ते H.3; अनया बुद्ध्या Mu.1 'in this belief'; अनुक्रोशबुद्ध्या Me.117. -8 Intention, purpose, design; मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45. (बुद्ध्या 'intentionally', 'purposely', deliberately'). -9 Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl.4.1. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas; एषा ते$भिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु Bg.2.39. -11 Nature (प्रकृति); Bhāg.3.27.18. -12 A means, way (उपाय); किं करिष्याम भद्रं ते बुद्धिरत्र विचार्यताम् Rām.1.4.9. -13 N. of the 5th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अतीत a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect. -अधिक a. superior in intellect. -अवज्ञानम् contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् । प्रोप्नोति बृद्ध्यवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् ॥ Pt.1.63. -इन्द्रि- यम् an organ of perception (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); (these are five :-the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; श्रोत्रं त्वक् चक्षुषी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी; to these sometimes मनस् is added). -कृत् a. supposing, conjecturing. -कृत a. acted wisely. -गम्य, -ग्राह्य a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect, intelligible. -चिन्तक a. one who thinks wisely. -च्छाया reflex action of the understanding on the soul. -जन्मन् a perception that arises; सत्सं- प्रयोगे पुरुषस्येन्द्रियाणां बुद्धिजन्म तत् प्रत्यक्षम् MS.1.1.4. -जीविन् a. 1 employing the reason, rational. -2 Subsisting by intelligence; भूतानां प्राणिनः श्रेष्ठाः प्राणिनां बुद्धिजीविनः Ms.1. 96. -तत्त्वम् the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -द्यूतम् game at chess. -पूर्व a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम्, -पुरःसरम् ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully. -प्रागल्भी soundness of judgment. -बलम् a kind of play. -भेदः, -भ्रमः distraction ar aberration of mind; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -मोहः confusion of mind. -युक्त a. intelligent. -योगः intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit. -लक्षणम् a sign of intellect or wisdom; प्रारब्धस्यान्तगमनं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्. -लाघवम् lightness or levity of judgment; Rām. -वर्जित a. foolish, ignorant. -विध्वंसक a. destroying consciousness or reason. -विलासः play of the mind or fancy. -विषयः matter apprehensible by reason. -वृद्धिः development of intellect, understanding or wisdom; बुद्धिवृद्धिकराणि (शास्त्राणि) Ms.4.19. -वैभवम् strength of intellect. -शक्तिः intellectual faculty. -शस्त्र a. armed with understanding. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. intelligent, wise. -शुद्ध a. honest in purpose, frank-minded. -संकीर्णम् a kind of pavilion. -सखः, -सहायः a counsellor. -हीन a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish.

buddhimat	बुद्धिमत् a. 1 Endowed with understanding, intelligent, rational; बुद्धिमत्सु नराः श्रेष्ठाः Ms.1.96. -2 Wise, learned; मन्युपङ्कामनाधृष्यां नदीं तरति बुद्धिमान् Mb.12.235.12. -3 Sharp, clever, acute. -4 Humble, docile. बुद्धिमत्ता buddhimattā त्त्वम् ttvam बुद्धिमत्ता त्त्वम् Wisdom, sagacity.

bodhiḥ	बोधिः [बुध्-इन्] 1 Perfect wisdom or enlightenment; इत्यभिहितो बोधौ जिनः पातु वः Nāg.1.1. स रतिमुपसिषेवे बोधि- मापन्न यावत् Bu. Ch.2.56. -2 The enlightened intellect of a Buddha. -3 The sacred fig-tree. -4 A cock. -5 An epithet of Buddha. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the sacred fig-tree, -दः an arhat (of the Jainas). -मण्डलम् N. of the place where Gautama Buddha attained to perfect wisdom. -सत्त्वः 1 a Buddhist saint, one who is on the way to the attainment of perfect knowledge and has only a certain number of births to undergo before attaining to the state of a Supreme Buddha and complete annihilation (this position could be attained by a long series of pious and virtuous deeds); एवंविधैर्विलसितैरतिबोधिसत्त्वैः Māl.1.21; उद्योतयन्नुत्त- मबोधिसत्त्वः Bu. Ch.1.16. -2 N. of the principal Buddha of the present era.

brahman	ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

bhakta	भक्त p. p. [भज्-क्त] 1 Distributed, allotted, assigned; वामहस्ताहृतं चान्नं भक्तं पर्युषितं च यत् Mb.12.36.31. -2 Divided. -3 Served, worshipped. -4 Engaged in, attentive to. -5 Attached or devoted to, loyal, faithful; मन्मना भव मद्भक्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु Bg.9.34. -6 Dressed, cooked (as food). -7 Forming a part of, belonging to. -8 Loved, liked (at the end of comp.). -क्तः A worshipper, adorer, devotee, votary, faithful attendant; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति Bg.4.3;7.23;9.31; भक्तानां त्रिविधानां च लक्षणं श्रूयतामिति । तृणशय्यारतो भक्तो मन्नाम- गुणकीर्तिषु । मनो निवेशयेत् त्यक्त्वा संसारसुखकारणम् ॥ Brav. P. -क्तम् 1 A share, portion. -2 Food; वन्यं सुविहितं नित्यं भक्तमश्नाति पञ्चमम् Rām.5.36.41; भक्तं भुक्तं ततः किम् Bh.3. 74; also meal; तथैव सप्तमे भक्ते भक्तानि षडनश्नता Ms.11.16; चतुर्थभक्तक्षपणं वैश्ये शूद्रे विधीयते Mb.13.16. -3 Boiled rice; गन्धेन स्फुरता मनागनुसृतो भक्तस्य सर्पिष्मतः U.4.1. -4 Any eatable grain boiled with water. -5 Adoration, worship. -6 The grain; यस्य त्रैवार्षिकं भक्तं पर्याप्तं भृत्यवृत्तये Ms.11.7; Mb.12.165.5 (भक्तं एकाहपर्याप्तं धान्यम् Nīlakaṇṭha). -7 The wages, remuneration (वेतन); Mb. 13.23.7. -Comp. -अग्रः, -ग्रम् a refectory; Buddh. -अभिलाषः desire of food, appetite. -उद्भवः gruel ब्रुव bruva ब्रुवाण bruvāṇa ब्रुव ब्रुवाण a. Professing or pretending to be, calling oneself by a name to which he has no real title (at the end of comp.), as in ब्राह्मणब्रुव, क्षत्रियब्रुव &c.

bhaktiḥ	भक्तिः f. [भज्-क्तिन्] 1 Separation, partition, division. -2 A division, portion, share. -3 (a) Devotion, attachment, loyalty, faithfulness; तद्भक्तिसंक्षिप्तबृहत्प्रमाणमारुह्य कैलासमिव प्रतस्थे Ku.7.37; R.2.63; Mu.1.15. (b) Faith, belief, pious faith. -4 Reverence, service, worship, homage. -5 Texture, arrangement; भवति विरलभक्तिर्म्लानपुष्पोपहारः R.5.74; मणिमरीचिरचितेन्द्रचापभक्तयः विद्याधरपतयः Nāg.5. -6 Decoration, ornament, embellishment; सुकृतेहामृगाकीर्णं सूत्कीर्णं भक्तिभिस्तथा Rām.2.15.35; आबद्धमुक्ताफलभक्तिचित्रे Ku.7.1,94; R.13.55.75;15.3. अधिरुह्य स वज्रभक्तिचित्रम् (आसनम्) Bu. Ch.5.44. -7 An attribute. -8 The being part of, belonging to. -9 A figurative sense, secondary sense; भक्त्या निष्क्रयवादः स्यात् MS.4.4.28 (भक्त्या here seems to have been used as an indeclinable); cf. also MS.8.3.22. -1 Predisposition (of body to any disease). -Comp. -गम्य a. accessible by devotion. -गन्धि a. one who has only a small measure of devotion; भक्तिगन्धिरमुनाकलि कर्णः N.21. 32. -चित्रम् drawings; बह्वाश्चर्यं भक्तिचित्रं ब्रह्मणा परिनिर्मितम् Rām.7.15.38. -छेदः 1 a coloured streak, lines of painting or decoration; भक्तिच्छेदैरिव विरचितां भूतिमङ्गे गजस्य Me.19. -2 distinguishing marks of devotion to Viṣṇu. -ज्ञ a. faithfully attached. -नम्र a. making a humble obeisance. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. devoutly, reverentially. -भाज् a. 1 devout, fervid. -2 firmly attached or devoted, faithful, loyal. -मार्गः the way of devotion; i. e. devotion to god, regarded as the way to the attainment of final emancipation and eternal bliss (opp. to कर्ममार्ग and ज्ञानमार्ग). -योगः loving faith, loyal devotion; स स्थाणुः स्थिरभक्तियोगसुलभो निःश्रेयसायास्तु वः Vikr.1.1. -रसः 1 a sense of devotion. -2 a sentiment of devotion; भक्तिरसस्यैव हास्यशृङ्गारकरुणरौद्रभयानकबीभत्सशान्ताद्भुतवीररूपेणा- नुभवाद् व्यासादिभिर्वर्णितस्य विष्णोर्विष्णुभक्तानां वा चरितस्य नव- रसात्मकस्य श्रवणादिना जनितश्चमत्कारो हि भक्तिरसः Muktāvalī. -रागः affection, deep devotion. -वादः assurance of attachment.

bhaktimata	भक्तिमत a. 1 Devout, having pious faith. -2 Loyally devoted or attached, faithful, loyal. -3 Religious, pious.

bhaktṛ	भक्तृ a. 1 An adorer, a worshipper. -2 Devoutly attached.

bhaj	भज् I. 1 U. (भजति-ते but usually Atm. only; बभाज, भेजे, अभाक्षीत्, अभक्त, भक्ष्यति-ते, भक्त) 1 (a) To share, distribute, divide; भजेरन् पैतृकं रिक्थम् Ms.9.14; न तत्पुत्रै- र्भजेत् सार्धम् 29,119. (b) To assign, allot, apportion; गायत्रीमग्नये$भजत् Ait. Br. -2 To obtain for oneself, share in, partake of; पित्र्यं वा भजते शीलम् Ms.1.59. -3 To accept, receive; चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादावुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl.5.25. -4 (a) To resort to, betake oneself to, have recourse to; शिलातलं भेजे K.179; मातर्लक्ष्मि भजस्व कंचिदपरम् Bh.3.64; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमप- कृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5.1; Bv.1.83; R.17.28. (b) To practise, follow, cultivate, observe; तृष्णां छिन्धि भज क्षमाम् Bh.2.77; भेजे धर्ममनातुरः R.1.21; Mu.3.1. -5 To enjoy, possess, have, suffer, experience, entertain; विधुरपि भजतेतरां कलङ्कम् Bv.1.74; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; व्यक्तिं भजन्त्यापगाः Ś.7.8; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43; Māl.3.9; U.1.35. -6 To wait or attend upon, serve; (दोग्ध्रीं) भेजे भुजोच्छिन्नरि- पुर्निषण्णाम् R.2.23; Pt.1.181; Mk.1.32. -7 To adore, honour, worship (as a god). -8 To choose, select, prefer, accept; सन्तः परीक्ष्यान्यतरद्भजन्ते M.1.2. -9 To enjoy carnally; वसोर्वीर्योत्पन्नामभजत मुनिर्मत्स्यतनयाम् Pt.4.5. -1 To be attached or devoted to; आसन्नमेव नृपतिर्भजते मनुष्यं विद्याविहीनमकुलीनमसंस्कृतं वा Pt.1.35. -11 To take possession of. -12 To fall to the lot of any one. -13 To grant, bestow. -14 To supply, furnish (Ved.). -15 To favour; ये यथा मां प्रपद्यन्ते तांस्तथैव भजाम्यहम् Bg.4.11. -16 To decide in favour of, declare for. -17 To love, court (affection). -18 To apply oneself to, be engaged in. -19 To cook, dress (food). -2 To employ, engage. (The meanings of this root are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected:-e. g. निद्रां भज् to go to sleep; मूर्छां भज् to swoon; भावं भज् to show love for &c. &c.). -Caus. 1 To divide. -2 To put to flight, pursue. -3 To cook, dress. -II. 1.U. (भाजयति-ते, regarded by some as the caus. of भज् I) 1 To cook. -2 To give.

bhara	भर a. [भृ-अप्] Bearing, granting, supporting, &c. (at the end of comp.). -रः 1 A burden, load, weight; खुरत्रये भरं कृत्वा Pt.1. 'supporting himself on his three hoofs'; फलभरपरिणामश्यामजम्बू &c. U.2.2; भरव्यथा Mu. 2.18; Ki.11.5. -2 A great number, large quantity, collection, multitude; धत्ते भरं कुसुमपत्रफलावलीनाम् Bv.1. 94,54; Śi.9.47. -3 Bulk, mass. -4 Excess; ततो भक्ति- श्रद्धाभरगुरुगृणद्भ्यां गिरिश यत् Sivamahimna 1; निर्व्यूढसौहृद- भरेति गुणोज्ज्वलेति Māl.6.17; शोभाभरैः संभृताः Bv.1.13; कोपभरेण Gīt.3. -5 A particular measure of weight. -6 Theft, taking away. -7 Attacking, a battle (Ved.). -8 A hymn or song of Praise. -9 Pre-eminence, excellence; न खलु वयसा जात्यैवायं स्वकार्यसहो भरः V.5.18.

bhava	भव a. [भवत्यस्मात्, भू-अपादाने अप्] (At the end of comp.) Arising or produced from, originating in. -वः 1 Being, state of being, existence, (सत्ता); तथाप्यहं योषिदतत्त्वविच्च ते दीना दिदृक्षे भव मे भवक्षितिम् Bhāg.4. 3.11. -2 Birth, production; भवो हि लोकाभ्युदयाय तादृशाम् R.3.14; S.7.27. -3 Source, origin. -4 Worldly existence; mundane or worldly life, life; as in भवार्णव, भवसागर &c.; कर्मबन्धच्छिदं धर्मं भवस्येव मुमुक्षवः Ku.2.51; भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74; Śi.1.35. -5 The world. -6 Well-being, health, prosperity; भवाय युष्मच्चरणानु- वर्तिनाम् Bhāg.1.27.9; कालेनानुगृहीतैस्तैर्यावद्वो भव आत्मनः Bhāg.8.6.19; Rām.5.27.6. -7 Excellence, superiority. -8 N. of Śiva; तमब्रवीद् भवो$सीति तद्यदस्य तन्नामाकरोत पार्जन्यं तद्रूपमभवत् पर्जन्यो वै भवः Śat. Br.; दक्षस्य कन्या भवपूर्व- पत्नी Ku.1.21;3.72. -9 A god, deity. -1 Acquisition (प्राप्ति). -वौ (dual) Śiva and Bhavānī. -Comp. -अग्रम् the farthest end of the world; Buddh. -अतिग a. overcoming worldly existence. -अन्तकृत् m. 1 N. of Buddha. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -अन्तरम् another existence (previous or future); शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवा- द्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121. -अब्धिः, -अर्णवः, -समुद्रः, -सागरः, -सिन्धुः the ocean of worldly life. -अभवौ (m. dual.) 1 existence. -2 prosperity and adversity. -अभीष्टम् bdellium. -अयना, -नी the Ganges. -अरण्यम् 'a forest of worldly life,' a dreary world. -आत्मजः an epithet of Gaṇeśa or Kārtikeya. -आर्त a. sick of the world, disgusted with worldly cares and troubles. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -उच्छेदः destruction of worldly existence; सतां भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74. -क्षितिः f. the place of birth. -घस्मरः a forest-conflagration. -छिद् a. cutting the (bonds of) worldly life, preventing recurrence of birth; भवच्छिदस्त्र्यम्बकपादपांशवः K.1. -छेदः prevention of recurring birth; मनुष्यजन्मापि सुरासुरान् गुणैर्भवान् भवच्छेद- करैः करोत्यधः Śi.1.35. -जलम् the water (or ocean) of worldly existence. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -नाशिनी N. of the river Sarayū -प्रतिसंधिः coming into being. -बन्धेशः N. of Śiva. -भङ्गः delivery from births or transmigration. -भाज् a. living in the world of mortals. -भावन a. conferring welfare. -भीरु a. afraid of worldly existence. -भूतम् the source of all beings, i. e. the Supreme Being. -भूतिः N. of a celebrated poet (see App.II.); भवभूतेः संबन्धाद् भूधरभूरेव भारती भाति । एतत्कृतकारुण्ये किमन्यथा रोदिति ग्रावा ॥ Āryā. S.36. (-f.) welfare, prosperity. -भोगः the enjoyment or pleasure of the world. -मन्युः the resentment against the world. -मोचनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -रुद् m. a drum beaten at funeral ceremonies. -वीतिः f. 1 liberation from worldly existence; भववीतये हतबृहत्तमसामवबोधवारि रजसः शमनम् Ki.6. 41. -2 end of the world. -व्ययः (du.) birth and dissolution. -शेखरः the moon. -संगिन् a. attached to worldly existence. -संततिः an uninterrupted series of births and transmigrations.

bhāṭṭaḥ	भाट्टः [भट्टस्यानुयायी, अण्] A follower of Bhaṭṭa, a follower of that school of the Mīmāṁsā philosophy which was founded by Kumārila Bhaṭṭa.

bhāvaḥ	भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.

bhāvin	भाविन् [भू-भविष्यति णिनि] 1 Being, becoming; मृत्यभावि R.11.49. -2 To be or to come to pass in future, what will take place; लोकेन भावी पितुरेव तुल्यः R.18.38; प्रस्थानं ते कथमपि सखे लम्बमानस्य भावि Me.43. -3 Future; समतीतं च भवच्च भावि च R.8.78; प्रत्यक्षा इव यद्भावाः क्रियन्ते भूतभाविनः K. P.1; N.3.11. -4 Capable of taking place. -5 What must take place or is destined to happen, predestined; यदभावि न तद्भावि भावि चेन्न तदन्यथा H.1. -6 Noble, beautiful, illustrious. -7 Attached or devoted to; खाद्वै निवर्तन्ति न भाविनस्ते Mb.12.22.2. -8 Possessed of (at the end of comp.). -m. N. given to every vowel except अ and आ. -नी 1 A handsome woman; Mb.1.6.9. -2 A noble or virtuous lady; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38. -3 A wanton woman. -4 A particular musical composition.

bhāṣaṇam	भाषणम् [भाष्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Speaking, talking, saying. -2 Speech, words, talk. -3 Kind words. -4 (In drama) Expression of satisfaction after the attainment of an object. -णी Resembling.

bhūti	भूति f. [भू-क्तिन्] 1 Being, existence. -2 Birth, production. -3 Well-being, welfare, happiness, prosperity; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै 2.75; स वो$स्तु भूत्यै भगवान् मुकुन्दः Vikr.1.2. -4 Success, good fortune. -5 Wealth, riches, fortune; विपत्प्रतीकारपरेण मङ्गलं निषेव्यते भूतिसमुत्सुकेन वा Ku.5.76. -6 Grandeur, dignity, majesty. -7 Ashes; भृतभूतिरहीनभोगभाक् Śi.16.71 (where भूति means 'riches' also); स्फुटोपमं भूतिसितेन शंभुना 1.4. -3 Decoration of elephants with coloured stripes; भक्तिच्छेदैरिव विरचितां भूतिमङ्गे गजस्य Me.19. -9 The superhuman power attainable by the practice of penance or magical rites; सूक्ष्मात् सूक्ष्मतमो$णीयान् शीघ्रत्वं लघिमागुणः । महिमाशेषपूज्यत्वात् प्राप्तिर्नाप्राप्यमस्य यत् ॥ प्राकाम्यस्य व्यापित्वादीशित्वं चेश्वरो यतः । वशित्वाद्वशिमा नाम योगिनः सप्तमो गुणः ॥ यत्रेच्छा स्थानमप्युक्तं यत्र कामावसायिता ॥ Mārk. P.4.31-33. -1 Fried meat. -11 The rutting of elephants. -तिः m. 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 Of Viṣṇu. -3 Of a class of Manes. -Comp. -अर्थम् ind. for the sake of prosperity. -कर्मन् n. any auspicious or festive rite. -काम a. desirous of prosperity. (-मः) 1 a minister of state. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -कालः a happy or auspicious hour. -कीलः 1 a hole, pit. -2 a meat. -3 a cellar, an underground room. -कृत् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a class of Manes. -कृत्यम् see भूतिकर्मन्; श्रोत्रियः श्रोत्रियं साधुं भूतिकृत्येष्वभोजयन् Ms.8.393. -गर्भः an epithet of Bhavabhūti. -दः an epithet of Śiva. -विधानम् the lunar mansion called धनिष्ठा. -भूषणः an epithet of Śiva. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -सृज् a. creating welfare.

bhūmiḥ	भूमिः f. [भवन्त्यस्मिन् भूतानि, भू-मि किच्च वा ङीप्] 1 The earth (opp. स्वर्ग, गगन or पाताल); द्यौर्भूमिरापो हृदयं यमश्च Pt. 1.182; R.2.74. -2 Soil, ground; उत्खातिनी भूमिः Ś.1; विदूरभूमिः Ku.1.24. -3 A territory, district, country, land; विदर्भभूमिः. -4 A place, spot, ground, plot of ground; प्रमदवनभूमयः Ś.6; अधित्यकाभूमिः N.22.41; R.1. 52;3.61; Ku.3.58. -5 A site, situation. -6 Land, landed property. -7 A story, the floor of a house; as in सप्तभूमिकः प्रासादः; प्रासादैर्नैकभूमिभिः Rām.4.33.8. -8 Attitude, posture. -9 A character or part (in a play); cf. भूमिका. -1 Subject, object, receptacle; विश्वासभूमि, स्नेहभूमि &c.; मात्राणि कर्माणि पुरं च तासां वदन्ति हैकादशवीर भूमिः Bhāg.5.11.9. -11 Degree, extent, limit; प्रकुपितमभिसारणे- $नुनेतुं प्रियमियती ह्यबलाजनस्य भूमिः Ki.1.58. -12 The tongue. -13 The number 'one'. -14 The area. -15 The base of any geometrical figure. -Comp. -अनन्तरः a king of an adjacent district. -अनृतम् false evidence concerning land; सर्वं भूम्यनृते हन्ति मा स्म भूम्यनृतं वदीः Ms.8.99. -आमलकी, -आली N. of a plant; स्याद् भूम्यामलकी तिक्ता कषाया मधुरा हिमा Bhāva. P. -इच्छा a desire for lying on the ground. -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः 1 a king, sovereign; सभा ते भाति भूमिन्द्र सुधर्मातो$धिका क्षितौ Sūktisundara 5.28. -2 a mountain; आस्ते गुरुः प्रायशः सर्वराज्ञां पश्चाच्च भूमीन्द्र इवा- भियाति Mb.6.2.11. -कदम्बः a kind of Kadamba. -कम्पः an earthquake. -कूश्मण्डः liquorice (Mar. ज्येष्ठी- मध). -खर्जूरिका, -खर्जूरी a variety of date tree; 'भूमि- खर्जूरिका ...... दुरारोहा मृदुच्छदा' Bhāva. P. -गत a. fallen to the earth. -गर्तः, -गुहा a hole in the ground. -गृहम् a cellar, an underground chamber. -गोचरः a man. -चलः, -चलनम् an earthquake; दशग्रीवः समाधूतो यथा भूमिचले$चलः Rām.6.59.61. -छत्रम् a mushroom. -ज a. earth-born, born or produced from the earth. (-जः) 1 the planet Mars. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. -3 a man. -4 the plant भूनिम्ब. (-जा) an epithet of Sītā. -जीविन् a. living on (the produce of) land; an agriculturist. (-m.) a Vaiśya. -(र्भि)जयः Uttara, the son of Virāṭa; Mb.4. -तनयः the planet Mars. -तलम् the surface of the earth. -दानम् a grant of land. -दुन्दुभिः 'earth-drum', as a pit covered over with skins. -देवः a Brāhmaṇa; शिष्ट्वा वा भूमिदेवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -धरः 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -3 the number 'seven'. -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः, -पालः, -भुज् m. 1 a king, sovereign; तत्तत् भूमिपतिः पत्न्यै दर्शयन् प्रियदर्शनः R.1.47. -2 a Kṣatriya. -पक्षः a swift or fleet horse. -परिमाणम् square measure. -पिशाचम् the wine-palm. -पुत्रः the planet Mars. -पुरंदरः 1 a king. -2 N. of Dilīpa. -प्रः a. filling the earth; भूमिप्रा$स्य कीर्तिर्भवति Ait. Ār.2.5.3. -बुध्न a. having the earth for a bottom; Ch. Up. -भागः a spot or portion of ground. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मण़्डा a kind of jasmine. -रक्षकः 1 a guardian of a country. -2 a swift or fleet horse. -रथिकः a ground charioteer; तद् यथा भूमिरथिको भूमौ रथमालिख्य योग्यां करोति । सा तस्य योग्या प्रयोगकाले सौकर्यमुत्पादयति ŚB. on MS.7.2.15. -रुहः a tree; A. Rām.7.4.21. -लाभः death (lit. returning to the dust of the earth). -लेपनम् cow-dung. -वर्धनः, -नम् a dead body, corpse; यो न याति प्रसंख्यानमस्पष्टो भूमिवर्धनः Mb.3.35.7. -शय a. sleeping on the ground. (-यः) 1 a wild pigeon. -2 a child, boy. -3 any animal living in the earth. -4 N. of Viṣṇu; भूशयो भूषणो भूतिः V. Sah. -शयनम्, -शय्या sleeping on the ground. -सत्रम् an offering of land; अक्षयान् लभते लोकान् भूमिसत्रं हि तस्य तत् Mb. -समीकृत a. thrown to the ground, floored (Mar. जमीनदोस्त), वानरै राक्षसाश्चापि द्रुमैर्भूमिसमीकृताः Rām.6.52.3. -संनिवेशः the general appearance of a country. -संभवः, -सुतः 1 the planet Mars. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. (-वा, -ता) an epithet of Sītā. -स्थ a. being, standing on the ground; भूमिष्ठं नोत्सहे योद्धुं भवन्तं रथमास्थितः Mb.5. 179.1. -स्नुः an earth-worm. -स्पृश् a. 1 blind. -2 lame, cripple. (-m.) 1 a man. -2 mankind. -3 a Vaiśya. -4 a thief. -स्पोटः a mushroom.

bhramara	भ्रमर [भ्रम्-करन्] 1 A bee, large black bee; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णां विकसितवदनामनल्पजल्पे$पि । त्वयि चपले$पि च सरसां भ्रमर कथं वा सरोजिनीं त्यजसि ॥ Bv.1.1. (where the next meaning is also suggested). -2 A lover, gallant, libertine. -3 A potter's wheel. -4 A young man. -5 A top; अभ्रामयदहो दारुभ्रमरं स कदाचन Śiva B.7.32. -6 A particular position of the hand. -री A bee; अमरी- कबरीभारभ्रमरीमुखरीकृतम् Kuval. -2 Lac. -रम् Giddiness, vertigo. -Comp. -अतिथिः the Champaka tree. -अभि- लीन a. with bees clung or attached to; तिरश्चकार भ्रमरा- भिलीनयोः सुजातयोः पङ्कजकोशयोः श्रियम् R.3.8. -अलकः a curl on the forehead. -आनन्दः 1 the Bakula tree. -2 the Atimukta creeper. -इष्टः the tree called श्योनाक. -उत्सवा the Mādhavī creeper. -करण्डकः a small box containing bees (carried by thieves to extinguish light in a house by letting the bees escape); Dk.2.2. -कीटः a species of wasp. -निकरः a multitude of bees. -पदम् a kind of metre. -प्रियः a kind of Kadamba tree. -बाधा molestation by a bee; Ś.1. -मण्डलम् a swarm of bees. -विलसितम् 1 the sporting of bees. -2 N. of a metre.

bhramarāyate	भ्रमरायते Den. Ā. 1 To begin turning round or revolving. -2 To act like a bee, i. e. to be unsteady in one's attachments to women.

maṅgala	मङ्गल a. [मङ्ग्-अलच्; Uṇ.5.7] 1 Auspicious, lucky, propitious, fortunate; मङ्गलदिवसः, मङ्गलवृषभः &c. -2 Prosperous, doing or faring well. -3 Brave. -लम् 1 (a) Auspiciousness, propitiousness; जनकानां रघूणां च यत् कृत्स्नं गोत्रमङ्गलम् U.6.42; R.6.9;1.67. (b) Happiness, good luck or fortune, bliss, felicity; भद्रं भद्रं वितर भगवन् भूयसे मङ्गलाय Māl.1.3; U.3.48. (c) Wellbeing, welfare, good; सङ्गः सतां किमु न मङ्गलमातनोति Bv. 1.122; (also m. in these senses). -2 A good omen, anything tending to an auspicious issue. -3 A blessing, benediction. -4 An auspicious or lucky object. -5 An auspicious occasion or event, a festivity. -6 Any solemn or auspicious ceremony or rite (such as marriage). -7 Any ancient custom. -8 Turmeric. -9 (In music) A particular composition. -लः 1 The planet Mars. -2 N. of Agni. -ला, -ली 1 A faithful wife -2 Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of Durgā. -Comp. -अक्षताः (m. pl.) rice thrown over persons by Brāhmaṇas when pronouncing blessings. -अगरु n. a variety of sandal. -अयनम् the way to happiness or prosperity; परममङ्गलायनगुणकथनो$सि Bhāg.5.3.11. -अलंकृत a. decorated with auspicious ornaments; आददे वचसामन्ते मङ्गलालंकृतां सुताम् Ku.6.87; M.1.14. -अष्टकम् a benedictory verse or verses repeated by priests over a youth and maiden, when being married, to promote their good luck. -अह्निकम् 1 any daily religious rite performed for good luck. -2 a vase full of water carried in front of a procession. -आचरणम् 1 an auspicious introduction in the form of a prayer (for the attainment of success) at the beginning of any undertaking or of any work of composition. -2 pronouncing a blessing. -आचारः 1 an auspicious or pious ceremony or usage. -2 a benediction, pronouncing a blessing. -3 (in music) a particular composition. -आतोद्यम् a drum beaten on festive occasions. -आदेशवृत्तिः a fortune-teller; Ms.9.258. -आरम्भः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -आलम्भनम् touching anything auspicious. -आलयः, -आवासः a temple. -आवह a. auspicions. -इच्छा benediction, felicitation. -इच्छु a. desirous of happiness or prosperity. -करणम् repeating a prayer for the success of any undertaking. -कलशः a vessel used at festivals. -कारक, -कारिन् a. auspicious. -कार्यम् any festive occasion, a religious or auspicious ceremony. -कालः an auspicious occasion; Ś.4. -क्षौमम् a silken cloth worn on occasions of festivity; दधतो मङ्गलक्षौमे वसानस्य च वल्कले R.12.8. -गृहम् an auspicious house or temple. -ग्रहः an auspicious planet. -घटः, -पात्रम् a pot filled with water offered to the gods on festive occasions. -चण्डिका, -चण्डी N. of Durgā; मङ्गलेषु च या दक्षा सा च मङ्गलचण्डिका Brav. P. -छायः the plakṣa tree. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument, such as a trumpet, drum &c, played on festive or auspicious occasions; सुखश्रवा मङ्गलतूर्यनिस्वनाः R.3.19. -देवता an auspicious or tutelary deity. -ध्वनिः an auspicious music (at the time of some festival). -पत्रम् a leaf serving as an amulet. -पाठकः a bard, minstrel, professional panegyrist; आः दुरात्मन् वृथामङ्गलपाठक शैलूषापसद Ve.1. -पुष्पम् an auspicious flower. -पूजित a. honoured with a sacrificial offering. -प्रतिसरः 1 an auspicious cord or string, the auspicious thread worn by a married woman round her neck as long as her husband lives; अन्त्रैः कल्पितमङ्गलप्रतिसराः (अङ्गनाः) Māl.5.18. -2 the cord of an amulet. -प्रद a. auspicious. (-दा) turmeric. -प्रस्थः N. of a mountain. -भेरी a drum beaten on festive occasions. -मात्रभूषण a. decked in auspicious ornaments only, such as the auspicious thread, saffronmark &c.; सितांशुका मङ्गलमात्रभूषणा V.3.12. -मालिका marriage-music. -वचस् n., -वादः a benedictory or congratulatory expression, benediction, blessing. -वादिन् a. expressing blessings or congratulations, wishing joy. -वाद्यम् see मङ्गलतूर्य. -वारः, -वासरः Tuesday. -विधिः 1 a festive or auspicious rite. -2 preparations for a festival. -वृषभः an ox with auspicious signs. -शब्दः greeting, a benedictory expression. -समालम्भनम् an auspicious unguent. -सूत्रम् see मङ्गलप्रतिसर. -स्नानम् a solemn or auspicious ablution. -स्वरः a sea-shell.

mañjiṣṭhā	मञ्जिष्ठा [अतिशयेन मञ्जिमती इष्ठम् मतुपो लोपः Tv.] Bengal or Indian madder; मञ्जिष्ठां नागसंभवम् Śiva B.3.19. -Comp. -मेहः a kind of urinary disease. -रागः 1 the colour of the Indian madder. -2 (fig.) attachment as charming and durable as the colour of the madder, i. e. durable or permanent attachment.

manas	मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.

mantraḥ	मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.

mamatvam	ममत्वम् 1 Regarding as 'mine' or one's own, sense of ownership. -2 Affectionate regard, attachment to, regard for; क्षुद्रे$पि नूनं शरणं प्रपन्ने ममत्वमुच्चैःशिरसां सतीव Ku.1.12. -3 Arrogance, pride; ममत्वं कृ 1 To be attached to. -2 To envy.

maryādīkṛ	मर्यादीकृ 8 U. To make anything a limit, to reach, attain to, go as far as; as in मरणं मर्यादीकृत्य आमरणम्.

mātrā	मात्रा 1 A measure; see मात्रम् above. -2 A standard of measure, standard, rule. -3 The correct measure; तस्य मात्रा न विद्यते Mb.13.93.45. -4 A unit of measure, a foot. -5 A moment. -6 A particle, an atom; पृथिवी च पृथिवीमात्रा &c. Praśna Up.4.8. -7 A part, portion; लभेमहि धनमात्रान् Ch. Up.1.1.6; सुरेन्द्रमात्राश्रितगर्भगौरवात् R.3.11. -8 A small portion, a little, trifle, a little quantity, a small measure only; see मात्र (3). -9 Account, consideration; राजेति कियती मात्रा Pt.1.4 'of what account or consideration is a king', i. e. I hold him of no account; कायस्थ इति लध्वी मात्रा Mu.1. -1 Money, wealth, property; शून्यमठिकायां मात्राः समवतार्य Dk.2.8; नक्तंदिनं कक्षा- न्तरात्तां मात्रां न मुञ्चति Pt.1; कथमस्यार्थमात्रा हर्तव्या ibid. -11 (In prosody) A prosodial or syllabic instant, the time required to pronounce a short vowel; गच्छेत् षोडशमात्राभिः Śukra.4.963; एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वः. -12 An element. -13 The material world, matter. -14 The upper part of the Nāgarī characters. -15 An ear-ring. -16 An ornament; a jewel. -17 A measure of time (in music.). -18 Function of the organs (इन्द्रियवृत्ति). -19 Change (विकार); सन्निवेश्यात्ममात्रासु सर्वभूतानि निर्ममे Ms.1.16. -2 = बुद्धिः; न मात्रामनुरुध्यन्ते Mb.12.27.12. (com. मीयते विषया अनयेति मात्रा बुद्धिः). -Comp. -अङ्गुलम् a measure equal to the middle digit of the middle finger in the right hand of the architect or priest, employed in measuring the sacrificial objects like the kuśa grass or seat, the spout of a ladle, and the ladle &c.; Suprabhedāgama 3.4/5,7/8. -अर्धम् half of a prosodial instant. -गुरु a. (food) heavy on account of its ingredients. -च्युतकम् a kind of artificial composition, getting out another meaning by the omission of a Mātrā; e. g. मूलस्थितिमधः कुर्वन् पात्रैर्जुष्टो गताक्षरैः । विटसेव्यः कुलीनस्य तिष्ठतः पथिकस्य सः ॥ (where the omission of the Mātrā in विट makes the sense applicable to a वट). -छन्दस्, -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of prosodial instants it contains, e. g. the Āryā. -भस्त्रा a money- bag. -लाभ (pl.) acquisition of wealth. -वस्तिः an oily clyster. -संगः attachment to or regard for household possessions or property; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यान्मात्रासङ्गा- द्विनिर्गतः Ms.6.57. -समकः N. of a class of metres; see App. -स्पर्शः material contact, contact with material elements; मात्रास्पर्शास्तु कौन्तेय शीतोष्णसुखदुःखदाः Bg.2.14; Bhāg.1.6.35.

mārg	मार्ग् I. 1 P., 1 U. (मार्गति, मार्गयति-ते) 1 To seek, seek for; हृतदारः सह भ्रात्रा पत्नीं मार्गन् स राघवः Mb.3.148.1. -2 To hunt after, chase. -3 To strive to attain, strive after; आत्मोत्कर्षं न मार्गेत परेषां परिनिन्दया । स्वगुणैरेव मार्गेत विप्रकर्षं पृथग्जनात् Subhāṣ. -4 To solicit, beg, ask for; वरं वरेण्यो नृपतेरमार्गीत् Bk.1.12; Y.2.66. -5 To ask in marriage. -6 To seek through, trace out. -II. 1 U. (मार्गयति-ते) 1 To go, move. -2 To decorate, adorn. --With परि to seek, look out for.

mukta	मुक्त p. p. [मुच्-क्त] 1 Loosened, relaxed, slackened. -2 Set free, liberated, relaxed. -3 Abandoned, left, given up, set aside, taken off. -4 Thrown, cast, discharged, hurled. -5 Fallen down, dropped down from; विदन्ति मार्गं नखरन्ध्रमुक्तैर्मुक्ताफलैः Ku.1.6. -6 Drooping, unnerved; मुक्तैरवयवैरशयिषि Dk. -7 Given, bestowed. -8 Sent forth, emitted. -9 Finally saved or emancipated. -1 Ejected, spit out. -11 Deprived. -12 Absolved or emancipated (from sin or worldly existence); see मुच् also. -13 Opened, blown (as a flower); मुक्तपुष्पावकीर्णेन (शोभिता) Rām.5.1.8. -14 Set up, established (प्रवर्तित); स दण्डो विधिवन्मुक्तः Rām.7.79.9. -क्तः One who is finally emancipated from the bonds of worldly existence, one who has renounced all worldly attachments and secured final beatitude, an absolved saint; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः ॥ Subhāṣ. -क्तम् The spirit released from worldly existence. -Comp. -अम्बरः a Jaina mendicant of the digambara class. -आत्मन् a. finally saved or emancipated. (-m.) 1 the soul absolved from sins or from worldly matter. -2 a person whose soul is absolved. -आसन a. rising from a seat. (-नम्) a particular position of ascetics (सिद्धासन). -कच्छः a Buddhist. -कञ्चुकः a snake that has cast off its slough. -कण्ठ a. raising a cry. (-ण्ठम्) ind. bitterly, loudly, aloud; सा मुक्तकण्ठं व्यसनातिभाराच्चक्रन्द विग्ना कुररीव भूयः R.14.68. -कर, -हस्त a. open-handed, liberal, bountiful. -केश a. letting the hair hang down, having the hair dishevelled. -चक्षुस् m. a lion. -चेतस् a. absolved, emancipated. -प्रपाङ्गम् an open court-yard connected with a tank; मुक्तप्रपाङ्गमपि दारुशिलेष्टकाद्यैः । रत्नैरनेकबहुलोह- विशेषकैश्च ॥ Mānasāra 47.31-32. -बन्धन a. free from bondage; पश्य मूषिकमात्रेण कपोता मुक्तबन्धनाः. -लज्ज a. shameless. -वसनः see मुक्ताम्बर. -शैशव a. adult, grown up. -संग a. free from (wordly) ties or attachments, disinterested. (-गः) an ascetic of the fourth religious order (परिव्राजक).

muktiḥ	मुक्तिः f. [मुच्-क्तिन्] 1 Release, liberation, deliverance; स मुक्तिः सातिमुक्तिः Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -2 Freedom, emancipation. -3 Final beatitude or emancipation, absolution of the soul from metempsychosis; अधिगत्य जगत्यधीश्वरादथ मुक्तिं पुरुषोत्तमात्ततः N.2.1. (where मुक्ति has sense 1 also). -4 Leaving, giving up, abandoning, avoiding; संसर्गमुक्तिः खलेषु Bh.2.62. -5 Throwing, hurling, letting off, discharging. -6 Unloosing, opening. -7 Discharge, paying off (as a debt). -Comp. -क्षेत्रम् 1 an epithet of Benaras. -2 a place where final emancipation is attainable. -पतिः lord of beatitude. -मार्गः the way to final beatitude. -मुक्तः frank-incense.

mudrā	मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś.

mokṣaḥ	मोक्षः [मोक्ष्-घञ्] 1 Liberation, release, escape, freedom; सा$धुना तव बन्धे मोक्षे च प्रभवति K.; Me.63; लब्धमोक्षाः शुकादयः R.17.2; धुर्याणां च धुरो मोक्षम् 17.19. -2 Rescue, deliverance, delivery; ते यतध्वं परं शक्त्या सर्वे मोक्षाय पार्थिवाः Mb.5.173.15. -3 Final emancipation, deliverance of the soul from recurring births or transmigration, the last of the four ends of human existence; see अर्थ; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणां यस्यैको$पि न विद्यते । अजागलस्तनस्येव तस्य जन्म निरर्थकम् ॥; Bg.5.28;18.3; Ms.6.35; R.1.84. -4 Death. -5 Falling down, dropping down, falling off; वनस्थलीर्मर्मरपत्रमोक्षाः Ku.3.31. -6 Loosening, untying, unbinding; वेणिमोक्षोत्सुकानि Me.11; मदकलयुवतीनां नीवि- मोक्षस्तु मोक्षः -7 Shedding, causing to fall down or flow; बाष्पमोक्ष, अश्रुमोक्ष. -8 Shooting, casting, discharging; बाणमोक्षः Ś.3.5. -9 Scattering, strewing. -1 Acquittance or discharge of an obligation (debt &c.). -11 (In astr.) The liberation of an eclipsed planet, the end of an eclipse. -12 N. of a tree (पाटलि). -13 Utterance (of a curse). -14 Settling (a question). -Comp. -उपायः a means of obtaining final emancipation. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of final emancipation. -देवः an epithet applied to Hiouen Thsang, the celebrated Chinese traveller. -द्वारम् the sun. -पतिः (in music) a kind of measure. -पुरी an epithet of the town called काञ्ची. -भावः liberation. -वार्त्तिक a. reflecting upon final emancipation.

mocana	मोचन a. (-नी f.) [मुच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Releasing, freeing from. -नम् 1 Releasing, liberating, setting free, emancipating. -2 Unyoking. -3 Discharging, emitting. -4 Acquittance of a debt or obligation. -5 Arrogance, pride. -6 Deceit, fraud. -Comp. -पडकः a filter.

mohaḥ	मोहः [मुह् घञ्] 1 Loss of consciousness, fainting, a swoon, insensibility; मोहेनान्तर्वरतनुरियं लक्ष्यते मुच्यमाना V.1.8; मोहादभूत् कष्टतरः प्रबोधः R.14.56; Ku.3.73; कतिचन पेतुरुपेत्य मोहमुद्राम् Śiva B.28.88. -2 Perplexity, delusion, embarrassment, confusion; यज्ज्ञात्वा न पुनर्मोहमेवं यास्यसि पाण्डव Bg.4.35. -3 Folly, ignorance, infatuation; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ś.7.25. -4 Error, mistake. -5 Wonder, astonishment. -6 Affliction, pain. -7 A magical art employed to confound an enemy. -8 (In phil.) Delusion of mind which prevents one from discerning the truth (makes one believe in the reality of worldly objects and to be addicted to the gratification of sensual pleasures); महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. -9 Illusion of attachment or love; स्वगृहोद्यानगतेी$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् Pt.2.171. Comp. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which the उपमान and उपमेय are confounded; शशीत्युत्प्रेक्ष्य तन्वङ्गि त्वन्मुखं त्वन्मुखाशया । इन्दुमप्यनु- धावामीत्येषा मोहोपमा स्मृता ॥ Kāv.2.25. -कलिलम् 1 the thick net or snare of delusion. -2 spirituous liquor. -जालम् mundane fascination. -निद्रा over-weening confidence. -मन्त्रः a deluding spell. -रात्रिः f. the night when the whole universe will be destroyed; कालरात्रि- र्महारात्रिर्मोहरात्रिश्च Chaṇḍīpāṭha. -शास्त्रम् a false doctrine or precept.

yakṣmaḥ	यक्ष्मः यक्ष्मन् m. [यक्ष्-मनिन्] Pulmonary disease in general; वेगरोधात् क्षयाच्चैव साहसाद् विषमाशनात् । त्रिदोषो जायते यक्ष्मा गदो हेतुचतुष्टयात् ॥ Charaka. -Comp. -ग्रहः an attack of consumption. -ग्रस्त a. consumptive. -घ्नी grapes.

yantram	यन्त्रम् [यन्त्र्-अच्] 1 That which restrains or fastens, any prop or support, a stay; as in गृहयन्त्र (see the quotation under this word.). -2 A fetter, band, fastening, tie, thong, rein; छेदने चैव यन्त्राणाम् Ms.8.292. -3 A surgical instrument, especially a blunt instrument (opp. शस्त्र). -4 Any instrument or machine, an appliance, a contrivance, implement in general; कूपयन्त्र Mk.1.6 'a machine for drawing up water from a well'; so तैल˚ (cf. यन्त्रं तिलपीडनकम् Chandu Paṇdita on N.1.6;22.87); जल˚ &c. -5 A bolt, lock, key; यन्त्रैरुद्घाटयामास सो$पश्यत् तत्र बालकम् Mb.3.39.6. -6 Restraint, force. -7 An amulet, a mystical or astronomical diagram used as an amulet. -8 A boring machine; दन्तौघयन्त्रोद्भवश्वभ्राली N.22.15. -Comp. -आरूढ a. mounted on the revolving engine; भ्रामयन् सर्वभूतानि यन्त्रारूढानि मायया Bg. -आलयः a printing-press. -उपलः a mill, mill-stone. -करण्डिका a kind of magical basket. -कर्मकृत् m. an artist, artisan. -कोविदः a mechanist; Rām.2.8.2 (com. यन्त्रकोविदाः क्षेपणीयादि- यन्त्रकरणकुशलाः). -गृहम् 1 an oil-mill. -2 a manufactory. -3 a torture-chamber; Buddh. -गोलः 1 a kind of pea. -2 a canon-ball. -चेष्टितम् any magical work, an enchantment. -तक्षन् m. 1 a constructor of machines. -2 a preparer of charms. -तोरणम् a mechanical arch (fitted with contrivances to move it). -दृढ a. secured by a bolt (as a door). -धारागृहम् a room fitted with shower-bath; a bath-room. -नालम् a mechanical pipe or tube. -पुत्रकः, -पुत्रिका a mechanical doll, a puppet furnished with contrivances, such as strings, for moving the limbs. -पेषणी a hand-mill. -प्रवाहः an artificial stream of water; यन्त्रप्रवाहैः शिशिरैः परीतान् R.16.49. -बद्ध a. having a mechanical contrivance; यन्त्रबद्धतलाव- पातं कारयेत् Kau. A.1.2. -मार्गः a canal or an aqueduct. -मुक्तम् a kind of weapon. -विधिः m. the science of surgical instruments. -शरः an arrow or any missile shot off by means of machinery. -सद्मन् n. an oil-mill. -सूत्रम् the cord attached to the mechanism of a doll or puppet.

yama	यम a. [यम्-घञ्] 1 Twin, twinborn. -2 Coupled. -मः 1 Restraining, controlling, curbing; यमो राजा धार्मिकाणां मान्धातः परमेश्वरः Mb.12.91.42. -2 Control, restraint. -3 Self control. -4 Any great moral or religious duty or observance (opp. नियम); तप्तं यमेन नियमेन तपो$मुनैव N.13.16; यमनियमकृशीकृतस्थिराङ्गः Ki.1. 1. (यम and नियम are thus distinguished:-- शरीरसाधनापेक्षं नित्यं यत् कर्म तद् यमः । नियमस्तु स यत् कर्म नित्यमागन्तुसाधनम् ॥ Ak.2.49; See Malli. on Śi.13.23 and Ki.1.1 also. The yamas are usually said to be ten, but, their names are given differently by different writers; e. g. ब्रह्मचर्यं दया क्षान्तिर्दानं सत्यमकल्कता । अहिंसा$स्तेयमाधुर्ये दमश्चेति यमाः स्मृताः ॥ Y.3.312; or आनृशंस्यं दया सत्यमहिंसा क्षान्तिरार्जवम् । प्रीतिः प्रसादो माधुर्यं मार्दवं च यमा दश ॥ sometimes only five yamas are mentioned:-- अहिंसा सत्यवचनं ब्रह्मचर्यमकल्कता । अस्तेयमिति पञ्चैते यमाख्यानि व्रतानि च ॥). -5 The first of the eight aṅgas. or means of attaining Yoga; the eight aṅgas are:-- यमनियमासनप्राणायामप्रत्याहारधारणाध्यानसमाधयो$- ष्टाङ्गानि; Śāndilya Up.1.1.2. -6 The god of death, death personified, regarded as a son of the sun; he presides over the पितृs and rules the spirits of the dead; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -7 A twin; धर्मात्मजं प्रति यमौ च (i. e. नकुलसहदेवौ) कथैव नास्ति Ve.2.25; यमयो- श्चैव गर्भेषु जन्मतो ज्येष्ठता मता Ms.9.126. -8 One of a pair or couple, a fellow. -9 N. of Saturn. -1 A crow. -11 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -12 Ved. A rein, bridle; पृष्ठे सदो नसोर्यमः Ṛv.5. 61.2. -13 Ved. A driver, charioteer; अग्निं रथानां यमम् Ṛv.8.13.1. -14 N. of a deity who chastises beings for their misdeeds; यमं कालं च मृत्युं च स्वर्गं संपूज्य चार्हतः Mb.12.2.3. -मम् 1 A pair or couple. -2 (In gram.) The twin letter of any consonant. -3 Pitch of the voice. -मी N. of the river Yamunā. -मौ (m. du.) 1 Twins; कथं त्वमेतौ धृतिसंयमौ यमौ Ki.1. 36. -2 N. of the Aśvins; यमौ यमोपमौ चैव ददौ दानान्यनेकशः Mb.14.61.38. -3 Nakula and Sahadeva; भीमार्जुनयमा- श्चापि तद्युक्तं प्रतिपेदिरे Mb.3.6.14. ˚मैथुनौ twins of different sex. -Comp. -अनुगः, -अनुचरः a servant or attendant of Yama. -अनुजा N. of the river Yamunā मघोनि वर्षत्य- सकृद् यमानुजा Bhāg.1.3.51. -अन्तकः an epithet of 1 Śiva. -2 of Yama. -अरिः, -घ्नः, -रिपुः &c. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशम् the Nakṣatra Bharaṇī. -किङ्करः a messenger of death. -कीटः 1 a wood-louse. -2 an earth-worm. -कीलः N. of Viṣṇu. -कोटिः, -टी N. of a mythical town to the east of Laṅkā लङ्का कुमध्ये यमकोटिरस्याः Siddhāntaśiromaṇi. -घण्टः N. of an astrological Yoga (this is inauspicious). -जः a. twin-born, twin; यमजौ चापि भद्रं ते नैतदन्यत्र विद्यते Mb.3.14.19; भ्रातरौ आवां यमजौ U.6;4; also यमजात-जातक. -दंष्ट्रा 'Yama's tooth', the jaws of death. (-ष्ट्राः pl.) the last eight days of the month Aśvina and the whole of Kārtika (regarded as a period of general sickness). -दिश् f. the south. -दूतः, -दूतकः 1 a messenger of death. -2 a crow. -दूतिका tamarind. -देवता the asterism Bharaṇī. -द्रुमः Bombax Heptaphyllum (Mar. सांवरी). -द्वितीया the second day in the bright half of Kārtika when sisters entertain their brothers (Mar. भाऊबीज); cf. भ्रातृद्वितीया. -धानी the abode of Yama; नरः संसारान्ते विशति यमधानीजवनिकाम् Bh.3.112. -धारः a kind of double-edged weapon. -पटः, -पट्टिका a piece of cloth on which Yama with his attendants and the punishments of hell are represented (Mar. यमपुरी); याव- देतद् गृहं प्रविश्य यमपटं दर्शयन्न् गीतानि गायामि Mu.1.18/19. -पदम् a repeated word. -पाशः the noose of Yama. -पुरुषः Yama's servant or minister. -प्रियः the fig tree. -भगिनी N. of the river Yamunā. -यातना the tortures inflicted by Yama upon sinners after death, (the word is sometimes used to denote horrible tortures', 'extreme pain'). -रथः a buffalo. -राज् m. Yama, the god of death. -वाहनः = यमरथः q. v. -व्रतम् 1 an observance or vow made to Yama. -2 an impartial punishment (as given by Yama); यथा यमः प्रियद्वेष्यौ प्राप्ते काले नियच्छति । तथा राज्ञा नियन्तव्याः प्रजास्तद् हि यमव्रतम् ॥ Ms.9. 37. -शासनः the lord Śiva; यशो यदीयं यमशासनालय-क्षमाधर- स्पर्धनमाचचार सः Rām. Ch.2.12; (यमशासनालयः = हिमा- लयः). -श्रायम् the abode of Yama; यात यूयं यमश्रायं दिशं नायेन दक्षिणाम् Bk.7.36. -सभा the tribunal of Yama. -सूर्यम् a building with two halls, one facing the west and the other facing the north. -स्वसृ f. 1 N. of the river Yamunā; क्षणमिव पुलिने यमस्वसुस्ताम् Bhāg.3.4.27. -2 N. of Durgā.

yā	या 2 P. (याति, ययौ, अयासीत्, यास्यति, यातुम्, यात) 1 To go, move, walk, proceed; ययौ तदीयामवलम्ब्य चाङ्गुलिम् R.3.25; अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः 2.16. -2 To march against, invade; तदा यायाद् विगृह्यैव व्यसने चोत्थिते रिपोः Ms. 7.183. -3 To go to, march towards, set out for (with acc., dat. or with प्रति). -4 To pass away, withdraw, depart; यातु प्रस्तुतमनुसंधीयताम् H.3. 'let it go or pass, never mind it' -5 To vanish, disappear; यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.66; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1. 13. -6 To pass away or by, elapse (as time); यौवन- मनिवर्ति यातं तु K. P.1. -7 To last. -8 To happen, come to pass. -9 To go or be reduced to any state, be or become (usually with the acc. of abstract noun). -1 To undertake; न त्वस्य सिद्धौ यास्यामि सर्गव्यापारमात्मना Ku.2.54. -11 To have carnal intercourse with. -12 To request, implore. -13 To find out, discover. -14 To behave, act. (The meanings of या, like those of गम्, are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. नाशं या to be destroyed; वाच्यतां या to incur blame or censure; लघुतां या to be slighted; प्रकृतिं या to regain one's natural state; निद्रां या to fall asleep; वशं या to submit, go into one's possession; उदयं या to rise; अस्तं या to set, decline; पारं या to reach the other side of, to master, surmount, get over; पदं या to attain to the position of; अग्रे या to go before, take the lead, lead; अधो या to sink; विपर्यासं या to undergo a change, to be changed in appearance; शिरसा महीं या to bend the head down to the ground &c.). -Caus. (यापयति-ते) 1 To cause to go or proceed. -2 To remove, drive away; प्रमदया मदयापितलज्जया R.9.31. -3 To spend, pass (time); तावत् कोकिल विरसान् यापय दिवसान् Bv.1.7; Me.91. -4 To live or spend time with; विनयादिव यापयन्ति ते धृतराष्ट्रात्मजमात्मसिद्धये Ki.2.45. -5 To support, nourish. -6 To give sendoff; स्नेहप्रक्लिन्नहृदयो यापयामास कोशलः Bhāg.1.58.52. -Desid. (यियासति) To wish to go, to be about to go &c. -With अति 1 to go beyond, transgress, violate. -2 to surpass. -अधि to go away or forth; escape; कुतो$ धियास्यसि क्रूर निहतस्तेन पत्रिभिः Bk.8.9.

yāta	यात p. p. 1 Gone, marched, walked. -2 Passed, departed, gone away. -3 Passed by, elapsed. -4 Attained, reduced or gone to (a state &c.). (See या). -तम् 1 Going, motion; विद्वान् विदामास शनैर्न यातम् Śi.3.32; यातं यच्च नितम्बयोर्गुरुतया Ś.2.2. -2 A march. -3 The act of driving an elephant with a goad; Mātaṅga L.8.22. -4 The past time. -Comp. -याम, यामन् a. 1 stale, used, spoiled, rejected, become useless; (हविराज्यं......) नैतानि यातयामानि कुर्वन्ति पुनरध्वरे Rām.2.61.17; छन्दांस्ययात- यामानि योजितानि धृतव्रतैः Bhāg.4.13.27; अयातयामं वयः Dk. -2 raw, half-cooked (as food); यातयामं गतरसं पूति पर्युषितं च यत् Bg.17.1. -3 aged, exhausted, worn out; यातयामं विजितवान् स रामं यदि किं ततः Bk.5.39; अयातयामा स्तस्यासन् यामाः स्वान्तरयापनाः Bhāg.3.22.35.

yāthārthyam	याथार्थ्यम् 1 Real or correct nature, truth, true character; न सन्ति याथार्थ्यविदः पिनाकिनः Ku.5.77; याथार्थ्यं वे कस्तव R.1.24. -2 Justness, suitableness. -3 Accomplishment or attainment of an object.

yānam	यानम् [या भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Going, moving, walking, riding; as गजयानम्, उष्ट्र˚, रथ˚ &c. -2 A voyage, journey; समुद्र- यानकुशलाः Ms.8.157; Y.1.84. -3 Marching against, attacking (one of the six Guṇas or expedients in politics); अहितान् प्रत्यभीतस्य रणे यानम् Ak.; Ms.7.16. -4 A procession, train. -5 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage, chariot; यानं सस्मार कौबेरम् R.15.45;13.69; Ku.6.76; Ms.4.12. -6 A litter, palanquin. -7 A ship, vessel. -8 (With Buddhists) The method of arriving at knowledge; the means of release from repeated births; cf. महायान, हीनयान. -9 An aeroplane (विमान); Bhāg.4.3.6. -नः Ved. A road, way. -Comp. -आसनम् marching and sitting quiet; Ms.7.162. -आस्तरणम् a carriage cushion; Mk. -करः a carpenter. -ग a. riding in a carriage; न यानगः Ms.4.12. -पात्रम् a ship, boat. -पात्रकम्, -पात्रिका a small boat. -भङ्गः shipwreck. -मुखम् the forepart of a carriage, the part where the yoke is fixed. -यात्रा a sea-voyage; Buddh. -यानम् driving or riding in a carriage. -शाला a coachhouse; यानशालां जगाम ह Rām.3.35.3. -स्वामिन् the owner of a vehicle; यानस्य चैव यातुश्च यानस्वामिन एव च Ms.8.29.

yuj	युज् I. 7 U. (युनक्ति, युङ्क्ते, युयोज, युयुजे, अयुजत्, अयौक्षीत्, अयुक्त, योक्ष्यति-ते, योक्तुम्, युक्त) 1 To join, unite, attach, connect, add; तमर्थमिव भारत्या सुतया योक्तुमर्हसि Ku.6.79; see pass. below. -2 To yoke, harness, put to; भानुः सकृद्युक्ततुरङ्ग एव Ś.5.4; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -3 To furnish or endow with; as in गुणयुक्त. -4 To use, employ, apply; प्रशस्ते कर्मणि तथा सच्छब्दः पार्थ युज्यते Bg.17.26; Ms.7.24. -5 To appoint, set (with loc.); प्रजासु वृत्तिं यमयुङ्क्त वेदितुम् Ki.1.1. -6 To direct, turn or fix upon (as the mind &c.). -7 To concentrate one's attention upon; मनः संयम्य मच्चित्तो युक्त आसीत मत्परः Bg.6.14; युञ्जन्नेवं सदात्मानम् 15. -8 To put, place or fix on (with loc.). -9 To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit. -1 To give, bestow, confer; दध्यक्षताद्भिर्युयुजुः सदाशिषः Bhāg.1.25.29; आशिषं युयुजे. -11 To adhere or cleave to. -12 To enjoin, charge; उवाच चैनं मेधावी युङ्क्ष्वात्मानमिति प्रभो Mb.15.37.3. -13 To put in, insert. -14 To think or meditate upon. -Pass. (युज्यते) 1 To be joined or united with; रविपीत- जला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku.4.44; R.8.17. -2 To get, be possessed of; इष्टैर्युज्येथाम् Mv.7; इष्टेन युज्यस्व Ś.5; R.3.65. -3 To be fit or right, be proper, to suit (with loc. or gen.); या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः Māl.1; त्रैलोक्यस्यापि प्रभुत्वं त्वयि युज्यते H.1. -4 To be ready for; ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व Bg.2. 38,5. -5 To be intent on, be absorbed in, be directed towards; दैवकर्मणि युक्तो हि बिभर्तीदं चराचरम् Ms.3.75;14. 35; Ki.7.13. -6 To be fastened or harnessed. -7 To adhere, to be in close contact. -8 To attain to, possess, obtain. -9 To be made ready. -Caus. (योजयति-ते) 1 To join, unite, bring together; परस्परेण स्पृहणीयशोभं न वेदिदं द्वन्द्वमयोजयिष्यत् R.7.14. -2 To present, give, bestow; चरोरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 To appoint, employ, use; शत्रुभिर्योजयेच्छत्रुम् Pt.4.17. -4 To turn or direct towards; पापान्निवारयति योजयते हिताय Bh. 2.72. -5 To excite, urge, instigate. -6 To perform, achieve. -7 To prepare, arrange, equip. -8 To yoke, harness. -9 To apply, fix, set, place. -1 To furnish or endow with. -11 To surround. -12 To despise, think lightly of. -13 To appoint to. -Desid. (युयुक्षति-ते) To wish to join, yoke, give &c. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (योजति, योजयति-ते) To unite, join, yoke &c.; see युज् above. -III. 4 Ā. (युज्यते) To concentrate the mind (identical with the pass. of युज् I). -IV. 1 Ā. (योजयते) To censure.

yuta	युत p. p. [यु-क्त] 1 United, joined or united with. -2 Provided or endowed with; as in गुणगणयुतो नरः. -3 Fastened or attached to. -4 Accompanied or attended by. -5 Filled or covered with. -6 Separated. -7 ('यु मिश्रणामिश्रणयोः' क्तः); भव लघु युताकान्तः N.19.22. -तम् A measure of length (= 4 hastas).

yogaḥ	योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.

rakta	रक्त p. p. [रञ्ज्-करणे क्तः] 1 Coloured, dyed, tinged, painted; आभाति बालातपरक्तसानुः R.6.6. -2 Red, crimson, blood-red; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.36; so रक्ताशोक, रक्तांशुक &c. -3 Enamoured, impassioned, attached, affected with love; यावद् वित्तौपार्जनसक्तस्तावन्निजपरिवारो रक्तः Charpaṭa-Pañjarikā 3; अयमैन्द्रीमुखं पश्य रक्तश्चुम्बति चन्द्रमाः Chandr.5.58 (where it has sense 2 also). -4 Dear, liked, beloved. -4 Lovely, charming, sweet, pleasant; श्रोत्रेषु संमूर्छति रक्तमासां गीतानुगं वारिमृदङ्गवाद्यम् R.16.64; रक्तं च नाम मधुरं च समं स्फुटं च Mk. 3.4. -6 Fond of play, sporting, playful. -7 Nasalized (said of a vowel). -क्तः 1 Red colour. -2 Safflower. yours; यौष्माकीणे समन्तात् प्रसरति नितरां दिक्षु कीर्तेर्विताने Sūkti.5.86.

raktiḥ	रक्तिः [रञ्ज्-क्तिन्] 1 Pleasingness, loveliness, charmingness. -2 Attachment, affection, loyalty, devotion.

raṅgin	रङ्गिन् a. 1 Colouring, dyeing. -2 Attached or devoted to, fond of. -3 Passionate, impassioned. -4 Acting on a stage.

rañj	रञ्ज् 1, 4 U. (रजति-ते, रज्यति-ते, रक्त; pass. रज्यते; desid. रिरंक्षति) 1 To be dyed or coloured, to redden, become red, glow; कोपरज्यन्मुखश्रीः U.5.3; नेत्रे स्वयं रज्यतः 5.36; N.3.12;7.6;22.52. -2 To dye, tinge, colour, paint. -3 To be attached or devoted to (with loc.). देवानियं निषधराजरुचस्त्यजन्ती रूपादरज्यत नले न विदर्भसुभ्रूः N.13.38; S. D.111. -4 To be enamoured of, fall in love with, feel passion or affection for. -5 To be pleased, satisfied, or delighted. -Caus. (रञ्जयति- ते) 1 To dye, tinge, colour, redden, paint; सा रञ्जयित्वा चरणौ कृताशीः Ku.7.19;6.81; Ki.1.4;4.14. -2 To please, gratify, propitiate, satisfy; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3; (रजयति also in this sense; see Ki. 6.25); स्फुरतु कुचकुम्भयोरुपरि मणिमञ्जरी रञ्जयतु तव हृदयदेशम् Gīt.1. -3 To conciliate, win over, keep contented; समीक्ष्य स धृतः सम्यक् सर्वा रञ्जयति प्रजाः Ms.7.19. -4 To hunt deer (रजयति only in this sense). -5 Ved. To worship.

rata	रत p. p. [रम्-कर्तरि क्त] 1 Pleased, delighted, gratified. -2 Pleased or delighted with, fond of, enamoured of, fondly attached to. -3 Inclined to, disposed. -4 Loved, beloved. -5 Intent on, engaged in, devoted to; गोब्राह्मणहिते रतः Ms.11.78. -6 Having sexual intercourse with (see रम्). -तम् 1 Pleasure. -2 Sexual union, coition; अन्वभूत् परिजनाङ्गनारतम् R.19.23,25; Me.91. -3 The private parts. -Comp. -अन्ध्री (अङ्घ्री ?) f. mist, fog, -अन्दुकः, -आमर्दः a dog. -अयनी a prostitute, harlot. -अर्थिन् a. lustful, lascivious. -उद्वहः the (Indian) cuckoo. -ऋद्धिक 1 a day. -2 the eight auspicious objects. -3 bathing for pleasure. -कीलः 1 a dog. -2 a penis. -कूजितम् lustful or lascivious murmur. -गुरुः a husband. -गृहम् pudendum muliebre. -ज्वरः a crow. -तालिन् m. a libertine, sensualist. -ताली a procuress, bawd. -नाराचः, -नीरीचः 1 a voluptuary. -2 the god of love, Cupid. -3 a dog. -4 lascivious murmur. -निधिः the wagtail. -बन्धः sexual union. -मानस a. having a delighted mind. -विशेषाः various kinds of sexual union. -व्रणः, -शायिन् m. a dog. -हिण्डक 1 a ravisher or seducer of women. -2 a voluptuary.

ratiḥ	रतिः f. [रम्-क्तिन्] 1 Pleasure, delight, satisfaction, joy; अकृतार्थे$पि मनसिजे रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -2 Fondness for, devotion or attachment to, pleasure in (with loc.) प्रीतिः परा तात रतिश्च जाता Mb.3.112.11; पापे रतिं मा कृथाः Bh.2.77; स्वयोषिति रतिः 2.62; R.1.23; Ku.5.65. -3 Love, affection; S. D. thus defines it; रतिर्मनोनुकूले$र्थे मनसः प्रवणायितम् 27; cf. 26 also; (it is the Sthāyibhāva of the rasa called शृङ्गार q. v.) ससत्त्व- रतिदे नित्यं सदरामर्षनाशिनि Ki.15.27. -4 Sexual pleasure; दाक्षिण्योदकवाहिनी विगलिता याता स्वदेशं रतिः Mk.8.38; so रति- सर्वस्वम् q. v. below. -5 Sexual union, coition, copulation. -6 The goddess of love, the wife of Kāma or Cupid; साक्षात् कामं नवमिव रतिर्मालती माधवं यत् Māl.1.15; Ku.3. 23;4.45; R.6.2. -7 The pudenda. -8 N. of the sixth digit (कला) of the moon. -9 Ved. Rest, cessation. -1 N. of magical incantation recited over weapons; Rām. -Comp. -अङ्गम्, -कुहरम् pudendum muliebre. -कर a. 1 giving pleasure; रामो रतिकरः पितुः Rām.1.18.24. -2 enamoured. -रः a particular Samādhi. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया sexual union. -खेदः the languor of sexual enjoyment. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -मन्दिरम् 1 a pleasure house. -2 a brothel. -3 pudendum muliebre -तस्करः a seducer, ravisher. -दूतिः, -ती f. a love messenger; रतिदूतिपदेषु कोकिलाम् (आदिश) Ku.4.16. -नागः a mode of coitus. -पतिः, -प्रियः, -रमणः the god of love; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1; दधति स्फुटं रतिपतेरिषवः शिततां यदुत्पलपलाशदृशः Śi.9.66; पूर्वं यत्र समं त्वया रतिपतेरासादिताः सिद्धयः Gīt. -पाश (-कः) a mode of coitus. -बन्धः a mode of coitus. -मदा f. an Apsaras. -मित्रः a mode of coitus. -रसः sexual pleasure. -रहस्यम् N. of an erotic work by Kokkoka. -लक्षम् sexual union. -लम्पट a. lustful, libidinous. -शक्तिः f. manly or virile power. -शूरः a man of great procreative power. -सर्वस्वम् the all-in-all or highest essence of sexual pleasure; करं व्याधुन्वत्या पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.23. -सुन्दरः a mode of coitus.

randhram	रन्ध्रम् [Uṇ.2.28] 1 A hole, an aperture, a cavity, an opening, a chasm, fissure; रन्ध्रोष्विवालक्ष्यनभःप्रदेशा R.13.56;15.82; नासाग्ररन्ध्रम् Māl.1.1; क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59. -2 (a) A weak or vulnerable point, assailable point; रन्ध्रोपनिपातिनो$नर्थाः Ś.6; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषामामिषतां ययौ R.12.11;15.17;17.61; रन्ध्रं च प्रकृतीनाम् Kau. A.1.16. (b) A defect, fault, an imperfection. -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'nine'. (there being nine openings in the human body). -4 The vulva. -5 N. of the 8th astrological mansion; Bri. S. -6 A mischief; रन्ध्रदर्शनासहैः Dk.2.7. -Comp -अन्वेषिन्, -अनुसारिन् a. searching or watching for weak points; रन्ध्रानुसारी विषमः कृतान्तः Mk.8.27. -आगतम् a disease which attacks the throat of horses; रन्ध्रागत- मथाश्वानां शिखोद्भेदश्च बर्हिणाम् Mb.12.283.54. -गुप्तिः concealing one's weak points. -प्रहारिन् a. attacking (one) in his weak points. -बभ्रुः a rat. -वंशः a hollow bamboo.

rāgin	रागिन् a. [राग-इनि] 1 Coloured, dyed. -2 Colouring. painting. -3 Red. -4 Full of passion or feeling, impassioned; रागिणापि विहिता तव भक्त्या Ki.18.27. -5 Full of love, subject to love. -6 Passionately fond of, devotedly attached to, desirous of, yearning after (at the end of comp.); रागी कर्मफलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27. -7 Delighting, rejoicing. -m. 1 A painter. -2 A lover; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्धहारी हरः Bh.3.121. -3 A libertine, sensualist. -णी 1 A modification of a musical mode (राग), of which 3 or 36 kinds are enumerated. -2 A wanton and intriguing woman, a lustful woman.

rāvaṇa	रावण a. [रु-णिच् ल्यु] Crying, screaming, roaring, bewailing; इत्युक्त्वा परुषं वाक्यं रावणः शत्रुरावणः Rām.3.56. 26 (com. शत्रून् रावयति क्रोशयति शत्ररावणः). -णः N. of a celebrated demon, king of Laṅkā and the chief of the Rākṣhasas; स रावणो नाम निकामभीषणं बभूव रक्षः क्षतरक्षणं दिवः Śi.1.48. [He was the son of Viśravas by Keśinī or Kaikaśī and so half-brother of Kuber. He is called Paulastya as being a grandson of the sage Pulastya. Laṅkā was originally occupied by Kubera, but Rāvaṇa ousted him from it and made it his own capital. He had ten heads (and hence his names Daśagrīva, Daśa- vadana &c.) and twenty arms, and according to some, four legs (cf. R.12.88 and Malli.). He is represented to have practised the most austere penance for ten thousand years in order to propitiate the god Brahman, and to have offered one head at the end of each one thousand years. Thus he offered nine of his heads and was going to offer the tenth when the God was pleased and granted him immunity from death by either god or man. On the strength of this boon he grew very tyrannical and oppressed all beings. His power became so great that even the gods are said to have acted as his domestic servants. He conquered almost all the kings of the day, but is said to have been imprisoned by Kārtavīrya for some time when he went to attack his territory. On one occasion he tried to uplift the Kailāsa mountain, but Śiva pressed it down so as to crush his fingers under it. He, therefore, hymned Śiva for one thousand years so loudly that the God gave him the name Rāvaṇa and freed him from his painful position. But though he was so powerful and invincible, the day of retribution drew near. While Rāma who was Viṣṇu descended on earth for the destruction of this very demon was passing his years of exile in the forest, Rāvaṇa carried off his wife Sītā and urged her to become his wife but she persistently refused and remained loyal to her husband. At last Rāma assisted by his monkey-troops invaded Laṅkā, annihilated Rāvaṇa's troops and killed the demon himself. He was a worthy opponent of Rāma, and hence the expression:-- रामरावणयोर्युद्धं रामरावणयोरिव ।]. -णम् 1 The act of screaming. -2 N. of a Muhūrta. -Comp. -अरिः N. of Rāma. -गङ्गा N. of a river in Laṅkā.

rugṇa	रुग्ण p. p. [रुज्-क्त] 1 Broken, shattered; करिरुग्णचन्दन- रसारुणं पयः Ki.12.49. -2 Thwarted. -3 Bent, curved. -4 Injured, hurt; पदं विष्णोर्भ्राम्यद् भुजपरिघरुग्णग्रहगणम् Śiva- mahimna 16. -5 Diseased, sick; (see रुज्). -Comp. -रय a. checked in an onset, foiled in an attack.

ruh	रुह् 1 P. (रोहति, रुरोह, अरुक्षत्, रोक्ष्यति, रोढुम्, रूढ) 1 To grow, spring up, shoot forth, germinate; रूढरागप्रवालः M.4.1; केसरैरर्धरूढैः Me.21; छिन्नो$पि रोहति तरुः Bh.2. 87. -2 To grow up, be developed, increase; रूढं क्षुधार्दिताः वत्साः .... चरन्तु .... तृणम् Bhāg.1.13.6. -3 To rise, mount upwards, ascend. -4 To grow over, heal up (as a wound); रोहते सायकैर्विद्धं न संरोहति वाक्क्षतम् Pt.3.111. -5 To reach to, attain. -Caus. (रोपयति-ते, रोहयति-ते) 1 To cause to grow, plant, put in the ground; तारयेद् वृक्षरोपी च तस्माद् वृक्षांश्च रोपयेत् Mb.13.58.26. -2 To raise up, elevate. -3 To entrust, devolve upon, commit to the care of; गुणवत्सुतरोपितश्रियः R.8.11. -4 To fix upon, direct towards, cast at; R.9.22. -5 To fix, fasten. -Desid. (रुरुक्षति) To wish to grow &c.

rūḍha	रूढ p. p. [रुह्-क्त] 1 Grown, sprung up, shot forth, germinated. -2 Born, produced; विषयव्यासंगरूढात्मना Mu.2.5. -3 Grown up, increased, developed; जनस्य रूढप्रणयस्य चेतसः Ki.8.54. -4 Risen, ascended. -5 Large, great, grown, strong. -6 Diffused, spread about. -7 Commonly known, become current or widely known; क्षतात् किल त्रायत इत्युदग्रः क्षत्त्रस्य शब्दो भुवनेषु रूढः R.2.53; (here क्षत्त्र has a sense which is योगरूढ q. v.). -8 Popularly accepted, traditional, conventional, popular (as the meaning of a word, or the word itself; as opposed to यौगिक or etymological sense); व्युत्पत्तिरहिताः शब्दा रूढा आखण्डलादयः; नाम रूढमपि च व्युदपादि Śi.1.23. -9 Certain, ascertained. -1 Obscure. -11 Mounted; laden; व्रजान् स्वान् स्वान् समायुज्य ययू रूढपरिच्छदाः Bhāg.1. 11.3. -12 Famous, widely known; आसक्ता धूरियं रूढा Ki.11.77. -Comp. -ग्रन्थि a. having formed a knot; व्रणो रूढग्रन्थिः स्फुटित इव हृन्मर्मणि पुनः U.2.26. -यौवन a. one who has attained to youth. -वंश a. of a high family. -व्रण a. one whose wounds are healed. -सौहृद a. firm in friendship, of deep-rooted friendship; सखीजनस्ते किमु रूढसौहृदः V.1.1 (v. l.).

rogaḥ	रोगः [रुज्-घञ्] 1 A disease, sickness, malady, distemper, infirmity; सन्तापयन्ति कमपथ्यभुजं न रोगाः H.3.11; भोगे रोगभयम् Bh.3.35. -2 A diseased spot. -3 Costus Speciosus (Mar. कोष्ठ). -Comp. -अन्तकः, -हृत् m. a physician. -आयतनम् the body. -आर्त, -अन्वित, -ग्रस्त, -भाज् a. afflicted with disease, sick. -उपशमः cure or alleviation of disease. -उल्बणता the raging of diseases. -घ्न a. curative, medicinal. -घ्नम् 1 a medicine. -2 the science of medicine. -ज्ञः a physician. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of disease. -पालकः one who has the care of the sick. -प्रेष्ठः fever (v. l. for रोगश्रेष्ठः). -भूः f. the body. -राज् fever. -राजः consumption. -लक्षणम् the symptoms of a disease; pathology. -शमः recovery from sickness. -शान्तकः a physician. -शान्तिः 1 alleviation or cure of a disease. -शिला red arsenic. -श्रेष्ठः fever. -संघातः an attack of fever. -हम् a drug. -हन् m. a physician. -हर a. curative; संसाररोगहरमौषधमद्वितीयम् Stotra. (-रम्) a medicine. -हारिन् a. curative. (-m.) a physician; also रोगहृत्.

lakṣmaṇa	लक्ष्मण a. [लक्ष्मन्-अण् न वृद्धिः] 1 Having marks. -2 Possessed of good or auspicious marks, fortunate, lucky. -3 Prosperous, thriving. -णः 1 The crane. -2> N. of a son of Dasaratha by his wife Sumitrā. [He was so much attached to Rāma from his very childhood that he became ready to accompany him during his travels, and took no small part in the several events that took place during the fourteen years of Rāma's exile. In the war of Laṇkā he killed several powerful demons, but particularly Meghanāda, the most heroic of the sons of Rāvaṇa. He was at first mortally wounded by Meghanāda by means of a magical weapon, but was restored to life by Suṣeṇa by means of the medicinal durgs fetched by Māruti. One day, Time in the disguise of a hermit came to Rāma and said that he who should happen to see them converse in private should be immediately abandoned, which was agreed to Laksmana on one occasion intruded on their privacy and made the word of his brother true by throwing himself into the Śarayū; (see R.15.92-95.). He married Urmilā by whom he had two sons, Aṅgada and Chandraketu.]; अथ लक्ष्मणानुगतकान्तवपुः Śi.9.31. -णा 1 A goose (सारसा); 'हंसस्य योषिद्वरटा सारसस्य तु लक्ष्मणा ।' Śi.4.59. -2 A kind of pot-herb. -णम् 1 A name, an appellation. -2 A mark, sign, token. -Comp. -प्रसूः N. of Sumitrā, mother of Laksmaṇa.

lakṣya	लक्ष्य pot. p. [लक्ष्-यत्] 1 To be looked at or observed, visible, observable, perceptible; बभ्रमुस्तदविज्ञाय लक्ष्यं पतनकारणम् Bhāg.1.11.2; दुलक्ष्यचिह्ना महतां हि वृत्तिः Ki. 17.23. -2 Indicated or recognizable by (with instr. or in comp.); दूराल्लक्ष्यं सुरपतिधनुश्चारुणा तोरणेन Me.77; प्रवेपमानाधरलक्ष्यकोपया Ku.5.74; R.4.5;7.6. -3 To be known or found out, traceable; यमामनन्त्यात्मभुवो$पि कारणं कथं स लक्ष्यप्रभवो भविष्यति Ku.5.81; cf. अलक्ष्य also. -4 To be marked or characterized. -5 To be defined. -6 To be aimed at. -7 To be expressed or denoted indirectly. -8 To be regarded or considered as. -क्ष्यः N. of a magical formula recited over weapons; Rām. -क्ष्यम् 1 An aim, a butt, mark, target, mark aimed at (fig. also); उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś. 2.5; दृष्टिं लक्ष्येषु बध्नन् Mu.1.2; दर्पेण कौतुकवता मयि बद्धलक्ष्यः U.5.11; R.1.61;6.11;9.67; Ku.3.47,64;5.49; लक्ष्यं चतुर्विधं ज्ञेयं स्थिरं चैव चलं तथा । चलाचलं द्वयचलं वेधनीयं क्रमेण तु ॥ Dhanur.94. -2 A sign, token. -3 The thing defined (opp. लक्षण); लक्ष्यैकदेशे लक्षणस्यावर्तनमव्याप्तिः Tarka K. -4 An indirect or secondary meaning, that derived from लक्षणा q. v; वाच्यलक्ष्यव्यङ्ग्या अर्थाः K. P.2. -5 A pretence, sham, disguise; इदानीं परीक्षे किं लक्ष्यसुप्तमुत परमार्थ- सुप्तमिदं द्वयम् Mk.3;3.18; कन्दर्पप्रवणमनाः सखीसिसिक्षालक्ष्येण प्रतियुवमञ्जलिं चकार Śi.8.35; R.6.81. -6 A lac, one hundred thousand. -Comp. -अक्षिहरणम् the carrying off of a prize. -अलक्ष्य a. scarcely visible. -क्रमः a. the method or order of which is (indirectly) preceptible, as a dhvani. -ग्रहः taking aim. -भेदः, -वेधः hitting the mark; अपतित्वा नु चकार लक्ष्यभेदम् Ki.13.27. -वीथिः f. the visible road (ब्रह्मलोकमार्ग). -सिद्धिः the attainment of an object. -सुप्त a. feigning sleep. -हन् a. hitting the mark. (-m.) an arrow.

lag	लग् I. 1 P. (लगति, लग्न) 1 To adhere or stick to, cling to, attach oneself to; श्यामाथ हंसस्य करानवाप्तेर्मन्दाक्षलक्ष्या लगति स्म पश्चात् N.3.8; गमनसमये कण्ठे लग्ना निरुध्य निरुध्य माम् Māl.3.2. -2 To touch, come in contact with; लगितुमिव कृतप्रयत्ना K.193; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; यथा यथा लगति शीतवातः Mk.5.1. -3 To touch, affect, have an effect on, go home; विदितोङ्गिते हि पुर एव जने सपदीरिताः खलु लगन्ति गिरः Śi.9.69. -4 To become united, to meet, cut (as lines). -5 To follow closely, ensue or happen immediately; अनावृष्टिः संपद्यते लग्ना Pt.1. -6 To engage, detain, occupy (one); तत्र दिनानि कतिचिल्लगिष्यन्ति Pt.4 'I shall be detained there for some days'. -II. 1 U. (लागयति-ते) 1 To taste. -2 To obtain.

lagita	लगित a. 1 Adhered or clung to. -2 Connected with, attached to. -3 Got, obtained.

lagna	लग्न p. p. 1 Adhered or clung to, stuck, held fast; लता- विटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 Touching, coming in contact with. -3 Attached to, connected with. -4 Clinging or sticking to, remaining on; उवाच रामं संप्रेक्ष्य पङ्कलग्न इव द्विपः Rām. 4.18.49. -5 Cutting, meeting (as lines) -6 Following closely, impending. -7 Busy with, closely occupied about; परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Skanda P. -8 Fastened on, directed towards. -9 Ashamed. -1 -Consumed, spent; Ms.7.127 (com.) -11 Auspicious; (see लग्). -ग्नः 1 A bard, minstrel. -2 An elephant in rut. -ग्नम् 1 The point of contact or intersection, the point where the horizon and the ecliptic or the path of planets meet. -2 The point of the ecliptic which at any given time is at the horizon or on the meridian. -3 The rising of the sun or of the planets. -4 The moment of the sun's entrance into a zodiacal sign. -5 A figure of the twelve zodiacal signs. -6 An auspicious or lucky moment. -7 (Hence) A decisive moment, time for action. -Comp. -अहः, -दिनम्, -दिवसः, -वासरः an auspicious day, a day chosen as lucky for the performance of any work. -कालः, -मुहूर्तः, -वेला, -समयः auspicious time, the time fixed upon (by astrologers &c.) as auspicious for the performance of any work (marriage &c.). -ग्रह a. tenacious, insisting firmly on anything. -नक्षत्रम् an auspicious asterism. -भुजः (in astr.) ascensional difference. -मण्डलम् the zodiac. -मासः an auspicious month. -शुद्धिः f. auspiciousness of the zodiacal signs &c. for the performance of any work.

laṅgh	लङ्घ् 1 U. (लङ्घति-ते, लङ्घित; desid. लिलङ्घिषति-ते) 1 To spring, leap, go by leaps. -2 To mount upon, ascend; अन्ये चालङ्घिषुः शैलान् Bk.15.32. -3 To go beyond, transgress; लङ्घते स्म मुनिरेष विमानान् N.5.4. -4 To fast, abstain from food. -5 To dry, dry up (P.). -6 To diminish, lessen. -7 To seize upon, attack, eat up, injure; पल्लवान् हरिणो लङ्घितुमागच्छति M.4. -Caus. or 1 U. (लङ्घयति-ते) 1 To leap or spring over, go beyond; सागरः प्लवगेन्द्रेण क्रमेणैकेन लङ्घितः Mb.; Ms.4.38. -2 To pass over, traverse (as distance); अपि लङ्घितमध्वानं बुबुधे न बुधोपमः R.1.47. -3 To mount upon, ascend; नितम्ब- मिव मेदिन्याः स्रस्तांशुकमलङ्घयत् R.4.52. -4 To violate, transgress, disobey; स हि निदेशमलङ्घयतामभूत् सुहृदयोहृदयः प्रतिगर्जताम् R.9.9; Y.2.187. -5 To offend, insult, disrespect, disregard; हस्त इव भूतिमलिनो यथा यथा लङ्घयति खलः सुजनम् । दर्पणमिव तं कुरुते तथा तथा निर्मलच्छायम् ॥ Vās. -6 To prevent, oppose, stop, avoid, avert; भाग्यं न लङ्घयति को$पि विधिप्रणीतम् Subhāṣ; Mk.6.2. -7 To attack, seize upon, injure, hurt; एषा खलु केसरिणी त्वां लङ्घयति Ś.7; नास्ति खलु विधेरलङ्घनीयम् V.4; R.11.92. -8 To eat, browse. -9 To excel, surpass, outshine, eclipse; (यशः) जगत्प्रकाशं तदशेषमिज्यया भवद्गुरुर्लङ्घयितुं ममोद्यतः R.3.48. -1 To cause to fast. -11 To shine. -12 To speak.

laṅghanam	लङ्घनम् [लङ्घ्-ल्युट्] 1 Leaping, jumping. -2 Going by leaps, traversing, passing over, going, motion in general; यूयमेव पथि शीघ्रलङ्घनाः Ghaṭ.8. -3 Mounting, ascending, rising up to (fig. also); नभोलङ्घना R.16.33; जनो$यमुच्चैःपदलङ्घनोत्सुकः Ku.5.64 'wishing to attain or aspire to a high position'. -4 Assulting, storming, capturing; as in दुर्गलङ्घनम्. -5 Exceeding, going beyond, overstepping, violating, transgression; आज्ञा- लङ्घनम्, नियमलङ्घनम् &c. -6 Disregarding, despising, treating with contempt, slighting; प्रणिपातलङ्घनं प्रमार्ष्टुकामा V.3; M.3.22. -7 An offence, affront, insult. -8 A harm, an injury; as in आतपलङ्घनम् q. v. -9 Fasting, abstinence; प्रचक्रमे लङ्घनपूर्वकं क्रमः Śi.12.25 (where it menans 'leaping' also). -1 One of the paces of a horse. -11 Sexual union, impregnating. लङ्घनीय laṅghanīya लङ्घ्य laṅghya लङ्घनीय लङ्घ्य a. 1 To be traversed or passed over, passable. -2 To be violated. -3 To be overtaken; आत्मोद्धतैरपि रजोभिरलङ्घनीयाः Ś.1.8. -4 To be neglected, or disregarded; मृदुर्हि राजा सततं लङ्घ्यो भवति सर्वशः Mb.12. 56.21. -5 To be fasted; see लङ्घ्.

laṅghita	लङ्घित p. p. [लङ्घ्-क्त] 1 Lept over, passed over. -2 Traversed. -3 Transgressed, violated. -4 Disregarded, insulted, disrespected. -5 Attacked, seized, afflicted; लङ्घित एष भूयो$पि शकुन्तलाव्याधिना Ś.6.

labdha	लब्ध p. p. [लभ्-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Got, obtained, acquired. -2 Taken, received. -3 Perceived, apprehended. -4 Obtained, (as by division &c.); see लभ्. -ब्धा A woman whose husband or lover is faithless (perhaps for विप्रलब्धा). -ब्धम् 1 That which is secured or got; लब्धं रक्षेदवक्षयात् H.2.8; R.19.3. -2 A profit, gain; लब्धाच्च सप्तमं भागं तथा शृङ्गे कला खुरे Mb.12.6.25. -Comp. -अनुज्ञ 1 one who has obtained leave of absence. -2 one who is free from ब्रह्मचारी duties of उपनयन; Gīrvāṇa -अन्तर a. 1 one who has found an opportunity. -2 one who has got access or admission; लब्धा- न्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे R.16.7. -अवकाश, -अवसर a. 1 one who has found an opportunity. -2 (anything) that has gained a scope (for work); लब्धावकाशा मे प्रार्थना Ś.1. -3 one who has obtained leisure, being at leisure; so लब्धलक्षण. -आस्पद a. one who has gained a footing or secured a position; लब्धास्पदो$स्मीति विवादभीरोः M.1.17. -उदय a. 1 born, produced, sprung; लब्धोदया चान्द्रमसीव लेखा Ku.1.25. -2 one who has got prosperity or elevation; स त्वत्तो लब्धोदयः 'he owes his rise or elevation to you'. -काम a. one who has got his desired object; याच्ञा मोघा वरमधिगुणे नाधमे लब्धकामा Me.6. -कीर्ति a. become widely known, famous, celebrated. -चेतस्, -संज्ञ a. one who has come to his senses, restored to consciousness. -जन्मन् a. born, produced. -तीर्थ a. one who has gained an opportunity. -धन a. wealthy. -नामन्, -शब्द a. renowned, celebrated. -नाशः the loss of what has been acquired; लब्धनाशो यथा मृत्युः. -प्रतिष्ठ a. one who has acquired fame. -प्रत्यय a. one who has won confidence. -प्रशमनम् 1 securing or keeping safe what has been acquired. -2 bestowing on a worthy recipient; Kull. on Ms.7.56. -प्रसर a. moving at liberty, unimpeded; श्रीर्लब्धप्रसरेव वेशवनिता दुःखोपचर्या भृशम् Mu.3.5. -प्रसाद a. favourite; अन्येभ्यश्च वसन्ति ये$स्य भवने लब्धप्रसादा विटाः Mu.3.14. -लक्ष, -लक्ष्य a. 1 one who has hit the mark. -2 skilled in the use of missiles; अन्ये च बहवः शूरा लब्धलक्षा निशाचराः Rām.3.36.3. -लक्षण a. one who has gained an opportunity. -वर्ण a. 1 learned, wise; चित्रं त्वदीये विषये समन्तात् सर्वे$पि लोकाः किल लब्धवर्णाः Rāj. P; यत्राहुः स्थितममृतं च लब्धवर्णाः Rām. Ch.7.17. -2 famous, renowned, celebrated; Mk.4.26. ˚भाज् a. respecting the learned; कृत्छ्रलब्धमपि लब्धवर्णभाक् तं दिदेश मुनये सलक्ष्मणम् R.11.2. -विद्य a. learned, educated, wise. -श्रुत्, -श्रुत a. well-versed, learned (बहुश्रुत); लब्धश्रुतां धर्मभृतां वरिष्ठः Mb.12.167.42. -संज्ञ a. restored to consciousness. -सिद्धि a. one who has attained perfection or his desired object.

labhya	लभ्य a. [लभ्-कर्मणि यत्] 1 Capable of being acquired or obtained, attainable, obtainable, to be reached; प्रांशुलभ्ये फले लोभादुद्बाहुरिव वामनः R.1.3;4.88; Ku.5. 18. -2 To be found; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4. -3 Fit, suitable, proper. -4 Intelligible. -5 To be furnished or provided with; Mb.13.

lamb	लम्ब् 1 Ā. (लम्बते, लम्बित) 1 To hang down, hang from, dangle; ऋषयो ह्यत्र लम्बते Mb. -2 To be attached to, stick to, hold on to, rest on; ललम्बिरे सदसिलताः प्रिया इव Śi.7.25; प्रस्थानं ते कथमपि सखे लम्बमानस्य भावि Me.43. (where लम्ब˚ means 'hanging down towards' or 'resting upon' the back or hips). -3 To go down, sink, decline or hang down (as the sun), fall down; लम्बमाने दिवाकरे; Śi.9.2; Ki.9.1; त्वदधरचुम्बनलम्बितकज्जलमुज्ज्वलय प्रिय लोचने Gīt.12 (= गलित). -4 To fall or lag behind. -5 To delay, tarry. -6 To sound. -Caus. (लम्बयति-ते) 1 To let down, cause to hang down. -2 To hang up, suspend. -3 To stretch out, extend (as the hand); करेण वातायन- लम्बितेन R.13.21; को लम्बयेदाहरणाय हस्तम् 6.75. -4 To cause to be attached, join. -5 To depress. -With उद् to stand up, stand erect : पादेनैकेन गगने द्वितीयेन च भूतले । तिष्ठाम्युल्लम्बितस्तावद्यावत्तिष्ठति भास्करः Mk.2.1.

lamba	लम्ब a. [लम्ब्-अच्] 1 Hanging down, hanging from, pendent, dangling; पाण्ड्यो$यमंसार्पितलम्बहारः R.6.6,84; शतबुद्धिः कृतोन्नामः सलम्बश्च सहस्रधीः Pt.5.45; Me.86. -2 Hanging upon, attached to. -3 Great, large. -4 Spacious. -5 Long, tall. -म्बः 1 A perpendicular. -2 Colatitude, the arc between the pole of any place and the zenith, complement of latitude. -3 A bribe. -4 N. of a particular throw or move (at a kind of chess). -म्बी 1 A kind of food prepared from grain. -2 A flowering branch. -Comp. -उदर a. big-bellied, pot-bellied, portly. (-रः) 1 N. of Gaṇeśa. -2 a glutton. ˚जननी N. of Pārvatī; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Ā.L.11. (-री) N. of the goddess Tārā. -ओष्ठः (लम्बो-म्बौ-ष्ठः) a camel. -कर्णः 1 an ass. -2 a goat, -3 an elephant. -4 a falcon. -5 a demon or Rākṣasa. -गुणः, -ज्या, -रेखा the sine of the co-latitude; स्वाबाधाभुजकृत्योरन्तरमूलं प्रजायते लम्बः । लम्बगुणं भूम्यर्धं स्पष्टं त्रिभुजं फलं भवति Līlā. -जठर a. pot-bellied, portly. -दन्ता, -बीजा a kind of pepper. -पयोधरा a woman with large pendent breasts. -स्फिच् a. having fat or protuberant buttocks.

lambita	लम्बित p. p. 1 Hanging down, pendent. -2 Suspended. -3 Sunk, gone down. -4 Resting on, attached to (see लम्ब); अन्योन्यं लम्बितकरौ ततस्तौ हरिराक्षसौ Rām. 7.34.43.

lambhaḥ	लम्भः 1 Attainment, acquirement; अपि त्वां न लभेत् कर्ण राज्यलम्भोपपादनम् Mb.5.142.2. -2 Meeting with. -3 Recovery. -4 Gain. -म्भा A sort of enclosure.

lambhanam	लम्भनम् 1 Attainment, acquirement. -2 Recovery.

lambhanīya	लम्भनीय a. To be obtained, attainable; इमा रामाः सरथाः सतूर्या न हीदृशा लम्भनीया मनुष्यैः Kaṭh.1.25.

lī	ली I. 1 P. (लयति) To melt, dissolve. -II. 9 P. (लिनाति) 1 To adhere. -2 To melt, usually with वि. -III. 4 Ā. (लीयते, लीन) 1 To stick or adhere firmly to, cling to. -2 To clasp, embrace. -3 To lie or rest on, recline, stay or dwell in, lurk, hide, cower down; (भृङ्गाङ्गनाः) लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु शनकैः संजातलज्जा इव Ratn.1. 26; हरिशिशुरुत्पतितुं द्रागङ्गान्याकुञ्च्य लीयते निमृतम् Bv.1.16; R.3.9; Ś.6.16; Ku.1.12;7.21; Bk.18.13; Ki.5. 26. -4 To be dissolved, melt away. -5 To be sticky or viscous. -6 To be absorbed in, be devoted or attached to; माधव मनसिजविशिखभयादिव भावनया त्वयि लीना Gīt.4 -7 To vanish, disappear. -Caus. (लापयति-ते, लाययति-ते, लीनयति-ते, लालयति-ते) To melt, dissolve, liquefy. (The form लापयते is used in the sense of 'to honour', 'cause to be honoured'; जटाभिर्लापयते = पूजामधिगच्छति; cf. P.I.3.7.).

lokya	लोक्य a. 1 World-wide. -2 Usual, customary. -3 Right, real. -4 Heavenly. -5 Granting free space. -6 Conducive to the attainment of a better world; वज्वानः पुत्रिणो लोक्याः कृतकृत्यास्तनुत्यजः Mb.7.17.24; Bhāg.3.14.36. -7 = लोकजित्; तस्मात् पुत्रमनुशिष्टं लोक्यमाहुः Bṛi. Up.1.5.17.

vanus	वनुस् a. Ved. 1 Eager, anxious for. -2 Devoted or attached to. -3 A worshipper, one who honours. -m. 1 A plotter, an enemy (हिंसक). -2 Possessing, enjoying, using.

varaṇḍī	वरण्डी f. A sheaf of grass; Chārudatta 1.

varivasyā	वरिवस्या 1 Worship, honour, adoration, devotion. -2 Service, attendance; क्षितिपतेः प्रसितो वरिवस्यया Rām. ch.4.85. Hence वरिवस्यक a. engaged in worship; Chārudatta 1.

varṇaḥ	वर्णः [वर्ण्-अच् Uṇ.3.1] 1 A colour, hue; अन्तः- शुद्धस्त्वमपि भविता वर्णमात्रेण कृष्णः Me.51. -2 A paint, dye, paint-colour; see वर्ण् (1). -3 Colour, complexion, beauty; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; त्वय्यादातुं जलमवनते शार्ङ्गिणो वर्णचौरे Me.48; R.8.42. -4 Look, countenance; मध्यस्थवर्ण इव दृश्यते Madhyamavyāyoga 1; किं त्वं शङ्कितवर्ण इव Chārudatta 4; अवदातिका परशङ्कितवर्णेव दृश्यते Pratimā 1. -5 A class of men, tribe, caste (especially applied to the four principal castes, ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र); वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण Vārt; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमपकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5. 1; R.5.19. -6 A class, race, tribe, kind, species; as in सवर्णम् अक्षरम्; ब्रह्मणा पूर्वसृष्टं हि कर्मभिर्वर्णतां गतम् Mb.12. 188.1. -7 (a) A letter, character, sound; न मे वर्ण- विचारक्षमा दृष्टिः V.5; Ki.14.3. (b) A word, syllable; S. D.9. -8 Fame, glory, celebrity, renown; राजा प्रजा- रञ्जनलब्धवर्णः R.6.21. -9 A good quality, merit, virtue; त्रिवर्णा वर्णिता$स्माभिः किं भूयः श्रोतुमिच्छसि Bhāg.11.3.16. -1 Praise; स्वगुणोच्चगिरो मुनिव्रताः परवर्णग्रहणेष्वसाधवः Śi.16. 29. -11 Dress, decoration. -12 Outward appearance, form, figure. -13 A cloak, mantle. -14 A covering, lid. -15 The order or arrangement of a subject in a song (गीतक्रम); अभिध्यायन्वर्णरतिप्रमोदानतिदीर्घे जीविते को रमेत Kaṭh.1.28; उपात्तवर्णे चरिते पिनाकिनः Ku.5.56 'celebrated in song, made the subject of a song.' -16 The housings of an elephant. -17 A quality, property; जङ्गमानामसंख्येयाः स्थावराणां च जातयः । तेषां विविधवर्णानां कुतो वर्णविनिश्चयः ॥ Mb.12.188.9. -18 A religious observance. -19 An unknown quantity. -2 The number 'one'. -21 Application of perfumed unguents to the body. -22 Gold. -23 A musical mode. -र्णा Cajanus Indicus (Mar. तूर). -र्णम् 1 Saffron. -2 A coloured unguent or perfume. -Comp. -अङ्का a pen. -अधिपः a planet presiding over a caste or class. -अनुप्रासः alliteration. -अन्तरम् 1 another caste. ˚गमनम् the passing into another caste. -2 change of sound. -अपसदः an outcast. -अपेत a. devoid of any cast, outcast, degraded; वर्णा- प्रेतमविज्ञातं ...... कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -अवकृष्टः a Śūdra; अपि वर्णावकृष्टस्तु नारी वा धर्मकाङ्क्षिणी Mb.12.24.34. -अर्हः a kind of bean. -अवर a. inferior in caste. -आगमः the addition of a letter; भवेद्वर्णागमाद्धंसः Sk. -आत्मन् m. a word. -आश्रमाः the (four) castes and stages of life; वर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी विचक्षणः प्रस्तुतमाचचक्षे R.5.19. ˚गुरुः N. of Śiva. ˚धर्मः the duties of caste and order. -उदकम् coloured water; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तै- स्तमायताक्ष्यः प्रणयादसिञ्चन् R.16.7. -कविः N. of a son of Kubera. -कूपिका an ink-stand. -क्रमः 1 the order of castes or colours. -2 alphabetical order or arrangement. -गत a. 1 coloured. -2 algebraical. -गुरुः a king, prince. -ग्रथणा a method (artificial) of writing verses. -चारकः a painter. -ज्येष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa. -तर्णकम्, -तर्णिका woollen cloth used as a mat. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तूलिः, -तूलिका, -तूली f. a pencil, paint-brush. -द a. colouring. (-दम्) a kind of fragrant yellow wood. -दात्री turmeric. -दूतः a letter. -दूषक a. violating the distinctions of castes; यत्र त्वेते परिध्वंसा जायन्ते वर्णदूषकाः Ms.1.61. -धर्मः the peculiar duties of a caste. -नाथः the planetary regent of a caste. -पत्रम् a pallet. -परिचयः skill in song or music. -पातः the omission of a letter. -पात्रम् a paint-box. -पुष्पम् the flower of the globe-amaranth. -पुष्पकः the globeamaranth. -प्रकर्षः excellence of colour. -प्रसादनम् aloe-wood. -बुद्धिः the notion connected with particular letters or sounds. -भेदिनी millet. -मातृ f. a pen, pencil. -मातृका N. of Sarasvatī. -माला, -राशिः the alphabet. -रे(ले)खा, -लेखिका chalk. -वर्तिः, -वर्तिका f. 1 a paint-brush; फलकमादाय मणिसमुद्गकाद्वर्णवर्तिकामुद्धृत्य Dk.2.2. -2 a pencil. -वादिन् m. a panegyrist. -विक्रिया enmity against the castes. -विपर्ययः the substitution or change of letters; (भवेत्) सिंहो वर्णविपर्ययात् Sk. -विलासिनी turmeric. -विलोडकः 1 a house-breaker. -2 a plagiarist (lit. word-stealer). -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. मात्रावृत्त). -व्यव- -स्थितिः f. the institution of caste, caste-system. -शिक्षा instruction in letters. -श्रेष्ठः a Brāhmaṇa; वर्णश्रेष्ठो द्विजः पूज्यः H.4.21. -संयोगः marriage between persons of the same caste. -संसर्गः confusion of castes, marriage with members of other castes; Ms.8.172. -संहारः an assemblage of different castes. -संकरः 1 confusion of castes through intermarriage; स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्ण- संकरः Bg.1.41. -2 mixture or blending of colours; चित्रेषु वर्णसंकरः K. (where both senses are intended); Śi.14.37. -संघातः, -समाम्नायः the alphabet. -स्थानम् an organ of utterance. -हीन a. outcast.

val	वल् 1 Ā. (वलते; but sometimes वलति also; वलित) 1 To go, approach, hasten; अन्योन्यं शरवृष्टिरेव वलते Mv.6. 41; प्रणयिनः परिरब्धुमथाङ्गना ववलिरे वलिरेचितमध्यमाः Śi.6.38; 6.11;19.42; त्वदभिसरणरभसेन वलन्ती पतति पदानि कियन्ति चलन्ती Gīt.6. -2 To move, turn, move or turn round; वलितकन्धर Māl.1.29; Mv.6.41; दृष्टिरन्यतो न वलति K. -3 To turn to, be drawn or attracted towards, be attached to; हृदय- मदये तस्मिन्नेवं पुनर्वलते बलात् Gīt.7; Nalod.3.5. -4 To increase; वलन्नूपुरनिस्वना S. D.116; अमन्दं कन्दर्पज्वरजनितचिन्ताकुलतया वलद्बाधां राधां सरसमिदमूचे सहचरी Gīt.1. -5 To cover, enclose. -6 To be covered, enclosed or surrounded. -7 To return. -With वि to move to and fro, roll about; स्विद्यति कूणति वेल्लति विवलति निमिषति विलोकयति तिर्यक् K. P. 1. -सम् 1 to mix, blend. -2 to connect, unite with (mostly in p. p.; see संवलित)

vasu	वसु a. Sweet. -2 Dry. -3 Ved. Wealthy, rich. -4 Ved. Good. -n. [वस्-उन् Uṇ.1.1] 1 Wealth, riches; स्वयं प्रदुग्धे$स्य गुणैरुपस्नुता वसूपमानस्य वसूनि मेदिनी Ki.1.18; R.8.31; 9.6 वस्वीशाद् वसुनिकरं (लब्ध्वा) धृतानुरागा Rām. ch.7.58. -2 A jewel, gem. -3 Gold. -4 Water; वसु काल उपादत्ते काले चायं विमुञ्चति Bhāg.4.16.6. -5 A thing, substance; त्रात्वार्थितो जगति पुत्रपदं च लेभे दुग्धा वसूनि वसुधा सकलानि येन Bhāg.2.7.9; Mb.12.98.2. -6 A kind of salt. -7 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -8 A yellow kind of kidney-bean. -9 The ghee (घृत); विधिना वेददृष्टेन वसोर्धारा- मिवाध्वरे Mb.13.2.35. -m. 1 N. of a class of deities (usually pl. in this sense); सेयं भूरिवसोर्वसोरिव सुता मृत्यो- र्मुखे वर्तते Māl 5.24; Ki.1.18; (the Vasus are eight in number :-- 1 आप, 2 ध्रुव, 3 सोम, 4 धर or धव, 5 अनिल, 6 अनल, 7 प्रत्यूष, and 8 प्रभास; sometimes अह is substituted for आप; धरो ध्रुवश्च सोमश्च अहश्चैवानिलो$नलः । प्रत्यूषश्च प्रभासश्च वसवो$ष्टाविति स्मृताः). -2 The number 'eight'. -3 N. of Kubera. -4 Of Śiva. -5 Of Agni. -6 A tree. -7 A lake, pond. -8 A rein. -9 The tie of a yoke. -1 A halter. -11 A ray of light; निरकाशयद्रविमपेतवसुं वियदालयादपरदिग्गणिका Śi.9.1; शिथिलवसुमगाधे मग्नमापत् पयोधौ Ki.1.46 (in both cases वसु means 'wealth' also). -12 The sun. -13 The distance from the elbow to the closed fist. -f. 1 A ray of light. -2 Light, radiance. -3 A medicinal root (वृद्धि). -Comp. -उत्तमः N. of Bhīṣma; तान् समेतान् महाभागानुपलभ्य वसूत्तमः । पूजयामास ...... Bhāg.1.9.9. -उपमः Natron (Mar. सज्जीखार). -ओ (औ) कसारा 1 N. of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -2 of Alakā, the city of Kubera; 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; वस्वौकसारां नलिनीमतीत्यैवोत्तरान् कुरून् Rām.2.94.26; व्यक्तं वस्वोकसारेयम् Mb.7.67.16. (com. वस्वोकसारा सलोप आर्षः । कनकमयानि ओकांसि सारो यस्याः सा तथा). -3 of a river attached to Amarāvatī and Alakā. -कीटः, -कृमिः a beggar. -ता, -तातिः f. Ved. wealth. -दा the earth. -देवः N. of the father of Kṛiṣṇa and son of Sūra, a descendant of Yadu. ˚भूः, -सुतः &c. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -देवता, -देव्या the asterism called Dhaniṣṭhā. -देव्या the ninth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्रुमः the Udumbara tree. -धर्मिका crystal. -धा 1 the earth; वसुधेयमवेक्ष्यतां त्वया R.8.83; पुरा सप्तद्वीपां जयति वसुधामप्रतिरथः Ś.7.35;1.25. -2 the heaven; धरान् धरित्रीं वसुधां भर्तुस्तिष्ठाम्यनन्तरम् Mb. 13.93.1 (com. वसून् देवान् धत्ते इति व्युत्पत्त्या वसुधां दिवम्). -3 the ground; वसुधालिङ्गनधूसरस्तनी Ku.4.4. ˚अधिपः a king. ˚धरः a mountain; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V.1.18. ˚नगरम् the capital of Varuṇa. -धारा, -भारा the capital of Kubera. [वसोर्धारा 1 a stream of ghee prepared for Vasus; कुड्यलग्नां वसोर्धारां सप्त वारान् घृतेन तु । कारयेत् प़ञ्च वारान् वा नातिनीचां न चोच्छ्रिताम् Chhandogapaddhati. -2 N. of a vessel for pouring ghee into fire; त्वया द्वादशवर्षाणि वसोर्धाराहुतं हविः Mb.1.223.72. -3 N. of the heavenly Ganges (मन्दाकिनी); Mb.13.8.5.]. -धारिणी the earth. -पालः a king. -प्रभा one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्राणः an epithet of Agni. -भम् the constellation धनिष्ठा. -रण्व a. delighted with wealth; वसुरण्वो विभुरसि Mahānār.17.15. -रेतस् m. fire; संप्राप्तो यत्र सांनिध्यं सदासीद् वसुरेतसः Rām.7.31.7; Mb.1.13.3. -रोचिस् m. 1 sacrifice; religious ceremony. -2 Fire. -व्रतम् a kind of penance (eating only ground rice for twelve days). -श्रेष्ठम् 1 wrought gold. -2 silver. -षेणः N. of Karṇa; वसुवर्मधरं दृष्ट्वा तं बालं हेमकुण्डलम् । नामास्य वसुषेणेति ततश्चक्रुर्द्विजातयः ॥ Mb.3.39.13-14. -स्थली N. of the city of Kubera.

vāsava	वासव a. (-वी f.) [वसुरेव स्वार्थे अण् वसूनि सन्त्यस्य अण् वा] 1 Relating to the Vasus. -2 Belonging to Indra; पाण्डुतां वासवी दिगयासीत् K.; वासवीनां चमूनाम् Me.45. -वः N. of Indra; स वासवेनासनसंनिकृष्टमितो निषीदेति विसृष्टभूमिः Ku.3.2; R.5.5. -वम् The constellation Dhaniṣṭhā. -Comp. -अनुजः Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; स्मितपूर्वमुवाचेदं भगवान् वासुवानुजः Mb.12.46.1. -चापः a rainbow. -दत्ता 1 N. of a work by Subandhu. -2 N. of a heroine of several stories. [Different writers give different accounts of this lady. According to Kathāsaritsāgara she was the daughter of king Chaṇḍamahāsena of Ujjayinī and was carried off by Udayana, king of Vatsa. Śrīharṣa represents her to be the daughter of king Pradyota (see Ratn.1.1.), and, according to Mallinātha's comment on the line प्रद्योतस्य प्रियदुहितरं वत्सराजो$त्र जह्रे she was the daughter of Pradyota, king of Ujjayinī. Bhavabhūti says that she was betrothed by her father to king Sañjaya, but that she offered herself to Udayana; (see Māl.2.). But the Vāsavadattā of Subandhu has nothing in common with the story of Vatsa, except the name of the heroine, as she is represented to have been betrothed by her father to Puṣpaketu, but carried off by Kandarpaketu. It is probable that there were several heroines bearing the name Vāsavadattā.] -दिश् f. the east.

vicar	विचर् 1 P. To wander about, raom over (oft. with acc.); इष्टान् देशान् विचर जलद Me.117; विचचार दावम् R.2.8; Ku.3.31. -2 To do, perform, practise. -3 To act, deal, behave. -4 To deviate from the right path, go about wantonly; यन्मे माता प्रलुलुभे विचरन्त्य- पतिव्रता Ms.9.2. -5 To pass through, pervade. -6 To attack, march against. -7 To associate or have intercourse with. -8 To go badly, fail. -9 To commit a mistake; हविषि व्यचरत्तेन वषट्कारं गृणन् द्विजः Bhāg.9.1.15. -1 To graze or feed upon. -Caus. 1 To think, reflect or meditate upon; विचारमाणस्य विशुद्धभावना A. Rām.7. 5.45. -2 To discuss, call in question, debate; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R.14.46. -3 To calculate, estimate, take into account, consider; परेषामात्मनश्चैव यो विचार्य बलाबलम् Pt.3; सुविचार्य यत्कृतम् H.1.2. -4 To hesitate, doubt. -5 To examine, investigate. -6 To seduce.

vinipat	विनिपत् 1 P. 1 To fly at, fall down, descend; विनिपतिततुषारः क्रौञ्चनादोपगीतः Ṛs.4.18 (v. l.). -2 To attack, assail. -Caus. 1 To cause to fall down, ruin, destroy; कटेन विनिपातितो यामि Mk.2.8. -2 To throw or pull down. -3 To kill, deprive of life.

viniyukta	विनियुक्त p. p. 1 Separated, loosed, detached. -2 Attached to, appointed. -3 Applied to. -4 Commanded, enjoined. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. one who has his mind fixed on.

vindhyaḥ	विन्ध्यः [विदधाति करोति भयम् Uṇ.4.121] 1 N. of a range of mountain which separates Hindustan proper from the Deccan or south; it is one of the seven Kulaparvatas (q. v.) and forms the southern limit of Madhyadeśa; see Ms.2.21. [According to a legend, the Vindhya mountain, being jealous of the mount Meru (or Himālaya) demanded that the sun should revolve round himself as about Meru, which the sun declined to do; whereupon the Vindhya began to rise higher and higher so as to obstruct the path of the sun and moon. The gods being alarmed sought the aid of the sage Agastya, who approached the mountain and requested that by bending down he would give him an easy passage to the south, and that he would retain the same position till his return. This Vindhya consented to do (because according to one account, he regarded Agastya as his teacher); but Agastya never returned from the south, and Vindhya never attained the height of Meru.] -2 A hunter. -न्ध्या 1 N. of a plant (लवली). -2 Small cardamoms. -3 A measure of time (त्रुटि); L. D. B. -Comp. -अटवी the great Vindhya forest. -कूटः, -कूटनम् epithets of the sage Agastya. -गिरिः the Vindhya range of hills; also विन्ध्याचल, विन्ध्याद्रि. -वासिन् m. an epithet of the grammarian व्याडि. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā.

virañj	विरञ्ज् 1, 4 U. 1 To grow discoloured or soiled, be coarse or rough; केशा अपि विरज्यन्ते निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1.82. (where it has sense 2 also). -2 To be discontented or disaffected, to dislike, hate; चिरानुरक्तो$पि विरज्यते जनः Mk.1.53; Bh.2.2; श्रीर्निष्कुष्यति लङ्कायां विरज्यन्ति समृद्धयः Bk.18.22. -3 To become disgusted with the world and hence to renounce all worldly attachments. -Caus. To colour, dye.

virakta	विरक्त p. p. 1 Very red, ruddy; विरक्तसंध्याकपिशं पुरस्तात् R.13.64. -2 Discoloured. -3 Changed in mind, disaffected, displeased; यां चिन्तयामि सततं मयि सा विरक्ता Bh.2.2. -4 Free from passion or worldly attachment, indifferent; विरक्तः प्रव्रजेद् धीमान् सरक्तस्तु गृहे वसेत् Nāradapari. Up.3.14. -5 Impassioned. -क्ता An unfortunate or unhappy woman. -Comp. -चित्त a. estranged. -प्रकृति a. having disaffected subjects.

viraktiḥ	विरक्तिः f. 1 Change of disposition, dissatisfaction, discontent, disaffection. -2 Estrangement. -3 Indifference, absence of desire, freedom from passion or worldly attachment; Bhāg.1.16.28.

viratiḥ	विरतिः f. 1 Cessation, stop, discontinuance. -2 Rest, end, pause. -3 Indifference to worldly attachments; विरतिवनितासंगमुदितः Bh.3.79; A. Rām.2.1.41.

virāgaḥ	विरागः 1 Change of colour. -2 Change of disposition, disaffection, discontent, dissatisfaction; विरागकारणेषु परि- हृतेषु Mu.1. -3 Aversion, disinclination; Kau. A.3. -4 Indifference to worldly attachments, freedom from passion.

virāṭaḥ	विराटः 1 N. of a district in India. -2 N. of a king of the Matsyas. The Pāṇḍavas lived incognito in the service of this king for one year, (the thirteenth of their exile) having assumed different disguises. His daughter Uttarā was married to Abhimanyu and was mother of Parīkṣit who succeeded Yudhiṣṭhira to the throne of Hastināpura. -Comp. -जः a sort of inferior diamond. -पर्वन् n. the fourth book of the Mahābhārata.

vilīna	विलीन p. p. 1 Sticking to, clung or attached to. -2 Perched or settled on, alighting on. -3 Contiguous to, in contact with. -4 Melted, dissolved, liquefied. -5 Disappeared, vanished. -6 Dead, perished. -7 Infused into the mind, imagined.

vivṛt	विवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To turn round, roll, revolve, move round; अन्तर्बहिः परित एव विवर्तमानाम् (पश्यामि ताम्) Māl.1. 4. -2 To turn or move about; संमार्जञ्जठरेणोर्वीं विवर्तंश्च मुहुरमुहुः Mb.3.167.19. -3 To turn aside, bend; कश्चिद्विवृत्तत्रिक- भिन्नहारः R.6.16; न विवृतो मदनो न च संवृतः Ś.2.12. -4 To become. -5 To turn away from, depart from, return. -6 To descend. -7 To attack, fall upon. -8 To take different forms; जीवितं च शरीरेण तेनैव सह जायते । उभे सह विवर्तेते उभे सह विनश्यतः ॥ Mb.12.174.22.

viṣañj	विषञ्ज् 1 P. To attach or stick to, to hang or suspend upon, (usually in p. p.).

viṣayaḥ	विषयः 1 An object of sense; (these are five, corresponding to the five organs of sense; रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द corresponding to the eye, tongue, nose, skin, and ear); श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 A worldly object or concern, an affair, a transaction. -3 The pleasures of sense, worldly or sensual objects (usually in pl.); यौवने विषयैषिणाम् R.1.8; शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुम् 1.25; विषयव्यावृत्तकौतूहलः V.1.9; निर्विष्टविषयस्नेहः 12.1;3.7;8.1;19.49; विषया विनिवर्तन्ते निराहारस्य देहिनः Bg.2.59. -4 An object, a thing, matter; नार्यो न जग्मुर्विषयान्तराणि R.7.12;8.89. -5 An object or thing aimed at, mark, object; भूयिष्ठ- मन्यविषया न तु दृष्टिरस्याः Ś.1.3; Śi.9.4. -6 Scope, range, reach, compass; सौमित्रेरपि पत्रिणामविषये तत्र प्रिये क्वासि भोः U.3.45; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V. 1.1; सकलवचनानामविषयः Māl.1.3,36; U.5.19; Ku.6. 17. -7 Department, sphere, province, field, element; सर्वत्रौदरिकस्याभ्यवहार्यमेव विषयः V.3. -8 A subject, subjectmatter, topic; अयि मलयज महिमायं कस्य गिरामस्तु विषयस्ते Bv.1.11; so शृङ्गारविषयको ग्रन्थः 'treating of love'. -9 The topic or subject to be explained, general head; the first of the five members of an Adhikaraṇa q. v. -1 A place spot; परिसरविषयेषु लीढमुक्ताः Ki.5.38. -11 A country, realm, domain, territory, district, kingdom; 'विषयः स्यादिन्द्रियार्थे देशे जनपदे$पि च' इति विश्वः; अप्रविष्ट- विषयस्य सक्षसाम् R.11.18; Pt.2.2. -12 A refuge, an asylum. -13 A collection of villages. -14 A lover, husband. -15 Semen virile. -16 A religious observance. -17 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. (विषये means 'with regard or reference to', 'in respect of', 'in the case of', 'regarding', 'concerning'; या तत्रास्ते युवतिविषये सृष्टिराद्येव धातुः Me.84; स्त्रीणां विषये; धनविषये &c.) -Comp. -अज्ञानम् sleepiness, exhaustion. -अधिकृतः the governor of a province. -अधिपतिः the king. -अभिरतिः 1 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures; द्विषतां वधेन विषयाभिरतिम् (अभिलष्यति) Ki.6. 44; so अभिलाषः Ki.3.13. -आत्मक a. 1 consisting of worldly objects. -2 carnal, sensual. -आसक्त, -निरत a. addicted to sensual objects, sensualist, worldly-minded. -आसक्तिः, -उपसेवा, -निरतिः f., -प्रसंगः addiction to pleasures of sense, sensuality. -एषिन् a. addicted to worldly objects; यौवने विषयैषिणाम् R.1.8. -कर्मन् worldly business. -ग्रामः the collection of the objects of sense. -ज्ञः a specialist. -निरतिः attachment to sensual objects. -निह्नुतिः negation with regard to an object; शौशिर्यमभ्युपत्यैव परेष्वात्मनि कामिना । औष्ण्यंप्रकाशनात्तस्य सैषा विषयनिह्नुतिः ॥ Kāv.2.36. -पतिः the governor of a province. -पराङ्मुख a. averse from mundane affairs. -प्रवण a. attached to objects of sense; Kull. on Ms. 2.99. -लोलुप a. eager for sensual enjoyment. -संगः addiction to sensual objects; सो$नुभूयासुखोदर्कान् दोषान् विषयसंगजान् Ms.12.18. -सुखम् the pleasures of sense. -स्नेहः, -स्पृहा desire for sensual objects.

vegaḥ	वेगः [विज्-घञ्] 1 Impulse, impetus. -2 Speed, velocity, rapidity. -3 Agitation. -4 Impetuosity, violence, force. -5 A stream, current; as in अम्बुवेगः; रुरोध नर्मदा- वेगं बाहुभिर्बहुभिर्वृतः Rām.7.32.4,6. -6 Energy, activity, determination. -7 Power, strength; ऊरू भग्नौ प्रसह्याजौ गदया भीमवेगया Mb.1.2.288; मदनज्वरस्य वेगात् K. -8 Circulation, working, effect (as of poison); चिराद्वेगारम्भी प्रसृत इव तीव्रो विषरसः U.2.26; V.5.18. -9 Haste, rashness, sudden impulse; कृत्यं न कुरुते वेगान्न स संतापमाप्नुयात् Pt.1.19. -1 The fight of an arrow; घननीहार इवाविषक्तवेगः Ki.13.24. -11 Love, passion. -12 The external manifestation of an internal emotion. -13 Delight, pleasure. -14 Evacuation of the feces; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तानां मलादीनां जिजीविषुः । न वेगं धारयेद्धीरः कामादीनां च धारयेत् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -15 Semen virile. -16 Pleasure, delight. -17 Attack, paroxysm (of a disease); Suśi. -Comp. -अनिलः 1 blast caused by speed; यष्ट्यग्रे च समं स्थितो ध्वजपटः प्रान्ते च वेगानिलात् V.1.5. -2 a strong or violent wind. -आघातः 1 sudden arresting of velocity, check of speed. -2 obstruction of excretion, constipation. -दण्डः an elephant. -नाशनः the phlegmatic humour. -रोधः = ˚आघातः q. v. -वाहिन् a. swift. -विधारणम् 1 checking of speed. -2 constipation. -सरः a mule. -हरिणः a kind of antelope; L. D. B.

veṇiḥ	वेणिः णी f. [वेण्-इन्-वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.18] 1 Braided hair, a braid of hair; तरङ्गिणी वेणिरिवायता भुवः Śi.12.75; Me. 18. -2 Hair twisted into a single unornamented braid and allowed to fall on the back (said to be worn by wom en whose husbands are absent from them); वनान्निवृत्तेन रघूत्तमेन मुक्ता स्वयं वेणिरिवावभासे R.14.12; अबलावेणिमोक्षोत्सुकानि Me.11; Ku.2.61. -3 Continuous flow, current, stream; जलवेणिरम्यां रेवां यदि प्रेक्षितुमस्ति कामः R.6.43; Me. 2; प्रवृत्तबाष्पवेणिकं चक्षुः प्रमृज्य K.; cf. the word त्रिवेणि also. -4 The confluence of two or more rivers. -5 The confluence of the Ganges, Yamunā and Sarasvatī. -6 N. of a river. -7 The property re-united after it has been before divided. -8 A cascade. -9 A dam, bridge. -1 A ewe. -Comp. -बन्धः hair twisted into a braid; मोक्ष्यध्वे स्वर्गबन्दीनां वेणीबन्धानदूषितान् R.1.47. -वेधनी a leech. -वेधिनी a comb. -संहारः 1 tying the hair into a braid; Ve.6. -2 N. of a drama by Bhaṭṭa Nārāyaṅa.

vairaktam	वैरक्तम् क्त्यम् [विरक्तस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Indifference to worldly attachments, absence of desire. -2 Displeasure, dislike, aversion.

vaiśvī	वैश्वी f. The asterism of Uttarāṣāḍhā; L. D. B.

vyaś	व्यश् 5 Ā. 1 To fill completely, pervade, occupy; प्रतापस्तस्य भानोश्च युगपद् व्यानशे दिशः R.4.15; Bk.9.4; 14.96. -2 To obtain, attain to, reach. -3 To possess, gain. -4 To fall to one's share.

vyasanam	व्यसनम् 1 Casting away, dispelling. -2 Separating, dividing. -3 Violation, infraction; शीलव्यसनमेतत्ते नाभिजाना- म्यहं पुरा Rām.2.12.57; Ki.3.45. -4 Loss, destruction, defeat, fall; defection, weak point; अमात्यव्यसनम् Pt.3; स्वबलव्यसने Ki.13.15; Śi.2.57. -5 (a) A calamity, misfortune, distress, evil, disaster, ill-luck; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73;4.3; R.12.57. (b) Adversity, need; स सुहृद् व्यसने यः स्यात् Pt.1.327 'a friend in need is a friend indeed'. -6 Setting (as of the sun &c.); तेजोद्वयस्य युगपद् व्यसनोदयाभ्याम् Ś.4.1 (where व्यसन means 'a fall' also). -7 Vice, bad practice, evil habit; मिथ्यैव व्यसनं वदन्ति मृगयामीदृग् विनोदः कुतः Ś.2.5; R.18.14; Y.1.31; (these vices are usually said to be ten; see Ms.7.47-48); समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ. -8 Close or intent application, assiduous devotion; विद्यायां व्यसनम् Bh.2.62,63. -9 Inordinate addiction. -1 Crime, sin. -11 Punishment. -12 Inability, incompetency. -13 Fruitless effort. -14 Air, wind. -15 Individuality. -Comp. -अतिभारः heavy calamity or distress; सा मुक्तकण्ठं व्यसनातिभारात् (चक्रन्द) R.14.68. -अन्वित, -आर्त, -पीडित a. overtaken by calamity, involved in distress. -आवापः an abode of calamity; व्यसनावाप एतस्मिन् पतितानां स्वकर्मभिः Bhāg.4.22.13. -कालः time of need. -प्रहारिन् a. 1 hurting, attacking, giving trouble. -2 striking (an enemy) in his weak point. -ब्रह्मचारिन् a fellow-sufferer. -वर्गः an aggregate of calamities; प्रकृतिव्यसनवर्गः Kau. A.7. -संस्थित a. one who indulges in any whim.

vyasanin	व्यसनिन् a. 1 Addicted to any vice, vicious. -2 Unlucky, unfortunate. -3 Intently attached or excessively devoted to anything, fond of (usually in comp.); किं भूभृत्कटकस्थितिव्यसनिना व्यर्थं खुराः शातिताः Subhāṣ.

vyāsañj	व्यासञ्ज् 1 P. To attach firmly to, fasten on.

vyāsakta	व्यासक्त p. p. 1 Closely adhering to; व्यासक्तः सहसा द्विजोपहसितः नग्नो हरः पातु वः Udb. -2 Attached or devoted to, intent on, occupied or busy with (with loc.). -3 Separated, detached, disjoined. -4 Confused, bewildered. -5 Clasped, embraced.

vyāsaṅgaḥ	व्यासङ्गः 1 Close adherence, intent attachment or application. -2 Intentness, devotion; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79. -3 Diligent study. -4 Attention; दानज्यानिविषादमूकमधुपव्यासङ्गदीनाननः Māl.9.33. -5 Detachment, separation. -6 Perplexity, confusion. -7 Addition.

vraj	व्रज् I. 1 P. (व्रजत) 1 To go, walk, proceed; नाविनीतै- र्व्रजेद् धुर्यैः Ms.4.67. -2 To go to, approach, visit; मामेकं शरणं व्रज Bg.18.66. -3 To depart, retire, withdraw. -4 To pass away (as time); इयं व्रजति यमिनी त्यज नरेन्द्र निद्रारसम् Vikr.11.74. -5 To attain to, go to the state of. -6 To obtain, gain. -II. 1 U. (व्राजयति-ते) 1 To go. -2 To prepare, decorate. (This root is used much in the same way as गम् or या q. v.)

vrajyā	व्रज्या 1 Wandering about as a religious mendicant. -2 An attack, invasion, a march. -3 A flock, multitude, tribe, class. -4 A theatre.

śatam	शतम् 1 A hundred; निःस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; शतमेको$पि संधत्ते प्राकारस्थो धनुर्धरः Pt.1.229; (शत is used in the singular with a plural noun of any gender; शतं नराः; शतं गावः; or शतं गृहाणि, in which case it is treated as a numeral adjective; but sometimes in dual and plural also; द्वे शते, दश शतानि &c. It is also used with a noun in the genitive; गवां शतम्, वर्षाणां शतम् 'a century of cows, years' &c. At the end of comp., it may remain unchanged; भव भर्ता शरच्छतम् or may be changed into शती; as in आर्यासप्तशती a work of Govardhanāchārya.). -2 Any large number; as in शतपत्र q. v. -Comp. -अक्षी 1 night. -2 the goddess Durgā. -अङ्गः 1 a car, carriage; especially, a war chariot. -2 N. of a tree (तिनिश). -अनीकः 1 an old man. -2 an army officer possessing a hundred footmen; (शतानां तु शतानीकः Śukra.2.14. -अब्दम् a century. -अरम्, -आरम् the thunderbolt of Indra. -अरुस् n., -अरुषी a leprous disease of the skin. -अवरः a fine of a hundred. -(री) 1 N. of a plant. -2 N. of the wife of Indra. -आनकम् a cemetery. -आनन्दः 1 N. of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 of the car of Viṣṇu. -4 of a son of Gautama and Ahalyā, the family-priest of Janaka; गौतमश्च शतानन्दो जनकानां पुरोहिताः U.1.16. -आयुस् a. lasting or living for a hundred years. -आवर्तः, -आवर्तिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशः 1 the ruler of a hundred. -2 the ruler of a hundred villages; Ms.7.115. -कर्मन् the planet Saturn. -कुम्भः 1 N. of a mountain (where gold is said to be found). -2 N. of a sacrifice; शतकुम्भं नाम यज्ञ- मनुभवितुं महर्षेर्धौम्यस्य आश्रमं गता इति Madhyamavyāyoga 1. (-म्भम्) gold. -कृत्वस् ind. a hundred times. -कोटि a. hundred-edged. (-टिः) Indra's thunderbolt; कराग्रजाग्र- च्छतकोटिः N.7.79. (-f.) a hundred crores; चरितं रघु- नाथस्य शतकोटिप्रविस्तरम् Rāma-rakṣā 1. -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः R.3.38. -खण्डम् gold. -गु a. possessed of a hundred cows. -गुण, -गुणित a. a hundred-fold, increased a hundred times; अनुपनतमनोरथस्य पूर्वं शतगुणितेव गता मम त्रियामा V.3.22. -ग्रन्थिः f. the Dūrvā grass. -घ्नः N. of Śiva. -घ्नी 1 a kind of weapon used as a missile (supposed by some to be a sort of rocket, but described by others as a huge stone studded with iron spikes and four tālas in length; शतघ्नी च चतुस्ताला लोहकण्टकसंचिता; or अथकण्टकसंच्छक शतघ्नी महती शिला); अयःशङ्कुचितां रक्षः शतघ्नीमथ शत्रवे (अक्षिपत्) R.12.95; Bhāg.9.15.3. -2 a female scorpion. -3 a disease of the throat. -4 N. of a plant (करञ्ज). -चन्द्रः a sword or shield adorned with a hundred moons (moon-like spots); ततः शरशतेनास्य शतचन्द्रं समाक्षिपत्त् Mb.7. 97.29. ˚वर्त्मन् a manner of brandishing the sword; तं श्येनवेगं शतचन्द्रवर्त्मभिश्चरन्तमच्छिद्रमुपर्यधो हरिः Bhāg.8.7.28. -चरणा a centipede. -छदः a kind of wood-pecker. -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -तारका, -भिषज्, -भिषा f. N. of the 24th lunar mansion containing one hundred stars. -दलम् a lotus-flower. -दला the white rose. -द्रुः f. 1 N. of a river in the Punjab now called Sutlej. -2 N. of the Ganges. -धामन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -धार a. 1 flowing in a hundred streams. -2 having a hundred edges. (-रम्) the thunderbolt of Indra. -धृतिः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Brahman; गते शत- धृतौ क्षत्तः कर्दमस्तेन चोदितः Bhāg.3.24.21. -3 heaven or Svarga. -धौत a. perfectly clean. -पत्रः 1 a peacock. -2 the (Indian) crane. -3 a wood-pecker. -4 a parrot or a species of it. (-त्रा) a woman. (-त्रम्) a lotus; आवृत्तवृन्तशतपत्रनिभम् (आननं) वहन्त्या Māl.1.22. ˚योनि an epithet of Brahman; कम्पेन मूर्ध्नः शतपत्रयोनिं (संभावयामास) Ku.7.46. -पत्रकः the wood-pecker. -पत्री, -पत्रिकः the white rose. -पथब्राह्मणम् N. of a well-known Brāhmaṇa attached to the Śukla Yajurveda; कृत्स्नं शतपथं चैव प्रणेष्यसि द्विजर्षभ Mb.12.318.11. -पद्, -पाद् a. having a hundred feet. -पदी, -पाद् f. a centipede. -पद्मम् 1 a lotus with a hundred petals. -2 the white lotus. -पर्वन् -m. a bamboo. (f.) 1 the full-moon day in the month of Āśvina. -2 Dūrvā grass. -3 the plant Kaṭukā. -4 orris root. -5 the wife of Bhārgava or Śukra. ˚ईशः the planet Venus. -पर्विका 1 Dūrvā grass. -2 orris root. -3 barley. -पाक a. boiled a hundred times. -पाकम् a particular unguent; शतपाकेन तैलेन महार्हेणोपतस्थतुः Mb. 13.53.9. -पादः, -पाद् m., -पादी, -पादिका a centipede. -पालः an overseer (of a hundred villages). -पुष्पः epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -पुष्पा, -प्रसूना Anethum Sowa (Mar. शोपा). -पोना a sieve. -प्रासः the Karavīra tree. -फलिन् m. a bamboo. -भिषज् see ˚तारका. -भीरुः f. the Arabian jasmine. -मखः, -मन्युः 1 epithets of Indra; प्रसहेत रणे तवानुजान् द्विषतां कः शतमन्युतेजसः Ki. 2.23; Bk.1.5; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2. 64; R.9.13. -2 an owl. -मयूखः the moon. -मानः, -नम् 1 a Pala of silver; धरणानि दश ज्ञेयः शतमानस्तु राजतः Ms.8.137; अष्टौ शाणाः शतमानं वहन्ति Mb.3.134.15. -2 an Āḍhaka q. v. -मार्जः an armourer. -मुख a. 1 having a hundred ways. -2 having a hundred outlets, mouths, or openings; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1 (where the word has sense 1 also). (-खम्) a hundred ways or openings. (-खी) a brush, broom. -मूर्धन् m. an ant-hill. -मूला the Dūrvā grass, -यज्वन् m. an epithet of Indra; उपतस्थुरास्थितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29. -यष्टिकः a necklace of one hundred strings. -रुद्रियम् 1 a Vedic text (रुद्राध्यायः -'नमस्ते रुद्रमन्यवे' इति याजुषः प्रपाठकः); गृणन्तौ वेदविद्वांसौ तद्व्रह शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.81.13;7.22.12. -2 a particular Śiva-stotra in the Mahābhārata; देवदेवस्य ते पार्थ व्याख्याः शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.22.48. -रूपा N. of a daughter of Brahman (who is supposed to be also his wife, from whose incestuous connection with her father is said to have sprung Manu Svāyambhuva). -लुपः, -लुम्पक an epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -लोचनः an epithet of Indra; कथं वा तस्य न जयो जोयते शतलोचन Mb.8.87.78. -वर्ष a. 1 a century old. -2 lasting for a hundred years. (-र्षम्) one hundred years, a century. -वीर्या 1 white flowering Dūrvā. -2 the plant Śatāvarī. -वेधिन् m. a kind of sorrel. -शाख a. 1 various, multiform. -2 having hundred, i. e. many branches. -संधान a. fixing an arrow a hundred times. -सहस्रम् 1 a hundred thousand. -2 several hundreds, i. e. a large number. -सुखम् endless delight. -साहस्र a. 1 consisting of containing a hundred thousand. -2 bought with a hundred thousand. -ह्रदा 1 lightning; दूरं पुरःक्षिप्तशतह्नदे Ku.7.39; Mk.5.48; V.4; प्रपतेदपि चाकाशं निपतेनु शतह्रदाः Śiva B.19.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -ह्रादा the thunderbolt.

śamaḥ	शमः [शम्-घञ्] 1 Quiet, tranquillity, calmness; धृतिं न विन्दामि शमं च विष्णो Bg.11.24. -2 Rest, calm, repose, cessation. -3 Absence or restraint of passions, mental quietness, quietism; शमरते$मरतेजसि पार्थिवे R.9.4; Ki.1.1;16.48; Śi.2.94; Bg.1.4. -4 Allayment, mitigation, alleviation, satisfaction, pacification (of grief, thirst, hunger &c.); शममुपयातु ममापि चित्तदाहः U.6.8; शम- मेष्यति मम शोकः कथं नु वत्से Ś.4.21. -5 Peace; as in अस्माकं शमकामा वै त्वं च पुत्रो ममेत्यथ Mb.12.1.27; शमोपन्यास Ve.5. -6 Final emancipation (from all worldly illusions and attachments). -7 The hand. -8 Cure of disease, convalescence. -9 Indifference, apathy. -Comp. -अन्तकः the god of love (a destroyer of mental tranquillity). -आत्मक a. calm, tranquil by nature. -उपन्यासः overtures of peace. -पर a. tranquil, quiet, stoical. -प्रधान a. in whom tranquillity or quietism predominates; शम- प्रधानेषु तपोधनेषु Ś.2.7. -व्यसनिन् a. dissolute from indifference. -शम a. enjoying perpetual tranquillity.

śikhaṇḍakaḥ	शिखण्डकः [शिखण्ड इव-कन्] 1 A lock of hair left on the crown of the head at tonsure. -2 Locks or tufts of hair left on the sides of the head; (these are three or five in the case of the Kṣatriyas); कुवलयदलश्यामस्निग्धः शिखण्डकमण्डनः U.4.19. -3 A crest, tuft, plume. -4 A peacock's tail. -5 The fleshy part of the body below the buttocks. -6 (With Śaivas) One who attains a particular degree of emancipation; also शिखण्डिक.

śikhaṇḍin	शिखण्डिन् a. [शिखण्डो$स्त्यस्य इनि] Crested, tufted. -m. A peacock; नदति स एष वधूसखः शिखण्डी U.3.18; R.1.39; Ku.1.15. -2 A cock. -3 An arrow. -4 A peacock's tail. -5 A kind of jasmine. -6 N. of Viṣṇu. -7 N. of a son of Drupada; शिखण्डी च महारथः Bg.1.17. [Śikhaṇḍin was originally a female, being Ambā born in the family of Drupada for wreaking her revenge upon Bhīṣma; (see Ambā). But from her very birth the girl was given out as a male child and brought up as such. In due course she was married to the daughter of Hiraṇyavarman, who was extremely sorry to find that she had got a veritable woman for her husband. Her father, therefore, resolved to attack the kingdom of Drupada for his having deceived him; but Śikhaṇḍin contrived, by practising austere penance in a forest, to exchange her sex with a Yakṣa and thus averted the calamity which threatened Drupada. Afterwards in the great Bhāratī war he proved a means of killing Bhīṣma, who declined to fight with a woman, when Arjuna put him forward as his hero. He was afterwards killed by Aśvatthāman.]

śīlaḥ	शीलः [शील्-अच्] 1 A large serpent (the boa). -लम् 1 Disposition, nature, character, tendency, inclination, habit, custom; सा तस्य शीलमाज्ञाय तस्माच्छापाच्च बिभ्यती Mb.3.136.4; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ frequently at the end of comp. in the sense of 'disposed or habituated to', 'indulging in', 'prone to', 'addicted to', 'attached to'; &c.; as कलहशील 'disposed to quarrel, quarrelsome'; भावनशील 'disposed or apt to think'; so दान˚, मृगया˚, दया˚, पुण्य˚, आश्वासन˚ &c. -2 Conduct, behaviour in general. -3 Good disposition or character, good nature; शीलं परं भूषणम् Bh.2.82; Pt. 5.2. -4 Virtue, morality, good conduct, virtuous life, chastity, uprightness; दौर्मन्त्र्यान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति ... शीलं खलोपा- सनात् Bh.2.42,39; तथा हि ते शीलमुदारदर्शने तपस्विनामप्युप- देशतां गतम् Ku.5.36; Ki.11.25; Pt.1.169; R.1.7. -5 Beauty, good form. -Comp. -अङ्क a. characterized by virtue. -आढ्य a. most honourable. -खण्डनम् violation of morality or chastity; Pt.1. -गुप्त a. cunning, crafty. -धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -भाज् a. honourable. -भ्रंशः loss of virtue. -वञ्चना violation of chastity; प्राप्तेयं शीलवञ्चना Mk.1.44. -वृत्त a. well-behaved, virtuous. (-त्तम्) good or virtuous conduct, good breeding. -वृत्तिः f. virtue. -वृद्ध a. honourable, moral.

śuci	शुचि a. [शुच्-कि] 1 Clean, pure, clear; सकलहंसगुणं शुचि मानसम् Ki.5.13. -2 White; अथ हिमशुचिभस्मभूषितम् Ki.18.15. -3 Bright, resplendent; प्रभवति शुचिर्बिम्बोद्ग्राहे मणिर्न मृदां चयः U.2.4. -4 Virtuous, pious, holy, undefiled, unsullied; अय तु वेत्सि शुचिव्रतमात्मनः Ś.5.27; पथः शुचेर्दर्शयितार ईश्वराः R.3.46; Ki.5.13. -5 Purified, cleansed, hallowed; सुतां तदीयां सुरभेः कृत्वा प्रतिनिधिः शुचिः R. 1.81; Ms.4.71. -6 Honest, upright, faithful, true, guileless; सभायां वक्ति सामर्षः सावष्टम्भो नरः शुचिः Pt.1. 2. -7 Correct, accurate. -चिः 1 The white colour. -2 Purity, purification. -3 Innocence, virtue, goodness, uprightness. -4 Correctness, accuracy. -5 The condition of a religious student. -6 A pure man. -7 A Brāhmaṇa. -8 The hot season; क्रीडन् परिवृतः स्त्रीभिर्ह्रदिनीमा- विशच्छुचौ Bhāg.4.25.44; उपयवौ विदधन्नवमल्लिकाः शुचिरसौ चिरसौरभसंपदः Śi.6.22;1.58; R.3.3; Ku.5.2. -9 The months of (a) Jyeṣṭha; यथोग्ररश्मिः शुचिशुक्रमध्यगः Mb.8.79-78 and (b) Āṣāḍha; शुक्रश्चित्रस्वनश्चैव शुचिमासं नयन्त्यमी Bhāg.12.11.36. -1 A faithful or true friend. -11 The sun. -12 The moon. -13 Fire; शुचीनां हृदयं शुचिः Mb.12.193.18. -14 The sentiment of love (शृङ्गार). -15 The planet Venus. -16 The Chitraka tree. -17 Acquittal. -18 An oblation made to fire at the first feeding of an infant. -19 N. of Śiva. -2 The Arka plant. -21 The sky; हंसः शुचिषद् Kaṭh.5.2. -Comp. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -प्रणी a. sipping water. -मणिः 1 a crystal. -2 a jewel worn on the head. -मल्लिका a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -मानस a. pure-hearted. -यन्त्रम् a machine through which fire-work is shot; वियदग्रमुदग्रमाविशन् शुचियन्त्रस्फुरित- स्फुलिङ्गकाः Śāhendra. 2.8. -रोचिस् m. the moon. -व्रत a. holy, virtuous. -श्रवस् N. of Viṣṇu. -षद् a. abiding in the path of virtue; स्वर्गापवर्गद्वाराय नित्यं शुचिषदे नमः Bhāg.4.24.37. -समाचार a. maintaining pure practices. -स्मित a. having a sweet or pleasant smile; शुचिस्मिता मध्यगता सुमध्यमा Ku.5.2; R.8.49.

śuddhiḥ	शुद्धिः [शुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Purity, cleanness. -2 Brightness, lustre; मुक्तागुणशुद्धयो$पि (चन्द्रपादाः) R.16.18. -3 Sanctity, holiness; तीर्थाभिषेकजां शुद्धिमाद्धाना महीक्षितः R. 1.85. -4 Purification, expiation, atonement, expiatory act; शरीरत्यागमात्रेण शुद्धिलाभममन्यत R.12.1. -5 A purificatory or expiatory rite. -6 Paying off or clearing (of expenses). -7 Retaliation, requital. -8 Acquittal, innocence (established by trial). -9 Truth, accuracy, correctness. -1 Rectification, correction. -11 Subtraction. -12 N. of Durgā. -13 (in Arith.) Leaving no remainder. -Comp. -कर a. purifying, correcting. -कृत् m. a washerman. -पत्रम् 1 a list of errata or corrigenda. -2 a certificate of purification by penance or atonement. -भृत् a. 1 clear, clean. -2 pious, virtuous.

śodhaḥ	शोधः [शुध्-घञ्] 1 Purification. -2 Correction, rectification. -3 Acquittance, paying off (as of debts). -4 Retaliation, requital.

śodhana	शोधन a. (-नी f.) [शुध्-णिच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Purifying, cleansing &c. -नम् 1 (a) Purifying, cleansing. (b) Cleansing or washing of a wound. -2 Correction, clearing away errors; (शपथं) करोतु परिषन्मध्ये शोधनार्थं ममैव च Rām.7.95.6. -3 Exact determination. -4 Payment, discharge, acquittance. -5 Expiation, atonement; अज्ञान- भुक्तं तूत्तार्यं शोध्यं वाप्याशु शोधनैः Ms.11.16. -6 Refining of metals. -7 Retaliation, requital, punishment. -8 Subtraction (in math.). -9 Green vitriol. -1 Feces, ordure. -11 Removal, eradication; कष्टकानां च शोधनम् Ms.1.115. -नः The lime.

śri	श्रि 1 U. (श्रयति-ते, शिभ्राय-शिश्रिये, अशिश्रियत्-त, श्रयिष्यति- ते, श्रयितुम्, श्रित; Caus. श्राययति-ते; desid. शिश्रीषति-ते, शिश्र- यिषति-ते) 1 To go to, approach, resort to, have recourse to, approach for protection; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहु- प्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15; R.3.7;19.1; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विष्रद्रुमम् U.1.46. -2 To go or attain to, reach, undergo, assume (as a state); परीता रक्षोभिः श्रयति विवशा कामपि दशाम् Bv.1.83; द्विपेन्द्रभावं कलभः श्रयन्निव R.3.32. -3 To cling to, lean or rest on, depend on; नीलः स्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -4 To dwell in, inhabit. -5 To honour, serve, worship. -6 To use, empoly. -7 To devote oneself to, be attached to. -8 To assist, help.

śleṣaka	श्लेषक a. Attaching, connecting.

saṃyā	संया 2 P. 1 To go or proceed together; यथा प्रयान्ति संयान्ति स्रोतोवेगेन वालुकाः Bhāg.6.15.3. -2 To go away, depart, walk away; गृहीत्वैतानि संयाति वायुर्गन्धानिवाशयात् Bg.15.8. -3 To go to, go or enter into; तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णान्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही Bg.2.22. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To assemble, meet. -6 To fight. -7 To be directed towards, aim at.

saṃyukta	संयुक्त p. p. 1 Joined, connected, united. -2 Blended, mixed, mingled. -3 Accompanied by. -4 Possessed of, endowed with. -5 Consisting of. -6 Devoted, attached to; प्रजापालनसंयुक्तो न रागोपहितेन्द्रियः Rām.2.2.44. -7 Related (संबन्धिन्); संयुक्त एकदुःखश्च वीर्यवांश्च महीपतिः Mb.5. 151.9. -8 Married to; अक्षमाला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ता$धमयोनिजा Ms.9.23. -तम् -ind. Jointly, together.

saṃlagna	संलग्न p. p. Closely attached, stuck together, united with, adhering to. -2 Come to blows or close contest.

saṃvidhā	संविधा 1 Arrangement, preparation, plan; उद्भासितं मङ्गलसंविधाभिः संबन्धिनः सद्म समाससाद R.7.16;14.17; किं नु खलु संविधा विहिता न वेति Chārudatta 1. -2 Mode of life, means of leading life; कल्पवित् कल्पयामास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94.

saṃvṛt	संवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To turn or go towards, approach. -2 To attack, assault (with acc.). -3 To be or become; ते यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1. -4 To happen, take place, occur. -5 To be produced, arise, spring. -6 To be accomplished. -7 To be united, meet together. -8 To fall to the lot of. -9 To be fulfilled (as time); वसाचले$स्मिन् मृगराज- सेविते संवर्तयञ्शत्रुवधे समर्थः Rām.4.27.48. -Caus. 1 To cast, throw. -2 To accomplish, fulfil; पश्येयमिति तस्याश्च कामः संवर्त्यतामयम् Rām.7.46.23. -3 To wrap up, envelop. -4 To crumble up. -5 To destroy, crush.

saṃśaraṇam	संशरणम् Commencement of a combat, attack, charge. -2 Seeking refuge.

saṃśudh	संशुध् 4 P. To be completely purified. -Caus. 1 To purify completely. -2 To clear, pay off (expenses). -3 To correct, rectify. -4 To examine, inquire into, investigate. -5 To clear, secure (a road against attack); संशोध्य त्रिविधं मार्गम् Ms.7.185.

saṃśuddhiḥ	संशुद्धिः f. 1 Complete purification; अभयं सत्त्वसंशुद्धि- र्ज्ञानयोगव्यवस्थितिः Bg.16.1. -2 Cleansing or purifying in general. -3 Correction, rectification. -4 Clearance. -5 Acquittance (of debt). -6 Purity, cleanness.

saṃśri	संश्रि 1 U. 1 To have recourse to, resort, fly to for refuge or shelter. -2 To lean or rest on, depend on; न खलु वहिरुपाधीन् प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते U.6.12; Māl.1.24. -3 To attain to, approach. -4 To obtain; संश्रयत्येव तच्छीलं नरो$ल्पमपि वा बहु Ms.1.6. -5 To serve, wait upon. -6 To join, unite with. -7 To approach for sexual union.

saṃśrayaḥ	संश्रयः 1 A resting or dwelling place, residence, habitation; त्वं सदा संश्रयः शैल स्वर्गमार्गाभिकाञ्क्षिणाम् Mb.3.42.22; परस्परविरोधिन्योरेकसंश्रयदुर्लभम् V.5.24; R.6.41; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense and translated by 'residing with', 'relating or pertaining to', 'with reference to', ज्ञातिकुलैकसंश्रयाम् Ś.5.17; नौसंश्रयः R.16.57; U.3.17; मनोरथो$स्याः शशिमौलिसंश्रयः Ku.5.6; द्विसंश्रयां प्रीतिमवाप लक्ष्मीः 1.43; एकार्थसंश्रयमुभयोः प्रयोगम् M.1. -2 Seeking protection or shelter with, fleeing for refuge, forming or seeking alliance, leaguing together for mutual protection; one of the 6 guṇas or expedients in politics; see under गुण also; संश्रयवृत्तिः Kau. A.7; Ms.7.16. -3 Resort, refuge, asylum, protection, shelter; अनपायिनि संश्रयद्रुमे गजभग्ने पतनाय वल्लरी Ku.4.31; Me.17; Pt.1.22. -4 Attachment (for home, relatives &c.). तथा प्रयत्नं कुर्वीत यथा मुच्येत संश्रयात् Mb.12.293.2. -5 A piece or portion belonging to anything. -Comp. -कृत, -कारित p. p. caused by alliance; यदि तत्रापि संपश्येद्दोषं संश्रयकारितम् Ms.7.176.

saṃśrayaṇam	संश्रयणम् Attachment.

sasañj	ससञ्ज् Pass. To be attached or connected together, be joined or linked together; see संसक्त below.

saṃsakta	संसक्त p. p. 1 Adhered or stuck together. -2 Adhering or clinging to, attached to, sticking close to. -3 Joined or linked together, closely connected; प्रान्तेषु संसक्तनमेरुशाखम् Ku.3.43; R.7.24. -4 Near, contiguous, adjoining. -5 Confused, mixed, mingled, blended; मदमुखरमयूरीमुक्तसंसक्तकेकः Māl.9.5; कलिन्दकन्या मथुरां गता$पि गङ्गोर्मिसंसक्तजलेव भाति R.6.48; Māl.5.11. -6 Intent on. -7 Endowed with, possessed of. -8 Fastened, restrained. -9 Given to the mundane pleasures. -1 Enamoured. -Comp. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. having the mind fixed or attached. -युग a. yoked, harnessed; ग्रीवाग्र- संसक्तयुगैस्तुरङ्गैः Śi.3.68.

saṃsidh	संसिध् 4 P. 1 To be made perfect. -2 To be fully accomplished or effected, to be well-performed. -3 To attain supreme felicity, to become happy; जप्येनैव तु संसिध्येत् ब्राह्मणो नात्र संशयः Ms.2.87.

saṃsiddha	संसिद्ध p. p. 1 Fully accomplished, perfected. -2 One who has secured final emancipation. -3 Dressed, prepared (as food). -4 Healed, cured. -5 Clever, skilled. -Comp. -अर्थ a. one who has attained his goal.

saṃsiddhiḥ	संसिद्धिः f. 1 Completion, complete accomplishment or attainment; स्वनुष्ठितस्य धर्मस्य संसिद्धिर्हरितोषणम् Bhāg. 1.2.13; Ku.2.63; Ms.6.29. -2 Absolution, final beatitude; संसिद्धिं परमां गताः Bg.8.15;3.2. -3 Nature, natural disposition, state or quality. -4 A passionate or intoxicated woman. -5 The last consequence, result. -6 The last decisive word.

saṃsarpaṇam	संसर्पणम् 1 Creeping along. -2 Surprise, unexpected attack, sally.

saṃsthitiḥ	संस्थितिः f. 1 Being together, staying with; यस्य मित्रेण संभाषा यस्य मित्रेण संस्थितिः H.1.36. -2 Contiguity, nearness, vicinity. -3 Residence, abode, resting-place; यथा नदीनदाः सर्वे सागरे यान्ति संस्थितिम् । तथैवाश्रमिणः सर्वे गृहस्थे यान्ति संस्थितिम् ॥ Ms.6.9. -4 Accumulation, heap. -5 Duration, continuance; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणं प्राणाः संस्थितिहेतवः H.1.4. -6 Station, state, condition of life. -7 Restraint. -8 Death; अहो इमां को नु लभेत संस्थितिम् Bhāg.3.19.27. -9 Destruction of the world. -1 Living in the same state; पुराणसंहिताप्रश्नो महापुरुषसंस्थितिः Bhāg.12.12.8. -11 Attaching importance to; नैता रूपं परीक्षन्ते नासां वयसि संस्थितिः Ms.9.14. -12 Form, shape (स्वरूप); उत्सृज्य सर्वतः सङ्गं विज्ञाताजितसंस्थितिः Bhāg.1.18.3. -13 Constancy; वैन्यस्तु धुर्यो महतां संस्थित्याध्यात्मशिक्षया Bhāg.4.22.49. -14 Standing or sitting on; केशभस्मतुषाङ्गारकपालेषु च संस्थितिम् Y.1.139.

sakta	सक्त p. p. [सञ्ज्-क्त] 1 Stuck or attached to, in contact with. -2 Addicted, devoted or attached to; fond of; सक्तासि किं कथय वैरिणि मौर्यपुत्रे Mu.2.6. -3 Fixed or rivetted on; नगेन्द्रसक्तां परिवर्त्य दृष्टिम् R.2.28. -4 Relating to. -5 Diligent, attentive. -6 Obstructed, hindered; सदा सक्तं च तद्वेश्म सुमन्त्रः प्रविवेश ह Rām.2.15.19. -Comp. -मूत्र a. making water with difficulty. -वैर a. engaged in hostilities, constant in enmity; Ś.2.15.

saktatā	सक्तता त्वम् Attachment, addiction.

saktiḥ	सक्तिः f. 1 Contact, touch. -2 Union, junction; सक्तिं जवादपनयत्यनिले लतानाम् Ki.5.46. -3 Attachment, addiction, devotion (to anything).

saṃkramaḥ	संक्रमः 1 Concurrence, going together. -2 Transition, traversing, transfer, progress. -3 The passage of a planetary body through the zodiacal signs; दिनक्षये व्यतीपाते संक्रमे$र्कदिने$पि वा Bhāg.4.12.49. -4 Moving, travelling. -5 The falling or shooting of stars. -6 The meeting of two words in Krama text. -मः, -मम् 1 A difficult or narrow passage. -2 A causeway, bridge; नदीमार्गेषु च तथा संक्रमानवसादयेत् Mb. -3 A medium or means of attaining any object; तामेव संक्रमीकृत्य Dk.; सो$तिथिः स्वर्गसंक्रमः Pt.4.2; वैदूर्यसंक्रम इवाम्बरसागरस्य Madhyamavyāyoya 1.1. -4 A stair-case, ladder (सोपान); भवनानि तुङ्गतपनीयसंक्रमक्रमणक्वणत्कनकनूपुराः स्त्रियः (व्यचलन्) Śi.13.34.

saṃgaḥ	संगः [संञ्ज् भावे घञ्] 1 Coming together, joining. -2 Meeting, union, confluence (as of rivers); विभाति संगात् स्फटिकोपलो यथा A. Rām.7.5.31. -3 Touch, contact. -4 Company, association, friendship, friendly intercourse; सतां सद्भिः संगः कथमपि हि पुण्येन भवति U.2.1; संगमनुव्रज् 'to keep company with, herd with'; मृगाः मृगैः संगमनुव्रजन्ति Subhās. -5 Attachment, fondness, desire; ध्यायतो विषयान् पुंसः संगस्तेषूपजायते Bg.2.62. -6 (a) Attachment to worldly ties, association with men; दौर्मन्त्र्यान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति यतिः संगात् Bh.2.42; विमुक्त˚ Ku.1.53; Pt.1.169. (b) The subject or cause (हेतु) of attachment; अजितं जेतुकामेन भाव्यं संगेष्वसंगिना Mb.12.189.14. -7 Encounter, fight. -8 Hindrance, obstruction; नाप्सु वा गतिसंगं ते पश्यामि हरिपुंगव Rām.4.44.3; तत्पूर्वसंगे वितथप्रयत्नः R.2.42;3.63.

saṃgin	संगिन् a. 1 United with, meeting. -2 Attached or devoted to, fond of; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11; R.19.16; M.4.2; बुद्धिभेदं न जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसंगिनाम् Bg.3.26;14.15. -3 Full of affection, desirous. -4 Libidinous, lustful. -5 Continuous, uninterrupted; विधूनितं भ्रान्तिमियाय संगिनीम् Ki.14.59.

saṃgam	संगम् 1 Ā. 1 To come or join together, meet, encounter; अक्षधूर्तैः समगंसि Dk.; एते भगवत्यौ कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A. R.7. -2 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; भार्या च परसंगता Pt.1.238; Ms.8.378. -3 To keep company or intercourse with, associate with. -4 To agree, harmonize, be suitable. -5 To become contracted, shrink up. -6 To die, depart. -7 To go to, attain (with acc.). -Caus. 1 To bring together, join, unite; वधूवरौ संगमयांचकार R.7.2. -2 To endow or present with, unite with, bestow on, give to; प्रियसुहृदि विभीषणे संगमय्य श्रियं वैरिणः R.12.14. -3 To deliver, hand over. -4 To kill.

saṃgrah	संग्रह् 9 U. 1 To collect, gather, accumulate, hoard; संगृह्य धनम्, पाशान् &c. -2 To receive kindly. -3 To curb, restrain, check, control, rein in (as horses). -4 To unstring (as a bow). -5 To grasp, lay hold of. -6 To take, receive, accept. -7 To conceive, understand. -8 To contract, abridge, narrow. -9 To encou rage, support, favour. -1 To seize upon, attack (as an illness). -11 To include, comprise, contain. -12 To close, shut (as the mouth). -13 To concentrate. -14 To constrain, force; तैस्तैरुपायैः संगृह्य दापयेदधमर्णिकम् Ms. 8.48. -15 To marry. -16 To mention, name.

sajuṣ	सजुष् (स्) a. 1 Loving, attached to. -2 Associated together. -m. (Nom. सजूः सजुषौ सजुषः; instr. dual सजूर्भ्याम्) A friend, companion; खेलायन्ननिशं नापि सजूःकृत्य रतिं वसेत् Bk.5.72. ind. With, together with; सजूरिन्द्रेण पञ्चा- शद्देवास्ते मस्तो$भवन् Bhāg.6.18.67.

sajjita	सज्जित a. 1 Dressed. -2 Decorated. -3 Made ready, equipped; सामादिसज्जितैः पाशैः प्रतीक्षन्ते दिवानिशम् Pt.1.157. -4 Accoutred, armed. -5 Fastened, attached to; परिधाय स्ववासांसि प्रेष्ठसंगमसज्जिताः Bhāg.1.22.23.

saṃcar	संचर् 1 P. (but Ātm. when used with the instrumental of conveyance) 1 To move, walk, go, pass, walk about; यानैः समचरन्तान्ये Bk.8.32; क्वचित् पथा संचरते सुराणाम् R.13.19; N.6.57. -2 To practise, perform. -3 To pass over, be transferred to. -4 To act, behave; भो राजनश्चरमवयसामाज्ञया संचरध्वम् Māl.6.2. -5 To join, meet. -6 To pass or roam through, travel over. -7 To arrive at, reach, attain. -Caus. 1 To cause to go about, lead, conduct; यूथानि संचार्य Ś.5.5. -2 To cause to spread, circulate. -3 To transmit, communicate, pass over, deliver over to (as a disease &c.). -4 To turn out (as cattle &c.) to graze. -5 To impel, instigate, incite.

sañj	सञ्ज् 1 P. (सजति, सक्त; the स् of the root being changed to ष् after a preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To stick or adhere to, cling to; तुल्यगन्धिषु मत्तेभकटेषु फलरेणवः (ससञ्जुः) R.4.47. -2 To go, move. -3 To fasten. -Pass. (सज्यते) 1 To be attached to, cling or adhere to. -2 To linger, hesitate.

sañjanam	सञ्जनम् 1 The act of attaching, fastening. -2 Joining, folding (the hands).

saṃtṝ	संतॄ 1 P. 1 To cross over, traverse, travel over. -2 To swim, float. -3 To get over, overcome, surmount, go to the end of. -4 To reach, attain to. -5 To escape from, be saved.

saṃnaddha	संनद्ध p. p. 1 Tied or bound together, girded or put on; सर्वं पर्वतसंनद्धं सौवर्णमभवद्वनम् Rām.1.37.21. -2 Clad or dressed in armour, accoutred, mailed. -3 Arranged, ready, or prepared, for battle; armed, fully equipped; नवजलधरः संनद्धो$यं न दृप्तनिशाचरः V.4.1; कः संनद्धे विरहविधुरां त्वय्युपेक्षेत जायाम् Me.8; संनद्धः कवची खड़गी चापबाण- धरो युवा Rāma-rakṣā 21. -4 Ready, prepared, formed, arranged in general; लतेव संनद्धमनोज्ञल्लवा R.3.7. -5 Pervading; कुसुममिव लोभनीयं यौवनमङ्गेषु संनद्धम् Ś.1.21. -6 Well-provided with anything. -7 Murderous. -8 Closely attached, bordering, near. -9 Ready to burst or blossom. -1 Provided with charms. -Comp. -कवच a. clad in mail, accoutred. -योध a. with a force fully equipped; मानी मानपालः संनद्धयोधो युद्धकामो भूत्वा Dk.1.3.

saṃnipat	संनिपत् 1 P. 1 To alight, descend. -2 To come together, assemble, meet together. -3 To fall upon, attack; उद्दामेन द्विरदपतिना संनिपत्याभियुक्तः U.3.6. -4 To arrive, appear. -5 To perish, be destroyed. -Caus. 1 To throw or shoot down, discharge. -2 To convoke, convene, assemble, collect together. -3 To stretch out (a cord).

saṃnibaddha	संनिबद्ध a. 1 Connected; attached. -2 Arranged, prepared for; संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैः (आलापैः) Ki.7.17.

saṃnibandhaḥ	संनिबन्धः 1 Binding firmly. -2 Connection, attachment. -3 Effectiveness.

saṃniyogaḥ	संनियोगः 1 Union, attachment. -2 Appointment. -3 Precept.

saṃniveśaḥ	संनिवेशः 1 Deep entrance into, ardent devotion or attachment, close application. -2 A collection, multitude, assemblage; अहं तु मन्ये तव नास्ति कश्चिदेतादृशे क्षत्रिय- संनिवेशे Mb.3.268.4. -3 Union, combination, arrangement; विभ्रद्वपुः सकलसुन्दरसंनिवेशम् Bhāg.11.1.1; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1.9. -4 Site, place, situation, position; स्थानान्तरे कल्पितसंनिवेशाम् Ku.7.25; R.6.19. -5 Vicinity, proximity. -6 Form, figure; उद्दामशरीरसंनिवेशः Māl.3; निर्माणसंनिवेशः K. -7 A hut, dwelling-place; अशून्यतीरा मुनिसंनिवेशैः R.14.76. -8 Seating in the proper places, giving seats to; क्रियतां समाजसंनिवेशः U.7. -9 Insertion. -1 An open space near a town where people assemble for amusement, exercise &c. -11 The collective position of an asterism. -12 Encampment; संनिवेशं ततश्चक्रुर्हरिवीरा महाबलाः Rām. 4.64.4.

saṃnyas	संन्यस् 4 P. 1 To place or put down, deposit. -2 To lay down or aside, give up, abandon, quit; तेन त्वया शस्त्रं न संन्यस्तव्यम् V.5; संन्यस्तशस्त्र R.2.59; सन्यस्ताभरणं गात्रम् Me.95; Ku.7.67. -3 To make or deliver over, entrust, commit to the care of; मयि सर्वाणि कर्माणि संन्यस्या- ध्यात्मचेतसा Bg.3.3. -4 To put together. -5 (Used intransitively) To resign the world, discard all worldly ties and attachments and become an anchorite; वेदान्तं विधिवच्छ्रुत्वा संन्यासेदनृणो द्विजः Ms.7.94. संदृश्य क्षणभङ्गुरं तद- खिलं धन्यस्तु संन्यस्यति Bh.3.132.

saṃnyasanam	संन्यसनम् 1 Resignation, laying down. -2 Complete renunciation of the world and its attachments; न च संन्यसनादेव सिद्धिं समधिगच्छति Bg.3.4. -3 Consigning, entrusting to the care of. -4 Depositing.

saṃnyāsaḥ	संन्यासः 1 Leaving, abandonment. -2 Complete renunciation of the world and its possessions and attachments, abandonment of temporal concerns; काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं संन्यासं कवयो विदुः Bg.18.2; Ms.1.114; 5.18. -3 A deposit, trust; एतद्राज्यं मम भ्रात्रा दत्तं संन्यास- मुत्तमम् Rām.2.115.14. -4 A stake or wager in a game. -5 Giving up the body, death. -6 Indian spikenard. -7 Compact, agreement.

saṃnyāsin	संन्यासिन् m. 1 One who lays down or deposits. -2 One who abandons, gives up; सर्वसंकल्पसंन्यासी योगा- रूढस्तदोच्यते Bg.6.4. -3 One who completely renounces the world and its attachments, an ascetic, a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of his religious life; ज्ञेयः स नित्य- संन्यासी यो न द्वेष्टि न काङ्क्षति Bg.5.3. -4 One who abstains from food (त्यक्ताहार); उवाच मारुर्वृद्धे संन्यासिन्यत्र वानरान् Bk.7.76.

samabhidruta	समभिद्रुत p. p. 1 Rushing upon. -2 Attacked, infested. -तम् ind. Hurriedly, quickly.

samaś	समश् I. 5 U. 1 To pervade thoroughly. -2 To obtain, attain to. -3 To meet, -II. 9 P. 1 To eat; नक्तं चान्नं समश्नीयात् Ms.6.19;11.219. -2 To taste, experience, enjoy; यथा फलं समश्नाति Mb.

samākrānta	समाक्रान्त p. p. 1 Trod upon. -2 Attacked, assailed. -3 Kept (as a promise); Rām.

samāpad	समापद् 4 Ā. 1 To get, obtain, attain to. -2 To take place, happen, occur. -3 To fall upon, attack. -4 To undergo. -5 To begin. -6 To be finished or ended. -Caus. To complete, accomplish.

samāpanna	समापन्न p. p. 1 Attained, obtained. -2 Occurred, happened. -3 Come, arrived. -4 Finished, completed, accomplished. -5 Proficient. -6 Endowed with. -7 Distressed, afflicted. -8 Killed. -न्नम् 1 End, completion. -2 Death.

samāvṛtta	समावृत्त p. p. 1 Completed, finished. -2 Returned. -3 See उपनीत; स उपाध्यायेनानुज्ञातः समावृत्तस्तस्माद्गुरुकुलवासाद् गृहाश्रमं प्रत्यपद्यत Mb.1.3.81 (com. समावृत्तो मेखलाजिनादि ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमलिङ्गं त्यक्त्वा स्नातकत्वं प्राप्तः) -4 Assembled; ततस्तेषु हरीन्द्रेषु समावृत्तेषु सर्वशः Mb.3.283.14. समावृत्तः samāvṛttḥ समावृत्तकः samāvṛttakḥ समावृत्तः समावृत्तकः A pupil who has returned home after finishing his course of holy study.

samāśri	समाश्रि 1 U. 1 To go to for protection, fly for refuge. -2 To suffer, experience, or enjoy; लोके$थवा तनुमृतां निजकर्मपाकं नित्यं समाश्रितवतां सुहितक्रियाणाम् Pt.1.372. -3 To observe, practise, follow. -4 To rest or depend on. -5 To confide in. -6 To attain to, obtain, assume.

samāsañj	समासञ्ज् 1 P. 1 To join, attach or fix to; प्रस्य चेतःसु समासजन्तम् Ki.3.2. -2 To fix or place on, impose upon; मयि सर्वं समासज्य कुटुम्बं भरतर्षभाः Mb.2.233.54.

samāsakta	समासक्त p. p. 1 Attached to; fixed or placed in. -2 United, combined. -3 Reached, attained. -4 Affected by. -5 Stopped (in its effect, as poison).

samāsaktiḥ	समासक्तिः f., -समासंगः 1 Union, adhering together, attachment. -2 Comprehension, inclusion.

samāsad	समासद् 1 U. 1 To get, obtain, find, meet with. -2 To overtake; वीराः समासदन् वीरान् कुर्वन्तो भैरवं रवम् Mb.7.31.9; V.1. -3 To assail, attack.

sami	समि 2 P. 1 To come or meet together, be united or joined with. -2 To go or come to, arrive at, approach, reach, visit, attain. -3 To encounter, meet in a hostile manner. -4 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse. -5 To enter upon, commence. -6 To agree with.

samutpat	समुत्पत् 1 P. 1 To jump or spring up, rise, ascend; किरातसैन्यादुरुचापनोदिताः समं समुत्पेतुरुपात्तरंहसः Ki.14.45. -2 To arise, spring from. -3 To rush out of, gush out. -4 To rush or break forth. -5 To attack, assail. -6 To depart, disappear; समुत्पतिततेजाः (भवति हि पापं कृत्वा) Pt.1.197.

samupasthā	समुपस्था 1 U. 1 To come near, go to, approach. -2 To attack. -3 To befall, occur. -4 To stand in close contact. -5 To attain, arrive at, resort to; Ś.2.1. समुपस्था samupasthā समुपस्थानम् samupasthānam समुपस्था समुपस्थानम् 1 Approach, approximation. -2 Proximity, nearness. -3 Happening, befalling, occurrence.

samupe	समुपे 2 P. 1 To get, obtain. -2 To assemble, meet. -3 To attack, assail. -4 To go to, reach. -5 To fall to the lot of. -6 To undergo, suffer.

saṃpat	संपत् 1 P. 1 To fly or meet together, assemble. -2 To go or roam about. -3 To attack, fall upon, assail. -4 To come to pass, occur, happen. -5 To fall down, alight, fly down. -Caus. 1 To bring near. -2 To collect or assemble together, bring or call together. -3 To throw down, cast, hurl down.

saṃpad	संपद् 4 Ā. 1 To turn out well, succeed, prosper, be accomplished or fulfilled; संपत्स्यते वः कामो$यं कालः कश्चित् प्रतीक्ष्यताम् Ku.2.54; R,14.76; Ms.3.254;6.69. -2 To be completed, to amount to (as a number); त्र्याहताः पञ्च पञ्चदश संपद्यन्ते. -3 To turn out to be, become; संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11.23; संपेदे श्रमसलिलोद्गमो विभूषाम् Ki.7.5. -4 To arise, be born or produced. -5 To fall or come together, unite -6 To be provided or furnished with, be possessed of; अशोक यदि सद्य एव कुसुमैर्न संपत्स्यसे M.3.16; see संपन्न. -7 To tend to, bring about, produce (with dat.); साधोः शिक्षा गुणाय संपद्यते नासाधोः Pt.1; Mu.3.32. -8 To obtain, attain to, acquire, get. -9 To enter into, be absorbed in (with loc.). -Caus. 1 To cause to happen, bring about, produce, accomplish, fulfil, effect; इति स्वसुर्भोज- कुलप्रदीपः संपाद्य पाणिग्रहणं स राजा R.7.29. -2 To procure, obtain, make ready, prepare. -3 To obtain, acquire, attain to. -4 To furnish, provide, endow with. -5 To change or transform into. -6 To make an agreement.

saṃpad	संपद् f. Wealth, riches; नीताविवोत्साहगुणेन संपद् Ku.1.22; आपन्नार्तिप्रशमनफलाः संपदो ह्युत्तमानाम् Me.55. -2 Prosperity, affluence, advancement; (opp. विपद् or आपद्); ते भृत्या नृपतेः कलत्रमितरे संपत्सु चापत्सु च Mu. 1.15. -3 Good fortune, happiness, luck; Bg.16.3. -4 Success, fulfilment, accomplishment of desired objects; तव प्रसादस्य पुरस्तु संपदः Ś.7.3. -5 Perfection, excellence; as in रूपसंपद्; त्वष्टुः सदाभ्यासगृहीतशिल्पविज्ञानसंपत् प्रसरस्य सीमा Śi.3.35. -6 Richness, plenty, exuberance, abundance, excess; तुषारवृष्टिक्षतपद्मसंपदाम् Ku.5.27; R.1.59. -7 Treasure. -8 An advantage, a benefit, blessing. -9 Advancement in good qualities. -1 Decoration. -11 Right method. -12 A necklace of pearls. -13 Attainment, acquisition; अथ संपदः Bṛi. Up.3.1.6. -Comp. -वरः a king. -वसुः N. of one of the principal rays of the sun. -विनिमयः an interchange or reciprocity of benefits or services; संपद्विनिमयेनोभौ दधतुर्भुवनद्वयम् R.1.26.

saṃpratipad	संप्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go towards, approach. -2 To deem, consider, regard; न मां परं संप्रतिपत्तुमर्हसि Ku.5.39. -3 To assent to, agree upon, concur in. -4 To admit, acknowledge. -5 To attain to, reach. -6 To obtain, receive. -7 To regain, recover. -8 To perform, accomplish. -Caus. To grant, bestow.

saṃpratipattiḥ	संप्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Approach, arrival. -2 Presence. -3 Gain, obtaining, acquiring. -4 An agreement. -5 Admission, confession; तस्मात् संप्रतिपत्तिरेव हि वरं न ग्राम्यमत्रोत्तरम् Mu.5.18. -6 Admission of a fact, a particular kind of reply in law. -7 Assault, attack. -8 Occurrence. -9 Co-operation. -1 Doing, performing. -11 Presence of mind.

saṃpravṛt	संप्रवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To take place, happen. -2 To begin, set about, commence. -3 To proceed, go on. -4 To attack, assail. -5 To be present. -Caus. 1 To begin, undertake. -2 To set in motion.

saṃprāpta	संप्राप्त p. p. 1 Well reached or attained. -2 Appeared, arrived (in time) -3 Sprung or descended from; स हरेतैव तद्रिक्थं संप्राप्तो$प्यन्यगोत्रतः Ms.9.141.

saṃprāptiḥ	संप्राप्तिः f. Attainment, acquisition.

saṃprītiḥ	संप्रीतिः f. 1 Attachment, affection. -2 Friendly assent. -3 Delight, joy.

saṃbandh	संबन्ध् 9 P. 1 To bind or tie together, unite, join, connect, attach. -2 To make, construct, form. -Pass. 1 To be connected with, go with, belong to. -2 To be furnished or supplied with.

saṃbaddha	संबद्ध p. p. 1 Bound or fastened together. -2 Attached to. -3 Connected with, related to, belonging to. -4 Endowed with. -5 Connected in sense. -6 Closed, shut. -द्धम् ind. 1 Jointly; जगुश्चाप्सरसो राज्ञः यशः संबद्धमेव च Mb.9.61.56. -2 Moreover. -Comp. -दर्प a. one who has feelings of pride.

saṃbhakta	संभक्त p. p. 1 Divided, shared. -2 Possessing, enjoying. -3 Faithful or attached to, devoted to.

saṃbhū	संभू 1 P. 1 To arise, to be born or produced, spring up; कथमपि भुवने$स्मिस्तादृशाः संभवन्ति Māl.2.9; धर्मसंस्थाप- नार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; Ki.5.22; Bk.6.138; Ms. 8.155. -2 To be, become, exist. -3 To happen, occur, take place. -4 To be possible. -5 To be adequate for, be competent for (with inf.); न यन्नियन्तुं समभावि भानुना Śi.1.27. -6 To meet, be united or joined with; संभूया- म्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1; संभूयेव सुखानि चेतसि M&amar;l.5.9.18. -7 To be consistent. -8 To have sexual intercourse with; तां समभवत्ततो मनुष्या अजायन्त Bri. Up.1.4.3; महर्षिः संविदं कृत्वा संबभूव तया सह Mb.1.178.44. -9 To be capable of existing in, be contained in. -1 To attain to. -11 To partake of. -Caus. 1 To produce, effect, make. -2 To imagine, conceive, fancy, think. -3 To guess or conjecture; Ś.2. -4 To consider, regard. -5 To honour, respect, esteem, show respect to; प्राप्तो$सि संभावयितुं वनान्माम् R.5.11;7.8. -6 To honour or present with, treat with; अर्धोपभुक्तेन बिसेन जायां संभावया- मास रथाङ्गनामा Ku.3.37. -7 To ascribe or impute to; पापं कर्म च यत् परैरपि कृतं तत्तस्य संभाव्यते Mk.1.36. -8 To come or go to, approach. -9 To take part in, enjoy; U.4. -1 To greet, salute. -11 To manifest, exhibit. -12 To expect. -Pass. of Caus. To be possible; कथ- मेतद्भवति संभाव्यते Ś.2.

sāṃsiddhyam	सांसिद्ध्यम् Perfect attainment; सांसिद्ध्यमक्ष्णोस्तव दर्शनान्नः Bhāg.3.21.13.

sādhana	साधन a. (-नी f.) [साध् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Accomplishing, effecting &c. -2 Procuring. -3 Conjuring up (a spirit). -4 Denoting, expresssive of. -नम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, performing, as in स्वार्थसाधनम्. -2 Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attiainment of an object; प्रजार्थसाधने तौ हि पर्यायोद्यतकार्मुकौ R.4.16. -3 A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing anything; असाधना अपि प्राज्ञा बुद्धिमन्तो बहुश्रुताः । साधयन्त्याशु कार्याणि Pt.2.1; शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33,52; R.1.19; 4.36,62. -4 An instrument, agent; कुठारः छिदिक्रिया- साधनम् -5 The efficient cause, source, cause in general. -6 The instrumental case. -7 Implement, apparatus. -8 Appliance, materials. -9 Matter, ingredients, substance. -1 An army or a part thereof; व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत्साधनं सिद्धये Mu.5.1. -11 Aid, help, assistance (in general). -12 Proof, substantiation, demonstration. -13 The hetu or middle term in a syllogism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितं बिभ्रत् सपक्षे स्थितिं । व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत् साधनं सिद्धये ॥ Mu.5.1. -14 Subduing, overcoming. -15 Subduing by charms. -16 Accomplishing anything by charms or magic. -17 Healing, curing. -18 Killing, destroying; फलं च तस्य प्रतिसाधनम् Ki.14.17. -19 Conciliating, propitiating, winning over. -2 Going out, setting forward, departure. -21 Going after, following. -22 Penance, self-mortification. -23 Attainment of final beatitude. -24 A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine. -25 (In law) Enforcement of the the delivery of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine. -26 A bodily organ. -27 The penis. -28 An udder. -29 Wealth. -3 Friendship. -31 Profit, advantage. -32 Burning a dead body. -33 Obsequies. -34 Killing or oxydation of metals. -35 Proof, argument. -36 Conflict, battle. -37 (In gram.) Instrument, agent. -38 Making ready, preparation. -39 Gain, acquisition. -4 Calculation. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः Superintendent or captain of the military forces. -अर्ह a. worthy of being proved or accomplished. -क्रिया 1 a finite verb. -2 an action connected with a Kāraka. -क्षम a. admitting proof. -निर्देशः production of proof. -पत्रम् a document used as evidence.

sādhya	साध्य a. [साध्-णिच् यत्] 1 To be effected or accomplished, to be brought about; साध्ये सिद्धिर्विधीयताम् H.2. 15. -2 Feasible, practicable, attainable. -3 To be proved or demonstrated; आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वां प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -4 To be established or made good. -5 To be inferred or concluded; अनुमानं तदुक्तं यत् साध्य- साधनयोर्वचः K. P.1. -6 To be conquered or subdued, conquerable; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपातसाध्यः Ku.3.15; चतुर्योपाय- साध्ये तु रिपौ सान्त्वमपक्रिया Pt.3.27. -7 Curable. -8 To be killed or destroyed. -ध्यः 1 A particular class of celestial beings; साध्यानां च गणं सूक्ष्मम् Ms.1.22; विराट्- सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः Ms.3.195; Mb.1.1. 35. -2 A deity in general. -3 N. of a Mantra. -ध्यम् 1 Accomplishment, perfection. -2 The thing to be proved or established, the matter at issue. -3 (In logic) The predicate of a proposition, the major term in a syllogism; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घाटेतं ... &c.; यत् साध्यं स्वयमेव तुल्यमुभयोः पक्षे विरुद्धं च यत् Mu.5.1. -4 Silver. -Comp. -अभावः the absence of the major term. -ऋषिः an epithet of Śiva. -पक्षः the plaint in a law-suit. -व्यापक a. (in logic) invariably inherent in that which is to be proved. -समः an assertion identical with the point to be proved. -साधनम् effecting what has to be done. -सिद्धिः f. 1 accomplishment. -2 conclusion. ˚पादः judgment, decision.

sānurāga	सानुराग a. Attached, enamoured, in love.

sāṃparāya	सांपराय a. (-यी f.) 1 Relating to war, warlike. -2 Relating to the other world, future. -यः, -यम् 1 Conflict, contention. -2 Future life, the future; योगिनां सांपराय- विधिमनुशिक्षयन् Bhāg.5.6.6. -3 The means of attaining the future world. -4 Inquiry into the future; यस्य प्रमाणं मृगवः सांपराये Bhāg.8.19.2. -5 Inquiry, investigation. -6 Uncertainty. -7 A helper; Mb.1.3.58. -8 Need, distress, calamity; उक्तपूर्वं कुतो राजन् सांपराये स वक्ष्यति Mb.1.48.11.

sāvadyam	सावद्यम् (i. e. ऐश्वर्यम्) One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic, (the other two being निरवद्य and सूक्ष्म). -a. Objectionable, blamable.

sidh	सिध् I. 4 P. (सिध्यति, सिषेध, असिधत्, सेत्स्यति, सेद्धुम्, सिद्ध; -Caus. साधयति or सेधयति; desid. सिषित्सति) 1 To be accomplished or fulfilled; यत्ने कृते यदि न सिध्यति को$त्र दोषः H.Pr.31; उद्यमेन हि सिध्यन्ति कार्याणि न मनोरथैः 36; Pt. 1.158. -2 To be successful, succeed; सिध्यन्ति कर्मसु मह- त्स्वपि यन्नियोज्याः Ś.7.4. -3 To reach, hit, fall true on; उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś.2.5. -4 To attain one's object. -5 To be proved or established, to become valid; यदि वचनमात्रेणैवाधिपत्यं सिध्यति H.3. -6 To be settled or adjudicated. -7 To be thoroughly prepared or cooked. -8 To be won or conquered; न विश्वासं विना शत्रुर्देवानामपि सिध्यति Pt.2.4. -II. 1 P. (सेधति, सिद्ध; the स् of सिध् is generally changed to ष् after a preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To go. -2 To ward or drive off. -3 To restrain, hinder, prevent. -4 To interdict, prohibit. -5 To ordain, command, instruct. -6 To turn out well or auspiciously.

siddha	सिद्ध p. p. 1 Accomplished, effected, performed, achieved, completed. -2 Gained, obtained, acquired. -3 Succeeded, successful; one who has attained his object; याताबला व्रजं सिद्धा मयेमा रंस्थथ क्षपाः Bhāg.1.22.27. -4 Settled, established; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न चरणैरवताडनानि U.1.14. -5 Proved, demonstrated, substantiated; तस्मादिन्द्रियं प्रत्यक्षप्रमाणमिति सिद्धम् T. S.; साक्षिप्रत्ययसिद्धानि (कार्याणि) Ms.8.178. -6 Valid, sound (as a rule). -7 Admitted to be true. -8 Decided, adjudicated (as a law-suit). -9 Paid, discharged, liquidated (as debt). -1 Cooked, dressed (as food); अभ्रच्छाया खलप्रीतिः सिद्धमन्नं च योषितः । किंचित्कालोपभोग्यानि यौवनानि धनानि च ॥Pt.2.117. -11 Matured, ripened. -12 Thoroughly prepared, compounded, cooked together (as drugs). -13 Ready (as money). -14 Subdued, won over, subjugated (as by magic). -15 Brought under subjection, become propitious. -16 Thoroughly conversant with or skilled in, proficient in; as in रस- सिद्ध q. v. -17 Perfected, sanctified (as by penance); अप्रमत्तो$खिलस्वार्थे यदि स्यात् सिद्ध आत्मनि Bhāg.11.23.29. -18 Emancipated. -19 Endowed with supernatural powers or faculties. -2 Pious, sacred, holy. -21 Divine, immortal, eternal. -22 Celebrated, well-known, illustrious; अथर्वशिरसि प्रोक्तैर्मन्त्रैः सिद्धां विधानतः Rām.1.15.2; एवं तौ लोकसिद्धाभिः क्रीडाभिश्चेरतुर्वने Mb.1.18.16. -23 Shining, splendid. -24 Hit (as a mark). -25 Peculiar, singular. -26 Invariable, unalterable. -27 Satisfied; Bhāg.11.23.29. -द्धः 1 A semi-divine being supposed to be of great purity and holiness, and said to be particularly characterized by eight supernatural faculties called Siddhis q. v.; उद्वेजिता वृष्टिभिराश्रयन्ते शृङ्गाणि यस्यातप- वन्ति सिद्धाः Ku.1.5. -2 An inspired sage or seer (like Vyāsa). -3 Any sage or seer, a prophet; सिद्धादेश Ratn.1. -4 One skilled in magical arts, a magician. -5 A law-suit, judicial trial. -6 A kind of hard sugar. -7 The dark thorn-apple. -8 One who has attained his object; सिद्धः कचो वत्स्यति मत्सकाशे Mb.1.76.7. -द्धम् Sea-salt. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -योषित् a beatified woman, a female siddha. -अञ्जनम् magical ointment or collyrium; वसुपूर्णन् कलशान् सिद्धाञ्जनेन ज्ञात्वा Dk.1.4. -अन्तः 1 the established end. -2 the demonstrated conclusion of an argument, established view of any question, the true logical conclusion (following on the refutation of the Pūrvapakṣa). -3 a proved fact, established truth, dogma, settled doctrine. -4 any established text-book resting on conclusive evidence; मध्येसभं दैवविदः सर्वसिद्धान्त- पारगाः Śiva B.6.8. ˚कोटिः f. the point in an argument which is regarded as a logical conclusion. ˚कौमुदी N. of a celebrated commentary on Pāṇini's grammar by भट्टोजी- दीक्षित. ˚पक्षः the logically correct side of an argument. -अन्नम् cooked food. -अर्थ a. one who has accomplished his desired object, successful. (-र्थः) 1 white mustard; यन्त्रस्थसिद्धार्थपदाभिषेकं लब्ध्वाप्यसिद्धार्थममन्यत स्वम् N.1.6; अविरललग्नगौरसिद्धार्थकप्रकारतया काञ्चनरसखचितामिव मालाम् K. (Pūrvabhāga); Bhāg.4.9.59. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of the great Buddha. -आदेशः 1 the prediction of a seer. -2 a prophet, fortune-teller. -आपगा f. the river Gaṅgā. -आसनम् a particular posture in religious meditation. -औषधम् a specific panacea. -काम a. having the wishes fulfilled. -क्षेत्रम् the abode of sages or Siddhas. -गङ्गा, -नदी, -सिन्धुः the celestial Ganges. -ग्रहः N. of a particular kind of madness or dementia. -जलम्, -सलिलम् sour rice-gruel. -देवः N. of Śiva. -द्रव्यम् any magical object. -धातुः quick-silver. -नरः sorcerer, fortune-teller. -पक्षः the established or logical side of an argument. -पथः the atmosphere; छिन्नाः सिद्धपथे देवा- र्लघुहस्तैः सहस्रधा Bhāg.6.1.25. -पुरुषः = सिद्धः (1,3,4) above. -पुष्पः the Karavīra plant. -प्रयोजनः white mustard. -मानस a. having a completely satisfied mind. -मोदकः sugar prepared from bamboo-manna. -यात्रिकः one wandering about for the acquisition of magical power; Pt.5. -योगः magical agency. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रस a. mineral;, metallic. (-सः) 1 quick-silver; अयोविकारे स्वरितत्वमिष्यते कुतो$यसां सिद्धरस- स्पृशामपि N.9.42. -2 an alchemist. -रूपम् the right or correct thing. -लक्ष a. one who has hit the mark. -लोकः the world of the Blest (सिद्ध). -वस्तिः a strong injection (of oil &c.); Suśr. -विद्या the doctrine relating to perfect beings. -वेदनः an elephant having perfect sensitivity; Mātaṅga L.8.25. -व्यञ्जनः an ascetic-spy; सिद्धव्यञ्जनैर्माणवप्रकाशनम् Kau. A.4. -संकल्प a. one who has accomplished his desired object. -संबन्ध a. one whose kindred are well known. -साधकः N. of Śiva. -साधनः white mustard. (-नम्) 1 the performance of magical rites for the acquisition of supernatural powers &c. -2 the materials employed in mystical or chemical processes. -साधित a. one who has learned by practice (not by study). -साध्य a. accomplished, proved. (-ध्यम्) a dogma, demonstrated conclusion. -सिद्ध a. thoroughly efficacious. -सेनः N. of Kārtikeya. -स्थाली the boiler or pot of a seer (it is supposed to be a vessel which is gifted with the property of overflowing with any kind of food at the desire of the possessor). -हेमन् purified gold.

siddhiḥ	सिद्धिः f. [सिध्-क्तिन्] 1 Accomplishment, fulfilment, completion, perfection, complete attainment (of an object); विरोधि सिद्धेरिति कर्तुमुद्यतः Ki.14.8; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ. -2 Success, prosperity, welfare, well-being. -3 Establishment, settlement. -4 Substantiation, demonstration, proof, indisputable conclusion. -5 Validity (of a rule, law &c.). -6 Decision; adjudication, settlement (of a law-suit); कार्यकारण- सिद्धौ च प्रसन्ना बुद्धिरव्यया Rām.4.18.47; तस्मान्न लेखसामर्थ्यात् सिद्धिरैकान्तिकी मता Śukra. 4.726. -7 Certainty, truth, accuracy, correctness. -8 Payment, liquidation (of a debt); अधमर्णार्थसिद्ध्यर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47. -9 Preparing, cooking (as of drugs &c.). -1 The solution of a problem. -11 Readiness. -12 Complete purity or sanctification. -13 A superhuman power of faculty; (these faculties are eight:-- अणिमा लघिमा प्राप्तिः प्राकाम्यं महिमा तथा । ईशित्वं च वशित्वं च तथा कामावसायिता ॥). -14 The acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means. -15 Marvellous skill or capability. -16 Good effect or result. -17 Final beatitude, final emancipation. -18 Understanding, intellect. -19 Concealment, vanishing, making oneself invisible. -2 A magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes). -21 A kind of Yoga. -22 N. of Durgā. -23 Complete knowledge. -24 Advantage, use, good effect. -25 N. of Śiva (m. in this sense). -26 Efficacy, efficiency. -27 Becoming intelligible (as sounds or words). -28 (In Rhet.) The pointing out in the same person of various good qualities. -Comp. -द a. 1 granting success or supreme felicity. -2 giving the eight superhuman faculties; हृदि विनिहितरूपः सिद्धिदस्तद्विदां यः Māl.5.1. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -दात्री an epithet of Durgā. -योगः a particular suspicious conjunction of planets. -विनायकः a form of Gaṇeśa.

sītā	सीता [सि-त पृषो˚ दीर्घः] 1 A furrow, track or line of a ploughshare. -2 (Hence) A tilled or furrowed ground, ploughed land; वृषेव सीतां तदवग्रहक्षताम् Ku.5.61. -3 Husbandry, agriculture; as in सीताद्रव्य q. v. -4 N. of the daughter of Janaka, king of Mithilā, and wife of Rāma.; जनकानां कुले कीर्तिमाहरिष्यति मे सुता । सीता भर्तार- मासाद्य रामं दशरथात्मजम् ॥ Rām.1.67.22. [She was so called because she was supposed to have sprung from a furrow made by king Janaka while ploughing the ground to prepare it for a sacrifice which he had instituted to obtain progeny, and hence also her epithets, 'Ayonijā', 'Dharāputrī' &c. She was married to Rāma and accompanied him to the forest. While there she was once carried off by Rāvaṇa who tried to violate her chastity, but she scornfully rejected his suit. When Rāma came to know that she was in Lankā, he attacked ther place, killed Rāvaṇa and his host of demons, and recovered Sītā. She had, however, to pass through the terrible ordeal of fire before she could be received by her husband as his wife. Though thus convinced of her chastity, he had afterwards to abandon her, when far advanced in pregnancy, because the people continued to suspect her fidelity. She however, found a protector in the sage Vālmīki, at whose hermitage she was delivered of Kuśa and Lava, and who brought them up. She was ultimately restored to Rāma by the sage.] -5 N. of a goddess, wife of Indra. -6 N. of Umā -7 N of Lakṣmī. -8 N. of one of the four fabulous branches (the eastern branch) of the Ganges. -9 Spirituous liquor. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of agriculture. -द्रव्यम् implements of agriculture, tools of husbandry; सीताद्रव्यापहरणे शस्त्राणा- मौषधस्य च Ms.9.293. -पतिः N. of Rāmachandra. -फलः the custard-apple tree. (-लम्) its fruit.

su	सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con

sukha	सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand.

sundaḥ	सुन्दः N. of a demon and brother of Upasunda, who were sons of Nikumbha. [They got a boon from the Creator that they would not die until they should kill themselves. On the strength of this boon, they grew very oppressive and Indra had at last to send down a lovely nymph named Tilottamā, and while quarrelling for her, they killed each other.]

sūkṣma	सूक्ष्म a. [सूच्-मन् सुक् च नेट्; Uṇ.4.184] 1 Subtle, minute, atomic; जालान्तरस्थसूर्यांशौ यत् सूक्ष्मं दृश्यते रजः; मुख्य- क्रमेण प्रयोगव वनैकवाक्यता सूक्ष्मा ŚB. on MS.5.1.15. -2 Little, small; इदमुपहितसूक्ष्मग्रन्थिना स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19; R.18.49. -3 Fine, thin, delicate, exquisite. -4 Nice. -5 Sharp, acute, penetrating. -6 Crafty, artful, subtle, ingenious. -7 Exact, precise, accurate, correct. -क्षमः 1 An atom. -2 The clearing-nut plant. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -क्ष्मा 1 Sand. -2 Small cardamoms. -क्ष्मम् 1 The subtle all-pervading spirit, the Supreme Soul. -2 Minuteness. -3 One of the three kinds of power attainable by an ascetic; cf. सावद्य. -4 Craft, ingenuity -5 Fraud, cheating. -6 Fine thread &c. -7 N. of a figure of speech, thus defined by Mammaṭa :-- कुतो$पि लक्षितः सूक्ष्मोप्यर्थो$न्यस्मै प्रकाश्यते । धर्मेण केनचिद्यत्र तत्सूक्ष्मं परिचक्षते ॥ K. P.1. -8 The cavity of a tooth. -9 Marrow. -1 The Vedānta philosophy. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -एला small cardamoms. -तण्डुलः the poppy. -तण्डुला 1 long pepper. -2 a kind of grass. -दर्शिता quick-sightedness, acuteness, foresight, wisdom. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि a. 1 sharp-sighted, eagle-eyed. -2 of acute discernment. -3 acute, sharpminded. -दलः mustard. -दारु n. a thin plank of wood, a board. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtile body which is invested by the grosser material frame (= लिङ्गशरीर q. v.). -पत्रः 1 coriander seed. -2 a kind of wild cumin. -3 a sort of red sugar-cane. -4 the gum Arabic tree. -5 a sort of mustard. -पर्णी a kind of basil. -पिप्पली wild pepper. -बीजः the poppy. -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, shrewd, intelligent. (-द्धिः f.) sharp wit, acute intellect, mental acumen. -भूतम् a subtle element. -मक्षिकम्, -का a mosquito, gnat. -मति, -मतिमत् a. acute-minded. -मानम् a nice or exact measurement, precise computation (opp. सूथूलमान which means 'broad measurement', 'rough calculation'). -शरीरम् (in phil.) a subtle body. -शर्करा small gravel, sand. -शालिः a kind of fine rice. -षट्चरणः a sort of louse. -स्फोटः a kind of leprosy.

sev	सेव् 1 Ā. (सेवते, सेवित; caus. सेवयति-ते; desid. सिसे- विषते; the स् of सेव् is generally changed to ष् after prepositions ending in इ such as नि, परि, वि) 1 To serve, wait or attend upon, honour, worship, obey; प्रायो भृत्यास्त्यजन्ति प्रचलितविभवं स्वामिनं सेवमानाः Mu.4.21; आचार- पूतं पवनः सिषेवे R.2.13. 'served or refreshed'; ऐश्वर्यादन- पेतमीश्वरमयं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14. -2 To go after, pursue, follow. -3 To use, enjoy; किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तूरिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R. G. -4 To enjoy carnally; केतकीं सेवसे हन्त कथं रोलम्ब निस्त्रपः Bv.1.118. -5 To attach or devote oneself to, attend to, cultivate, practice, perform; विद्वद्भिः सेवितः (धर्मः) Ms.2.1; त्वया मनोनिर्विषयार्थ- कामया यदेक एव प्रतिगृह्य सेव्यते Ku.5.38; R.17.49. -6 To resort to, betake oneself to, dwell in, frequent, inhabit; तप्तं वारि विहाय तीरनलिनीं कारण्डवः सेवते V.2.23; Pt.1.9. -7 To watch over, guard, protect.

sopasnehatā	सोपस्नेहता Moisture; (see उपस्नेहः); Chārudatta 3.

sauptika	सौप्तिक a. (-की f.) 1 Connected with or relating to sleep. -2 Somniferous. -कम् A night-attack, an attack on sleeping men; कृते प्रतिकृतं पश्य हतपुत्रा हि पाण्डवाः । सौप्तिके शिबिरं तेषां हतं सनरवाहनम् ॥ Mb.1.9.51. -Comp. -पर्वन् n. N. of the tenth parvan or book of the Mahābhārata which relates how Aśvatthāman, Kṛitavarman and Kṛipathe only surviving Kuru warriors-attacked by night the Pāṇḍava-camp and slaughtered thousands of warriors while asleep. -वधः the great nocturnal slaughter of Pāṇḍava-camp (above referred to); मार्गो ह्येष नरेन्द्रसौप्तिकवधे पूर्वं कृतो द्रौणिना Mk.3.11.

stigh	स्तिघ् 5 Ā. (स्तिघ्नुते) 1 To ascend. -2 To assail, attack.

strī	स्त्री [स्त्यायेते शुक्रशोणिते यस्याम्] 1 A woman; श्रुतं दृष्टं स्पृष्टं स्मृतमि नृणां ह्लादजननं न रत्नं स्त्रीभ्यो$न्यत् क्वचिदपि कृतं लोकपतिना । तदर्थं धर्मार्थो विभववरसौख्यानि च ततो गृहे लक्ष्म्यो मान्याः सततमबला मानविभवैः ॥ Subh. Ratn. -2 A female of any animal; गजस्त्री, हरिणस्त्री &c.; स्त्रीणामशिक्षितपटुत्वममानुषीषु Ś.5.22. -3 A wife; स्त्रीणां भर्ता धर्मदाराश्च पुंसाम् Māl.6.18; Me.28. -4 A white ant. -5 The Priyaṅgu plant. -6 The feminine gender, or a word used in that gender; आपः स्त्रीभूम्नि Ak. -Comp. -आगारः, -रम् a harem, the women's apartments. -अध्यक्षः a chamberlain. -अभिगमनम् sexual intercourse. -आजीवः 1 one who lives by his wife. -2 one who lives by keeping women for prostitution; Ms.11.63. -करणम् sexual connection. -कामः 1 desire of intercourse with woman, fondness for women. -2 desire of a wife. -कार्यम् 1 the business of women. -2 attendance on women or women's apartments; वैदेहकानां स्त्रीकार्यं मागधानां वणिक्पथः Ms.1.47. -कितवः a deceiver or seducer of women. -कुमारम् a woman and child. -कुसुमम् menses, the menstrual exeretion in women. -कृतम् sexual connection. -कोशः a dagger. -क्षीरम् mother's milk; आरण्यानां च सर्वेषां मृगाणां माहिषं विना । स्त्रीक्षीरं चैव वर्ज्यानि... Ms.5.9. -ग a. cohabiting with women. -गवी a milch-cow. -गुरुः a female Guru or priestess. -गृहम् = स्त्र्यगार q. v. -ग्राहिन् (in law) accepting the guardianship over a woman. -घोषः dawn, day-break. -घ्नः the murderer of a woman; Ms.9.232. -चरितम्, -त्रम् the doing of women. -चिह्नम् 1 any mark or characteristic of the female sex. -2 the female organ, vulva. -चौरः a seducer of women, libertine. -जननी a woman who brings forth only daughters; Ms.9.81. -जातिः f. woman-kind, female sex. -जितः a hen-pecked husband; स्त्रीजितस्पर्शमात्रेण सर्व पुण्यं विनश्यति Śabdak; मृष्यन्ति ये चोपपतिं स्त्रीजितानां च सर्वशः (तेषामन्नं न भुञ्जति) Ms.4.217. -देहार्धः N. of Śiva. -धनम् a woman's private property over which she exercises independent control; it is of six kinds :-- अध्यग्न्यध्यावहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीति- कर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं ष़ड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥ or according to others :-- पितृमातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपायनम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्; see also अन्वाधेयम्, बन्धुदत्तम्, यौतकम्, सौदायिकम्, शुल्कम्, पारिणाय्यम्, लावण्यार्जितम् and पादवन्दनिकम्. -धर्मः 1 the duty of a woman or wife. -2 the laws concerning women; Ms.1.114. -3 menstruation. -4 copulation. -धर्मिणी a woman in her course; स्त्रीधर्मिणी वेपमाना शोणितेन समुक्षिता । एकवस्त्रा विकृष्टास्मि दुःखिता कुरुसंसदि ॥ Mb.3.12.62. -धवः a man. -ध्वजः 1 the female of any animal. -2 an elephant. -नाथ a. one protected by a woman. -निबन्धनम् a woman's peculiar sphere of action or province; domestic duty, housewifery. -पण्योपजीविन् m. see स्त्र्याजीवः above. -परः a womanlover, lecher, libertine. -पिशाची a fiend-like wife. -पुंस् a woman who had become a man. -पुंसौ m. du. 1 wife and husband. -2 male and female; स्त्रीपुंसावात्मभागौ ते भिन्नमूर्तेः सिसृक्षया Ku.2.7. -पुंसलक्षणा a hermaphrodite. -पुंधर्मः the law regulating the duties of man and wife. -पुरम् the women's apartment. -पुष्पम् the menstrual excretion. -पूर्वः = स्त्रीजितः q. v.; स्त्रीपूर्वाः काण्डपृष्ठाश्च ...... (श्राद्धे नार्हन्ति) Mb.13.23.22. -प्रत्ययः a feminine affix (in gram.) -प्रसंगः (excessive) intercourse with women. -प्रसूः f. a woman who brings forth only daughters; Y.1.73. -प्रिय a. loved by women. (-यः) the mango tree. -बन्धः the sexual union. -बाध्यः one who suffers himself to be troubled by a woman. -बुद्धिः f. 1 the female understanding. -2 the counsel of a woman, female advice; स्त्रीबुद्धिः प्रलयंगता (प्रलयावहा) Subhāṣ. -भोगः sexual intercourse. -मन्त्रः a female stratagem, woman's counsel. -माया women's craft. -मुखपः the Aśoka tree. -यन्त्रम् a machine-like woman, machine in the form of a woman; स्त्रीयन्त्रं केन लोके विषममृ- तमयं धर्मनाशाय सृष्टम् Pt.1.191. -रजस् menstruation. -रञ्जनम् betel. -रत्नम् 1 an excellent woman; स्त्रीरत्नेषु ममोर्वशी प्रियतमा यूथे तवेयं वशा V.4.25. -2 N. of Lakṣmī. -राज्यम् the kingdom of women. -लम्पट a. desirous of women. -लिङ्गम् 1 the feminine gender (in gram.) -2 any mark of the female sex (as breast &c.). -3 the female organ. -लौल्यम् fondness for women. -वशः submissiveness to a wife, subjection to women. -वासः an ant-hill. -विधेय a. governed by a wife, uxorious; संनिवेश्य सचिवेष्वतःपरं स्त्रीविधेयनवयौवनो$भवत् R.19.4. -विवाहः contracting marriage with a woman; अष्टाविमान् समानेन स्त्रीविवाहान्निबोधत Ms.3.2. -विषयः sexual connection. -व्रणः the female organ. -शौण्ड a. fond of women. -संसर्गः female company. -संस्थान a. having a female shape; स्त्रीसंस्थानं चाप्यरस्तीर्थमारादुत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं तिरो$भूत् Ś.5.3. -संगः attachment to women, or intercourse with women. -संग्रहणम् 1 the act of embracing a woman (improperly). -2 adultery, seduction. -सभम् an assembly of women. -संबन्धः 1 matrimonial alliance with a woman. -2 connection by marriage. -3 relation to women. -सेवा Devotion or addiction to women. -स्वभावः 1 the nature of women. -2 a eunuch. -हत्या the murder of a woman. -हन्तृ the murderer of a woman; स्त्रीहन्तॄंश्च न संवसेत् Ms.11.19. -हरणम् 1 the forcible abduction of women. -2 rape. -हारिन् m. a ravisher or seducer (of women). स्त्रीतमा strītamā स्त्रीतरा strītarā स्त्रीतमा स्त्रीतरा A thorough woman, more thoroughly a woman; P.VI.3.44.

sthita	स्थित p. p. [स्या-क्त] 1 Stood, remained, stayed. -2 Standing. -3 Standing up, risen; स्थितः स्थितामुच्चलितः प्रयाताः ... छायेव तां भूपतिरन्वगच्छत् R.2.6. -4 Staying, resting, living, being, existing, situated; धन्या केयं स्थिता ते शिरसि Mu.1.1; Me.7; oft. with gerunds merely as a copula; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषं व्याप्य स्थितं रोदसी V.1.1; Ś.1.1; Ku.1.1. -5 Happened, occurred; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27. -6 Stationed in, occupying, appointed to; अभिजनवतो भर्तुः श्लाध्ये स्थिता गृहिणीपदे Ś.4.18. -7 Acting up to, abiding by, conforming to; किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूर्वृत्ते स्थितस्याधिपतेः प्रजानाम् R.5.33; धर्मे स्थिताः (राजानः) Māl.1.25. -8 Stood still, stopped, desisted. -9 Fixed on, firmly attached to; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -1 Steady, firm; as in स्थितधी or स्थितप्रज्ञ q. v. -11 Determined, resolved; इति देहविमुक्तये स्थिताम् (रतिम्) Ku.4.39. -12 Established, decreed. -13 Steadfast in conduct, steady-minded. -14 Upright, virtuous. -15 Faithful to a promise or agreement. -16 Agreed, engaged, contracted. -17 Ready, being close or at hand. -तम् 1 Standing by itself (as a word). -2 Stopping, standing still. -3 Manner of standing. -4 Perseverance on the right path. -Comp. -उपस्थित a. with and without the particle 'इति' (as a word). -धी a. firm-minded, steady-minded, cool. -पाठ्यम् recitation in Prākṛi&ta by a woman while standing. -प्रज्ञ a. firm in judgment or wisdom, free from any hallucination, contented; प्रजहाति यदा कामान् सर्वान् पार्थ मनोगतान् । आत्मन्येवात्मना तुष्टः स्थितप्रज्ञस्तदोच्यते Bg.2.55. -प्रेमन् m. a staunch or faithful friend. -लिङ्ग a. having the virile member erected. -संकेत, -संविद् a. keeping a promise.

sthira	स्थिर a. [स्था-किरच्] (compar. स्थेयस्; superl. स्थेष्ठ) 1 Firm, steady, fixed; भावस्थिराणि जननान्तरसौहृदानि Ś.5.2. स स्थाणुः स्थिरभक्तियोगसुलभो निःश्रेयसायास्तु वः V.1.1; Ku.1.3; R.11.19. -2 Immoveable, still, motionless; स्थिरप्रदीप- तामेत्य भुजङ्गाः पर्युपासते Ku.2.38. -3 Immoveably fixed; कालेनावरणात्ययात्परिणते यत्स्नेहसारे स्थितम् U.1.39. -4 Permanent, eternal, everlasting; कल्पिष्यन्ते स्थिरगणपदप्राप्तये श्रद्दधानाः Me.57; Māl.1.25. -5 Cool, collected, composed, placid, calm. -6 Quiescent, free from passion. -7 Steady in conduct, steadfast. -8 Constant, faithful, determined. -9 Certain, sure. -1 Hard, solid. -11 Strong, intense. -12 Stern, relentless, hard-hearted; अहो स्थिरः को$पि तवेप्सितो युवा Ku.5.47. -रः 1 A god, deity. -2 A tree. -3 A mountain. -4 A bull. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 N. of Kārtikeya. -7 Final beatitude or absolution. -8 The planet Saturn. -9 N. of certain zodiacal signs (Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius). -रा 1 The earth; पितामहस्तामालोक्य विहस्तामस्थिरां स्थिराम् Śiva B.5.47. -2 A strong-minded woman. -3 The silkcotton tree. -रम् Steadfastness, stubbornness. (स्थिरीकृ means 1 to confirm, strengthen, or to corroborate. -2 to stop, make fast. -3 to cheer up, console, comfort; Ś.4. -4 To steel (the heart); Amaru. स्थिरीभू means 1 to become firm or steady. -2 to become calm or tranquil.) -Comp. -अङ्घ्रिपः the marshy date-tree. -अनुराग a. firm in attachment, constant in affection. -अपाय a. subject to constant decay. -आत्मन्, -चित्त, -चेतस्, -धी, -बुद्धि, -मति a. 1 firm-minded, steady in thought or resolve, resolute; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् R.8.22. -2 cool, calm, dispassionate. -आयति a. lasting long. -आयुस्, -जीविन् a. long-lived, lasting. (-m.) the silk-cotton tree (Mar. सांवरी). -आरम्भ a. firm in undertakings, persevering. -कर्मन् a. persevering in action; न नवः प्रभुरा फलोदयात् स्थिर- कर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22. -कुट्टकः 1 a steady pulverizer. -2 a kind of common divisor (in algebra). -कुसुमः the Bakul tree. -गतिः the planet Saturn. -गन्धः the Champaka flower. (-न्धा) 1 the trumpet-flower. -2 the Ketakī plant. -छदः the birch tree. -छायः 1 a tree which gives shelter to travellers. -2 a tree (in general). -जिह्वः a fish. -जीवित a. long-lived. -जीविता the silk-cotton tree. -दंष्ट्रः 1 a snake. -2 Viṣṇu in his boar incarnation. -3 sound. -धामन् a. belonging to a strong race. -पत्रः the marshy date-tree. -पद a. firmly rooted. -पुष्पः 1 the Champaka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 persisting in an assertion, obstinate, pertinacious. -2 faithful to a promise. -प्रतिबन्ध a. firm in opposition, obstinate; Ś.2. -प्रतिष्ठा fixed residence or abode. -फला a kind of gourd (Mar. कोहळा). -योनिः a large tree which gives shade and shelter. -यौवन a. ever youthful. (-नः) a kind of good or evil genius, a fairy. -रङ्गा indigo. -रागा a kind of curcuma (Mar. दारुहळद). -लिङ्ग a. having a a stiff virile organ. -वाच् a. one whose word may be trusted. -विक्रम a. taking firm strides. -श्री a. having everlasting prosperity. -सङ्गर a. faithful to a promise, true, veracious. -सौहृद a. firm in friendship. -स्थायिन् a. remaining firm or steady, keeping perfectly still (as in meditation).

snih	स्निह् 4 P. (स्निह्यति, स्निग्ध) 1 To feel or have affection for, love, be fond of (with loc. of the person or thing that is loved or liked); किं नु खलु बाले$स्मिन्नौरस इव पुत्रे स्निह्यति मे मनः Ś.7; स च स्निह्यत्यावयोः U.6 (where आवयोः may be genitive also). -2 To be easily attached. -3 To be pleased with, be kind to. -4 To be sticky, viscid, or adhesive. -5 To be smooth or bland. -Caus. (स्नेहयति-ते) 1 To make unctuous, anoint, besmear, lubricate. -2 To cause to love. -3 To dissolve, destroy, kill.

snigdha	स्निग्ध a. [स्निह्-क्त] 1 Loving, affectionate, friendly, attached, tender; नादस्तावद्विकलकुररीकूजितस्निग्धतारः Māl. 5.2. -2 Oily, unctuous, greasy, wetted with oil; उत्पश्यामि त्वयि तटगते स्निग्धभिन्नाञ्जनाभे Me.61; स्निग्धवेणीसवर्णे 18; Śi.12.62; Māl.1.4. -3 Sticky, viscid, adhesive, cohesive. -4 Glistening, shining, glassy, resplendent; कनकनिकषस्निग्धा विद्युत् प्रिया न ममोर्वशी V.4.1; Me.39; U.1.33;6.21. -5 Smooth, emollient. -6 Moist, wet. -7 Cooling. -8 Kind, soft, bland, amiable; प्रीतिस्नि- ग्धैर्जनपदवधूलोचनैः पीयमानः Me.16. -9 Lovely, agreeable, charming; स्निग्धगम्भीरनिर्घोषम् R.1.36; Me.66; U.2. 14.3.22. -1 Thick, dense, compact; स्निग्धच्छायातरुषु वसतिं रामगिर्याश्रमेषु (चक्रे) Me.1. -11 Intent, fixed, steadfast (as a gaze or look). -ग्धः 1 A friend, an affectionate or friendly person; विज्ञैः स्निग्धै- रुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतामेति कैश्चित् H.2.149; or स स्निधो$- कुशलान्निवारयति यः Subhāṣ.; Pt.2.171. -2 The red castor-oil plant. -3 A kind of pine. -ग्धम् 1 Oil. -2 Bee's-wax. -3 Light, lustre. -4 Thickness, coarseness. -5 Civet. -Comp. -जनः an affectionate or friendly person, a friend; स्निग्धजनसंविभक्तं हि दुःखं सह्यवेदनं भवति Ś.3. -तण्डुलः a kind of rice of quick growth. -दृष्टि a. looking intently or with a fixed gaze. -पत्रः, -त्रा the jujube. -फला the ichneumon plant (Mar. मुंगूसबेल). -राजिः a kind of snake.

snehin	स्नेहिन् a. (-नी f.) [स्नेह-णिनि] 1 Attached, affectionate, friendly. -2 Oily, unctuous, fat. -m. 1 A friend. -2 An anointer, a smearer. -3 A painter.

spṛś	स्पृश् 6 P. (स्पृशति, पस्पर्श, अस्पृक्षत्-अस्पार्क्षीत्-अस्प्राक्षीत्, स्प्रक्ष्यति-स्पर्क्ष्यति, स्पर्ष्टु-स्प्रष्टुम्, स्पृष्ट) 1 To touch; स्पृशन्नपि गजो हन्ति H.3.14; कर्णे परं स्पृशति हन्ति परं समूलम् Pt.1.34. -2 To lay the hand on, stroke gently with, touch; हस्तेन पस्पर्श तदङ्गमिन्द्रः Ku.3.22. -3 To adhere or cling to, come in contact with. -4 To wash or sprinkle with water; खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिरात्मानं शिर एव च Ms. 2.6. -5 To go to, reach; अस्यापि द्यां स्पृशति वशिनश्चारणद्वन्द्वगीतः Ś.2 15; R.3.43. -6 To attain to, obtain, reach a particular state; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32; विनाप्यर्थैर्वीरः स्पृशति बहुमानोन्नतिपदम् H.1.175. -7 To act upon, influence, affect, move, touch; नन्दस्नेहगुणाः स्पृशन्ति हृदयं भृत्यो$स्मि तद्विद्विषाम् Mu.7.16; Ku.6.95. -8 To refer or allude to. -9 To take, receive, accept (as a sacrificial offering). -1 To injure, harm. -11 To come into contact (in astr.). -12 To equal with. -Pass. To be polluted, defiled, or tainted; मया गृहीतनामानः स्पृश्यन् इव पाप्मना U.1.48. -Caus. (स्पर्शयति-ते) 1 To cause to touch. -2 To give, present; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49.

svargaḥ	स्वर्गः Heaven, Indra's paradise; अहो स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृतिस्थानम् Ś.7. -Comp. -आपगा the celestial Ganges. -ओकस्, -सद् m. a god, deity; स्वर्गः स्वर्गसदश्चैव धर्मश्च स्वयमेव तु (उपतिष्ठतु) Mb.14.92.27. -काम a. desirous of heaven. -गतिः, -गमनम् death. -गिरिः the heavenly mountain Sumeru. -तरङ्गिणी the Ganges; पश्य स्वर्गतरङ्गिणी- परिसरे Sūkti.62. -तर्षः eager desire for heaven. -द, -प्रद a. procuring (entrance into) paradise. -द्वारम् heaven's gate, the door of paradise, entrance into heaven; स्वर्गद्वारकपाटपाटनपटुर्धर्मो$पि नोपार्जितः Bh.3.11. -पतिः, -भर्तृ m. Indra. -पथः the milky way. -पर a. desirous of heaven. -मार्गः 1 the road to heaven. -2 the milky way. -रोदःकुहरः the hollow space between heaven and earth; टाङ्कारः स्वर्गरोदःकुहरवलयितस्त्रासकारी न कस्य B. R.1.49. -लोकः 1 the celestial region. -2 paradise. ˚ईश्वरः 1 Indra. -2 the body (as enjoying felicity in Indra's heaven). -वधूः, -स्त्री f. a celestial damsel, heavenly nymph, an apsaras; स्वर्गस्त्रीणां परिष्वङ्गः कथं मर्त्येन लभ्यते. -वासः residence in heaven. -साधनम् the means of attaining heaven.

hayaḥ	हयः [हय्-हि-वा अच्] 1 A horse; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14; Ms.8.296; R.9.1 -2 A man of a particular class; see under अश्व. -3 The number 'seven'. -4 N. of Indra. -5 (In prosody) A foot of four short syllables. -6 The zodiacal sign Sagittarius. -7 The Yak (Bos Grunniens). -Comp. -अङ्गः Sagittarius (धनुराशि). -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of horses. -अरिः the fragrant oleander. -आनन्दः green grain of Phaselous Mungo (Mar. हिरवे मूग). -आयुर्वेदः veterinary science. -आरूढः a horseman, rider. -आरोहः 1 a rider. -2 riding (also आरोहम् in this sense). -आलयः a horse-stable. -आसनी the gum-olibanum tree. -इष्टः barley -उत्तमः an excellent horse. -कर्मन् n. knowledge of horses. -कातरा, -कातरिका N. of a plant; (Mar. घोडे काथर). -कोविद a. versed in the science of horses-their management, training &c. -गन्धः N. of a plant (Mar. आसंध). -ग्रीव 1 N. of a form of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of a demon; ज्ञात्वा तद्दानवेन्द्रस्य हयग्रीवस्य चेष्टितम् Bhāg.8.24.9. (-वा) N. of Durgā. -च्छटा a troop of horses. -ज्ञः a horse-dealer, groom, jockey. -द्विषत् m. the buffalo. -पः, -पतिः a groom. -पुच्छिका, -पुच्छी Glycine Debilis (Mar. रानउडीद). -प्रियः barley. -प्रिया the Kharjuri tree. -मारः, -मारकः the fragrant oleander. -मारणः the sacred fig-tree. -मुखः N. of a form of Viṣṇu; Mb. 1.23.16. -मेधः a horse sacrifice; सर्वान् कामानवाप्नोति हय- मेधफलं तथा Y.1.181. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 Revanta, the son of the sun. -शाला a stable for horses. -शास्त्रम् the art or science of training and managing horses. -शिक्षा hippology. -संग्रहणम्, -संयानम् the restraining or curbing of horses; driving horses; पश्य मे हयसंयाने शिक्षां केशवनन्दन Mb.3.19.5.

haridrā	हरिद्रा [हरिं पीतवर्णं द्रवति द्रु-गतौ-ड] 1 Turmeric. -2 The root of turmeric powdered; see Malli. on N.22.49. -Comp. -अङ्गः a kind of pigeon. -आभ a. of a yellow colour. (-भः) 1 the yellow colour. -2 Zedoary. -गणपतिः, -गणेशः a particular form of the god Gaṇeśa. -राग, -रागक a. 1 turmeric-coloured. -2 unsteady in attachment or affection, fickle-minded (as a lover); (thus defined by Halāyudha:-- क्षणमात्रानुरागश्च हरिद्राराग उच्यते).

hā	हा I. 3 Ā. (जिहीते, हान; pass. हायते; desid. जिहासते) 1 To go, move; जिहीथा विख्यातां स्फुटमिह भवद्बान्धवरथम् H. D.28; Ki.13.23; Nalod.1.38. -2 To get, attain. -II. 3 P. (जहाति, हीन) 1 To leave, abandon, quit, give up, forsake, relinquish, dismiss; मूढ जहीहि धनागम- तृष्णां कुरु तनुबुद्धे मनसि वितृष्णाम् Moha M.1; सा स्त्रीस्वभावाद- सहा भरस्य तयोर्द्वयोरेकतरं जहाति Mu.4.13; R.5.72;8.52; 12.24;14.61,87;15.59; Ś.4.14; बुद्धिर्युक्तो जहातीह उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते Bg.2.5; Bk.3.53;5.91;1.71;2. 1; Me.51,62; Bv.2.129; Ṛs.1.38. -2 To resign, forego. -3 To let fall. -4 To omit, disregard, neglect. -5 To remove. -6 To avoid, shun. -Pass. (हीयते) 1 To be left or forsaken; भिन्नतिमिरनिकरं न जहे शशिरश्मि- संगमयुजा नभः श्रिया Ki.12.12. -2 To be excluded from, be deprived of, lose (with instr. or abl.); विरूपाक्षो जहे प्राणैः Bk.14.35; जनयित्वा सुतं तस्यां ब्राह्मण्यादेव हीयते Ms.3. 17;5.161;9.211. -3 To be deficient or wanting in; usually with परि q. v.; धैर्य यस्य न हीयते Pt.1.13. -4 To diminish, decrease, decay, decline, wane (fig. also); प्रवृद्धो हीयते चन्द्रः समुद्रो$पि तथाविधः R.17.71; H. Pr.42. -5 To fail (as in a low-suit); भूतमप्यनुपन्यस्तं हीयते व्यवहारतः Y.2.19. -6 To be left out or omitted. -7 To be weakened. -Caus. (हापयति-ते) -1 To cause to leave, abandon &c. -2 To drive away, expel. -3 To lose. -4 To neglect, omit, delay the performance of; द्रुतमेतु न हापयिष्यते सदृशं तस्य विधातुमुत्तरम् Śi.16.33; Ms.3.71; 4.21; Y.1.121. -Desid. (जिहासति) To wish to leave &c.

Macdonell Vedic Search

10 results


aṃś	aṃś attain, v. aśnóti, aśnuté: see aś.

agniṣvātta	agni-ṣvāttá, cd. Tp. consumed by fire, x. 15, 11 [pp. of svād taste well].

abhīti	abhīti, f. attack, ii. 33, 5 [abhí + ití].[ ]

aś	aś reach, obtain, V. aśnóti, aśnuté, i. 1, 3; 85, 2; ii. 33, 2. 6; iii. 59, 2; vii, 103, 9. abhí- attain to (acc.), i. 154, 5.

i	I go, II. P. émi, x. 34, 5; éti, iv. 50, 8; x. 34, 6; 168, 12; yánti, vii. 49, 1; approach (acc.), viii. 48, 10; áyan, pr. sb. pass, vii. 61, 4; attain, vii. 63, 4; pf. īyúr, x. 15, 1. 2. ánu- go after, vi. 54, 5; follow (acc.), viii. 63, 5.ápa- go away, x. 14, 9. abhí- come upon. ipf. á̄yan, vii. 103, 2.áva- appease: op. iyām, vii. 86, 4. á̄- come, ii. 33, 1; v. 83, 6; go to, x. 14, 8. úpa á̄- come to (acc.), i. 1, 7. úd- rise, vii. 61, 1; 63, 1-4; ipf. ait, x. 90, 4. úpa- approach, vii. 86, 3; 103, 3; x. 14, 10; 34, 10; flow to, ii. 35, 3.párā- pass away, pf. īyúr, x. 14, 2. 7. pári- surround, ii. 35, 4. 9. prá- go forth, i. 154, 3; x. 14, 7. ánu prá- go forth after, vi. 54, 6. sám- flow together, ii. 35, 3; unite, vii, 103, 2.

taṃs	taṃs shake. abhí- attack: pf. tatasré, iv. 50, 2.

tvādatta	tvá̄-datta, pp. (Tp. cd.) given by thee, ii. 33, 2.

dha	1. dhá put, III. dádhāti, v. 83, 1; supply with (inst.), ii. 35, 12; bestow, ipv. dhehí, x. 14, 11; dhattá, i. 85, 12; ii. 12, 5; x. 15, 7; dadhāta, x. 15, 4. [237] 7; dadhātana, x. 15, 11; dhattá̄m, iv. 51, 11; dadhantu, vii. 63, 6; perform, ipf. dhatta, i. 85, 9; bestow, s ao. sb. dhāsathas, i. 160, 5; establish,pf. dadhé, x. 129, 7; ds. desire to bestow, didhiṣanti, ii. 35, 5; support, dídhiṣāmi, ii. 35, 12 [Gk. τἰθημι]. ádhi- put on (acc.): pf. dadhire, i. 85, 2; ao. ádhita, x. 127, 1. á̄- deposit, root ao. sb. dhās, v. 83, 7. ní- deposit, root ao. dhātam, vii. 71, 5; ps. ao. ádhāyi, viii. 48, 10. pári- put around, vi. 54, 10. prá- put from (ab.) into (lc.), vii. 61, 3. ví- impose: pf. dadhur, iv. 51, 6; divide, ipf. ádadhur, x. 90, 11. purás- place at the head, appoint Purohita: pf. dadhire, iv. 50, 1.

niṣatta	ní-ṣatta, pp. with ā, having sat down in (lc.), x. 15, 2 [ní + sad sit down].

lakṣa	Lak-ṣá, n. stake (at play), ii. 12, 4 [token, mark: lag attach].

Macdonell Search

459 results


agniṣṭut	m. N. of a (Soma) sacrifice; -shtomá, m. (praise of Agni), liturgical rite in the Soma sacrifice; -shth&asharp;, f. corner of a stake facing the fire; -shvâttá, pp. consumed by fire; m. pl. certain Manes.

agnitraya	n. the three sacred fires; -tretâ, f. id.; -tva, n. fiery state; -da, a. incendiary; -dagdhá, pp. burnt with fire; m. pl. kind of Manes; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman: f. â, N.; -dîpta, pp. blazing with fire.

atipraśasta	pp. greatly praised; -sânta, pp. completely allayed; -sakta, pp. excessively attached.

atiprayukta	pp. very usual; -vritta, pp. much busied with (in.); -vriddha, pp. very aged; too haughty.

atisakti	f. great nearness of, extreme attachment to (in.); -mat, a. too much attached to (lc.).

atiśrama	m. great fatigue; -slishta, pp. firmly attached, firmly united.

atisneha	m. excessive attachment; -svalpa, a. quite small, quite insignificant; -svastha, a. in excellent health.

atisukha	a. extremely pleasant; -sugama, a. very passable; -subhaga, a. extremely pretty; -surabhi, a. extremely fragrant; -sulabha, a. very easily obtainable; -su-vritta, pp. very nicely rounded; very well-behaved.

atyutka	a. ardently longing; -½ut kata, a. excessive, extraordinary; -½uttama, a. most excellent; -½udâtta, a. very eminent; -½udâra, a. most excellent; too liberal: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½un-nata, pp.excessively high; -½unnati, f. eminence.

adṛṣṭidāna	n. non-admittance.

adṛḍha	pp. not firmly attached; -tara, cpv. not very firm.

anadhigamanīya	fp. not attainable by (g.).

anadhigata	pp. not reached, unattained; unread.

ananyagāmin	a. going to no other; -guru, a. having no other father, fa therless; -kitta, a. thinking exclusively of (lc.); -ketas, a. id.; -ga, a. legitimately born; -gâni, a. having no other wife; -drishti, a. looking at nothing else; -nâtha, a. having no other protector; -nârî-kamanîya, fp. not to be desired by another woman; -nârî-sâmâ nya, a. having communion with no other wo man; -para, a. intent on nothing else; -pa râyana, a. devoted to no one else; -pûrva, a. not married to any one else before; -pûrvikâ, f. not married before; -prati kriya, a. having no other expedient; -bhâg, a. devoted to no one else; -manas, a. think ing of no one else; -mânasa, a. id.; -ruki, a. liking nothing else; -vishaya, a. relating to nothing else; -vyâpâra, a. occupied with no thing else; -sarana, a. having no other re fuge; -sâsana, a. under no one else's com mands; -samtati, a. without other offspring; -sama, a. like no one else, unequalled; -sâ dhârana, a. (î) common to no one else; -sâ mânya, a. unequalled; -½adhîna, a. depending on no other; -½apatya, a. having no other off spring; -½âsrita, pp. not transferred to another.

anabhiṣvaṅga	m. non-attach ment to (lc.).

anavasthita	pp. unstable, wavering; helpless; faithless; unable to stay; -kitta, a. unsteady-minded: -tva, n. -ness.

anāpya	fp. unattainable.

anāpnuvat	pr. pt. not attaining to.

anāpta	pp. unattained; not reaching to; unskilful.

anārya	a. ignoble, dishonourable; un-Âryan; -karmin, a. performing the works of a non-Âryan; -tâ, f. dishonourableness; -vritta, pp. behaving dishonourably.

anāsādayat	pr. pt. not ob taining; -ita, pp. not reached, not attained; -ya, fp. unattainable.

anuttama	a. (without a highest), highest, most excellent; mightiest; -uttara, a. not answering; unanswerable; n. unsatis factory answer in court: -tva, n. abst. n.; -uttara&ndot;ga, a. not billowy; -utthâna, n. lack of energy; -utpatti, f. non-production; -utpâda, m. id.; non-appearance; -utsâha, m. absence of energy; -utsâhin, a. weak willed; -utsuka-tâ, f. unassumingness, mo desty; -utsûtra-pada-nyâsa, a.without a step against the rules of policy; without a word against grammatical rules; -utseka, m. lack of presumption, modesty; -utsekin, a. unassuming, modest, humble.

anubandha	m. attachment; continuity; series; posterity; consequence; motive; mute letter (gr.); indispensable element: -na, n. uninterrupted series; -bandhin, a. connected with (--°ree;); extensive; lasting long: (i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -bala, n. rear (of an army); -bodha, m. noticing, perceiving; reviving an evaporated smell; -bodhya, fp. to be recognised; to be made acquainted with.

anurakta	pp. devoted, attached, fond; -rakti, f. attachment, fondness; -rañg aka, a. gratifying; -rañgana, n. gaining the affection of; -rathyâ, f. footpath, pavement; -râga, m. colouring; redness; affection; at tachment; fondness for (--°ree;); contentment: -vat, a. red; fond; enamoured of (saha): -î, f. N.: -sri&ndot;gâravatyau, du. f. Anurâgavatî and Sri&ndot;gâravatî; -râgi-tâ, f. attachment; -râ gin, a. attached to; worldly; enamoured; lovely; -râtram, ad. by night.

anuṣaṅga	m. attachment to (lc.); longing; immediate consequence; -sha&ndot;gin, a. attached; prevailing; necessarily following from (g.); -shañganîya, fp. to be supplied from the context.

annakāma	a. desirous of food; -da, a. giving food; -dâtri, m. giver of food; -dâna, n. gift of food; -dosha, m. offence in diet, eating forbidden food; -pakti, f. prepar ation of food; -pati, m. lord of food (Savitri, Agni, or Siva); -prada, a. bestowing food; -prâsana, n. first feeding of an infant with rice; -bhatta, m. N. of an author; -maya, a. con sisting of food; -mala, n. secretion of rice; -yoni, arrack; -rasa, n. sg. & m. pl. food & drink; taste in preparing food: -maya, a. con sisting of food & drink; -vat, a. hvg. food, rich in food; -vikâra, m. transformation of food: -tva, n. abst. n.; -samskâra, m. preparation of viands.

anyāya	m. unseemly behaviour, unlawful conduct; -vartin, a., -vritta, pp., -vritti, a. behaving unbecomingly.

apavikṣata	pp. unhurt; -vi ghna, a. free from hindrances; -viddha, pp. √ vyadh; -vidyâ, f. bad knowledge; igno rance; -vritta, pp. ill-behaved; -vritti, f. running down, coming to an end; -vedha, m. faulty perforation.

aprāpya	fp. unattainable.

abhayaḍiṇḍima	m. war drum: -m dâ, proclaim security of person amid beating of drums; -tama, n. greatest safety; -da, a. affording security; -dakshi- nâ, f. promise of security; -datta, m. N. of a physician; -dâna, n. granting of security; -prada, -pradâyin, a. granting security; -pradâna, n. granting of security; -yâkanâ, f. begging for security of person; -vâk, f. as surance of safety.

abhiyoktavya	fp. to be prose cuted; -yoktri, m. assailant; plaintiff; -yoga, m. employment; exertion, diligence; attack; charge; -yogin, a. prosecuting; -yogya, fp. to be attacked, assailable.

abhiyāna	n. approach; attack; -yâyin, a. approaching; attacking; going to (ac., --°ree;).

abhīti	f. onset, attack.

abhisara	m. companion: -na, n. amorous visit; -sâra, m. attack; rendezvous; N. of a people; -sârikâ, f. girl who goes to a rendezvous; -sârin, a. going to (--°ree;): (n)-î, f. going to meet her lover; -sisârayishu, des. a. f. intending to visit her lover.

abhiṣvaṅga	m. attachment to (in., lc.).

abhyāghāta	m. sudden attack, assault.

abhyamitrīṇatā	f. favour able opportunity to attack the enemy.

abhyāśa	a. near; imminent; m. attainment; vicinity.: -m, lc. in the neigh bourhood (of, g., ab.).

ayukta	pp. unyoked; unconnected; unattached to (lc.); unintent; unsuitable, un seemly; n. unsuitable metaphor; -tva, n. in appropriateness; -rûpa, a. unsuitable.

arthapati	m. rich man; king; -para, a. intent on money, niggardly; -pâ rushya, n. rigidness in money matters; -pâ la, m. N. of a man; -prayoga, m. usury; -bandha, m. significant words; -matta, pp.purse-proud; -mâtra, n., â, f. wealth, money.

arthakara	a. (î) useful; -kâma, n. sg., m. du. the useful and the pleasant; a. de sirous of wealth; wishing to be useful; -kâm ya, a. id.; -kârsya, n. destitution, poverty; -kilbishin, a. transgressing with money; -krikkhra, n. difficult matter; -krit, a. use ful; -kritya, n., â, f. accomplishment of an affair; -grahana, n. taking away of money; import of the meaning; -ghna, a. (î) pro digal; -kitta, a. intent on riches; -kintaka,a. knower of the useful; -gâta, n. sg. pl. money; things, objects; -gña, a. understanding the matter or the meaning; -tattva, n. real state of things; fact of a matter; true sense: -tas, ad. for a purpose; for the sake of (--°ree;); for the sake of gain; in truth, really, according to the meaning; -trishnâ, f. thirst for gold, avarice; -tva, n. serviceableness for (--°ree;); -da, a. useful; liberal; -datta, m. N. of wealthy merchants; -darsana, n.judging a matter; -dâna, n. present in money; -dûshana, n. prodigality; unjust seizure of property.

arthasaṃpādana	n. obtainment of an advantage; -sambandha, m. possession of wealth; -samâhartri, m. receiver of money; -sâdhaka, a. promoting a thing, useful; -sâ dhana, n.accomplishment of a purpose; means of attaining an object; -sâra, m. abundant wealth; -siddha, pp. self-evident; -siddhi, f. acquisition of property; success in one's object; establishment of the sense.

arpaṇa	a. (î) procuring; making over, entrusting; n. throwing; attaching; placing upon; application; offering; consign ment, making over, transference; restitution; -anîya, fp. to be given up, to be handed over; -ita, cs. pp. (√ ri) placed in or on, applied; made over to.

ardhaśata	n. 50; 150; -syâma, a. half black, half clouded over; -sruta, pp. half heard; -sloka, m. half sloka; -samgâta-sas ya, a. whose produce is but half grown; -sa ma-vritta, n. semi-identical metre (Pâda 1= 3, 2=4); -siddha, pp. half-completed; -sî rin, m. husbandman who receives half the produce for his labour; -hâra, m. pearl necklace of 64 strings.

alabhya	fp. unattainable; that can not be incurred.

alaṅghita	pp. untrodden; untouched, unattained; -pûrva, a. not infringed before; -½âtman, a. not forgetting oneself.

avakāśa	m. space, room; opportunity; interval; access: -m dâ, make room; grant admittance (to, d., g.); -da, a. harbouring; m. receiver of stolen goods; -vat, a. roomy, spacious.

avalamba	a. hanging down; m. attachment to; support, prop; -ana, a. (î) hanging to, leaning on; n. hanging down; at tachment to, resting upon (--°ree;); dependence; support; tarrying; -itavya,fp. to be clung to; -in, a. hanging down; reclining or leaning on; attached to; dependent on (--°ree;).

avāptavya	fp. to be obtained; -½âpti, f. acquisition, attainment; -½âpya, fp. to be obtained.

aviṣakta	pp. not attached to or set on (--°ree;); irresistible.

avyavastha	a. not enduring: â, f. unsettled state; -sthita-kitta, a. fickle-minded.

aśmaka	m. N.: pl. N. of a people; -kutta, -ka, a. crushing with a stone; -tâ, f. stoniness, hardness of stone.

aśoka	a. free from sorrow; m. Asoka tree; n. Asoka flower (orange and scarlet); -kara, m. N. of a fairy: î, f. N.; -taru, m. Asoka tree; -datta, m. N.; -naga, m. Asoka tree; -mâlâ, f. N.; -vriksha, m.Asoka tree.

asaṃgata	pp. unsuitable, inconsistent; -ghatta, m. no collision: -sukham, ad. happily without clashing (with rivals).

asakta	pp. unworldly; unattached, to (lc.): -m, ad. instantly.

asaṃskāra	m. lack of ornament, naturalness; a. lacking ornament; -skrita, pp. unequipped; unconsecrated; unadorned; unrefined, coarse; not having undergone the sacraments: -½alakin, a.having unadorned locks; -stuta, pp. unknown, strange; not agreeing, obstinate; -sthita, pp. not stand ing still, restless; scattered; -sprishta, pp. unattained; -hata, pp. disunited; m. kind of array; -hati, f. non-connexion;-hrita, pp. uninterrupted.

asaṃśaya	m. no doubt: nom. used adverbially=without doubt; a. doubtless: -m, ad. undoubtedly, unquestionably; -srava, m., -na, n. only lc. sg. beyond the ear-shot of (g.); -slesha, m. non-attachment; no con tact.

asadgraha	m. foolish whim; evil in clination; -dharma, m. evil practice; -bhâva, m. non-existence, absence; -vritta, pp. not nicely rounded; not well-behaved.

asaṃpatti	f. failure; -pâthya, fp. not to be made a fellow-student; -pâda yat, cs. pr. pt. not effecting; -pûrna, pp. deficient; wanting in (in.); -prâpta, pp. not arrived; still wanting; unattained; unful filled.

asiddhi	f. non-attainment, failure; inconclusiveness.

asādhya	fp. unmanageable; un attainable, unfeasible; unconquerable; in curable; unascertainable.

asādhu	a. not good, evil; wrong; bad towards (lc.); m. bad man; n. bad word; evil; -tva, n. badness, dishonesty; -darsin, a. seeing badly; injudicious; -vritta, pp. ill behaved.

asmayu	a. attached to us.

aham	prn. I: so&zip;ham, I here; I being such; -ahamikâ, f. claim of precedence; -uttará, n., (m)-pûrvikâ, f., (m)-prathami kâ, f. id.

ākrama	m. stepping up; attack; -ana, a. striding up; n. id.; attack; exten sion (towards, lc.).

ātmaśaṃsā	f. self-praise; -sakti, f. one's own power: in. according to one's power; -sonita, n. one's own blood; -slâgha, -slâghin, a. boastful; -samyoga, m. personal interest in anything; -samstha, a. attached to one's person; directed to oneself.

ātmayājin	a. sacrificing oneself; -yoni, m. ep. of Kâma & Vishnu; -rakshana, n. self-protection; -lâbha, m. one's own advantage; attainment of life, birth; -vat, ad. like oneself; a. animate; self-controlled; sensible; personal: w. sruta, n.=knowledge of men: -tâ, f. self-control; -vadha, m., -va dhyâ, f. suicide; -varga, m. one's own party; -vasa, a. depending on oneself; -vasya, a. that one has in one's power; -vikraya, m. selling one's freedom; -vit-tâ, f. self-knowledge; -víd, a. knowing the universal soul; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of the universal soul; -vidhitsâ, f. selfishness; -vivriddhi, f. self-aggrandisement; -vrittânta,m. n. account of oneself; -vritti, f. one's own condition.

āpti	f. attainment, acquisition.

āpāta	m. onset, attack; rushing into (--°ree;); unexpected appearance, setting in: °ree;-or -tas, at once, at first sight: -mâtre or -mâtra-, at the first moment only.

āryarāja	m. N. of a king; -rûpa, a. having the air of respectability; -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the marks of respectability; -var man, m. N. of a king; -vâk, a. speaking an Aryan tongue; -vidagdha-misra, a. honour able, learned, &c. &c. (honorific designation); -vritta, n. honourable behaviour; a. behav ing honourably; -vesha, a. respectably dressed; -vrata, a. behaving like an Aryan; -sîla, a. of honourable character; -samaya, m. ordi nance of honourable men; -suta, m.=ârya putra (husband); -strî, f. woman of the upper castes.

ālamba	a. hanging down; m. hold, support; -ana, n. holding fast to; supporting (--°ree;); hold, support; foundation; -in, a. hanging down; attached to, resting on, reaching down to, dependent on, supporting (--°ree;).

āśraya	m. leaning on, attach ment to; connexion with, devotion to, recourse to; dependence on, relation to; support; re fuge, shelter, protection; seat, abode; recep tacle; foundation; (logical) subject; --°ree;, a. depending on; relating to; -na, a. (î) taking refuge in; relating to (--°ree;); n. recourse to; -nîya, fp. to be had recourse to or followed.

āśrayin	a. attaching to, seated on, dwelling in, relating to (--°ree;).

āsañjana	n. attaching; adhe sion; -ita, pp. with whom an agreement has previously been made.

āsaṅga	m. id.; -in, a. attached to (--°ree;).

āsakti	f. fastening on, persecution; attachment or addiction to (lc. or --°ree;).

āsakta	pp. (√ sañg) attached; intent on; -bhâva, a. in love with (lc.).

āskanda	m. leaping up; attack; -ana, n. attack; -in, a. springing upon (--°ree;); bestowing.

itikartavya	n. (thus it must be done), proper measure: -tâ, f. abst. n.: -mûdha, pp. completely at a loss what to do; -kârya, n. (-tâ, f. abst. n.), -kritya, n. (-tâ, f. abst. n.) proper measure; incum bency; -krama, m.; in. in such a manner; -thá, a. (î) such and such; -vat, ad. just so, in this very way; -vritta, n. incident, event.

āsisādayiṣu	des. a. desirous of attacking (ac.).

indratā	f. Indra's power or dignity; -tva, n. id.; sovereignty; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -devî, f. N. of a queen: -bhavana, n. N. of a vihâra built by her; -dhanús, n. Indra's bow, rainbow; -nîla, m.sapphire or emerald; -purogama, a. preceded by Indra; -mada, m. certain disease of leeches; -mand ira, m. Indra's abode, heaven; -maha-kâm uka, m. dog.

utpattavya	fp. n. to appear: an ena½utpattavyam, he will be born again.

upanipāta	m. entrance; sud den appearance; sudden attack; -in, a. fall ing upon (--°ree;).

uṣṇīṣa	m. n. head-band, turban; -patta, m. id.

ekatatpara	a. solely intent on; -tamá (or é-), spv. one among many; -tara, a. cpv. one of two (sts.=eka-tama); -tas, ad. =ab. of eka; from or on one side; ekatas-ekatas or anyatas, on the one side--on the other; here--there; (á)-tâ, f. unity, union, identity: -m api-yâ, be united with (in.); -tâna, a. intent on one object only (often --°ree;): -tâ, f. abst. n.; -tâla, a. having but one fan-palm; -tîrthin, a. inhabiting the same hermitage; -to-dant, a. having teeth in one jaw only; -tra=lc. of eka, one; in one place, together; -trimsá, a. thirty-first; -trimsat, f. (é-) thirty-one; -tva, n. unity; union; identity; singular (gr.); -m gam, be united with (in.); -d&asharp;, ad. simultaneously; some times; once upon a time, one day; -duhkha, a. having the same pains; -drisya, fp. alone worthy to be seen; -drishti, f. gaze directed to a single object, unaverted gaze; -devatyã, a. sacred to a single deity; -desa, m. some place; part; identical spot; -dhana, 1. n. one part of the property; 2. m. pitcher with which water is drawn for a certain rite; â, f. pl. (sc. âpas) the water drawn with it;3. a. having as the single, i. e. highest treasure, quite filled with (--°ree;); -dharma, a. homogeneous; -dharmin, a. id.; -dh&asharp;, ad. singly, simply; at once, together; continuously; -naksha trá, n. lunar mansion consisting of a single star, whose name occurs simply (without pûrva or uttara); -narâdhipa, m. emperor.

ekacakra	a. one-wheeled: -vart-in, a. moving on one wheel; m. sole monarch: -i-tâ, f. abst. n.; -kakshus, a. one-eyed (also of a needle); -kará, a. living alone; solitary; m. N. of Siva; -kârinî, f.faithful wife or mistress (devoted to a single man); -kitta, n. one and the same thought, unanimity; thought directed to one and the same object; a. of one mind; thinking of one object only, absorbed; thinking only of (--°ree;): -tâ, f. unanimity; intentness on one object only, -î-bhû, become unanimous; -kkhattra, a. having only one royal umbrella, ruled by a single king; -gâta, pp. begotten by the same father or parents; of equal birth;-gâti, a. having but one birth; m. Sûdra.

evaṃvādin	a. speaking thus; -víd, a., -vidvás, pt. knowing thus, having such knowledge; well instructed, knowing what is right; -vidha, a. of such sort, such-like; -vishaya, a. directed to orrelating to this; -vritta, pp. behaving thus; of such a kind; in this condition; -vritti, a. id.

kaṇṭha	m. neck, throat; proximity (a. --°ree;, f. â, î); -ka, m. necklace; -ga, a. reach ing to the neck; -gata, pp. attached to the neck; being in the throat=about to escape (breath); -graha, m., -na, n.embrace.

kaṭhora	a. hard, firm, solid; sharp, cutting (wind); piercing (cry); hard-hearted; luxuriant: -m, ad.; -kitta, a. hard-hearted: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -tâ, f. hardness; -târâdhipa, m. full moon.

kamalākara	m. bed of lotuses, lotus lake; N. of various men; -½aksha, a. (î) lotus-eyed: -½agragâ, f. ep. of Alakshmî; â-kesava, m. N. of a temple; â-hatta, m. N. of a market-place; -½âlayâ, f. ep. of Lakshmî; -½âsana, n. lotus seat.

karṇa	m. (--°ree; a., f. â, î) ear; handle; rudder; N. of several men, esp. of a son of Kuntî; a. having ears or handles; long-eared (also á); -kuvalaya, n. lotus attached to the ear; -kâmara, n. whiskadorning the ears of elephants; -gâpa, m. tale-bearing; -tâ, f. condition of an ear; -tâla, m. flapping of elephants' ears (--°ree;); -dhâra, m. helmsman; sailor: -tâ, f. helmsmanship; -nîlotpala, n. blue lotus attached to the ear; -pa, m. N.; -pattraka, m. flap of the ear (tragus); -patha, m. ear-shot, hearing: -m, â-yâ, or upa½i, come to the ears: -½atithi, m.=come to the ears; -paramparâ, f. passing from ear to ear, gossip; -pâsa, m.beautiful ear; -pûra, m. n. ear or nament, esp. flowers: -pûraka, m. N. of a chattering servant; -pûrî-kri, turn into an ear ornament; -bha&ndot;ga, m. curve of the ears; -bhûshana, n. ear ornament; -mûla, n. root of the ear (where it is attached to the head); -vamsa, m. flat projecting bamboo roof; -vat, a. having ears; -vish, f. ear-wax; -visha, n. poison for the ears; -veshta, m. ear-ring: *-na, n. id.; -sirîsha, n. Sirîsha flower at tached to the ear; -srava, a. audible; -su bhaga, a. pleasant to the ear.

karṇotpala	n. lotus attached to the ear (-tâ, f. abst. n.); m. N. of a king; -½upakarnikâ, f. gossip.

kalikātā	f. Calcutta.

kāmarasika	a. indulging in love; libidinous; -rûpa, n. any form desired; a. assuming any form at will; m. pl. N. of a people in western Assam; -rûpin, a. id.; -vat, a. enamoured; -varsha, a.raining as desired; -vâda, m. talking as one lists; -vâs in, a. changing one's abode at pleasure; -vritta, pp. indulging one's desires, pleasure-loving; -sara, m. arrow of Kâma; -sâsana, m. ep. of Siva; -sâstra, n. treatise on love, T. of various works; -sû, a. granting desires; -sûtra, n. a Sûtra treating of love; -haituka, a. caused by desire only.

kāryavat	a. having business to attend to; busy; having an object: -tâ, f. business; -vasa, m. influence of an object: ab. from interested motives; -vinimaya, m. mutual engagement to do something;-vi nirnaya, m. legal decision of a case; -vi patti, f. failure of an object; -vrittânta, m. fact of a matter; -vyasana, n. failure of an object; -sesha, m. what remains to be done, completion of undertakings; -siddhi, f. suc cess of a matter; -hantri, m. thwarter of one's interest; -hetu, m. motive of carrying out one's designs: ab. with a view to one's interests.

kiṃyu	a. desiring what? -rûpa, a. of what form or appearance? -vadanta, m. N. of a demon: î, f. report; saying, proverb; -varna, a. of what colour? -vishaya-ka, a. relating to what? -vritta, pp. surprised at what has happened, incautious; -vyâpâra, a. occupied with what?

kumāra	m. [dying easily], (new born) child; boy; youth, son; prince; ep. of Skanda; (a)-ká, m. little boy, boy, youth; --°ree;, a young --; -tva, n. boyhood, youth; sonship; -datta, m. N.; (á)-deshna, a.giving but fleet ing gifts; -dhârâ, f. N. of a river; -bhukti, f. apanage of a crown prince; -bhrityâ, f. fostering of a child; midwifery; -vana, n. Kumâra's grove; -vikrama, a. valiant as the god of war; -vrata, n. vow of chastity; -sambhava, m. birth of the war-god: T. of a poem by Kâlidâsa; -sena, m. N. of a minister; -sevaka, m. prince's servant.

kubera	m. N. of the regent of the spirits of the lower regions and of darkness (V.); god of wealth, the world guardian of the North; -datta, m. N. of a mythical being; -valla bha, m. N. of a Vaisya.

kulayoṣit	f. virtuous woman; -râgadhânî, f. royal capital; -vat, a. of noble race; -vardhana, m. support of a family; -vidyâ, f. knowledge hereditary in the family; -vrata, n. family practice (religious or moral): -dhara, a. maintaining the family virtue; -sî la-vayo-vritta-vitta-vat, a. of good family, character, age, conduct, and means; -sikharin, m., -saila, m.=kula-parvata; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. be ing accounted of good family; -samgata, m. ac quaintance of the family; -samtati, f. progeny; -samnidhi, m. presence of many persons: lc. in the presence of witnesses; -samudbhava, a. sprung of a noble house; -sevaka, m.excel lent servant; -stamba, m. family like a bunch of grass; -strî, f. virtuous woman; -sthiti, f. family usage; -hîna, pp. of ignoble race.

kṛtapada	a. having found a foot ing; -punya, a. happy; -pûrva, a. done be fore: -nâsana, n. non-recognition of previous benefits, ingratitude; -pûrvin, a. having done something (ac.) before; -pragña, a. wise; -pratikrita, n. attack and resistance; -pra yatna, a. well cared for; -prayogana, a. having attained his object; -buddhi, a. whose mind is matured, discriminating; resolved (to, d. or inf.); -bhûmi, f. spot prepared for the purpose; -mati, a. having made up his mind; -manda-pada-nyâsa, a. stepping slowly and using few words; -mandâra, m. N.; -mâr ga, a. made accessible, pervious; -mûla, a. firmly rooted, having gained firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence: -tva, n. abst. n.

kṛtaka	a. artificial, feigned, false; adopted (son): -m, feignedly, -tva, n. quality of being artificially produced; -kartavya, a. having fulfilled his task; -karman, n. an ac complished deed; a. having fulfilled one's duty; -kârin, a. doing a thing; -kârya, n. an at tained object; a. having accomplished his ob ject; satisfied: -tva, n. abst. n.; -kâla, m. ap pointed time; -kritya, a. having done his duty; having attained his object, satisfied (as to, lc.): -tâ, f. satisfaction; -kriya, a. hav ing performed a sacred rite; pious; -kshana, a. having an appointed time, i. e. waiting im patiently for (lc., ac. w. prati, inf., --°ree;); -ksho bha, a. shaken; -ghna, a. ignoring benefits, ungrateful: -tâ, f., -tva, n. ingratitude; -kûda, a. having received the tonsure; -gan man, a. planted; -gña, a. recognising benefits, grateful: -tâ, f. gratitude.

kṛtin	a. active; clever; skilful, ex perienced (in, lc., --°ree;); having attained one's object, satisfied; -i-tva, n. satisfaction.

kṛtāṅka	a. branded; -½añgala, a. having the palms joined in supplication to (d.); -½âtithya, a. having practised hospi tality; hospitably entertained; -½âtman, a. whose mind is cultivatedor purified; -½âdara, a. treated with due respect; -½anuvyâdha, a. filled with (in.); -½anta, a. making an end, decisive; m. matter, affair, case; fate; Death, Yama; system, doctrine: -nagarî, f. city of Yama, -samtrâsa,m. N. of a Râkshasa; -½antara, a. having made one's way to (g.); -½anná, n. cooked food; -½aparâdha, a. hav ing committed an offence against (g.); -½abhi sheka, a. hvg. performed a religious ablution; consecrated;-½abhyâsa, a. kept to one's studies (by, --°ree;); -½artha, a. having attained his object; satisfied: -tâ, f., -tva, n. satisfaction.

kedāra	m. irrigated field; N. of a moun tainous country; -khanda, n. breach in the dyke enclosing a field; -nâtha, m. N. of a form of Siva worshipped in Kedâra; -bhatta, m. N. of an author.

koṭṭa	m. [ko-(a)tta], stronghold; -pâ la, m. commandant of a fortress.

koṭa	m. fortress, stronghold (cp. kotta).

krama	m. step; gait; course; posture for attack; regular order, succession, grada tion; inheritance; method, manner, way; usage, ritual; occasion, reason for (--°ree;, g.); a way of reciting the Veda: in., ab., or -tas, in order, in turn; in., ab., °ree;--, in due course, regularly, gradually; in. in the course of (--°ree;).

kṣipta	pp. √ kship; n. (shot) wound: -kitta, a. distraught: -tâ, f. absence of mind; -yoni, a. of contemptible birth.

gati	f. gait, course, motion, flight; going away, departure; progress; success; attainment (of, g., lc., --°ree;); way, path; egress, outlet; source, basis; expedient, means, feasibleness; stratagem; refuge; state, condition, nature; transmigration, human lot; manner; preposition or adverb combined with a verb.

gatajīva	a. dead; -gîvita, a. id.; -pâra, a. having attained his object; -pûrva, a. trodden before; -pratyâgata, pp. gone and returned; -prâna, a. inanimate, dead; -prâ ya, a. almost past or perished; -mati, a. stupid, senseless; -manas-ka, a. thinking of (lc.); -mâtra, a. only just gone away; -yauvana, a. whose youth is past; -roga, a. convalescent; -vayas, a. whose youth is past; (á)-srî, a. being in the height of prosperity; -sâra, a. worthless; -spriha, a. having no more desire or pleasure (in, g. or lc.); dis interested; merciless.

gandharvakhaṇḍa	m. N. of a part of Bhâratavarsha; -tva, n. condition of a Gandharva; -dattâ, f. N. of a Gandharva princess; -nagara, n. city of the Gandharvas; mirage; -pura, n. city of the Gandharvas; -râga, m. king of the Gandharvas.

gala	m. throat, neck: -vârtta, a. living only for his throat (=belly); -sundikâ, f. uvula: du. soft palate; -hasta, m. hand on (=seizure by) the throat.

guṇākara	m. mine of virtues; -½aguna, m. pl. virtues and faults; -½âdhya, m. N. of a poet; -½antara, n. another quality: -m vrag=attain superior excellence: -½âdhâ na, n. contributing something on one's own part=caring for (g.); -½anvita, pp. endowed with good qualities; auspicious (constellation); -½abhilâshin, a. desirous of virtues.

cat	only pr. pt. kátat and pp. kattá, hide (int.); cs. kâtáya, drive away. pra, vi, cs. Â. id.

caturbāhu	a. four-armed; -bila, a. having four apertures; -bhâgá, m. fourth, quarter; -bhuga, a. four-armed, ep. of Vishnu or Krishna; -bhûmika, a. four-storied; -mâsî, f. period of four months; -mukha, a. four-faced; ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and Siva: -samîrita, pp. uttered by the four mouths; -muhûrtam, ac. for four muhûrtas; -mûrti, a. having four forms or faces; -yuga, n. the four ages; a. comprising the four ages; -vak tra, a. four-faced; ep. of an attendant of Durgâ; -varga, m. aggregate of four: esp. the four goods of life, the good (artha), the pleasant (kâma), the useful (artha), and final liberation (moksha):-kintâmani, m. T. of a work; -varna-maya, a. consisting of the four castes; -varsha-sata½âyus, a. attaining an age of 400 years; -vimsá, a. (î) twenty-fourth; consisting of twenty-four; m. N. of a stoma in which three verses are chanted eight times; n. the day on which it is employed; -vimsat, f. twenty-four; (kátur)-vimsati, f. sg. and (rarely) pl. id.: -kritvas, ad. twenty-four times, -tama, a. twenty-fourth, y-aha, m. sg. twenty-four days; -vimsika, n.=katur-vimsa, m.; -vidha, a. fourfold: -m, ad.; -vîra, m. kind of Soma rite lasting four days; -veda, m. pl. the four Vedas; a. containing or fami liar with the four Vedas; -vedin, a. versed in the four Vedas; (kátur)-hanu, a. four-jawed.

caturanīka	a. four-faced; -anta, a. bounded on all four sides (by the sea): â, f. earth; -asra, a. square; regular, harmoni ous: -tâ, f. harmony, -sobhin, a. harmoni ously beautiful; -asri, a. square; -ahá, m. period of four days; -âtman, a. having four forms or faces; -ânana, a. four-faced, ep. of Brahman; -uttará, a. increasing by four.

caritārthaya	den. P. cause any one (ac.) to attain his object, satisfy.

cala	a. moving, trembling; unsteady, wavering; waving; fluttering; rippling; fickle: -kitta, n. mutable temper, fickleness; a. fickle: -tâ, f. fickleness; giddiness; -tâ, f., -tva, n. tremor, unsteadiness.

cāru	a. agreeable, welcome, pleasing; dear; fair, lovely: n. ad.: -gîti, f. a metre; -tâ, f. popularity; beauty; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -danta, m. N. of a merchant's son; -darsanâ, f. fair woman; -netra, a. fair-eyed; -mati, m. N. of a parrot; -rûpa, a. of fair form; -lokana, a. fair-eyed; -venî, f. fair braid, N. of a river; -sabda-bha&ndot;ga-vat, a. rich in lovely faltering and in charming ex pressions (speech); -hâsin, a. laughing sweet ly: -î, f. a metre.

cāritārthya	n. attainment of one's object.

cirapura	n. N. of a town; -pra vâsin, a. long absent from home; -pravritta, pp. of long standing: -esha panthâh, this is an old story; -bhâvin, a. being far off (in time); -mitra, n. old friend; -mokana,n. N. of a Tîrtha.

citraka	m. small hunting leopard (Cheeta); n. mark (--°ree;, a. characterised by); picture, painting; -kara, m. painter (a mixed caste); -karman, n. painting; picture; adornment (Pr.); -kûta, m. hill of pleasure; (Bright-peak), N. of a mountain (in Bun delkund, now Kitrakote); N. of a town; -krit, m. painter; -kritya, n. painting; -ga, a., -gata, pp. (belonging to a picture), painted; -gupta, m. N. of a recorder of human actions in Yama's realm; -griha, n. apartment adorned with pictures; -grâvan, a. stony; -grîva, m. Spotted-neck, N. of a pigeon king; -nyasta, pp. put on canvas, painted; -paksha, m. (spotted-wing), kind of pigeon; N. of a demon causing headache; -pata, m. picture; -patta, m. id.: -gata, pp. painted; -putrikâ, f. female portrait; -phalaka, picture-panel, painting; (á)-bhânu, a. shining brightly; m. fire, Agni; -bhâshya, n. eloquence; -bhitti,f. painted wall, wall-painting; -mriga, m. spotted antelope.

caitta	a. belonging to the province of thought (kitta), that which is thought; mental.

chandoga	m. chanter of Sâman hymns, follower of the Sâma-veda; -&zip;nu kramanî, f. Vedic index of metres; -&zip;nu vritta, n. complaisance; -bhâga, a. having a metre as his share.

chandānugāmin	a. complaisant, obedient; -½anuvritta, n. complaisance.

chandoma	m. N. of the 8th, 9th, and 10th days in the dasarâtra; -mañgari, î, f. (nosegay of metres), T. of a work on metre; -máya, a. consisting or having the nature of sacred hymns; -vikiti, f.sifting of metres, prosody, T. of Pi&ndot;gala's work; -vivriti, f. elucidation of metres, T. of Pi&ndot;gala's work; -vritta, n. metre.

jayada	a. conferring victory; -datta, m. N.; -deva, m. N. of the author of the Gîta govinda.

jīvātman	m. individual soul; -½apeta, pp. lifeless; -½âsa, a. attached to life; -½âsa&ndot;kin, a. supposing any one to be alive; -½astikâya, m. the category of soul.

ṭaṅkaya	den. P. cover up. ud, pp. utta&ndot;kita, stamped, marked, with (--°ree;).

tadrasa	m. essence of it; -râga, m. suffix attached to the name of a people to designate their king; -rûpa, a. of such kind or appearance; of the same kind; -vamsya, m. relative of that ruler; -vaktri, m.propounder of that; -vat, 1. ad. in this way, thus; similarly, likewise, also; 2. a. possess ing or containing that: -tâ, f. conformity, harmony; -vayas, a. of the same age; -víd, a. knowing or versed in that; m. connoisseur; -vidha, a. of such a kind, such, such-like; corresponding thereto: -tva, n. corresponding nature; -vishaya, a. belonging to that cate gory; having that as an object; -vritti, a. living according to that; -vrata, a. fulfilling duties towards him, her, or them.

tamām	(ac. f.) ad. --°ree;, highly, very, much (attached to advs. in V., to verbs in C.).

tarka	m. supposition, conjecture; re flexion, speculation; speculative doctrine, philosophical system (of which there are six, the Pûrvaand Uttara-Mîmâmsâ, Nyâya, Vaiseshika, Sâ&ndot;khya, and Yoga); refutation, reductio ad absurdum (in logic); -gñâna, n. knowledge derived from speculation; -vid, m. philosopher, dialectician; -vidyâ, -sâstra, n. science of thought; -samgraha, m. T. of a manual on the Nyâya system.

tāmraka	n. copper; -kutta, m. cop per-smith: î, f.; -kûda, a. having a red cox comb; m. cock; N.: -yuddha, n. cock-fight; -tâ, f., -tva, n. copper-colour; -dvîpa, m. the island of Ceylon; -dhâtu, m. red chalk; -patta, m. copper-plate (for grants); -parnî, f. N. of a river (rising in the Malaya and celebrated for its pearls); -pâtra, n. copper vessel; -ma ya, a. (î) made of copper, coppery; -lipta, m. pl. N. of a people: â(?), î, f. their capital on the western mouth of the Ganges; -varna, a. cop per-coloured; -sâsana, n. copper-plate edict.

tālī	f. a tree; palm wine; clapping of the hands; a metre: -patta, -puta, m.(?) kind of ear-ring.

tejodvaya	n. sun and moon (the two lights); consisting of light or splendour; -maya, a. (î) brilliant, radiant; powerful; -rûpa, a. formed of pure splendour or radi ance; -vat, a. bright; brilliant; -vritta, n. dignified behaviour, energetic action.

tryaha	m. period of three days: -m, for three days; in., ab., lc. after three days; tryahe gate, lc. abs. three days having elapsed; -½aha, a. lasting three days: -vritta, pp. having happened three days before, -½aihika, a. provisioned for three days.

dakṣiṇottara	a. right and left, southern and northern: â-bhyâm pâni bhyâm, with the two hands, the right being uppermost; -½uttâna, a. holding the right hand palm upwards; du. withpânî, the two hands with the right turned palm upwards.

dānadharma	m. duty of alms giving or liberality; -pattaka, n. deed of gift; -pati, m. chief in liberality, very charitable man; -para, a. intent on liberality, generous, charitable: -tâ, f. generosity; -pârami-tâ, f. acme of generosity; -yogya, fp. worthy of a gift.

dīnaka	a. very pitiful: -m, ad.; -kitta, a. dejected, miserable; -ketana, a. id.; -tâ, f. scantiness; weakness; (á)-dak sha, a. dull-witted; -dâsa, m. a Sûdra N.; -dîna, a. being in a most wretched plight; -manas, -mânasa, a. sad-hearted, sorrowful; -rûpa, a. of sad mien; -vadana, a. sad-faced; -sattva, a. low-spirited.

durākṛti	a. mis-shapen, deform ed, ugly; -âkranda, a. having bad friends, friendless; -âgama, m. dishonest acquisition; -âkara, a. (î) hard to practise; difficult to treat or cure; -âkâra, m. bad conduct or cus tom; a. ill-behaved, of bad conduct, impious; -âtma-tâ, f. wickedness, baseness; -âtman, a. evil-minded, wicked, base, impious; -âtma vat, a. id.; -âdhara, a. hard to check, irre sistible; hard to obtain; hard to guard; -â dhársha, a. hard to attack; dangerous; -âna ma, a. hard to bend (bow); -&asharp;pa, a. hard to come up with; hard to attain; -ârâdhya, fp. hard to conciliate; hard to worship; -âruha, a. hard to climb; -âropa, a. hard to string; -âroha, a. hard to climb or ascend to: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -âlakshya, fp. hard to perceive; -âlamba, a. hard to gain a footing on; -âlam bha, a. hard to grasp; -âloka, a. hard to per ceive; -âvara, a. hard to close or protect; -âvaha, a. hard to conduct to (--°ree;); -âvâra, a. hard to close; difficult to check; -âvâsin, a. having bad quarters; -&asharp;vî, a. hard to pass (v. l. dur&asharp;yya).

duratikrama	a. hard to get over, overcome, or escape from; -atyaya, a. id.; -adhiga, a. hard to attain; -adhigama, a. id.; hard to be learned; -adhyaya, a. hard to obtain; -adhyavasâya, m. foolish under taking; -anushtheya, fp. hard to carry out.

durgama	a. hard to pass, impass able, inaccessible (on account of, in., --°ree;); hard to attain; -prove; m. n. difficult position; m. N.: -mârga-nirgamana, a. the way out of which is a difficult path; -gamanîya, fp. hard to pass; -gamya, fp. impassable.

durukta	pp. spoken falsely, rashly, or offensively (n. word --); harshly addressed; n. false, rash, or offensive word; -ukti, f. harsh or offensive word; -ukkheda, a. hard to exterminate; -uttara, a. hard to overcome; -utsaha, a. hard to bear; -resist; -udâhara, a. hard to utter; -udvaha, a. hard to bear; -upakâra, a. hard to approach, dangerous to molest; hard to deal with; -upadishta, pp. badly instructed; -upadesa, m.bad advice; -upapâda, a. hard to bring about or manage; difficult to prove; -upalaksha, a. hard to perceive; -upasarpin, a. approaching incau tiously.

durnaya	m. (sg. & pl.) bad or im prudent behaviour; -nigraha, a. hard to restrain or subdue; -nimita, pp. ill-measured, irregular, faltering (step); -nimitta, n. evil omen; -niyántu, a. hard to restrain; -nir îkshya, fp. hard to look at; hard to be seen by (in., g.); -nirûpa, a. hard to determine; -nivâra, a. hard to repel, -restrain; -get rid of or set aside: -tva, n. abst. n.; -nivâr ya, fp. id.; -nivritta, pp. hard to return from; -nîta, pp. badly conducted or executed; n. evil plight; demerit; -nripa, m. bad king.

durdhara	a. hard to bear; irre sistible; hard to administer (punishment); inevitable; m. N.; -dhárîtu, a. irresistible; -dharsha, a. hard of access, unapproachable, safe from attack; dangerous; terrible; -dhâr ya, fp. hard to bear; -retain; -dhî, a. stupid; ill-disposed.

durvaca	a. ill-spoken, abusive (word); hard to answer; -vakana, n. pl. hard words, abuse (Pr.); -vakas, n. id.; stupid words; a. abusive; hard to answer; -vanig, m. rogue of a merchant; -varna, m. bad colour; im purity; (-várna), a. having a bad colour or complexion; of low caste; n. silver; -vala, a. having a skin disease; -vasa, a. (n. it is) hard to dwell; hard to pass (time); -vasati, f. painful residence; a. hard to bear; -execute or accomplish; -vâk, f. abuse; a. abu sive; -vâkya, a. difficult to utter, harsh (words); n. abuse; ill-tidings; -vâda, m. blame, reproach; -vânta, pp. that has not fully vomited the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâra,a. hard to restrain or check; irresist ible; -vârana, a. id.; -vârttâ, f. ill-tidings; -vârya, fp. hard to restrain or check, irre sistible: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâla, a. bald-headed or red-haired or afflicted with skin disease; -vâsanâ, f.false notion; -v&asharp;sas, a. ill-clad; m. N. of an irascible Brâhman; -vâhita, n. heavy burden; -vikatthana, a. disagreeably boastful; -vikalpa, m. unjustifiable irresolution; -vigâha, a. hard to fathom or penetrate; profound; serious, critical; -vigâhya, fp. id.; -vikâra, m. ill-timed hesitation; a. very irresolute; -vigñâna, n. difficult ascer tainment; a. (á) hard to comprehend; -vi- gñeya, fp. hard to distinguish; -vidagdha, pp. perverse;-vidya, a. uneducated; -vidha, a. mean, base; -vidhi, m. evil destiny; -vi naya, m. imprudent behaviour; -vinîta, pp. ill-bred, ill-behaved: -ka, a. id.; -vipâka, m. ill-ripening, evil issue; a. having evil conse quences; -vibhâva, a. hard to comprehend; -vibhâvana, a. hard to perceive; -vibhâvya, fp. id.; indistinctly visible; hard to compre hend; -vilasita, n. wicked trick; -vivâha, m. blamable marriage; -vivekana, a. hard to judge rightly; -vishaha, a. hard to en dure or overcome; irresistible; hard to per form or accomplish; -vritta, n. bad or base conduct, baseness; a. ill-conducted, wicked; poor; m. wicked man; -vritti, f. distress, misery; baseness; -vyavasita, n. evil intent; -vyavasthâpa-ka, a. pronouncing a bad or unfavourable decision; -vyavahâra, m. bad decision of a suit; -vyavahriti, f. evil rumour; -vyasana, n. evil passion, vice; -vyâhrita, pp. ill-spoken; n. unsuitable utterance.

duḥśala	m. N. of a son of Dhrita- râshtra; -sâsana, m. Hard-to-curb, N. of a son of Dhrita-râshtra; -sikshita, pp. ill-instructed; uneducated, ill-bred; -sishya, m. bad pupil; -sîla, a. having bad habitsor a bad character, wicked: -tâ, f. bad character, wickedness; -sîla-kitta, a. wicked-minded; -séva, a. malevolent.

duścara	a. hard to traverse; inac cessible; hard to pass (time); difficult to prac tise: -tva, n. difficulty of practising; -kar ita, pp. behaving ill, doing ill deeds; n. (dús-), ill-conduct, misdeed, folly;-kárman, a. having a skin disease; -kâritra, a. ill conducted; -kârin, a. id.; -kikitsâ, f. wrong medical treatment; -kikitsita, pp. hard to cure; -kikitsya, fp. id.: -tva, n. difficulty of curing; -kitta, a. dejected, sad; -ketas, a.ill-disposed; -keshtâ, f. bad conduct, perverse ness; -keshtita, pp. n. id.: pl. ill-doings; -kyavaná, a. hard to overthrow, immovable; -kyâva, a. id.; -khid, a. hard to destroy.

duṣparigraha	a. hard to re tain; -parihántu, a. hard to remove; -pari hara, a. hard to avoid; -pâra, a. hard to cross; -perform; -pârshni-graha, a. hav ing a bad enemy in the rear, -grâha, a. id.;-pûra, a. hard to fill; -satisfy; -prakriti, f. low nature; a. base; -prakriyâ, f. trifling dignity; -pragña, a. stupid: -tva, n. stu pidity; -pranîta, pp. led astray; n. indis cretion; -pradharsha, a. hard to assail; -prabhañgana, m.hurricane; -prayukta, pp. badly or wrongly employed; -pravâda, m. slander; -pravritti, f. bad news; -pra vesa, a. hard to enter; -prasaha, a. hard to endure, irresistible; -prasâda, a. hard to ap pease: -na, a. id.; -prasâdhana, a. hard to manage (person); -prasâdhya, fp. id.; -prâ pa, a. hard to attain; -preksha, a., -preksha- nîya, fp. hard to see; unpleasant to look at; -prekshya, fp. id.

dvāratā	f. access: -m gam, become the occasion of (g.) to (g.); -darsin, m. jani tor, porter; -nâyaka, m. janitor, chamber lain; -pa, m. janitor; -paksha, m. fold of a door; door: -ka, n. id.: -ubhayatas ka dvâ rapakshakayoh, on both sides of the door: -patta, m. id.; -pati, m. janitor, chamberlain; -pâla, m. door-keeper: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. id.; -pidhâna, n. door-bolt; -phalaka, n. fold of a door; -bâhu, m. door-post; -rakshin, m. door-keeper; -vamsa, m. lintel of a door; -vat, a. many-gated: -î, f. N. of Krishna's residence; -stha, a. standing at the door or gate; m. janitor.

dvāra	n. (m.1) id.; aperture (esp. those of the body); way to, means of attaining (g., --°ree;); --°ree; a. effected by: in. (e-na), by (means of), in consequence of (--°ree;).

dvijendra	m. lord of the twice-born, Brâhman; -½îsvara, m. id.; moon; -½uttama, m. highest of the twice-born, Brâhman.

dvijamaya	a. (î) consisting of Brâhmans; -mukhya, m. chief of the twice born, Brâhman; -râga, m. moon; -½rishi, m. priestly sage (=brahmarshi); -li&ndot;gin, a. bearing the distinctive marks of a Brâhman; -vara, m. best among the twice-born, Brâh man; -sreshtha, -sattama, m. id.; -½agrya, m. chief of the twice-born, Brâhman.

dvyaṃśa	m. sg. two parts: î, f. id.; a. having two shares; -½aksha, a. (î) two-eyed; -½ãkshara, n. sg. two syllables; a. (also rá) dissyllabic; n. dissyllabic word; -½anu-ka, a. combination of two atoms; -½adhi ka, a. increased by two, two later than (tatah); two more; -½antara, a. separated by two intermediate links; -½abhiyoga, m. prosecution of two kinds; -½artha, a. having two senses, ambiguous; -½ardha, a. one and a half; -½ahá, a. lasting two days; m. period of two days: -m, for two days; ab., lc. after two days; -½aha-vritta, pp. having happened two days ago.

dhanatṛpti	f. sufficiency of money; -da, a. wealth-giving, liberal; m. Giver of wealth, ep. of Kubera; N.; -danda, m. fine; -datta, m. N. of various merchants; -d&asharp;, a. bestowing wealth.

dhāṭī	f. sudden attack, surprise.

dhāvana	n. 1. running, galoping; attack; 2. washing; rubbing.

dhṛtakanakamāla	a. wear ing a golden wreath; -kûrkaka, a. wearing a beard; -klesa, a. bearing hardships; -gar bhâ, f. a. pregnant; -tâla, m.=vetâla; -danda, a. wielding the rod, punishing; being punished by (in.); -dvaidhî-bhâva, a. being at variance; -dhanus, m. archer; -niskaya, a. firmly resolved on (d.); -pûrva, a. worn before; -praga, a. having offspring; (á) râshtra, m. (whose kingdom is enduring), N. of the blind son of Vyâsa and elder brother of Pându; -vat, pp. act., v. √ dhri; -vrata, a. whose law or ordinance is settled; main taining ordinances; firmly resolved; devoted, attached; -sarîra, a. whose body continues to exist, living on; -srî, a. whose fortune is steadfast; -samkalpa, a. firmly resolved on (lc.).

dhṛṣya	fp. liable to be attacked by (g.).

dhruva	a. [√ dhri] firm, stable, constant; permanent, perpetual, fixed, immutable; certain, inevitable: -m, ad. certainly, assuredly; m. polar star: personified as the son of Uttânapâda and grandson of Manu.

narayāna	n. palanquin; -rûpa, n. human form; -loka, m. world of men: -pâla, m. prince, king; -vara, m. excellent man: -½uttama, spv. best of excellent men; -var man, m. N. of a prince; -vâhana, a.drawn by men; m. ep. of Kubera; N.: -datta, m. N. of a prince: -karita, n. adventures of Naravâhanadatta; -vâhana-datt-îya, a. be longing to Naravâhanadatta; -vâhin, a. borne by men: w. yâna, n. palanquin; -vishâna,n. human horn=chimera; -vîra, m. heroic man: -loka, m.=children of men; -vyâghra, -sâr dûla, m. tiger-like man=most illustrious of men; -sreshtha, spv. best of men; -sakha, m. friend of Nara, ep. of Nârâyana; -simha, m. lion among men=great warrior; man-lion (the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu); -hari, m. man lion, Vishnu's fourth Avatâr.

nāgalatā	f. a tree; N.; -lekhâ, f. N.; -loka, m. world or abode of the Nâgas; coll. the serpents; -vatta, m. N.; -vall&ibrevcirc;, f. the betel plant, piper betel; -vasâ, f. female elephant; -sûra, m. N.; -sthala, n. N. of a village; -svâmin, m. N.

nidhi	m. putting down; food set down; receptacle; fig. embodiment; (hidden) treasure: apâm --, receptacle of waters, ocean; kalânâm --, full moon; -guhyaka½adhipa, m. ep. of Kubera; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -pa, m. guardian of treasure; -pati datta, m. N.; -p&asharp;, -pâla, m. guardian of a treasure; -pâlita, m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of treasures; -vâda, m. art of finding treasure.

nipatana	n. falling; flying, flight; -pâta, m. fall; descent; cast (of a look); fall ing from (ab.) on (--°ree;); alighting (of a bird); fall (fig.); assault, attack; death; incidental mention; irregularity (gr.); particle (gr.); -pâtana, n. causing to fall or descend; falling down; flying down (of a bird); beating, striking; destroying, killing; incidental men tion, esp. of an irregular or rare form (gr.): -pratîkâra, m. repelling of assaults; -pâtin, a. falling down; dropping; alighting, on (--°ree;); striking down, destroying, consuming; -pâdá, m. lowland, valley; -pâna, n. drinking; trough; trench, tank, pool: -vat, a. abound ing in pools, -saras, n.drinking-pool.

nirmegha	a. cloudless; -moka, m. hide; serpent's slough: -patta, m. strip of slough; -moksha, m. deliverance, from (g.,--°ree;).

nirukta	pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.

nirnamaskāra	a. receiving no salutation, despised by all; -nâtha, a. hav ing no protector: -tâ, f. widowhood; -nâbhi, a. reaching below the navel; -nâyaka, a. lacking a guide or leader; -nâsana, a. ban ishing, dispelling; -nidra, a. sleepless: -tâ, f. sleeplessness; -nimitta, a. causeless; quite dis interested: -m or °ree;--. ad. without an ascertain able cause, -tva, n. lack of causation; -nime sha, a. unwinking;-nirodha, a. unimpeded.

nirvaṃśa	a. having no family, child less, alone in the world; -vakana, n. ex planation, etymology; a. speechless: -m, ad. without saying a word; -vatsala, a. not tenderly attached to, esp. children (lc.);-váp ana, n. (funeral) offering; -vartaka, a. per forming; -vartana, n. performance; -vart anîya, fp. to be accomplished; -varti, a. wickless; -vartitavya, fp. to be performed (Pr.); -vartin, a. ill-behaved (--°ree;); performing, doing (--°ree;); -vartya, fp. to be accomplished; -produced; -uttered; -vasa, a. possessing no will of one's own, dependent: -tâ, f. depend ence; -vashatkâra-ma&ndot;gala, a. lacking sacri fices and festivities;-vasu, a. poor; -vastrî kri, deprive of one's clothes; -vahana, n. con clusion, issue; final act, catastrophe (dr.)

nirviśaṅka	a. unhesitating, fear less: -m or in., fearlessly; -visesha, a. de void of distinction, like, equal; not differing from (--°ree;); unqualified, absolute: -m, without a difference; n. lack of distinction, like ap pearance: in. in the same way as (--°ree;), -vise sha, m. difference without a distinction=not the slightest difference, -½âkriti, a. having an appearance not differing from the rest, looking precisely alike; -visha, a. not poisonous; deprived of poison; -vishaya, a. driven from one's abode; banished, from (--°ree;); not relating to an object; unattached to the ob jects of sense; -vishayî-kri, banish, remove from (--°ree;);-vishî-kri, free from poison; -vîrya, a. feeble, tame, spiritless.

niḥsaṃśaya	a. undoubted, cer tain; undoubting, sure: -m, ad. certainly, undoubtedly; -samsayita, pp. unquestioned, sure, safe; -samskâra, a. unrefined, ill-man nered: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sa&ndot;khya, a. in numerable; -sa&ndot;ga, a. unattached; indif ferent to (lc.), disinterested, free from all de sires: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -sakiva, a. lacking a minister; -samkâra, a. not going out, not leaving the house; -samgña, a. un conscious; -sattva, a. devoid of reality; wanting in courage or firmness; weak, wretched; deprived of living beings: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -satya, a. untrue, lying: -tâ, f. untruthfulness, mendacity, insincerity; -sam tati, a. destitute of offspring; -samdigdha, pp. not doubtful, certain: -m, ad. undoubtedly, certainly; -samdeha, a. id.; -samdhi, a. lacking a joining or interstice; close, firm (embrace); -sapatna, a.having no rival; uncontested; unrivalled: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -sambâdha, a. uncrowded; -sambhrama, a. unperplexed (about, inf.); -sarana, n. going out; exit; expedient against (ab. or --°ree;); -sarani, a. pathless; -sarpa, a.free from serpents; -salila, a. waterless; -saha, a. powerless; fainting: °ree;--, ad. in a faint; -sahâya, a. companionless, helpless.

nyāya	m. [going back, reference, precedent], rule, standard, axiom, principle, method; manner; propriety, correct way; logical proof or conclusion, syllogism; logic, the Nyâya system of philosophy;lawsuit; decision, judgment: in., ab., °ree;--, after the manner of (--°ree;); in. -tas, °ree;--, suitably, properly; -vartin, a. behaving with propriety; -vâdin, a. speaking suitably; -vid, m. connoisseur; -vidyâ, f. logic; -vritta,pp. behaving with propriety; -sâstra, n. treatise on logic; -sikshâ, f. logic.

pakṣatva	n. being a component part of (--°ree;); being the subject of a conclusion; prosecution; -dvâra, n. side-door; -dhara, a. taking the side of (g.); attached to (lc.); m. bird; -pâta, m. flight; partisanship, partiality, predilection for (ac.±prati, g., lc., --°ree;); -pâti-tâ, f. partiality or predilection for (lc. or --°ree;); -pâtin, a. siding with, partial to (--°ree;); -puta, m. outspread wing; wing; -bala, n. strength of wing; -rakanâ, f. formation of a party; (á)-vat, a. winged; having a large following; -vikala, a. paralyzed in the wings.

patita	pp. √ 1. pat; n. flight: -vritta, pp. living as an outcast; -sâvitrî ka, a. having neglected the Sâvitrî, i. e. hav ing omitted investiture with the sacred cord; -sthita, pp. lying on the ground; -½utthita, pp. shipwrecked and rescued.

parigha	m. iron gate-bar (with which powerful arms are often compared); bar, obstacle (fig.); iron club, mace encased with iron; streak of cloud across the rising or set ting sun; palace-gate, gate; -ghattana, n. friction; -ghâta, m. removal; -ghâtin, a. transgressing (--°ree;); -gha½upama, a. like iron bars.

parigaṇana	n., â, f. complete enumeration, exact statement; counting; -gananîya, fp. to be completely enumerated, -exactly stated; *-ganit-in, a. having fully considered everything; -gata, pp.encom passed, surrounded; overwhelmed: -½artha, a. familiar with a thing; -gantavya, fp. attain able; -gama, m. acquaintance; occupation with (--°ree;); -garvita, pp. very haughty; -garhana, n. censure; -grihîti, f.inclusion; -grahá, m. embracing; inclusion; putting on, as sumption (of a body); taking; laying hold of; acceptance, receipt; deriving from (ab.); obtainment, acquisition, possession; admission, reception; marrying, marriage; selection; taking to mean; undertaking, prac tice of, addiction to (--°ree;); grace, favour, as sistance; claim, to (lc.); amount, sum, total number; property; wife (also coll.); depend ents, household, family, concubines of a king; abode; root, foundation; -grahana, n. put ting on; -graha-tva, n. woman's marriage with (--°ree;); -grahîtri, m. husband; adopted father; -grâhaka, a. doing a favour; -grâh ya, fp. to be kindly treated; -glâna, pp. (√ glai) exhausted.

parivṛḍha	pp. √ brih; m. lord, master; -vritta, (pp.) n. rolling, weltering, moving to and fro; -vritti, f. exchange, bar ter: in. alternately; -vriddhi, f. increase.

parāmarśa	m. injury; assault, attack, on (g., lc., --°ree;); relation to; recollection; reflexion, consideration.

parītāpa	m. heat; -tosha, m. satisfaction; -tta, pp. √ dâ; -pâka, m. de velopment; ripeness; consequences, result.

paścimācala	m. Western Moun tain (a fabulous mountain behind which the sun is supposed to set: cp. asta½akala); -½ambu dhi, m. western ocean; -½itara, a. (opposite of west), eastern; -½uttara, a. north-western: -pûrva, a. western, northern, or eastern.

pādanamra	a. bowing down to the feet of any one; -nikrit, a. having a de ficiency of a syllable in each quarter-verse; -nyâsa, m. setting down of the feet, step; footprint; -pa, m. (drinking by the root), plant, esp. tree: -ka, --°ree;, a. id.; -patana, n. throwing oneself at the feet of any one, pros tration; -patita, pp. having thrown oneself at any one's feet; -paddhati, f. line of foot steps, footprints; -padma, m. lotus-foot; -parikâraka, m. humble servant; -pâda dhâvana, n. washing of one foot with the other; -pîtha, n. footstool: î-kri, turn into a footstool; -pûrana, a., n. filling a verse foot; -prakshâlana, n. washing of the feet; -prasârana, n. stretching out the feet; -pra hâra, m. kick; -bhata, m. foot-soldier; -bhâ ga, m. a fourth; -bhâg, a. possessing=equalling only a fourth part of any one (g.) in (lc.); -mudrâ, f. footprint; trace, sign, indication:-pa&ndot;kti, f. line of footprints, track; -mûla, n. root of the foot, tarsus; sometimes used as a respectful designation of a person; foot of a mountain: e ni-pat, fall at the feet of (g.); -yuddha, n. foot-fight; -ragas, n.dust of the feet; -lagna, pp. sticking in the foot (thorn); lying at any one's feet; attached to the foot; -lepa, m. foot-ointment of a peculiarly magical power; -vandana, n. adoration of the feet, reverential salutation;-sabda, m. sound of footsteps; -sas, ad. foot by foot; by a fourth; sauka, n. cleansing of the feet; -stambha, m. supporting beam, pillar.

pāna	n. drinking (esp. of strong drink); draught; sipping (the lips); beverage, drink: -ka, m. n. beverage, drink; -pa, a. drinking intoxicating liquors; -pâtra, n. drinking ves sel, cup (esp. for spirituous liquor); -bhû or -bhûmi, f. drinking-place or room; -ma&ndot; gala, n. drinking-bout; -matta, pp. intoxi cated; -mada, m. intoxication.

pāramitā	f. reaching the further shore, complete attainment (of a virtue); (--°ree;) perfection in (B.).

pārṣṇi	f. heel; rear of an army, back: -m grah, attack any one (g.) in the rear; -grâha, a. attacking in the rear; m. enemy in the rear.

punarapagama	m. going away again; -abhidhâna, n. repeated mention; -abhyâkâram, abs. by repeatedly attracting; -âgata, pp. returned; -âgama, m. return: -âgamana, n. coming back, return; re-birth; -âdâyam, abs. repeatedly; -âdhâna, n. renewed kindling of the sacred fire; -âdhéya, fp. to be kindled again (sacred fire); -âvartin, a. returning to terrestrial existence; leading to a return of earthly existence; -â vritta, pp. repeated; -âvritti, f. return, re appearance; renewed birth.

punaryuddha	n. renewal of battle; -lâbha, m. re-attainment, recovery; -lekhana, n. renewed writing down; -vaktavya, fp. to be repeated: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vakana, n. saying over again, repeating; -vasu, a. bringing back boons; m. du. & sg. fifth or seventh lunar mansion.

purāvid	a. knowing the past, versed in ancient lore; -vritta, pp. having happened in the olden time, long past, ancient; n. event of the past: -kathâ, f. story or le gend of the olden time; -½âkhyâna-katha nam, n. telling of old legends.

puruṣaka	n. vertical position, rearing (in horses); -kâra, m. human effort (opp. fate); manly act, heroism; haughtiness, pride: e-na hîna, destitute of human effort to save it (animal); -ghâ, a. f.having killed her husband; -kkhandása, n. metre appro priate to man (the dvipadâ); -gñâna, n. know ledge of men; -tantra, a. dependent on the subject, subjective; (á)-tâ, f. manhood: in. (id.) after the manner of men; -tr&asharp;, ad. among people; -tva, n. manhood; -datta, m. N.; -dravya-sampad, f. abundance of men and material; -pasu, m. man as a sacrificial victim; beast of a man; -mân-in, a. think ing himself a hero: (-i)-tva, n. abst. n.; -me dhá, m. human sacrifice; -½rishabha, m. bull among men, eminent man; -rûpa, n. human form: -ka, a. having a human form; -vyâ ghrá, m. man-tiger; tiger among men, pre eminent man; -sârdûla, m. tiger of men, chief of men; -sîrshaka, n. (?) (man-headed), kind of burglar's implement; -simha, m. lion among men, pre-eminent man; -sûkta, n. the Purusha-hymn (RV. X, 90) describing the primaeval soul.

puruṣa	m. (metrically often leng thened to p&usharp;-), man; human being (pl. people; man kind); person (with danda, m. punishment personified); attendant; functionary; per sonal and animating principle, soul; highest personal principle, universal soul, Supreme Spirit (sts. with para, parama, or uttama); primaeval male from whom the universe was evolved (± nârâyana); member of a race, generation; person (in grammar: prathama --, =our third person; uttama--, =our first).

puroratha	a. whose car is in front of others; surpassing others, pre-eminent; -rúk, a. shining before; f. kind of Nivid verse to be recited before the hymn (sûkta) or its parts at the morning sacrifice during the recitation of the Âgya and Praüga; -vartin, a. being before any one's eyes; for ward, obtrusive; -vâtá, m. wind from the front, east wind (which brings rain); -vâda, m. previous mention; -vritta, pp. being in front, preceding.

pūrṇāñjali	m. two handfuls; -½âtman, m. probably incorrect for prânât man; -½ânanda, m. perfect joy; -½apûrna, pp. sometimes full, sometimes short (measure); -½âyata, (pp.) n. bow fully drawn; -½artha, a. having one's object attained or one's wish fulfilled; -½âhutí, f. full offering, offering of a full ladle.

pūrvapakṣa	m. fore part or side; first half of a lunar month (when the moon increases), light fortnight; (primâ facie case), action at law; first objection to a proposi tion; -pakshin, a. making the first objection to a proposition; -pakshî-kri, make the first objection to a proposition; -patha, m. pre vious path, same way as before; -pada, n. previous member of a compound (gr.); -pad ya, a. belonging to the first member of a compound; -parigraha, m. first claim, pre cedence, privilege; a. claimed as a privilege by (g.); -pâda, m. fore-foot; -pitâmaha, m. fore-grandfather=ancestor; -pîthikâ, f. in troduction; -purusha, m.forefather (pl. ancestors); primaeval spirit, ep. of Brahman: -½upârgita, pp. collected by one's ancestors; -pûgita, pp. previously consecrated; -pûrva, a. every preceding one, each previously men tioned one; m. pl.ancient ancestors; -pûr va½ukta, pp. respectively mentioned before; -péya, n. precedence in drinking; precedence (in general); -pragñ&asharp;, f. knowledge of the past, memory; -prati-panna, pp. having previously agreed to or promised something; -pravritta, pp. having occurred previously; -prasthita, pp. having started previously, hastening on before.

pūrvadakṣiṇa	a. south-eastern; -datta, pp. previously given or presented; -dis, f. eastern quarter, east; -dishta, pp. determined by previous actions; -dîkshin, a. taking the first consecration (of two or more who sacrifice at the same time and place); -dugdha, pp. previously (milked=) drained or plundered; -drishtá, pp. seen before; formerly seen, ancient; looked upon of old or long regarded as (nm.); -deva, m.primaeval god; -devatâ, f. primaeval deity; -desa, m. eastern direction: lc. to the east of (ab.); eastern country; -deha, m. former body: lc.=in a previous existence.

pūrvaraṅga	m. prelude (of a play); -râga, m. incipient love; -râga, m. ex-king; -râtra, m. first part of the night; -rûpá, n. (previous appearance), omen; precursor of (g.), sure symptom of (prati); first of two vowels or consonants coming into contact (gr.); a. having its previous form, being as before; -lakshana, n. preceding symptom; -vát, 1. ad. as before, as formerly; as said above; 2. -vat, a. preceded by something; containing an inference from cause to effect; -vayas, a. being in early life, young; -vart in, a. being in front of (--°ree;); previously ex isting: (-i)-tâ, f. priority; -vâda, m. (primâ facie statement), action at law;-vâdin, m. plaintiff; -vid, a. knowing the past; -vidhi, m. preceding rule; -vrita, pp. previously chosen; -vritta, pp. having happened before; relating to a former occurrence; n. former occurrence, event of old; former behaviour; -vairin, a. commencing hostilities first.

pūrvokta	pp. said or mentioned before, aforesaid; -½ukita, pp. accustomed in former days, known from of old; -½uttara, a. north-eastern (lc. in the north-east): du. preceding and following; -½utthâyin, a. aris ing first (in the morning); -½utthita, pp. having risen before (smoke); -½utpatti, a. arising before; -½utpanna, pp. having arisen before: -tva, n. priority; -½upakârin, a. having formerly done one a service; -½upa-nihita, pp. previously hidden away; -½upârg ita, pp. formerly acquired.

pṛtanyu	a. attacking; m. enemy.

pṛthuka	m. n. half-ripe, flattened rice; m. boy; young of an animal; -ku- ka½utpîdam, abs. pressing to her full bosom; -kâru½añkita½îkshana, a. having wide, beau tiful, and curved eyes; -gaghana,a. having broad hips; -tara, cpv. very great or con siderable; -tarî-kri, open (the eyes) wider; -tâ, f., -tva, n. largeness, greatness, wideness; -damshtra, a. having large incisors; -datta, m. N. of a frog; -darsin, a. far-seeing (fig.); -dhâra, a. broad-edged; -pársu, a. having broad (curved) swords; (ú)-pâni, a. broad-handed (Savitri); -pratha, a. far-famed; -protha, a. having wide nostrils (horse); -bâhu, a. thick-armed; -yasas, a. far-famed.

pṛthaggaṇa	m. separate or distinct class; -gotra, a. pl. belonging to different families; -gana, m. man of lower classes: sg. & pl. common people; -gaya, m. victory in a duel; -dris, a. seeingsomething dif ferent from (ab.); -dvâra, n. pl. special doors, i. e. means of attainment; -dharma vid, a. pl. each knowing different institutes of law; -bhâva, m. separate condition, dif ference, variety; -yoga, a. pl. having dif ferent lots (perhaps incorrect for -bhoga or -bhâga); -lakshana, a. having different cha racteristics; -varsha, n. pl. a year in each case; -vidha, a. various, manifold, several; different from (in.).

pracaya	m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;).

praṇaya	m. leader; guidance; mani festation, display; confidence, in (lc.); friendly regard; familiarity; affection, love; fond attachment (of lovers), display of affection; desire, longing, for (lc.): in., ab., °ree;--, and pranaya½upetam, ad. confidently, fearlessly; unreservedly, without ceremony: -kalaha, m. friendly quarrel; -nayana, n. bringing, fetching; means or vessel for fetching; mani festation, display; adduction; wielding (a weapon), infliction of punishment (danda); establishing, founding; performance, execu tion; composition (of, --°ree;); satisfying, satiat ing (--°ree;); -naya-bha&ndot;ga, m. breach of con fidence; -naya-vat,a. acting without re serve or ceremony, unaffected; tenderly at tached to (lc. or --°ree;); addicted to (--°ree;); -nay i-kriyâ, f. friendly service; -nayi-tâ, f. love, affection (for, lc.); desire, longing (for, g. or --°ree;); -nay-in,a. beloved, dear (to, g.); ten derly attached, affectionate, loving; fond of, liking, devoted to, longing for (in. or --°ree;); frequenting, dwelling or being in (--°ree;); aim ing at, having in view (--°ree;); combined orprovided with (--°ree;); m. favourite, dear friend; lover, husband: -î, f. mistress, wife; -nayî kri, attach closely: pp. connected with (in. or --°ree;); -nayî-bhû, again become attached to (lc.).

pratipakṣa	m. opposite side; opposition, hostile party; opponent, adver sary; rival (in, --°ree;); --°ree; a. rivalling: -gan man, a. produced by enemies, -tâ, f., -tva, n. opposition, hostility; -pakshita,pp. op posed, contradictory; -pakshin, m. opponent, adversary; -paná, m. exchange; counter stake (in play); -pattavya, fp. to be ob tained or received; -given (answer); comprehended or understood; n. impl. one should behave; one should assume or lay down; -patti, f. obtainment, acquirement; perception, comprehension; understanding, intelligence; supposition, view, assertion; admission; giving, bestowal on any one (lc. or --°ree;); causing; taking in hand (--°ree;); enter prise, procedure, action, in or with (g. or lc.); respectful behaviour, mark of respect, honour; confidence, assurance, determination; re source, means for (lc.), expedient against (g.); high rank, dominion, rule; conclusion; ta tra kâ pratipattih syât, what is to be done in that case? kâ tasya pratipattih, what is to be done with it? pratipattim dâ, show honour: -daksha, a. resourceful; -pûrva kam,ad. respectfully; -pradâna, n. showing of honour; -mat, a. intelligent, resourceful.

pratipāṇa	a. bartering; m. counter stake; revenge at play; -pâtram, ad. in or on every part (in a play); -pâdaka, a. (ikâ) giving, bestowing (--°ree;); discussing, treating of, teaching; explanatory, illustrative; -pâd ana, n. causing to attain (--°ree;); giving, be stowal, on (lc. or --°ree;); giving back, return ing; bringing back; inauguration in (--°ree;); producing, causing; setting forth, treating of, propounding, illustrating, teaching; com mencement; -pâdanîya, fp. to be given, in marriage (Pr.); to be propounded, dis cussed or treated of; -pâdapam, ad. in every tree; -pâdam, ad. in every verse (pâda); -pâdayitavya, fp. to be bestowed or pre sented; -pâdayitri, m. bestower, on (lc.); propounder, teacher; -pâdukâ, f. pedestal; -pâdya, fp. to be propounded, explained, or discussed; under discussion; -pâna, n. drink ing; drinking water; -pâpa, a.bad in return, requiting any one (lc.) with evil; -pâlana, n. watching, guarding, protection; rearing, nurture (of animals); keeping, observance, maintenance, of (g. or --°ree;); expectation (Pr.); -pâlanîya or -pâlayitavya,fp. to be ex pected or waited for; -pâlin, a. guarding, protecting; -pâlya, fp. to be protected or guarded; to be waited for.

pratiyatna	m. trouble bestowed upon anything, elaboration, preparation, manufacture; -yâtana, n. requital: â, f. image, figure, statue (of a god); -yâna, n. return; -yâmini, ad. every night; -yâyin,a. going against, attacking; -yuddha, n. counter-contest, fight in return; -yuvati, f. female rival, concubine; -yuvam, ad. to wards the youth; -yoga, m. opposition, re sistance: in. pl. by remedies or antidotes; -yogam, ad.rule by rule; -yogika, a. cor relative, contrasting with (--°ree;): -tva, n. corre lativeness; -yog-in, a. correlative, contrast ing; m. opponent, adversary: (-i)-tâ, f., (-i) tva, n. correlation, contrast; -yogayitavya, fp. to be strung or the strings of which are to be tuned (lute); -yoddhavya, fp. to be fought against in return; -yoddhri, m. combatant; well-matched adversary; -yodha, m. combat ant, antagonist; -yodhana, n. combating; combat; -yodhin, m. combatant, equal an tagonist (--°ree;); -yoshit, f. female rival, con cubine.

prativighāta	m. warding off; -vitapam, ad. for every branch; -vidyam, ad. at every doctrine; -vidhâtavya, fp. to be employed; -provided against; n. impl. one should take care; -vidhâna, n.counter action, prevention, precaution against (g. or --°ree;); care or provision for (--°ree;); -vidhi, m. remedy for (--°ree;); -vidhitsâ, f. desire or in tention to counteract; -vidheya, fp. to be done against; -rejected; n. impl. one should take precautions; one should take measures against (lc.); -viparîta, pp. exactly opposite; -vibhâga, m. distribution, apportionment; -virati, ad. on each cessation or disappear ance; -visesha, m.peculiarity, particular circumstance; -viseshana, n. detailed speci fication; -visva, a. pl. all and sundry: lc. in all cases; -visha, a. containing an antidote; -vishaya, m. pl. all objects of sense: °ree;-or -m, ad. with regard to each individual object of sense; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; -vîra, m. op ponent; equal antagonist; -vrittântam, ad. according to the saying, as they say; -vri sha, m. hostile bull; -vedam, ad. in the case of or for every Veda; -vedântam, ad. in every Upanishad; -velam, ad. at every opportunity; -vesa, a. neighbouring; aux iliary, subordinate, minor; m. neighbour; neighbouring house; -vesin, a. neighbouring; m. neighbour; -vesma, ad. in every house; -vesman, n. neighbouring house; -vesya, m. neighbour; -vaira, n. counter-hostility, re venge; -vodhavya, fp. to be carried home.

prativaktavya	fp. to be replied to; to be given (answer); to be combated or disputed; to be contradicted (person); -vak ana, n. answer, reply, to (g. or --°ree;): î-kri, give as an answer, reply with (ac.); -vakas, n. answer; -vatsara, m. year; -vatsaram, ad. every year; -vaditavya, fp. to be com bated or disputed; -vanam, ad. in every forest; -vat, a. containing the word &open;prati;&close; -vanitâ, f. female rival; -varna, m. each caste: -m, ad. for every caste; -varnika, a. having a corresponding colour, similar; -var sha, °ree;-or -m, ad. every year; -vallabhâ, f. female rival, concubine; -vasati, ad. in or on every house; -vastu, n. corresponding thing, equivalent, compensation: -½upamâ, f. parallel simile (rh.); -vahni-pradakshi- nam, ad. at every circumambulation of the fire from left to right; -vâkya, n. answer; -vâk, f. yelling orbarking at (pl.); answer; -vâkita, n. answer; -vâta, m. wind blowing in front: -m, ad. against the wind; lc. to the leeward; -vâda, m. refusal, rejection; -vâd in, a. contradicting; refractory; m. oppo nent; defendant (in a lawsuit); -vârana, 1. a. warding off; n. keeping off; 2. hostile elephant; -vârttâ, f. news; -vârya, fp. to be warded off (--°ree;); -vâsaram, m. daily.

pratyavarodhana	n. obstruc tion; -rohá, m. coming down towards any one; descending succession; a kind of ritual verse; -rohana, n. coming down towards any one (from a seat, etc.); renewed descent (a do mestic rite in the month Mârgasîrsha); -roh am, abs. descending; -rohin, a. moving downwards, descending; -sâna, n. eating; -sita, pp. √ sâ; -skanda, m. attack, sur prise; -sthâna, n.objection; -hartos, g. inf. √ hri; -hâra, m. withdrawal; dissolution.

pratyukta	pp. √ vak; n. answer: -tva, n. refutation; -½ukti, f. reply; -½uggîv ana, n. revival; resuscitation; -½uta, ad. on the contrary, rather, even; -½utkarsha, m. surpassing; -½úttabdhi, f.supporting, propping; -½uttambha, m.: -na, n. id.; -½ut tara, n. reply to an answer, rejoinder; an swer; -½uttarî-karana, n. making a reply, answer; -½uttarî-kri, answer; -½utthâna, n. rising up to meet (a guest), respectful recep tion; rising up against, hostility; -½uttheya, fp. to whom respect should be shown by rising; -½utpanna, pp. prompt, ready: -mati, a. possessed of presence of mind; m. Ready wit, N. of a fish; -½udadhi,ad. at the sea; -½udâharana, n. counter-example; -½udâ hârya, fp. to be given as a counter-example; -½udgati, f., -½udgama, m.: -na, n. going to meet, esp. as a mark of respect; -½udgaman îya, fp. suitable for the respectful reception of a guest; -½udyama, m. counter-weight, balance; -½udyamin, a. balancing; -½udyâ tri, m. assailant; -½udyâmín, a. rebellious; -½unnamana, n. rebounding.

prathamaka	a. first; -kalpa, m. primary ordinance; -kalpita, pp. first in rank; -garbha, m. first pregnancy; a. f. â, pregnant for the first time; -ga or -g&asharp;, a. first-born; original; firstling; born in the first (i. e. first mentioned) wedlock; -gâta, pp. first-born; -tara, °ree;-or -m, (cpv.) ad. first; -tas, ad. first; forthwith; before, in preference to (g.); be fore, previously to (--°ree;); -darsana, n. first sight (lc. at --): -dina, n. first day of seeing any one (g.); -dugdhá, pp. just milked; -dhâra, m. (?) first drop; -nirdishta, pp. first stated or mentioned; -purusha, m. first (our third) person (gr.); -pravada, a. utter ing the first sound (child); -prasûtâ, pp. f. having calved for the first time; -bh&asharp;g, a. obtaining the first share; -yagñá, m. first sacrifice; -râtra, m. beginning of the night; -vayas-ín, a. young; -vasati, f. original or old home; -vittâ, f.first wife; -samgama, m. N.; -samâvritta, pp. only just turned to wards (lc.); -½âgâmin, a. coming or men tioned first; -½âdesa, m. initial position (of a word); -½abhidheya, n. fundamental meaning: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½ardha, m. n. first half; -½ava ra-tva, n. higher and lower rank, seniority and juniority; -½astamita, n. recent setting of the sun; -½ahám, ad. on the first day; -½âhâra, m. first employment; -½itara, a. re verse of the first, second.

pradakṣiṇit	ad. in such a manner that one's right side is turned towards an object; -dakshinî-kri, turn one's right side towards (ac.), walk round (ac.) from left to right; -dakshinena, in. ad. from left to right; towards the south; -dagdhavya, fp. to be burnt; -datta, pp. (√ dâ) given up, re stored: -nayana½utsava, a. affording a feast to the eyes; -dará, m. dispersion (of an army); cleft, fissure (in the ground); -darsa, m. ap pearance (--°ree;); direction, injunction: -ka, a. showing, indicating; propounding, teaching; m. teacher; -darsana, n. appearance (often --°ree;); showing, exhibition, designation; teach ing; example: â, f. indication; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) beholding, seeing; showing, indicating; -darsya, cs. gd. having exhibited or shown; -dahana, n. burning (of earthenware).

pradhana	n. prize of the contest; contest, battle; best of one's goods, valuables: -½âghâtaka, a. setting a contest on foot, -½a&ndot;gana, n. battle-field; -dharsha, m. as sault (--°ree;); -dharsha-ka, a.(--°ree;) wronging, violating (another man's wife); -dharshana, a. attacking, molesting; n., â, f. assaulting, laying hands on, ill-treatment, molestation; -dharshanîya, fp. liable to assault, ill-treat ment, or insult.

pramaṃhiṣṭhīya	n. N. of RV. I. 57 (which begins with the words &open;pra mamhishthâya&close;); (á)-mati, f. care, protection; provider, protector; -matta, pp. (√ mad) inattentive, careless, heedless, negligent, remiss: -sakiva, a. having a careless minister; -matha, m. Teazer, kind of sprite attendant on Siva; -mathana, a. (î) tor menting, harassing; destroying, removing; m. N. of a Dânava; n.destruction; -ma tha-nâtha, m. ep. of Siva; -matha½adhipa, m. id.; -mathin, a. tormenting, racking, harassing; -mada, m. pleasure, joy; a. intoxicated, wild, mad: â, f. handsome, buxom, lively woman; woman; -madana, n. joy of love; place of amusement, playground; -ma da-vana, n. pleasure-grove (of a prince); -madâ-gana, m. womankind, the female sex, woman; -madâ-vana, n. pleasure-grove of the women (of a prince); -madâ½âspada, n. harem, gynaeceum; -maditavya, fp. n. imps. one should be negligent regarding (ab.); -madvara, a. foolish; m. fool: â, f. N. of the wife of Ruru; -mánas, a. careful, tender; pleased, joyful; willing; -mantha, m. fire-drill (by the rotation of which fire is produced from wood); -manyu, a. indignant with, incensed against (lc.); very sad; -maya, m. death; -mará, m. death; -marana, n. dying, death; -mardaka, a. crushing, destroying; -mardana, a. crushing, destroying, annihi lating (g. or --°ree;); m. N. of a fairy; -mardi tri, m. crusher, destroyer; -mardin, a. crush ing, destroying (--°ree;); (á)-mahas, a. of great might.

prapakva	a. inflamed (med.); -pak sha, m. tip of a wing; -pañka, m. expansion, prolixity, amplification, of (g. or --°ree;); phe nomenon; manifestation or form of (g.); phenomenal world (ph.); mutual flattery (rh.); ludicrous dialogue (dr.): in. or -tas, ad. in detail, -pañka-ka, a. (ikâ) multiply ing (--°ree;); amplifying, explaining in detail; -pañkana, n. detailed or prolix account; -pañka-buddhi, a. crafty, wily; -pañka-ya,den. describe or explain in detail; represent in a false light; -pañka-vakana, n. prolix discourse; -paná, m. trade, barter, purchase; -patana, n. flying away; falling down, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); -patti, f.pious resignation; (á)-patha, m. onward way, journey; road; -pathín, a. wandering; -pad, f. 1. road; 2. (prá-) fore part of the foot; (prá) pada, n. fore part or tip of the foot; -pada na, n. entry, into (--°ree;); -padam, ad. reciting in such a manner as to cut up verses into sec tions of an equal number of syllables and to interpose between them formulae contain ing the word prapadye (Br.); -panna, pp. (√ pad) reached, arrived; attained, obtained: -pâla, m. protector of suppliants (Krishna); -palâyana, n. flight; -palâyin, a. fleeing, fugitive; -p&asharp;, f. water-tank, reservoir, well; water-hut for travellers; affluent (of a tank etc.); -pâka, m.ripening (of an ulcer etc.); digestion; -pâtha: -ka, m. lesson (subsection in books); -pâni, m. fore-arm: -ka, m. id.; -pându, a. very white: -ra, a. id.; -pâta, m. kind of flight; leaping forward; hasten ing away; fall, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); falling out (of the hair); effusion (of semen); fall (of a glance on anything); steep declivity, precipice; -pâtana, n. felling, cast ing down; directing or causing (the eye) to alight (--°ree;);-pâna, n. drinking; -pâ-pâlikâ, -pâ-pâlî, f. female watcher of a water-tank, well, or water-hut; -pâ-mandapa, m. water hut (for travellers); -pâlaka, m. protector, guardian; -pâlana, n. guarding, protecting.

pramoka	m. setting free, release; -moktavya, fp. to be released; -moksha, m. loss; release, deliverance, from (--°ree;); redemp tion; -mokana, a. (î) delivering from (--°ree;); n. shedding (of tears); freeing or delivering from (--°ree;); -modá, m. joy, delight (sts. pl.); strong perfume; N.: -ka, m. kind of rice; N.; -modana, a. delighting; n. enjoyment, hilarity; gladdening; -modita, (cs. pp. √ mud) m. ep. of Kubera;N.; -modín, a. delighting; m. kind of rice; -moda½upa-ruddha, (pp.) n. retreat of joy, harem; -mo sha, m. deprivation; -moha, m. bewilder ment: -kitta, a. bewildered in mind; -moh ana, a. (î) bewildering; -mohin, a. (--°ree;) id.

prayukta	pp. √ yug; (á)-yukti, f. impulse; employment; -yúg, (V.) f. (?) team; impulse, motive; gain; -yúta, n. million; (á)-yuti, (V.) f. absence (of mind); -yud dha, pp. √ yudh; n. contest, battle; -yúdh, a. attacking.

prayāta	pp. set out, gone, departed; gone towards, advanced, advancing; -yâtav ya, fp. to be attacked; n. imps. one should set out; -yâtri, m. one who goes or can go or fly; -yâpya, cs. fp. to be sent away; -yâ yin, a. going or riding on, marching with (--°ree;); -yâsá, m. exertion, trouble, effort, about (g., lc., --°ree;, -arthâya, or -nimittena); -yâsita, pp. n. id.

prayāga	m. Place of sacrifice: cele brated place of pilgrimage at the confluence of the Yamunâ and the Ganges; also known as a kingdom: pl. inhabitants of Prayâga; N.; -yâkaka, a. entreating (-artham); -yâkana, n. imploration; -yâgá, m. preliminary offer ing (gnly., five, sts. nine or eleven); -y&asharp;na, n. setting out, going forth, departure; march, journey; day's journey; gait; attack (--°ree;); riding on (in.); expiration of life, decease; beginning; back of a horse (where the rider sits): -ka, n. march, journey, day's march, -kâla, m. time of death, -pataha, m. march ing drum, -bha&ndot;ga, m. interruption of a journey.

praśaṃsaka	a. praising (--°ree;); -samsana, n. laudation; -samsanîya, fp. to be praised; -sams&asharp;, f. praise, eulogy, ap plause (sts. pl.); fame; -nâman, n. term of praise, -½âlâpa, m.applause, -vakana, n. laudatory remark, -½âvali, f panegyric poem; -samsin, a. praising, extolling (--°ree;); -sam sâ½upamâ, f. comparison implying praise (rh.); -samstavya, fp. praiseworthy; -sáms ya, fp. id.; better than (ab.); -sama, m. tranquillization, pacification, appeasement; composure, calm; cessation, extinction (of fire), abatement, removal (of obstacles, pain, etc.); mental calm, quietude; -samaka, a. tranquillizing, rendering innocuous (--°ree;); -sam am-kara, a. causing the cessation of (g.), disturbing; -samana, a. tranquillizing, calming, allaying, extinguishing, curing; n. tranquillization, pacification; alleviation, mitigation; healing; rendering innocuous; securing (property); -sas, f. axe, knife; -sasta, pp. (√ sams) praised, commended, etc.: -kalasa, m. N., -tva, n. excellence; -sastav ya, fp. praiseworthy; (á)-sasti, f. praise, laudation; glory; direction, guidance; bene diction expressing a desire for peace in the realm (dr.); (metrical) eulogistic inscription: -krít, a. bestowing praise, approving, -patta, m. written edict; -sásya, fp. praiseworthy, com mendable, excellent; blessed: -tâ, f. excellence.

prasāda	m. clearness (of water, the voice); brightness; perspicuity (of speech or style); radiance (of the countenance); calm ness (of mind), serenity; cheerfulness, good temper; kindness, graciousness, favour; help, aid; gracious gift; food offered to an idol; remnants of a preceptor's food (which may be eaten without scruple): -m kri, be gra cious, show favour; grant the favour of (inf. or --°ree;); -sâda-ka, a. making clear, clarifying; cheering, gladdening; -sâdana, a. (î) making clear, clarifying; n. making clear, clarification; soothing, calming, tranquillizing; rendering cheerful; gratifying; propitiation; -sâdanîya, fp. to be propitiated; -sâda-parâ&ndot;mukha, a. (î) indifferent to any one's favour; with drawing one's favour from (g.); -sâda-bhû mi, f. object of favour, favourite; -sâdayi tavya, fp. to be rendered propitious towards (upari); -sâda-vitta: -ka, a. abounding in favour, standing high in the favour of (g. or --°ree;); m. favourite; -sâda½antara, n. another mark of favour; -sâdita, cs. pp. (√ sad) pleased, propitiated, well-satisfied; -sâdin, a. bright (eye, face); clear (neetar); perspi cuous; cheering, gladdening; -sâdî-kri, grant (ac.) as a favour to (g.), graciously present; -sâdya, 1. cs. gd. having ap peased, pleased, or propitiated; 2. fp. to be propitiated; -sâdhaka, a. (ikâ) adorn ing; m. dresser, valet; f. (ikâ) lady's maid; -s&asharp;dhana, a. accomplishing; n. ac complishment; putting in order, arranging; embellishment, personal adornment, toilet; means of decoration, toilet requisites; orna ment of (--°ree;): î, f. comb; -sâdhita, pp. ac complished; decorated; -sâra, m. spreading or stretching out, extension; rising, whirling up (of dust); opening; -sârana, n. stretch ing out, extending; development; extension, diffusion, augmentation; vocalization of a semivowel (gr.); -sâranin, a. containing a semivowel liable to vocalization (gr.); -sâr ita, cs. pp. (√ sri) extended, expanded, dif fused; stretched forth, exposed for sale; -sârin, a. breaking forth, issuing from (--°ree;); stretching oneself out; extending to (--°ree;); -sârya, 1. cs. gd. having extended or put forth; 2. fp. to be vocalized (semivowel).

prasakala	a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away.

praskaṇva	m. N. of a Vedic Rishi: pl. descendants of Praskanva; -skandana, a. leaping forward, attacking, ep. of Siva; suf fering from diarrh&oe;a; n. bounding over or across (--°ree;); aperient; -skandin, a. leaping into (--°ree;); -skanna, pp. √ skand; -skunda, m. support or (according to a commentator) circular altar; -skhalana, n. stumbling, stag gering.

prahaṇana	n. striking; -hata, pp. (√ han) struck, beaten, etc.; -hati, f. stroke, blow; -hantavya, fp. to be killed; -han trí, a. striking down (ac.); -hara, m. (stroke on a gong), watch (period of about three hours): -ka, m. id.; -harana, n. strik ing, beating; pecking; attacking; combat; removing, dispelling; weapon; -haranîya, fp. to be attacked; -removed or expelled; n. weapon, missile; -hartavya, fp. to be at tacked; n. imps. one must strike or attack (d. or lc.); -hartri, m. sender; assailant, combatant, warrior; -harsha, m. great joy, rapture: -m kri, delight in (lc.); -harshana, a. causing (the hair of the body) to stand on end; making very glad, enrapturing; n. erection (of the hair of the body); joy, rap ture; -harsha-vat, a. rejoicing; -harshin, a. gladdening; -hasana, n. laughter; deri sion; kind of comedy, farce; -hasita, (pp.) n. breaking out into a laugh; -hasta, m. hand with extended fingers; a. long-handed; m. N.; -hâna, n. 1. abstraction, speculation; 2. abandonment, avoidance; -hâni, f. dis appearance; -hâtavya, fp. to be abandoned; -hâra, m. stroke, blow, thump, cut, thrust, shot, kick (with, --°ree;; on, lc., sts. --°ree;): -da, a. giving a blow to, striking (--°ree;), -varman, m. N. of a prince, -½ârta, pp. wounded; -hârin, a. striking, with (--°ree;); fighting against (g. or --°ree;); m. good fighter; -hâsa, m. laughter; derision, irony; -hasín, a. laughing, derisive.

prāglajja	a. ashamed at first; -vamsa, 1. m. preceding race; 2. a. having its beams directed eastward; m. space in front of the Vedi; -vakana, n. previous utterance; -vat, a. as before, formerly, orat other times; as above (in a book); -vâta, m. east wind; -vritta, n. previous conduct; -vrittânta, m. previous event or adventure; -vritti, f. conduct in a previous life; -vesha, m. previous attire.

prāṇāghāta	m. destruction of life or of a living being; -½âkârya, m. body physician; -½atipâta, m. attempt on life; taking away life, killing a living being; -½atilobha, m. excessive attachment to life; -½âtman, m. breath-soul (the lowest of the three souls of man; the other two being gîvâtman and paramâtman); -½atyaya, m. danger to life; -½adhika, a. dearer than life; superior in energy, more vigorous; -½adhipa, m. lord of vital breath, soul; -½anta, m. end of life, death; a. (ending life), capital (pun ishment); -½antika, a. (î) destructive to life, fatal; capital (punishment); life-long; des perate, vehement (love, desire): -m,ad. till death; n. danger to life; -½âbâdha, m. in jury to life; -½abhisara, m. saver of life; -½ayana, n. organ of sensation; -½âyâma, m. suspension of breath (sts. pl.): -sas, ad. with frequent suspension of the breath; -½âyâmin, a. suspending the breath.

prāpaka	(cs.) a. leading or con veying to (--°ree;); procuring; making valid, establishing; -½âp-ana, a. (î) leading to (--°ree;); n. occurrence, appearance; reach, extension (of the arms); attainment, acquisition; arri val at (lc.); conveying; extension or refer ence to (lc.); making valid, establishment; presentation, elucidation.

prāpya	fp. to be reached or obtained; attainable; suitable.

prāpti	f. advent, occurrence (of time); reach, range; arrival at (--°ree;); power of obtaining anything one wants (one of the eight supernatural powers or siddhis); res cue from (ab.); attainment, acquisition, gain; occurrence; discovery, determination; ob tainment, validity (of a rule); lot, fortune, luck; joyful event (dr.); conjecture based on the observation of a particular thing (dr.).

prāptāparādha	a. having com mitted a fault; -½artha, m. attained object; a. having acquired wealth: -½agrahana, n. not securing of advantages gained; -½avasara, m. suitable occasion oropportunity.

prāpta	pp. (√ âp) gotten, gained, obtained; reached, attained; met with, found; incurred, suffered; arrived, come; following from a rule (gr.): -karman, a. being the direct object (of an action) deduced from a rule (gr.); -karma-tva, n. abst. n.; -kârin, a. doing what is right or suitable; -kâla, m. arrived time, fitting season, proper time, favourable moment; a. whose hour has come; suitable to the occasion, opportune, season able; marriageable (f.): -m, ad. at the right time; -kâla-tva, n. opportuneness, season ableness; -gîvana, a. having one's life re stored, rescued from death; -tva, n. result ance from a grammatical rule; -dosha, a. having incurred guilt; -bîga, a. sown; -yau vana, a. having the bloom of youth arrived, adolescent, marriageable; -rûpa, a. suitable, proper; learned, wise; -vat, pp. act. (-î) obtained, incurred; -vikalpa, m.alternative to what follows from a grammatical rule: -tva, n. justifiableness of an alternative.

prāsaṅgika	a. (î) derived from close connection or attachment, relevant; in cidental, episodical; casual.

priya	a. [√ prî] dear, beloved, of (d., g., lc., --°ree;); favourite, cherished; pleasing, agreeable; dear, expensive (very rare); fond of, prone or attached to (lc. or --°ree;); °ree;-of a. cpds. before a noun, fond of, devoted to; with ab. dearer than; -m, ad. agreeably, kindly; in. gladly; m. friend; lover, husband; son-in-law; n. kindness, favour, pleasing or kind act; â, f. beloved, mistress, wife; female (of an animal).

priyacikīrṣā	f. desire to do any one (g.) a kindness; -kikîrshu, des. a. wishing to do a service to any one (g.); -gana, m. loved person (male or female); -gâni, m. gallant, lover; -gîvita, a. to whom life is dear: -tâ, f. attachment to life; (á)-ta ma, spv. very dear; m. lover, spouse; -tara, cpv. dearer: -tva, n. being dearer to any one (lc.) than (ab.); (á)-tâ, f., -tva, n. popularity; affection; fondness or love for (--°ree;); -darsa, a. pleasant to look at; -darsana, n. sight of a dear friend; a. having a pleasing aspect, good-looking, handsome, to (g.); m. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas: â, f. N.; -darsin, m. (kindly-looking), ep. ofAsoka; -prasna, m. friendly inquiry (after any one's health etc.); -prâya, a. exceedingly kind (speech); -bhâshana, n. kind words; -bhâshin, a. speaking kind words; -bhogana, a. fond of eating; -mandana, a. fond of ornaments; (á)-medha, m. N. of a Rishi; -vaktri, m. one who says pleasant things (in a good or a bad sense); flatterer: -tva, n. kindly speech; -vakana, n. kind or endearing words; -vak as, n. id.; a. speaking kindly; -vasantaka, m. pleasant spring and dear Vasantaka; -vas tu, n. favourite object or topic; -vâk-sahita, pp. accompanied by kind words; -vâk, f. kind words; a. speaking kindly or affably; -vâda, m. kind words; -vâdikâ, f. kind of musical instrument; -vâd-ín, a. speaking sweetly or kindly, saying pleasant things; flattering; m. flatterer: (-i)-tâ, f. pleasing speech; flat tery; -vinâkrita, pp. abandoned or deserted by one's beloved; (á)-vrata, a.having de sirable ordinances or loving obedience; m. N.; -sravas, a. fame-loving, ep. of Krishna; -samvâsa, m. society of loved ones: -sakha, m. (î, f.) dear friend; a. loving one's friends; -samgamana, n. meeting of beloved ones, N. of a place where Indra and Krishna are said to have met their parents Kasyapa and Aditi; -satya, a. pleasant as well as true; -samprahâra, a. quarrelsome; -sâhasa, a. addicted to indiscretions: -tva, n. abst. n.; -suhrid, m. dear friend; -sevaka, a. kind to one's servants; -hita, pp. pleasant as well as salutary; n. what is agreeable and bene ficial.

prīti	f. satisfaction, gratification, joy, delight, pleasure (in or at, lc. or --°ree;); kindly feeling, favour; friendship, with (sa mam or --°ree;); affection, love, or fondness for (g., lc., --°ree;); Joy(personified, esp. as the daughter of Daksha and as one of the wives of Kâma): in. joyfully; in a friendly way; affectionately: -kara, a. giving satisfaction to, pleasing (--°ree;); -karman, n. act of love, friendlyaction; -kûta, N. of a village; -datta, pp. given through affection or love; -dâna, n. gift of love; -dâya, m. id.; -dhana, n. money given through friendship; -pûrva kam, ad. kindly, affectionately; -pramukha, a. kindly (speech); -mat, a. glad; satisfied; feeling love or friendship for (g. or lc.); kind (word); -maya, a. produced by joy; -yug, a. beloved, dear; -rasâyana, n. elixir of joy; -vakas, n. kind or friendly words; -vardhana, m. (increaser of joy), N. of the fourth month; -visrambha-bhâgana, n. re pository of affection and confidence; -sam gati, f. friendly alliance with (in.).

proccaṇḍa	a. extremely violent or powerful; -½ukkâtanâ, f. scaring away; -½ukkais, in. ad. exceedingly loud; in a very high degree; -½ugghitum, inf. (√ uggh) to escape, evade; -½uñkhana, n. wiping away or off; -½uta, pp. (√ vâ, weave), woven, sewn, etc.; -½utkata, a. very great: -bhritya, m. high official; -½utkantha, a. stretching out the neck far; at the top of one's voice (shout etc.); -½utkrushta, (pp.) n. loud noise, up roar; -½uttâna, a. far-extended; -½uttâla, a. very loud; -½uttu&ndot;ga, a. very high; -½ut phulla, a. full-blown, fully expanded (flower); wide open (eyes); -½utsârita, cs. pp.(√ sri) relinquished, given up, etc.; -½utsâha, m. great exertion; -½utsâhana, n. instigation, stimulation, invitation, to (--°ree;).

phalguna	a. (î) reddish, red: î, f. N. of a double lunar mansion (pûrvâ and uttarâ); a-ka, m. N. of a people (pl.); N.

phalotprekṣā	f. a kind of simile; -½udaya, m. appearance of consequences, retribution, recompense, punish ment, for (g., lc., --°ree;); attainment of success; -½udgama, m. development of fruit; -½ud bhava, a. obtained from fruit; -½unmukha, a. on the point of yielding fruit; -½upagama, a. fruit-bearing; -½upagîvin, a. living by the sale of fruit; -½upabhoga, m. enjoyment of the fruit, participation in the consequences or reward of anything.

baddha	pp. (√ bandh) bound, etc.: -ka, m. prisoner (V.); -kadambaka, a. forming groups; -kalâpin, a. having his quiver tied on; -graha, a. insisting on something; -kitta, a. having one's thoughts fixed on (lc.); -trishna, a. longing for (--°ree;); -drishti, a. having one's gaze fixed on (lc.); -dvesha, a. entertaining hatred for any one; -niskaya, a. firmly resolved; -netra, a. having the eyes fixed on anything, gazing steadfastly; -pratigña, a. having made a promise; -pratisrut, a. echoing; -bhâva, m. having the affections fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -bhîma½andhakâra, a. wrapped in terrible gloom; -mandala, a. having circles formed, ranged in circles; -mushti, a. having the fist elenched; close-fisted; -mûla, a. having taken root, firmly rooted; having gained a firm footing: -tâ, f. firm footing; -mauna, a. observing silence; -rabhasa, a.impetuous, passionate; -râga, a. having one's desire fixed on, enamoured of (lc.); -râgga, a. hav ing gained the sovereignty, having succeeded to the throne; -laksha, a. having the gaze fixed on, gazing steadfastly at (--°ree;); -vasati, a. having one's abode fixed in, dwelling in (lc.); -vâk, a. obstructing speech; -vepathu, a. trembling; -vaira, a. having contracted hostility with (in. or --°ree;); -sikha, a. having one's hair tied in a top-knot;-srotra-manas- kakshus, a. having ears, mind, and eyes fixed on (lc.); -sneha, a. entertaining affection for (lc.); -spriha, a. feeling a longing for (--°ree;); -½añgali, a. holding one's hands joined together (in supplication or as a mark of respect); -½âdara, a. attaching great value to (--°ree;); -½ânanda, a. having joy attaching to it, joyful (day); -½anurâga, a. conceiving an attachment, enamoured; -½anusaya, a. con ceiving an unconquerable hatred; -½andha kâra, a. wrapped in darkness; -½avasthiti, a. constant; -½âsa, a. entertaining hope of (--°ree;); -½âsa&ndot;ka, a. conceiving anxiety; -½ut sava, a. entering upon a festival; -½udyama,a. making efforts or prepared to (inf.).

bandhu	m. connexion, relation; kinship, kindred; (maternal) kinsman; relative; friend; husband; --°ree;, relation of=extremely like; friend of=visited by or favourable for; --°ree; a. (û), coming under the head of, i. e. being only in name: -kritya, n. duty of a kinsman; business of a friend, friendly service; -ksít, a. dwelling among kinsmen (RV.1); -gana, m. kinsfolk; relative; friend; -gîva, m. (liv ing in the family), a tree (Pentapetes phoenicea; it has a beautiful red flower which opens at noon and falls off next morning at sunrise): -ka, m. id.; N. of a kakravartin; (ú)-tâ, f. connexion, relation; kinship; -tva, n. kinship, relationship; -datta,pp. given by relatives; m. N. of a man; â, f. N.; -pâla, m. N.; -príkkh, a. seeking one's kin (RV.1); -prabha, m. N. of a fairy; -prîti, f. love of one's friend; -bhâva, m. relationship.

balotsāha	m. ardour of the forces; -½unmatta, pp. frenzied with power.

bahutama	spv. remotest: â bahutamât purushât, down to the remotest descendant; -tara, cpv. more numerous, more, than (ab.); more extensive, greater (fire); too or very much; several: etad eva½asmâkam bahutaram -yad, it is already a great thing for us that --; -m, ad. more; repeatedly; -tara-ka, a. very much or numerous; -tarâm, (ac. f.) ad. highly, greatly, very; -tâ, f. abundance, multitude; -titha, a.(having many tithis or lunar days), long (time); much, manifold: -m, ad. greatly; e&zip;hani, on many a day=for many days; -trina, n. almost grass, a mere straw; -trish- na, a. suffering from great thirst; -trivarsha, a.almost three years old; -tva, n. multiplicity, multitude; majority, opinion of the majority; plural; -dakshiná, a. accompanied by many gifts (sacrifice); -dâna, n. bounteous gift; 2. a. (á) munificent; -dâyin, a. id.; -drisvan,m. great observer, very learned man; -devata, a. addressed to many deities (verse); -devatyã, a. belonging to many gods; -daivata, a. relating to many gods; -dosha, 1. m. great harm or disadvantage; 2. a. having many drawbacks (forest); -dhana, a. possessing much wealth, very rich: -½îsvara, m. very wealthy man; -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways, parts, or places; variously; many times, repeatedly; very: -kri, multiply; spread abroad;-nâman, a. having many names; -patnîka, a. having many wives: -tâ, f. polygamy; -pada, a. many footed; -parná, a. many-leaved; -pasu, a. rich in cattle; -pâda, a. many-footed; hav ing several pâdas (verse); -putra, a.having many sons or children; -pushpa-phala½upe ta, pp. having many flowers and fruits; -pra kâra, a. manifold: -m, ad. variously; repeatedly; -prakriti, a. consisting of several nominal bases (compound); -praga, a.rich in children; -pragña, a. very wise; -pra- gñâna-sâlin, a. possessed of much knowledge; -pratigña, a. involving several charges or counts (leg.); -prapañka, a. of great diffuseness, prolix; -pralâpin, a. garrulous; -bhâshin, a. id.; -bhâshya, n. loquacity; -bhug, a. eating much; -bhûmika, a. consisting of many stories (building); -bhoktri, m. great eater; -bhogyâ, f. harlot; -bhog aka, a. eating much; -bhog-in, a. id.: (-i) tâ, f.voracity; -bhauma, a. many-storied (building); -mati, f. high opinion, esteem, respect; -matsya, n. place abounding in fish; -madhya-ga, a. belonging to many; -mantavya, fp. to be highly thought of, prized or esteemed; -mâna, m. high opinion or regard, esteem, respect, for (lc. of prs. or thing, rarely g. of prs.); attaching great im portance to (lc.): -purah-saram, ad. with respect; -mânin, a. held in esteem, respected; -mânya, fp. to be highly thought of, estimable; -mâya, a. having many wiles, artful, treacherous; -mitra, a. having many friends; -mukha, a. many-mouthed, talking of many things; -mûla-phala½anvita, pp. furnished with many roots and fruits; -mûlya, 1. n. large sum of money; 2. a. of great price, costly; -yâgín, a. having offered many sacrifices; -ragas, a. very dusty and having much pollen; -ratna, a. abounding in jewels.

bādarāyaṇa	m. pat. (son of Badara), N. of the reputed author of the Sârîraka Sûtras of the Uttara-mîmâmsâ; a. composed by Bâdarâyana.

bāṇa	m. (reed), shaft, arrow; the number five (because Kâma has five arrows); mark or aim (of an arrow); m. N. of the author of the Kâdambarî and the Harshakarita (seventh century a. d.); N. of an Asura; N.; m. blue Barleria; n. its flower: -gokara, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -tâ, f. state of an arrow; -tûnî-kri, turn into a quiver; -dhi, m. (arrow-case), quiver; -patha, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -pâta, m. arrow-shot; range of an arrow (distance): -patha, m. arrow-shot (distance); -bhatta, m. Bâna (the author); -maya, a. consisting or formed of arrows; -yogana, n. quiver.

buddha	pp. (√ budh) awakened, fully awake; expanded (flower); enlightened, wise; known, observed; m. enlightened person who is qualified by good works and knowledge of the truth for Nirvâna and reveals the true doctrine of salvation to the world before his decease (B.); the historical Buddha, named Sâkya-muni Gautama, the founder of the Buddhist religion, who was born in Magadha and died about 477 b. c.; -gayâ, f. Buddha's Gayâ, the Buddhistic name of the town of Gayâ (so called because Buddha obtained true knowledge there); -ghosha, m. N. of a celebrated Buddhist scholar who lived at the beginning of the fifth century a. d. (the N. is not quotable in Sanskrit); -tva, n. Buddha hood; -datta, m. N. of a minister; -dharma, m. Buddha's law; -pâlita, m. N. of a pupil of Nâgârguna; -mârga, m. way or doctrine of Buddha; -rakshita, m. N.: â, f. N.; -½âgama, m. Buddha's doctrine; -½anta, m. waking condition.

bodhimaṇḍa	n. (?) seat of knowledge, which is said to have risen from the earth in the shadow of the tree under which Buddha obtained perfect enlighten ment; -mandala, n. place where Buddha obtained complete enlightenment; -sattva, m. (whose nature is knowledge), Buddhist saint in the last stage before attaining to complete knowledge or Buddhahood.

brahmatā	f. nature of the absolute deity; -tegas, n. glory or power of Brah man; a. having the glory or power of Brah man; -tego-maya, a. formed of Brahman's glory; -tva, n. office of the Brahman priest; rank of a Brâhman; position of Brahman; -da, a. giving the Veda, imparting sacred knowledge; -danda, m. Brahman's staff (a kind of mythical weapon); curse of a Brâh man; -dandin, m. N. of an ancient sage; -dattá, m. given by the god Brahman; N.; -dâtri, m. imparter of the Veda, spiritual teacher; -dâna, n. gift of the Veda, impart ing of sacred knowledge; -dâya, 1. a. im parting the Veda; 2. m. sacred knowledge as a heritage; inheritance of a Brâhman; -dâya hara, a. receiving the Veda as an inherit ance from (g.); -dâyâda, a. enjoying sacred knowledge as his inheritance or m. son of Brahman; -dûshaka, a. falsifying the Veda; -deya, a. being given in marriage after the manner of Brahman or the Brâhmans: with vidhi, m. marriage of this kind; n. instruc tion in the Veda, imparting of sacred know ledge: -½anusamtâna, a. in whose familyteaching of the Veda is hereditary; -dvísh, a. hostile to devotion or religion, impious; m. hater of Brâhmans; -dvesha, m. hatred of religion, impiety; -dhara, a. possessed of sa cred knowledge; -dharma-dvish, a. hating the Vedas and the law; -dhâtu, m. compo nent part of Brahman.

brahmojjha	a. having abandoned Vedic study: -tâ, f. forgetting the Veda; -½uttara, m. pl. N. of a people (consisting chiefly of Brâhmans); n. T. of a section of the Skanda-purâna (treating chiefly of Brah man); -½udumbara, n. (?) N. of a place of pil grimage; a&halfacute;udya, n. discussion of theological problems, giving of riddles from the Veda; -½odaná, m. rice pap boiled for Brâhmans, esp. officiating priests.

bhaṭṭavārttika	n. T. of a work; -½âkârya, m. famous teacher (gnly. designa tion of Kumârila-bhatta).

bhakti	f. partition, distribution (V.); the being a part of or belonging to anything; appurtenance; portion, part; division, streak, line; order, succession; attachment, devotion, homage, honour, respect, worship, faith (in, etc., g., lc., or --°ree;; ordinary mg.); --°ree;, assumption of the form of (e.g. steps): in. figuratively; in succession (also -tas): -kkheda, m. pl. broken lines or streaks; -gña, a. knowing devotion, faithfully attached: -tva, n. faithfulness, loyalty; -pûrva-kam, -pûrvam, ad. devoutly, reverentially; -bhâg, a. possessed of faithful attachment or devotion; greatly devoted to a thing (lc.); -mat, a. attached, loyal, faithful, devoted, having pious faith (in, etc., lc. or --°ree;); -yoga, m. pious faith, devotion; -rasa, m. feelings of devotion; -râga, m. predilection for (lc.); -vâda, m. assurance of devotion; -hîna, pp. destitute of devotion.

bhagadatta	m. N. of a prince; -devata, a. having the god Bhaga for a deity; -daivata, a. id.; ± nakshatra, n. the lunar asterism Uttarâ Phalgunî; -netra-ghna, -netra-nipâtana, -netra-han, -netra-hara, -netra-hrit, -netra½apahârin, m. Destroyer of Bhaga's eye, ep. of Siva.

bhayāpaha	a. releasing from fear, warding off danger from (--°ree;); -½abâdha, a. undisturbed by fear; -½ârta, pp. stricken with fear, terrified; -½âvaha, a. bringing fear or danger to (--°ree;); -½uttara, a. attended with fear; -½upasama, m. allaying of danger, fear.

bharata	m. [to be maintained], N. of a certain Agni who is kept alive by the care of men (V.); a certain Agni with a son of the same name (E.); actor; N. of various princes and men; N. of a tribe, the descend ants of Bharata (pl.); N. of a manual of the histrionic art composed by a certain Bharata: -rishabha, m. ep. of Visvâmitra; -khanda, n. N. of a division of Bhârata-varsha; -putra, m. son of Bharata, actor; -pura,n. N. of a city; -roha, m. N.: -ka, m. id.; -½rishabha, m. noblest among the Bharatas, ep. of various men; -vâkya, n. actor's speech = epilogue of a play; -sârdûla, m. tiger among --, -sreshtha, -sattama, spv. best of the Bharatas, id.; -sena, m. N. of a commentator on the Meghadûta, Raghuvamsa, Sisupâlavadha, and Bhattikâvya.

bhaṭṭoji	m. N. of a grammarian, author of the Siddhânta-kaumudî: -dîk shita, -bhatta, m. id.

bhavabhaṅga	m. annihilation of mundane existence; -bhâva, m. love of the world; -bhâvana, a. bestowing welfare: â, f. regarding anything as good fortune (--°ree;); -bhîru, a. fearing rebirth; -bhûti, f. for tunate existence; m. N. of a dramatic poet, author of the Mâlatîmâdhava, the Mahâvîra karita, and the Uttararâmakarita, who lived in the eighth century a.d.; -bhoga, m. plea sures of the world; -manyu, m. resentment against the world; -maya, a. proceeding from Siva; -mokana, a. releasing from mundane existence; -sarman, m. N.; -sa&ndot;gin, a. at tached to worldly existence; -samtati, f. continuous series of transmigrations; -sâyu- gya, n. union with Siva (after death); -sâra, m. ocean of existence.

bhānuja	m. son of the sun, planet Saturn; -tanayâ, f. daughter of the sun, pat. of the Yamunâ; -tâ, f. condition of the sun; -datta, m. N.; -dina, n. Sunday.

bhāṭṭa	m. follower of Kumârila-bhatta: pl. N. of a people.

bhāla	n. forehead; splendour: -patta, m. forehead.

bhāvarūpa	a. really existing; -vak ana, a. expressing the abstract verbal notion (activity or state); -vat, a. being in a con dition or relation; -vikâra, m. modification of the notion of being orbecoming; -vritta, pp. relating to creation; -sabda, m. verb; -suddhi, f. purity of heart; -sûnya, a. de void of affection; -samsuddhi, f. purity of heart; -samâhita, pp. composed in mind; -stha, a. being in love, enamoured;-sthira, a. rooted in the heart; -snigdha, pp. heartily or deeply attached.

bhinnakāla	a. overstepping the time; -kûta, a. employing different strata gems; -krama, a. having the wrong order, displaced; -ganda-karata, a. whose temples are streaming (elephant); -garbha, a. (hav ing a discordant interior=) suffering from in ternal dissensions, disorganized (army); -gâti, a. pl. of different rank; -gâtîya, a. various; -tva, n. difference from (--°ree;); -darsin, a. see ing a difference, distinguishing; -desa, a. occurring in different places: -tva, n. occur rence in widely distant places; -prakâra, a. of a different sort; -mantra, a. having be trayed counsel; -maryâda, a. breaking down or transgressing the bounds; -ruki, a. having different tastes; -li&ndot;ga, n. incongruity of gender in a simile: -ka, a. (i-kâ) containing words of different gender; -vakana, a. con taining words of different number; n. incon gruity of numberin a simile; -varna, a. co lourless; -vritta, pp. behaving irregularly, leading a bad life; -vritti, a. having differ ent occupations; having a different vocation; leading an evil life: -tâ, f. abst. N.; -½añgana, n. mixed collyrium (applied with oil): -var- na, a. having the colour of mixed collyrium: -tâ, f. abst. N.; -½artha, a. having a different object; having a distinct sense, clear, intel ligible: -tâ, f. clearness, intelligibility.

bhuvana	n. being, creature, existing thing (V.); world, earth (three worlds, and sts. seven or fourteen are assumed); kingdom (fourteen are spoken of as existing on earth); place of existence, abode (V.): -kosa, m. sphere of the world, globe; -kandra, m. N.; -karita, n. doings of the world; -tala, n. surface of the earth; earth; -traya, n. the three worlds (heaven, air, earth); -dvaya, n. the two worlds (heaven and earth); -dvish, m. enemy of the world or earth; (bhúvana)-pati, m. lord of creatures or the world (V.); -pâvana, a. (î) purifying the world: î, f. ep. of the Ganges; -bhartri, m. lord of the world; -matî, f. N. of a princess; -mâtri, f. mother of the world, Durgâ; -râga, m. N. of a prince; -vidita, pp. famed in the world; -vrittânta, m. events of the world; -sâsin, m. ruler of the world, king.

bhuṭṭa	m. N.: -pura, n. city of Bhutta, -½îsvara, m. N. of a temple erected by Bhutta.

bhogakara	a. (î) affording enjoy ment; -griha, n. women's apartments, harem; -tva, n. condition of enjoyment etc.; -dattâ, f. N.; -deva, m. N.; -deha, m. body of en joyment (subtle body assumed by dead persons, with which they enjoy pleasure or pain ac cording to the actions of their pastlife); -pati, m. (lord of the revenue), governor of a city or province, viceroy; -bhug, a. indulging in pleasure; m. wealthy man.

mañjiṣṭhā	f. [spv. very bright], Indian madder: -râga, m. colour of Indian madder; attachment charming and durable like the colour of Indian madder.

maṅgalācaraṇa	n. prayer for the auspicious issue of an undertaking; -½âkâ ra, m. auspicious observances; -½âtodya, n. drum beaten on auspicious occasions; -½âdesa vritta, a.subsisting by teaching auspicious rites; professional fortune-teller; -½alamkrita, pp. auspiciously ornamented; -½âlâpana, n. benediction; -½âvâsa, m. temple.

maṇika	m. large water-pot: pl. fleshy excrescences on the shoulder of an ani mal; -karnikâ, f. earring of pearls or gems; N. of a sacred pool near Benares; N.; -kâ rá, m. jeweller; -danda, a. having a handle adorned with jewels; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -dara, m. N. of a chief of the Yak shas; -darpana, m. jewelled mirror; -dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (in which gems supply the place of the burning wick): -ka, m. id.; -dhanu, m., -dhanus, n. rainbow; -pushpa-ka, m. (gem-flowered), N. of the conch of Sahadeva; -pushpa½îsvara, m. N. of an attendant of Siva; -pûra, n. N. of a town in Kali&ndot;ga situated on the sea-coast (also -pura); -pra dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (=-dîpa); -bandha, m. fastening or putting on of jewels; (place where jewels are fastened), wrist; -bandh ana, n. string or ornament of pearls; wrist; -bhadra, m. N. of a brother of Kubera and prince of the Yakshas; N. of a Sreshthin; -mañgarî, f. rows of pearls; -mandapa, m. hall of crystal, hall resting on crystal columns; -mat, a. jewelled; m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels: -bhû, a. having floors --; -mâlâ, f. string of jewels, necklace; -yashti, f. id.; -ratna, n. jewel: -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels, crystal; -râga, m. colour of a jewel; -varman, m. N. of a merchant; -sri&ndot;ga, m. sun; -syâma, a. blue like a sap phire; -sara, m. string of pearls, pearl necklace; -sûtra, n. string of pearls; -sopâna, n. jewelled or crystal staircase; -stambha, m. jewelled or crystal pillar; -srag, f. wreath of jewels; -harmya, n. crystal palace,N. of a palace.

matta	pp. √ mad: -ka, a. somewhat overbearing; m. N.; -kâsin-î, a. f. looking intoxicated (used of fascinating women, esp. as a term of address); -mayûra, m. peacock intoxicated with joy; -vârana, m. mad ele phant; n. (?) fence round a house: -vikrama, a. having the might of a mad elephant; n. turret, pinnacle: -vâranîya, a. attached to the turret (of a car).

madya	a. (V.) gladdening, exhilarat ing, intoxicating; n. spirituous liquor, sp. brandy: -kumbha, m. brandy-jar; -pa, a. drinking spirituous liquors; m. drunkard; -pâna, n. drinking of intoxicants; spirituous liquor; -bhânda, n. vessel for intoxicating drinks; -vikraya, m. sale of intoxicants; -½âkshepa, m. addiction to drink; -½âsattaka, m. N.

madotkaṭa	a. excited with drink, intoxicated; excited with passion, furious; lustful, rutting (elephant); m. N. of a lion; -½udaka, n. temple-juice; -½uda gra, a. excited with passion, furious; -½ud dhata, pp. puffed up with pride, arrogant; -½unmatta, pp. drunk with passion, rutting; intoxicated with pride.

madhurākṣara	n. pl. kindly words; a. sounding sweetly, mellifluous (speech); â-vatta, m. N.; -½âsvâda, a. tast ing sweet.

madhukarāya	den. Â. represent bees; -karikâ, f. N.; -karin, m. bee; -karî, f. female bee; N.; -kânana, n. forest of the Asura Madhu (on the Yamunâ); -kâra, m. bee: î, f. female bee; -krit, a.producing sweetness; m. bee; -gandhika, a. sweetly scented; -kkhattra, m. (?) a tree (having a pleasant shade); -kkhandas, m. N. of a Rishi; N. of the fifty-first of the 101 sons of Visvâmitra; -kyut, -kyuta, a. dripping honey; -ga, a. produced from honey; (má dhu)-gihva, a. honey-tongued, sweetly speaking (V.); -taru, m. sugar-cane; -trina, m. n. id.; -tva, n. sweetness; -doham, abs. (milking=) making honey; -dvish, m. foe of Madhu,ep. of Vishnu; -dhârâ, f. stream of honey; stream of sweet intoxicants; -pá, a. drinking sweetness or honey; m. bee; -patala, m. honey-comb; -parká, m. honey mixture: a guest-offering usually consisting of curds with honey or butter; the honey mixture ceremony; -parnikâ, f. N. of various plants; -pavana, m. wind of spring; -pâtra, n. wine cup; -pâna, n. drinking of honey; -pârî, f. wine cup; -pura, n. city of the Asura Madhu, Mathurâ: î, f. city of the Madhus, Mathurâ; (mádhu)-prasa&ndot;ga madhu, n. honey connected with spring; -psaras, eager for sweetness (RV.1); -bhad ra, m. N.; -bhânda, n. cup for spirituous liquors, wine cup; -bhid,m. slayer of Madhu, ep. of Vishnu; -bhug, a. enjoying sweets or delights; -makshâ, -makshikâ, f. (honey fly), bee; (mádhu)-mat, a. sweet; pleasant, charming; mixed with honey; abounding in honey; containing the word &open;madhu&close;: -î, f. N. of a river; N. of a city; N.; -matta, pp. intoxicated by spring; -math, -mathana, m. destroyer of Madhu, ep. of Vishnu; -mada, m. intoxication with wine; -mantha, m. drink stirred with honey; -maya, a. (î) consisting of honey; sweet as honey, honied; -mâdhava, m. du. & n. sg. names of the two spring months (=Kaitra and Vaisâkhâ, March-May); -mâdhavî, f. spring-flower abounding in honey; kind ofintoxicating liquor; -mâsa, m. spring month: -mahot sava, m. great festival of spring, -½avatâra, m. commencement of spring; -mura-nara ka-visâsana, m. destroyer of the Daityas Madhu, Mura, and Naraka, ep. ofVishnu.

manaḥsaṃkalpa	m. heart's de sire; -sa&ndot;ga, m. mental attachment, con tinual thinking of a beloved one (second stage of love); -samtâpa, m. mental pain, anguish; -samunnati, f. high-mindedness; -sukha, a. pleasant to the (mind=) taste; -stha, a. mental; -sparsa, a. touching the heart; -svâmin, m. N. of a Brâhman.

mantrayantra	n. amulet with a magical formula; -yukti, f. application of spells, charm; employment of a sacred for mula; magic (?); -vat, a. attended with sa cred formulas; enchanted, consecrated with spells; familiar with sacred texts; ad. 1. to the accompaniment of sacred texts; 2. accord ing to the rules of counsel; -varna, m. word ing of a sacred text: pl. the syllables of a sacred formula or spell; -vâda, m. substance of a sacred formula; utterance of spells, ma gic: -sloka, m. pl. slokas being sacred verses in substance; -vâdin, m. pronouncer of spells, enchanter; -vid, a. knowing sacred texts or spells; -vidyâ, f.science of spells, magic; -sakti, f. magical power, charm; -sruti, f. consultation listened to; -samvarana, n. con cealment of a consultation or design; -sam skâra, m. consecration with sacred texts: -krit-pati, m.consecrated husband; -sam hitâ, f. the collection of Vedic hymns; -sâdh aka, m. performer of an incantation, magi cian; -sâdhana, n., â, f. performance of an incantation; -sâdhya, fp. to be mastered by incantations; attainable by counsel; -sid dha, pp. accomplished by a spell; thoroughly versed in spells; -siddhi, f. effect of a spell; fulfilment of counsel; -sûtra, n. charm at tached to a cord.

mamma	m. N.: -ka, m. N.; -ta, m. [orig. mahima-bhatta] N. of the author of the Kâvyaprakâsa.

mamakāra	m. (making mine), attachment to, interest in (lc.); (á)-tâ, f. sense of &open;mine,&close; self-interest; interest in, at tachment to (lc.): -sûnya, a. devoid of in terest for us; -tva, n. self-interest; interest in, attachment to (lc.): -m kri, be attached to; -satyá, n. (being mine=) dispute as to ownership (RV.1).

mala	n., C. also m., dirt, filth, impurity (also morally); bodily secretion; n. kind of base metal, brass (?): -karshana, a. remov ing dirt; -gñu, a. dirty-kneed; -tva, n. being a stain; -dâyaka, a. attaching a stigma to any one; -digdha½a&ndot;ga, a. (î) having the body soiled with mire; -pa&ndot;ka½anulipta½a&ndot; ga, a. (î) having the body besmeared with dirt and mire; -pa&ndot;kin, a. covered with dirt and mire; -mallaka, n. loin-cloth; -mâsa, m. (impure month, no religious rites being performed in it), intercalary month; -mûtra-parityâga, m. evacuation of excre ment and urine.

mahāpakṣa	a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.

mahokṣa	m. large or full-grown bull: -tâ, f. state of a great bull; -½ukkhra ya, a. very lofty or great; -½ukkhrâya-vat, a. id.; -½uttama, n. (?) perfume; -½utpala, n. lotus-flower (Nelumbium speciosum); -½ut sava, m. great festival; -½utsavin, a. cele brating a great festival; -½utsâha, a. having great power; strong-willed, energetic, per severing; -½udadhi, m. great sea, ocean (of which there are supposed to be four): -ga, m. shell; -½udaya, m. great exaltation, good fortune, or prosperity; a. conferring great good fortune, or blessings; very prosperous; very happy; m. N.; n. ep. of the city of Kâ nyakubga: â, f. N. of a hall in the lunar world: (a)-svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -½ud ara, n. big belly, dropsy; a. (î) big-bellied; m. N.: -mukha, m. N. of an attendant of Durgâ; -½udyama, a. exerting oneself greatly, hard-working, industrious; busily occupied with (inf. or d. of abst. n.); -½unnata, pp. very lofty; -½unnati, f. great elevation, high rank or position; -½upâdhyâya, m. great teacher; -½uraga, m. great serpent; -½uras-ka, a. broad-chested; -½ûrmin, a. very billowy; -½ulkâ, f. great firebrand; great meteor.

mātrācyutaka	n. (?) game of dropped morae (in which they have to be sup plied); -kkhandas, n. metre measured solely by the number of morae; -bhastrâ, f. money bag, purse; -vritta, n.=-kkhandas; -½âsin, a. eating moderately.

mātṛtamā	spv. f. most motherly (waters; V.); (ri)-tas, ad. with regard to or in right of the mother; -tâ, f. motherhood; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.; -nandana, m. ep. of Skanda; -pâlita, m. N. of a Dânava; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. worship of the divine mothers; -bandhú, m. maternal relative: û, f. mother in name only, unnatural mother: u, n. maternal relationship; -bândhava, m. maternal kinsman; -mandala, n.circle or group of the divine mothers: -vid, m. priest of the divine mothers; -yagña, -yâga, m. sacrifice to the mothers; -vamsa, m. family of the mother; -vamsya, a. belonging to the mother's family; -vat, ad. like or as a mother; as towards a mother; -vatsala, m. (tender towards his mother); ep. of Skanda; -vadha, m. matricide; -shvasri, f. mother's sister, maternal aunt; -shvaseya, m. mother's sister's son.

māhārājya	n. sovereignty; -râshtra, a. (î) belonging to Mahârâshtra or the Mahratta country: î, f. the Mahratta language, Mahrattî; -vratî, f. the doctrine of the Pâsupatas.

mihira	m. sun: -kula, m. N. of a prince; -datta, m. N.; -pura, m. N. of a town; -½âpad, f. eclipse of the sun; -½îsvara, m. N. of a temple.

mīmāṃsā	f. [des. fr. √ man] deep reflexion, inquiry, examination, discus sion; opinion; discussion of a sacred text; designation of a philosophical system, which is divided into two distinct branches: the former, called Pûrvaor Karma-mîmâmsâ, and founded by Gaimini, is chiefly concerned with the correct interpretation of Vedic ritual; the latter, called Uttara-, Brahma-, or Sârî raka-mîmâmsâ,but best known under the name of Vedânta, and founded by Bâdarâ yana, is a pantheistic system discussing chiefly the nature of Brahman or the uni versal soul.

mudrākṣara	n. letter of a stamp, type; -½a&ndot;ka, a., -½a&ndot;kita, pp. stamped or marked with, bearing the impress of (--°ree;); -yantra, n. printing-press: -½âlaya, m. print ing-house; -râkshasa, n. Râkshasa (N. of a minister) and the ring: T. of a play by Visâkhadatta; -lipi, f. stamped writing, print.

muhūrta	m. n. [den. pp. fr. muhur, past in a trice], moment, instant; hour of forty-eight minutes (one-thirtieth of a day): °ree;--, in a moment; for a moment; in. in a moment, presently; ab. after a moment, in stantly: -ka, m. or n. (?) moment; hour; -kovida, m. (skilled in auspicious moments), astrologer; -râga, a. red or attached for a moment.

mūrdhan	m. forehead; skull; head; highest or most prominent part, top (of a tree), summit, peak (of a mountain), height (of heaven), forefront (of battle); head, chief; ab. mûrdhnáh, (V.) at the head of, before, above (g.); lc. mûrdhni, id.: --vrit, be above everything, prevail; -dhri, bear on the head, hold in high honour; -â-dâ, place on the head, hold in high honour, attach great value to (ac.); mûrdhnâ kri, id.

mūlya	a. attached to the root; n. price, marketable value; wages, hire; earn ings; capital (opp. interest): mûlyena, by way of payment: -grah, buy, -dâ, sell, -mârg, endeavour to buy: -ka, n. price, value; -karana, n. turning into capital, realizing; -dravya, n. purchase-money; -vivargita, pp. priceless.

mṛgāṅka	m. (deer-marked), moon; N. of a sword; N.: -ka, m. N. of a sword; -datta, m. N.: î-ya, a. relating to Mriga&ndot; kadatta; -bandhu, m. friend of the moon; god of love; -mani, m.moonstone; -mâlâ, f. N.; -mauli, m. (moon-crested), ep. of Siva; -lekhâ, f. (moon-streak), N. of a princess of the fairies; -vat-î, f. N. of various prin cesses; -sena, m. N. of a prince of the fairies.

yakṣma	m. (emaciating) disease (V.); consumption (later V., rare in C.): -grihîta, pp. attacked by consumption; -graha, m. attack of consumption; -n&asharp;sana, a. (î), disease-destroying.

yajñakarman	n. sacrificial rite; a. engaged in a sacrifice; -kalpa, a. resem bling a sacrifice; (á)-kâma, a. desirous of worship; -kâra, a. engaged in a sacrifice; -kâla, m. time of sacrifice; -krít, a.per forming a sacrifice; -kratú, m. sacrificial rite; complete or chief ceremony; -kriyâ, f. sacrificial rite; -gamya, fp. accessible by sacrifice; -gâthâ, f. sacrificial verse; -ghna, m. demon that disturbs a sacrifice; -kkhâga,m. sacrificial goat; -trâtri, m. protector of the sacrifice, ep. of Vishnu; -dakshinâ, f. sacrificial fee; -datta, m. a frequent N.; -dâsî, f. N.; -dîkshâ, f. initiation for a sacri fice; -dris, a. looking on at a sacrifice; -deva, m. N.;-dravya, n. requisite for a sacrifice (vessel etc.); -n&isharp;, a. guiding the sacrifice; (á)pati, m. lord of sacrifice=institutor of a sacrifice or he in whose honour it is offered; -patnî, f. wife of the institutor of a sacrifice; -pathá, m. path of sacrifice; -pasu, m. sacri ficial animal; -pâtrá, n. sacrificial utensil; -prâpya, fp. attainable by sacrifice (Krish na); -priya, a. fond of sacrifice (Krishna); -pr&isharp;, a. delighting in sacrifice (V.); -phala da, a. rewarding sacrifice (Vishnu); (á)ban dhu, m. associate in sacrifice (RV.1); -bâhu, m. arm of sacrifice, fire; -bhâga, m. share in the sacrifice; a. having a share in the sacri fice; m. god: -bhug, m. god, -½îsvara, m. ep. of Indra; -bhânda, n. sacrificial utensil; -bhug, m. (enjoying the sacrifice), god, sp. ep. of Vishnu; -bhûmi, f. sacrificial ground; -bhrit, m. institutor of a sacrifice; ep. of Vishnu; -bhoktri, m. enjoyer of the sacri fice, ep. of Krishna; -mandala, n. sacrificial ground; -manas, a. intent on sacrifice; (á)-manman, a. intent on sacrifice (RV.1); -mahotsava, m. great sacrificial celebration; -mukhá, n. mouth or commencement of the sacrifice (V.); -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; (á)-vat, a. worshipping: -î, f. N.; -vâta, m. sacrificial ground; -vâstú, n. id.; kind of ceremony; -vâha, a. conducting the sacrifice to the gods: -na, a. performing the sacrifice; having sacrifice for his vehicle, ep. of Vishnu and of Siva; (á)-vâhas, a. offering or receiving worship (V.); -víd, a. skilled in sacrifice; -vidyâ, f. sacrificial knowledge; (á)-vibhrashta, pp. unsuccessful in sacrifice; -vesasá,n. disturbance of worship or sacrifice (V.); -sarana, n. sacrificial shed; -sâlâ, f. sacrificial hall; -sâstra, n. doctrine of sacrifice; -sishta, n. remnants of a sacrifice; -sîla, a. habitually sacrificing; -sesha, m. remains of a sacrifice; part of a sacrifice yet to be completed; -sreshtha, m. best of sacrifices; -samsiddhi, f. success of a sacrifice; -sam sthâ, f. fundamental form of a sacrifice; -sadana, n. sacrificial hall; -sadas, n. sacrificial assemblage; (á)-sammita, pp. commensurate with the sacrifice; -s&asharp;dh, a. performing sacrifice (RV.); -s&asharp;dhana, a. id. (RV.); causing sacrifice (Vishnu); -sâra, m. best part of the sacrifice, ep. of Vishnu; -sûtra, n. sacrificial thread (worn over the left shoulder); (á)-sena, m. N. of various men and of a Dânava; -soma, m. N. of various Brâhmans; -stha, a. engaged in a sacrifice; -sthala, n. sacrificial ground; N. of anAgrahâra; -sthânú, m. sacrificial stump=stum bling-block at the sacrifice; -svâmin, m. N. of a Brâhman; -hán, a. disturbing or spoiling the sacrifice; -hartri, m. spoiler of the sacrifice; -hut, m. sacrificial priest.

yathāvakāśam	ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand.

yathāpaṇyam	ad. according to the commodity; -½aparâdha-danda, a. pun ishing in proportion to guilt; -parîttam, ad. as delivered up; -puram, ad. as before; -pûr va, a. being as before: (á)-m, ad. as before; in succession, one after the other; -pragñam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -pratya ksha-darsanam, ad. as if actually seen; -pra dishtam, ad. as prescribed, duly; -pradesam, ad. in its respective place; in the proper place; in all directions; according to precept; -pradhânam, ad. according to size; accord ing to precedence; -pravesam, ad. as one has entered; -prasnam, ad. in accordance with the questions; -prastutam, ad. as had al ready been begun, at length; -prânam, ad. according to one's strength, with all one's might; -prânena, in. ad. id.; -prâpta, pp. as fallen in with, the first that occurs; as resulting from circumstances, suitable; re sulting from a preceding grammatical rule: -m, ad. according to the rule, regularly; -prârthitam, ad. as requested; -phalam, ad. according to the produce; -balám, ad. according to one'spower, with all one's might; according to the condition of the army; -bîg am, ad. according to the seed; -buddhi, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -bhâgám, ad. according to the share; in one's respective place; in the right place; -bhâganam, ad. respectively in the right place; -bhâva, m. condition of how it is, true state; fate; -½abhi preta, pp. wished for, desirable (--°ree;): -m, ad. according to desire, as any one (g.) likes; -½abhimata, pp. desired: -m, ad. according to desire, to one's heart's content, -desa, m. desired place, whatever place one likes; -½abhi rukita, pp. liked, favourite; -½abhilashita, wished for, desirable; -½abhîshta, pp.desired: -dis, f. place desired by each; -bhûtam, ad. according to what has happened, truly; -bhû mi, ad. into the respective country; -½abhy arthita, pp. previously requested; -ma&ndot;ga lam, ad. according to the respective custom; -mati, ad. as seems fit to any one (g.); to the best of one's understanding; -manas, ad. to one's heart's content; -mukhyam, ad. as re gards the chief persons; -mukhyena, in. ad. chiefly, above all; -½âmnâtam, ad. as handed down in the text.

yannāman	a. having what name; -nimitta, a. whereby occasioned: -m, ad. on which account, in consequence of which.

yathokta	pp. as said or stated, aforesaid, previously mentioned or discussed: °ree;-or -m, e-na, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; according to request; -½ukta kârin, a. acting as prescribedabove; -½ukta vâdin, a. reporting what he has been told (messenger); -½ukita, pp. suitable, fit, proper: °ree;-or -m, ad. becomingly, fitly, suita bly; -½uggitam, ad. according to the victory gained; -½uttara, a. following in succession: -m, ad. one after the other, in succession; -½utsâha, a. according to one's power: -m, ad. to the best of one's ability; -½udayam, ad. in proportion to income, according to one's means; -½udita, pp. as stated, before-mentioned: -m, ad.; -½udgamana, °ree;-ad. in rising proportion; -½uddishta, pp. as stated, enu merated above; as directed by (in.): -m, ad. in the manner stated; -½uddesam, ad. in the manner indicated; -½upagosham, ad. at pleasure, comfortably; -½upadishta, pp. as stated, previously indicated: -m, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; -½upadesam, ad. as stated or instructed, in accordance with precept orprescribed teaching; -½upa-pâdam, ad. just as or where it happens; -½upayoga, °ree;-or -m, ad. according to use, requirements, or circumstances; -½upalam bham, ad. however one lays hold of it; -½upâ dhi, ad.according to the conditions or pre mises; -½upta, pp. as sown, according to the seed; -½aukityam (or ât), in a suitable manner.

yadvat	ad. in what manner, as (corr. tadvat or evam); -vidha, a. of what kind; -vîrya, a. of what valour; -vritta, n. (thing that happened), occurrence, event, adventure.

yamunā	f. N. of a river (now Jum na); in C. identified with Yamî; N.: -datta, m. N. of a frog; -pati, m. ep. of Vishnu; -prabhava, m. source of the Yamunâ (a place of pilgrimage).

maurya	m. pl. N. of a dynasty begin- ning with Kandra-gupta: -datta, m. N.

yātu	m. [√ yâ: attack], (V.) sorcery; kind of fiend: -dh&asharp;na, m., î, f. kind of fiend or goblin.

yātavya	fp. to be gone against, attacked; n. imps. one should go, start, or march: d. for departure.

yāmya	a. belonging or relating to Yama; southern: in. or lc. in the south; southwards; m. right hand; servant of Yama; ep. of Siva and of Vishnu: â, f. south: -½ayana, n. southerly course of the sun; a½uttara, a. southern and northern; going from south to north.

yiyāsā	f. desire to go; -su, des. a. about or wishing to go, start, fly away, march, or attack (ac. ± prati or d.).

yugakṣaya	m. end of (an age=) the world; -dîrgha, a. long as a yoke (arm); -dhâra, m. yoke-pin (attaching the yoke to the pole); -m-dhara, n. (?) (yoke-supporting), pole; m. N. of a people (pl.), of a prince, of a mountain, and of a forest; -pat-prâpti, f. simultaneous arrival at; -pad, ad. [even footedly, side by side], ad. simultaneously, all at once, at the same time, together: -bhâva, m. simultaneousness; -bâhu, m.(yoke-like=) long arm; -bha&ndot;ga, m. break ing of the yoke; -mâtra, n. length of a yoke (=four hand-lengths): -dris, a. looking (a yoke-length=) on the ground (at one's feet).

yuddha	pp. (√ yudh) combatted; n. fight, battle, combat; conflict or opposition (of planets): -ka, n. contest, battle; -kânda, n. Book of the Battle, T. of the sixth book of the Râmâyana; -kâr-in, a.making war, fighting: (i)-tva, n. conflict; -gândharva, n. battle-music; -tantra, n. military science; -dyûta, n. game of war; -dharma, m. laws of war; -pravîna, a. skilled in war; -bhû, -bhûmi, f. battle-field; -maya, a.derived from war; -mârga, m. sg. pl. methods of war, military tactics; -medinî, f. battle field; -ra&ndot;ga, m. arena of battle, battle field; -varna, m. sort of battle; -vastu, n. implements of war; -vîra, m. hero in war, champion; heroism (as a sentiment: rh.); -sâlin, a. brave; -½âkârya, m. military pre ceptor; -½adhvan, a. going to war, engaging in battle; -½arthin, a. eager for war; -½ud yoga, m. vigorous preparation for war; un matta, pp. frenzied in fight; -½upakarana, n. implements of war.

yuṣmat	ab. pl. of prs. prn. of 2nd prs. (V.); °ree;-- in some cpds.; -tas, ad.=ab. from or of you; d-artham, ad. on your account; d-âyatta, pp. dependent on you.

rakta	pp. (√ rañg) coloured; red; nasalized (gr.); charming, lovely, sweet (voice); enraged; impassioned; passionately devoted to (anything, lc., --°ree;; any one, g., --°ree;); attached, fond; enamoured; charmed with (in.); n. blood: -ka, a. red; -kantha, a. sweet-voiced; m. cuckoo; N. of a fairy; -kadamba, m. red Kadamba tree; -kamal inî, f. group of red lotuses; -krishna, a. dark red; -kandana, n. red sandal; -kkha da, a. red-leaved; -kkhardi, f. vomiting blood; -ga, a. derived from the blood; -tara, cpv. greatly attached; -tâ, f. redness; nature of blood; -tva, n. redness; -dant, a. having red (=dirty) teeth; -nayana, a.red-eyed; -netra, a. id.; -pata, m. (wearing red rags), Buddhist monk: -vrata-vâhinî, f. Buddhist nun; -patî-kri, dress in red rags, turn into a Buddhist monk; -patta-maya, a. made of red cloth; -padma, n. red lotus; -pâda,m. red-footed bird; -pushpa, n. red flower; a. having red flowers; -phala, a. bearing red fruit; -bindu, m. drop of blood; -bhâva, a. enamoured; -mandala, a. having a red disc (moon); having loyal subjects: -tâ, f. abst.n.; -mukha, a. red-faced; m. N. of a monkey; -varna, m. red colour; colour of blood; a. red-coloured; -vâsas, a. wearing a red garment; -vâsin, a. id.; -syâma, a. dark red; -sâra, a. in whom blood predominates, of sanguine temperament.

rakti	f. attachment, to (lc.): -mat, a. charming, lovely.

raghu	] a. (v-&isharp;) speed ing, fleet (V.); m. courser (V.); N. of an ancient king, ancestor of Râma: pl. descend ants of Raghu; -tilaka, m. ep. of Râma; -drú, a. running swiftly (RV.); -nandana, m. descendant of Raghu, ep. of Râma; -nâ tha, m. ep. of Râma; -pati, m. lord of the Raghus, ep. of Râma; -pátvan, a. flying swiftly (RV.); -vamsa, m. Raghu's race: T. of a well-known poem by Kâlidâsa: -samgîv anî, f. T. of Mallinâtha's commentary on the Raghuvamsa; -shyád, a. gliding swiftly (V.); -svâmin, -½uttama, -½udvaha, m. ep. of Râma.

raṅgin	a. attached to, fond of (--°ree;); entering the stage.

ratna	n. [√ râ] V.: gift; goods, wealth; C.: treasure, precious stone, jewel, sp. pearl, (--°ree;, jewel of a,=best of, most excellent); mag net; m. N.; -kalasa, m. N.; -kûta, n. N. of an island; -kosha-nikaya, m. heap of jewels and treasure; -khâni, f. mine of jewels; -garbha, a. filled or studded with jewels: â, f. earth; -kandrâ-mati, m. N.; -kkhâyâ, f. reflexion or glitter of jewels; -talpa, m. jewelled couch; -traya, n.the three jewels (=Bud dha, dharma, and samgha: B.); -datta, m. N.; -darpana, m. mirror of jewels; -dîpa, m. lamp of jewels (which supply the place of a burning wick); -druma, m. coral; -dvîpa, m. N. of an island; -dhá, -dh&asharp;, a. (V.) be stowing gifts or wealth; possessing wealth; -nadî, f. N. of a river; -nidhi, m. mine of pearls, ocean; -parvata, m. mountain (= repository) of jewels, Meru; -pura, n. N. of a city; -prakâsa, m. T. of a dictionary; -pra dîpa, m. (--°ree; a. -ka)=-dîpa; -prabha, m. N.: â, f. earth; N.; T. of the seventh Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -prâsâda, m. jew elled palace; -bandhaka, m. seller of gems, jeweller; -bhûta,pp. resembling a jewel; -mañgarî, f. N. of a fairy; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or abounding in jewels; -mâlâ, f. necklace of gems or pearls; T. of various works; -mâlin, a. wearing a necklace of jewels; -ratna, n. pearl of pearls; -râgi, f. string of pearls; -râsi, m. heap of gems, quantity of pearls; -rekhâ, f. N. of a prin cess; (rátna)-vat, a. attended with gifts (RV.1); abounding in jewels or pearls, jew elled; -vardhana, m. N.; -varman, m. N. of a merchant; -varsha, m. N. of a prince of the Yakshas; -samghâta, m. quantity of jewels; -sû, a. producing gems; -sûti, f. earth; -svâmin, m. N. of a statue (erected by Ratna).

ratheśa	m. owner of a chariot; car fighter; -½îshâ, f. carriage-pole; -½uttama, best of chariots; -½utsava, m. solemn pro cession of an idol in a car; -½upasthá, m. seat of a chariot, driving-box.

rathānīka	n. host of chariots; -½antara, n. another chariot; -½âroha, m. chariot-fighter; mounting a chariot; â-vatta, m. N.; -½asva, m. carriage-horse; n. carriage and horse.

maulya	a. attached to the root; n. (=mûlya) price.

rājakumāra	m. prince: i-kâ, f. princess; -kula, n. royal family (pl. kings); royal palace (serving also as a court of jus tice); high road: -bhatta, m. N. of a poet; -krít, m. king-maker; -kritya, n.duties of a king, state affairs; -kriyâ, f. business of a king; -gâmin, a. brought before the king (slander); -giri, m. N. of a locality; -guru, m. king's counsellor or minister; -griha, n. royal dwelling, palace; N. of the capital of Magadha (also î, f.); -ghâtaka, m. regi cide; -kihna, n. pl. royal insignia; -gambû, f. a tree.

rājatālī	f. betel-nut tree; -tu&ndot;ga, m. N.; -tva, n. kingship, royalty; -danda, m. royal authority; punishment in flicted by a king; -dattâ, f. N.; -danta, m. (chief=) front tooth; -darsana, n. sight of the king, royal audience: -m kâraya, con duct any one (ac.) before the king; -dâra, m. pl. wife or wives of a king; -duhitri, f. king's daughter, princess; musk-rat: -maya, a. (î) consisting of princesses; -dûrvâ, f. kind oftall Dûrvâ grass; -daivika, a. pro ceeding from the king or fate (misfortune); -dvâr, f., -dvâra, n. king's gateway, palace gate; -dvârika, m. royal janitor; -dharma, m. duties of a prince: pl. rules relating to kings: -bhrit,a. maintaining or fulfilling the duties of a king; -dhânî, f. royal city, capital: -tas, ad. from the capital; -dhân ya, n. kind of grain; -dhâman, n. royal palace or residence.

rājayakṣma	m. kind of dangerous disease; later: pulmonary consumption; -yakshman, m. id.; -yakshm-in, a. consumptive; -yagña, m. royal sacrifice; -yâna, n. royal vehicle, palanquin; -ratha,m. royal carriage; -rambhâ, f. kind of plantain; -râkshasa, m. demon of a king; -râg, m. king of kings, emperor; moon; -râga, m. king of kings; ep. of Kubera: -giri, m. ep. of the Himavat; -tâ, f., -tva, n. dignity of a sovereign lord; -râgya, n. sovereignty over all kings; -½rishi, m. royal sage; -lakshana, n. mark indicative of (future) royalty; -lakshman, n. royal emblem; -lakshmî, f. regal glory or majesty; N. of a princess; -loka, m.assemblage of kings; -vamsa, m. royal race, dynasty; -vamsya, a. of royal descent; m. Kshatriya; -vat, 1. ad. like a king (nm. or ac.); as in the case of a king; 2. a. having a king; abounding in kings: lc. =in the presence of a king; m. N.: -î, f. N.; -vadana, m. N.; -vandin, m. N. (=-bandin); -varkasin, a. being in royal service; -valla bha, m. royal favourite: -turamgama, m. favourite steed of a prince; -vasati, f. life at the court of a king; -vahana, a. bearing or ridden by kings; -vâhana, m. N. of a king; -vidyâ, f. kingcraft, statesmanship; -vihâra, m. royal pleasure-seat; royal mon astery; -vîthî, f. royal road, highway; -vri ksha, m. kind of tree; -vritta, n.procedure or vocation of a king; -vesman, n. royal palace; -vesha, m. royal costume; -sârdûla, m. (tiger-like=) illustrious king; -sâsana, n. royal command; -srî, f. glory or majesty of a king.

rudra	a. roaring, terrific; m. Storm-god (chief of the Maruts): Rudra is sts. in Br. regarded as a form of Agni, but is later identified with Siva: pl. the Sons of Rudra, the Maruts (supposed to be either eleven or thirty-three in number); abbreviation for verses addressed to Rudra; N.: -kosa, m. Rudra's dictionary; -gapa, m. kind of prayer addressed to Rudra; -gâpin, a. muttering the Rudragapa; -ta, m. N.=Rudra-bhatta; -pâla, m. N.; -bhatta, m. N. of a scholar: -½âkârya, m. id.; -yagña, m. sacrifice to Rudra; (á)-vat, a. accompanied by Rudra or the Rudras; (á)-vartani, a. ep. of the Asvins; -sarman, m. N.; -suta, m. son of Rudra, Skanda; -soma, m. N. of a Brâh man; -hâsa, m. N. of a divine being.

rūḍhi	f. [√ ruh+-ti] rise, ascent (also fig.); growth; decision; notoriety; traditional usage; current usage of speech; conventional acceptation of a word (not immediately de ducible from the etymology): -m i, attain an elevated position; -m kri, come to a decision; dridhâm rûdhim nî, assist to assured de velopment: -sabda, m. word used in a con ventional sense: -tâ, f. conventional use of a word.

lakṣya	fp. to be defined; indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed; to be regarded as (nm.); had in view; to be observed; to be recognised by (in., --°ree;); visible, perceptible; n. object aimed at, prize; aim, mark; one hundred thousand, lac; pretence, disguise; example (?): -m labh, attain one's object, -m bandh, direct one's aim at (lc.): w. âkâse, gaze vaguely into the air: -tâ, f. visibility; state of being a mark:-m nî, make visible, -m yâ, become an aim; -tva, n. being an aim, of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hitting the mark; -lakshana-bhâva, m. connexion of the indicated and indicator; -supta, pp. feigning sleep; -½alakshya, fp. visible and not visible, scarcely visible.

labha	a. (--°ree;) obtainable; -ana, n. act of finding or gaining possession; -ya, fp. to be found; obtainable, attainable; compre hensible, intelligible; suitable, fit; to be allowed to (imp. w. ps. mg.); to be provided with (in.).

laṅghana	n. leaping; bounding or passing over, crossing (g., --°ree;), traversing (a road: --°ree;); curvetting (of a horse); rising to or towards (--°ree;); sexual union (with a female); capture (of a fort); conquest; transgression (of a command etc.); disdain; offence, injury; exposure (to heat: --°ree; w. âtapa-); fasting; -anîya, fp. to be crossed or traversed; -overtaken; -transgressed (command); who may be insulted; -ya, fp. to be leapt or passed over, -crossed; -traversed (road); -transgressed; -neglected; attainable; assailable; to be made to fast.

labdha	pp. (√ labh) obtained, ac quired, found etc.: -kâma, a. having obtained a desire, fulfilled (request); -datta, m. N. of a man who gave away what he received; -nâman, a. having obtained a name, re nowned, for (lc.); -nâsa, m. loss of what has been acquired; -nidrâ-sukha, a. enjoying the pleasure of sleep; -para-bhâga, a. pre eminent above, surpassing (ab.); -pranâsa, m. loss of what has been acquired: T. of the fourth book of the Pañkatantra; -pratyaya, a. having a firm belief in anything: -tâ, f. abst. n. (Pr.); -prasara, a. having obtained free scope, unchecked; -laksha, a. having obtained the victory, tried, in (lc.); -laksh ana, a. having obtained an opportunity; -lâ bha, a. having attained one's object; having successfully obtained (--°ree;); successfully ac quired; -vat, pp. act. (he) obtained; -vara, a. having obtained a boon; m. N. of a danc ing master; -varna, a. (having learned one's letters), learned, in (lc.): -bhâg, a. patron izing the learned.

laya	m. [√ 1. lî] adherence; disap pearance or absorption in (lc., --°ree;); extinc tion, dissolution, destruction, death; rest, repose (rare); mental lethargy or inactivity; sport; time in music (of which there are three: druta, madhya, and vilambita): -m gam, become attached to any one (lc.); dis appear, be dissolved, or absorbed in (lc.); -m yâ, id.; be destroyed, perish.

lambha	m. finding; attainment, gain; recovery; capture (of a fortress); -aka, a. finding; m. finder; -ana, n. obtainment; recovery; procurement; -anîya, fp. to be obtained.

lalāṭa	n. [later form of rar&asharp;ta] fore head: -tata, m. flat surface of the forehead; -m-tapa, a. scorching the forehead (said of a hot sun), very painful; -patta, m.: -ka, m., -pattikâ, f. flat surface of the forehead; -phalaka, n. id.; -likhita, pp. written by fate on the forehead; -lekhâ, f. lines written by fate on the forehead; (strip of a =) very narrow forehead; -½aksha, a. (î) having an eye in the forehead (Siva).

liṅga	n. [anything attaching to an object] mark, token, sign, emblem, charac teristic; catchword; deceptive badge (rare, E.); proof, evidence; sign of guilt, stolen property; sign of sex, sexual organ; gram matical gender; Siva's phallus (as an object of worship); image of a god (rare); typical or subtle body (the indestructible original of the gross visible body: Vedânta phil.); nominal base (=prâtipadika: gr.): -deha, m. n. subtle body (phil.); -dhârana, n. bear ing of marks of identification; -nâsa, m. loss of characteristic marks; -pîtha, n. pedestal of a Siva phallus; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -mâtra, n. intellect; -mûrti, a.having the form of a phallus (Siva).

lokācāra	m. ways of the world, general custom; -½âtman, m. soul of the world; -½âdi, m. (beginning=) creator of the world; -½âdhâra, a. supported by or depen dent on the people; -½adhipa,m. lord of the world, god; -½anugraha, m. welfare of the world or people; -½anurâga, m. love of man kind, universal love; -½anuvritta, n. obedi ence of the people; -½anuvritti, f. dependence on other people; -½antara, n. the other world: -m gam or yâ, go to the other world, die: -sukha, n. felicity in the next world; -½an tarika, a. (î) dwelling or situated between the worlds; -½antarita, pp. deceased; -½apa vâda, m. censure of the world, public re proach; -½abhyudaya, m. welfare of the world; -½âyata, pp. (restricted to the material world), materialistic; m. materialist; n. ma terialism, doctrine of Kârvâka: i-ka, m. materialist; man of the world, î-kri, regard as materialistic; -½aloka, n. sg. & m. du. the world and the non-world; m. N. of the mythi cal mountainous belt (light on the one side and dark on the other) which separates the visible world from the world of darkness; -½âlokin, a. surveying the worlds; -½aveksha- na, n. care of the people.

lokayātrā	f. worldly affairs, every-day life; daily bread, maintenance; -raksha, m. protector of the people, king; -rañgana, n. pleasing the world; -rava, m. popular talk; -lokana, n. eye of the world, sun: pl. eyes of men; -vakana, n. popular talk or rumour; -vat, ad. as in ordinary life; -vartana, n. means by which the world exists; -vâda, m. talk of the world, public rumour; -vârttâ, f. public rumour; -vi krushta, pp. publicly decried; offensive to the world; -vigñâta, pp. generally known; -vidvishta, pp. universally disliked; -vidhi, m. creator of the world; order of things pre vailing in the world; -viruddha, pp. no toriously contradictory; -virodha, m. oppo sition to popular opinion; -visruta, pp. generally known; -vistara, m. general pre valence; -vritta, pp. n. general custom, ways prevailing among the people; -vrittânta, m. ways of the world; -vyavahâra, m. id.; ordinary designation; -sruti, f. world-wide notoriety; -samvyavahâra, m. business trans actions with men; -samkshaya, m. destruc tion of the world; -samgraha, m. experience gainedthrough intercourse with the world; gaining influence over men, propitiation of mankind; aggregate of the worlds; -sam grâhin, a. propitiating men; -sampanna, pp. experienced in life; -sâkshika, a. wit nessed by the world: -m, ad. before wit nesses; -sâkshin, m. witness of the world.

lokeśa	m. lord of the world; -½îs vara, m. id.; -½eshan&asharp;, f. desire of heaven; -½ukti, f. common talk; popular saying, pro verb; -½uttara, a. going beyond the com mon, unusual, extraordinary; m. extraor dinary man.

vajra	m. n. [mighty], thunderbolt, esp. Indra's (sts. also of other gods; also applied to mythical weapons, destructive spells etc.); adamant, diamond (gnly. n.); m. kind of military array; N.: -karshana,m. ep. of Indra; -kîta, m. kind of insect (supposed to perforate wood and stone); -kîla, m. thunderbolt: â-ya, den. P. resemble a thunderbolt; -kûta, n. N. of a mythical town; -ghosha, a. roaring like the thunderbolt;-gvalana, m. (flash of the thunderbolt), lightning; -tunda, a. having a beak as hard as adamant; -damsh- tra, a. having fangs as hard as adamant; m. N. of a prince of the fairies; N. of a lion; -datta, m. N.; -dhara, a.wielding the thunderbolt; m. ep. of Indra; N. of a king; -nâ bha, a. having a nave of adamant; m. N. of various kings; -pañgara, m. cage of adamant=secure refuge for, protector of (g., --°ree;); N. of a Dânava; -pâni, a.holding the thunderbolt in his hand; m. ep. of Indra; -pâta, m. fall of the thunderbolt, thunder clap, stroke of lightning; a. descending like a thunderbolt; -prabha, m. N. of a fairy; (vágra)-bâhu, a. holding the thunderbolt in his hand (RV.); -bhrít, a. bearing the thunderbolt; m. ep. of Indra; -mani, m. adamant gem, diamond; -maya, a. (î) adamantine, hard as diamond; -mukuta, m. N.; -mushti, a. holding the thunderbolt in his hand; m. ep. of Indra; N. of two warriors; -râtra, n. N. of a town; -lepa, m. diamond cement; -lepâya, den. Â. adhere like adamant cement; -vriksha, m. kind of tree (Cactus Opuntia); -vega, m. N. of a fairy; -vyûha, m. kind ofmilitary array; -sâra, a. hard as adamant; made of diamond; m. n. diamond; m. N.: -maya, a. hard as diamond, adamantine; -sârî-kri, make as hard as diamond; -sûk&ibrevcirc;, f. diamond needle; (vágra)-hasta, a.holding the thunderbolt in his hand (gnly. of Indra).

vatsala	a. attached to her calf (cow); loving, fond, tender, affectionate, towards (g., lc., prati, --°ree;); devoted to (--°ree;); tender (sen timent in a poem): -tâ, f., -tva, n. fondness, tenderness towards (--°ree;); delight in (lc., --°ree;).

vandana	n. parasitic plant (AV.1); rash (attacking the limbs; also personified as a demon; RV.).

vanus	a. (RV.) eager, zealous; lov ing; eager to attack, assailing; m. assailant.

varāha	m. V., C.: boar, hog; C.: boar-incarnation of Vishnu (who raised the earth from the bottom of the sea with his tusks); boar-shaped military array; N. of a Daitya; N.; -datta, m. N.; -deva, m. N.; -mihira, m. N. of an astronomer (sixth cen- tury a. d.); -mûla, n. N. of a locality with a statue of Vishnu's boar-incarnation; -svâ min, m. N. of a mythical king.

varuṇa	m. [√ 1. vri] Encompasser (of the world), N. of an Âditya, chief among the Vedic gods; he specially presides over the waters, the night, and the west; he is om niscient, punishes sin and is prayed to for forgiveness; he is also the sender of disease; often associated with Mitra and Indra (--°ree; du.); in C. he is god of the waters or ocean, and regent of the west: -grihîta, pp. seized by Varuna=attacked by disease, esp. dropsy (V.); -pâsá, m. Varuna's noose or fetter (V.); -purusha, m. servant of Varuna; -loka, m. Varuna's world; Varuna's sphere, the waters; -sarman, m. N. of a mythical warrior; -se nâ, -senikâ, f. N. of a princess; -½adri, m. N. of a mountain.

varṇarāśi	m. alphabet; -lopa, m. dropping of a letter; -varti: -kâ, f. paint brush; -vikriyâ, f. violation of the rules of caste; -vritta, n. metre measured by the number of syllables; -vyatikrântâ, pp. f.having transgressed with a man of lower caste; -vyavasthiti, f. caste system; -sik shâ, f. phonetics; -sreshtha, m. best man by caste, Brâhman; -samsarga, m. mixture of castes by intermarriage; -samhâra, m. assem blyrepresentative of castes; -samkara, m. mixture of colours (rare); mixture of castes by intermarriage; -samghâta, m., -samghâta, m., -samâmnâya, m. (combination of letters), alphabet; -sthâna, n. place (in the mouth) of the production of a letter.

vasana	n. dress, garment, cloth (du. upper and lower garment): --°ree;, clothed in, also fig.=surrounded by, attached to (a doctrine): -vat, a. clothed; -sadman, n. (cloth-house), tent; -½arnava, a.sea-girt.

vasukṛt	m. N. of a poet of the RV.; -kra, m. N. of a poet of the RV.; -da, a. bestowing wealth; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.: (a)-pura, n. N. of a town; -d&asharp;, a. wealth-bestowing, bountiful (V.); -d&asharp;van, a. id. (V.); -deva, m. (having the Vasus for deities), N. of a king, father of Krishna; N. of various men: -putra, m. son of Vasudeva, Krishna.

vastu	n. (C.) place (rare); thing, substance, object; really existing thing; right thing, worthy object; object of (--°ree;); matter, circumstance; subject, subject-mat ter, plot, theme, contents; °ree;--, in reality: -ka, a. (--°ree;) having -as contents (anûna-, of weighty contents, extraordinary); -gâta, n. the aggregate of things; -tantra, a. depen dent on things, objective; -tas, ad. in reality; -tâ, f. being the object of (--°ree;); reality: in. in reality; -dharma, m. sg. & pl. true nature of things; -bhâva, m. reality: in. pl. in reality; -bheda, m. actual or essen tial difference; -rakanâ, f. elaboration of a plot; -vritta, n. actual fact; -sakti, f. sg. & pl. force of circumstances: -tas, ad. by the --; -sâsana, n. original edict; -sûnya, a. devoid of reality, unreal.

vākkalaha	m. strife of words, dis pute; -kelî, f. jest with words, witty con verse; -kshata, n. wound inflicted with words; -kakshus, n. sg. speech and look; -kapala, a. inconsiderate in speech, talking idly; -kâp alya, n. inconsiderateness in talk; -khala, n. semblance of a voice; sg. & pl. lying talk; prevarication (in argument); -khalya, n. word-arrow, wounding speech; -patu, a. clever in speech, eloquent: -tâ, f.fluency of speech, eloquence; -páti, m. lord of speech; Saiva saint who has attained a certain stage of perfection: -râga, m. N. of a poet; -pa tha, m. opportunity for speech; province of speech (atîta --, a. indescribable): -pâram avâpita, become indescribable; -p&asharp;, a. protecting speech; -pâtava, n. eloquence; -pârushya, n. roughness of voice; scurrilous language; -pushtâ, f. N. of a princess: -½ata vî, f. N. of a forest named after her; -push pa, n. pl. flowers of speech; -pralâpa, m. elo quence; -prasasta, pp. expressly sanctioned as fit for food; -prasâri-kâma, a. desirous of one (i.e. a child) progressing in speech.

vāgguda	m. kind of bat; -ghasta vat, a. possessed of speech and hands (hasta); -gâla, n. multitude of words, verbosity; -dambara, m. n. id., bombast; -danda, m. admonition: du. word and staff: -yoh or -gam pârushyam, severe verbal and corporal injury, abuse and assault, -pârushya, n. du. id.; -dattâ, pp. f. verbally given, betrothed; -dâna, n. betrothal; -dushta, pp. rude, scurrilous; m. rude fellow, defamer; -deva tâ, f. goddess of speech, Sarasvatî: -ka, a. sacred to Sarasvatî; -devî, f. goddess of speech, Sarasvatî; -daivatya, a. sacred to Sarasvatî; -dosha, m. abuse, scurrility: ab. by fault of his voice; -dvâra, n. entrance of speech=descriptive entrance; -baddha, pp. stopped in speech, silent; -bandhana, n. silence: -m pra-kri, silence any one; -bha- ta, m. N. of various authors, esp. of a rhetori cian and of a physician.

vāmaka	a. (ikâ) left (not right); adverse, cruel; n. kind of gesture; -tas, ad. from or on the left; -tâ, f. disfavour (sts. pl.); coyness; -tva, n. disfavour; -datta, m. N.: â, f. N.; -dris, f. fair-eyed woman;(á)-deva, m. N. of a seer, son of Gotama, and com poser of the fourth Mandala of the RV.; -dev-yá, a. coming from Vâmadeva; n. N. of various Sâmans.

vāyu	m. [√ 1. vâ] wind, air (one of the elements; seven winds are assumed); god of wind (pl.=the Maruts); breath; vital air (there are five: prâna, apâna, vyâna, udâna, samâna; or nâga, kûrma, krikara, devadatta, dhanamgaya); wind as one of the three hu mours of the body; wind as a kind of goblin confusing men.

vārtta	a. (relating to fact: vritta) right, correct; healthy, well; ordinary, mid dling; worthless; n. welfare, health: â, f. livelihood, profession; occupation of a Vaisya (i.e. agriculture, cattle-breeding, and trade); news, tidings, rumour, report, story (of or about, g., --°ree;); talk about (g., lc., uddisya w. ac., --°ree;): kâ vârttâ, what news? what talk is there of (lc.)? = -cannot be thought of, -is out of the question; vârttayâ kri, talk about (ac.); --°ree; a. living or subsisting on.

vāsava	a. (î) belonging to, derived from (etc.) the Vasus; m. chief of the Vasus, Indra; a. (î) belonging to Indra (î ± dis, f. east): -kâpa, Indra's bow, rainbow; -dat tâ, f. frequent N.; story of Vâsavadattâ; T. of a novel by Subandhu; -dis, f. Indra's quarter, east; -½âsâ, f. id.

vikramatuṅga	m. N. of two kings; -nidhi, m. N. of a warrior; -patta na, n. Vikrama's city, Uggayinî; -pati, m. =Vikrama½âditya; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bâhu, m. N. of various kings; -râga, m. N. of a king; -lâñkhana, m.=Vikrama½âditya; -sakti, m. N. of various warriors; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. id.; -sthâ na, n. walking-place, promenade; -½a&ndot;ka, m. =Vikramâditya: -deva,m. id.: -karita, n. Adventures of Vikramâ&ndot;ka-deva, T. of a poem; -½âditya, m. Sun of Valour, N. of various kings, esp. of one accounted the conqueror of the Sakas and founder of the Vikrama era (56 b. c.).

vighaṭana	n. separation, destruc tion; -ghattana, a. opening; n. friction; moving to and fro, shaking; striking against; hewing in pieces; untying: â, f. friction; striking against; separation; -ghattin,a. rubbing, clashing (--°ree;); -ghaná, a. 1. injur ing; 2. a, not or very stiff (--°ree;); cloudless; -gharshana, n. rubbing; -ghasa, m. n. leav ings of food; -ghâta, m. blow, with (--°ree;); breaking in pieces (rare); warding off; de struction; removal, interruption, impedi ment, obstacle (ord. mg.): -ka, a. warding off; -ghâtin, a. contending with, routing; removing, interrupting, impeding; -ghûrn ana, n., â, f. swaying to and fro.

vicikitsana	n [fr. des. √ kit] doubtfulness regarding (lc.); -kikitsâ, f. doubt, uncertainty, regarding (--°ree;); -kikîshâ, f. desire to seek; -kiti, f. seeking, search for (--°ree;); investigation;-kitta, a. unconscious; at a loss what to do, helpless: -tâ, f. uncon sciousness.

vijaya	m. contest for victory (V.); victory, triumph, conquest (V., C.); prize of victory, booty (V., rare); C.: kind of array of troops; N.; N. of a hare; n. (C.) royal tent; kind of pavilion; N. of a sacred terri tory in Cashmere: -ketu, m. N. of a fairy; -kshetra, n. the Vigaya territory; -datta, m. N.; N. of the hare in the moon; -dun dubhi, m. drum of victory: -tâ, f. function of drums of victory; -nagara, n. N. of a city in Karnâta; -patâkâ, f. flag of victory; -pâla, m. kind of official; N. of various kings; -pura, n. N. of various towns (Beja pur etc.); -malla, m. N.; -mâlin, m. N. of a merchant; -mitra, m. N.; -râga, m. N.; -vat, a. victorious, glorious: -î, f. N. of a daughter of the serpent demon Gandha mâlin; -varman, m. N.; -vega, m. N. of a fairy; -srî, f. goddess of victory; -simha, m. N. of various kings; -sena, m. N. of a warrior.

vitteśa	m. lord of riches, ep. of Kubera: -pattana, Kubera's city; -½îsvara, m. lord of wealth; ep. of Kubera; -½îhâ, f. desire of wealth, cupidity; -½eshan&asharp;, f. id.

vidūra	a. remote, distant (with kri, remove); far removed from, not attainable by (g.): vídûram, ad. far away (V., C.); ab. or -tas, id.; from afar; lc. far away, from (-tas); °ree;--, far, from afar; m. N.; N. of a mountain, town, or locality: -ga, a. far away; far-spreading (scent).

vinikṣepa	m. separation; -ni kshepya, fp. to be thrown into (lc.); -nigad î-kri, free from foot-fetters; -nigamaka, a. deciding between two alternatives; -nigam anâ, f. decision between two alternatives; -nigûhitri, m. concealer, keeper (of a secret); -nigraha, m. separation; restraining, curb ing, subduing (ord.mg.); restriction; -nigrâh ya, fp. to be restrained; -nidra, a. sleep less, awake; occurring in the waking condi tion; passed sleeplessly; expanded (flower); opened (eyes): -ka, a. awake, -tâ, f. sleep lessness; -ninîshu, des. a. intending to guide; -ninda, a. surpassing: â, f. reproach ing, abusing; -nindaka, a. blaming; derid ing; surpassing; -nipâta, m. mischance, calamity; death; failure; -nipâtita, cs. pp. √ pat; -nimaya, m. barter, exchange; reci procity (in kârya-); pledging; -nimitta, a. having no real cause; -nimîlana, n.closure (of a bud); -nimesha, m. wink; -niyama, m. limitation, restriction to (lc.); -niyamya, fp. to be limited; -niyukta½âtman, a. hav ing one's soul directed to (ad.); -niyoktri, m. appointer to (lc.); employer; -niyoga,m. apportionment; appointment to a duty (lc.); commission, charge; employment, use, application (ord. mg.; sp. of a verse in ritual); relation, correlation; -niyogya, fp. to be employed, applied, or used.

virakta	pp. (√ rañg) estranged etc.: -prakriti, a. whose principal officers are dis affected, -bhâva, a. disaffected; -rakti, f. indifference, to (lc., upari w. g., prati w. ac.); freedom from worldlyattachment: -mat, a. indifferent, to (lc.); accompanied with free dom from worldly attachment; -rakanâ, f. disposition, embellishment: alakânâm --, neatly arranged locks; -rakayitavya, fp. to be made or formed; -rakita, pp. cs. √ rak: â, f. N.; (ví)-raga, a. free from dust, clean, pure (also fig.); free from passion; -ragas, a. id.; m. N.; -ragas-ka, a. dustless; -ragas karana, n. freeing from dust, cleansing; -ragî kri, free from dust, cleanse; -rañka, -rañki, -rañkya, m. ep. of Brahman; -rata, pp. (√ ram) ceased etc.: -tva, n. cessation; -rata-prasa&ndot;ga, a. having ceased from en gaging in (lc.); -rati, f. cessation; end; desistence or abstention from, renunciation of (ab., lc., --°ree;); -ratha, a. deprived of one's car; -rathî-kri, deprive any one of his chariot; -rathî-bhû, be deprived of one's car; -rapsá, a. (&isharp;) exuberant (RV.); m. abundance (RV.); -rapsín,a. exuberant, vigorous (V.); -rama, m. cessation, abate ment; sunset; abstention from (--°ree;); -rama- na, n. cessation; abstention from (--°ree;).

viśvaka	m. N. of a protégé of the Asvins; -kartri, m. creator of the universe; -karman, n. every action (only °ree;--); (á) karman, a. accomplishing or creating every thing (V., E.); N. of the architect of the universe, resembling Pragâpati and often not distinguished from him; in C. he is the architect and artificer of the gods, also called Pragâpati, and with the pat. Bhauvana, father of Barhishmatî and Samgñâ; ep. of the sun (rare); -krít, a. creating everything; m. creator of the universe; the architect and artificer of the gods, Visvakarman; (á)-krish- ti, a. dwelling among all men, universally known (RV.); -kshaya, m. destruction of the world; -gata, pp. omnipresent; -guru, m. father of the universe; (á)-kakshas, a. all-seeing (RV.); (á)-karshani, a. = -krishti (RV.); -ganá, m. mankind; -gan&isharp;na, a. containing all kinds of people (V.); ruling all people (V.); benefiting the whole world (V., C.); (á)-ganya, a. containing all men (heaven and earth: V.); universal, dear to all men (V.); universally beneficial (discussion); -gít, a. all-subduing (V., P.); m. N. of an Ekâha in the Gavâmayana rite, the fourth day after the Vishuvat (Br., S., C.); -gîva, m. universal soul; -g&usharp;, a. all-impelling (RV.1); (á)-tas, ad. from or on all sides, everywhere; (á)-to-mukha, a. having a face on every side, facing in all directions; (á) tra, ad. everywhere; always; (á)-thâ, ad. in every way, always (V.); -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; (á)-darsata, a. visible to all (RV.); -d&asharp;nîm, ad. always (V.); (á)-deva, a. all-divine;m. pl. the All-gods, the Visve devâs; (á)-devya, a. relating, dear etc. to all gods (RV.); (á)-devyâ-vat, a. id.; accompanied by the Visve devâs (Indra); (á)-dh&abrevcirc;, ad. in every way, always (RV.); -dhar ana, n.preservation of the universe; (á) dhâyas, a. all-supporting (RV.); -dhâ-vîrya, a. effective in every way (AV.); (á)-dhena, a. all-feeding (RV.); -nâtha, m. lord of the universe, ep. of Siva; N.; -m-tara, a. all-subduing(Buddha); m. N. of a king with the pat. Saushadmana; -pâvana, a. all-purifying; -pís, a. all-adorned (RV.); -prakâsa, m. All-enlightener, T. of a dictionary; (á) psnya, a. all-nourishing (V.); -bhug, a. all-consuming; (á)-bheshaga, a. (î) all-healing (V.); n. dry ginger (C.); (á)-bhogas, a. all-supporting; -maya, a. containing the uni verse; -maha, m. a kind of personification; -mahesvara, m. great lord of all (Siva); -minvá, a. (RV.) all-moving; all-containing; -mûrti, a. whose body is the universe or having all forms; -m-bhará, a. all-supporting; m. ep. of Vishnu: â, f. earth: -bhug, m. king; -yoni, m. f. source or creator of the universe; -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; -rûpa, n. sg. all kinds of shapes; (á)-rûpa, a. (â, &isharp;) many-coloured, variegated (V.); wearing all forms, manifold, various; N. of a son of Tvashtri, whose three heads were struck off by Indra; â, f.dappled cow (V.); N. of certain verses (Br.); (á-)vâra, a. containing, bestowing etc. all treasures (V.); -vikhyâta, pp. known in the whole world; -víd, a. all-knowing; -visruta, pp. known in the whole world; (á)-vedas, a.all-knowing; (á)-sam bhû, a. beneficial to all; -súk, a. all-enlightening (RV.1); (á)-skandra, a. all-glittering (RV.); -samvanana, n. means of enchanting all; -samhâra, m. general destruction; -sakha, m. universal friend.

viṣataru	m. poison tree; -tâ, f. poisonousness; -tva, n. id.; -da, m. (water giver), cloud; -dâyaka, -dâyin, m. poisoner; -digdha, pp. poisoned; -d&usharp;shana, a. (î) destroying poison (V.); n.poisoning (of food; C.); -druma, m. poison tree; -dhara, m. venomous snake; reservoir; -dh&asharp;na, n. re ceptacle of poison; -nimitta, a. caused by poison; -panna-ga, m. venomous snake; -parvan, m. N. of a Daitya; -pâdapa, m. poison tree; -pushpa, n. poisonous flower.

viṣṇukrama	m. pl. Vishnu's steps (three steps to be taken by the sacrificer be tween Vedi and Âhavanîya); -gupta, m. ep. of Kânakya; N. of a Buddhist; -gâmâtri, m. son-in-law Vishnu; -tva, n.Vishnu's nature; -datta, m. N.; -nya&ndot;ga, a. in which Vishnu is frequently mentioned; -pada, n. zenith; sky; -purâna, n. T. of a Purâna; -mat-î, f. N. of a princess; -maya, a. (î) relating to, having the nature of, Vishnu; -mitra, m. frequent N. (used as an instance like Cajus); -loka, m. Vishnu's world; -vâh ana, n. Vishnu's vehicle, Garuda; -sakti, 1. f. Vishnu's energy, Lakshmî; 2. m. N. of a king; -sarman, m. N. of various men, esp. of the narrator of the Pañkatantra and the Hitopadesa; -sûkta, n. hymn to Vishnu; -svâmin, m. temple or statue of Vishnu.

vīṇā	f. Indian lute: -karna, m. Lute ear, N.; (v&isharp;nâ)-ganagin, m. leader of a musi cal band; -gâthín, m. lute-player; -datta, m. N. of a Gandharva; -rava, m. sound of the lute; a. humming like a lute: â, f. N. of a fly; -vatsa-râga, m. N. of a king; -vâdá, m. lute-player; playing on the lute; -vâdya, n. playing on the lute; -vinoda, m. N. of a fairy; -silpa, n. art of playing the lute; -hasta, a. holding a lute in hishand (Siva).

vīratara	m. greater hero, than (ab.); n. a fragrant grass (Andropogon muricatus); (á)-tâ, f. manliness, heroism; -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dhara, m. N. of a wheel wright; -nâtha, a. having a hero as a pro tector; m. N.; -patta, m. hero's band (round the forehead); (á)-patnî, f. wife of a hero; -pâna, n. hero's drink (taken before or after battle); -pura, n. N. of a town in the terri tory of Kânyakubga; N. of a mythicaltown in the Himâlaya; -purusha, m. brave man, hero; -pragâyinî, f. mother of heroes; -pra bha, m. N.; -prasavinî, -prasû, f. mother of a hero; -bâhu, m. N.; -bhata, m. warrior; N. of a king; -bhadra, m. N. of a Rudra; N. of an attendant of Siva, who destroyed Daksha's sacrifice; -bhavat, m. your heroic presence (honorific term of address); -bhâva, m. heroism; -bhuga, m. N. of two kings; -mânin, a. considering oneself a hero; -mâr ga, m. heroic career; -m-manya, a. id.

vṛddhikara	a. (î) promoting growth, producing prosperity; -gîvaka, a. living by usury; -da, a. conferring or promot ing prosperity; -mat, a. growing, increas ing; having attained power; producing Vriddhi (gr.).

veṇī	f. = veni: -samhâra, m. tying up of the braid of hair (of Draupadî), T. of a play (existing in the tenth century a. d.) by Bhatta-nârâyana.

vega	m. [√ vig] shock, jerk (V., C., rare); C.: rush, impact; flood (of water, tears), cur rent; impetus (esp. of missiles), force, velo city, speed; impetuosity, vehemence, haste, sudden impulse; outbreak, outburst (of pas sion etc.), excitement; attack (of disease); circulation, working (of a poison; sts. pl.); impulse: -tara, m. greater swiftness: vegâd vegataram gam, run faster and faster; -tas, ad. with a sudden jerk; speedily, hastily, impetuously; -danda, m. elephant (=ve tanda); -vat, a. impetuous, hasty, swift, energetic, violent (wind); m. N. of a fairy: -î, f. N. of a fairy; -vâhin, a. flowing (river) or flying (arrow) swiftly; -sarî,f. female mule; -½anila, m. violent wind.

vedānta	m. end of the Veda (rare); end of Vedic study (rare); text forming the conclusion or the essence of the Veda, i.e. an Upanishad and the theologico-philosophical doctrine based thereon (Uttara-mîmâmsâ or Vedânta system): -krit, m. author of the Vedântas; -sâra, m. essence of the Vedânta, T. of a compendium of the Vedânta system; -½abhihita, pp. contained in the Vedânta; -½upagata, pp.accruing from the Vedânta (reward).

velākūla	n. sea-shore, coast; -gala, n. sg. & pl. flood-tide; -tata, m. coast; -½ati krama, m. overstepping of time, tardiness; -½anila, m. coast wind; -½ambhas, n. flood tide; -vitta, m. kind of official; -vîki, f. shore-wave, breaker: pl. surge; -vyâga, m. disguise of the tide; -samudra, m. ocean in flood; -hîna, pp. premature, inopportune; -½ûrmi, f. wave breaking on the shore, roller.

vaiśvānara	a. (&isharp;) belonging to all men; universal, dwelling or worshipped everywhere, generally known (Agni, sacri fice; V., C.); consisting of all men, present in full numbers (V.); m. fire; sun, sunlight (V.); intellect conditioned by the aggregate (Vedânta phil.); N.: (a)-datta, m. N.; î-ya, a. relating to or treating of Vaisvânara.

vyatikara	m. [√ krî] mixture, blending, intermingling, contact, confluence, union; engaging in, undertaking (--°ree;); acci dent, misfortune, calamity: --°ree; a. combined or united with: -vat,a. mixed, of different kinds; -karita, den. pp. mixed with, per vaded by (in., --°ree;); -krama, m. passing by, deviating, swerving, or escaping from (g.); violation, infringement, neglect, or non performance of (g. or --°ree;); offence, transgression, against (g., --°ree;); inverted order (rare); -kramana, n. transgression against any one (--°ree;); -kramin, a. transgressing against any one (--°ree;); -krânta, pp. √ kram; n.transgression, offence; -krânti, f. transgression against (--°ree;); -rikta-tâ, f. difference; -reka, m. separateness; exclusion, exception; nega tive; contradistinction or opposition to; con trast, antithesis (rh.): in., ab., --°ree;, to the exclusion of, excepting, without (--°ree;); -rekin, a. excluding, negativing (--°ree;); -rekana, n. con trasting (in a comparison); -la&ndot;gin, a. slipping off; -sha&ndot;ga, m. reciprocal connexion, relation; entanglement; conflict (of armies); interchange (rare); -sha&ndot;gin, a. attached or clinging to (--°ree;); -hâra, m. interchange; alternation, reciprocity.

vyasanin	a. hard-working (rare); passionately devoted or intently addicted to (--°ree;); having a hobby (rare); addicted to evil passions, dissolute, vicious; unlucky, unfor tunate, having had a misfortune with (--°ree;), struggling with (famine, --°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. fancy for (lc.,--°ree;); passionate devotion or attachment; evil passion; (-i)-tva, n. addiction to (--°ree;).

vyākṛti	f. separation, discrimina tion (Br.); detailed description (C.); explana tion (C.); -kopa, m. contradiction; -kosa, a. expanded, blown; open (hand): -kokanada, a. having expanded red lotuses: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -kriyâ, f. evolution, creation; -krosa, m. revilement, abuse; -krosî, f. id.; screech; -kshepa, m. abuse (rare); distraction (of mind); -kshepin, a. driving away (--°ree;); -khyâ, f. explanation, exposition, comment; -khyâtavya, fp. to be explained; -khyâtri, m. expounder; -khy&asharp;na, a. (î) C.: explain ing, elucidating; reminding of, resembling (g.); n. narration (Br.); recitation (Br.); explanation, exposition, comment (Br., C.); -khyâna-ya, den. P. communicate, narrate (Pr.); -khyâ-sthâna, n. school; -khyeya, fp. to be explained; -ghattanâ, f. friction; -ghâta, m. blow, stroke, shot, impact; defeat; commotion, agitation; hindrance, obstacle; (logical) contradiction; a rhetorical figure in which opposite effects are shown to arise from the same cause; an astronomical Yoga; -ghârana, n. sprinkling around (in ritual).

vyāsaṅga	m. attachment, adher ence; devotion to, longing for, passion for (lc., --°ree;); connexion (rare); distraction (rare).

vyūha	m. shifting, displacement; dis traction (of semi-vowels or compound vowels); distribution, disposition (rare); military ar ray, troops in battle-array (ord. mg.); ag gregate, host, multitude; Purushottama's quaternity as Vâsudeva, Samkarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha; detailed ex position (rare); section, chapter: -rakanâm vi-dhâ, assume a warlike attitude.

vratagrahaṇa	n. taking of a religious vow, turning mendicant: -nimittam, ad. in order to fulfil a religious vow; -kary&asharp;, f. performance of a religious work or observance; -kâr-ín, a.practising a religious ob servance, observing a vow: (-i)-tâ, f. observance of a vow.

vraṇa	m. (n.) wound; sore, boil, tu mour; flaw, blemish: -granthi, m. scar; -patta: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. bandage on a wound; -bhrit, a. wounded.

śaṃkara	a. (î) causing prosperity, beneficent (C.); m. ep. of Rudra or Siva (V., C.); N., esp. of a philosopher, regenerator of Brâhmanism (born 788 a. d.): -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -gaurî½îsa, m. N. of a tem ple; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -priyâ, f. Siva's wife; -vardhana, m. N.; -varman, m. N.; -vrishabha, m. Siva's (white) bull; -siddhi, m. N.; -svâmin, m. N. of a Brâh man; -½âkârya, m. N. of a celebrated scholar, author of numerous philosophical commen taries, reformer of Saivism (died 820 a. d.).

śatātman	a. possessing or be stowing a hundred lives (RV.); -½adhika, a. exceeding a hundred; -½ânanda, m. N.; -&halfacute;anîka, m. N. of various men; N. of an Asura; -&halfacute;âyus, a. (-h-î) attaining the age of a hundred years; m. N.; -&halfacute;aritra, a. hun dred-oared (V.).

śapatha	m. curse, imprecation; oath; ordeal (rare): -karana, n. taking an oath; -pûrvakam, ad. with oaths; -½uttaram, ad. id.

śarīraka	n. (--°ree; a. f. ikâ) a wretched tiny body; the wretched body; body (metr. for sarîra); -kartri, m., -krit, m. father; -karshana, n. emaciation of the body; -grahana, n. assumption of a bodily form; -ga, a. produced from, belonging to, per formed with the body, bodily; m. offspring, son; god of love; -ganman, a. id.; -tulya, a. (equal to=) dear as one's own body; -tyâga, m. abandonment of the body, renunciation of life; -danda, m. corporal punishment; -dhâtu, m. chief constituent of the body (flesh, blood etc.); -dhrik, m. corporeal being; -nipâta, m. collapse of the body, falling down dead; -nyâ sa, m. casting off the body, death; -pâta, m. collapse of the body, death; -pîdâ, f. bodily suffering; -prabhava, m. begetter, father; -baddha, pp. confined in a body, in carnate; -bandha, m. fetters of the body; assumption of a (new) body, rebirth: in. bodily (disappear); -bhâg, m. embodied being; -bheda, m. collapse of the body, death; -yashti, f. slender body, slim figure; -yâtrâ, f. sustenance of the body; -yoga-ga, a. produced from bodily contact; -vat, a.provided with a body; substantial; m. em bodied being; -vimokshana, n. liberation from the body, death; -vritta, pp. careful of his body or life; -vritti, f. maintenance of the body, support of life; -vaikalya, n. in disposition of body, distemper; -susrûshâ, f. personal attendance; -soshana, n. morti fication of the body; -samdhi, m. joint of the body; -sâda, m. bodily exhaustion, emacia tion; -stha, a. existing in the body; -sthiti, f.maintenance of the body.

śarvaṭa	m. N.; -datta, m. N. of a teacher; -patnî, f. wife of Sarva, Pârvatî; -parvata, m. Siva's mountain, Kailâsa: -vâsinî, f. ep. of Durgâ.

śilākṣara	n. lithography; -gri ha, n. grotto; -kaya, m. mass of stones, mountain; -gatu, n. bitumen; -tala, n. slab of rock; -tva, n. nature of stone; -½âditya, m. N. of a king; -patta, m. stone slab (for sitting on or grinding); -prâsâda, m. stone temple; -bandha, m. wall; -maya, a. (î) made of stone; -varshin, a. raining stones; -vesman, n. rock house, grotto; -sastra, n. stone weapon; -sita, pp. whetted on a stone (arrow); -½âsana, a. seated on a stone; -stambha, m. stone column.

śivatāti	a. conducive to happi ness or welfare; f. prosperity; -datta, m. N.; -dâyin, a. conferring prosperity; -dâsa, m. N.; -dis, f. north-east; -pura, n., î, f. N. of various towns and villages; -bhakti,f. wor ship of Siva; -bhûti: -ka, m. N. of a minis ter; -mantra, m. Siva's verse; -maya, a. full of prosperity; entirely devoted to Siva; -yogin, m. Saiva monk; N.; -ratha, m. N.; -râtri, f. fourteenth (night=) day of the dark half of Phâlguna sacred to Siva; -râma, m. N.; -li&ndot;ga, n. phallus of Siva; -loka, m. Siva's world (on Kailâsa); -varman, m. N. of a minister; -sakti, m. N.; (á)-samkalpa, a. kindly disposed (V.); m. N. of the verses VS. 34, 1 sqq.; -sûtra, n. pl. the fourteen in troductory Sûtras of Pânini's grammar con taining the alphabet and ascribed to Siva; -svâmin, m. N.

śuddhi	f. purification, from (--°ree;), purity (also fig.); clearing of what is dan gerous, rendering secure (rare); exculpation, acquittal, by (--°ree;; rare); (proof of) genuine ness, correctness (rare); settlement, payment (of a debt etc.); clearness, accurate knowledge regarding (g., --°ree;): -m kri, procure accurate information; -m labh, receive certain news.

śubhakara	a. auspicious; -karman, n. good work; a. acting nobly; -m-kara, m. (propitious), N. of an Asura; -datta, m. N.; -darsana, a. beautiful; -dina, n. auspicious day; -dhara, m. N.; -naya, m. N. of a sage; -prada, a. auspicious; -bhâvanâ, f. good opinion of men; -ma&ndot;gala, n. good fortune, prosperity; a. fortunate; -maya, a. (î) splen did, beautiful; -m-bhâvuka, a. looking beau tiful, splendid.

śruta	(pp.) n. what has been heard or learnt, tradition, learning, sacred knowledge; hearing; instruction: -dhara, a. retaining what one has heard, having a good memory; m. ear; N.; -dhi, m. N.; -pâraga, a. ex tremely learned; -pûrva, a. previously heard, known by hearsay, by (in., g.), from (ab.); -bandhu, m. N. of a Vedic poet; -vat, pp. act. having heard anything (ac.); learned; -vardhana, m. N. of a physician; -vismrita, pp. heard and forgotten; -vritta½upapanna, pp. endowed with learning and virtue; -sar man, m. N.; -sîla, n. du. learning and con duct: -vat, a. learned and honourable, -sam panna, pp. id., -½upa-sampanna,pp. id.; -sena, m. N. of a king.

śrotavya	fp. [√ 1. sru] to be heard, worth hearing; audible; n. moment for hear ing: -m idânîm samvrittam, the moment for hearing has now come.

saṃrakṣa	a. guarding; m. guardian: â, f. protection; -rakshana, n. protection, preservation, of (g., --°ree;), from (--°ree;); -raksha- nîya, fp. to be watched, -guarded against; -rakshya, fp. to be guarded or protected, from (ab.); -preserved or maintained; -guarded against; -rambha, m. agitation; impetuosity, violence; zeal, ardent desire (to, for, inf., --°ree;); anger, wrath against (lc., g.+ upari); brunt (of battle); intensity, vehem ence (of passions); °ree;-with a.=excessively; -rambh-in, a. ardently devoted to (--°ree;); angry, enraged; irascible: (-i)-tva, n. fury; -ra râná, pf. pt. √ râ; -râga, m. redness; pas sion, vehemence; attachment to (lc.); -râdh aka, a. thoroughly concentrated; (sám) râdhana, a. (î) conciliating (Br., S.); n. profound meditation (C.); -râdhya, fp. to be conciliated; -attained by profound con centration; -râva,m. clamour, roar; -rodha, m. checking, impeding, restraining, with holding; blockade, investment, siege; re striction, injury; suppression, destruction; -rodhana, n. restraining, suppressing, stop ping; -ropana, a. causing to heal; n. plant ing; -rohana, n. healing up; planting; -roh in, a. growing in (--°ree;).

saṃsakta	pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.).

saṃśayita	pp. √ sî; n. doubt, un certainty; -sayitavya, fp. dubious; -saya½u pamâ, f. comparison expressed in the form of a doubt; -sarana, n. taking refuge with any one; -sânti, f. extinction;-sita, pp. √ sâ: -vâk, a. speaking sharply, -½âtman, a. firmly resolved; -siti, f. sharpening (Br.); -sîta, a. cold; -sîti, f. doubt; -sîlana, n. practice; frequent intercourse with (in.); -suddhi, f. purity; -sushka, a. dried up, dry, withered, sere, emaciated; -soka-ga, a. produced from moist heat; m. vermin pro duced from damp heat; -sodhana, a. (î) purifying; n. purification; -sraya, m. con nexion, association with (g., --°ree;); league for mutual protection; refuge, shelter, protec tion, asylum; residence, habitation; reference, relation; resorting to (lc., --°ree;; rare); recourse, addiction or devotion to: ab. in consequence of (--°ree;); with the help of, by means of (--°ree;): --°ree; a. dwelling, living in, staying with (a teacher), standing in (a boat), being in or on, growing (tree) near; relating or referring to; devoted to, practising; -srayanîya, fp. to be resorted to, -taken refuge with: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srayitavya, fp. to be sought refuge in (fortress); -srayin, a. having sought the protection or entered the service of any one; dwelling, resting or standing in, being in or on (--°ree;); m.dependent, servant; -srava, m. hearing; ear-shot (lc. within hearing of, g.); promise; -sravana, n. hearing, -about (--°ree;); ear-shot: lc. within hearing, aloud; (sám)- srita, pp. √ sri; m. dependent, servant: -vat, pp. act. clinging to, having wedded (in.); -sri tavya, fp. incorr. for -srayitavya; -slish- ta-karman, a. in whose actions good and evil are not kept apart, indifferent as to the morality of his actions; -slesha, m. con nexion, union, contact, with (in., --°ree;); em brace: -m labh, attain; -sleshana, n. con necting; means of binding together, bond; -sleshin, a. connecting.

saṃstha	a. standing, staying, resting, existing, or contained in (lc., gnly. --°ree;); being in or with=belonging to (lc. or --°ree;); based or dependent on (--°ree;); being in possession of (--°ree;); lasting (--°ree;; rare); á, m. (RV.): only lc. in the midst or presence of (g.); -sth&asharp;, f. remaining or abiding with (--°ree;; E., rare); form, appearance (C.); established order, standard, rule (C.); condition, state, nature (C.); completion, conclusion (V.); end, death (P.); complete liturgical course (being the basis of a sacrifice; the Gyotishtoma, the Haviryagña, and Pâkayagña consist of seven such forms); spy in one's own country (rare): --°ree; a. a, having the form of, appearing as; -sthâna, n. position, situation in a place (--°ree;); standing firm (in battle); existence; life; strict adherence to (--°ree;); abode; public place in a town; form, shape, appearance (ord. mg.; often with rûpa); condition, state, nature (rare); aggregate (rare): -vat, a. ex isting; having various forms; -sthâpaka, a. establishing; -sthâpana, n. fixing, setting up, erecting; establishment, of (g., --°ree;); re gulation of (--°ree;): â, f. cheering up, encourage ment; -sthâpayitavya, fp. to be cheered or consoled; -sth&asharp;pya, fp. C.: to be placed in (subjection) to (g.); -impressed on the mind (lc.) of (g.); V.: to be concluded (sacrifice); (sám)-sthiti, f. C.: union with (in., lc.); standing or resting on (lc., --°ree;); position; abid ing, residence in (lc.); duration, continuance; perseverance (rare); attaching importance to (lc.); existence, possibility, of (g., --°ree;); form; established order; condition, nature; V.: conclusion (rare); P.: end, death (rare).

saṃkaṭa	a. [put together: Pr.= krita] contracted, narrow; dense, impervious (forest); difficult, critical; --°ree;, full of (danger ous things); N.; Slender, N. of a gander; n. contracted space, narrow passage, defile; strait, difficulty, critical condition, distress, danger (to, from, --°ree;): â-ya, den. Â. grow too narrow; become contracted, grow less; -ka thana, n. conversation, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;); -kathâ, f.conversation, talk, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;), about (--°ree;); -kara, m. commingling, mixture; intermixture of castes by unequal marriages (=varna-); action equivalent to the mixture of castes (sts. n. in E.); mixture of figures of speech: -krityâ, f. act degrading to a mixed caste, î-karana, n. act which degrades to the position of a mixed caste; -karshana, m. Plougher, ep. of Halâyudha, elder brother of Krishna, among Vishnu wor shippers identified with the second person in the quaternity of Purushottama (=the soul); n. extraction; means of uniting; -kalana, n. putting or holding together; n., â, f. addi tion; -kalita, pp. added together.

saṅga	m. [√ sañg] (--°ree; a. â, î) stick ing, obstruction; attachment (to), touch, contact, with (lc., --°ree;); association, intercourse, with (in.±saha, g., lc., --°ree;); fondness, inclination, desire, for (lc., --°ree;): ab., lc.=if he has a strong desire.

saṅgin	a. attached, adhering or clinging to (--°ree;); touching, coming in con tact with (--°ree;); fond of, devoted to (g., lc., --°ree;); worldly.

sakti	f. [√ sañg] connexion, union; attachment or addiction to (lc., --°ree;); attach ment to worldly objects.

saṃgatha	m. [√ gam] coming to gether, convergence, centre (V.); -gamá, m. meeting (of friends or foes), union, associa tion, intercourse (also sexual), with (in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); confluence; connexion, con tact, with (in., --°ree;); acquirement of (g.): anarthena --, harm, injury: -datta, m. N.; -gámana, V. a. (î) gathering together; m. assembler of (g.; V.); n. meeting, union, with (--°ree;; V., C.); coming into contact with, acquirement of (in.; C.); -gama-svâmin, m. N.

saṃgha	m. [combination: √ han] throng, multitude (nearly always with g. or --°ree;); host of enemies (rare); corporation; community, congregation (B.); brotherhood, sect (among the Jains); incorr. for sa&ndot;ga: -kârin, a. gregarious; -ghatana, n., â, f. combination, union, with (--°ree;); -ghatta, m. concussion, clashing together, collision, frie tion; combination, union, with (in.; rare); -ghattana, n.collision, clash; friction; n., â, f. union; -ghatta-panita, n. wager; -gha titha, a. numerous; -gharsha, m. friction; rivalry, emulation, jealousy (regarding, prati, --°ree;); -gharshana, n. friction; -gharshayi tri, m. rival; -gharsha-sâlin, a. jealous; -gharshin, a. id., envious; vying with (--°ree;); -gha-sas, ad. in great numbers.

saṃgrāma	m. assembly, host (V., rare); V., C.: hostile encounter, battle, fight, with (samam, saha, sârdham, --°ree;); N. (C.): -karman, n. battle; -gupta, m. N.; -gít, a. vic torious in battle; -tulâ, f.ordeal of battle; -tûrya, n. battle-drum; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -deva, m. N. of a king; -nagara, n. N. of a town; -pâla, m. N.; -bhûmi, f. battle-field; -mûrdhan, m. van of battle; -râga, m. N. of two kings; -vardhana, m. N.; -varsha, m. N.; -simha, m. N.: -sid dhi, m. N. of an elephant; -½agra, n. van of battle; -½a&ndot;gana, n. battle-field; -½âpîda, m. N. of two kings.

sakta	pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. attachment to worldly objects; -tva, n. addiction to (--°ree;); -vaira, a. engaged in a feud with (in.).

sañjana	n. attaching; folding (the hands).

satyokti	f. true speech (RV.1, C.); -½uttara, n. admission (of the truth); a. mainly or essentially true; -&halfacute;ogas, a. truly mighty (V.).

sadāphala	a. always bearing fruit; -matta, a. always rutting (elephant); -mada, a. id.; always arrogant; -½ârgava, a. always honest.

sadvājin	m. noble steed; -vârttâ, f. good news: -m prakh, enquire about any one's health; -vigarhita, pp. censured by the virtuous; -vikkheda, m. separation from the virtuous; -vidya, a.possessed of true knowledge, well-informed; -vidyâ, f. true knowledge; -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vritta, n. well-rounded shape; behaviour of the vir tuous, good conduct; a. well-conducted: -sâl in, a. of virtuous conduct; -vritti, f. good conduct; -velâ, f. right moment; -vaidya, m. good physician.

saphala	a. bearing fruit; fruitful, productive, successful, attaining fulfilment: -m kri, fulfil (a promise): -tva, n. fruitful ness, successfulness; -phala-ya, den. P. make fruitful or successful; -phalî-kri, id.; -phalî bhû, be fruitful or successful; -phena, a. frothy.

samacaturaśra	a. having four equal corners, square; -kitta, a. having a calm mind (-tva, n. equanimity); -ketas, a. id.; -gâtîya, a. homogeneous.

samavatāra	m. sacred bathing place; -ava-tta-dhâna, a. containing the gathered remains of the sacrifice (vessel; S.).

samaṣṭi	f. attainment (V.); aggregate (opp. vyashti, individual; C.): -tâ, f. aggregate state.

samaśnuva	a. (î) attaining [fr. pr. base of √ 1. as].

samābhāṣaṇa	n. conversa tion with (--°ree;); -mnâta, pp. √ mnâ; n. enu meration; -mnâtri, m. editor of the Veda; -mnâna, n. enumeration, list; -mnâya, m. id.; literary work; edition of the Veda; sacred scripture; -½ay-ín, a. (Br.) occurring at the same time; attainable by many at the same time (world: in a-); -yoga, m. union, connexion, conjunction, contact, with (in.± saha, --°ree;; ord. mg.); equipment, preparation: -vidheh, conjuncture of fate; ab. by con nexion with = by means of, owing to (--°ree;); -rambha, m. undertaking, enterprise; en terprising spirit (rare); beginning, com mencement (rare); -rambhana, n. grasping; unguent (=-lambhana).

samāpana	a. completing; n. com pletion; dissolution (of the body); section, chapter; -½âp-in, a. concluding; (sám)-âp ti, f. acquirement (rare); completion, con clusion, end; dissolution (of the body; rare): -ka, a. having completed his studies; con cluding anything; -âpyã, fp. to be attained (V.); -performed or finished (C.); n. imps. one should conclude.

samāpatti	f. encountering, meeting; accident, chance (°ree;--); attainment of, becoming (--°ree;): -drishta, pp. seen by chance.

samāsānta	m. suffix attached to the end of a compound (gr.).

samāsa	m. [putting together: √ 2. as] combination, union (Br., S.); condensa tion, succinct statement; compound (gr.): in. fully, thoroughly (ascertain); in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, concisely, succinctly, briefly; -â-sakti, f. attachment to (lc.): in. with devotion; -â sa&ndot;ga, m. transference (of business) to (lc.); -â-satti, f. nearness, vicinity.

samāvartana	n. return home (of a pupil after the completion of his reli gious studies); -vaha, a. bringing, producing (--°ree;); -(â)vâya, m. metr. for -(a)vâya; -vâ sa, m. abode, habitation; -vritti,f.=-âvar tana; -vesa, m. entering; absorption in (--°ree;); simultaneous occurrence, co-existence (ord. mg.); agreement with (--°ree;); -sraya, m. con nexion with (--°ree;); shelter, refuge, asylum (ord. mg.); dwelling-place, habitation; re lation, reference (rare); resorting to (--°ree;): ab. in consequence of, owing to; a. (--°ree;) dwelling or situated in; relating to; -sraya- na, n. resorting or attaching oneself to (--°ree;); -srayanîya, fp.to be sought refuge with; taken service with; m. master (opp. samâ srita, servant); -srayin, a. occupying, ob taining possession of (--°ree;); -srita, pp. √ sri; m. servant: -tva, n. having betaken oneself to (the protection of, --°ree;); -slesha, m. em brace; -svâsa, m. recovery of breath, relief, encouragement; consolation; -svâsana, n. encouraging, comforting; consolation; -svâs ya, fp. to be consoled.

saṃprāptavya	fp. to be obtained; -prâpti, f. arrival, at (--°ree;, E.); attainment, acquisition, of (g., --°ree;).

samīpa	a. [attainable: √ âp] near (also of time), at hand, neighbouring, adja cent; n. vicinity, proximity, presence; immi nence: -m, to (g., --°ree;, with vbs. of motion); ab. from (g., --°ree;); -tas,ad. near at hand; near, at, in the presence of (g., --°ree;); lc. close at hand; near, beside, at, before, in the presence of (g., --°ree;); to (g., --°ree;, with vbs. of motion); °ree;--, near at hand: -ga, a. accompanying, close at hand, standing beside (g., --°ree;); -gamana, n. approaching (g.); -ga, a. growing near (g.); coming near or into the presence of (--°ree;); -tara-vartin, a. being nearer at hand; -tâ, f. proximity; -tva, n. id.; -desa, m. place hard by, neighbourhood; -nayana, n. leading to (g.); -vartin, a. being near (g.); -stha, a. id. (g., --°ree;); adjacent; imminent (death); -sthâna, n. nearness, proximity.

samudrakallola	m. (ocean wave) N. of an elephant; -ga, a. going or flowing to the sea: â, f. river; -ga, a. pro duced or found in the sea; (á)-gyeshtha, a. having the ocean as their chief (waters, RV.1); -tîra, n. sea-shore; -datta, m. N.; -nemi, a. (f. id.) sea-girt (earth); f. earth; -patnî, f. spouse of the sea, river; -paryanta, a. sea bound (earth); -phena, m. (foam of the sea), bones of the cuttle-fish (so light that they float); -mathana, n. churning of the ocean; -yâtrâ, f., -yâna, n. sea-voyage; -yâyin, m. seafarer; -yoshit, f. (wife of the sea), river; -rasana, a. sea-girt (earth); -var man, m. N. of a prince; -vallabhâ, f. (mis tress of the sea), river; -vasana, a. sea-clad, sea-girt (earth); (á)-vâsas, a. (clad=) lurk ing in the (heavenly) waters (Agni, RV.2); -velâ, f. flood-tide; -vyavahârin, a. trading by sea; -sukti, f. sea-shell; -sûra, m. N. of a merchant; -sena, m. N.; -½anta, m. sea shore; a. reaching to the sea (earth); -½abhi sârinî, f. girl running after the god of the sea; -½ambarâ, f. (sea-clad), earth.

samupagantavya	n. imps. one should betake oneself: na ka½asya visvâse -m, one should put no trust in him; -upa- gâta-kopa, a. moved to anger, provoked; -upavesa, m.: -na, n. seat; -upastambha, m. supporting; -½upârgana, n. attainment, acquisition; -upepsu, des. a. desiring to at tain, striving after (ac.).

samudreka	m. predominance; -unnati, f. rising (of the breast); height; ex altation, high position, eminence; increase; elevation (of mind): kittam samunnatim asnute, the soul feels elevated; -unneya, fp. to be inferred or concluded; -unmukhî- kri, lift up; -unmûlana, n. eradication, complete destruction.

saṃmata	pp. √ man; n. opinion: in., lc. according to the view of (g.); lc. with the consent of (g.); -mati, f. opinion, view (rare); concurrence, approval; reverence, respect: in. with the assent of (g.); -matta, pp. in toxicated; -mada, m. joy, delight, at (--°ree;): -maya, a. (î) full of joy; (sám)-manas, a. unanimous (V.); -marda, m. friction; im pact; concourse, throng; trampling; encoun tering (--°ree;); conflict, with (--°ree;); -mardana, m. N. of a fairy; -mársana, n. (V.) stroking; -mâ, f. symmetry, equality in number; -mâ trí (AV. also sám-), a. having the same mother (V.); -mâna, m. (n.) respect, honour (also pl.; often incorrectly spelt san-); -mânana, n. honouring, showing respect to: â, f. id.; -mânita-vimânita, pp. first honoured and then disgraced; -mânin, a. having a sense of honour; -mârga, m. wiping, cleansing; whisp of grass for tying faggots (S.); -mârgaka, a. sweeping, cleansing; m. sweeper; -m&asharp;rgana, n. wiping, cleansing, sweeping: î, f. broom; (sám)-mita, pp. (√ mâ) commensurate, con formable etc.; m. N. of a mythical being; n.distance: -tva, n. complete parallelism (rh.); -misra, a. commingled, intermixed, joined, or provided with (in., --°ree;); -misrana, n. in termingling; (sám)-misla, a. mixing, united with (in., lc.; RV.); -mîlana, n. closing (of the eyes); cessation of activity.

samyagavabodha	m. correct understanding; -guna, m. true virtue; -gop tri, m. true protector; -gñana, n. correct or true knowledge; -darsana, 1. n. true insight: -sampanna, pp. possessed of true insight; 2. a. id.; -darsin, a. id.; -vânta, pp. having thoroughly vomited (leech); -vigayin, a. completely victorious; -vritta, pp. behaving kindly towards (lc.); &ndot;-mati, f. correct opinion.

sarvatogāmin	a. going in all directions (weapon); -disam, ad. from all sides, in all directions; -bhadra, a. pleasant etc. in every way; m. an artificial stanza in which each half Pâda read backwards is identical with the other half (e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 25; Sisupâla-vadha XIX, 40); (áto)-mukha, a. (î) facing in all directions; unlimited, complete; m. kind of military array; -vritta, pp. omnipresent.

sarvocchedana	n. complete extermination; -½uttama, spv. best of all; -½udyukta, pp. exerting oneself to the utmost; -½uparama, m. cessation of all things, abso lute rest: -tva, n. abst. n.

sarvadeva	m. pl. all the gods; -devatâ-maya, a. (î) containing all deities; -devatyã, a. sacred to or representing all the gods; -deva-maya, a. (î) containing or representing all gods; -desîya, a. coming from every country; -daivatya, a. representing all gods; -dravya, n. pl. all things; -dhar ma-maya, a. containing --, -vid, a. knowing all laws; -nara, m. every one; -nâma-tva, n. pronominal nature; -nâman, n. (general name), pronoun; -nâma-sthâna, n. case termination added to the strong base; -nâsa, m. complete lack; loss of everything, com plete ruin: -m kri, lose everything; -niyan tri, m. all-subduer: -tva, n. abst. n.; -patta maya,a. made of fabrics of all kinds; -path îna, a. occupying the whole road; -prabhu, m. lord of all; -prâna, m.: in. with all one's might; -prâyaskittá, a. (&isharp;) atoning for every thing (Br.); n. (V.) expiation for everything; a certain libation in the Âhavanîya; -prâ yaskitti, f. complete atonement; -bhaksha, a. eating or devouring everything, omnivor ous; -bhakshin, a. id.; -bhâva, m. whole heart or soul; complete satisfaction:in., °ree;--, with one's whole soul (love etc.): pl. all ob jects; -bhûta, pp. being everywhere; n. pl. °ree;--, all beings: with na, no being: -krit, a. framing all beings, -maya, a. (î) containing or representing all beings, -½âtman, m. soul of all beings; -bhûmi, a. owning the whole earth; -bhogya, fp. advantageous to all; -ma&ndot;gala, a. universally auspicious: â, f. ep. of Durgâ (sts. also of Lakshmî); -manorama, a. delighting every one; -máya, a. (î) con taining everything; -mahat, a. greatest of all: -tara, cpv. greater than all the rest; -mâmsa½ada, a. eating every kind of flesh; -mâya, m. N. of a Râkshasa; -medhá, m. universal offering (a ten days' Soma sacrifice); -medhya-tva, n. universal purity; -yagña, m. every sacrifice: pl. all sacrifices; -yatna, m. every effort: in. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability; -yatna- vat, a. making every possible effort; -yoni, f. source of all; -yoshit, f. pl. all women; -ratna, m. N.: -maya, a. formed of all gems; entirely studded with jewels, -samanvita, pp. possessed of all jewels; -rasa, m. all kinds of juices or fluids (pl. or °ree;--); every taste: pl. all kinds of palatable food; -râtra, m. (?) the whole night: °ree;-or -m, ad. the whole night through; (sárva- AV., or sarvá- SB.)-rûpa, a. (V.) having all colours; having or assum ing all forms; of all kinds; -½ritu-ka, a. habitable in every season (house); -li&ndot;ga, a. having all genders, adjectival; -loká, m. V., C.: the whole world; C.: the whole people; every one: pl. or °ree;--, all beings; every one: -bhayamkara, a. appalling to the whole world, -mahesvara, m. ep. of Siva and of Krishna; -loha, a. entirely red; n. metals of all kinds (°ree;--): -maya, a. (î) entirely of iron; -vâram, ad. all at once, simultaneously; -vikrayin, a. selling all kinds of things; -vigñân-in, a. knowing everything: (-i)-tâ, f. omniscience; -víd, a. omniscient; -vinâsa, m. entire destruction; -vinda, m. a certain mythical being; -vishaya, a. relating to everything, general; (sárva)-vîra, a. all-heroic, consisting of, relating to, accompanied by or leading all men or heroes (V.); -ved asá, a. attended by a gift of all one's goods (sacrifice; V.); bestowing all his property on priests after a sacrifice (C., rare); n. en tire property (V.): -dakshina, a. attended with a gift of all one's property as a sacrificial fee (sacrifice; V., C.); -vedin, a. omniscient; knowing all the Vedas; -vainâsika, a. be lieving in complete annihilation; m. Bud dhist; -vyâpad, f. complete failure; -vyâp in, a. all-pervading; -vrata, n. universal vow; a. all-vowing; -sakti, f. entire strength: in. with all one's might; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of every one.

sasaṃrambha	a. enraged, angry: -m, ad. angrily; hurriedly, very briefly; -samvâda, a. agreeing: -m, ad.; -samvid, a. with whom an agreement has been made; -samsaya, a. doubting, doubtful; dubious; -sakhî-kâ, a. f. accompanied by her friends; -sakhî-ganâ, a. f. id.; -samketa, a. arranged with, sharing a secret; -sa&ndot;ga, a. adhering, attached: -tva, n. adhesion, contact; -saki va, a. attended by hisministers; -sattva, a. courageous; inhabited by animals; together with the creatures in it (water): â, f. pregnant; -sadbhâva, a. accompanied with affection; -samtati-ka, a. together with offspring; -samtâna, a. id.; -samdeha, a. doubting; -samdhya, a. with the morning twilight: -½amsa, a. with the evening twilight; -sabh ya, a. together with assessors or judges; -sampad, a. affluent; -sambhrama, a. agi tated, flurried, showing great haste or zeal: -m, ad. hastily, hurriedly; -sarpa, a. in fested by serpents.

sāgara	m. [sagara; according to the legend the basin dug out by the sons of Saga ra and filled by Bhagîratha with the waters of the Ganges], ocean, sea (often used fig. --°ree; to express vastness, inexhaustibility, pro fundity, danger): pl. sons of Sagara; sg. N. of various men: -gâmin, a. flowing to the sea; -m-gama, a. id.; -datta, m. N.; -dhîra- ketas, a. having a mind steadfast as the sea; -pura, n. N. of a town; -vîra, m. N.; -saya, a. resting on the ocean; m. ep. of Vishnu; -sukti, f. sea-shell; -½anta, m. sea-coast; a. ending at the ocean, sea-girt (earth); -½am bara, a. sea-clad (earth): â, f. earth; -½âvar ta, m. bay of the sea.

sāṃgrāmika	a. (î) relating to war or battle (samgrâma): w. ratha, m. war chariot; w. mrityu, m. death in battle; w. vitta, n. spoils of war; î vârttâ bhavishyâ, future warlike rumour=rumour that a war is imminent.

sādhana	a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces.

sādhya	fp. to be subdued, won, or managed, conquerable, amenable; to be set to rights; -treated (medically), -cured, curable (disease); to be perfected (capacity); -accomplished, effected, brought about, or attained (ord. mg.); being effected, taking place; to be inferred or concluded; -proved or demonstrated; m. pl. a class of deities (to be propitiated): -tva, n. curableness; per fectibility; practicableness; -vat, a.com prehending what is to be proved; -sama, m. (identical with what is to be proved), petitio principii; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment of what is to be done; -siddhi, f. success of an undertaking.

sādhuvāda	m. cry of &open;well done,&close; applause: -m dâ, applaud; -vâdin, a. just in speech; applauding; -vritta, pp. well rounded; well-conducted, virtuous (-tâ, f. good conduct); -vritti, a. id.; -sîla, a. hav ing a good character: -tva, n. goodness of character, virtuous disposition; -samâkâra, a. well-conducted, upright.

sānumat	a. having a ridge or plateau (mountain); m. mountain: -î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -½anurâga, a. attached, af fectionate; enamoured, of (lc.); -½anusaya, a. repenting; irritable; having a remnant of the consequences of action which brings the soul from the other world to the earth; -½anû kâsa, a. together with the after-shine; -½anû pa, a. having well-watered soil; -½antaka, a. together with Yama.

sārtha	a. bearing an errand (Br.); having its object attained, successful (re quest); wealthy; significant; m. travelling company of merchants, caravan (sts. pl.); company, troop, multitude: -ka, a.profit able; significant; -ghnî, f. (of-han) destroyer of a caravan; -ga, a. born or reared in the caravan, tame (elephant); -dhara, m. N. of the leader of a caravan; -mandala, n. (circle of the=) assembled caravan; -vâha,m. leader or captain of a caravan, head of a trading company; -vâhana, m. id.; -samkaya, n. possessing great wealth.

siṃha	m. lion; Leo (sign of the zodiac); --°ree;, lion-like=chief or best of, pre-eminent; lord or ruler of (also °ree;-in some cpds.); N.: -gupta, m. N. of a king; -ghosha, m. N.; -tâ, f. condition of a lion; -tunda, m. a fish: -ka, m. id.; -tva, n. state of a lion; -damsh- tra, a. lion-toothed; m. N. of an Asura; N. of a prince of the Sabaras; -datta, m. N. of an Asura; -deva, m. N. of a prince; -dvâr, f. (prince's=) palace-gate; -dvâra, n. id.; -dhvani, m. (lion's=) challenging shout; -nâda, m. lion's roar; war-cry; confident assurance; N. of an Asura, of a son of Râvana, and of a king of Malaya; -parâ krama, m. N.; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bala,m. N. of a prince: -datta, m. N.; -bhata, m. N. of an Asura; -bhû-bhrit, m. N. of a king; -mahî-pati, m. N. of a king; -ratha, a. having a car drawn by lions, ep. of Durgâ; m. N.; -rava, m. lion's roar; war cry; -râga, m. N. of a king; -rotsikâ, f. N. of a village.

siddhārtha	a. having attained one's object; efficient, efficacious (rare); m. white mustard (seed); N., among others, of Buddha: -ka, m. (n.) white mustard; m. N. of two officials; -mânin, a.thinking to have attained one's end.

siṃhī	f. lioness; designation of the Uttara-vedi (nm. -s; TS.); N. of various plants.

sindhu	m. f. [moving to a goal: √ 2. sidh] stream, river; Indus; m. flood (V.); ocean; region of the Indus, Sindh, people of Sindh (pl.; C.); N. (C.): -gañga, m. N. of a treasury built by a Sindhu;-ga, a. bred in Sindh (horses); n. rock salt; -datta, m. N.; -dvîpa, m. N.; -nada, m. river Indus (also a river in the south); -nâtha, m. (lord of rivers), ocean; -piba, m. ep. of Agastya.

siddhi	f. [√ 2. sidh] hitting of a mark (lc.); accomplishment, performance, ful filment, complete attainment, success (sg., pl.; ord. mg.); getting the better of, cure (of a disease), by (--°ree;); coming into force; pay ment, recovery (of money due); attainment of one's aims, success, fortune (common mg.); personal perfection entailing the acquisition of supernatural powers (phil.); magical power (often °ree;-w. the magical object); effi cacy, efficiency, skill; resultance, establish ment, demonstration; work of art (rare); Success personified as a goddess, as Durgâ; N. of a female friend of Danu: -ka, a. --°ree;= siddhi, magical power; -kara, a. (î) produc ing success or fortune: î, f. N. of a sorceress; -kâra-ka, a. causing any one (g.) to attain his object; producing an effect; -kârin, a. accomplishing anything (g.); -kshetra, n. field of success, successfully accomplished ob ject; -gñâna, n. certain knowledge; -da, a. granting success or fortune; -darsin, a. see ing future success, knowing the future; -prâya, a. near to perfection; -mat, a. suc cessful; perfect (man); possessing magical power; m. perfect man; -mârga, m. road to fairyland; -yâtrika, a. wandering about for the purpose of learning magical arts; m. fortune-hunter; -yoga, m. employment of magical power; -varti,f. magical wick; -½îsvara, m. lord of magical power, ep. of Siva; n. N. of a region sacred to Siva.

sukaṇṭha	a. (î) sweet-voiced: î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -kathâ, f. beautiful story; -kany&asharp;, f. N. of a daughter of Saryâta and wife of Kyavana (Br., C.); -kára, a. easily done, easy, for (g.), to (inf.): -tva, n. easi ness, feasibleness, -samdhi, a. easily united; -kárman, a. expert (V.); virtuous (C.); m. artificer (V.); -kalatra, n. good wife; -kavi, m. good poet; -kânta, pp. very handsome (youth); -kâlin, m. pl. a class of Manes; -kimsuká, a. adorned with Kimsuka flowers (car of Sûryâ; RV.1); -kîrtí, f. worthy praise (RV.); a. easily praised (RV.); m. N. of the composer of RV. X, 131 and of that hymn; -kukâ, a. f. having beautiful breasts; -ku mâra, a. (î) very tender or delicate; m. tender youth: -tva, n. tenderness, -½a&ndot;gî, a. f. very delicate-limbed; -kula, n. noble family; a. sprung from a noble family: -ga, -ganman, a. id., -tâ, f. noble birth;-kulîna, a. well-born; -kûrkura, m. N. of a demon injurious to children; -krit, a. doing good, benevolent; righteous, pious; m. pl. the Pious deceased, the Fathers who enjoy the reward of virtue in the other world (V.); 1.-kritá, n. good deed, meritorious act, righteousness, virtue, moral merit (V., C.); benefit, bounty, friendly aid, favour (C.); world of virtue, heaven (V., rare); a. well done (RV.1); 2. (sú)-krita, pp. well done, made, orexecuted; well-formed, adorned, fine: w. karman, n. good work; w. loká, m.= sukritasya loka, world of righteousness (V.); -krita-karman, n. good or meritorious act; a. doing good deeds, virtuous; -krita-krit, a. id.; -krita-bhâg, a. meritorious; -krita½ar tha, a. having fully attained one's object; -kriti, f. good conduct; a. righteous, vir tuous; -kritin, a. doing good actions, vir tuous; prosperous, fortunate; cultivated, wise; -kritya, n.good work to be done, duty; good action; -krity&asharp;, f. (RV.) ex pertness; right conduct, virtue; -krishta, pp. well-ploughed; -kéta, a. benevolent (V.); m. N. of an Âditya (V.); -ketú, a. radiant (dawn; RV.1); m. N. of a prince of the Yak shas and of various kings (C.): -sutâ, f. daughter of Suketu, Tâdakâ; -ketri, m. a personification (identified with the sun); -kesa, a. (î) beautiful-haired; -kesânta, a. having fair locks; -komala, a. very soft or tender; -krátu, a. skilful, wise (gods; RV.); -klesa, a. very distressing; -kshatrá, a. (V.) ruling well (gods); conferring power (wealth); -kshatriya, a. good Kshatriya; -kshití, f. (V.) good abode, security, refuge; -kshétra, n. fine field, good soil; a. affording a fair field or dwelling-place; having fair fields; -kshetriy&asharp;, f. desire of fair fields (RV.1); -kshobhya, fp. easily agitated.

sukhāgata	n. welcome; -½abhi yogya, fp. easy to attack; -½abhyuday-ika, a. producing happiness.

sukhayoganidrā	f. placid, deep sleep; -râga, m. N.; -rûpa, a. having an agreeable appearance; -varman, m. N.; -sayâ, f. N. of a sorceress; -sayita, pp. re clining or sleeping pleasantly;-sobha½ar tham, ad. for the sake of comfort and credit; -srava, a. pleasant to hear; -samvâhya, fp. easy to carry about; -samsevya, fp. easy to attain; -samstha, a. being in agreeable cir cumstances; -samsparsa, a.pleasant to the touch; -samkâra, a. pleasant to walk about in or resort to, inviting; -samgñâ, f. the term &open;ease&close;; -sambodhya, fp. easy to en lighten, reasonable; -salila, n. pleasant (= tepid) water; -sâdhya,fp. easy to get the better of or overcome; easily effected or ob tained; -supta, pp. sleeping placidly; -sevya, fp. easy of access: -tva, n. accessibility; -stha, a. being in pleasant circumstances, happy; -sparsa, a. pleasant to the touch; -svâpa, m. placid sleep.

surabhi	a. [affecting pleasantly: √ rabh] (f.id., in C. also î) pleasant, agree able (V.); fragrant (V., C.; ord. mg.); (being in good odour=) having a good reputation, famous (C.); m. (C.) spring (season): &ibrevcirc;, f. N. of a mythical cow, mother of cattle, daughter of Daksha and wife of Kasyapa (e-h sutâh, offspring of Surabhi, cattle); cow (rare); i, n. fragrant substance, per fume (Br., S., rarely E.): -kandara, m. N. of a mtn.; -gandhi: -n, a. fragrant; -tana ya, m. bull, â, f. cow; -dattâ, f. N. of an Apsaras; -mat, a. provided with perfumes, fragrant; -mâruta, n. (having fragrant breezes) N. of a forest; -mâsa, m.spring month; -vatsa, m. N. of a fairy; -samaya, m. spring-tide; -srag-dhara, a. wearing fragrant garlands.

surasakha	m. friend of the gods, ep. of Indra: pl. the Gandharvas; -sattama, spv. best of the gods; -sadana, n. house of god, temple; -sadman, n. abode of the gods, heaven; temple; -sarit, f. river of the gods, Ganges: -suta, m. son of the Ganges, Bhîshma; -sindhu, f. river of the gods, Ganges; -suta½upama, a. resembling the sons of the gods; -sundarî, f. a divine beauty, Apsaras: -gana, m. pl. Apsaras-folk; -senâ,f. host of the gods; N.; -strî, f. celes tial woman, Apsaras; -sthâna, n. temple.

sulakṣaṇa	a. having auspicious marks (-tva, n. abst. n.): â, f. N.; -lakshita, pp. carefully examined; -lagna, pp. firmly adhering, to (lc.); m. (?) (astrologically) auspicious moment; -labha, a. easy to ob tain or find; easy of access, to (--°ree;); cheap; adapted, appropriate, proper, fit, suitable (to, for, --°ree;): -kopa, a. irascible, -tva, n. fre quency, cheapness, -½avakâsa, a. having easy access to, easily reflected (image) in (lc.); -labhâ, f. N.; -labha½itara, a. (opposite of =) not easy of attainment; -lalita, pp. very dainty or delicious (meat); very charming or lovely: -latâ-pallava-maya, a. (î) consist ing of the young shoots of lovely creepers; -lokana, a. fine-eyed: â, f. N. of a Yakshinî; N.; -lola, a. eagerly longing for (--°ree;).

sureśa	m. lord of the gods; ep. of Indra, Vishnu, and Siva: î, f. ep. of Durgâ; -½îsvara, m. lord of the gods, ep. of Indra; N.: î, f. ep. of Durgâ, (a)-dhanus, n. Indra's bow, rainbow, î-kshetra, n. N. of a region sa cred to Durgâ; -½uttama, m. chief of the gods.

suvitta	a. having abundant wealth, rich; -vidagdha, pp. very cunning; -vidátra, a. noticing kindly, benevolent, propitious (V.); n. benevolence, favour (V.); -vidatr-íya, a. id. (RV.1); (sú)-vidita, pp.well-known; -vidyâ, f. good knowledge; -vidha, a. of a good kind; -vidhâna, n. good order or arrangement: -tas, ad. duly; -vidhi, m. suitable manner: in. suitably; -vinîta, pp. well-trained (horses); well-bred; -vipula, a.very great, abundant, etc.; (sú)-vipra, a. very devout (RV.1); -vimala, a. very clear or pure; -virûdha, pp. (√ ruh) fully developed; -visada, a. very distinct or intelligible; -visâla, a. very ex tensive; m. N. of an Asura;-visuddha, pp. perfectly pure; -visvasta, pp. full of confi dence, quite unconcerned; -vistara, m. great extent; great diffuseness: ab. very fully, in great detail: -m yâ, be filled (treasury); a. very extensive or large; very great, intense, or intimate etc.: -m, ad. in great detail, at full length; very vehemently; -vistîrna, pp. very extensive or great: -m, ad. in a very detailed manner; -vismaya, a. greatly sur prised or astonished; -vismita, pp. id.; -vi hita, pp. well carried out or fulfilled; well provided, with (in.); -vihvala, a. greatly exhausted, perturbed or distressed; -vîthî patha, m. a certain entrance to a palace; -v&isharp;ra, V. a. very mighty, heroic; having, abounding, or consisting in, retainers or heroes; m. hero (V.); -v&isharp;rya, n. manly vigour, heroism (V., very rare in E.): pl. heroic deeds; abundance of brave men, host of heroes (V.); a. (C.) very efficacious (herb); -v-riktí, f. [for su½rikti: √ rik] excellent praise, hymn (RV.); a. praising excellently (RV.); praiseworthy (V.); -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vrigána, a. dwelling in fair regions (RV.1); -vrít, V. a. (revolving=) running well (car); -vritta, pp. well-rounded; well conducted, virtuous (esp. of women; ord. mg.); composed in a fine metre; n. good conduct: â, f. N.: (a)-tâ, f. round shape and good conduct; -vriddha, pp. very old (family); -vrídh, a. glad, joyful (RV.); -vega, a. run ning, moving, or flying very fast; -vena, m. N.; -véda, a. easy to find or obtain (V.); -vesha, a. beautifully dressed or adorned: -vat, a. id.; -vyakta, pp. very clear or bright; quite distinct: -m, ad. quite clearly, manifestly; -vyasta, pp. thoroughly dis persed (army); -vyâhrita, (pp.) n. fine say ing; -vratá, a. ruling well (V.); fulfilling one's duties well, very virtuous (C.: often vc.); quiet, gentle (of animals; C., rare); m. N.; -samsa, a. (RV.) blessing bountifully (god); saying good things, pronouncing bless ings (men); -sákti, f. easy possibility, easy matter (RV.1); -sám&ibrevcirc;, in. ad. carefully, dili gently (V.);-saraná, a. granting secure refuge (RV.); -sárman, a. id. (V.); very pleasant (C.); m. frequent N.; -sasta, pp. well-recited (Br.); -sastí, f. good hymn of praise (V.); a. praiseworthy (RV.); -sânta, pp. very calm (water);-sâsita, pp. well controlled, well-disciplined (wife); -sikha, a. having a bright flame (lamp); -sithilî-kri, greatly relax; -siprá (sts. -sípra), a. having beautiful cheeks (RV.); (sú)-si-sv-i, a. √ sû: cp. sisu] growing well (in the womb; RV.1); (sú)-sishti, f. excellent aid (RV.1); -sishya, m. good pupil; -sîghrá, °ree;-or -m, ad. very swiftly; -sîta, a. quite cool or cold; -sîtala, a. id.; -s&isharp;ma, a. [√ sî] pleasant to recline on (Br., rare); -sîma-kâma, a. [hav ing deep-seated love] deeply in love; -sîla, n. good disposition; a. having a good dispo sition, good-tempered; m. N.: -guna-vat, a. having good nature and other good quali ties, -tâ, f. good nature, -vat, a. good natured; -subha, a. very fine (arm); very auspicious (day); very noble (deed); -séva, a. very kindly, loving, tender, or dear (V.); very prosperous (path; Br.); -sóka, a. shin ing brightly (RV.1);-sobhana, a. very hand some or beautiful; most excellent; -skandrá, a. very brilliant (V.); -srávas, a. very famous (V., P.); hearing well or gladly (V.); m. N.; N. of a Nâga; -srânta, pp. greatly exhausted; -sr&isharp;, a.splendid; rich; (sú)-sruta, pp. very famous (RV.1); C.: correctly heard; gladly heard; m. N. of a celebrated medical writer; N. of a son of Padmodbhava; -sronî, a. f. hav ing beautiful hips; -slakshna, a. very smooth, soft,or delicate; -slishta, pp. well-joined or united; well-ratified, very close (alliance); very convincing (argument): -guna, a. hav ing a well-fastened band: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -slesha, a. attended with a close embrace, with a euphonious coalescence of words, or with the rhetorical figure termed slesha; (sú-)-sloka, a. sounding, speaking etc. well (V., P.); famous (P.); -slok-ya, n. fame or well-sounding speech.

susakhi	m. (nm. â) good friend; -samkruddha, pp. greatly enraged; -sam gatâ, f. N.; -samgama, m. pleasant (place of) meeting; -samgrihîta, pp. well-controlled or governed (kingdom); -sakiva, m.good minister; a. having a good minister; -saggî kri, make perfectly ready; -samkita, pp. well-gathered, carefully accumulated: -m sam-ki, collect carefully; -sattra, n. good hospital; -sattva, a. very resolute; -sadrisa, a.(î) very like (g.); -samtushta, pp. per fectly satisfied; -samtosha, a. easy to satisfy; -samdîpta, pp. flaming brightly; -samdrís, a. fair to see; -samdha, a. true to one's word; -sanna, pp. [√ sad] completely at an end, foiled; -sama, a. perfectly level or smooth; (sú)-samâhita, pp. [√ dhâ] well laden (waggon, Br.); C.: well-adorned; very attentive or intent, thoroughly concentrated; (sú)-samiddha, pp. [√ idh] well-kindled;(sú)-samriddha, pp. [√ ridh] V.: quite per fect; C.: very abundant; very wealthy; -samriddhi, f. great wealth; -sampad, f. affluence, great prosperity; (sú)-sampish- ta, pp. completely shattered (car; RV.1); -sampratapta, pp. thoroughly harassed; -sambaddha, pp. intimately connected; -sambhriti, f. due collection of requisites; -sambhrama, m. great agitation or confu sion, excessive haste; -sambhrânta, pp. completely bewildered; (sú)-sarva, a. quite complete (Br.); -sahâya, a. having a good companion or assistant: -vat, a. id.; -sâdh ana, a. easy to prove; -sâdhita, pp. well trained; -sâdhya, fp. easy to control, amen able; -sâman, n.very conciliatory words; -sârathi, a. having a good charioteer; -sita, a. pure white; -siddha, pp. well-cooked; very efficacious, of great magical power; completely supplied with (in.): -½artha, a. having completely attained one's object; -sî ma, a. having a good parting (woman).

sūtra	n. [√ sîv] V., C.: thread, string, cord (ord. mg.); C.: sacred cord (worn over the left shoulder by the three upper castes); measuring line; fibre; line; sketch, plan; (thread running through and holding toge ther=) concise rule or aphorism; manual consisting of aphoristic rules: -ka, n. thread, cord; -kâra, m. author of a Sûtra work or manual; -tantu, m. thread; -daridra, a. (poor in threads=) threadbare: -tâ, f. thread bare condition; -dhâra, m. [holder of the measuring line] carpenter, builder, architect; wire-puller=] stage-manager; --°ree; m., î, f. leading spirit in; -pâta, m. drop of the measuring line: -m kri or kar, measure, compare; -pitaka, m. n. (basket=) collec tion of the Buddhistic Sûtras; -prota, pp. attached to (=worked by) strings (puppet); -bhrit, m. stage-manager.

somaka	m. N. of a king (V., C.); C.: N. of a country; king or native of Somaka: ikâ, f. N. of a bird; -ka½îsvara, m. king of Somaka; -kráyana, a. (î) serving as the price of the Soma plant: î, f. cow --;-grahá, m. bowl of Soma (V.); eclipse of the moon (C.); -tîrtha, n. N. of a place of pilgrim age; -tva, n. condition of Soma; -datta, m. N. of various kings and Brâhmans; -dâ, f. N. of a Brâhman woman; -deva, m. god Soma; god of the moon; N. of various men: -bhatta, m. N. of the author of the Kathâ- saritsâgara; -devatya, a. having Soma as its deity; -devî, f. N. of a wife of Kâmapâla; -nâtha, m. N. of various scholars; n. N. of a celebrated Li&ndot;ga and its temple in Gujerat (destroyed in 1024 a. d.); -pá, a. drinking or entitled to drink Soma juice (V., C.); m. pl. N. of a class of Manes; -p&asharp;, a. id.; -pâna, n. drinking of Soma; (-p&asharp;na), a. Soma drinking, m. Soma drinker (V.); -pây in, a., m. id.; -pâla, m. guardian of Soma (Br.); N. of various men; -p&asharp;van, m. Soma drinker (RV.); -pîdâ, f. N. of a princess; (sóma)-pîti, f. (V.)draught of Soma (always d.); -pîthá, m. id. (V.); -pîthín, a. partici pating in the Soma draught; -putra, m. son of Soma; son of the moon, planet Mercury; -purusha, m. servant of Soma; (sóma) prishtha, a. bearing Soma on its back (V.); -péya, n. draught of Soma (RV.); -prabha, a. having the splendour of the moon; m. N.: â, f. N.; -pravâka, m. herald of the Soma sacrifice (V.); -mád, a. (strg. st. -m&asharp;d) in toxicated with Soma (RV.1); -rasmi, m. N. of a Gandharva; (sóma)-râgan, a. (ñî) having Soma as a king; -râta, m. N.; -la devî, f. N. of a princess; -vamsa, m. lunar race of kings; -vams-ya, a. belonging to the lunar race; (sóma)-vat, a.containing Soma, attended etc. by Soma (V.); -vallî, f. Soma plant; -vâra, m. Monday; -vâsara, m. or n. id.; -vikrayín, a. selling Soma; m. seller of Soma; -vriddha, pp. invigorated by Soma (RV.); -sarman, m. N. of various men; (sóma)-sita, pp. sharpened by Soma; -sush man, m. N. (Br.); -sûra, m. N.; -samsthâ, f. fundamental form of the Soma sacrifice; -sad, m. pl. N. of the Manes of the Sâdhyas; -salila, n. Soma water; -sú-t, a.pressing Soma; -suta, m. son or descendant of the Moon; (sóma)-suti, f. pressing of Soma; -sútvan, a. pressing Soma; m. Soma-pres ser; -svâmin, m. N.; -½ânanda, m. N.; â raudrá, a. belonging to Soma and Rudra; n. (sc. sûkta) the hymn RV. VI, 74 (C.).

sauptika	a. [supta] occurring dur ing sleep; n. night attack, on (g.): -vadha, m. nocturnal slaughter of the sleeping war riors of the Pândavas.

saumadatti	m. pat. fr. Soma datta.

skanda	m. hopper (in trina-skandá, grasshopper, N.); effusion, dropping (of, g., --°ree;); destruction; Assailer, god of war, leader of the divine hosts and chief of the demons of disease which attack children, possessed of eternal youth (hence Kumâra), son of Siva or Agni, brought up by Krittikâ (hence Kârtti keya): -ka, n. (?) a metre: -grâma, m. N. of a village; -gupta, m. N. of a prince and of an elephant-keeper;-gananî, f. Skanda's mother, Pârvatî; -tâ, f., -tva, n. condition of Skanda; -dâsa, m. N. of a merchant.

strīyantra	n. the puppet woman; -ratna, n. pearl of a woman; ep. of Laksh mî; -râgya, n. kingdom of the Amazons (in the extreme north); -lakshana, n. character istics of a woman; -li&ndot;ga, n.female organ; feminine gender (gr.); -vasa, a. subject to women, ruled by one's wife; -vasya, a. id.; -vitta, n. property derived from a wife; -vi vâha, m. marriage with a woman; -vishaya, m. copulation; -sa&ndot;ga, m.intercourse with women; -samgrahana, n. adultery with a woman; -sambandha, m. matrimonial alliance with a woman; -sambhoga, m. sexual intercourse with a woman; -sevâ, f. addiction to women; -svabhâva, m.nature of woman; -hatyâ, f. murder of a woman.

sthirakarman	a. persevering in action; -kitta, a. steady-minded, steadfast, resolute; -ketas, a. id.; -gîvin, a. having a tenacious life; m. N. of a crow; -tâ, f. hardness; steadfastness, stability, permanence; constancy, firmness: -m upa½i, compose oneself; -tva, n. immovableness; stability, con stancy; (á)-dhanvan, a. having a strong bow (Rudra; RV.1); -dhî, a. steady-minded, steadfast; -pada, a. firmly rooted;-pra tigña, a. keeping one's promise; -pratiban dha, a. offering an obstinate resistance; -buddhi, a. steady-minded, steadfast, reso lute; m. N. of an Asura: -ka, m. N. of a Dânava; -mati, f. steady mind, steadfast ness; a.steadfast; -manas, a. id.; -yau vana, a. having perpetual youth; -varman, m. N.; -samskâra, a. thoroughly cultured: -tâ, f. perfect culture; -sthâyin, a. standing firm.

sthiti	f. [√ sthâ] C.: standing; re maining, staying, stay, residence (in, on, at, with any one, lc., --°ree;; ord. mg.); upright posi tion (of the breasts); depositing, keeping (of records, money); halting-place, abode (also rarely in Br.); station, position, rank, dignity; steady application to, addiction to, intentness on (lc.); steadfastness, stability; sustained existence, continuance, permanence (common mg.; also U.); duration; existence, occur rence; procedure, behaviour, conduct; state, condition; decree, ordinance; settled rule, maxim (also Br.); usage, custom, institution; fixed opinion, conviction; attaching importance to (youth, lc.); steady adherence to the path of duty or law, moral rectitude; limit, bounds (esp. of morality): -m â-kar, remain standing; -m kri, grah, bhag, or vi-dhâ, make a stay, take up one's abode.

sthūla	a. thick, bulky, big, large, stout, massive; coarse, gross (also fig., e. g. crime); dull, stupid; material, tangible (phil.; opp. sûkshma); n. gross or material body: -kesa, m. N. of a Rishi; -tâ, f.largeness, fulness, bulkiness; clumsiness; stupidity; -tva, n. grossness (phil.); -datta, m. N.; -nâsika, m. (large-snouted), boar; -pra pañka, m. gross material world; -bâhu, m. N.; -buddhi, a. dull-witted; -bhuga, m. N. of a fairy; -bhûta, n. gross element; -mati, a. dull-witted; -madhya, a. thick in the middle; -roma, a. thick-haired; -laksha, a. liberal, munificent; shooting at a large tar get: -tva, n. abst. n.; -lakshi-tâ, f. liber ality; -lakshya, a.=-laksha: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -vishaya, m. gross material ob ject; -sarîra, n. gross material body; -siras, a. thick-headed; m. N. of a Rishi, a Râk shasa, and a Yaksha; -sûkshma, a. large and small: -prapañka, m. the gross and the subtle world, -sarîra, n. gross and subtle body; -hasta, m. elephant's trunk.

sthirātman	a. firm-minded, stable, constant; steadfast, resolute; -½anu râga, a. deeply attached (-tva, n. faithful attachment); -½anurâg-in, a. id.: (-i)-tva, n. faithful attachment; -½apâya, a.subject to constant decay; -½ârambha, a. steadfast in undertakings.

sthairya	n. [sthira] firmness, fixity, stability, steadiness; continuance, perman ence; steadfastness, constancy; patience; firm attachment to, constant delight in (lc.): -vat, a. standing firm.

sneha	m. [√ snih] unctuousness, stickiness; smoothness (also fig.); fatty substance, oil, grease; attachment, tenderness, fondness, affection, love, for (g., lc., --°ree;; ord. mg.); friendship with (saha): --°ree; a. fond of (rare); -ana, a. (î) feeling affection; n. unctuous ness; feeling of affection.

snigdha	pp. (√ snih) sticky, unctuous, smooth; soft, mild, bland, gentle; oily, greasy; glossy, glistening; attached to (lc.); tender, affectionate, friendly; dense (shade): -m, ad. gently; -tama, spv.very oily; very affectionate; -tâ, f. softness; oiliness; attachment, affection; -tva, n. attachment to (lc.); -bhinna½añgana, n. glossy pounded collyrium; -mudga, m. kind of bean; -sîta rûksha, a. slippery, cool, and rough:-tva, n. abst. n.; -½añgana, n. glossy collyrium.

svapnaja	a. produced in a dream, dreamt; -darsana, n. vision of a dream; -nidarsana, n. id.; -bhâg, a. indulging in sleep; -mânavaka, m. dream-manikin (a kind of charm producing dreams that are realized); -labdha, pp. obtained (=appear ing) in a dream; -vritta, pp. occurring in a dream.

svayaṃvara	a. self-choosing, with kanyâ, f. girl who chooses her husband herself; m. self-election, free choice, sp. of a husband (a right permitted to girls of the warrior caste); -vara-kathâ, f.mention of or reference to a Svayamvara; -varana, n. free choice of a husband by (--°ree;); -vara prabhâ, f. N. of the wife of a Daitya; -va ra½âgata, pp. come of one's own accord; -vâda, m. one's own statement; -vikrîta, pp. sold by oneself; -visîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -vrita, pp. chosen by oneself; -sîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -samyoga, m. spontaneous matri monial union with (in.); -samriddha, pp.complete in itself (Br.); (ám-)krita (or á), pp. made, prepared, performed, committed, caused, or composed by, oneself; adopted (son); with vigraha, m. war undertaken on one's own account; -krânta, pp. mounted by oneself (throne); -guna-parityâga, m. voluntary abandonment of the thread and of virtue; -guru-tva, n. its own weight; -graha, m. taking by oneself (without leave), forcible seizure; -grahana, n. id.; -grâha, m. id.; a.spontaneous (affection): -m, ad. forcibly; °ree;--, id.; spontaneously; -gá, a. spon taneously produced (water, RV.1); -tyakta, pp. voluntarily abandoned; -datta, pp. self given (said of a boy offering himself for adoption); -dâna, n. spontaneous gift of a daughter.

svastha	a. self-abiding, being oneself or in one's natural state, doing well, sound, healthy (in body and mind); uninjured (bank); unmolested (state); comfortable, at ease: -kitta, a. sound in mind, -tâ,f. well-being, health, ease; -sthâna, n. own place, home.

svaira	a. moving slowly or cautiously (rare): -m, ad. according to one's own inclination or will, of one's own accord, with out let or hindrance, without more ado, at random; freely, unreservedly (speak); slow ly, softly, cautiously; fearlessly; lc. pl. svai reshu, in cases when one is unreserved, in indifferent matters: -kathâ, f. unreserved conversation; -ka-m, ad. straight out; -gati, a. going about free, being at liberty; -kârin, a. acting at will, free; -vihârin, a. walking about at pleasure; meeting with no resistance (command); -vritta, pp. acting according to one's will; -vritti, a. living subject to no control, acting without restraint; -stha, a. standing unconcerned; -½âlâpa, m. unreserved conversation.

hata	pp. √ han: -ka, a. (--°ree;) afflicted by (fate); --°ree; (instead of °ree;--, gnly. after names), the accursed, wretched; -kilbisha, a. having one's sins effaced; -ketas, a. dejected in heart; -kkhâya,a. bereft of charm; -gîvana, n., -gîvita, n. accursed life; -gyotir-nisîtha, m. starless night; -tvit-ka, -tvish, a. bereft of light, having its lustre dimmed; (á)-putra, a. whose son or sons have been slain; -buddhi, a. bereft of understanding; -mati, a. whose intellect is lost, mad; -mânasa, a. despondent-minded; -mûrkha, m. great block-head; (á)-varkas, a. bereft of vigour, decayed (AV.); -vidhi, m. accursed fate; a. ill starred; -vritta, a.defective in metre; -sish- ta, pp. left out of the slain; -sesha, a. id.; -hridaya, n. cursed heart; -½âsa, a. bereft of hope, desperate; hopeless=wretched, foolish, wicked (sts. used playfully).

haragalagaralatamāla	m. Tamâla-like poison on the neck of Siva (i.e. dark like the Tamâla tree); -datta, m. N.; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bala, m. N.; -vrishabha, m. Siva's bull.

haripiṅga	a. yellowish brown: -la, a. id.; -prabha, a. tawny-coloured; -bhakti, f. worship of Vishnu; -bhata, m. N.; -bhatta, m. N. of various scholars; -madhyâ, a. f. having a tawny waist; hav ing a waist reminding of Vishnu.

hiraṇya	n. [√ 3. hri] V., C.: bul lion (opp. suvarna), gold, precious metal (in C. also=coined gold); V.: gold implement or ornament; gold piece or coin (in Br. gnly. w. suvárna, by way of distinction from other metals); a. golden (C., rare); m. N. of a king of Cashmere (C.): -ka, m. N. of a mouse-king; -kasipú, m. golden carpet, seat adorned with gold (V.); a. (hí-) having a golden carpet; m. N. of a Daitya slain by Vishnu in the form of Narasimha; -kula, m. N. of a king; (hí-)-kesa, a. (&isharp;) golden haired, golden-maned; -kesin, m. N. of an author of Grihya-sûtras; -garbhá, m. womb or embryo of gold; N. of a cosmogonic power, esp. of the personal Brahman; in Vedânta, N. of intellect conditioned by the aggregate; N.; N. of a flamingo; -gupta, m. N.; (hí-)-kakra, a. having golden wheels (RV.1); -da, a. giving gold; -datta, m. N.; (hí-)-dant, m. gold-toothed (RV.1); m. N. of a Baida (Br.); -d&asharp;, a. giving gold; -nâbha, m. N. of various men; (hí-)-parna, V. a. golden-winged; golden-leaved; (hí-)-pâni, a. golden-handed; -pâtrá, n. golden vessel or dish; -pura, n. N. of a city of the Asuras situated beyond the ocean and suspended in the air; N. of a town in Cashmere; (hí-) bâhu, a. golden-armed; m. ep. of the river Sone (v. r. -vâha).

hīna	pp. √ 2. hâ; n. deficiency, want: velâ-hîne, at an unseasonable time: -ka, a. lacking (--°ree;); -karman, a. following base occupations; neglecting one's duties; -tâ, f. lack, absence; deficiency in (in., --°ree;); -tva, n. inferiority; lack of, deficiency in (--°ree;); -paksha, a. unprotected; -yânâ, n. the lesser vehicle (term applied to the older form of Buddhism; opp. mahâyâna); -râtra, a. hav ing shorter nights; -varna,a. of low caste, vile; -vâdin, a. losing in a suit; -vritta, a. of base conduct; -sevâ, f. service of low per sons; -½a&ndot;ga, a. (â, î) deficient in a limb; defective; -½atirikta½a&ndot;ga, a. (î) having a limb too few or too many; -½adhika, a. too little or too much: -tâ, f. deficiency or ex cess; -½artha, a. having lost one's advantage.

hetu	m. [impulse: √ hi] cause, motive, of (lc., --°ree;, rarely d., g.; very rare in V.); C.: reason, argument, proof (in logic = second part of the five-membered syllogism); means; price (rare); condition, sine quâ non (of sub sistence); manner (rare); agent of the causa tive verb (gr.); primary cause (opp. pratyaya, secondary cause: B.); cause of the bondage of the soul, world of sense, nature (among the Pâsupatas); short speech setting forth the requisite conditions for the attainment of an end (dr.): in. hetunâ, ab. g. hetoh, rarely also d. or lc., for a cause or reason, by reason of, on account of (g., --°ree;); yato hetoh, because; iti hetoh, for this reason; --°ree; a. having -as a cause, caused, impelled, or attracted by: -ka, (--°ree;) a. (î) causing, producing; caused or produced by; -tâ, f. causation; -tva, n. id.; state of being the reason orthe primary cause; agency of the causal verb; -mat, a. having a cause, caused; provided with reasons or proofs, well-founded; open to argument; -mâtra-tâ, f. condition of being a mere means; -mâtra-maya, a. serving only as a means; -rûpaka, n. reasoned metaphor; -vidyâ, f. dialectics, logic; -sâstra, n. id.

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

459 results0 results840 results


aṃhoś	cid yā varivovittarāsat # RV.1.107.1d; VS.8.4d; 33.68d; TS.1.4.22.1d; 2.1.11.4d; MS.1.3.26d: 39.8; KS.4.10d; śB.4.3.5.15d.

akrīḍan	krīḍan harir attave 'dan # RV.10.79.6c.

akṣayya	# śG.4.2.5; 4.12; YDh.1.242,251. Cf. Karmap.1.4.7. Rāmacandra's Paddhati to śG.4.2.5: adogotrasyāsmatpitur amuṣyāsmiñ chrāddhe yad dattaṃ tad akṣayyam astu. In Mahābh.13.23.36 akṣayyam is the felicitation to a vaiśya.

akṣṇaś	cid gātuvittarā # RV.8.25.9a.

aganma	jyotir uttamam (TB.2.4.4.9d in text, and once in commentary, uttaram; JG. adds svāhā) # RV.1.50.10d; AVś.7.53.7d; 18.3.64e; AVP.5.6.9d; VS.20.21d; 27.10d; 35.14d; 38.24d; TS.4.1.7.4d; 5.1.8.6; MS.2.12.5d: 149.13; 4.9.27d: 140.6; KS.18.16d; 38.5d; TB.2.4.4.9d; 6.6.4d; śB.12.9.2.8; 14.3.1.28; JB.2.68d; TA.6.3.2d; KA.1.198.20d; Lś.2.12.10e; ChU.3.17.7e; JG.1.4d.

agnaye	sviṣṭakṛte suhutahute sarvaprāyaścittāhutīnāṃ (HG. suhutahute sarvahuta āhutīnāṃ; ApMB. suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ) kāmānāṃ samardhayitre sarvān naḥ kāmān samardhaya (the last four words omitted in ApMBḥG.) svāhā # AG.1.10.23; HG.1.3.7; ApMB.2.18.31 (ApG.7.20.4).

agniṃ	hotāram antarā vivṛttāḥ # Aś.1.3.24b. See hotāram agnim antarā.

agninā	dattāḥ # MG.2.14.26.

agnim	īḍe (VSK. īle) pūrvacittiṃ (TS. pūrvacittau) namobhiḥ # VS.13.43b; VSK.14.4.6b; TS.4.2.10.2b; MS.2.7.17b: 102.4; KS.16.17b; śB.7.5.2.19.

agniṃ	purā tanayitnor acittāt # RV.4.3.1c; SV.1.69c; TS.1.3.14.1c; MS.4.11.4c: 172.12; KS.7.16c.

agnir	bhavann uttamo rocanānām # RV.3.5.10b.

agnivāyucandrasūryāḥ	prāyaścittayo yūyaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittayaḥ stha # SMB.1.4.5. See agne vāyo sūrya candra etc., and cf. GG.2.5.3.

agniś	ca viṣṇo tapa uttamaṃ mahaḥ # AB.1.4.8; TB.2.4.3.4a; Aś.4.2.3a.

agniś	ca soma sakratū adhattam # RV.1.93.5b; TS.2.3.14.2b; MS.1.5.1b (only in Padap.: see p. 65, note 6); 4.10.1b: 144.14; KS.4.16b; AB.2.9.5b; TB.3.5.7.2b; Kauś.5.1b.

agniṣvāttāḥ	pitara (MS. pitarā) eha gachata # RV.10.15.11a; AVś.18.3.44a; VS.19.59a; TS.2.6.12.2a; MS.4.10.6a: 157.10; KS.21.14a; Aś.2.19.22a. Ps: agniṣvāttāḥ pitaraḥ TB.2.6.16.1; Vait.9.8; Apś.8.15.17; Kauś.87.27; agniṣvāttāḥ śś.3.16.7; Vait.30.14.

agnīṣomā	yaśo asmāsu dhattam # Apś.6.23.1d.

agne	asme bhavatam uttamebhiḥ # RV.6.60.3d; TB.3.6.8.1d; MS.4.13.7d: 208.2; KS.4.15d.

agne	pittam apām asi # AVś.18.3.5c; VS.17.6c; TS.4.6.1.2c; MS.2.10.1c: 131.10; KS.17.17c; śB.9.1.2.27c.

agner	gavyūtir ghṛta ā niṣattā # RV.10.80.6d.

agne	vāyo sūrya candra prāyaścittayo yūyaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittaya stha # JG.1.22. See agnivāyucandrasūryāḥ etc.

agne	vittād dhaviṣo yad yajāma (TB. yajāmaḥ) # RV.5.60.6d; TB.2.7.12.4d.

agneś	cid arca pitukṛttarebhyaḥ # RV.10.76.5d.

agra	imaṃ yajñaṃ nayatāgre yajñapatiṃ dhatta # TS.1.1.5.1. P: agra ... yajñapatim TB.3.2.5.3; 3.6.1. See next, and agraṃ yajñaṃ.

aṅgāni	cittaṃ etc. # see aṅgāni mitraṃ.

aṅgāni	mitraṃ (TB. cittaṃ) me sahaḥ # VS.20.6d; MS.3.11.8d: 152.2; KS.38.4d; TB.2.6.5.4d.

acyutapājā	agnīt # TA.3.5.1. See acittapājā.

acyutamanā	upavaktā # TA.3.5.1. See acittamanā.

achā	nakṣi dyumattamaṃ rayiṃ dāḥ # RV.5.24.2b; SV.2.458b; VS.3.25b; 15.48b; 25.47b; TS.1.5.6.3b; 4.4.4.8b; MS.1.5.3b: 69.11; KS.7.1b; śB.2.3.4.31b.

achidrotiḥ	śiśur ādatta saṃ rabhaḥ # RV.1.145.3d.

ata	uttare brahmalokā mahāntaḥ # GB.1.5.25c.

atimanyate	bhrātṛvyān nainaṃ bhrātṛvyā atimanyante tasmān matto mattam atimanyate 'dhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.10.

atūrṇadattā	prathamedam āgan # Kauś.62.21c. See atṛṣṭa dattā etc.

atṛṣṭa	dattā prathamedam āgan # AVP.5.31.3c. See atūrṇadattā etc.

atto	etc. # see attā etc.

atrā	te rūpam uttamam apaśyam (VSK. apaśyan) # RV.1.163.7a; VS.29.18a; VSK.31.3.30; TS.4.6.7.3a; KSA.6.3a.

atharvopāvahriyamāṇaḥ	(TS. -vopottaḥ) # VS.8.56; TS.4.4.9.1.

athā	karad yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ # RV.10.182.1d--3d. Cf. athā dhattaṃ.

athā	dhattaṃ yajamānāya śaṃ yoḥ # RV.1.93.7d; TS.2.3.14.3d; MS.4.14.6d: 223.10; 4.14.8d: 248.8; TB.2.8.4.6d. Cf. athā karad.

athem	enaṃ (AVś. athemam enaṃ) pari dattāt pitṛbhyaḥ # RV.10.16.2b; AVś.18.2.5b; TA.6.1.4b.

athaiṣāṃ	bhinnakaḥ kumbhaḥ # SMB.2.7.3c. See atho bhinadmi, bhinadmi te kuṣumbham, and cf. iyattakaḥ.

atho	cittāni muhyata # AVś.3.2.4b; AVP.3.5.4b.

atho	cittāni mohaya # AVś.5.21.4e,5e,6f.

atho	rājann uttamaṃ mānavānām # TB.2.4.7.8d. See uta rājñām.

atho	vy uchād uttarāṃ anu dyūn # RV.1.113.13c.

adarśi	gātuvittamaḥ # RV.8.103.1a; SV.1.47a; 2.865a; JB.2.148; PB.17.1.11; Aś.4.13.7; Mś.1.5.3.5. Ps: adarśi gātu (comm. gātuvittama ity etat sāma) Lś.4.10.4; adarśi śś.6.4.7.

adevā	devavattaram # ApMB.2.22.10b. See māyādevā.

adomadhaṃ	pittam atta prasūtāḥ # AVP.11.11.4d.

adhamaṃ	pāśam uttamam # AVś.2.8.1d; 3.7.4d; AVP.3.2.4d.

adharottaram	adharottareṇa # AVP.5.33.5a. See next.

adharo	'dhara uttarebhyaḥ # AVś.6.134.2a. See prec.

adhā	nividdha uttaro babhūvān # RV.4.18.9c.

adhipatayo	nāma stha teṣāṃ va upari gṛhā varṣaṃ va iṣavo 'vasvān (ApMB. adds vātanāmam etc.) # TS.5.5.10.4; ApMB.2.17.24. Cf. uttare nāma stha.

adhyakṣāyānukṣattāram	# TB.3.4.1.9. See ādhy-, and cf. aupadraṣṭryāyānukṣattāram.

anamitraṃ	na uttarāt # AVś.6.40.3b. See anamitram udak.

anamitram	udak kṛdhi # VSK.3.2.6b; KS.37.10b. See anamitraṃ na uttarāt.

anuttam	ā te maghavan nakir nu (MS. ṇu) # RV.1.165.9a; VS.33.79a; MS.4.11.3a: 169.7; KS.9.18a. P: anuttam ā te śś.11.2.5.

anena	dattā sudughā vayodhāḥ # AVś.18.4.50b; AVP.11.5.4b.

antara	uttaravedyāḥ # VS.19.16c.

antarā	dyāvāpṛthivī vicṛttāḥ # śś.1.6.3b. Cf. tredhā tiṣṭhanti viṣitā.

antarikṣaṃ	samaṃ tasya vāyur upadraṣṭā dattasyāpramādāya # HG.2.11.4. See antarikṣasamantasya.

antarikṣodaraḥ	kośo bhūmibudhno na jīryati, diśo hy asya sraktayo dyaur asyottaraṃ bilam, sa eṣa kośo vasudhānas tasmin viśvam idaṃ śritam # ChU.3.15.1. Metrical.

annaṃ	payo reto asmāsu (śB. 'smāsu) dhatta (MS.Apś. dhehi) # VS.19.48b; MS.3.11.10b: 156.18; KS.38.2b; śB.12.8.1.22; TB.2.6.3.5b; śś.4.13.1; Apś.6.11.5b.

anne	vicṛttā bahudhā sinanti # AVP.5.36.2b.

anyasya	cittam abhi saṃcareṇyam # RV.1.170.1c; N.1.6c.

anyām	icha pitṛṣadaṃ vyaktām (ApMB. vittām) # RV.10.85.21c; ApMB.1.10.2c. See jāmim icha.

anvārabhethāṃ	vaya uttarāvat # AVś.12.3.47d.

apanuttā	# see apanuttau.

apanuttau	(KS. -ttā) śaṇḍāmarkau (MS.4.6.3, ṣaṇḍā-) saha tena yaṃ dviṣmaḥ # MS.1.3.12: 34.7; 4.6.3: 81.7; KS.4.4; 27.8. P: apanuttau śaṇḍāmarkau Mś.2.4.1.7. See next.

apamityam	apratīttaṃ yad asmi # AVś.6.117.1a. P: apamityam apratīttam GB.2.4.8; Vait.24.15; Kauś.67.19; 133.1. See yat kusīdam etc., and yāny apāmityāny.

apamṛṣṭaḥ	śaṇḍaḥ # VS.7.12; śB.4.2.1.14; Kś.9.10.5. Cf. apanuttaḥ etc.

apasidhya	duritaṃ dhattam āyuḥ # AVś.8.2.7d.

apa	snehitīr (SV. snīhitiṃ) nṛmaṇā adhatta (SV. adhad rāḥ; KS. nṛmaṇām adadhrām) # RV.8.96.13d; AVś.20.137.7d; SV.1.323d; KS.28.4d. See upa stuhi taṃ nṛmṇām.

apaḥ	siṣāsan svar (TB.Apś. suvar) apratītaḥ (TB. -tīttaḥ) # RV.6.73.3c; AVś.20.90.3c; KS.4.16c; 40.11c; TB.2.8.2.8c; Apś.17.21.7c.

apād	dhotrād uta potrād amatta # RV.2.37.4a.

apānaṃ	saṃdhattaṃ taṃ me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.2; Apś.12.22.8.

apāṃ	puṣpaṃ mūrtir ākāśaṃ pavitram uttamam # GB.1.1.39.

apāṣṭhavad	viṣavan naitad attave # RV.10.85.34b; AVś.14.1.29b; ApMB.1.17.9b.

apiśīrṇā	u pṛṣṭayaḥ # AVś.4.3.6b; AVP.2.8.4d. Cf. pṛṣṭīr vo, and chinttaṃ śiro.

apo	vasānaḥ pari gobhir uttaraḥ # RV.9.107.18c.

apramādyann	apramattaś carāmi # Apś.5.25.20c.

apsarasām	anudattānṛṇāni # MS.4.14.17d: 245.12. See apsarasāv.

apsarasāv	anu dattām ṛṇaṃ naḥ (TBṭA. ṛṇāni) # AVś.6.118.1d; TB.3.7.12.3d; TA.2.4.1d. See apsarasām anu-.

apsu	tvā madhumattamam # RV.9.30.5a.

abhayaṃ	sarvabhūtebhyo mattaḥ # BDh.2.10.17.29.

abhavad	dyumny (ApMB. divy) uttamaḥ # RV.10.159.4b; 174.4b; ApMB.1.16.4b. Cf. next.

abhavan	dyumnavattarāḥ # AVP.2.41.4b. Cf. prec.

abhi	taṃ nirṛtir dhattām # AVś.4.36.10a.

abhi	dhattam arbude # AVś.11.9.3d.

abhibhūś	cettā vasuvit # TS.1.6.2.1; 2.3.9.1. See ugraś cettā.

amāyān	māyavattaraḥ # śB.13.5.4.12d. See māyāṃ māyā-.

amīṣāṃ	cittaṃ pratilobhayantī (AVś.AVP. cittāni pratimohayantī) # RV.10.103.12a; AVś.3.2.5a; AVP.3.5.5a; SV.2.1211a; VS.17.44a; N.9.33a. Cf. BṛhD.8.13.

amuṣmiṃl	loka uttame # AVś.11.4.18d.

amuṣmiṃl	loke yuga uttarasmin # AVP.11.5.8d.

amṛtatvaṃ	suvasi bhāgam uttamam # RV.4.54.2b; VS.33.54b.

amaiṣāṃ	cittaṃ prabudhāṃ (TS.KS. prabudhā; AVP. bahudhā) vi neśat (AVP.KS. naśyatu) # RV.10.128.6d; AVś.5.3.2d; AVP.5.4.2d; TS.4.7.14.3d; KS.40.10d.

ayaṃ	yo vajraḥ purudhā vivṛttaḥ # RV.10.27.21a. Cf. BṛhD.7.27.

ayaṃ	vāṃ madhumattamaḥ # RV.1.47.1a; SV.1.306a; śś.6.6.8; 9.20.16. P: ayaṃ vām Aś.4.15.2.

ayaṃ	śāstādhipatir vo astu # TS.5.7.4.4b. Cf. ayaṃ cettādhipatir.

ayaṃ	sa jajñe dhruva ā niṣattaḥ # RV.6.9.4c.

ayakṣmatātiṃ	maha iha dhattam # AVś.4.25.5c. See next.

ayakṣmatāṃ	maho asmāsu dhattam # AVP.4.34.5c. See prec.

ayaṃ	cettādhipatir vo astu # AVP.1.53.4b. Cf. ayaṃ śāstādhipatir.

ayaṃ	devebhyo madhumattamaḥ (SV. -raḥ) sutaḥ # RV.9.105.3c; SV.2.450c.

ayaṃ	no bhagavattaraḥ # śG.3.7.2b. See ayaṃ no vasu-, and ayaṃ bhaga-.

ayaṃ	no vasuvittamaḥ # Kauś.89.13b. See under ayaṃ no bhaga-.

ayam	uttarāt saṃyadvasuḥ # VS.15.18; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.2; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.19.

ayaṃ	panthā anuvittaḥ purāṇaḥ # RV.4.18.1a.

ayaṃ	bhagavattamaḥ # TS.1.5.10.2b; PG.3.2.7b. See under ayaṃ no bhaga-.

ayaṃ	me bhagavattaraḥ # RV.10.60.12b; AVś.4.13.6b; AVP.5.18.7b.

ayā	san (MS. ayāḥ san; KS. ayās san) manasā hitaḥ (MS. kṛttaḥ; KS. kṛtaḥ) # MS.1.4.3c: 51.11; KS.5.4c; 34.19c; TB.2.4.1.9b; Apś.3.11.2b; ApMB.1.4.16b; HG.1.3.6b. See next but one, and ayasā manasā.

arāte	cittaṃ (AVP. citaṃ, read cittaṃ) vīrtsantī # AVś.5.7.8c; AVP.7.9.5c.

arādhi	hotā svar niṣattaḥ # RV.1.70.8a.

arepasaḥ	(Apś. arepasaḥ samokasaḥ) sacetasaḥ (Apś. sacetasaḥ saretasaḥ) svasare manyumattamāś (SV.Apśṃś. manyumantaś) cite goḥ (SVṃś. citā goḥ; Apś. cidākoḥ) # AVś.7.22.2; SV.1.458; Apś.21.9.15; Mś.7.2.3.6 (corrupt).

arṣā	soma dyumattamaḥ # RV.9.65.19a; SV.1.503a; 2.344a; JB.3.91; PB.13.3.1.

ava	tara (TS. avattaraṃ) nadīṣv ā # VS.17.6b; TS.4.6.1.2b; MS.2.10.1b: 131.9; KS.17.17b; śB.9.1.2.27b. See avattaro nadīnām.

avasthā	nāma stha teṣāṃ va uttarād gṛhā udīcī dik teṣāṃ vo vāta iṣavaḥ # AVP.2.56.4. Cf. next two, and AVś.3.26; AVP.3.11.

avasthāvāno	nāmā stha teṣāṃ va uttarād gṛhā āpo va iṣavaḥ samudraḥ (ApMB. samudro vātanāmam) # TS.5.5.10.4; ApMB.2.17.23 (ApG.7.18.12).

avimuktacakra	āsīran # PG.1.15.8c. See vivṛttacakrā.

avṛścann	ahamuttare # AVś.12.4.50d.

aśravaṃ	hi bhūridāvattarā vām # RV.1.109.2a; TS.1.1.14.1a; KS.4.15a; N.6.9a.

aśvinā	madhumattamam # RV.1.47.3a.

aśvinā	madhuṣuttamo yuvākuḥ # RV.3.58.9a.

aśvinoḥ	prāṇo 'si tasya te dattāṃ yayoḥ prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1. P: aśvinoḥ prāṇo 'si TS.2.3.11.2; Apś.19.24.1. See prec. and next.

aśvinoḥ	prāṇo 'si tau te prāṇaṃ dattāṃ tena jīva # MS.2.3.4: 31.16; 2.3.5: 33.11. P: aśvinoḥ prāṇo 'si tau te ViDh.65.2. See prec. two.

aśvinau	vyāttam # VS.31.22; TA.3.13.2.

aṣṭhīvantāv	uttarau pūruṣasya # AVś.10.2.2b.

asatībhyo	asattarāḥ # AVś.7.76.1b; AVP.1.21.1b.

asapatnaṃ	na uttarāt # AVś.8.5.17b.

asarvavīraś	caratu praṇuttaḥ # AVś.9.2.14a.

asi	kṣattā vāmasya deva bhūreḥ # RV.6.13.2d; MS.4.10.1d: 143.4; Apś.5.23.9d.

asinvatī	bapsatī bhūry attaḥ # RV.10.79.1d; N.6.4.

asur	āttaḥ # TS.4.4.9.1. See asur ho-.

asur	homāyodyataḥ # VS.8.58. See asur āttaḥ.

asūrte	(MS.KS. asūrtā) sūrte rajasi niṣatte (MS. niṣattā; KS. na sattā) # RV.10.82.4c; VS.17.28c; MS.2.10.3c: 134.7; KS.18.1c; N.6.15. See prec.

astamite	dvisattāyām # Kauś.141.37a.

asmabhyaṃ	vasuvittamam # VS.3.38b; śB.2.4.1.8b; Aś.2.5.12b; śś.2.15.2b.

asmabhyaṃ	gātuvittamāḥ (RV.9.106.6a, -maḥ) # RV.9.101.10b; 106.6a; SV.1.548b; 2.451b; JB.3.163b.

asmabhyaṃ	tad dhattana yad va īmahe # RV.5.53.13c.

asmabhyaṃ	dattāṃ (AVś. dhattāṃ; AVP. dattaṃ) varuṇaś ca manyuḥ (AVP. manyo) # RV.10.84.7b; AVś.4.31.7b; AVP.4.12.7b.

asmākaṃ	vīrā uttare bhavantu # RV.10.103.11c; AVś.19.13.11c; AVP.7.4.11c; SV.2.1209c; VS.17.43c; TS.4.6.4.4c; MS.2.10.4c: 136.12; KS.18.5c.

asmākaṃ	te madhumattamāni # RV.10.112.7c.

asmākam	uttamaṃ kṛdhi # RV.4.31.15a; AG.2.6.12. Cf. BṛhD.4.139 (B).

asmābhir	dattaṃ jarasaḥ parastāt # AVś.6.122.1c; AVP.2.60.2c; TA.2.6.1c.

asmāsu	bhadrā draviṇāni dhatta # RV.4.58.10b; AVś.7.82.1b; AVP.8.13.10b; VS.17.98b; KS.40.7b; Apś.17.18.1b.

asmiṃl	loke śraddadhānena dattaḥ # AVś.9.5.7d,11d.

asmin	nara indriyaṃ dhattam ojaḥ # TS.1.6.12.4d. See under indreṇa ma.

asmin	sadhasthe adhy uttarasmin # VS.15.54c; 17.73c; 18.61c; TS.4.6.5.3c; 7.13.4c; 5.7.7.2c; MS.2.10.6c: 138.15; KS.18.4c,18c; śB.8.6.3.23; 9.2.3.35; TB.3.7.7.10c; Apś.6.1.3c.

asmin	samudre adhy uttarasmin # RV.10.98.6a.

asme	dhattaṃ yad asad askṛdhoyu # RV.7.53.3c.

asme	dhattaṃ puruspṛham # RV.1.47.6d.

asme	dhatta ye ca rātiṃ gṛṇanti # RV.4.34.10d.

asme	dhatta vasavo vasūni # VS.8.18d; TS.1.4.44.2d; MS.1.3.38d: 44.11; KS.4.12d; śB.4.4.4.10; N.6.7; 12.42d. See asmai etc.

asme	balāni maghavatsu dhattam # RV.1.93.12c.

asmai	dhatta vasavo vasūni # AVś.7.97.3d. See asme etc.

asmai	saṃ datta bheṣajam # TS.4.2.6.5d. See asyai saṃ.

asyāḥ	pṛthivyāś cettāram # AVP.6.9.6c. See prec. but one.

asyāṃ	ma udīcyāṃ diśi somaś ca rudraś cādhipatī somaś ca rudraś ca maitasyai diśaḥ pātāṃ somaṃ ca rudraṃ ca sa devatānām ṛchatu yo no 'to 'bhidāsati # śś.6.3.4. Cf. ya uttarato juhvati.

asyai	putrāya vettave # AVP.5.11.4d.

asyai	saṃ datta vīryam # RV.10.97.19d,21d; VS.12.93d,94d. See asmai saṃ.

asvapnaś	ca mānavadrāṇaś cottarato gopāyetām (KSṃG. ca dakṣiṇato gopāyatām) # KS.37.10; PG.3.4.17; MG.2.15.1. See under prec.

ahaṃ	vai tvad uttarāsmi # AVP.1.98.4a.

ahaṃ	svānām uttamo 'sāni devāḥ # TB.3.7.6.7d; Apś.4.6.5d.

ahaṃ	cittam ahaṃ vratam # AVP.2.77.1b. Cf. mayi cittaṃ.

aham	uttaro bhūyāsam adhare mat sapatnāḥ # TB.3.7.6.9d,10d (bis); Apś.4.7.2d (ter).

ahaṃ	bhūyāsam uttamaḥ # RV.10.166.5b; AVś.6.15.2d,3d; AVP.5.29.8d.

ahaṃ	bhūyāsam uttamaḥ samānānām # TS.3.5.5.1f.

ahihanam	aśvinādattam aśvam # RV.1.118.9b.

ahorātrau	tvārdhamāsebhyaḥ paridattām # SMB.1.5.15; JG.1.8.

ākūtaya	uta cittaye # AVś.6.41.1b.

ākūtipro	'vir dattaḥ # AVś.3.29.2c.

ākṣī	ṛjrāśve aśvināv adhattam # RV.1.117.17c.

āganta	pitaraḥ somyāsas teṣāṃ vaḥ prativittā ariṣṭāḥ syāma supitaro vayaṃ yuṣmābhir bhūyāsma suprajaso yūyam asmābhir bhūyāsta # Mś.2.3.7.3. See prec.

ā	ghā tā gachān uttarā yugāni # RV.10.10.10a; AVś.18.1.11a; N.4.20a.

ā	cittaṃ martyeṣu dhāḥ # RV.5.7.9d.

ātithyam	agne ni ca dhatta it puraḥ # RV.5.28.2d.

ātmendrasya	bhavasi dhāsir uttamaḥ # RV.9.85.3b.

ādityaṃ	jyotiṣāṃ jyotir uttamam # TB.3.7.4.3c; Apś.4.1.8c.

ā	dyām arukṣad uttarāṇi sadma # RV.10.67.10b; AVś.20.91.10b; MS.4.12.1b: 178.1.

ā	dhatta pitaro garbham # VS.2.33a; Aś.2.7.14a; śś.4.5.8a; Apś.1.10.11a; Mś.1.1.2.31a; Kauś.89.6a; SMB.2.3.16a; GG.4.3.27; JG.2.2. Ps: ā dhatta pitaraḥ PG.1.13 (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 19); ā dhatta Kś.4.1.22; KhG.3.5.32; BṛhPDh.5.284.

ā	dhattāṃ (AVP.12.3.4d, dhattaṃ) puṣkarasrajau (RV.AVś.AVP.ApMBṃG. -srajā) # RV.10.184.2d; RVKh.10.151.2d; AVś.3.22.4f; 5.25.3d; AVP.2.9.5d; 5.11.6d; 8.10.9f,11d; 12.3.4d; śB.14.9.4.20d; TA.10.40.1d; MahānU.16.5d; BṛhU.6.4.20d; AG.1.15.2d; SMB.1.4.7d; 5.9d; PG.2.4.8f; ApMB.1.12.2d; 2.12.2d; HG.1.6.4d; 8.4d; 25.1d; MG.2.18.2d; JG.1.22d; PG.1.13d (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 19). See kṛṇutaṃ puṣkarasrajā, and kṛṇutāṃ puṣkarasrajā.

ādhyaś	cittam upa te bharantām # AVP.3.37.6b.

āpa	uttānaśīvarīḥ # AVś.3.21.10b; AVP.7.11.1b.

āpaḥ	svarāja stha rāṣṭradā rāṣṭram amuṣmai datta # VS.10.4; śB.5.3.4.21. P: āpaḥ svarājaḥ Kś.15.4.45. Cf. devīr āpo apāṃ napād rāṣṭradāḥ.

āpo	devīr agrepuvo agreguvo 'gra imaṃ yajñaṃ nayatāgre yajñapatiṃ dhatta (TB. omits dhatta) # TS.1.1.5.1; TB.3.2.5.3; 3.6.1. P: āpo devīr agrepuvaḥ Apś.1.11.10. See devīr āpo agre-.

āpo	devīḥ svadantu (VSK. sadantu) svāttaṃ cit sad devahaviḥ # VS.6.10; VSK.6.2.4; śB.3.7.4.6. P: āpo devīḥ Kś.6.3.32. See svāttaṃ sad, svāttaṃ havyaṃ, and svāttaṃ cit.

āpo	me hotrāśaṃsinas te me devayajanaṃ dadātu (!) hotrāśaṃsino devayajanaṃ me datta # ṣB.2.10. See āpo hotrāśaṃsinas.

āpo	hotrāśaṃsinas te me hotrāśaṃsino hotrāśaṃsino devayajanaṃ me datta # Apś.10.3.1. See āpo me hotrāśaṃsinas te me devayajanaṃ.

ā	mā varco 'gninā dattam etu # KS.40.3a. See idaṃ rādho agninā, and idaṃ varco.

ā	yajñiyāso vavṛttana # RV.5.61.16c.

ā	yat te ghoṣān uttarā yugāni # RV.3.33.8b.

āyurdāḥ	# Mś.4.3.37. The Paddhati continues: payodāḥ, tejodāḥ, yaśodāḥ, varcodāḥ, varco me datta.

āyur	dhatta prataraṃ jīvase naḥ # AVś.6.41.3d.

āyur	dhehi # TA.4.2.5; Apś.15.2.2; Mś.4.1.14. See āyur dehi, āyur mayi dhehi, āyur me dāḥ, āyur me dhattam, āyur me dehi, āyur me dhehi, āyur me yacha, and āvir āyur mayi dhehi.

āyur	me dhattam # TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.9. See under āyur dhehi.

āyur	yajñapataye dhattam (MS. yajñapatau, omitting dhattam) # MS.1.3.12: 34.15; TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.9.

āyur	yajñāya (MS. yajñe) dhattam # MS.1.3.12: 34.15; TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.9.

āyuṣmantam	uttamaṃ tvā karātaḥ # AVP.1.83.4d. See āyuṣmantāv uttamaṃ.

āyuṣmantāv	uttamaṃ tvā karāthaḥ # Kauś.96.3d; 97.6d. See āyuṣmantam uttamaṃ.

āyuṣmān	ayaṃ paridhatta vāsaḥ # VārG.5.9a. See under āyuṣmatīdaṃ.

āyuḥ	saṃdhattaṃ tan me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.2; Apś.12.22.8. P: āyuḥ saṃdhattam KS.4.4; 27.7; Mś.2.4.1.11.

ārāttāc	cit sadhamādaṃ na ā gahi # RV.7.32.1c. See ārāttād vā.

ārāttād	vā sadhamādaṃ na ā gahi # SV.1.284c; 2.1025c. See ārāttāc cit sadha-.

ārād	yakṣmaṃ ni dhatta # AVP.1.29.4c.

ārukṣo	lokam uttamam # AVP.15.17.8b.

ā	rohata divam uttamām # AVś.18.3.64a.

ārohann	uttarāṃ divam # RV.1.50.11b; TB.3.7.6.22b; Apś.4.15.1b.

ārtyai	parivittam (TB. parivividānam) # VS.30.9; TB.3.4.1.4.

ā	vaś cittam ā vo vratam # RV.10.166.4c.

āvikṣitasyāgniḥ	kṣattā # śB.13.5.4.6c; śś.16.9.16c. See prec.

āvitta	(MS. āvittā) indro vṛddhaśravāḥ # VS.10.9; MS.2.6.9: 69.4; 4.4.3: 52.18; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.33 (erroneously, āvitto). See āvinna etc.

āvittā	indro etc. # see āvitta etc.

āvinna	indro vṛddhaśravāḥ # TS.1.8.12.2. See āvitta etc.

āvinnaḥ	pūṣā viśvavedāḥ # TS.1.8.12.2. See āvittaḥ etc.

āvinnā	devy aditir viśvarūpī # TS.1.8.12.2; TB.1.7.6.7. See under āvittāditir.

āvinnau	mitrāvaruṇāv ṛtāvṛdhau # TS.1.8.12.2. See āvittau.

āvir	bhūyāsam uttaram # Mś.8.19.10.

ā	vo hotā johavīti sattaḥ # RV.7.56.18a; Aś.3.7.12.

āśrutir	uttarato dhātur ādhipatye rāyaspoṣaṃ me dāḥ # VS.37.12; śB.14.1.3.22. See next.

āśrutir	uttarato (KA. uttarāṃ) mitrāvaruṇayor ādhipatye śrotraṃ me dāḥ # MS.4.9.3: 124.3; TA.4.5.3,4; KA.2.86--87. See prec.

āśvibhyāṃ	prattaṃ svadhayā madadhvam # JG.2.1d.

ā	sāyakaṃ maghavādatta vajram # RV.1.32.3c; AVś.2.5.7c; AVP.12.12.3c; TB.2.5.4.2c.

ā	somaṃ madhumattamam # RV.8.9.7c; AVś.20.140.2c.

āhutī	dhatta indriyam # VS.21.52e; MS.3.11.5e: 147.8; TB.2.6.14.3e.

idaṃ	rādho agninā dattam āgāt # Aś.6.12.2a. See under ā mā varco.

idaṃ	varco agninā dattam āgāt (AVś.AVP. āgan) # AVś.19.37.1a; AVP.1.54.2a; MS.2.3.4a: 31.9; TB.2.5.7.1a. P: idaṃ varcaḥ Mś.5.2.2.8. See under ā mā varco.

idaṃ	śreṣṭhaṃ jyotiṣāṃ jyotir uttamam # RV.10.170.3a; SV.2.805a; AB.7.20.3.

idaṃ	tad yuja uttaram # AVś.6.54.1a. P: idaṃ tad yuje Kauś.48.27.

idaṃ	te pātraṃ sanavittam indra # RV.10.112.6a; śś.9.14.3.

idam	asya cittam adharaṃ dhruvāyāḥ # KS.31.14c; TB.3.7.6.10c; Apś.4.7.2c.

idam	uttarāt svaḥ (TB. suvaḥ) # VS.13.57; TS.4.3.2.2; 5.2.10.4; MS.2.7.19: 104.9; KS.16.19; 20.9; śB.8.1.2.4; 4.2.

idaṃ	prāpam uttamaṃ kāṇḍam asya # AVś.12.3.45a. P: idaṃ prāpam Kauś.62.15.

induṃ	sa dhatta ānuṣak # RV.5.18.2c.

indraṃ	vāṇīr anuttamanyum eva # RV.7.31.12a; SV.2.1145a.

indra	cittāni mohayan (AVP. mohaya) # AVś.3.2.3a; AVP.3.5.3a.

indratamā	hi dhiṣṇyā maruttamā # RV.1.182.2a.

indrāgnyor	dhenur dakṣiṇāyām uttaravedyāḥ śroṇyām āsannā # KS.34.15.

indrāya	tvā suṣuttamam # MS.1.3.3a: 30.14; 4.5.4a: 68.12; Mś.2.3.3.3. See indrāya suṣūtamam, and uttamena pavinendrāya.

indrāya	dhatta indriyam # VS.28.7d; TB.2.6.7.4d.

indrāya	madhumattamaḥ # RV.9.12.1c; 67.16b; SV.2.546c,1160b.

indrāya	madhumattamam # RV.9.63.19c.

indrāya	viṣṇuḥ sukṛte sukṛttaraḥ # RV.1.156.5b.

indrāya	suṣuttamam # see next but one.

indrāya	suṣūtamam (KS. suṣuttamam) # VS.6.30b; KS.3.10a; śB.3.9.4.5. See under indrāya tvā suṣuttamam.

indrāya	soma kratuvittamo (JB.3.29b, ṛtuvittamo) madaḥ # RV.9.108.1b; SV.1.578b; 2.42b; JB.3.29,296b.

indrāvaruṇā	madhumattamasya # RV.6.68.11a; AVś.7.58.2a; GB.2.4.15; Aś.6.1.2; śś.9.2.6.

indreṇa	dattaṃ prayataṃ (TS. dattāṃ prayatāṃ) marudbhiḥ # TS.2.3.10.2b; MS.2.3.4b: 31.3; KS.11.7b.

indreṇa	dattāḥ # MG.2.14.26.

indreṇa	dattā prathamā śataudanā # AVś.10.9.1c.

indreṇa	dattāṃ pra# see indreṇa dattaṃ pra-.

indreṇa	na indriyaṃ dhattam ojaḥ # AVP.1.77.4d. See under next but one.

indreṇa	ma indriyaṃ dattam ojaḥ # AVś.19.42.4d. See prec. but one, and asmin nara.

imau	vīryaṃ (TB. rayiṃ) yajamānāya dhattām (TB. dhattam) # MS.4.12.6b: 198.6; TB.2.5.4.6b.

iyakṣati	haryato hṛtta iṣyati # RV.10.11.6b; AVś.18.1.23b.

iṣaṃ	saṃdhattaṃ tāṃ me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

iṣaṃ	dhattaṃ ghṛtaścutam # RV.8.8.15d.

iṣam	ūrjam asmāsu dhattam # TB.1.1.1.5; Apś.12.23.1.

iṣṭaṃ	ca vītaṃ (śB.Aś. vittaṃ) ca (śś. cābhūt) # MS.4.13.9: 212.12; śB.1.9.1.20; TB.3.5.10.5; Aś.1.9.5; śś.1.14.19.

iṣṭaṃ	dattam adhītaṃ ca # AG.3.9.1c.

iha	dyumattamaṃ vada # RV.1.28.5c; Apś.16.26.1c; Mś.6.1.7.23c; N.9.21c.

ihaidhi	vīryavattaraḥ # AVś.18.4.38c.

ījānaṃ	yuktāḥ sukṛtāṃ dhatta loke # AVś.18.4.1d.

ījānaś	cittam ārukṣad agnim # AVś.18.4.14a; Kauś.80.52.

īḍe	dyāvāpṛthivī pūrvacittaye # RV.1.112.1a; AB.1.21.13; KB.8.6. Ps: īḍe (śśṃś. īle) dyāvāpṛthivī Aś.4.6.3; 15.2,7; 9.11.19; śś.5.9.24; 6.6.12; Kś.26.4.9; Mś.4.2.33; īle dyāvāVHDh.5.430. Cf. BṛhD.3.138.

īśānāsaḥ	pitṛvittasya rāyaḥ # RV.1.73.9c.

ugraṃ	cettāram adhirājam akran (AVś. akrata) # RV.10.128.9d; AVś.5.3.10d; AVP.5.4.14d; VS.34.46d; TS.4.7.14.4d; KS.40.10d. Cf. hvayāmy ugraṃ.

ugram	eṣāṃ cittaṃ viśve 'vantu devāḥ # AVP.3.19.5d. See eṣāṃ cittaṃ etc.

ugraś	cettā pañca kṛṣṭīr vi rāja # AVP.1.75.1d.

ugraś	cettā vasuvit # TS.1.6.2.1; 2.3.9.1; MS.2.3.2 (quinq.): 29.10,11,13,14,15; KS.12.2 (bis). See abhibhūś.

ugraś	cettā sapatnahā # AVś.4.8.2b; AVP.4.2.2b; KS.37.9b; TB.2.7.8.1b; 16.1b.

ugrāṃ	jaitrīm uttamām ehi bhakṣām # Aś.4.13.2b.

ucchiṣṭocchiṣṭopahataṃ	yac ca pāpena dattaṃ mṛtasūtakād vā vasoḥ pavitram agniḥ savituś ca raśmayaḥ punantv annaṃ mama duṣkṛtaṃ ca yad anyat # MU.6.9. Apparently metrical. Cf. under next but one.

uta	rājñām (AVP. rājann) uttamaṃ mānavānām # AVś.4.22.5d; AVP.3.21.5d. See atho rājann.

uta	śyāvo dhanam ādatta vājī # RV.10.31.11b.

utedam	uttamaṃ rajaḥ # RV.9.22.5c.

utedam	uttamāyyam # RV.9.22.6c.

uttamaṃ	nākam (AVP.VSṃS.KS.śB. uttame nāke) adhi rohayemam (VSṃS.KS.śB. rohayainam; TA. rohemam; AVP. tiṣṭhehi) # AVś.1.9.2d,4d; 6.63.3d; 84.4d; 11.1.4d; AVP.1.75.2b; VS.12.63d; TS.4.2.5.3d; MS.2.7.12d: 90.18; KS.16.12d; śB.7.2.1.10; TA.6.4.2d. Cf. svar ārohanto abhi, svo ruhāṇā adhi, and saro ruhāṇā adhi.

uttamāñjanim	etc. # see uttarāñjanīm āñjanyām.

uttamāñjanī	nvartmanyāt # Vait.32.25. So also mss. at AVś.20.133.6c, for uttarāñjanīṃ vartmabhyām, q.v.

uttame	devā jyotiṣi dhattanemam # AVP.1.19.4d.

uttame	devā jyotiṣi dhārayantu # AVP.1.19.1d. See uttarasmiṃ jyotiṣi etc.

uttamena	pavinendrāya somaṃ suṣutaṃ madhumantaṃ payasvantaṃ vṛṣṭivanim # TS.1.4.1.1. See under indrāya tvā suṣuttamam.

uttamena	haviṣā (AVś. brahmaṇā) jātavedaḥ # AVś.1.9.3b; TS.3.5.4.2b; MS.1.4.3b: 50.14; KS.5.6b. See uttareṇa brahmaṇā jātavedaḥ.

uttame	nāke adhi etc. # see uttamaṃ nākam adhi etc.

uttamo	asy (AVP. 'sy) oṣadhīnām # AVś.6.15.1a; 8.5.11a; 19.39.4a; AVP.7.10.4a. P: uttamo asi Kauś.19.26. See tvam uttamāsy.

uttamo	'sy oṣadhīnām # see uttamo asy oṣadhīnām.

uttamo	'haṃ bhūyāsam adhare matsapatnāḥ # KS.31.14 (quinq.). See uttaras tvam, and uttaro 'haṃ.

uttaraṃ	rāṣṭraṃ prajayottarāvat # AVś.12.3.10a.

uttarapūrvasyāṃ	diśi viṣādī (and uttarāparasyāṃ diśy aviṣādī) narakaḥ, tasmān naḥ pari pāhi # TA.1.19.1.

uttaras	tvam adhare te sapatnāḥ (AVP. adhare santv anye) # AVś.4.22.6a; AVP.3.21.6a; TB.2.4.7.8a. See under uttamo 'haṃ.

uttarasmiṃ	jyotiṣi dhārayantu # AVś.1.9.1d. See uttame devā jyotiṣi etc.

uttarasyāṃ	diśy uttaraṃ dhehi pārśvam # AVś.4.14.8b.

uttarasyāṃ	devayajyāyām upahūtaḥ # TS.2.6.7.5; śB.1.8.1.30; TB.3.5.8.3. Cf. next, and upahūto 'yaṃ yajamāna uttarasyāṃ.

uttarāñjanīṃ	vartmabhyām (Aś. vartanyām) # AVś.20.133.6; Aś.8.3.19. See uttamāñjanī nvartmanyāt.

uttarāñjanīm	(Vait. uttamāñjanim) āñjanyām # AVś.20.133.5; Aś.8.3.19; Vait.32.25.

uttarād	adharād uta # AVś.11.2.4b. Cf. mottarād etc., and sottarād etc.

uttarāparasyāṃ	etc. # see uttarapūrvasyāṃ etc.

uttarāham	uttarābhyaḥ # AVP.7.12.3a. Cf. next.

uttarāham	uttare # RV.10.145.3a; AVś.3.18.4a; ApMB.1.15.3a (ApG.3.9.6). Cf. prec.

uttareṇa	brahmaṇā jātavedaḥ # AVP.1.19.3b. See uttamena etc.

uttared	uttarābhyaḥ (AVP. adharābhyaḥ) # RV.10.145.3b; AVś.3.18.4b; AVP.7.12.3b; ApMB.1.15.3b.

uttaro	'haṃ bhūyāsam adhare matsapatnāḥ # Kauś.6.10. See under uttamo 'haṃ.

uttānāya	tvāṅgirasāya mahyaṃ varuṇo dadāti # MS.1.9.4: 134.14. P: uttānāya tvā Mś.5.2.14.12; --11.1.4.

uttānāyāṃ	śayānāyām (śś. uttānāyai śayānāyai) # AVś.20.133.4a; śś.12.22.1,4a.

uttānāyā	(TS. uttānāyai) hṛdayaṃ yad vikastam (TS. viliṣṭam) # VS.11.39b; TS.4.1.4.1b; MS.2.7.4b: 78.7; KS.16.4b; śB.6.4.3.4.

uttānāyai	śayānāyai # see uttānāyāṃ etc.

ut	te bhara uttamāyāḥ # AVP.3.15.5a.

ut	te stabhnāmi (TA. tabhnomi) pṛthivīṃ tvat pari # RV.10.18.13a; AVś.18.3.52a; TA.6.7.1a. P: ut te stabhnāmi śś.4.15.8; AG.4.5.10; Kauś.86.8. Cf. uttabhnuvan.

ud	asmāṃ uttarān naya # Apś.6.24.8a. See ud enam uttaraṃ.

ud	it te vasuvittamāḥ # Apś.13.21.3a. See ud u tye madhumattamāḥ.

udīcīnāṃ	asya pado ni dhattāt (KS. padaḥ kṛṇutāt) # MS.4.13.4: 203.10; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.13; TB.3.6.6.1; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.3.

ud	uttamaṃ varuṇa pāśam asmat # RV.1.24.15a; AVś.7.83.3a; 18.4.69a; ArS.1.4a; VS.12.12a; TS.1.5.11.3a; 4.2.1.3a; 5.2.1.3; KS.3.8a; 16.8a; 19.11; 21.13; MS.1.2.18a: 28.8; 2.7.8: 85.13; 3.2.1: 15.19; 4.10.4: 153.9; 4.14.17a: 246.5; śB.6.7.3.8; Mś.3.1.29; SMB.1.7.10a; HG.1.9.10. Ps: ud uttamaṃ varuṇa pāśam Mś.6.1.4.14; GG.3.4.23; MG.1.23.27; Svidh.2.1.5,9; ud uttamaṃ varuṇa TB.2.8.1.6; śś.6.10.11; 8.11.5; śG.5.2.4; ud uttamam TS.2.5.12.1; 4.2.11.2; MS.4.14.3: 218.13; KS.40.11; TB.2.7.16.4; TA.2.4.1; Vait.28.17; Kś.16.5.17; 25.1.11; Apś.3.13.1; 7.27.16; 9.8.7; 20.5 (comm.); 16.10.14; 17.22.3; Mś.5.1.3.26; Kauś.82.8; KhG.3.1.22; JG.1.19; PG.1.2.8; 2.6.15; BṛhPDh.2.125,131; ut MDh.8.106.

ud	uttamaṃ mumugdhi naḥ (Mś. mat) # RV.1.25.21a; KS.21.13a; TB.2.4.2.6a (text, erroneously, tad uttamaṃ etc.); Mś.3.1.29a.

ud	uttaram ārohantī # AVP.4.10.5a; ApMB.1.6.5a (ApG.2.5.22).

ud-ut	te madhumattamāḥ # see ud u tye etc.

ud	u tye (MSṃś. ud-ut te) madhumattamāḥ # RV.8.3.15a; AVś.20.10.1a; 59.1a; SV.1.251a; 2.712a; MS.1.3.39a: 46.5; JB.3.293; PB.15.10.3; Aś.7.4.3; śś.7.23.5; 12.4.22; Vait.22.11; 27.12; 33.24. P: ud u tye (Mś. ud-ut te) madhumattamā giraḥ GB.2.4.2; Mś.2.5.4.38. See ud it te.

ud	ū ṣu mahyai maghavan maghattaye # RV.8.70.9c.

ud	enam uttaraṃ (VSṭS.KS.śB. uttarāṃ) naya # AVś.6.5.1a; VS.17.50a; TS.4.6.3.1a; 5.4.6.1; MS.2.10.4a: 135.3; 3.3.8: 40.12; KS.18.3a; śB.9.2.2.7; Vait.29.15; Apś.17.14.5; Mś.6.2.5.3; Kauś.4.9; 59.7. P: ud enam Kś.18.3.14. See ud asmāṃ.

udno	dattodadhiṃ bhintta (KS.18.15b, dehy udadhiṃ bhindhi) # TS.2.4.8.1; 4.7.13.2; KS.11.9 (ter); 18.15b. See apo datto-, and cf. deva parameṣṭhinn.

undatīr	balaṃ (Mś. ojo) dhatta # TS.3.1.1.3; Kś.25.11.22; Apś.10.15.8; Mś.2.1.2.36.

upa	mā śyāvāḥ svanayena dattāḥ # RV.1.126.3a.

upasthāya	mātaram annam aiṭṭa # RV.3.48.3a.

upahūto	'yaṃ yajamāna (MS. yajamānā) uttarasyāṃ devayajyāyām (MS. -yājyāyām) # MS.4.13.5: 206.2; Aś.1.7.7; śś.1.12.1. See next, and cf. uttarasyāṃ deva-.

uṣo	yad dīrghaśruttamam # RV.7.81.5b.

ūrk	tvā sūnṛtā cottare saṃdhau gopāyetām # PG.3.4.13.

ūrjaṃ	ye hy uttara ā vahantu # AVś.19.7.4b.

ūrjaṃ	saṃdhattaṃ tāṃ me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

ūrjaṃ	gāvo yavase pīvo attana # RV.10.100.10a.

ūrjaṃ	no dhattam aśvinā # RV.8.35.10d--12d.

ūrjaṃ	no dhehi (MS.1.6.2d: 89.7; KS.7.14d, dhatta) dvipade (JG adds śaṃ) catuṣpade # VS.11.83d; 17.66d; TS.4.2.3.1d; 6.5.1d; 5.2.2.1; MS.1.6.2d (ter): 86.19; 88.2; 89.7; 2.10.1d: 132.6; 3.3.9: 41.19; KS.7.13d,14d; 16.10d; 18.4d; 19.12; śB.6.6.4.7; 9.2.3.25; TB.1.1.7.1c; 8.5; 2.1.23d; 3.11.4.1; AG.1.16.5d; śG.1.27.7d; JG.1.10d; ApMB.2.15.15d; PrāṇāgU.1d.

ūrjam	asmā ūrjasvatī dhattam # AVś.2.29.5a; AVP.1.13.2a.

ūrjam	asmāsu dhattam # MS.1.3.3: 31.5.

ūrjam	omānam aśvināv adhattam # RV.1.118.7b.

ūrjaṃ	me dhattam # TS.1.4.1.2.

ūrjasvantaṃ	haviṣo datta bhāgam # RV.10.51.8b; N.8.22b.

ūrdhvam	imam adhvaraṃ kṛdhy uttamena pavinā # KS.3.10.

ūrmiṇā	(TS. ūrmiṇīr) madhumattamāḥ # TS.1.1.3.1b; MS.4.1.3b: 5.8; KS.1.3b; Kś.4.2.32b; Mś.1.1.3.32b; śG.1.28.8b.

ṛcas	te mahimā (BDh. mahimā dattasyāpramādāya) # HG.2.13.1; ApMB.2.19.14 (ApG.8.21.6); BDh.2.8.14.12.

ṛtaṃ	satyaṃ vijigyānaṃ vivācanam anto vāco vibhuḥ sarvasmād uttaraṃ jyotir ūdhar aprativādaḥ pūrvaṃ sarvaṃ vāk parāg arvāk sapru salilaṃ dhenu pinvati # ā.5.3.2.1.

ṛtīṣāhaṃ	rayim asmāsu dhatta # RV.1.64.15b.

ṛṣir	ha (śś. hi) dīrghaśruttamaḥ # TS.1.6.12.2c; MS.4.12.2c: 181.16; KS.8.16c; TA.1.8.8c; Aś.4.7.4c; śś.5.10.32c.

etad	annam atta devāḥ # VS.23.8; MS.3.12.19: 165.16; śB.13.2.6.8. See etad devā annam.

etad	devā annam atta # TS.7.4.20.1; KSA.4.9; TB.3.9.4.8. See etad annam atta.

etad	vaḥ pitaro vāsaḥ (VS. vāsa ādhatta) # VS.2.32; VSK.2.7.4; Aś.2.7.6; SMB.2.3.14; JG.2.2. Ps: etad vaḥ pitaraḥ JG.2.2; ViDh.73.12,13; etad vaḥ Kś.4.1.16; KhG.3.5.30. See etāni vaḥ, vaddhvaṃ, and cf. asāv etat te vāsaḥ.

etasya	vittād # VS.6.2; śB.3.7.1.9. See tasya vittāt.

ebhir	matprattaiḥ svadhayā madadhvam # JG.2.1c.

evā	me śatror mūrdhānam (AVP. śatroś cittāni) # AVś.3.6.6c; AVP.3.3.4c.

eved	dhūr vṛṣṇa uttarā # RV.8.33.18c.

eṣa	panthā brahmaṇā hānuvittaḥ # śB.14.7.2.12c; BṛhU.4.4.12c; JābU.5.

eṣāṃ	cittaṃ viśve 'vantu devāḥ # AVś.3.19.5d. See ugram eṣāṃ etc.

ojo	dhatta # TS.3.1.1.3; Kś.25.11.22. See balaṃ dhatta, and saho dhatta.

oṣadhayaḥ	sumanaso bhūtvāsyāṃ vīryaṃ samādhatta # GG.2.6.8.

o	ṣu vartta (MS. ṣū varta; KS. ṣu varta) maruto vipram acha # RV.1.165.14c; MS.4.11.3c: 170.6; KS.9.18c.

o	ṣū varta etc. # see o ṣu vartta etc.

kaḥ	pṛśniṃ dhenuṃ varuṇena dattām # AVś.7.104.1a. P: kaḥ pṛśnim Kauś.66.17.

karṇād	dattaṃ śukraṃ bhrājat # AVP.7.15.6d.

kartṝn	nakṣasveto nuttā # AVś.10.1.14c.

kaliṃ	yābhir vittajāniṃ duvasyathaḥ # RV.1.112.15b.

kasmād	arvāñco diva uttarasyai # JB.3.312c.

kasminn	aṅge tiṣṭhaty uttaraṃ divaḥ # AVś.10.7.3d.

kule	kaś cin narottamaḥ # ViDh.78.52b; 85.66b.

kṛṇutaṃ	yuja uttaram # AVś.6.54.2d.

kṛṇutaṃ	puṣkarasrajā # AVP.2.81.4d; 3.18.5d. See under ā dhattāṃ puṣkara-.

kṛṇutāṃ	puṣkarasrajā # AVP.8.12.1d. See under ā dhattāṃ puṣkara-.

kṛtā	dhānā attave te haribhyām # RV.3.35.7b.

kṛṣṇā	babhrunīkāśāḥ pitṝṇām agniṣvāttānām # VS.24.18.

kena	dyaur uttarā hitā # AVś.10.2.24b.

kratuvid	gātuvittamaḥ # RV.9.44.6b.

kṣattar	haye-haye kṣattaḥ # śB.13.5.2.8.

kṣatraṃ	saṃdhattaṃ tan me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

kṣatrāṇāṃ	kṣatrabhṛttamo vayodhāḥ # KS.40.9b; TB.2.7.6.3b; Apś.22.12.20b.

gandharvo	vivida uttaraḥ # RV.10.85.40b; PG.1.4.16b; ApMB.1.3.1b; HG.1.20.2b; JG.1.21b; VārG.14.10b. See gandharvas te.

garbhaṃ	dadhāthāṃ te vām ahaṃ dade # TB.1.2.1.14; Apś.5.8.8. See reto dhattaṃ puṣṭyai.

garbhaṃ	dhattaṃ svastaye # TB.2.4.5.7c. See garbhān etc.

garbhān	dhattaṃ svastaye # śś.3.18.14c. See garbhaṃ etc.

gavām	iva śriyase śṛṅgam uttamam # RV.5.59.3a; KB.21.3.

gāḥ	paspaśānas taviṣīr adhatta # RV.10.102.8d.

gātuṃ	devā yajamānāya dhatta # AVP.3.32.3b. See next.

gātuṃ	dhatta yajamānāya devāḥ # AVś.2.34.2b; TS.3.1.4.3b; KS.30.8b; Mś.1.8.3.3b. See prec.

gārhapatyaḥ	prajāyā (VSK. prajāvān) vasuvittamaḥ # VS.3.39b; VSK.3.4.3b; śB.2.4.1.9b; Aś.2.5.12b. See gārhapatyāt.

gārhapatyāt	prajāyā vasuvittamaḥ # śś.2.15.5b. See gārhapatyaḥ prajāyā.

gṛhān	naḥ pitaro datta # VS.2.32; VSK.2.7.4; śB.2.4.2.24; 6.1.42; śś.4.5.1; Kś.5.9.26; Apś.1.10.3; SMB.2.3.12; GG.4.3.22; JG.2.2. Cf. vīraṃ dhatta.

gṛhṇāmi	te madhyamam uttamaṃ rasam # AVś.5.13.2c. See next but one.

gṛhṇāmi	madhyam uttamam # AVP.8.2.2c. See prec. but one.

ghṛtāsutī	draviṇaṃ dhattam asme # RV.6.69.6c.

cakraṃ	yad asyāpsv ā niṣattam # RV.10.73.9a; SV.1.331a. P: cakram Svidh.1.7.12.

cakraṃ	na vṛttaṃ vyatīṃr avīvipat # RV.1.155.6b.

cakraṃ	na vṛttam arvataḥ # RV.4.31.4b.

cakraṃ	na vṛttaṃ puruhūta vepate # RV.5.36.3a.

cakṣuḥ	prāṇaṃ ca dhatta naḥ # AVP.3.17.6d.

cakṣur	ā dhattam akṣyoḥ (Mś. akṣṇoḥ) # TS.3.2.5.4d; Mś.1.3.4.23d.

cakṣur	me dhattam # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.22.9.

cakṣur	yajñapataye dhattam # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.22.9.

cakṣur	yajñāya dhattam # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.22.9.

cakṣuḥ	saṃdhattam # KS.4.4; TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.8; Mś.2.4.1.11.

cakṣuḥ	(Apś. cakṣu) sthaś cakṣur me dhattam # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.22.9.

cakṣūṃṣy	agnir ā dattām # AVś.3.1.6c; AVP.3.6.6c.

caturantā	bhaved dattā # ViDh.87.9c.

catto	itaś cattāmutaḥ # RV.10.155.2a. Cf. BṛhD.8.60.

candramā	vā asvapno vāyur anavadrāṇas tau pra padye tābhyāṃ namo 'stu tau mottarato gopāyetām # PG.3.4.17.

camasādhvaryavo	devayajñaṃ me datta # ṣB.2.10; Apś.10.3.1.

citta	(MS. cittā) ehi # MS.4.2.5: 26.13; 4.2.6: 27.8; Apś.4.10.4.

cittaṃ	ca cittiś ca # TS.3.4.4.1; MS.1.4.14: 64.1; Apś.5.24.1; PG.1.5.9; ApMB.1.10.9 (ApG.3.8.10). Cf. cittaṃ ca svāhā.

cittaṃ	ca svāhā # HG.1.3.9. Cf. cittaṃ ca cittiś.

cittā	ehi # see citta ehi.

cittiś	ca svāhā # HG.1.3.9. Cf. cittaṃ ca cittiś.

cittyai	svāhā # Apś.5.24.2. Cf. cittaye svāhā.

cītiṃ	te 'dyottamām # AVP.2.10.3c.

ceṣṭatākārṣma	prāyaścittam # Lś.4.11.5.

chandayanti	maghattaye # RV.5.79.5b.

chandobhiś	caturuttaraiḥ # TA.1.9.6b.

janimāni	dyumattamaḥ # RV.9.108.3b; SV.1.583b; 2.288b; JB.3.77,266.

jāgṛviś	ca mārundhatī cottarād (MG. cottarato) gopāyatām # KS.37.10; MG.2.15.1. Cf. under gopāyaṃś ca.

jārāya	madhumattarā # AVP.4.20.1b.

jihīta	uttarā bṛhat # RV.8.20.6b.

jihvā	me madhumattamā # TA.7.4.1b; TU.1.4.1b. See next.

jīvanto	nāma te pitā # AVP.7.10.3b. Cf. under uttamo nāma etc.

jīvaṃ	devebhya uttaraṃ stṛṇāmi # AVś.18.4.51b. See devebhyo jīvanta.

jīvalo	nāma te pitā # AVś.19.39.3b. Cf. under uttamo nāma etc.

juṣethāṃ	yajñaṃ draviṇaṃ ca dhattam # RV.6.69.1c; TS.3.2.11.2c; MS.4.12.5c: 192.2; KS.12.14c.

juṣethāṃ	yajñam amṛtam asmāsu dhattam (AVP. dhattaṃ svāhā) # AVś.5.6.8b; AVP.6.11.7d.

juhotā	madhumattamam # RV.7.102.3b; TB.2.4.5.6b.

jyog	jīvanta uttarām-uttarāṃ samām # TB.1.2.1.14c; Apś.5.8.8c.

jyotiḥ	paśyantā (Lś. -ta) uttaram # MS.2.12.5b: 149.12; 4.9.27b: 140.5; Lś.2.12.10b. See jyotiṣ etc., paśyanto jyotir, and svaḥ paśyanta.

jyotiṣ	paśyanta uttaram # RV.1.50.10b; AVP.5.6.9b; KS.18.16b; 22.1; KA.1.198.20b; ChU.3.17.7b. See under jyotiḥ etc.

jyotiṣmad	dhattājaraṃ ma āyuḥ # JG.2.1c.

taṃ	vo gṛhṇāmy uttamam # VS.9.3d; TS.1.7.12.2d; KS.14.3d; śB.5.1.2.7; TA.1.22.8d. See taṃ te gṛbhṇā-.

tataś	cittam ajāyata # AVś.10.10.18d.

tatas	te śuṣmavattaram # AVś.4.4.3c; AVP.4.5.4d.

tat	tvā viduḥ phalgunīs tasya vittāt # TB.3.1.1.8b.

tatremaṃ	yajñaṃ yajamānaṃ ca dhehi (Mś.5.2.16.14d, dhatta) # Vait.2.1d; Kś.2.2.8d; Mś.5.2.15.10d; 5.2.16.14d; Apś.3.19.1d; 6.8.11; Kauś.125.2d.

tatraitāv	agnī ādhatta # AVś.13.2.46c.

tat	saṃbharann uttarato nidhāya # TB.1.2.1.4c; Apś.5.2.1c.

tad	aśvinā pari dhattaṃ svasti # TS.2.4.7.1d. See tam aśvinā etc.

tad	asyai viṣavattaram # AVP.6.23.7d.

tad	āpo datta bheṣajam # AVś.11.6.23d.

tad	uttamaṃ mumugdhi naḥ # TB.2.4.2.6a. Error for ud uttamaṃ etc., q.v.

tad	uttareṇābhivitanvate 'hnā # śB.11.5.5.13b.

tad	uttānapadas pari # RV.10.72.3d.

tad	dyauś ca dhattāṃ pṛthivī ca devī # RV.4.51.11d.

tad	brahma pūrvacittaye # RV.8.3.9b; AVś.20.9.3b; 49.6b.

tanūṣu	viśvā bheṣajāni dhattam # AVP.1.109.4b. See viśvā tanūṣu etc.

tantuṃ	tanvānam uttamam # RV.9.22.6a.

taṃ	te gṛbhṇāmy uttamam # MS.1.11.4d: 166.1. See taṃ vo gṛhṇāmy.

taṃ	tvā devebhyo madhumattamaṃ naraḥ # RV.9.80.4a.

tan	me dhātā ca (AVP. omits ca) savitā ca dhattām # AVP.1.91.1c--3c; Kauś.115.2c (ter).

tapā	vaso cikitāno acittān # TA.4.5.5c; Apś.14.29.3c. See tapo etc.

tapo	vaso cikitāno acittān # RV.3.18.2c; KS.35.14c. See tapā etc.

tam	aśvinā paridhattaṃ svastaye (KS. svasti) # KS.11.13d; Mś.5.2.6.19d. See tad aśvinā etc.

tamasīva	nihitaṃ nānu vettāḥ # AVP.9.18.4d.

tam	ūrmim āpo madhumattamaṃ vaḥ # RV.7.47.2a.

tayā	prattaṃ svadhayā madantu # HG.2.11.1d. See tvayā etc., and mayā prattaṃ.

tayārbude	praṇuttānām # AVś.11.9.20a.

tayāham	indradattayā # AVP.11.2.11c.

tava	cittaṃ vāta iva dhrajīmān # RV.1.163.11b; VS.29.22b; TS.4.6.7.4b; KSA.6.3b.

tava	dyumnāny uttamāni santu # RV.5.28.3b; AVś.7.73.10b; VS.33.12b; MS.4.11.1b: 159.5; KS.2.15b; TB.2.4.1.1b; 5.2.4b; Apś.3.15.5b.

tava	rāṣṭram uttamaṃ dyumnam astu # AVP.2.72.5d.

tavendo	dyumna uttame # RV.9.61.29b; SV.2.129c.

tasminn	indraḥ paryadatta (AVP. pary adhatta) # AVś.19.46.3c; AVP.4.23.3c.

tasmai	dhattaṃ suvīryam # RV.1.93.2c; MS.4.14.18c: 248.3; TB.2.8.7.9c.

tasmai	no devāḥ paridatteha (Mś. -datta, but mss. -dhatta; KS. -dhatta; PG. -dhatteha) sarve (Mś. viśve) # TS.5.7.2.3d; KS.13.15d; Mś.1.6.4.21d; SMB.2.1.10d; PG.3.1.2d; BDh.2.6.11.11d. See tasmai mā devāḥ.

tasya	te dattāṃ yasya (and yayoḥ) prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.

tasya	tvaṃ pittam āsitha # AVś.1.24.1b; AVP.1.26.1b.

tasya	me dattam aśvinā # AVP.8.20.11d; 10.6.13d.

tasya	me vitta # KS.4.14.

tasya	vittāt (MS. vitsva) # TS.1.3.6.1; MS.1.2.14: 23.12; KS.3.3. See etasya vittāt.

tā	devīr devatremaṃ yajñaṃ nayata (KS. kṛtvā; TSṃS. dhatta) # VS.6.34c; TS.1.4.1.1c; MS.1.3.3c: 31.2; KS.3.10; śB.3.9.4.16.

tāṃ	na (MS. nā) iṣam (KS. omits iṣam) ūrjaṃ dhatta # VS.17.1c; TS.4.6.1.1d; 5.4.4.1; MS.2.10.1c: 131.3; KS.17.17c; śB.9.1.2.5.

tāṃ	no hinva maghattaye # RV.10.156.2c; SV.2.878c.

tān	randhayāsmā ahamuttareṣu # AVś.4.22.1d; AVP.3.21.1d.

tābhir	dhattaṃ yajamānāya śikṣatam # RV.8.59 (Vāl.11).4d.

tābhir	me cittaṃ vijñānam # TB.2.6.5.5a. Error for nābhir etc., q.v.

tābhyāṃ	piṇḍo mayā dattaḥ # AG.1.2.7c (crit. notes).

tābhyo	'haṃ madhumattarā # AVP.4.20.3d,4d.

tāv	enāṃ bhadrayā dhattām # AVP.2.79.1c.

tāsāṃ	yā sphātimattamā (AVP. sphātir uttamā) # AVś.3.24.6c; AVP.5.30.8c.

tāsāṃ	vo 'śīya (JG. vo bhukṣiṣīya) sumatau mā dhatta # śG.2.6.1; JG.1.12.

tāsāṃ	ha bhūmir uttamā # AVś.6.21.1b; AVP.1.38.1b.

tāsāṃ	tvam asy uttamā # RV.10.97.18c; TS.4.2.6.5c. See tāsām asi, and cf. teṣāṃ etc.

tāsām	asi tvam uttamā # VS.12.92c. See under tāsāṃ tvam asy.

tā	sūryācandramasā viśvabhṛttamā # TB.2.8.9.1a.

tās	ta ādyuttabheṣajī # AVP.8.8.11d. See next but one.

tiraś	cittāni (KS. cittā) vasavo jighāṃsati # RV.7.59.8b; AVś.7.77.2b; MS.4.10.5b: 154.9; KS.21.13b. See tiraḥ satyāni.

tiraḥ	satyāni maruto jighāṃsāt # TS.4.3.13.3b. See tiraś cittāni.

tiṣṭhantī	garbham ādadhe # ApMB.1.12.4b. See under uttānā garbham.

tuñje-tuñje	ya uttare # RV.1.7.7a; AVś.20.70.13a; N.6.18a.

tubhyaṃ	nṛpate attave # AVś.5.18.1b; AVP.9.17.1b.

tubhyedam	agne madhumattamaṃ vacaḥ # RV.5.11.5a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.6.

tuvibrahmāṇam	uttamam # RV.5.25.5b; MS.4.11.1b: 159.13; KS.2.15b.

tūṇavadhmaṃ	grāmaṇyaṃ pāṇisaṃghātaṃ nṛttāya # TB.3.4.1.15.

tṛṇāny	attam avasīriṇām iva # AVP.1.87.2d.

te	tvottarataḥ kṣetre # PG.2.17.16b.

tena	yā brahmadattāsi # MahānU.4.5e. See mṛttike brahma-.

te	no dhatta etc. # see te no dhāntu suvīryam.

te	no dhāntu (SV. dhatta) suvīryam # RV.9.8.2c; SV.2.529c.

te	no ratnāni dhattana # RV.1.20.7a; AB.5.21.12; KB.26.17; Aś.8.11.3. P: te no ratnāni śś.10.11.8.

tebhiṣ	ṭvam uttaro bhava # AVP.10.3.5a.

te	yanti divam uttamām # AVś.9.5.29d.

te	vācaṃ vādiṣur mottarāṃ mat # AVś.6.118.3c.

teṣāṃ	tvam asy uttamaḥ # TS.5.5.7.5c; JUB.4.3.1c. See teṣām asi, and cf. under tāsāṃ etc.

teṣāṃ	nuttānām adhamā tamāṃsi # AVś.9.2.4c. Cf. teṣāṃ pannānām.

teṣām	asi tvam uttamaḥ (AVś.AVP. uttamam) # AVś.2.3.2c; AVP.1.8.2d; VS.18.67c; KS.22.10c; śB.9.5.1.53c; Mś.6.2.6.26c. See under teṣāṃ tvam.

teṣāṃ	pannānām adhamā tamāṃsi # AVś.9.2.9c. Cf. teṣāṃ nuttānām.

tau	te prāṇaṃ dattam # MS.2.3.4 (bis): 31.16,17; KS.11.7.

tau	mottarato gopāyetām # PG.3.4.17.

tyaṃ	cid asya kratubhir niṣattam # RV.5.32.5a.

triḥ	pārthivāni trir u dattam adbhyaḥ # RV.1.34.6b.

triḥ	pracyutasya hṛdayam uttamaṃ kurutāt # śB.3.8.3.3; Kś.6.8.1.

tridhātum	uttame pade # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).4b.

trir	uttamā dūṇaśā rocanāni # RV.3.56.8a.

trir	uttarāṇi papratuḥ # RV.8.41.9c.

triviṣṭapaṃ	tridivaṃ nākam uttamam # GB.1.5.25a.

tredhā	tiṣṭhanti viṣitā ruśantaḥ # AVś.4.16.6b; AVP.5.32.1b. Cf. antarā dyāvāpṛthivī vicṛttāḥ.

tvaṃ	tam agne amṛtatva uttame # RV.1.31.7a.

tvaṃ	naḥ paścād adharād uttarāt puraḥ # RV.8.61.16a.

tvam	agne subhṛta uttamaṃ vayaḥ # RV.2.1.12a.

tvam	uttamāsy oṣadhe # RV.10.97.23a; VS.12.101a. See uttamo asy.

tvam	uttaro bhrātṛvyebhyaḥ # AVP.10.2.1c.

tvayā	dattaṃ kāmyaṃ rādha ā gāt # RV.2.38.11b; KS.17.19b.

tvayā	dattaṃ prabhāsayā # SMB.2.5.12b.

tvayā	prattāṃ śacīpate # AVP.6.15.1d.

tvayā	prattaṃ svadhayā madanti # ApMB.2.19.7d. See under tayā etc.

tvayā	vayam uttamaṃ dhīmahe vayaḥ # RV.2.23.10a.

tvayāhaṃ	vṛtrahan prattam # AVP.6.15.2c.

tvām	īḍate ajiraṃ dūtyāya # RV.7.11.2a; TB.3.6.8.2a; Aś.9.9.7. Cf. śaśvattamam īḍate.

tveṣaṃ	rūpaṃ kṛṇuta uttaraṃ yat # RV.1.95.8a; AVP.8.14.8a.

dakṣaṃ	dadhasa uttaram # RV.6.16.17b; SV.2.56b; KS.20.14b.

dakṣaṃ	dhattaṃ draviṇaṃ sacetasau # AVś.2.29.3b.

dakṣiṇe	pakṣe rathaṃtaram uttare bṛhad ātmani vāmadevyaṃ puche yajñāyajñiyaṃ dakṣiṇe nikakṣe prajāpatihṛdayam agnyukthaṃ śaṃsa # Kś.18.3.3.

daṇḍas	tvā dattaḥ pari pātu sarpāt # AVP.7.15.8c.

datto	asmabhyaṃ (KS. dattvāyāsma-; Aś. dattāyāsma-; SMB. dattāsma-) draviṇeha bhadram # AVś.18.3.14c; KS.5.3c; 9.6c; Aś.2.7.9c; SMB.2.3.5c. See dadhatha.

dadāmi	tubhyaṃ yad adattam asti # AVP.8.1.10b. See prec.

dadhire	vasuvittamam # RV.1.45.7b.

dādhāra	dakṣam uttamam aharvidam # RV.1.156.4c; AB.1.30.18c.

dāśarājñe	pariyattāya viśvataḥ # RV.7.83.8a.

divaḥ	pīyūṣam uttamam # RV.9.51.2a; SV.2.577a; JB.3.209.

divam	agreṇottabhāna # MS.1.2.14: 23.14; 3.9.3: 117.15; Mś.1.8.2.17. See ud divaṃ stabhāna.

divaś	cid ā vo 'mavattarebhyaḥ # RV.10.76.5a.

divaś	cin me bṛhata uttarā dhūḥ # RV.10.28.6b.

divi	jyotir ajaram (MS. uttamam) ārabhetām (MS. -thām) # MS.1.4.3d: 51.5; TB.3.7.5.11d; Apś.3.9.10d. See dive jyotir.

divi	śravāṃsy uttamāni dhiṣva # RV.1.91.18d; ArS.3.2d; VS.12.113d; TS.4.2.7.4d; MS.2.7.14d: 96.10; KS.16.14d; 37.5d; śB.7.3.1.46; Kauś.68.10d.

dive	jyotir uttamam ārabhethām # KS.5.4d. See divi jyotir.

divo	amuṣmād uttarād ādāya # RV.4.26.6d.

divo	vahadhva uttarād adhi ṣṇubhiḥ # RV.5.60.7b.

divo	viṣṭambha uttamaḥ # RV.9.108.16d.

dīkṣām	asmai yajamānāya dhattam # TB.2.4.3.4d; Aś.4.2.3d.

dīdāya	dīrghaśruttamaḥ # RV.8.102.11c.

durbhikṣe	nava vṛttayaḥ # N.6.5d.

dūtaṃ	na pūrvacittaye # RV.9.99.5c.

dūre	cattāya chantsat # RV.1.132.6d; VS.8.53d; śB.4.6.9.14d; Vait.34.1d; Apś.21.12.9d; Mś.7.2.3.29d.

dṛḍhaś	cid dṛhya maghavan maghattaye # RV.8.24.10c.

devajanāḥ	senayottasthivāṃsaḥ # AVś.6.93.1c.

devapīyur	dhanakāmo na cittāt # AVś.5.18.5b; AVP.9.17.7b.

devayāno	ya uttamaḥ # TS.4.7.13.4d.

devasyāhaṃ	savituḥ save satyaprasavasa indrasyottamaṃ nākam aruham # VS.9.10; śB.5.1.5.5.

devasyāhaṃ	(VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyaprasavaso (VSK. satyasavaso) bṛhaspater uttamaṃ nākam aruham (VSK. aruhāmendrasyottamaṃ nākam aruhāma) # VS.9.10; VSK.10.3.1; śB.5.1.5.4.

devasyāhaṃ	savituḥ save satyasavasa indrasyottamaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # VS.9.10; śB.5.1.5.3. P: devasyāham Kś.14.3.12; 4.8.

devasyāhaṃ	(VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyasavaso bṛhaspater uttamaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam (VSK. ruhemendrasyottamaṃ nākaṃ ruhema) # VS.9.10; VSK.10.3.1; śB.5.1.5.2.

devā	dhatta rayim asme suvīram # RV.9.68.10d; 10.45.12d; VS.12.29d; MS.2.7.9d: 87.8.

devānām	uttamaṃ yaśaḥ # VS.28.30b; TS.2.6.17.5b.

devā	yattāḥ prajāpatau # AVP.9.12.7a.

devās	trirekādaśās tristrayastriṃśā uttare bhavatottaravartmāna uttarasatvānaḥ # TB.3.11.2.4.

devi	vāg yat te vāco (TS.GB.Aś.Vait. yad vāco) madhumat (KB.GB.Aś.śś.Vait. madhumattamaṃ; Kś. madhumattamaṃ juṣṭatamaṃ) tasmin mā (KB.śś. no adya) dhāḥ (KB.śś. dhāt; Vait. adds svāhā) # TS.3.1.10.1; KB.10.6; GB.2.2.17; PB.1.3.1; 6.7.6; JB.1.82; Aś.3.1.14; śś.6.9.17; Vait.18.5; Kś.9.8.16. Perhaps in JB. madhumattamam asmin is to be read instead of madhumat tasmin. See yad vāco madhumat.

devīr	āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir (VS.śB. yo va ūr-) haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas taṃ devebhyo devatrā dhatta (VS.śB. datta; KS. dāta) śukraṃ (VS.KS.śB. omit śukraṃ) śukrapebhyo yeṣāṃ bhāga (KS. bhāgas) stha svāhā # VS.6.27; TS.1.3.13.2; KS.3.9; śB.3.9.3.25. Ps: devīr āpo apāṃ napāt TS.6.4.3.3; devīr āpaḥ Kś.9.3.7; Apś.12.5.8. See prec.

devṛgbhyo	madhumattarā # AVP.8.10.10d.

devebhiḥ	sarvaiḥ proktam # AVP.8.3.8c. See viśvebhir devair dattam.

devebhya	uttamaṃ haviḥ # RV.9.67.28c.

devebhyo	jīvanta uttaraṃ bharema # TA.6.7.2b. See jīvaṃ devebhya.

devebhyo	devaśruttamam # RV.9.62.21c.

devebhyo	madhumattamaḥ (SV. -mattaraḥ) # RV.9.100.6d; 106.6b; SV.2.366d; JB.3.129d.

devebhyo	madhumattamaṃ svāhā # Apś.9.7.10c.

devair	dattaṃ manunā sākam etat # AVś.14.2.41a. P: devair dattam Kauś.79.21.

devair	nuttā etc. # see devair nyuptā.

devair	nyuptā (KS. nuttā) vyasarpo mahitvā # KS.7.12c; Apś.5.9.11b; Mś.1.5.2.12b (with vyasarpo erroneously omitted in the edition). See devair uktā.

dehi	tan mahyaṃ yad adattam asti # AVP.8.1.9b. See next but one.

dyutānas	tvā māruto marudbhir uttarataḥ pātu (TA. uttarato rocayatv ānuṣṭubhena chandasā) # TS.5.5.9.4; TA.4.6.2; 5.5.2. See nitānas etc.

dyumantaṃ	vājaṃ vṛṣaśuṣmam uttamam # RV.4.36.8c.

dyumantaṃ	śuṣmam uttamam # RV.9.63.29c; 67.3c; JB.3.265c. See prec. but one.

dyumantaṃ	śuṣmaṃ maghavatsu dhattana # RV.1.64.14b.

dyaur	asyottaraṃ bilam # ChU.3.15.1d.

dyauḥ	samā tasyāditya upadraṣṭā dattasyāpramādāya # HG.2.11.4. See dyusamantasya.

drapsaḥ	purāṃ bhettā śaśvatīnām # SV.1.275c. See drapso bhettā.

drapso	bhettā purāṃ śaśvatīnām # RV.8.17.14c. See drapsaḥ purāṃ.

druho	niṣattā pṛśanī cid evaiḥ # RV.10.73.2a.

dvādaśasya	māsa uttame 'han # JB.2.438a.

dvitā	ca sattā svadhayā ca śaṃbhuḥ # RV.3.17.5b; N.5.3.

dveṣo	dhattam anavāyaṃ kimīdine # RV.7.104.2d; AVś.8.4.2d; KS.23.11d; N.6.11d.

dhanur	vottatam iti cakramitha # AVP.5.36.8d.

dhane	hite sartave praty adhattam # RV.1.116.15d.

dhāsiṃ	hinvanty attave # RV.8.43.29c.

dhīraś	cettā vasuvit # TS.1.6.2.1; 2.3.9.1; KS.12.2 (bis). Cf. ugraś cettā.

dhenuṃ	devā adattana # RV.1.139.7e.

dhruve	sadasy uttame # RV.2.41.5b; SV.2.261b; JB.3.63b.

dhruvo	'si dhruvakṣitir dhruvāṇāṃ dhruvatamo 'cyutānām acyutakṣittamaḥ # VS.7.25; TS.1.4.13.1; MS.1.3.15: 36.4; KS.4.5; śB.4.2.4.24. P: dhruvo 'si dhruvakṣitiḥ Mś.2.3.5.11.

na	ki indra tvad uttaram # SV.1.203a. Cf. Svidh.1.4.21. See nakir indra.

nakir	indra tvad uttaraḥ # RV.4.30.1a; Aś.6.4.10; śś.18.13.2. Cf. BṛhD.4.133. See na ki indra.

na	nir bādhapraṇuttānām # AVP.3.3.7c. See na vaibādha-.

namaḥ	puruṣāya supuruṣāya mahāpuruṣāya madhyamapuruṣāyottamapuruṣāya brahmacāriṇe namo-namaḥ # Svidh.1.2.5. See namaḥ sobhyāya supuruṣāya.

namaḥ	prataraṇāya cottaraṇāya ca # VS.16.42; TS.4.5.8.2; MS.2.9.8: 126.10; KS.17.15.

na	mat strī subhasattarā # RV.10.86.6a; AVś.20.126.6a.

namas	te bṛhate yat ta uttarato yat ta uttaraḥ pakṣaḥ # Lś.3.11.3. See next two.

namas	te bṛhate yas ta uttaraḥ pakṣaḥ # ā.5.1.2.4. See under prec.

namas	te bṛhate yas ta uttaro bāhur yas ta uttaraḥ pakṣaḥ # śś.17.13.3. See prec. two.

namaḥ	sobhyāya supuruṣāya mahāpuruṣāya madhyamapuruṣāyottamapuruṣāya brahmacāriṇe namaḥ # GDh.26.12. See namaḥ puruṣāya.

na	māyayā bhavasy uttaro mat # VS.23.52d; Aś.10.9.2d; śś.16.6.4d; Lś.9.10.12d. See na yajñapā.

na	yajñapā bhavasy uttaro mat # Vait.37.2d. See na māyayā.

na	vaibādhapraṇuttānām # AVś.3.6.7c. See na nir bādha-, and cf. na sāyaka-.

na	sāyakapraṇuttānām # AVś.9.2.12c. Cf. na vaibādha-.

nākasya	pṛṣṭhe sam iṣā madema # AVś.7.80.1d; AVP.1.102.2d. See uttame nāka.

nābhir	me cittaṃ vijñānam # VS.20.9a; MS.3.11.8a: 152.7; KS.38.4a; TB.2.6.5.5a.

nāsya	kṣattā niṣkagrīvaḥ # AVś.5.17.14a.

ni	cittam etu niṣkṛtaḥ # AVP.1.64.1b.

nijo	bhūyāsam uttamaḥ # AVś.3.5.2d. Cf. yujā bhūyāsam.

ni	tasmin dhattaṃ (AVP. tasmin hatam adhi) vajram ugrau # AVś.4.28.6b; AVP.4.37.6b.

nitānas	tvā māruto marudbhir uttarataḥ pātu # Mś.6.2.4.1. See dyutānas etc.

ni	barhiṣi dhattana somyāsaḥ # RV.10.30.14c.

nivṛtaḥ	(śś. nivṛttaḥ) puruṣād dṛtiḥ # AVś.20.133.2b; śś.12.22.1.2b.

ni	śīrṣato ni pattataḥ (AVP. pātitaḥ) # AVś.6.131.1a; AVP.3.37.8a.

ni	heḍo dhatta vi mucadhvam aśvān # RV.1.171.1d.

nṛṇāṃ	ca bhagavattamaḥ # AVś.2.9.2d; AVP.2.10.4d.

nṛbhyo	nāribhyo attave # RV.8.77.8b.

nṛmṇaṃ	tad dhattam aśvinā # RV.8.9.2c; AVś.20.139.2c.

nṛmṇam	asmāsu dhatta svāhā # AVP.6.11.10.

neva	kasmiṃś canāyattam # AVP.1.5.5b.

nainena	havir attave # AVś.12.2.37b.

nyaṅṅ	uttānām anv eti bhūmim # RV.10.27.13d. Cf. next.

nyaṅṅ	uttānām anv eṣi bhūmim # RV.10.142.5d. Cf. prec.

nyaṅṅ	uttāno 'va padyate na # RV.4.13.5b.

patiṃ	jūryantyā aśvināv adattam # RV.1.117.7d.

patyāṃ	me śloka uttamaḥ # AVP.2.41.3d. See patyau etc.

patyau	(ApMB. patyur) me śloka uttamaḥ # RV.10.159.3d; ApMB.1.16.3d. See patyāṃ etc.

pathibhir	madhumattamaiḥ # VS.28.2d; TB.2.6.7.1d.

paprathe	dīrghaśruttamam # RV.5.38.2c.

payasvaty	uttarām etu puṣṭiḥ # TB.2.4.8.6b.

payo	asmai (AVP. payo 'smai) payasvatī dhattam # AVś.2.29.5b; AVP.1.13.2b.

parā	tān savitaḥ suva # AVś.19.8.4d. Shankar Pandit's reading (with Nakṣ.26.4d) for ārāttāt savitaḥ etc., q.v.

pari	dhatta dhatta no (AVP. omits no) varcasemam # AVś.2.13.2a; 19.24.4a; AVP.15.6.1a. P: pari dhatta Kauś.54.7. See next, and cf. next but one.

pari	dhatta dhatta vāsasainām (HG.ApMB. -nam) # SMB.1.1.6a; HG.1.4.2a; ApMB.2.2.6a (ApG.4.10.10). P: pari dhatta dhatta vāsasā GG.2.1.18. See prec.

pari	rāṣṭrāya dhattana # AVś.19.24.1d; AVP.15.5.8d.

paristṛṇīta	paridhattāgnim # TB.3.7.6.1a; Apś.1.14.12a. See pari stṛṇīhi.

parjanyaṃ	bhūridhāyasam (AVP.1.4.1b, bhūriretasam; AVś.1.3.1b, śatavṛṣṇyam) # AVś.1.2.1b; 3.1b; AVP.1.3.1b; 1.4.1b (also, with ūhas, indraṃ, varuṇaṃ, candraṃ and sūryaṃ, in place of parjanyaṃ; these ūhas are printed in Bhattacharya's edition as the first pāda of the following stanza).

pary	ādhattāgninā śamitāraḥ # AVś.9.5.5c. P: pary ādhatta Kauś.64.14.

pavasva	madhumattamaḥ # RV.9.64.22b; 108.1a,15c; SV.1.472b,578a; 2.42a,426b; JB.3.29,296a (bis, once in fragments); PB.11.10.3.

paśava	uttaravedyām # KS.34.14.

paśūn	saṃdhattaṃ tān me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

paścāt	purastād adharād udaktāt (AVś. utottarāt) # RV.10.87.21a; AVś.8.3.20a.

paśyanto	jyotir uttaram # TS.4.1.7.4b; KS.38.5b; TB.2.4.4.9b; 6.6.4b; TA.6.3.2b. See under jyotiḥ paśyantā.

pātreṣu	dattam amṛtaṃ svadhāvat # JG.2.1b.

pāśā	ādityā ripave vicṛttāḥ # RV.2.27.16b.

pitā	tvaṣṭur ya uttaraḥ # AVś.11.8.18b.

pitumatīm	ūrjam asmā adhattam # RV.1.116.8b; N.6.36b.

pitṝn	agniṣvāttān āvaha # śB.2.6.1.22.

pitṝn	agniṣvāttān yaja # śB.2.6.1.29.

pitṝn	haviṣe attave # RV.10.16.12d; AVś.18.1.56d,57d; 2.34d; VS.19.70d; TS.2.6.12.1d; MS.1.10.18d: 157.19; KS.21.14d; śB.2.6.1.22d.

puṃse	putrāya vettavai (BṛhU.śB. vittaye; MG. kartavai; KS.VārG. kartave) # KS.35.18b; śB.14.9.4.19c; TB.3.7.1.9c; BṛhU.6.4.19c; Apś.9.2.3c; ApMB.1.3.14; HG.1.20.2c; MG.1.10.15b; JG.1.21c; VārG.14.13b.

putraṃ	narā vadhrimatyā adattam # RV.1.117.24b.

punar	ā dattam aśvinā # AVP.9.8.8d.

punar	dattāv asum adyeha bhadram # TA.6.3.2d. See next but two.

punar	me jaṭhare dhattām # GB.1.2.7d; Vait.12.8d. See punar ātman.

punaś	cittaṃ punar ādhītaṃ ma āgāt # TA.2.5.3d.

pumāṃsaṃ	garbham ādhattaṃ gavīnyoḥ # MS.1.3.12: 34.15; 4.6.3: 82.13.

purastāc	chakrā uttarāt # AVP.15.14.8c. See purastād uttarāc.

purastād	uttarāc chakrāḥ # AVś.11.6.18c. See purastāc chakrā.

purāṃ	bhettā (AB. bhettājani) # AB.8.12.5; śś.8.17.1.

puru	śasta maghattaye # RV.4.37.8d.

purūṇi	pūrvacittaye # RV.1.84.12d; AVś.20.109.3d; SV.2.357d; MS.4.12.4d: 190.1; KS.8.17d.

purūravase	sukṛte sukṛttaraḥ # RV.1.31.4b.

puṣṭiṃ	saṃdhattaṃ tāṃ me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

puṣṭidāṃ	vīravattamam # TB.3.1.3.3d.

pūrvasmād	dhaṃsy uttarasmin samudre # AVś.11.2.25e.

pṛthivī	samā tasyāgnir upadraṣṭā dattasyāpramādāya # HG.2.11.4. See prec.

pṛthivyā	adhy uttatam # AVś.2.7.3b.

prajāṃ	saṃdhattaṃ tāṃ me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

prajāṃ	ca dhattaṃ draviṇaṃ ca dhattam # RV.8.35.10b,11b,12b.

prajāṃ	paśūn dīrgham āyuś ca dhattām # Kauś.76.27d.

prajāṃ	puṣṭiṃ bhūtim asmāsu dhattam # RV.8.59 (Vāl.11).7c.

prajāvatīr	iṣa ā dhattam asme # RV.6.52.16d.

prajāvad	asme draviṇeha dhattam # MS.4.14.6d: 223.2; TB.2.8.4.4d.

pratikāmāya	vettave # AVś.2.36.7d; AVP.2.21.6d.

prati	jaṅghāṃ viśpalāyā adhattam # RV.1.118.8d.

pratīkaṃ	madhumattaram # AVP.8.10.7d.

pratīcyai	diśaḥ śṛṇvanty uttarāt # TB.2.5.1.3b.

pratnavadbhiḥ	prattaḥ svadhayā # AG.4.7.11c.

praty	adhattaṃ suṣṭutiṃ jujuṣāṇā # RV.1.118.7d.

pra	dattāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ahṛṇīyamāne # AVP.1.91.4d. See prec.

pra	brahma pūrvacittaye # RV.8.6.9c.

pramamarṣa	maghattaye # RV.8.45.15b.

prayugbhya	unmattam # VS.30.8. See prayudbhya.

prayudbhya	unmattam # TB.3.4.1.5. See prayugbhya.

pra	su va āpo mahimānam uttamam # RV.10.75.1a. Cf. BṛhD.7.115.

pra	soma madhumattamaḥ # RV.9.63.16a.

prāṇaṃ	yajñapataye dhattam # TB.1.1.1.4; Apś.12.22.9.

prāṇaṃ	yajñāya dhattam # TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.9.

prāṇaṃ	saṃdhattaṃ taṃ me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.2; Apś.12.22.8. See next.

prāṇaṃ	saṃdhattam # KS.4.4; 27.7; Mś.2.4.1.11. See prec.

prāṇaṃ	dattāmuṣmai yeṣāṃ vaḥ prāṇaḥ svāhā # MS.2.3.4 (bis): 30.19,20.

prāṇaṃ	me dhattam # TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.9.

prāśi	mām uttaraṃ kṛdhi # AVś.2.27.7d; AVP.2.16.5d.

priyaṃkaraṇam	uttamam # AVP.3.28.6a.

badhāya	dattaṃ tam ahaṃ hanāmi # TA.3.14.4d.

balaṃ	dhatta # TS.3.1.1.3; Mś.2.1.2.36. See under ojo dhatta.

bāhvor	yaś ca cakṣuṣi # AVP.1.92.4b. Read bāhvor yo yaś ca etc. as in Durgamohan Bhattacharyya's edition ?.

bṛhan	mimāya jamadagnidattā # RV.3.53.15b.

bṛhaspatinā	dattāḥ # MG.2.14.26.

bṛhaspate	sākam indraś ca dattam # AVś.14.2.42d.

brahma	dyaur uttarā hitā # AVś.10.2.25b.

brahmann	uttaraṃ parigrāhaṃ parigrahīṣyāmi # Apś.2.3.7.

brahma	saṃdhattaṃ tan me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.1; Apś.12.22.6.

brahmaivābhūd	uttaraṃ jātavedaḥ # AVP.8.9.13a.

bhagena	dattam upa medam āgan # AVP.10.6.4c,9c.

bhadram	uttarato gṛhe # RVKh.2.43.4d.

bhadram	uttarato vada # RVKh.2.43.1b; Kauś.46.54b; N.9.5b.

bhadrā	hi te sumatir mṛḍayattamā # RV.1.114.9c.

bharatā	vasuvittamam # RV.6.16.41b; TS.3.5.11.4b; MS.4.10.3b: 148.9; KS.15.12b; AB.1.16.20.

bhavāśarvau	manve vāṃ tasya vittam # AVś.4.28.1a; AVP.4.37.1a. P: bhavāśarvau Kauś.28.8.

bhūtānāṃ	garbham ā dadhe # RV.3.27.9b; AVś.5.25.2b; 6.17.1b; SV.2.829b; śś.5.14.12. See under uttānā garbham.

bhūrer	dattasya vedati # RV.8.45.42b; AVś.20.43.3b; SV.2.421b; JB.3.141b.

bhūr	jajña uttānapadaḥ # RV.10.72.4a.

bhrātṛvyāṇāṃ	sapatnānām ahaṃ bhūyāsam uttamaḥ # Apś.6.20.2; VārG.5.14.

maghavan	manyumattamaḥ # RV.4.30.7b.

matasne	vāyavyair na mināti pittam # VS.19.85d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.12; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.3d.

madughān	madhumattaraḥ # AVś.1.34.4b. See madhughān etc.

madhughān	madhumattaraḥ (AVP.2.35.1d, -tarā) # AVP.2.35.1d; 8.20.4b. See madughān etc.

madhyamaṃ	ny uttamaṃ śṛṇīhi # AVP.4.24.8b.

manasaś	cittam ākūtim # TB.2.4.6.6a. See prec.

manaḥ	saṃdhattaṃ tan me jinvatam # TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.8; manaḥ saṃdhattam Mś.2.4.1.11.

manve	vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā tasya vittam # TS.4.7.15.2a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.14; KS.22.15a. See next.

mama	cittaṃ cittenānvehi # HG.1.5.11b. See next three.

mama	cittam anu cittaṃ te astu # AG.1.21.7b; śG.2.4.1b; SMB.1.2.21b; PG.1.8.8b; MG.1.10.13b; 22.10b; JG.1.12b. See under prec.

mama	cittam anu cittebhir eta # AVś.3.8.6b; 6.94.2b. See under prec. but one.

mama	cittam upāyasi # AVś.1.34.2d; 3.25.5d; 6.9.2d; 42.3d; 43.3d. See prec. three.

mayā	prattaṃ svadhayā madadhvam # JG.2.1b,1d (bis),2d. See under tayā prattaṃ.

mayi	kṣatraṃ varca ā dhatta devīḥ # AVś.16.1.13b; AVP.1.33.4d. See mayi varco balam.

mayi	cittaṃ mayi vratam # AVP.3.29.4b. Cf. ahaṃ cittam.

mayi	cittāni santu te # HG.1.5.11b.

mayi	devā dadhatu śriyam uttamām # VS.32.16c.

mayi	varco balam ojo ni dhatta # TS.5.6.1.2d; MS.2.13.1d: 152.6; AB.8.6.10d. See mayi kṣatraṃ varca.

mahān	sadhasthe dhruva ā niṣattaḥ # RV.3.6.4a; VS.18.53c; TS.4.7.13.1d; MS.2.12.3c: 146.13; 4.9.11c: 132.8; KS.18.15c; śB.9.4.4.5; TB.3.10.4.3; TA.4.11.6c.

mahi	jyotiḥ pitṛbhir dattam āgāt # RV.10.107.1c.

mahī	jajñur mātarā pūrvacittaye # RV.1.159.3b.

mahe	kṣatrāya dhattana # AVś.19.24.2b; AVP.15.5.9b. See mahe rāṣṭrāya.

mahe	rāṣṭrāya dadhmasi # HG.1.4.8b; JG.1.12b. See mahe kṣatrāya dhattana.

mahe	śrotrāya dhattana (HG.JG. dadhmasi) # AVś.19.24.3b; AVP.15.5.10b; HG.1.4.8b; JG.1.12b.

māṃ	sarve devā anvāyattāḥ # JB.2.28c (bis).

māghonaṃ	maghavattama # RV.8.54 (Vāl.6).5b.

mā	ca riṣad upasattā te agne # VS.27.2c; TS.4.1.7.1c; MS.2.12.5c: 148.14; KS.18.16c. See mā te riṣann upa-.

mā	te riṣann upasattāro agne (AVP. -tāro atra; AVś.3.12.6c, upasattāro gṛhāṇāṃ śāle) # AVś.2.6.2c; 3.12.6c; AVP.3.33.2c. See mā ca riṣad.

mā	tvā dabhan pūrvacittā nikāriṇaḥ # AVP.3.33.4b. See mā tvā ni kran.

mā	tvā ni kran pūrvacito (AVś. -cittā; MS. -cittau) nikāriṇaḥ # AVś.7.82.3b; VS.27.4b; TS.4.1.7.2b; MS.2.12.5b: 148.17; KS.18.16b. See mā tvā dabhan pūrvacittā.

mā	durevā uttaraṃ sumnam un naśan # RV.2.23.8d.

mā	mātaram amuyā pattave kaḥ # RV.4.18.1d.

māyāṃ	māyāvattaraḥ # AB.8.23.6d. See amāyān.

māruto	gaṇo 'bhyāvṛttaḥ # KS.34.16.

mā	vaḥ pramattām amṛtāc ca yajñāt # GB.1.5.24c.

māsmāṃ	arann amuta āpatantīḥ # AVP.15.11.3c. Bhattacharya's edition reads māsmāṅ.

mitraś	ca varuṇaś cottare # ApMB.2.15.9 (ApG.7.17.6).

mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo	vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ (VSK. uttara-) svāhā # VS.9.35; VSK.11.1.1; śB.5.2.4.5.

mitrāvaruṇayoḥ	prāṇas tau te prāṇaṃ dattāṃ tena jinva # KS.11.7. P: mitrāvaruṇayoḥ KS.11.8. See next.

mitrāvaruṇayor	dhenur uttarasyām uttaravedyāḥ śroṇyām āsannā # KS.34.15.

mitrāvaruṇābhyām	uttarātsadbhyāṃ (KS. -sadbhyāṃ rakṣohabhyāṃ) svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.12; KS.15.2.

mitrāvaruṇā	śaradāhnāṃ (AVPṃS. -hnā) cikitnū (MS. cikittam; KS. jigatnū; Aś. cikitvam) # AVP.15.1.7c; TS.4.4.12.3c; MS.3.16.4c: 188.11; KS.22.14c; Aś.4.12.2c.

mitrāvaruṇau	tvottarataḥ (KS. tvā) paridhattām (TS.KS. add dhruveṇa dharmaṇā; VS.śB. add dhruveṇa dharmaṇā viśvasyāriṣṭyai) # VS.2.3; TS.1.1.11.2; MS.1.1.12: 7.12; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.4.4; TB.3.3.6.9. P: mitrāvaruṇau tvā Mś.1.2.6.8.

mitrāvaruṇau	tvottarato marudbhī rocayetām # MS.4.9.5: 125.7.

munim	unmattam asṛjan nir enasaḥ # AVP.5.17.3b.

mṛttike	brahmadattāsi # TA.10.1.8a (foot-note, p. 774). See tena yā brahma-.

mṛtyor	vyātta āsann api dadhāmi # AVP.10.10.7.

moghaṃ	vettā kurute tantum etam # ApDh.2.6.13.6d.

mottarād	adharād uta # AVś.12.1.32b. Cf. under uttarād adharād uta.

ya	āsurā manuṣyā āttadhanvaḥ # Kauś.104.2a.

ya	u cottarata ā yayuḥ # SMB.2.6.3b.

ya	uttamaḥ karmakṛtyāya jajñe # AVP.4.39.6a. See yaḥ prathamaḥ karma-.

ya	uttamā adhamā vāruṇā ye # AVś.6.121.1b; 7.83.4b.

ya	uttarato juhvati jātavedaḥ # AVś.4.40.4a. Cf. asyāṃ ma udīcyāṃ.

ya	uttarād ājāyate # AVP.2.32.1a.

yaḥ	paśyād uttare yuge # RV.10.72.1d.

yaḥ	prathamaḥ karmakṛtyāya jajñe # AVś.4.24.6a. See ya uttamaḥ karma-.

yajūṃṣi	te mahimā (BDh. adds dattasyāpramādāya) # ApMB.2.19.16; HG.2.13.1; BDh.2.8.14.12.

yajñaṃ	no devīr amṛteṣu dhatta # VS.29.8d; TS.5.1.11.3d; KSA.6.2d.

yajñasya	mātā (SMB. mātaraṃ) suhavā me astu # TB.2.5.3.2b; SMB.2.6.9b. See cittasya mātā.

yata	āttas (Aś. ārttas) tad agan punaḥ # TS.1.5.10.4b; Aś.3.14.10b.

yat	kusīdam apratīttaṃ (MSṃśṭA. -tītaṃ; SMB. apradattaṃ) mayi (MSṃśṭAṣMB. mayeha) # TS.3.3.8.1a,4; MS.4.14.17a: 245.9; TA.2.3.2a; Mś.2.5.5.18a; SMB.2.3.20a. Ps: yat kusīdam apratīttam Apś.13.24.15; yat kusīdam GG.4.4.26. See under apamityam.

yat	te riṣṭaṃ yat te dyuttam # AVś.4.12.2a. See yadi śīrṇaṃ.

yat	te rudrottarād dhanuḥ # TS.5.5.7.3a.

yat	tau hāsāte ahamuttareṣu # TB.2.8.8.1b.

yat	pūrtaṃ yāś ca dakṣiṇāḥ # VS.18.64b; śB.9.5.1.49b. See yad dattaṃ yā.

yatra	te dattaṃ bahudhā vibandhuṣu # AVś.18.2.57d; AVP.2.60.5d. See yathā te etc.

yathā	te dattaṃ bahudhā vibandhuṣu # TA.6.1.1d. See yatra te etc.

yathā	tvam uttaro 'saḥ (AVP. asaḥ) # AVś.19.46.7a; AVP.4.23.7a.

yathā	bhavāmy uttamaḥ # AG.2.10.6e.

yathāham	uttamaś cetayāni # MS.4.5.8d: 76.15. See yathendrāham.

yathāham	uttaro vadāmi # HG.1.15.5c.

yathāham	uttaro 'sāni # AVś.3.5.5c; AVP.3.13.5c.

yathendrāham	uttamaś cetayāni # TS.3.2.10.2d. See yathāham uttamaś.

yathaitam	etāsāṃ syandamānānāṃ vaśam ādatta evā dviṣatāṃ vaśam ādatte 'dhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.4.

yad	akṣavṛttam anu dattaṃ na etat (MSṭA. dattam etat) # AVś.6.118.2b; MS.4.14.17b: 245.13; TA.2.4.1b.

yad	apsaradrūr uparasya (Apś. apsararūparasya) khādati # KS.35.14b; Apś.14.29.3b. See yad uttaradrāv.

yad	ādarśi gātuvittamaḥ # JB.2.148 (so the edition). Perhaps the word yad is not part of the mantra, and three mss. readings point to adarśi. See adarśi gātuvittamaḥ.

yadi	śīrṇaṃ yadi dyuttam # AVP.4.15.5a. See yat te riṣṭaṃ.

yad	iṣṭaṃ yat parādānam # TS.5.7.7.2a. See yad dattaṃ yat.

yad	uttataṃ ni tat tanu # AVś.7.90.3f.

yad	uttame maruto madhyame vā # RV.5.60.6a; TB.2.7.12.4a. Cf. BṛhD.5.48 (B).

yad	uttaradrāv uparaś ca khādataḥ # AVś.6.49.2b. See apsaradrūr.

yad	u vittaṃ na tad ghasaḥ # AVP.10.1.1d.

yad	ūrdhvas tiṣṭhā (KS. -ṣṭhād) draviṇeha dhattāt # RV.3.8.1c; MS.4.13.1c: 199.3; KS.15.12c; AB.2.2.5; TB.3.6.1.1c; N.8.18c. P: yad ūrdhvaḥ Mś.5.2.8.9.

yad	dattaṃ yat parādānam # VS.18.64a; śB.9.5.1.49a. See yad iṣṭaṃ.

yad	dattaṃ yā ca dakṣiṇā # TS.5.7.7.2b. See yat pūrtaṃ.

yad-yad	dyuttaṃ likhitam arpaṇena # AVś.12.3.22c.

yady	aśrāto (AVś. -taṃ) mamattana # RV.10.179.1d; AVś.7.72.1d; Apś.13.3.4; Mś.4.5.4.

yad	vā vadā anṛtaṃ vittakāmyā # AVś.12.3.52b.

yad	viṣṇor ekam uttamam # TA.1.8.3d.

yan	nārṣadāya śravo adhyadhattam # RV.1.117.8d.

yan	mām ekaṃ samadhattāhihatye # RV.1.165.6b; MS.4.11.3b: 169.1; KS.9.18b; TB.2.8.3.5b.

yamāya	madhumattamam # RV.10.14.15a; AVś.18.2.2a; TA.6.5.1a.

yamena	dattaṃ trita enam āyunak # RV.1.163.2a; VS.29.13a; TS.4.6.7.1a; KS.40.6a.

yam	eva vidyāḥ śucim (VāDh. sucim) apramattam # ViDh.29.10a; VāDh.2.9a; N.2.4a.

yavyāyai	gavyāyā etad devā annam atta # TS.7.4.20.1; KSA.4.9.

yaśasaṃ	vīravattamam # RV.1.1.3c; TS.3.1.11.1c; 4.3.13.5c; MS.4.10.4c: 152.10; śB.11.4.3.19c; Kś.5.12.19c.

yas	tvā mṛtyur abhyadhatta # AVś.3.11.8c; AVP.1.61.1a.

yasmiṃś	cittaṃ sarvam otaṃ prajānām # VS.34.5c.

yasmai	dattaṃ sa jīvati # Mś.11.1.5b.

yasya	stha tam atta # AVś.2.24.1--8; AVP.2.42.1--5; 2.91.1--5.

yaḥ	sumnair dīrghaśruttamaḥ # RV.10.93.2c.

yā	uttarād ācaranti # AVP.1.36.4a; 15.19.5a.

yāḥ	prācīḥ saṃbhavanty āpa uttarataś ca yā adbhir viśvasya bhuvanasya dhartrībhir antar anyaṃ pitur dadhe svadhā namaḥ # HG.2.10.7.

yāṃ	saṃdhāṃ samadhatta # SMB.2.1.7a; GG.3.7.21.

yā	dakṣiṇataḥ yā paścāt yottarataḥ yopariṣṭād vidyud āpatat taṃ ta etenāvayaje svāhā # TA.4.14.1.

yāni	cittāni vo hṛdi # AVś.3.2.2b; AVP.3.5.2b.

yāny	apāmityāny apratīttāny asmi # TB.3.7.9.8a; Apś.13.22.5a. See under apamityam.

yāmann	ā mṛḍayattamā # RV.5.73.9d.

yāvatīnāṃ-yāvatīnāṃ	va aiṣamo lakṣaṇam akāriṣaṃ bhūyasīnāṃ-bhūyasīnāṃ va uttarām-uttarāṃ samāṃ kriyāsam # SMB.1.8.7. See next but one.

yāvatīnām	idaṃ karomi (śG. kariṣyāmi) bhūyasīnām uttarāṃ (śG. -māṃ) samāṃ kriyāsam # MS.4.2.9: 31.4; Mś.9.5.6.8; śG.3.10.2. See prec. but one.

yās	te rudrottarataḥ senās tābhya eṣa balis tābhyas te namaḥ # PG.3.8.11.

yā	strīṇām uttamaṃ yaśaḥ (MG.VārG. manaḥ) # PG.1.7.2d; MG.1.10.15d; VārG.14.13f.

yujā	bhūyāsam uttaraḥ # AVP.3.13.2d. Cf. nijo bhūyāsam.

yunajmi	ta uttarāvantam indram # AVś.4.22.5a; AVP.3.21.5a; TB.2.4.7.8a.

yuvaṃ	śyāvāya ruśatīm adattam # RV.1.117.8a.

yuvaṃ	no dhattam iha bheṣajāni # AVP.1.109.3c.

yuvaṃ	paya usriyāyām adhattam # RV.1.180.3a.

yūyaṃ	ha ratnaṃ maghavatsu dhatta # RV.7.37.2a.

ye	agniṣvāttā ye 'nagniṣvāttāḥ (VS. anagni-) # VS.19.60a; TB.2.6.16.1a; Apś.8.15.17a. See prec.

ye	uttarād āsyandete # AVP.1.52.4a.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"tta" has 180 results

aṅgavṛtta	an operation prescribed in the section named aṅgādhikara, comprising the fourth quarter of the sixth book and the whole of the seventh book of Pāṇini.

anabhinirvṛtta	that which is not applied; literally(an operation or vidhi) which has not taken place or which has not been effective; confer, compare प्रसक्तस्य अनभिनिर्वृत्तस्य प्रतिषेधेन निवृत्तिः शक्या कर्तुं नानभिनिर्वृत्तस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5; IV. 1.37. Cfeminine. also न चानभिनिर्वृत्ते बहिरङ्गे अन्तरङ्गं प्राप्नोति । तत्र निमित्तमेव बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गस्य M.Bh. on VI.4.22: VIII.3.15.

animitta	ot serving as a cause, not possessing a causal relation; e. g. संनिपातलक्षणे विधिरनिमित्तं तद्विघातस्य Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 85. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.39.

anuttama	other than उत्तम or the first person; confer, compare विभाषितं सोपसर्गमनुत्तमम् P. VII.1.53 and Kāśika thereon.

anudātta	non-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).

anudāttatara	quite a low tone, completely grave; generally applied to the tone of that grave or anudātta vowel which is immediately followed by an acute ( उदात्त ) vowel. When the three Vedic accents were sub-divided into seven tones viz. उदात्त, उदात्ततर्, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितस्थोदात्त and एकश्रुति corresponding to the seven musical notes, the अनुदात्ततर was the name given to the lowest of them all. अनुदात्ततर was termed सन्नतर also; confer, compare उदात्तस्वरितपरस्य सन्नतरः P.I.2.40; confer, compare also M, Bh. on I.2.33.

antodātta	a word with its last vowel accented acute. Roots, crude : noun bases and compound words generally have their last vowel accented acute; confer, compare फिषः (प्रातिपदिकस्य ) अन्त उदात्तः स्यात् Phiṭ Sūtra 1-1; धातोः (P. VI.1.162} अन्त उदात्तः स्यात्; समासस्य ( P.VI.1.223) अन्त उदात्तः स्यात् ।

ardhahrasvodātta	the acute (उदात्त) accent which becomes specially उदात्त or उदात्ततर when the vowel, which posseses it, forms the first half of a स्वरित vowel.

ādyudātta	a word beginning with an acute-accent id est, that is which has got the first vowel accented acute: words in the vocative case and words formed with an affix marked with a mute ञ् or न् are ādyudātta; confer, compareP. VI.1.197, 198: for illustrations in detail see P.VI.1.189-216.

ādyudāttanipātana	specific mention of a word with the accent udātta or acute on the first syllable; confer, compare आद्युदात्तनिपातनं करिष्यते M.Bh. on I.1. 56, VI.1.12.

aānandadatta	name of a Buddhist grammarian,the author of the work named Cāndra-vyākaraṇa Paddhati.

indradatta	author of the ' Gūḍhaphakkikāprakāśa', a gloss on the difficult passages in the Mahābhāṣya.

ujjvaladatta	the famous commentator on the Uṅādi sūtras. His work .is called Uṅādisūtravṛtti, which is a scholarly commentary on the Uṅādisūtrapāṭha, consisting of five Pādas. Ujjvaldatta is belived to have lived in the l5th century A.D. He quotes Vṛttinyāsa, Anunyāsa, Bhāgavṛtti et cetera, and others He is also known by the name Jājali.

uttama(1)	the best,the highest,the last: (2) the last letter of the consonantclasses, the nasal; cf, A.Pr.II.4.14; R.Pr.IV.3; confer, compare also अनुत्तम meaning non-nasal; (3) the उत्तमपुरुष or the premier or the first person constituting the affixes मि, वस् and मस् and their substitutes, confer, compare P.I.4.107.

uttara(1)	following, subsequent, e. g. उत्तरपद, the latter part of a compound word; (2) end of a word, पदान्त; confer, compare उत्तरे पदान्ते वर्तमानः Com. on T.Pr. III.1.

uttarakālam	subsequently, then, afterwards; confer, compare तत् उत्तरकालमिदं दृष्टम् M.Bh. on I.1.1.

uttaratra	in subsequent rules; confer, compare उत्तरत्रानुवर्तिष्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.23.

uttarapada	the latter member or portion of a compound word as contrasted with पूर्वपद; confer, compare पतिरुत्तरपदमाद्युदात्तम् Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II. 3. 11; cf also अलुगुत्तरपदे P. VI. 3.1.

uttararūpa	ulterior form.

uttarārtha	serving a purpose in subsequent rules; of use in a subsequent rule; confer, compare योगविभाग उत्तरार्थः, क्त्वाग्रहणमुत्तरार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.22.

udātta	the acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.

udāttatara	raised acute, a tone slightly higher than the acute tone which is mentioned in connection with the first half of a circumflex vowel; confer, compare तस्योदात्ततरोदात्तादर्धमात्रार्धमेव वा R.P.III.2.

udāttanirdeśa	conventional understanding about a particular vowel in the wording of a sūtra being marked acute or Udātta, when ordinarily it should not have been so, to imply that a Paribhāṣā is to be applied for the interpretation of that Sūtra: confer, compare उदात्तनिर्देशात्सिद्धम् P.VI.1.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).14, also Sīra. Pari. 112.

udāttamaya	an accent made up of Udātta, i. e. an accent which is a reduced Udātta.It is called also प्रचय. It is mentioned in connection with an acute vowel following इति in the Padapāṭha, according to Kāṇva's view;confer, compare उदात्तमयोन्यत्र नीच एव अन्तोदान्तमध्योदात्तयोः पर्वणोरन्यत्र इति कारणात् परो नीच उदात्तमय एव भवति प्रचित एव भवतीत्यर्थः commentary on V.Pr. I.150

udāttaśruti	the same as एकश्रुति, accentless tone, mentioned in connection with the latter half of a circumflex vowel as also with a grave vowel or vowels, if not followed by another acute or circumflex vowel; confer, compare नोदात्तस्वरितोदयं. P.VIII.4.67.

udāttasama	similar to Udātta although not exactly acute, which characterizes the latter half of the circumflex vowel; confer, compare उदात्तसमश्शेषः T.Pr.I.42.

upottama	literallyone near or before the last; the term is generally used in connection with words having two or more syllables, where it means the vowel before the last (vowel); confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI.1.217 and योपधाद्गुरूपोत्तमाद्वुञ् P.V.1.132 where the writer of the Kāśikā explains it as त्रिप्रभृतीनामन्त्यमुत्तमं तस्य समीपमुपोत्तमम् । giving रमणीय and वसनीय as examples where the long ई is upottama; confer, compare also T.Pr. XI.3. and Nir.I.19 where the word refers to the third out of the four feet of the verse.

auttarapadika	pertaining to the ulterior member of a compound confer, compare औत्तरपदिके ह्रस्वत्व (P.VI.3.61) कृते तुक् प्राप्नोति M.Bh. on I.1.62.

kātantrottara	a treatise on the Kātantra Grammar believed to have been written by Vidyānanda.

kiṃvṛtta	a form derived from the pronoun किम्; confer, compare किमो वृत्तं किंवृत्तम् । किंवृत्तग्रहणेन तद्विभक्त्यन्तं प्रतीयाड्डतरडतमौ च। Kāś. on P. VIII.1.48.

keśavadatta	writer of the commentary named दुर्धटोद्धाट on the grammar संक्षिप्तसार written by Goyicandra,

carkarītavṛtta	a form of the frequentative or intensive. exempli gratia, for example अापनीफणत् , चोष्कूयमाणः confer, compare अपनीफणदिति फणतेश्चर्करीतवृत्तम् । Nirukta of Yāska.II. 28; चोष्कूयमाण इति चोष्कूयतेश्चर्करीतवृत्तम् Nir.VI.22. See the word चर्करीत.

durgottama	a grammarian who wrote a work on genders called लिङ्गानुशासन and also a commentary on it.

nimitta(1)	the formal cause of a grammatical operation; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभाव; given as a Paribhasa by many grammarians like Vyadi, Siradeva and others; confer, compare also प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निमित्तं प्रत्ययेा निमित्ती M.Bh. on III.1.1 Vart. 2; (2) distinguishing sign यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी भवति स: अध्रुवेण निमित्तेन ध्रुवं निमित्तमुपादत्ते वेदिकां पुण्डरीकं वा, M.Bh. on I.1.26 Vart.5.

nimittasaptamī	locative case, used in the sense of a cause as prescribed by निमित्तात्कर्मसंयोगे, P. II.3 36 Vart. 6 and illustrated by the usually quoted verse चर्मणि द्वीपिनं हन्ति दन्तयोर्हन्ति कुञ्जरम् । केशेषु चमरीं हन्ति सीम्नि पुष्कलको हत: M.Bh.on II.3.36 Vart. 6, also confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.57.

paranimittaka	caused by something which follows; the term is used in grammar in connection with something caused by what follows; confer, compare परनिमित्तकोजादेश: पूर्वविधिं प्रति न स्थानिवत् S. K, on अचः परस्मिन्पूर्वविधौ P.I.1.57.

puruṣottamadeva	a famous grammarian believed to have been a Buddhist, who flourished in the reign of Lakșmaņasena in the latter half of the twelfth century in Bengal. Many works on grammar are ascribed to him, the prominent ones among which are the Bhāșāvŗtti and the Paribhāșāvŗtti, the Gaņavŗtti and the Jñapakasamuccaya and a commentary on the Mahābhāșya called Prāņapaņā of which only a fragment is available. Besides these works on grammar, he has written some lexicographical works of which Hārāvalī, Trikāņdaśeșa, Dvirūpakosa, and Ekaaksarakosa are the prominent ones. The Bhasavrtti has got a lucid commentary on it written by Srstidhara.

puruṣottamavidyāvāgīśa	a famous grammarian of Bengal, who wrote the grammar work Prayogaratnamala in the fifteenth century. The work betrays a deep study and scholarship of the writer in the Mantrasāstra.

pravṛtta( I)	complete; confer, compare अथ य प्रवृत्त अथे अमिताक्षरेषु ग्रन्थेषु वाक्यपूरणा आगच्छन्ति पदपूरणास्ते, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 9; (2) which has preSented itself, which has become applicable; the word is used in connection with a grammatical rule or operation ; confer, compare एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64 Vart.39; समुदाये व्राह्मणशब्दः प्रवृतेवयवेष्वपि वर्तते जातिहीने गुणहीने च । M.Bh. on II. 2.6; confer, compare दीर्घस्य यण् ह्रस्व इति प्रवृत्तं, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.77; also confer, compare यद्यपि ङिच्चेत्ययमपवादः ... तातङि मन्थरं प्रवृत्तः परेण बाध्यते S. K. on P.VII.1.35.

pravṛttinimitta	cause of the application of a word which is shown by the word when the affix त्च or ता is added to it: confer, compare तस्य भावस्त्वतलौ । शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 1.119. There are given four such causes जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा ।

madhyodātta	the acute or udātta accent to the मध्य vowel which is neither the initial ( अादि) nor the final one ( अन्त ) as laid down by the rule उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI.1.217; confer, compare मध्योदात्तमपि यमिच्छति तत्र रेफमनुबन्धं करोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.3.

yadvṛtta	lit a word formed from यत्; a word which contains the pronoun यत् in it which prevents sarvaanudatta for a verb which follows; confer, compare यदस्मिन्वर्तते यद्वृत्तम् M.. Bh. on P. VIII.1.66; cf also. यद्वृत्तोपपदाच्च Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 14, where Uvvata explains यद्वत्तasयदो वृत्तं यद्वृत्तं सर्वविभक्त्यन्तं सर्वप्रत्ययान्तं च गृह्यन्ते । V.'Pr. VI. 14 commentary

vinimitta	caused by different conditions; due to different causes confer, compare बह्वनड्वांहि ब्राह्मणकुलानि विनिमित्तावेतौ Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VII.1.72 Vart. 3.

vivṛtta	separated, disjoined; the word is used in connection with the separated elements of a euphonic combination; the words विक्लिष्ट, अनेकीभूत and पृथग्भूत are used in thesame sense.

vṛtta(1)	arrived at or accomplished,as a result of वृत्ति which means a further grammatical formation from a noun or a verb; resultant from a vṛtti; confer, compare यावता कामचारो वृत्तस्य ये लिङ्गसंख्ये ते अतिदेक्ष्येते, न पुनः, प्राग्वृत्तेर्ये M Bh. on P.I.2.51; cf also युक्तंपुनर्यद् वृत्तनिमित्तको नाम अनुबन्धः स्यात्; (2) \| employment, the same as प्रयोग, confer, compare वृत्ताद्वा । वृत्तं प्रयेागः । Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on P. I. 3.9; (3)behaviour, treatment confer, compare नकारस्योष्मवद् वृत्ते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.13; (4) manner of Veda writing, metrical form, metre; confer, compare तद् वृत्तं प्राहुश्छन्दसाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII.22.

vṛddhinimitta	literally cause of Vrddhi (वृद्धेर्निमित्तम्) such as the employment of the indicatory letter ञ् or ण् in an affix or the lettter क् in taddhita affix.affixes; the term is, however, found used in the sense of having in it a cause of Vrddhi, id est, that is an indicatory letter ञ्, ण् or क्.; cf वृद्धिनिमित्तस्य च तद्धितस्यारक्तविकारे P. VI. 3.39. confer, compare वृद्धेर्निमित्तं यस्मिन्स वृद्धिनिमित्त: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I.

vaivṛtta	name given to the svarita or circumflex accent on the vowel following upon a vowel accented acute, when there is a vivrtti or pause between the two vowels; e.g, य इन्द्रः; cf वैवृत्ततैरोव्यञ्जनौ क्षैप्राभिनिहितौ च तान् \| Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 10.

samāsāntodātta	the acute accent prescribed in general at the end of compounds excepting the Bahuvrihi and some specified compounds: confer, compare P.VI.1.223 and VI.2.1 to end.

sarvānudātta	the grave accent for the entire word. See सर्वनिधात. सर्वान्त्य final of all those that are denoted or enumerated; confer, compare यदेव सर्वान्त्यमर्थादेशनं तस्यैव विषये स्यात् । M.Bh. on P. IV.2.67.

hṛradatta	name of a reputed grammarian of Southern India who wrote a very learned and scholarly commentary, named पदमञ्जरी, on the Kasikavrtti which is held by grammarians as the standard vrtti or gloss on the Sutras of Panini,and studied especially in the schools of the southern grammarians. Haradatta was a Dravida Brahmana, residing in a village on the Bank of Kaveri. His scholarship in Grammar was very sound and he is believed to have commented on many grammarworks.The only fault of the scholar was a very keen sense of egotism which is found in his work, although it can certainly be said that the egotism was not ill-placed and could be justified: confer, compare एवं प्रकटितोस्माभिर्भाष्ये परिचय: पर:। तस्य निःशेषतो मन्ये प्रतिपत्तापि दुर्लभः॥ also प्रक्रियातर्कगहने प्रविष्टो हृष्टमानसः हरदत्तहरिः स्वैरं विहरन् ! केन वार्यते \| Padamajari, on P. I-13, 4. The credit of popularising Panini's system of grammar in Southern India goes to Haradatta to a considerable extent.

haridatta	a grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Unadi Sutras, called उणादिसूत्रटीका.

agati(1)	absence of any other recourse or alternative. confer, compare अगत्या हि खलु परिभाषाश्रीयते. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adevaPari. vṛtti Pari.119;(2) which is not a word termed gati. confer, compare चनचिदिवगोत्रादितद्धिताम्रेडितेष्वगते: P. VII.1.57.

ananubanghaka	without any mute significatory letter attached; अननुबन्धकपरिभाषा is the short name given to the maxim-'अननुबन्धकग्रहणे न सानुबन्धकस्य ग्रह णम्' See M.Bh. on I.3.1: V.2.9. There is a reading in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. निरनुबन्धकग्रहणे for अननुबन्धकग्रहणे, in which case the परिभाषा is called निरनुबन्धकपरिभाषा. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 81.

aniṭ(1)	not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.

anubandha	a letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition

anuṣaṅga(1)	literally attaching, affixing: augment, अनुषज्यते असौ अनुषङ्गः; (2) a term for the nasal letter attached to the following consonant which is the last, used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare अव्यात्पूर्वे मस्जेरनुषङ्गसंयेगादिलोपार्थम् confer, compare P.I.1.47 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 and M.Bh. thereon; confer, compare थफान्तानां चानुषङ्गिणाम् Kat. IV. 1.13. The term अनुषङ्ग is defined in the kātantra grammar as व्यञ्जनान्नः अनुषङ्ग. The term is applied to the nasal consonant न् preceding the last letter of a noun base or a root base; penultimate nasal of a root or noun base: Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.1.12.

abhinidhāna	literally that which is placed near or before; the first of the doubled class consonants; a mute or sparṣa consonant arising from doubling and inserted before a mute; confer, compare अघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथमः अभिनिधानः स्पर्शपरात्तस्य सस्थानः ( Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 9. ) explained by त्रिभाष्यरत्न as स्पर्शपरादघोषादूष्मणः परः प्रथम आगमस्तस्य स्पर्शस्य समानस्थानः अभिनिधानो भवति । अभिनिधीयते इत्यभिनिधानः आरोपणीयः इत्यर्थः । यथा यः क्कामयेत अश्मन्नूर्जम् । यः प्पाप्मना । The Ṛk. prātiśākhya explains the term अभिनिधान somewhat differently; confer, compare अभिनिधानं कृतसंहितानां स्पर्शन्ति:स्थानामपवाद्य रेफम् । संघारणं संवरणं श्रुतेश्च स्पर्शोदयानामपि चावसाने Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5, explained by उव्वट as स्पर्शपराणां स्पर्शानां रेफं वर्जयित्वा अन्तःस्थानां च वर्णानां कृतसंहितानां च सतां संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेश्च संवरणं भवति । तदेतद् अभिनिधानं नाम । यथा उष मा षड् द्वा द्वा । ऋ. सं ८।६८।१४ इह षड् इत्यत्र अभिनिधानम् ॥ अभिनिघान possibly according to उव्वट here means the first of the doubled letter which, although the second letter is attached to it, is separately uttered with a slight pause after it. अभिनिधान means, in short, something like 'suppression.' The Ṛk. Tantra takes a still wider view and explains अभिनिधान as the first of a doubled consonant, cf ; अभिनिधानः । क्रमजं च पूर्वान्ततस्वरं भवति । Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 21.

artha(1)	literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.

asarvavibhakti	not admitting all caseaffixes to be attached to it; confer, compare तद्धितश्चासर्वविभक्ति: P.I.1.38: यस्मान्न सर्वविभक्तेरुत्पत्तिः सोसर्वविभक्तिः । ततः यतः तत्र यत्र । Kāś. on I.1.38.

aākṛtigaṇa	a class or group of words in which some words are actually mentioned and room is left to include others which are found undergoing the same operation; confer, compare श्रेण्यादयः कृतादिभिः । श्रेण्यादयः पठ्यन्ते कृतादिराकृतिगणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.59. Haradatta defines the word as प्रयोगदर्शनेन आकृतिग्राह्यो गणः अाकृतिगण:। अत्र अादिशब्दः प्रकारे । अाकृतिगणेपि उदाहरणरूपेण कतिपयान् पठति कृत मत इत्यादि Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on II.I.59 ; confer, compare Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.of Kaiyaṭa also on II.1. 59.Some of the gaṇas mentioned by Pāṇini are ākṛtigaṇas, exempli gratia, for example अर्शआदिगण, मूलविभुजादिगण, स्नात्व्यादिगण, शिवादिगण, पचादिगण, and others.

aāgantuka	literally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.

ādyantavattva	अाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.

āmreḍita(1)	iterative: a repeated word, defined as द्विरुक्तं पदम् confer, compare द्विरुक्तमात्रेडितं पदम् exempli gratia, for example यज्ञायज्ञा वो अग्नये Vāj. Prāt. I. 146; (2). the second or latter portion, of a repeated word according to Pāṇini; c. तस्य (द्विरुक्तस्य) परमाम्रेडितम् P. VIII.1.2. The Āmreḍita word gets the grave accent and has its last vowel protracted when it implies censure; confer, compare P.VIII.1.3 and VIII. 2.95.Haradatta has tried to explain how the term आम्रेडित means the first member; confer, compare ननु अाम्रेडितशब्दे । निघण्टुषु प्रसिद्धः अाम्रेडितं द्विस्त्रिरुक्तमिति । सत्यमर्थे प्रसिद्धः इह तु शब्दे परिभाष्यते । महासंज्ञाकरणं पूर्वाचार्यानुरोधेन Padamañj. on VIII.1.2.

it(1)	a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.

uk(1)	the kṛt (affix). affix उकञ् applied to the roots लब्, पत्, पद् and others,exempli gratia, for example लाषुकः, कामुकः et cetera, and others with udātta accent on the first syllable; confer, compareP.III.2.154; (2) taddhita affix.affix उक ( उकञ् ) added to the word कर्मन् exempli gratia, for example कार्मुकं धनुः; confer, compare Kāś, on P.V.I.103.

uṇādi	affixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.

uṇādiprātipadika	word form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.

uṇādisūtrapañcapādī	the text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into five chapters which is possessed of a scholarly commentary written by Ujjvaladatta. There is a commentary on it by Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita also.

uṇādisūtravṛtti	a gloss on the Uṇādi Sūtras in the different versions. Out of the several glosses on the Uṇādi Sūtras, the important ones are those written by Ujjvaladatta, Govardhana, Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, Rāmacandra Dīkṣita and Haridatta. There is also a gloss called Uṇādisūtrodghātana by Miśra. There is a gloss by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the Kātantra version of the Uṇādi Sūtras.

upasarga	preposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.

urac	tad-affix उर, with udātta accent on the last vowel, affixed to the word दन्त when it refers to protuberant teeth; confer, compare P.V.2.66; exempli gratia, for example दन्तुरः ।

ekavṛtti	single vṛtti or gloss on the Vedic as well as classical portions of grammar. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva has used this term in his Bhāṣāvṛtti to contrast his Vṛtti (भाषावृत्ति) with the Kāśikāvṛtti and the Bhāgavṛtti which deal with both the portions; confer, compareअनार्ष इत्येकवृत्तावुपयुक्तम् Bhāṣāvṛtti on I.1.16, confer, comparealso Bhāṣāvṛtti on III. 4.99, IV.3.22 and VI.3.20.एकवृत्ति is possibly used by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva in the sense of मुख्यवृत्ति or साधारणवृत्ति i. e. the common chief gloss on both the portions.

ekānta	part, portion. Augments or Āgamas in the Vyākaraṇa Śāstra are looked upon as forming a part of the word to which they are attached; confer, compare अथ यस्यानुबन्ध आसज्यते, किं स तस्य एकान्तो भवति आहोस्विदनेकान्तः । एकान्तस्तत्रेापलब्धेः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.9, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).9; confer, compare also एकान्ताः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari, 5.

eś(1)	the substitute ए for the perfect affix त, substituted for the whole त by reason of the indicatory letter श् attached to ए; confer, compare लिटस्तझयोरेशिरेच् and अनेकाल्शित्सर्वस्य P. III.4.8l and I.1.55; (2) affix ए applied to the root चक्ष् in Vedic Literature; confer, compare नावचक्षे । नावख्यातव्यमित्यर्थः Kāś. on P.III.4.15.

aikasvarya	having only one principal accent (Udātta or Svarita) for the whole compound word which is made up of two or more individual words confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29.

kātantra	name of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.

kātantrapariśiṣṭa	ascribed to Śrīpatidatta, whose date is not known; from a number of glosses written on this work, it appears that the work was once very popular among students of the Kātantra School.

kārakakārikā	possibly another name for the treatise on Kārakas known as कारकचक्र written by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva the reputed grammarian of Bengal who lived in the latter half of the twelfth century A. D. See कारकचक्र.

kārakacakra(1)	written by Puruṣotta madeva a reputed grammarian of Bengal who wrote many works on grammar of which the Bhasavrtti, the Paribhāṣāvṛtti and Jñāpakasamuccya deserve a special mention. The verse portion of the Kārakacakra of which the prose portion appears like a commentary might be bearing the name Kārakakaumudī.

kāśikā(1)	name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.

ki(1)	kṛt affix इ prescribed after धु roots with a prefix attached;exempli gratia, for exampleप्रदिः प्रधिः confer, compare P.III.3.92, 93; (2) kṛt affix इ looked upon as a perfect termination and, hence, causing reduplication and accusative case of the noun connected, found in Vedic Literature added to roots ending in अा, the root ऋ, and the roots गम्, हन् and जन्; exempli gratia, for example पपि; सोमं, जगुरिः, जग्मिः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III.2.171: (2) a term used in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa for the term संबुद्वि.

kuṇi	name of an ancient Vṛttikāra the Sūtras of Pāṇini, mentioned in their works by Kaiyata and Haradatta; confer, compare Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on P. I.1.74, also Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.1.1

kaiyaṭa	name of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.

kṣitīśacandra(चक्रवर्तिन्)	or K. C. CHATTERJI a scholar of Sanskrit grammar who has written a work on technical terms in Sanskrit, who has edited several grammar works and is at present editing the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa and conducting the Sanskrit journal named Mañjūṣa at Calcutta.

gati(1)	literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.

gūḍhaphakkikāprakāśa	a short gloss on the Siddhāntakaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita, by Indradatta,

ṅit(l)	affixes with the mute letter ङ् attached to them either before or after, with a view to preventing the guna and vrddhi substitutes for the preceding इ, उ, ऋ, or लृ, as for example, the affixes चङ्, अङ् and others (2) affixes conventionally called ङित् after certain bases under certain conditions; confer, compare गाङ्कुटादिम्यो ञ्णिन्ङित् P. I. 2. 1-4; (3) roots marked with the mute letter ङ् signifying the application of the Atmanepada terminations to them: (4) substitutes marked with mute ङ् which are put in the place of the last letter of the word for which they are prescribed as substitutes; (5) case affixes marked with mute letter ङ् which cause the substitution of guna to the last vowel इ or उ of words termed घि.

ṅīp	feminine. affix ई which is anudatta (grave) added (a) to words ending in the vowel ऋ or the consonant न् (confer, compareP.IV.1.5), (b) to words ending with affixes marked with mute उ,ऋ or लृ; confer, compareP.IV.1.6 (c) to words ending with affixes marked with mute ट् as also ending with the affixes ढ, अण्, अञ्, द्वयसच् दघ्नच्,मात्रच्, तयप्, ठक्, ठञ्, कञ् and क्वरप् (confer, compareP.IV.1.15) and to certain other words under certain conditions; confer, compare P. IV. 1.16-24.

ṅīṣ	feminine. afix ई, which is udatta, applied to words in the class of words headed by गौर, as also to noun bases ending in affixes marked with.mute ष्, as also to words mentioned in the class headed by बहुः confer, compare P.IV.1.41-46.It is also added in the sense of 'wife of' to any word denoting a male person; confer, compare P. IV. 1. 48, and together with the augment आनुक् (आन्) to the words इन्द्र, वरुण etc exempli gratia, for example इन्द्राणी, वरुणानि, यवनानि meaning 'the script of the Yavanas' confer, compare P. IV. 1.49. It is also added words ending in क्रीत and words ending in क्त and also to words expressive of ' limbs of body ' under certain conditions; confer, compare P.IV.1. 50-59 and IV. 1.61-65.

cātuḥsvārya	the view that there are four accents-the udatta, the anudatta, the svarita and the pracaya held by the Khandikya and the Aukhiya Schools.

cidasthimālā	name of a commentary on the Laghusabdendusekhara by Vaidyanatha Payagunde,one of the distinguished disciples of Nagesabhatta.

cidrūpāśraya	named also चिद्रूपाश्रम who wrote a learned commentary named विषमी on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesabhatta

cūrṇi	a gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.

chas	taddhita affix. affix ईय added to the word भवत् in the general शैषिक senses, e. g. भवदीयः; cf P. IV.2.115. The mute letter स् has been attached to the affix छस् So that the base भवत् before it could be termed pada (confer, compare सिति च P, I.4.16) and as a result have the consonant त् changed into द् by P. VIII.2.39.

jñāpaka	literallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.

jñāpakasamuccaya	a work giving a collection of about 400 Jñāpakas or indicatory wordings found in the Sūtras of Pānini and the conclusions drawn from them. It was written by Purușottamadeva, a Buddhist scholar of Pāņini's grammar in the twelfth century A. D., who was probably the same as the famous great Vaiyākaraņa patronized by Lakșmaņasena.See पुरुषेत्तमदेव.

ṇ(1)	fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.

taddhitakośa	a work on the taddhita section written by Siromani Bhattacarya, who has also written तिङन्तशिरोमणि.

tāthābhāvya	name given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.

darpaṇa	name of a commentary on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, written by a grammarian named Harivallabha.

durdhaṭoddhāra	name.of a commentary by Kesavadatta-Sarman on the grammar work named संक्षिप्तसार.

devendra	a Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.

navyamata	a term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.

nimittin	an affix or an augment or a substitute taking place on account of certain formal causes or nimittas; confer, compare निर्ज्ञातार्थो निमित्तमनिर्ज्ञातार्थो निमित्ती, इह च प्रत्ययोऽनिर्ज्ञातः प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निर्ज्ञाताः M. BSh. on III. l . l Vart. 2.

niyata(1)	regulated in size or number; definitely fixed; the word नियत is used in grammar in connection with the nimitta or nimittin in a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule, which, or a part of which, is shown to be superfluous unless there is laid down a regulation; confer, compare शेषग्रहणं कर्तव्यम् । शेषनियमार्थम् \| प्रकृत्यर्थौ नियतौ प्रत्यया अनियतास्ते शेषेपि प्राप्नुवन्ति M.Bh. on I.3.12 Vart. 6; (2) The grave accent; cf उदात्तपूर्वं नियतं... स्वर्यते RPr.III.9.

niyama(1)	restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).

nīlakaṇṭhadīkṣita	a famous grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas in Vyakarana named Paribhasavrtti. This Vrtti is referred to in the Paribhsendusekhara by Nagesabhatta and the views expressed in it are severely criticised in the commentary गदा.

nyāsa(1)	literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.

padamañjarī	the learned commentary by Haradatta on the काशिकावृत्ति. Haradatta was a very learned grammarian of the Southern School, and the Benares School of Grammarians follow पदमञ्जरी more than the equally learned another commentary काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका or न्यास. In the Padamanjarī Haradatta is said to have given everything of importance from the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare अधीते हि महाभाष्ये व्यर्था सा पदमञ्जरी. For details see Mahābhāșya D. E. S. Ed. Vol. VII P. 390-391.

paribhāṣā	an authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.

paribhāṣābhāskara(1)	a treatise on the Paribhasas in Panini's grammar written by Haribhaskara Agnihotri, son of Appajibhatta Agnihotri, who lived in the seventeenth century : (2) a treatise on Paniniparibhasas, as arranged by Siradeva, written by Sesadrisuddhi,

paribhāṣāvṛtti	a general name given to an explanatory independent work on Paribhasas of the type of a gloss on a collection of Paribhasas,irrespective of the system of grammar, whether it be that of Panini, or of Katantra, or of Jainendra or of Hemacandra. The treatises of Vyadi (Panini system), Durgasimha and BhavamiSra (Katantra system), Purusottamadeva and Siradeva (Panini system), Abhyankar (Jainendra system) and others are all known by the name Paribhasavritti.

paribhāṣāsegraha'	a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition

paribhāṣenduśekhara	the reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.

pāṇinisūtravṛtti	a gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.

pradīpakāra	Kaiyatabhatta, the author of the fatmous commentary प्रदीप on the Mahabhasya, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

pradīpavivaraṇa	called also उद्द्योत written by the well-known grammarian Nagesabhatta of Varanasi who flourished in the first half of the eighteenth century.

pravartakopādhyāya	a grammarian who wrote an explanatory gloss named कैयटप्रकाशिका on the महाभाष्यप्रदीप written by Kaiyatabhatta.

prāṇapaṇā	a gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.

prātiśākhya	a work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.

bahvapekṣa	literally depending on many; the word is used in the sense of depending on many causal factors ( निमित्तानि ) and given as the definition of a kind of बहिरङ्ग by some grammarians; confer, compare अल्पापेक्षमन्तरङ्गं बह्वपेक्षं बहिरङ्गम् . This kind of अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्गत्व, cited by Kaiyata is, however, disapproved by Nagesabhatta; confer, compare बहुिरङ्गान्तरङ्गाशब्दाभ्यां बह्वपेक्षत्वाल्पापेक्षत्वयोः शब्दमर्यादया अलाभाच्च । तथा सति असिद्धं बह्वपेक्षमल्पापेक्षे इत्येव वदेत् । Par. Sek. on Pari. 50.

bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )	surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.

bālabodhinī	name of a grammatical work ascribed to Balambhatta of Tanjore.

bālarañjanī	name of a grammar work written by Balambhatta of Tanjore. See बालंभट्ट (2).

bṛhacchabdaratna	a learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.

bṛhadṛrpaṇā	name of a commentary on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Mannudeva, who was called also Mantudeva, who lived in the latter half of the eighteenth century.

bhavat( भवन्त् )	ancient term for the present tense found in the Brhaddevata and other works, The term 'vartamana' for the present tense was also equally common. The word is found in the Mahabhasya, the Unadisutravrtti of Ujjvaladatta and in the Grammar of Jainendra confer, compare P.II.3.1 Vart 11, Unadi III. 50 Jain Vyak. I.1.471.

bhāgavṛtti	one of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति \| Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: \| तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."

bhāṣāvṛtti	a short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.

bhāṣāvṛttiṭīkā	a learned commentary on Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva's Bhāṣavṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara a learned grammarian of the sixteenth century.

makarand(1)	name of a commentary by Raṅganātha on the Padamañjari of Haradatta; (2) name of a commentary on the Supadma Vyākaraṇa by Viṣṇumiśra.

mahānyāsa	name of a commentary on the Kāśikāvivaranapanjikā (popularly named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.), mentioned by Ujjvaladatta in his Unādisūtravṛtti.

mahābhāṣya	literally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).

mahābhāṣyapradīpa	a very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.

mahābhāṣyapradīpavivaraṇa(1)	original name of the learned commentary on the 'Pradipa' of Kaiyata written by Nagesabhatta, a stalwart and epoch-making grammarian of the 18th century. The commentary is known popularly by the name 'Uddyota' or Pradipoddyota; (2) name of the commentary on Kaiyata's Pradipa by Nityaananda Parvatiya. The commentary is also known by the name दीपप्रभा.

mahābhāṣyavyākhyā	name given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable

yadyoga	a connection with the word (pronoun) यत् by its use in the same sentence and context, which prevents the anudatta ( grave ) accent for the verb in the sentence; confer, compareनिपातैर्यद्यदिहृन्तकुविन्नेच्चेच्चण्कच्चिद्यत्रयुक्तम् P. VIII. 1.30; cf also the usual expression यद्योगादानघात: found in commentary wor

raṅganātha	a grammarian,son of नारायणयज्वा, who wrote a commentary named मकरन्द on Haradatta's Padamanjari.

rapratyāhārakhaṇḍana	a small article showing that the short term र for the consonants र् and ल् need not be advocated as done by the learned old grammarians.The treatise was Written by Vaidyanatha Paya-gunde, the prominent pupil of Nagesabhatta.

rāmacandra(1)	रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.

rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāre	one of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.

rāmasiṃhṛvarmā	possibly the same king of Sringaberapura who patronised Nagesabhatta. He is said to have written some Small comments on " the Ramayana and a small grammar work named धातुरत्नमञ्जरी.

rūpa(1)	word-form which is complete with प्रकृति ( the base ) and प्रत्यय, id est, that is the affix which is attached to it; confer, compare रूपनिर्ग्रहश्च शब्दस्य नान्तरेण लौकिकं प्रयोगम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.22 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; confer, compare also the usual expression का रूपसिद्धिः in the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.51, 1.2.58 et cetera, and others ; the word is also used in the sense of a word-base ( धातु or प्रातिपदिक ); confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा P. I. 1.68; (2) the word form as characterized by its derivation and properties confer, compare तस्य रूपान्यत्वे वर्णान्यत्वम् explained as तस्य शब्दस्य अनुप्रदानादिभिः कारणौ रूपभेदे जन्यमाने वर्णभेदः संपद्यते Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 2

laghuparibhāṣāvṛtti	an independent work on Paribhāşās written by Puruşottamadeva in the twelfth century A. D. called लघुपरिभाषावृत्ति in contrast with the बृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति of सीरदेव. The Vŗtti is named ' Lalitā ' also, by the author.

lalitāvṛtti	name given to the Paribhāșāvŗtti written by Purușottamadeva, a famous grammarian of the Eastern branch of Pāņini's system which prevailed in Bengal from the eighth to the end of the twelfth century A.D. See पुरुषोत्तमदेव.

vanamālin	a grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary named मतोन्मजा on Kondabhatta's vaiyakaranabhusana and a grammar work named सिद्धान्ततत्वविवेक.

vijayānand	called also विद्यानन्द, a grammar scholar of the Katantra school who wrote (l) Katantradhatuvrtti (2) Katantrottara and (3) Kriyakalapa.

vidyāvinoda	grandson of Rameswarabhatta of Pratisthana who wrote a grammar of the Prakrta dialects.

vimalamati	an old grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss named भागवृत्ति on Pāṇini's Sūtras to which the grammarians Purusottamadeva, Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand others of the twelfth century refer. Some scholars say that भागवृत्ति was written by भर्तृहरि; but it is not feasible, as there is a reference to Māghakāvya in भागवृति. In books on grammar,. especially of the Eastern School in the 11th and the 12th century, there are several quotations from the Bhāgavṛtti. See भागवृत्ति.

visarjanīya	same as विसर्ग which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare विसृज्यते पुनर्वर्णैर्न संबध्यते इति विसर्गः; Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on Kat. I. 1. 16. The term विसृष्ट is also used in the same sense. The visarjanīya has the same position (स्थान) in the mouth as the vowel after which it occurs. It is a glottal sound; the Ṛk-Prātiśākhya says that some scholars describe visarjanīya as a chest sound: confer, compare कण्ठयोकार:प्रथमपञ्चमौ च द्वावूष्माणौ केचिदेतावुरस्यौ \| Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I 18: confer, compare also उरसि विसर्जनीयो वा Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 3.

vṛttidīpikā	a treatise on the different ways in which the meaning is conveyed by words according to the conventions of grammarians,written by a grammarian Krisnabhatta surnamed Mauni.

vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa	a well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.

veyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra	a slightly abridged form of the Vaiyakaranabhusana by the author Kondabhatta himself for students and beginners. It consists of the same number of fourteen chapters as the main treatise, which are given the name Nirnaya. See vaiyākaranabhusana.

vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāraṭīkā	a commentary written on the well-known work on the sense of words and syntax written by Kondabhatta. There are many commentaries out of which, the well-known ones are (1) Darpana by Harivallabha, (2) Laghubhushanakanti by Gopaladeva, a pupil of Balambhatta Payagunde, and (3) Kasika by Harirama Kesava Kale and Sankari by Sankarasastri Marulakara

vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā	a very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.

vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntamañjūṣā	a well-known work on the syntax and denotation of words written by Nagesabhatta which is popular by the name Laghumanjusha. The Paramalaghumanjusha is an abridgment of this work by the author himselfeminine.

vyākaraṇadīpikā	name of a short gloss or Vrtti on the Sutras of Panini written by a modern scholar of grammar Orambhatta of Varanasi.

vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpa	the original name of the learned commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya by Kaiyatabhatta the well-known grammarian of Kashmir of the eleventh century. See प्रदीप and कैयट.

vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpoddyota	the wellknown scholarly commentary by the stalwart grammarian Nagesabhatta on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata. See उद्द्योत and नागेश.

śaṃkaraśāstrī( मारुलकर )	a modern scholar of grammar who lived in Poona and did the work of teaching and writing commentaries. He has written a commentary mamed शांकरी on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta.

śabdenduśekhara	a popular name given to the Laghusabdendusekhara written by Nagesabhatta. See लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर.

śāṃkari(1)	name of a glo:s on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara by Samkara; (2) name of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa written by Sankarabhatta; (3) The Vyakarana vidya or instructions in Grammar given by God Siva to Panini on which the Siksa of Panini has been basedition

śivabhaṭṭa	a grammarian, who wrote a commentary named कुङ्कुमविकास on the Padamanjari of Haradatta. He was the grandson of Nilakantha Diksita who was also a grammarian and who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas, named the Paribhasavrtti.

śeṣaśāstrī	a grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesabhatta.

śrutakevalin	a term of a very great honour given to such Jain monks as have almost attained perfection; the term is used in connection with Palyakirti Sakatayana, the Jain grammarian शाकटायन, whose works शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and its presentation in a topical form named शाकटायनप्रक्रिया are studied at the present day in some parts of India. See शाकटायन a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

ṣ(l)	a sibilant letter of the cerebral class of consonants possessed of the properties श्वास, अघोष, कण्ठविवार and महाप्राण ; (2) mute indicatory letter ष्, attached to nouns as also to affixes with which nouns are formed, such as ष्वुन्, ष्कन्, ष्टरच्, ष्ट्रन् et cetera, and others showing the addition of the feminine affix ई ( ङीष् ); confer, compare षिद्गौरादिभ्यश्च P. IV. 1.41 ; (3) changeable to स् when placed at the beginning of roots in the Dhatupatha except in the case of the roots formed from nouns and the roots ष्ठिव् and ष्वष्क्; (4) substitute for the last consonant of the roots ब्रश्च, भ्रस्ज्, सृज्, मृज्, यज्, राज्, भ्राज्, as also of the roots ending in छ् and श् before a consonant excepting a nasal and a semivowel, as also when the consonant is at the end of the word; e. g. भ्रष्टा, स्रष्टा, यष्टुम् सम्राट् et cetera, and others cf P. VIII.2.36 (5) substitute for a visarjaniya preceded by a vowel except अ and followed by a consonant of the guttural or the labial class which does not begin a different word, as also before the words पाश, कल्प, क, काभ्य et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VIII. 3.39: confer, compare also P. VIII 3.41, 43, 44, 45 and 48 for some specified cases; (6) substitute for स् when placed near a consonant of the cerebral class or near the consonant ष्; e. g. वृक्षष्षण्डे , वृक्षष्टकार: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.41.

ṣit	an affix or sometimes a word marked by the mute letter ष्, The mute letter ष् attached to roots signifies the addition of the krt affix अङ् ( अ ) in the sense of the verbal activity: e. g. क्षमा from the root क्षमूष् ( क्षम् ), जरा from ज्ट्टष्ठ ( ज्दृ ); confer, compare षिद्भिदादिम्भोSङ् P. III. 3.104: attached to affixes, ष् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीष् ), e. g. वराकी, शतपथिकी et cetera, and others confer, compare षिद्गौरादिभ्यश्च P. IV. 1.41. A few roots headed by घट् (roots from घट् to त्वर्) are to be looked upon as षित् for the purpose of the addition of the krt. affix अ; e. g. घटा, व्यथा et cetera, and others confer, compare घटादयः षितः । Gana sutra in Dhatupatha

sānubandha	or सानुबन्धक an affix or a root or the like, to which a mute letter has been attached; confer, compare निरनुबन्धकग्रहणे न सानुबन्धकस्य ग्रहणम् Par.Sek, Pari.81.

sṛṣṭidhara	name of the famous commentator on Purusottamadeva's Bhasavrtti,who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.

sphoṭa	name given to the radical Sabda which communicates the meaning to the hearers as different from ध्वनि or the sound in ordinary experience.The Vaiyakaranas,who followed Panini and who were headed by Bhartihari entered into discussions regarding the philosophy of Grammar, and introduced by way of deduction from Panini's grammar, an important theory that शब्द which communicates the meaning is different from the sound which is produced and heard and which is merely instrumental in the manifestation of an internal voice which is called Sphota.स्फुटयतेनेन अर्थः: इति स्फोटः or स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायमादुपजायते Vakyapadiya; confer, compare also अभिव्यक्तवादको मध्यमावस्थ आन्तर: शब्द: Kaiyata's Pradipa. For, details see Vakyapadiya I and Sabdakaustubha Ahnika 1. It is doubtful whether this Sphota theory was. advocated before Panini. The word स्फोटायन has been put by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य only incidentally and, in fact, nothing can be definitely deduced from it although Haradatta says that स्फोटायन was the originator of the स्फोटवाद. The word स्फोट is not actually found in the Pratisakhya works. However, commentators on the Pratisakhya works have introduced it in their explanations of the texts which describe वर्णोत्पत्ति or production of sound; confer, compare commentary on R.Pr.XIII.4, T.Pr. II.1. Grammarians have given various kinds of sphota; confer, compare स्फोटो द्विधा \| व्यक्तिस्फोटो जातिस्फोटश्च। व्यक्तिस्पोटः सखण्ड अखण्डश्च । सखण्ड। वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। अखण्ड: पदवाक्यभेदेन द्विधा ! एवं पञ्च व्यक्तिस्फोटाः\| जातिस्फोट: वर्णपदवाक्यभेदेन त्रिधा। इत्येवमष्टौ स्फोटः तत्र अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट एव मुख्य इति नव्याः । वाक्य जातिस्फोट इति तु प्राञ्चः॥; confer, compare also पदप्रकृतिः संहिता इति प्रातिशाख्यमत्र मानम् । पदानां प्रकृतिरिति षष्ठीतत्पुरुषे अखण्डवाक्यस्फोटपक्षः । बहुव्रीहौ सखण्डबाक्यस्फोट:\|\|

sphoṭacandrikā	a small treatise on the theory of Sphota written by Jayakrsna Mauni of the famous Maunin family. The author is known as Krsnabhatta also.

sphoṭavāda	a general name given to treatises discussing the nature of Sphota written by the Vaiyakaranas who defend and establish the theory of Sphota and by the Naiyayikas who criticise the theory. Famous among these works are (l) स्फोटवाद by a stalwart Grammarian Kondabhatta, the author of the Vaiyakaramabhusana and (2) स्फोटवाद by NageSa, the reputed grammarian of the eighteenth century.

ṭāyana	स्फोan ancient grammarian referred to by Panini in the rule अवङ् स्फोटायनस्य P.VI.1.123, Great grammarians like Haradatta observe that this स्फोटायन was the first advocate of the Sphota theory and hence he was nicknamed स्फोटायन; confer, compare स्फोटः अयनं परायणं यस्य स स्फोटायन: स्फोटप्रतिपादनपरो वैयाकरणाचार्यः \| Padamajari on P. VI.1.123.

svara(l)	vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

svārthika	prescribed (after a base) in the sense of itself; id est, that is in the sense of the base. The word is used in connection with a large number of taddhita affix. affixes which are prescribed without any special sense attached to them; vide P. V.3.36 to P. V. 4.67. The Samasanta affixes prescribed from P.V.4.68 onwards can also be called स्वार्थिक;confer, compareस्वार्थिकाश्च प्रकृतितो लिङ्गवचनान्यनुवर्तन्ते \| M.Bh. on P. V. 4. 14, 27. See the word स्वार्थ.

hū	the last of the spirant consonants, \| which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.

hareidīkṣita	a reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.

harirāma( इरिराम केशव काळे )	a modern grammarian who has written a commentary named Ksika on Kondabhatta's Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth century and the commentary Kasika was written by him in 1797, He is said to have been a pupil of the great grammarian BhairavamiSra.

harivallabha	a grammarian who has written commentaries named दर्पणा on the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara of Kondabhatta, and Laghubhusanakanti on the Sabdakaustubha of Bhattoji Diksita.

hemacandra	a Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.

Vedabase Search

1961 results


ābaddhāḥ	being too attached to Her	SB 8.9.23

abhibhūyamānāḥ	being attacked	SB 10.20.15

abhijit-uttarāṣāḍhe	the stars named Abhijit and Uttarāṣāḍhā	SB 5.23.6

abhilabhyate	are attained	SB 11.5.36

abhilāṣa	attachment	CC Adi 14.63

na abhimanyate	does not go to attack	SB 4.24.56

abhiniveśaḥ	excessive attachment	SB 5.1.2

abhipadya	attacking	SB 7.8.25

abhipetuḥ	attacked	SB 4.10.7

abhiplutya	attacking	SB 3.19.8

abhiyāti	attains that perfection	SB 5.13.15

abhyadhāvan	ran forward to attack	SB 10.44.40

abhyadravan	attacked	SB 10.15.36

abhyadravat	attacked	SB 6.10.15

abhyadravat	he attacked	SB 10.59.7

abhyadravat	he attacked	SB 10.63.17

abhyagāt	attacked	SB 10.77.34

abhyapatat	attacked	SB 6.12.1

abhyapatat	attacked	SB 7.8.23

pāpa-ācāra	attached to sinful activities	CC Madhya 1.194

gopīnātha-ācārya	Gopīnātha Ācārya, the brother-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.238

puruṣottama ācārya	Puruṣottama Ācārya	CC Madhya 10.103

acchedya-mūlā	whose root is uncuttable	CC Madhya 23.29

agniṣvāttā-ādayaḥ	headed by Agniṣvāttā	SB 5.26.5

rāga-ādayaḥ	material attachment and so on	SB 10.14.36

adhigacchati	attains	BG 2.64

adhigacchati	attains	BG 2.71

adhigacchati	attains	BG 4.39

adhigacchati	attains	BG 5.6

adhigacchati	attains	BG 5.24

adhigacchati	does attain	BG 6.15

adhigacchati	one attains	BG 18.49

adhigacchati	he attains	SB 11.29.25

adhigantum	to attain	SB 4.12.41

adhikṛta-adhikāraḥ	who attained the proper qualification	SB 5.10.15

adhikṛta-adhikāraḥ	who attained the proper qualification	SB 5.10.15

sārvabhauma-ādi	headed by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.130

agam	difficult to attain	SB 4.12.32

agamat	attained	Bs 5.27

agāt	he attained	SB 11.29.47

agāt	attained	CC Antya 3.64

agāt	attained	CC Antya 3.187

āgatāḥ	attained	BG 4.10

āgatāḥ	having attained	BG 14.2

tāra āge	just in front of the cottage	CC Madhya 24.260

agniṣvāttā-ādayaḥ	headed by Agniṣvāttā	SB 5.26.5

agniṣvāttāḥ	the Agniṣvāttas	SB 4.1.63

āgrahaḥ	too much attachment to (or agrahaḥ

ahanan	attacked	SB 7.5.39-40

ahanat	attempted to attack, kill	SB 8.10.57

ahanat	attacked	SB 8.11.10

āhataḥ	attacked	SB 3.18.6

āhatya	attacking	SB 8.10.57

ajavīthī	the first three stars marking the southern route (Mūlā, Pūrvaṣāḍhā and Uttarāṣāḍhā)	SB 5.23.5

bhaṭṭa-ājñā lañā	taking permission from Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.163

na ajyase	You are not attached	SB 4.7.34

pravṛtta-ākhyam	known as material attachment	SB 7.15.48-49

akiñcana	without any attachment for anything material	CC Madhya 22.93

akiñcanaḥ	is free from such attachment	SB 11.9.1

ākramaṇa	attacking	CC Madhya 24.20

ākramyamāṇāyāḥ	aiming at attacking one another	SB 9.24.59

akṣara-juṣām	attached to impersonal Brahman realization	SB 3.15.43

akṣara-juṣām	attached to impersonal Brahman realization	CC Madhya 24.115

mamatā-ākulaḥ	too much affected by attachment to family	SB 4.28.5

alabdha	not attaining	SB 10.51.57

alabdhvā	without attaining	SB 8.24.17

alabhyam	is unattainable	SB 10.39.2

alambhi	attained	CC Antya 1.191

alampaṭaḥ	without attachment	SB 11.20.15

āma-sattā	āma-sattā	CC Antya 10.15-16

amogha-dṛṣṭiḥ	one who has attained clear vision	SB 2.2.1

amogha	the son-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.266

amūrttarayaḥ	Amūrttaraya	SB 2.7.43-45

pūrṇa-ānanda-prāpti	attainment of completely blissful life	CC Madhya 18.195

ananya-bhāvā	without attachment for others	SB 4.7.59

anāsakta	without attachment	CC Madhya 16.238

anāsakta hañā	being without attachment	CC Madhya 16.243

anāsańgaiḥ	without attachment	CC Madhya 24.172

uparata-anātmyāya	having no attachment for this material world	SB 5.19.11

anātmye	having no attachment	SB 5.19.20

anavāpya	who is unattainable	SB 8.3.28

anāyastam	attained without difficulty	SB 11.25.28

aniketaḥ	without attachment for a residence	CC Madhya 23.111-112

animittena	without attachment to the result	SB 3.29.15

rāga-daśā-anta	up to the point of spontaneous attachment	CC Madhya 24.32

mānasottara-mervoḥ antaram	the land between Mānasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru)	SB 5.20.35

anubaddhena	being attached	SB 3.22.33

anubandha	of attachment	SB 10.51.54

gṛha-anubandhaḥ	I who am bound by attachment to family life, or worldly life	SB 5.10.20

anubandhaḥ	the attachment	SB 10.47.5

anubandham	attachment	SB 10.84.1

anudhyānena	by such attachment	SB 5.8.8

rāga-anuga	of spontaneous attachment	CC Madhya 8.221

rāga-anugataḥ	according to his attachment	SB 10.1.43

madhukara-anupadavīm	the road followed in pursuance of devotees who are attached like bumblebees	SB 5.14.1

anurāddhām	attained	SB 7.8.46

anurāga	attachment	SB 3.2.14

anurāga	attachment	SB 3.3.7

anurāga	attachment	SB 4.26.23

anurāga	of attachment	SB 5.7.12

anurāga	of attachment	SB 5.25.5

anurāga	attachments	CC Adi 4.175

anurāga	attachment	CC Adi 7.143

anurāga	attachment	CC Madhya 11.50

anurāga	further attachment	CC Madhya 19.178

anurāga	subattachment	CC Madhya 23.42

anurāga	of attachment	CC Antya 2.168

anurāga	attachment	CC Antya 20.19

anurāgaḥ	attachment	SB 11.2.40

anurāgaḥ	attachment	CC Adi 7.94

anurāgaḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 9.262

anurāgaḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 23.41

anurāgaḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 25.141

anurāgaḥ	attachment	CC Antya 3.179

anurāgaḥ	attachment	CC Antya 20.16

nava-anurāgam	new attachment	CC Antya 1.136

gāḍha-anurāgera	of one who has deep attachment	CC Antya 4.62

anurāgī	a deeply attached devotee	CC Antya 4.62

anurāgi	attached	NoI 8

anurajyate	is becoming attached	BG 11.36

anuraktā	being attached	SB 1.16.32-33

anurakta	because of attachment	SB 5.24.8

anurakta-manasaḥ	their minds very much attached to Him	SB 10.16.20

anurakta	very much attached	SB 10.44.15

anurakta	attached to Him	SB 10.68.53

anurakta-dhiyām	for those whose minds are naturally attached in a favorable way	SB 11.5.48

anurakta	constantly attached	SB 11.12.10

anurakta-cetasaḥ	mind constantly attached	SB 11.14.17

ati-anurakta	extremely attached	SB 11.29.7

anuraktāḥ	firmly attached	SB 1.18.22

anuraktaḥ	attached	SB 3.23.38

anuraktāḥ	firmly attached	SB 10.29.30

guṇa-anuraktam	being attached to the material modes of nature	SB 5.11.8

anuraktasya	attached to them	SB 1.5.29

anuraktasya	although attached	SB 3.4.10

anuraktāya	who is very attached	SB 11.27.5

anurata	constantly attached to Him abalā-gaṇaḥ

anurodhāt	from compliance due to being grossly attached to the body, senses and mind	SB 5.10.22

anuṣajjate	becomes attached	BG 18.10

anuṣajjeta	will become attached	SB 11.23.23

kṛta-anuṣańgaḥ	having developed attachment	SB 5.8.11

anuviddhayā	attached	SB 3.29.5

anvāśnavai	shall attain	SB 3.25.28

gṛha-anvitaḥ	a person attached to household life	SB 8.16.9

anya-prasańgataḥ	from attachment to any other object	SB 3.31.35

anya-āsakta-vimukhān	persons attached not to fighting but to some other subject matter	SB 10.4.35

anya-prasańgataḥ	from any other attachment	SB 11.14.30

anyatamaḥ	unattached	SB 4.20.15

āpa	attained	SB 10.38.17

āpa	attained	SB 10.86.58

āpatantam	again endeavoring to attack Him	SB 10.11.51

āpatantam	attacking	SB 10.17.6

āpatantam	attacking	SB 10.36.13

āpatantam	attacking	SB 10.43.13

āpatantīm	coming forward to attack him	SB 9.4.47

āpatat	attacked	SB 10.36.12

āpatataḥ	attacking	SB 10.15.37

āpatataḥ	who was attacking	SB 10.54.31

āpatataḥ	who was attacking	SB 10.78.12

apaviddhaḥ	unjustly attacked	SB 10.68.8

atha api	although they come to attack	SB 10.11.56

āpitā	was made to attain	SB 10.14.35

āpnoti	he attains	SB 10.52.32

dhairyam āpnoti	attains the position of dhairya, endurance	CC Madhya 24.184

āpnuvanti	attain	BG 8.15

āpnuyāt	one can attain	Bs 5.60

aprāpya	failing to attain	BG 6.37

apratiṣiddhāni	with attachment to the result	SB 3.32.16

aprauḍhā	before attaining maturity	SB 4.1.66

āpta	attained	SB 3.33.26

āpta-kāmāḥ	those who have already attained their material desires	SB 10.32.19

na āpta	not having yet attained	SB 10.44.8

uttama-āptibhiḥ	by attainment of the highest platform of perfection	CC Madhya 24.181

āpuḥ	attained	SB 3.15.26

āpuḥ	attained	SB 7.1.28-29

āpuḥ	attained	SB 9.20.29

āpuḥ	attained	SB 10.82.39

āpuḥ	they attained	SB 10.84.26

āpuḥ	attained	Bs 5.55

āra datta mukunda	and Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 3.209-210

karma-ārabdham	the resultant action now attained	SB 5.10.14

artha-indriya-ārāmaḥ	too attached to material enjoyment	SB 6.18.39

aratiḥ	being without attachment	BG 13.8-12

ārcchayat	attacked	SB 8.10.41

ārtam	who was very depressed (because of being attacked by the crocodile)	SB 8.3.31

artha-paraḥ	who is very attached to money	SB 5.14.1

artha-indriya-ārāmaḥ	too attached to material enjoyment	SB 6.18.39

artha-prāpti	attainment of meanings	CC Madhya 24.11

arthe	in the goals of human life, such as sense gratification, liberation, and attainment of heaven	SB 11.20.4

gṛha-ārūḍha-cetase	to one who is too attached to family life	SB 3.32.40

yoga-ārūḍhaḥ	one who has actually attained perfection in the yoga system	CC Madhya 24.160

ārūḍhasya	of one who has attained	BG 6.3

yoga-ārūḍhasya	of one who has attained such perfect knowledge	CC Madhya 24.159

arūpataḥ	without attachment to material forms	SB 10.14.6

ārurukṣet	can aspire to attain	SB 4.12.43

āsādya	attaining	BG 9.20

āsādya	attacking	SB 3.18.14

āsādya	attacking	SB 10.59.13

āsajjamānasya	becoming attached	SB 10.51.47

āsajjata	attacked	SB 7.8.27

asakta-ātmā	one who is not attached	BG 5.21

āsakta-manāḥ	mind attached	BG 7.1

āsakta	attached	BG 12.5

asakta-buddhiḥ	having unattached intelligence	BG 18.49

āsakta	attached	SB 4.25.3

āsakta	attached	SB 4.27.12

asakta	unto the Supreme person, who is unattached	SB 5.19.12

āsakta	attached	SB 6.11.27

āsakta	being too attached	SB 9.22.21-24

anya-āsakta-vimukhān	persons attached not to fighting but to some other subject matter	SB 10.4.35

āsakta	attached	SB 11.17.56

asakta	without attachment	SB 11.18.26

asakta	not attached	SB 11.19.40-45

āsakta-manasaḥ	having become attached within the mind	SB 11.21.24

asaktaḥ	without attachment	BG 3.7

asaktaḥ	without attachment	BG 3.19

asaktaḥ	unattached	BG 3.19

asaktaḥ	without attachment	BG 3.25

asaktaḥ	without being attached	SB 3.3.19

asaktam	without attachment	BG 13.15

āsaktasya	of one who is attached	SB 1.6.27

kuṭumba-āsaktayā	who were too attached to the family members	SB 8.16.6

āsakti	attachment	CC Madhya 23.12

āsakti haite	from attachment	CC Madhya 23.12

āsakti	attachment	CC Madhya 23.34

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

āsakti	attachment	NBS 82

asaktiḥ	being without attachment	BG 13.8-12

āsaktiḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 23.14-15

āsaktiḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 23.18-19

asamādhānāt	because of inability to attain trance	SB 11.29.2

asaṃsaktaḥ	being unattached	SB 4.20.6

asańga	nonattachment	SB 2.1.15

asańgaḥ	unattached	SB 1.5.6

asańgaḥ	no attachment	SB 2.3.12

āsańgaḥ	so much affectionate attachment	SB 5.8.26

asańgaḥ	without attachment	SB 11.9.25

asańgaiḥ	who have no material attachment	SB 6.3.28

karma-phala-āsańgam	attachment for fruitive results	BG 4.20

asańgam	unattached	SB 1.11.37

asańgam	being unattached	SB 11.7.42

asańgī	free from attachment	SB 11.25.26

āsanna	attained	SB 3.18.21

asat-matim	no attachment	SB 9.4.27

aśeṣa-bandhanaḥ	unlimited attachment	SB 1.15.40

āśiṣaḥ	(attain) the desired objects	SB 10.72.4

asmāt	from this attachment for sex life	SB 5.5.9

aśnute	attains	BG 6.28

aśoka-vanika-āśrame	in a small cottage in the forest of Aśoka trees	SB 9.10.30

āśramaḥ	cottage for meditation	SB 1.7.2

āśramam	the cottage	SB 1.4.32

cyavana-āśramam	to the āśrama cottage of Cyavana Muni	SB 9.3.2

āśrame	in the cottage	SB 1.7.3

aśoka-vanika-āśrame	in a small cottage in the forest of Aśoka trees	SB 9.10.30

āśrame	in the cottage	SB 9.15.27

yat-āśrayaḥ	caused by attachment to the modes	SB 3.27.19

asya	of Marutta	SB 9.2.27

atha api	although they come to attack	SB 10.11.56

ati-saktaḥ	very attached	SB 11.20.8

ati-anurakta	extremely attached	SB 11.29.7

na ati-saktaḥ	not very much attached to material existence	CC Madhya 22.50

atikramam	the attacks	SB 11.22.61

asakta-ātmā	one who is not attached	BG 5.21

tat-ātma-jāḥ ca	and his children like Priyavrata, Uttānapāda, Devahūti, etc.	SB 2.7.43-45

ātma-lābhāt	than the attainment of You	SB 5.18.20

guṇa-ātmakāni	attached to the qualities	SB 2.10.32

tat-ātmānaḥ	attaining the same spiritual body and form	SB 7.10.39

ātmanām	of those who are attached	SB 11.14.12

ātmane	for the soul (and his attainment of happiness in his next life)	SB 10.87.2

ātmatā	great attachment	SB 7.1.48

atyādriyat	attached	SB 3.16.21

aut-kaṇṭhyam	attachment	SB 10.13.35

auttame	in the Auttama-manvantara	CC Madhya 20.325

auttānapāda	O son of King Uttānapāda	SB 4.10.30

auttānapade	O son of Mahārāja Uttānapāda	SB 4.12.7

auttānapādiḥ	on account of the son of King Uttānapāda	SB 4.8.82

auttānapādiḥ	the famous son of Mahārāja Uttānapāda	SB 5.17.2

auttānapādiḥ	the son of Mahārāja Uttānapāda	SB 5.23.1

auttānapādim	unto the son of Uttānapāda	SB 4.11.6

auttareyaḥ	the son of Uttarā	SB 2.4.1

auttareyeṇa	by the son of Uttarā	SB 1.17.40

avagraha	being too much attached	SB 4.7.27

avāpa	attained	SB 4.12.43

avāpta-rādhase	having attained perfection	SB 4.7.57

sukha-avāptiḥ	attainment of all happiness	SB 4.25.4

avāpuḥ	attained	SB 1.15.47-48

avarotsyasi	you will attain	SB 3.33.10

avarundhatī	being very much attached	SB 4.15.5

avarundhe	one attains	SB 3.25.27

āveśe	in the attachment	CC Adi 4.113

dakṣiṇa-āyanāni	the fourteen stars, from Puṣyā to Uttarāṣāḍhā, marking the northern course	SB 5.23.5

babādhe	attacked	SB 3.19.4

baddha-hṛdayaḥ	being very attached	SB 6.1.25

baddha-sauhṛdāḥ	because of being fully attached to Your lotus feet	SB 10.2.33

baddhaḥ	attached	CC Madhya 19.120

baddhvā	attaching	SB 10.64.4

na badhyate	is not attached as the creator, master or proprietor	SB 5.19.12

bahu-doṣa-duṣṭaḥ	infected with varieties of material disease or attachment	CC Madhya 24.125

bāla-grahāḥ ca	and those attacking children	SB 10.6.24

balabhadra bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Adi 10.146

balabhadra bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.236

balabhadra bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.238

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.15

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.20

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.41

balabhadra	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.81

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.89

balabhadra-sańge	with the servant Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 25.223

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārya	Your servant Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 3.73

balabhadra-bhaṭṭa-sthāne	from Balabhadra Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 4.210

bhaṭṭācārya bale	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.232

aśeṣa-bandhanaḥ	unlimited attachment	SB 1.15.40

bandhanaḥ	attachment	SB 3.13.38

bata	regrettable	SB 10.47.21

bata	regrettable	CC Adi 6.68

bhakata-vatsala	very much attached to His devotees	CC Madhya 4.177

bhakta-vātsalya	attachment for His devotees	CC Madhya 4.211

premī bhakta	a devotee attached to Kṛṣṇa by love	CC Antya 4.61

tvat-bhaktaḥ	fully attached to You without motivation	SB 7.10.6

bhaktiḥ harau	devotional attachment and service to the Lord	SB 10.7.1-2

ṣāṭhī-kanyāra bhartā	the husband of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya's daughter ṣāṭhī	CC Madhya 15.245

bhaṭṭa-raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 1.36

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 1.36

bhaṭṭa raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 9.4

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Śrī Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 9.4

śrī-gopāla bhaṭṭa	Śrī Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Adi 10.105

śrī-vaiṣṇava trimalla-bhaṭṭa	Trimalla Bhaṭṭa was a Śrī Vaiṣṇava	CC Madhya 1.109

bhaṭṭa-thāri	a Bhaṭṭathāri	CC Madhya 1.112

vallabha bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 1.263

vyeńkaṭa bhaṭṭa	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.82

bhaṭṭa-sańge	with Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.86

bhaṭṭa-gṛhe	in the house of Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.108

bhaṭṭa-sańge	with Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.108

bhaṭṭa	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.109

bhaṭṭa	My dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.111

bhaṭṭa kahe	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said	CC Madhya 9.115

bhaṭṭa kahe	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa replied	CC Madhya 9.124

bhaṭṭa	My dear Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.141

bhaṭṭa	My dear Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.152

bhaṭṭa kahe	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said	CC Madhya 9.157

bhaṭṭa	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.162

bhaṭṭa-ājñā lañā	taking permission from Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.163

bhaṭṭa	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.164

bhaṭṭa	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.165

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 9.357

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.7

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.10

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.17

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 10.144

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.60

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.61

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.71

hari-bhaṭṭa	Hari Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 11.87

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.102

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 11.106

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.110

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.112

hari-bhaṭṭa	Hari Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 11.159-160

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.205

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.235

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.238

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.244

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.254

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.290

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.293

bhaṭṭa	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.295

bhaṭṭa-gṛhe	in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.298

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 18.49

raghunātha-bhaṭṭa-gosāñi	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 18.49

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.61

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.65

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.67

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 19.70

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.77

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.84

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.85

bhaṭṭa	Śrīla Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.90

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.108

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.110

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.113

bhaṭṭa-raghunātha	Bhaṭṭa Raghunātha	CC Antya 1.3-4

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 1.3-4

balabhadra-bhaṭṭa-sthāne	from Balabhadra Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 4.210

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	the greatly learned scholar named Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.4

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.5

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.6

bhaṭṭa	My dear Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.16

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.57

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.60

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.62

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.63

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.69

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.71

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.80

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.84

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.89

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.90

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.92

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.96

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.100

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.101

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.102

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.103

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.109

bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.120

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.138

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.171

bhaṭṭa	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.101

raghunātha-bhaṭṭa	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.107

bhaṭṭa	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.115

bhaṭṭa	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.116

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Adi 10.130

balabhadra bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Adi 10.146

raghunātha bhaṭṭācārya	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Adi 10.152-154

balabhadra bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.236

balabhadra bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.238

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 4.3-4

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.11

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.14

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.44

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.62

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.74

bhaṭṭācārya	my dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.78

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.110

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.112

bhaṭṭācārya-sane	along with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.118

bhaṭṭācārya-sańge	along with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.119

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.128

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.176

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.183

bhaṭṭācārya	My dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.184

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.187

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.189

bhaṭṭācārya	My dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.191

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.207

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.212

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.215

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.220

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.239

bhaṭṭācārya	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.243

bhaṭṭācārya	my dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.244

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.245

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.248

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.263

bhaṭṭācārya	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.277

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.278

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.51

bhaṭṭācārya-sthāne	at Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya's place	CC Madhya 7.54

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.55

bhaṭṭācārya-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.58

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.30

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.343

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.19

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.22

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.28

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.31

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.62

bhaṭṭācārya	My dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.63

bhaṭṭācārya	My dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.142

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 10.172

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 10.180

bhaṭṭācārya	the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.13

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.51

śuna bhaṭṭācārya	my dear Bhaṭṭācārya, kindly listen	CC Madhya 11.66

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.70

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.76

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.97

bhaṭṭācārya sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.124

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.133

bhaṭṭācārya likhila	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 12.6

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.11

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.201

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.203

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.219

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.223

bhaṭṭācārya bale	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.232

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.246

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.249

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.250

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.251

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.258

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.260

kahe bhaṭṭācārya	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.267

bhaṭṭācārya-vivaraṇe	the affairs in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.271

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 16.143

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.15

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.19

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.41

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.57

bhaṭṭācārya-sthāne	before Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.59

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.61

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.62-63

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.65

bhaṭṭācārya	My dear Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.68

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.119

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.150

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.174

bhaṭṭācārya-sańge	with the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.219

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.222

bhaṭṭācārya	the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.224

bhaṭṭācārya-dvārā	with the help of Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.14

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.21

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.99

bhaṭṭācārya-sthāne	unto Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.130

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.131

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.138

bhaṭṭācārya	Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.139

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.147

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 18.156

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.157

bhaṭṭācārya	the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.180

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.217

bhaṭṭācārya paṇḍita	learned scholars known as bhaṭṭācāryas	CC Madhya 19.17

bhaṭṭācārya	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.59

bhaṭṭācārya	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.89

bhaṭṭācārya brāhmaṇe	the brāhmaṇa known as Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 25.224

bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 1.115

gopāla-bhaṭṭācārya	Gopāla Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 2.89

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārya	Your servant Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 3.73

bhaṭṭācārya-sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 7.21

bhaṭṭācārya sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 10.153

raghunātha-bhaṭṭācārya	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.89

bhaṭṭācārye	to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.57

bhaṭṭācārye	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.212

bhaṭṭācārye	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.74

bhaṭṭācārye kahe	said to the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.224

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.20

bhaṭṭācārye	to Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.60

bhaṭṭācārye	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.76

balabhadra-bhaṭṭācārye	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.89

bhaṭṭācārye	Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.176

bhaṭṭācārye	to Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.87

bhaṭṭācārye	unto Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.248

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācāryera	of the devotee named Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.141

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.9

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.113

bhaṭṭācāryera nāme	on behalf of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.114

bhaṭṭācāryera kathā	all the words of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.115

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.115

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.116

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.193

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.199

sei bhaṭṭācāryera	of that Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.210

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.218

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.219

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.223

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.236

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.280

bhaṭṭācāryera sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.29

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.180

bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī	the wife of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.200

bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.202

bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā	the son-in-law of the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.245

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.27

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.33

bhaṭṭācāryera	of Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.88

raghunātha-bhaṭṭācāryera	of Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 20.122

bhaṭṭācāyera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.209

bhaṭṭathāri	the Bhaṭṭathāri community	CC Madhya 9.224

bhaṭṭathāri-saha	with the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.226

bhaṭṭathāri-ghare	to the place of the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.228

bhaṭṭathāri-gaṇe	to the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.229

bhaṭṭathāri-ghare	at the home of the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.233

bhaṭṭathāri-kāche	in the association of the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 10.64

bhaṭṭathāri haite	from the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 10.64

bhaṭṭe	to Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.66

bhaṭṭe milāilā	introduced Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.61

bhaṭṭe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.118

bhaṭṭe	to Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.112

trimalla bhaṭṭera	of Trimalla Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 1.108

bhaṭṭera	of Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.138

bhaṭṭera	of the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.63

vallabha-bhaṭṭera mana	in the mind of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.64

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.68

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.76

bhaṭṭera hṛdaye	in the heart of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.53

bhaṭṭera manete	in the mind of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.55

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.56

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.62

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.67

vallabha-bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.76

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.78

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.79

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.88

bhaṭṭera vyākhyāna	explanation of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.91

vallabha-bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.148

bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.153-154

vallabha-bhaṭṭera milana	the meeting of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.172

raghunātha-bhaṭṭera	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.94

bhaṭṭera	of Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.94

bhaṭṭera	of Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.108

vallabha bhaṭṭera milana	the meeting of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Antya 20.114

bhaṭṭere	from the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.60

bhaṭṭere kahilā	said to Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.68

bhaṭṭere śodhilā	purified Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.167

ananya-bhāvā	without attachment for others	SB 4.7.59

bhāvam	a different attitude of attachment or envy	SB 9.19.15

sārvabhaumera bhavana	to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.28

bhavat-svabhāvānām	who have attained Your qualities	SB 5.3.11

bhaya-santrastān	to the cowherd boys, who were disturbed by fear that within the dense forest the calves would be attacked by some ferocious animals	SB 10.13.13

rati-bheda	the different attachments	CC Madhya 19.183-184

hṛdaya-granthi-bhedakam	mystic yoga, which can loosen the knots of material attachment in the heart	SB 9.12.2

rati-bhede	by attachment on different platforms	CC Madhya 19.183-184

uttama-bhrātā	the brother of Uttama	SB 8.1.27

brahma-bhūtaḥ	freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation	CC Madhya 8.65

brahma-bhūtaḥ	freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation	CC Madhya 25.155

brahma-vādibhiḥ	attached to the Vedic rituals	SB 4.15.11

brahma-varcasvī	one who has attained the power of spiritual success	SB 4.23.32

brahma-bhūtaḥ	freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation	CC Madhya 8.65

brahma-bhūtaḥ	freed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation	CC Madhya 25.155

puruṣottama brahmacārī	Puruṣottama Brahmacārī	CC Adi 12.62

brahmadattam	a son named Brahmadatta	SB 9.21.25

bhaṭṭācārya brāhmaṇe	the brāhmaṇa known as Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 25.224

brahmāvarta-gataḥ	when He reached the place known as Brahmāvarta (identified by some as Burma and by others as a place near Kanpura, Uttar Pradesh)	SB 5.4.19

brahmāvartam	part of northern Uttar Pradesh	SB 1.10.34-35

asakta-buddhiḥ	having unattached intelligence	BG 18.49

tat-ātma-jāḥ ca	and his children like Priyavrata, Uttānapāda, Devahūti, etc.	SB 2.7.43-45

uttamaḥ ca	also Uttama	SB 4.9.48

bāla-grahāḥ ca	and those attacking children	SB 10.6.24

gṛha-cetasaḥ	who are attached to materialistic household life	SB 9.11.17

anurakta-cetasaḥ	mind constantly attached	SB 11.14.17

gṛha-ārūḍha-cetase	to one who is too attached to family life	SB 3.32.40

tat-cittaḥ	being too much attached to her	SB 9.14.32

sama-cittasya	who has attained the stage of being equipoised	SB 7.13.9

cyavana-āśramam	to the āśrama cottage of Cyavana Muni	SB 9.3.2

dakṣiṇa-āyanāni	the fourteen stars, from Puṣyā to Uttarāṣāḍhā, marking the northern course	SB 5.23.5

suta-dāra-vatsalaḥ	being attached to the children and wife	SB 5.13.18

śrī-puruṣottama-dāsa	Śrī Puruṣottama dāsa	CC Adi 11.38

rāga-daśā-anta	up to the point of spontaneous attachment	CC Madhya 24.32

dāsya-rati	attachment in a service attitude	CC Madhya 19.183-184

dāsya-rati	attachment in servitude	CC Madhya 23.54

deva-datta	Devadatta	SB 5.24.31

śrī-mukunda-datta	Śrī Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 10.40

vāsudeva datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Adi 10.41

śrī-govinda datta	Śrī Govinda Datta	CC Adi 10.64

datta	the surname Datta	CC Adi 11.41

kavi-datta	Kavi Datta	CC Adi 12.81

mukunda-datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 17.273

āra datta mukunda	and Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 3.209-210

mukunda datta kahe	the devotee named Mukunda Datta said	CC Madhya 5.155

mukunda-datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.68

mukunda datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.251

vāsudeva datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 10.81

mukunda-datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 10.151

vāsudeva datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 11.87

datta govinda	Govinda Datta	CC Madhya 13.37

vāsudeva-datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 14.98

datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 15.159

mukunda datta kahe	Mukunda Datta, a devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, said	CC Madhya 16.190

uddhāraṇa datta	Uddhāraṇa Datta	CC Antya 6.63

mukunda-datta kahe	Mukunda Datta said	CC Antya 6.190

vāsudeva-datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 10.9-11

datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 12.13

dattaḥ	Dattātreya	SB 2.7.4

dattaḥ	Dattātreya	SB 4.1.33

dattaḥ	Dattātreya	SB 4.19.6

deva-dattaḥ	person named Devadatta	SB 5.14.24

dattaḥ	Dattātreya	SB 6.8.16

dattaḥ	Dattātreya	SB 6.15.12-15

dattaḥ	Dattātreya	SB 11.4.17

dattam	Dattātreya	SB 4.1.15

dattam	unto Dattātreya	SB 9.15.16

dattātreyāt	from Dattātreya	SB 9.23.24

gupta-datte	both Murāri Gupta and Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 14.80

vāsudeva dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Adi 12.57

vāsudeva-dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 15.93

vāsudeva-dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 6.161

vāsudeva-dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 10.121

mukunda-dattere	unto Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 17.65

deva-dattaḥ	person named Devadatta	SB 5.14.24

deva-datta	Devadatta	SB 5.24.31

puruṣottama-deva	King Puruṣottama-deva	CC Madhya 5.122

devadattaḥ	Devadatta	SB 9.2.20

devadattam	the conchshell named Devadatta	BG 1.15

devadattam	named Devadatta	SB 12.2.19-20

pati-devatāyāḥ	very much attached to her husband	SB 4.12.41

dhairyam āpnoti	attains the position of dhairya, endurance	CC Madhya 24.184

dharma-śīlasya	who were strictly attached to religious principles	SB 10.1.2

mokṣa-dharma	the process of attaining liberation	SB 11.2.16

gṛha-dharmiṇau	attached householders	SB 11.7.54

dharṣitaḥ	impudently attacked	SB 12.8.30

prasakta-dhīḥ	because of his being very much attached	SB 10.5.22

sthūla-dhiyaḥ	persons whose intelligence is dulled by materialistic attachments	SB 11.3.17

anurakta-dhiyām	for those whose minds are naturally attached in a favorable way	SB 11.5.48

yoga-īśa-rūpa-dhṛk	by assuming the form of a great yogī like Dattātreya	SB 8.14.8

dhruva-gatiḥ	Dhruva, who attained permanent life	SB 4.12.35

ei paṭṭa-ḍorīra	of these paṭṭa-ḍorīs, silken ropes	CC Madhya 14.249

sańga-doṣa	the pernicious effects of material attachment	SB 3.25.24

doṣa	the contamination of material attachment	SB 11.13.12

bahu-doṣa-duṣṭaḥ	infected with varieties of material disease or attachment	CC Madhya 24.125

amogha-dṛṣṭiḥ	one who has attained clear vision	SB 2.2.1

durāpam	impossible to attain	SB 10.40.28

durāpam	unattainable	SB 10.51.1-6

durāpam	difficult to attain	SB 10.82.39

durāpayā	very difficult to attain	SB 4.24.55

duravagrāhya	difficult to attain	SB 7.1.20

durlabha	difficult to attain	SB 7.1.16

durlabha	almost unattainable	CC Antya 12.29

durlabha	not attainable	CC Antya 16.49

durmadaḥ	who is too attached to the members of his family	SB 8.2.26

durmatibhiḥ	by persons too attached to material enjoyment	SB 9.19.16

bahu-doṣa-duṣṭaḥ	infected with varieties of material disease or attachment	CC Madhya 24.125

bhaṭṭācārya-dvārā	with the help of Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.14

ei paṭṭa-ḍorīra	of these paṭṭa-ḍorīs, silken ropes	CC Madhya 14.249

prema-eka-niṣṭhāḥ	those who have attained pure love of God	NoI 10

eṣām	of those who are attached to household life	CC Madhya 22.53

eṣām	of those who are attached to household life	CC Madhya 25.85

eṣyasi	you will attain	BG 8.7

etān	those who are attached to Kṛṣṇa	SB 10.8.18

etān	those who are attached to Kṛṣṇa	SB 10.26.21

eti	does attain	BG 4.9

eti	does attain	BG 4.9

eti	attains	SB 3.32.43

eti	attain	SB 9.18.40

eti	attained	SB 9.22.11

eti	attains	SB 10.14.60

etya	having attained	SB 3.15.32

gacchanti	attain	BG 15.5

gacchet	will attain	SB 10.87.3

gāḍha-tṛṣṇā	deep attachment	CC Madhya 22.151

gāḍha-anurāgera	of one who has deep attachment	CC Antya 4.62

gamiṣyati	will attain	SB 12.2.32

gamitāḥ	attaining	SB 10.35.16-17

gamyate	one can attain	BG 5.5

śiṣya-gaṇa kahe	the disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.80

bhaṭṭathāri-gaṇe	to the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.229

gańgā-prāpti hailā	there was attainment of the shelter of mother Ganges (passing away)	CC Antya 1.37

gata-sańgasya	of one unattached to the modes of material nature	BG 4.23

gatā	attained	SB 10.90.16

gatāḥ	attained	BG 14.1

gatāḥ	attained	SB 1.9.39

gataḥ	attained by	SB 2.2.31

gataḥ	have attained	SB 3.15.46

gatāḥ	attained	SB 4.24.4

gatāḥ	have attained	SB 4.30.20

brahmāvarta-gataḥ	when He reached the place known as Brahmāvarta (identified by some as Burma and by others as a place near Kanpura, Uttar Pradesh)	SB 5.4.19

gataḥ	attained	SB 6.4.43

gatāḥ	attained	SB 7.1.30

gataḥ	he attained	SB 10.29.13

gatāḥ	those who have attained	SB 10.39.15

gatāḥ	attaining	SB 10.40.6

gataḥ	attaining	SB 10.80.16-17

gataḥ	attained	SB 10.89.19

gataḥ	having attained	SB 12.10.39

gatam	having attained	SB 10.81.12

dhruva-gatiḥ	Dhruva, who attained permanent life	SB 4.12.35

gatvā	attaining	BG 14.15

sārvabhauma-ghare	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.137

sārvabhauma-ghare	to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.29

sārvabhauma-ghare	to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.41

bhaṭṭathāri-ghare	to the place of the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.228

bhaṭṭathāri-ghare	at the home of the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.233

sārvabhauma-ghare	at the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.352

sārvabhauma-ghare	in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.299

ghātibhiḥ	attacking	SB 12.9.17-18

ghnantaḥ	attacking	SB 10.73.12-13

mānasottara-girau	on Mānasottara Mountain	SB 5.21.13

mānasottara-giri	of the mountain known as Mānasottara	SB 5.21.7

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 1.36

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Śrī Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 9.4

śrī-gopāla bhaṭṭa	Śrī Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Adi 10.105

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 18.49

gopāla-bhaṭṭa	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 1.3-4

gopāla-bhaṭṭācārya	Gopāla Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 2.89

gopāla	Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Antya 11.9

gopālere	Gopāla Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 2.100

paṭṭanāyaka gopīnātha	Paṭṭanāyaka Gopīnātha	CC Adi 10.133

gopīnātha paṭṭanāyaka	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Madhya 1.265

gopīnātha-mukunda	Gopīnātha Ācārya and Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.77

gopīnātha-ācārya	Gopīnātha Ācārya, the brother-in-law of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.238

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.17

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.46

gopīnātha	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.73

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyake	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.86

gopīnātha	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.132

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka-mocana	the deliverance of Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka, the brother of Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Antya 20.116

gopīnāthe	unto Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.87

gopīnāthe	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.104

gopīnāthera nindā	the chastisement of Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.149

gopīnāthere	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.13

raghunātha-bhaṭṭa-gosāñi	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 18.49

paṭṭanāyaka-goṣṭhīke	to the Paṭṭanāyaka family (the descendants of Bhavānanda Rāya)	CC Antya 13.111

śrī-govinda datta	Śrī Govinda Datta	CC Adi 10.64

datta govinda	Govinda Datta	CC Madhya 13.37

grāha-grastam	when attacked by the crocodile	SB 8.1.31

bāla-grahāḥ ca	and those attacking children	SB 10.6.24

pārṣṇi-grāheṇa	attacking from the rear	SB 7.2.6

grāma-nivāsinaḥ	very much attached to materialistic enjoyment	SB 9.19.2

puruṣottama-grāma	the place known as Puruṣottama, Jagannātha Purī	CC Madhya 14.232

grāmya	of material attachment	SB 6.11.21

hṛdaya-granthi-bhedakam	mystic yoga, which can loosen the knots of material attachment in the heart	SB 9.12.2

grastaḥ	attacked	SB 3.21.55

grastam	attacked by	SB 3.19.35

grāha-grastam	when attacked by the crocodile	SB 8.1.31

varuṇa-grastam	having been attacked with dropsy by Varuṇa	SB 9.7.17

gṛha-medhaḥ	attached to family life	SB 2.6.20

gṛha-ārūḍha-cetase	to one who is too attached to family life	SB 3.32.40

gṛha-medhinaḥ	persons who are attached to family life	SB 4.22.10

gṛha-anubandhaḥ	I who am bound by attachment to family life, or worldly life	SB 5.10.20

gṛha-medhīyaḥ	although attached to household life	SB 7.15.74

gṛha-medhini	O my wife, who are attached to household life	SB 8.16.5

gṛha-anvitaḥ	a person attached to household life	SB 8.16.9

gṛha-cetasaḥ	who are attached to materialistic household life	SB 9.11.17

gṛha-medhinām	who are attached to household ritual duties	SB 10.41.13

gṛha-dharmiṇau	attached householders	SB 11.7.54

gṛhamedhi-sukham	all types of material happiness based on attachment to family, society, friendship, etc.	SB 7.9.45

gṛhamedhin	O my husband, who are attached to household life	SB 8.16.11

sārvabhauma-gṛhe	at the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.25

bhaṭṭa-gṛhe	in the house of Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.108

sārvabhauma-gṛhe	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.1

bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhe	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.202

sārvabhauma-gṛhe	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.284

bhaṭṭa-gṛhe	in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.298

vāsudeva-gṛhe	to the house of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 16.206

bhaṭṭācāryera gṛhiṇī	the wife of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.200

guṇa-ātmakāni	attached to the qualities	SB 2.10.32

guṇa-anuraktam	being attached to the material modes of nature	SB 5.11.8

guṇa-rāgi	which is somewhat attached to the qualities, name, fame and paraphernalia	SB 6.1.19

guṇeṣu	(the mind, not being liberated, becomes attached) to the material qualities	SB 10.1.42

gupta-datte	both Murāri Gupta and Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 14.80

gańgā-prāpti hailā	there was attainment of the shelter of mother Ganges (passing away)	CC Antya 1.37

bhaṭṭathāri haite	from the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 10.64

āsakti haite	from attachment	CC Madhya 23.12

anāsakta hañā	being without attachment	CC Madhya 16.243

hanyamānāḥ	being attacked	SB 4.4.34

hanyamānam	being attacked	SB 10.25.14

hanyuḥ	must be attacking	SB 10.77.8

bhaktiḥ harau	devotional attachment and service to the Lord	SB 10.7.1-2

hari-bhaṭṭa	Hari Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 11.87

hari-bhaṭṭa	Hari Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 11.159-160

śrī-haṭṭa-nivāsī	a resident of Śrīhaṭṭa	CC Adi 13.56

mukti haya	liberation is attained	CC Madhya 24.139

hiṃsyate	is attacked	SB 11.11.15

rāga-hīna	who are without spontaneous attachment to Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.109

hṛdaya-granthi-bhedakam	mystic yoga, which can loosen the knots of material attachment in the heart	SB 9.12.2

baddha-hṛdayaḥ	being very attached	SB 6.1.25

nirbaddha-hṛdayāḥ	firmly attached in the core of the heart	SB 9.4.66

bhaṭṭera hṛdaye	in the heart of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.53

idam	this material attachment	SB 1.12.28

mat-īhāḥ	endeavoring to attain Me	SB 3.25.34

ihāra	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 15.96

indriya-priyaḥ	a person attached to sense gratification	SB 5.18.10

artha-indriya-ārāmaḥ	too attached to material enjoyment	SB 6.18.39

ińho	he (Vāsudeva Datta)	CC Madhya 15.95

ińho	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.294

yoga-īśa-rūpa-dhṛk	by assuming the form of a great yogī like Dattātreya	SB 8.14.8

īśvara-yojitāni	attached by the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 5.22.11

itara-rāga-vismāraṇam	which causes forgetfulness of all other attachment	CC Antya 16.117

iyāt	attains	SB 4.23.31

iyāt	attains	SB 4.23.32

iyāt	may attain	SB 7.1.27

iyāt	may attain	SB 7.11.32

iyāt	he attains	SB 11.27.52

iyāt	attains	SB 11.28.43

īyuḥ	they attained	SB 11.30.3

jaghāna	he attacked	SB 10.37.3

jaghnuḥ	they attacked	SB 11.9.2

jaghnuḥ	they attacked	SB 11.30.21

tat-ātma-jāḥ ca	and his children like Priyavrata, Uttānapāda, Devahūti, etc.	SB 2.7.43-45

bhaṭṭācāryera jāmātā	the son-in-law of the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.245

tina jana	the three persons (namely, the King, Gopīnātha Ācārya and Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 11.73

puruṣottama-jānāre	at Puruṣottama Jānā, the prince	CC Antya 9.99

uttama-śloka-janeṣu	among devotees who are simply attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 6.11.27

jātā	having attained	SB 1.6.23

jighrati	superficially attached, like smelling the fragrance	SB 1.3.36

raghunātha-jīva	of Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 25.281

akṣara-juṣām	attached to impersonal Brahman realization	SB 3.15.43

akṣara-juṣām	attached to impersonal Brahman realization	CC Madhya 24.115

juṣṭam	is attained	SB 3.21.13

bhaṭṭathāri-kāche	in the association of the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 10.64

mukunda datta kahe	the devotee named Mukunda Datta said	CC Madhya 5.155

mukunda kahe	Mukunda Datta replies	CC Madhya 6.23

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.62

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.72

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.74

śiṣya-gaṇa kahe	the disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.80

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya says	CC Madhya 6.88

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.128

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.187

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.245

bhaṭṭa kahe	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said	CC Madhya 9.115

bhaṭṭa kahe	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa replied	CC Madhya 9.124

bhaṭṭa kahe	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said	CC Madhya 9.157

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 9.357

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.7

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.10

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.19

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 10.28

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued to speak	CC Madhya 10.50

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 10.144

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 10.172

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 10.180

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.5

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 11.9

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.51

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.60

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.71

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.76

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.102

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 11.106

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.110

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.112

vāsu kahe	Vāsudeva Datta said	CC Madhya 11.139

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 12.15

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 12.181

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 13.186

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.189

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.190

bhaṭṭācārye kahe	said to the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.224

bhaṭṭa kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.235

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.238

kahe bhaṭṭācārya	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.267

bhaṭṭa kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.293

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 16.143

mukunda datta kahe	Mukunda Datta, a devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, said	CC Madhya 16.190

bhaṭṭācārya kahe	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 18.156

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 19.70

mukunda-datta kahe	Mukunda Datta said	CC Antya 6.190

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.57

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.60

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.84

bhaṭṭa kahe	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said	CC Antya 7.138

teńho kahena	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 17.77

bhaṭṭere kahilā	said to Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.68

kailāsa-upavane	in a small garden attached to Kailāsa Parvata, the residence of Lord Śiva	SB 10.10.2-3

kālāt	from misuse of material propensities and attachment to fruitive activities and speculative knowledge over the course of time	CC Madhya 6.255

kalpate	can attain	SB 10.51.52

kāma-lampaṭaḥ	a person who is very attached to lusty desires for bodily enjoyment	SB 5.19.14

kāma-likhana	writing of letters disclosing the gopīs' attachment for Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 1.140

kāmābhaṭṭa	Kāmābhaṭṭa	CC Adi 10.149

strī-kāmaḥ	attached to sex life	SB 4.2.23

āpta-kāmāḥ	those who have already attained their material desires	SB 10.32.19

aut-kaṇṭhyam	attachment	SB 10.13.35

ṣāṭhī-kanyāra bhartā	the husband of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya's daughter ṣāṭhī	CC Madhya 15.245

karma-sańginām	who are attached to fruitive work	BG 3.26

karma-phala-āsańgam	attachment for fruitive results	BG 4.20

karma-ārabdham	the resultant action now attained	SB 5.10.14

karma-niṣṭhāḥ	attached to ritualistic ceremonies (according to one's social status as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra)	SB 7.15.1

kaṣṭam	very regrettable	SB 9.15.10

kaṭake	in the town of Kaṭaka (Cuttak)	CC Madhya 5.5

bhaṭṭācāryera kathā	all the words of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.115

kavi-datta	Kavi Datta	CC Adi 12.81

kevalā	pure attachment	CC Madhya 19.192

kevalā rati	flawless attachment	CC Madhya 19.193

krīḍā-sańgena	because of so much attachment to playing with other boys	SB 10.11.13

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	for attainment of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 6.234

kṛṣṇa-rati	attachment for Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 19.192

kṛṣṇa-niṣṭhā	attachment for Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 19.231

kṛṣṇa-unmukhe	if one is attached to the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.21

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	attaining Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 4.58

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	attainment of Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 11.91-93

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	attainment of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 20.14

kṛta-anuṣańgaḥ	having developed attachment	SB 5.8.11

kṛta-snehāḥ	because of having developed attachment to Mohinī-mūrti	SB 8.9.22

ku-yoginām	of those who are attached to the objects of the senses	SB 6.16.47

kumārahaṭṭe	the town named Kumārahaṭṭa	CC Madhya 16.205

kuṭīcakaḥ	life in the family without attachment	SB 3.12.43

kuṭīra	a cottage	CC Madhya 24.260

kuṭira	a cottage	CC Antya 3.100

kuṭṭamita	kuṭṭamita	CC Madhya 14.196

kuṭṭamitam	the technical term kuṭṭamita	CC Madhya 14.197

kuṭumba-āsaktayā	who were too attached to the family members	SB 8.16.6

labdha-upaśāntiḥ	one who has attained full bliss	SB 2.2.16

labdha	attained	SB 3.15.7

labdha	who have attained	SB 10.47.39

labdha	who have attained	SB 10.71.9

labdha	attaining	SB 10.76.28

labdha	having attained	SB 10.86.40

labdha	having attained	SB 11.22.18

labdham	attained	SB 3.25.8

labdhvā	by attainment	BG 6.20-23

labdhvā	having attained	SB 4.9.28

labdhvā	having attained	SB 4.29.1a-2a

labdhvā	having attained	SB 10.33.14

labdhvā	attaining	SB 10.51.46

labdhvā	attaining	SB 10.63.41

labdhvā	attaining	SB 10.63.50

labdhvā	having attained	SB 11.23.22

su-labham	who is easily attained	MM 10

labhante	attain	BG 9.21

labhante	they attain	SB 10.77.32

ātma-lābhāt	than the attainment of You	SB 5.18.20

labhate	attains	NBS 84

labhate	attains	NBS 84

lābhāya	attainment of	SB 1.2.9

labhet	one can attain	Bs 5.59

labheta	may attain	SB 7.9.50

labheta	will attain	SB 11.31.28

labhyām	attainable	SB 10.58.34

lāge	will attach	CC Madhya 16.133

lagnaḥ	attachment	CC Antya 1.142

lagnam	tightly attached	SB 5.2.16

lagnam	attached	SB 11.30.3

lagnam	attached	SB 11.30.3

lālasa	attachment	CC Antya 8.49

uttama-śloka-lālasaḥ	who was so fond of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as Uttamaśloka	SB 5.14.43

lampaṭaḥ	like a man attached to women	SB 5.2.14

kāma-lampaṭaḥ	a person who is very attached to lusty desires for bodily enjoyment	SB 5.19.14

lampaṭaḥ	very much attached to women because of lusty desires	SB 7.15.70

bhaṭṭa-ājñā lañā	taking permission from Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.163

lebhe	he attained	SB 10.39.1

lebhe	he attained	SB 10.81.40

lebhire	they attained	SB 10.17.16

lebhire	they attained	SB 10.90.25

kāma-likhana	writing of letters disclosing the gopīs' attachment for Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 1.140

bhaṭṭācārya likhila	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 12.6

līlā-puruṣottama	the Lord Puruṣottama of pastimes	CC Madhya 20.240

uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā	by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka	CC Madhya 24.47

uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā	by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka	CC Madhya 25.157

lipyate	is attached	BG 18.17

lobha	attachment	CC Madhya 8.220

rakta-lokaḥ	who is the object of the attachment of all people	CC Madhya 23.75

madhukara-anupadavīm	the road followed in pursuance of devotees who are attached like bumblebees	SB 5.14.1

madhura-rati	attachment by conjugal love	CC Madhya 19.183-184

mām	attains me	SB 4.24.29

mamatā-ākulaḥ	too much affected by attachment to family	SB 4.28.5

mamatvena	by attachment	SB 4.27.10

vallabha-bhaṭṭera mana	in the mind of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.64

āsakta-manāḥ	mind attached	BG 7.1

manaḥ-vyāsańgam	opposing attachments	CC Adi 1.59

anurakta-manasaḥ	their minds very much attached to Him	SB 10.16.20

āsakta-manasaḥ	having become attached within the mind	SB 11.21.24

mānasottara	Mānasottara	SB 5.20.30

mānasottara-mervoḥ antaram	the land between Mānasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru)	SB 5.20.35

mānasottara-giri	of the mountain known as Mānasottara	SB 5.21.7

mānasottara-girau	on Mānasottara Mountain	SB 5.21.13

mānasottare	on the mountain known as Mānasottara	SB 5.21.13

bhaṭṭera manete	in the mind of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.55

na manyate	are not attached	SB 4.7.34

pravṛtti-mārge	on the path of attachment	CC Adi 17.157

mārite	to attack	CC Madhya 18.27

uḍiyā mārite	to attack the Orissa province	CC Madhya 19.28

marma-sthāḥ	attaching within the heart	SB 11.23.3

maruttaḥ	(the son) named Marutta	SB 9.2.26

maruttasya	of Marutta	SB 9.2.27

maruttasya	of Marutta	SB 9.2.29

mat-parāḥ	being attached to Me	BG 12.6-7

mat-īhāḥ	endeavoring to attain Me	SB 3.25.34

mat-niṣṭhatā	attachment for Me	CC Madhya 19.213

ṣāṭhīra mātā	the mother of ṣāṭhī, who was the daughter of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.137

uttarā-mātaḥ	O Mahārāja Parīkṣit, son of mother Uttarā	SB 5.13.24

spṛhā-matiḥ	consciousness with attachment	SB 5.1.3

matiḥ	attachment	SB 5.1.4

asat-matim	no attachment	SB 9.4.27

mayi	attached to Me	SB 10.60.51

tat-mayī	consisting of that transcendental attachment	CC Madhya 22.150

rāga-mayī	consisting of attachment	CC Madhya 22.152

putra-sneha-mayīm	very much attached because of maternal affection for her son	SB 10.8.43

gṛha-medhaḥ	attached to family life	SB 2.6.20

gṛha-medhinaḥ	persons who are attached to family life	SB 4.22.10

gṛha-medhinām	who are attached to household ritual duties	SB 10.41.13

gṛha-medhini	O my wife, who are attached to household life	SB 8.16.5

gṛha-medhīyaḥ	although attached to household life	SB 7.15.74

mānasottara-mervoḥ antaram	the land between Mānasottara and Meru (beginning from the middle of Mount Sumeru)	SB 5.20.35

bhaṭṭe milāilā	introduced Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.61

sārvabhauma-milana	meeting with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.285

vallabha-bhaṭṭera milana	the meeting of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.172

vallabha bhaṭṭera milana	the meeting of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Antya 20.114

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka-mocana	the deliverance of Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka, the brother of Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Antya 20.116

mokṣa-dharma	the process of attaining liberation	SB 11.2.16

mukta-sańgaḥ	freed from all attachment	SB 1.12.27

mukta-sańgaḥ	free from attachment	SB 3.31.47

mukta-sańgānām	who are free from attachment	SB 5.1.2

mukta-sańgaḥ	free from attachment	SB 11.20.16

muktānām	of those who are liberated during this life (who are unattached to the bodily comforts of society, friendship and love)	SB 6.14.5

mukti haya	liberation is attained	CC Madhya 24.139

mukti naya	liberation is not attainable	CC Antya 3.198

śrī-mukunda-datta	Śrī Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 10.40

mukunda-dattere	unto Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 17.65

mukunda-datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 17.273

āra datta mukunda	and Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 3.209-210

mukunda datta kahe	the devotee named Mukunda Datta said	CC Madhya 5.155

mukunda-sahita	with Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.19

mukunda	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.19

mukunda	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.20

mukunda kahe	Mukunda Datta replies	CC Madhya 6.23

mukunda-datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.68

gopīnātha-mukunda	Gopīnātha Ācārya and Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.77

mukunda datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.251

mukunda-datta	Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 10.151

mukunda datta kahe	Mukunda Datta, a devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, said	CC Madhya 16.190

mukunda-datta kahe	Mukunda Datta said	CC Antya 6.190

mukundera	of Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.113

acchedya-mūlā	whose root is uncuttable	CC Madhya 23.29

mumukṣubhiḥ	who attained liberation	BG 4.15

na ajyase	You are not attached	SB 4.7.34

na manyate	are not attached	SB 4.7.34

na abhimanyate	does not go to attack	SB 4.24.56

na badhyate	is not attached as the creator, master or proprietor	SB 5.19.12

na sajjamānāya	one who does not become attached, or one who is above material pains and pleasures	SB 8.5.44

na āpta	not having yet attained	SB 10.44.8

na ati-saktaḥ	not very much attached to material existence	CC Madhya 22.50

nā pāiye	I cannot attain	CC Antya 4.57

bhaṭṭācāryera nāme	on behalf of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.114

narakāya	in the attainment of hell	SB 11.23.15

nārāyaṇa-parāḥ	persons who are attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead	CC Madhya 19.216

nava-anurāgam	new attachment	CC Antya 1.136

navadvīpe puruṣottama	Puruṣottama of Navadvīpa	CC Adi 11.33

mukti naya	liberation is not attainable	CC Antya 3.198

nigacchati	attains	BG 9.31

niḥsańgāḥ	free from material attachment	SB 3.32.5

niḥsańgaḥ	without attachment	SB 4.13.7

nihsańgaḥ	without attachment	SB 11.3.46

niḥsańgaḥ	without any material attachment	SB 11.18.20

niḥsańgaḥ	free from attachment	SB 11.28.9

niḥsańgaḥ	free of all material attachment	SB 12.6.9-10

niḥsańgam	without material attachment	SB 3.32.25

niḥspṛhā	unattached	SB 3.33.22

niḥspṛhaḥ	being without attachment	SB 9.2.15

gopīnāthera nindā	the chastisement of Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.149

nirahańkāraḥ	unattached	SB 1.15.40

nirapekṣaḥ	without attachment	SB 11.18.13

nirataḥ	always attached	SB 10.70.26

niravadyasya	freed from all attachment	SB 1.9.21

nirbaddha-hṛdayāḥ	firmly attached in the core of the heart	SB 9.4.66

nirvedaḥ	indifferent to material attachment	SB 1.13.27

nirvedaḥ	completely unattached to material activities	SB 5.8.30

nirvidya	being freed from all attachment	SB 1.4.12

nirviṣaya	free from all material attachment	CC Antya 9.138

nirvṛtāḥ	have attained happiness	SB 3.19.30

niṣkiñcanaiḥ	by persons completely free from material attachment	SB 6.3.28

niṣṭha	attachment	SB 7.14.13

tat-niṣṭhā	attachment or attraction for Him	CC Madhya 19.212

kṛṣṇa-niṣṭhā	attachment for Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 19.231

karma-niṣṭhāḥ	attached to ritualistic ceremonies (according to one's social status as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra)	SB 7.15.1

tapaḥ-niṣṭhāḥ	very much attached to austerities and penances	SB 7.15.1

prema-eka-niṣṭhāḥ	those who have attained pure love of God	NoI 10

niṣṭhatā	the quality of attachment	CC Madhya 19.211

mat-niṣṭhatā	attachment for Me	CC Madhya 19.213

nītaḥ	attained	CC Madhya 18.38

nītau	attained	SB 7.1.47

śrī-haṭṭa-nivāsī	a resident of Śrīhaṭṭa	CC Adi 13.56

grāma-nivāsinaḥ	very much attached to materialistic enjoyment	SB 9.19.2

nyahan	they attacked	SB 11.30.15

padavīm	the means of attaining	SB 10.59.44

padavīm	the means of attaining	SB 10.61.5

pāibāre	to attain	CC Antya 3.170

pāila	attained	CC Adi 14.63

pāila	attained	CC Madhya 9.122

pāimu	shall I attain	CC Antya 7.57

nā pāiye	I cannot attain	CC Antya 4.57

puruṣottama paṇḍita	Puruṣottama Paṇḍita	CC Adi 12.63

bhaṭṭācārya paṇḍita	learned scholars known as bhaṭṭācāryas	CC Madhya 19.17

pāpa-ācāra	attached to sinful activities	CC Madhya 1.194

tat-parā	very much attached to him	SB 4.15.6

para-vyasaninī	attached to another man	CC Madhya 1.211

tat-paraḥ	very much attached to it	BG 4.39

mat-parāḥ	being attached to Me	BG 12.6-7

parāḥ	the means of attaining	SB 1.2.28-29

artha-paraḥ	who is very attached to money	SB 5.14.1

nārāyaṇa-parāḥ	persons who are attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead	CC Madhya 19.216

param	the supreme knowledge (by which one can attain devotional service)	SB 7.11.2

parama virakta	totally renounced or unattached	CC Madhya 4.179

pāramahaṃsyam	attainable by the topmost devotees	SB 12.13.18

parāyaṇaḥ	attached to	SB 2.3.16

parāyaṇāḥ	completely attached (only to such service, without dependence on austerity, penance, cultivation of knowledge or pious activities)	SB 6.1.15

parigrahaḥ	attachment to possession	SB 11.9.1

pariniṣṭhā	fixed in attachment	SB 11.19.20-24

pariniṣṭhitām	attached	CC Madhya 11.118

parṇa-śālāya	in a thatched cottage	CC Antya 3.168

pārṣṇi-grāheṇa	attacking from the rear	SB 7.2.6

sārvabhauma-pāśa	in the care of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.37

patataḥ	attacking	SB 10.74.43

yoga-pathaiḥ	by the system of yoga (mystic bodily power to attain the godly stage)	SB 1.6.35

pati-devatāyāḥ	very much attached to her husband	SB 4.12.41

ei paṭṭa-ḍorīra	of these paṭṭa-ḍorīs, silken ropes	CC Madhya 14.249

paṭṭanāyaka gopīnātha	Paṭṭanāyaka Gopīnātha	CC Adi 10.133

gopīnātha paṭṭanāyaka	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Madhya 1.265

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.17

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.46

vāṇīnātha paṭṭanāyaka	Vāṇīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 11.80

paṭṭanāyaka-goṣṭhīke	to the Paṭṭanāyaka family (the descendants of Bhavānanda Rāya)	CC Antya 13.111

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyaka-mocana	the deliverance of Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka, the brother of Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Antya 20.116

vāṇīnātha-paṭṭanāyake	Vāṇīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Madhya 10.61

gopīnātha-paṭṭanāyake	Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 9.86

pāya	attains	CC Madhya 9.131

pāya	attains	CC Madhya 15.301

pāya	attains	CC Madhya 19.153

pāya	attain	CC Madhya 24.34

pāya	attains	CC Antya 5.103

pāya	attains	CC Antya 9.152

karma-phala-āsańgam	attachment for fruitive results	BG 4.20

prāharan	attack	SB 1.15.17

prāharan	attacked	SB 10.66.16

praharantam	attacking	SB 10.77.33

praharanti	attack	SB 6.11.17

pramattaḥ	too attached	SB 2.1.4

pramattaḥ	being madly attached	SB 5.9.6

pramattānām	insanely attached	SB 1.13.17

prapadyate	attains	SB 8.1.14

prapannāḥ	have attained	SB 3.15.24

prapannāḥ	those who have attained	SB 10.16.37

prapatsyase	you will attain	SB 3.21.30

prāpnoti	attains	SB 3.27.28-29

prāpnuyāt	he attains	BG 18.71

prāptā	was attained	SB 3.24.47

prāpta	having attained	SB 10.47.45

prāpta-svarūpa	attaining his original status	CC Madhya 24.134

prāptaḥ	you have attained	SB 4.28.59

prāptam	attained	SB 10.16.13-15

prāpte	having attained	SB 1.6.3

siddhi-prāpti	attainment of perfection	CC Madhya 4.196

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	for attainment of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 6.234

prāpti	attainment	CC Madhya 8.225

siddhi-prāpti	attainment of perfection	CC Madhya 9.300

pūrṇa-ānanda-prāpti	attainment of completely blissful life	CC Madhya 18.195

artha-prāpti	attainment of meanings	CC Madhya 24.11

gańgā-prāpti hailā	there was attainment of the shelter of mother Ganges (passing away)	CC Antya 1.37

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	attaining Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 4.58

prāpti	attainment	CC Antya 5.150

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	attainment of Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 11.91-93

prāpti	attainment	CC Antya 16.99

kṛṣṇa-prāpti	attainment of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa	CC Antya 20.14

prāpti	attainment	MM 32

prāptiḥ	the attainment	SB 7.1.16

prāptyera sādhana	the means of attaining Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 20.124

prāpya	having attained	SB 3.23.57

prāpya	attaining	SB 10.45.29

prāpya	attaining	SB 10.49.26

prāpya	having attained	NBS 5

prasajjati	becomes more and more attached	SB 5.13.16

prasakta-dhīḥ	because of his being very much attached	SB 10.5.22

prasaktāḥ	attached	BG 16.16

prasaktaḥ	attached	SB 11.17.43

prasaktam	attached	SB 3.27.5

prasaktānām	for those who are attached	BG 2.44

prasaktānām	by us who were too much attached	SB 4.31.6

prasaktasya	for one who is too attached	SB 1.19.4

prasańgaḥ	attached	SB 3.16.21

prasańgam	attachment	SB 3.25.20

anya-prasańgataḥ	from attachment to any other object	SB 3.31.35

anya-prasańgataḥ	from any other attachment	SB 11.14.30

prasańgena	because of attachment	BG 18.34

praśāntasya	who has attained tranquillity by such control over the mind	BG 6.7

praśāntaye	for attaining total peace	SB 10.80.43

pratihatya	counterattacking	SB 10.77.2

pratilabhya	attaining	CC Antya 5.48

pratipāditām	having attained	SB 4.9.5

pratipadyamānaḥ	in the process of attaining	SB 11.29.34

pratipadyamānaḥ	attaining	CC Madhya 22.103

pratipadyamānaḥ	attaining	CC Antya 4.194

pratipadyate	attains	BG 14.14

pratipadyate	attains	SB 11.22.51

pratisaṃyuyudhuḥ	they counterattacked the demons	SB 8.10.4

pratiyoga	counterattack	SB 4.10.22

pratiyotsyāmi	shall counterattack	BG 2.4

pravartamānasya	those who are attached to	SB 1.5.16

pravṛtta-ākhyam	known as material attachment	SB 7.15.48-49

pravṛttam	attached to material enjoyment	SB 4.4.20

pravṛtti	attachment	SB 3.32.34-36

pravṛtti	of attachment	CC Adi 17.156

pravṛtti-mārge	on the path of attachment	CC Adi 17.157

pravṛttim	attachment	BG 14.22-25

prayānti	certainly they attain	SB 9.5.28

prayojana	and the ultimate goal of life to be attained by the conditioned soul	CC Madhya 20.124

sārvabhauma-prema	love of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.299

prema-eka-niṣṭhāḥ	those who have attained pure love of God	NoI 10

premī bhakta	a devotee attached to Kṛṣṇa by love	CC Antya 4.61

prīti-yuktāḥ	very attached	SB 5.5.3

priya-yoṣitām	for persons attached to women	SB 4.27.12

indriya-priyaḥ	a person attached to sense gratification	SB 5.18.10

śrī-vāsudeva-priyaḥ	very dear to Śrī Vāsudeva Datta ṭhākura	CC Antya 6.263

priyavrata-uttānapadoḥ	of Priyavrata and Uttānapāda	SB 3.22.9

svarṇa-puńkhaiḥ	with golden feathers attached	SB 8.11.23

pūrṇa-ānanda-prāpti	attainment of completely blissful life	CC Madhya 18.195

puruṣa-viśeṣam	the topmost of all living beings, Puruṣottama	SB 5.3.3

puruṣa-uttamam	to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Puruṣottama, the best of males	SB 8.4.2

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Adi 10.72

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Adi 10.80

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Adi 10.112

navadvīpe puruṣottama	Puruṣottama of Navadvīpa	CC Adi 11.33

śrī-puruṣottama-dāsa	Śrī Puruṣottama dāsa	CC Adi 11.38

puruṣottama brahmacārī	Puruṣottama Brahmacārī	CC Adi 12.62

puruṣottama paṇḍita	Puruṣottama Paṇḍita	CC Adi 12.63

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Madhya 1.115

puruṣottama-deva	King Puruṣottama-deva	CC Madhya 5.122

puruṣottama-vāsī	residents of Puruṣottama (Jagannātha Purī)	CC Madhya 10.38

puruṣottama ācārya	Puruṣottama Ācārya	CC Madhya 10.103

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Madhya 11.90

puruṣottama-grāma	the place known as Puruṣottama, Jagannātha Purī	CC Madhya 14.232

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Madhya 20.204

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Madhya 20.205

puruṣottama	Puruṣottama	CC Madhya 20.215

puruṣottama	Lord Puruṣottama	CC Madhya 20.233

līlā-puruṣottama	the Lord Puruṣottama of pastimes	CC Madhya 20.240

śrī-puruṣottama	Jagannātha Purī, or Nīlācala, the place of Puruṣottama	CC Antya 6.188

puruṣottama-jānāre	at Puruṣottama Jānā, the prince	CC Antya 9.99

sañjaya puruṣottama	Sañjaya Puruṣottama	CC Antya 10.9-11

puruṣottamadeva	Puruṣottama-deva	CC Madhya 5.120

puruṣottame	in Puruṣottama (Jagannātha Purī)	CC Antya 3.12

pūrva-rāga	previous attachment	CC Antya 1.140

putra-sneha-mayīm	very much attached because of maternal affection for her son	SB 10.8.43

saha-putram	with his son (namely, Somadatta)	SB 10.49.1-2

rāddha-varaḥ	having attained a boon	SB 3.18.22-23

rāddhaḥ	attained	SB 3.15.46

avāpta-rādhase	having attained perfection	SB 4.7.57

rāga	attachment	BG 2.56

rāga	attachment	BG 2.64

rāga	attachment	BG 3.34

rāga	attachment	BG 4.10

rāga	and attachment	BG 7.11

rāga	and attachment	BG 17.5-6

rāga	attachment	BG 18.51-53

rāga	attachment	SB 1.9.26

rāga	of attachment	SB 5.11.16

rāga	attachment	SB 5.14.27

rāga	attachment for material things	SB 5.18.14

rāga	attachment	SB 7.13.34

rāga-anugataḥ	according to his attachment	SB 10.1.43

rāga-ādayaḥ	material attachment and so on	SB 10.14.36

rāga	attachments	SB 10.31.14

rāga	attachment	CC Adi 7.143

rāga-anuga	of spontaneous attachment	CC Madhya 8.221

rāga	attachment	CC Madhya 19.178

rāga-hīna	who are without spontaneous attachment to Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.109

rāga-mayī	consisting of attachment	CC Madhya 22.152

rāga	attachment	CC Madhya 23.42

rāga-daśā-anta	up to the point of spontaneous attachment	CC Madhya 24.32

pūrva-rāga	previous attachment	CC Antya 1.140

itara-rāga-vismāraṇam	which causes forgetfulness of all other attachment	CC Antya 16.117

rāgaḥ	attachment	SB 6.17.22

rāgaḥ	attachment	SB 7.15.43-44

rāgaḥ	attachment	SB 11.21.29-30

rāgaḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 22.150

bhaṭṭa-raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 1.36

bhaṭṭa raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Adi 9.4

raghunātha bhaṭṭācārya	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Adi 10.152-154

raghunātha-bhaṭṭa-gosāñi	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 18.49

raghunātha-jīva	of Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī	CC Madhya 25.281

bhaṭṭa-raghunātha	Bhaṭṭa Raghunātha	CC Antya 1.3-4

raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī	CC Antya 11.9

raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 12.143

raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 12.148

raghunātha-bhaṭṭācārya	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.89

raghunātha-bhaṭṭera	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.94

raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.100

raghunātha	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.101

raghunātha-bhaṭṭa	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.107

raghunātha-bhaṭṭācāryera	of Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 20.122

raghunāthe	unto Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.136-137

raghunāthera	of Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.95

rāgī	very much attached	BG 18.27

guṇa-rāgi	which is somewhat attached to the qualities, name, fame and paraphernalia	SB 6.1.19

sańga-rahitam	without attachment	BG 18.23

uttamaḥ tāmasaḥ raivataḥ	Uttama, Tāmasa and Raivata	SB 5.1.28

rājā	King Uttānapāda	SB 4.9.37

sei rājā	that King (Mahārāja Puruṣottama-deva)	CC Madhya 5.121

rakta-vat	as if very much attached	SB 7.14.5

rakta-lokaḥ	who is the object of the attachment of all people	CC Madhya 23.75

raktam	attached	SB 4.29.53

sārvabhauma-rāmānanda-sthāne	before Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Madhya 16.87

sārvabhauma-rāmānande	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Antya 1.106

rańgaḥ	attachment	CC Adi 5.224

rañjayan	attaching	SB 11.15.12

rati-rāsaḥ	attachment in different relationships	SB 3.7.19

rataḥ	attached to	SB 4.28.53

rataḥ	attached	CC Madhya 22.160

ratam	attached	SB 3.25.15

su-ratau	most merciful, or attached in conjugal love	CC Adi 1.15

su-ratau	most merciful, or attached in conjugal love	CC Madhya 1.3

su-ratau	most merciful, or attached in conjugal love	CC Antya 1.5

rati-rāsaḥ	attachment in different relationships	SB 3.7.19

rati	such attachment	CC Madhya 19.177

rati-bheda	the different attachments	CC Madhya 19.183-184

dāsya-rati	attachment in a service attitude	CC Madhya 19.183-184

sakhya-rati	attachment by friendly appreciation	CC Madhya 19.183-184

vātsalya-rati	attachment by parental affection	CC Madhya 19.183-184

madhura-rati	attachment by conjugal love	CC Madhya 19.183-184

rati-bhede	by attachment on different platforms	CC Madhya 19.183-184

kṛṣṇa-rati	attachment for Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 19.192

kevalā rati	flawless attachment	CC Madhya 19.193

rati	of attachment	CC Madhya 22.71

rati	attachment	CC Madhya 22.165

rati	from attachment	CC Madhya 23.44

rati	attachment	CC Madhya 23.45

śānti-rati	spiritual attachment in peacefulness	CC Madhya 23.54

dāsya-rati	attachment in servitude	CC Madhya 23.54

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 4.22.20

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 4.22.21

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 4.22.26

ratiḥ	attachment for sense gratification	SB 5.10.10

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 7.4.36

ratiḥ	attachment with love and affection	SB 7.7.29

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 7.7.33

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 9.4.18-20

ratiḥ	attachment	SB 10.47.67

ratiḥ	attachment	CC Madhya 22.137-139

ratiḥ	attachment	CC Antya 1.142

ratim	attachment	SB 3.9.42

ratim	attachment	SB 4.23.39

ratim	attachment	SB 4.29.41

ratim	attachment	SB 10.6.44

śānta-ratim	attachment on the platform of śānta-rasa	CC Madhya 19.212

ratira	of attachment	CC Madhya 19.177

sva-rātuḥ	of Kṛṣṇa, who was his savior within the womb of his mother, Uttarā	SB 10.12.40

ṛcchanti	attain	SB 3.33.11

ṛcchati	one attains	BG 2.72

ṛcchati	attains	SB 3.29.23

riktam	that which makes one free from attachment	SB 8.19.41

rūḍha	attaining	SB 10.55.9

yoga-īśa-rūpa-dhṛk	by assuming the form of a great yogī like Dattātreya	SB 8.14.8

rurudhe	attacked	SB 8.15.23

rūṣitena	attached	SB 10.21.17

prāptyera sādhana	the means of attaining Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 20.124

sādhanam	the means of attainment	SB 10.89.18

saḥ	that Brahmadatta	SB 9.21.25

saha-uṭaje	along with the thatched cottage	SB 1.13.58

saha-putram	with his son (namely, Somadatta)	SB 10.49.1-2

bhaṭṭathāri-saha	with the Bhaṭṭathāris	CC Madhya 9.226

mukunda-sahita	with Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.19

sajjamānaḥ	becoming attached	SB 11.25.12

na sajjamānāya	one who does not become attached, or one who is above material pains and pleasures	SB 8.5.44

sajjantyā	being attached	SB 3.23.54

sajjate	becomes attached	BG 3.28

sajjate	becomes attached to it	SB 1.10.24

sajjate	becomes attached	SB 5.18.13

sajjate	becomes attached	SB 6.2.46

sajjate	attaches itself	SB 11.2.51

sajjate	becomes attached	SB 11.13.12

sajjet	be attached	SB 2.1.39

sajjeta	one should be attached or should indulge in reading	SB 7.13.7

sajjeta	one should be attached	SB 11.17.52

sajjeta	he should become attached	SB 11.26.26

sajjitāḥ	becoming completely attached to Him	SB 10.22.23

sakhya-rati	attachment by friendly appreciation	CC Madhya 19.183-184

saktāḥ	being attached	BG 3.25

saktaḥ	attached	BG 5.12

saktaḥ	attached	SB 5.19.6

saktaḥ	attached	SB 11.7.74

ati-saktaḥ	very attached	SB 11.20.8

na ati-saktaḥ	not very much attached to material existence	CC Madhya 22.50

saktaiḥ	by those who are too attached	SB 8.3.18

saktam	attached	BG 18.22

saktam	very much attached	SB 7.6.9

saktam	(I am already) attached	SB 7.10.2

saktānām	of persons who are too attached	SB 1.13.17

saktasya	being attached	SB 4.8.27

saktasya	of a person attached	SB 5.1.4

saktasya	of one who is too attached	SB 7.6.8

parṇa-śālāya	in a thatched cottage	CC Antya 3.168

sama-cittasya	who has attained the stage of being equipoised	SB 7.13.9

samadhigacchanti	they attain	SB 5.22.4

samadhigacchati	attains	BG 3.4

samagāt	he attained	SB 12.8.31

sārvabhauma-sambandhe	because of a relation to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.283

sammuhyantu	let them remain attached	SB 4.2.25

sampadyate	he attains	BG 13.31

sampadyate	attains success	SB 2.1.21

sampadyate	attains	SB 12.5.5

saṃsaktaḥ	being too much attached	SB 4.25.56

saṃśliṣṭa	attached	SB 5.2.4

saṃsṛtya	having attained	SB 3.32.12-15

saṃyutaḥ	attached	SB 4.22.35

bhaṭṭācārya-sane	along with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.118

sańga-rahitam	without attachment	BG 18.23

sańga	attachments	SB 3.25.24

sańga-doṣa	the pernicious effects of material attachment	SB 3.25.24

sańga	from attachment	SB 11.9.33

sańgaḥ	attachment	BG 2.47

sańgaḥ	attachment	BG 2.62

mukta-sańgaḥ	freed from all attachment	SB 1.12.27

sańgaḥ	attachment	SB 3.25.24

mukta-sańgaḥ	free from attachment	SB 3.31.47

sańgaḥ	association or attachment	SB 5.18.10

sańgaḥ	from attachment	SB 11.9.30

sańgaḥ	attached	SB 11.19.40-45

mukta-sańgaḥ	free from attachment	SB 11.20.16

sańgaḥ	attachment	SB 11.21.19

sańgam	attachment	BG 2.48

sańgam	attachment	BG 5.10

sańgam	attachment	BG 5.11

sańgam	attachment	SB 1.18.22

sańgam	attachment	SB 2.4.16

sańgam	attachment	SB 8.12.6

sańgam	attachment	SB 9.9.47

sańgam	(the cause of) attachment	SB 11.25.14

sarva-sańgam	who is full of all kinds of material attachment	SB 11.28.28

mukta-sańgānām	who are free from attachment	SB 5.1.2

gata-sańgasya	of one unattached to the modes of material nature	BG 4.23

sańgasya	from attachment	SB 3.22.12

sańgāt	from attachment	BG 2.62

yoṣit-sańgāt	from attachment to women	SB 3.31.35

sańgāt	from attachment	SB 11.14.30

strī-sańgataḥ	from attachment to a woman	SB 3.31.41

tat-sańgi-sańgataḥ	by association with persons attached to women	CC Madhya 22.88-90

bhaṭṭācārya-sańge	along with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.119

bhaṭṭācārya-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.58

sārvabhauma-sańge	in the company of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.125

bhaṭṭa-sańge	with Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.86

bhaṭṭa-sańge	with Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.108

sārvabhauma-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.355

bhaṭṭācāryera sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.29

sārvabhauma-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 13.58

sārvabhauma-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 14.82

bhaṭṭācārya-sańge	with the Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.219

balabhadra-sańge	with the servant Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 25.223

krīḍā-sańgena	because of so much attachment to playing with other boys	SB 10.11.13

sańgi	of those attached	SB 11.14.30

tat-sańgi-sańgataḥ	by association with persons attached to women	CC Madhya 22.88-90

karma-sańginām	who are attached to fruitive work	BG 3.26

sańginām	of those who are attached or intimately associated	SB 11.14.29

sañjaya puruṣottama	Sañjaya Puruṣottama	CC Antya 10.9-11

śānta-ratim	attachment on the platform of śānta-rasa	CC Madhya 19.212

śāntāḥ	those who have attained spiritual peace	SB 10.89.14-17

śānti-rati	spiritual attachment in peacefulness	CC Madhya 23.54

bhaya-santrastān	to the cowherd boys, who were disturbed by fear that within the dense forest the calves would be attacked by some ferocious animals	SB 10.13.13

śaraṇam	a cottage	SB 7.12.20

sarva-sańgam	who is full of all kinds of material attachment	SB 11.28.28

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Adi 10.130

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.99

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.124

sārvabhauma-ghare	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.137

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.141

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācāryera	of the devotee named Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.141

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 4.3-4

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.5

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.6

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.7

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.16

sārvabhauma-gṛhe	at the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.25

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.26

sārvabhauma-ghare	to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.29

sārvabhauma-sthāne	to the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.30

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.33

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.38

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.39

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.41

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.43

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.49

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.50

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.55

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.64

sārvabhauma	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.68

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.68

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 6.72

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya says	CC Madhya 6.88

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.92

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.124

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.204

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.257

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.259

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.282

sārvabhauma-milana	meeting with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.285

sārvabhauma-vimocana	liberation of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.6

sārvabhauma-ghare	to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.41

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.42

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.46

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.59

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.61

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.70

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.30

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.32

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.46

sārvabhauma-sańge	in the company of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.125

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.343

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.344

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.350

sārvabhauma-ghare	at the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.352

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.353

sārvabhauma-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 9.355

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.36

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya continued to speak	CC Madhya 10.50

sārvabhauma-ādi	headed by Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.130

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.136

sārvabhauma	O Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.167

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.182

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.3

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 11.5

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 11.9

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.65

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.123

bhaṭṭācārya sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.124

sārvabhauma	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.5

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 12.15

sārvabhauma-pāśa	in the care of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.37

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.37

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.158

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.177

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied	CC Madhya 12.181

sārvabhauma-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 13.58

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 13.62

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 13.186

sārvabhauma	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 14.5

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 14.24

sārvabhauma-sańge	with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 14.82

sārvabhauma-gṛhe	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.1

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.20

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.133

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.186

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.189

sārvabhauma kahe	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 15.190

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.191

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.193

sārvabhauma-sambandhe	because of a relation to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.283

sārvabhauma-gṛhe	at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.284

sārvabhauma-sthāna	to the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.285

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.286

sārvabhauma-ghare	in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.299

sārvabhauma-prema	love of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.299

sārvabhauma-rāmānanda-sthāne	before Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Madhya 16.87

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.119

sārvabhauma-sthāne	at the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 24.4

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 24.7

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 25.235

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 1.103-104

sārvabhauma-rāmānande	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Antya 1.106

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 4.108-110

bhaṭṭācārya-sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 7.21

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 8.90-91

bhaṭṭācārya sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 10.153

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 11.50

sārvabhauma	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Antya 16.106

sārvabhaumam	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.1

sārvabhaume	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.101

sārvabhaume	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.31

sārvabhaume	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 8.34

sārvabhaume	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.3

sārvabhaume	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 10.26

sārvabhaume	for Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.41

sārvabhaume	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 11.41

sārvabhaume	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.72

sārvabhaume	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.177

sārvabhaume	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.178

sārvabhaume	to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 12.179

sārvabhaume	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 16.143

sārvabhaumera bhavana	to the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.28

sārvabhaumera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.231

sārvabhaumera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.256

sārvabhaumera	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.3

sārvabhaumera	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 25.248

ṣāṭhī-kanyāra bhartā	the husband of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya's daughter ṣāṭhī	CC Madhya 15.245

ṣāṭhīra mātā	the mother of ṣāṭhī, who was the daughter of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 1.137

āma-sattā	āma-sattā	CC Antya 10.15-16

śaucam	purity of mind without attachment or repulsion	SB 11.18.43

baddha-sauhṛdāḥ	because of being fully attached to Your lotus feet	SB 10.2.33

saulabhyam	ease of attainment	NBS 58

saumadattiḥ	the son of Somadatta	BG 1.8

saumadattiḥ	the son of Somadatta	SB 9.2.35-36

sei rājā	that King (Mahārāja Puruṣottama-deva)	CC Madhya 5.121

sei bhaṭṭācāryera	of that Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.210

siddhāḥ	who have attained perfection or full knowledge	SB 7.9.8

siddhe	in the attainment	SB 11.23.17

siddhi-prāpti	attainment of perfection	CC Madhya 4.196

siddhi-prāpti	attainment of perfection	CC Madhya 9.300

upaśama-śīla	completely detached from all material attachments	SB 5.8.30

dharma-śīlasya	who were strictly attached to religious principles	SB 10.1.2

sińgābhaṭṭa	Sińgābhaṭṭa	CC Adi 10.149

śiṣya-gaṇa kahe	the disciples of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 6.80

uttama-śloka-lālasaḥ	who was so fond of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as Uttamaśloka	SB 5.14.43

uttama-śloka-janeṣu	among devotees who are simply attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 6.11.27

uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā	by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka	CC Madhya 24.47

uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā	by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka	CC Madhya 25.157

uttama-ślokam	the Supreme Lord or persons attached to the Supreme Lord	SB 2.3.8

sneha-yantritaḥ	being attached by affection	SB 6.1.26

putra-sneha-mayīm	very much attached because of maternal affection for her son	SB 10.8.43

snehaḥ	attachment to	SB 4.28.9

kṛta-snehāḥ	because of having developed attachment to Mohinī-mūrti	SB 8.9.22

bhaṭṭere śodhilā	purified Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.167

somadattaḥ	a son named Somadatta	SB 9.2.35-36

somadattaḥ	Somadatta	SB 9.22.11

spṛhā-matiḥ	consciousness with attachment	SB 5.1.3

spṛṣṭāḥ	being attacked or being touched	SB 7.10.59

śraddhā	being faithfully attached	SB 11.11.34-41

śrī-mukunda-datta	Śrī Mukunda Datta	CC Adi 10.40

śrī-govinda datta	Śrī Govinda Datta	CC Adi 10.64

śrī-gopāla bhaṭṭa	Śrī Gopāla Bhaṭṭa	CC Adi 10.105

śrī-puruṣottama-dāsa	Śrī Puruṣottama dāsa	CC Adi 11.38

śrī-haṭṭa-nivāsī	a resident of Śrīhaṭṭa	CC Adi 13.56

śrī-vaiṣṇava trimalla-bhaṭṭa	Trimalla Bhaṭṭa was a Śrī Vaiṣṇava	CC Madhya 1.109

śrī-puruṣottama	Jagannātha Purī, or Nīlācala, the place of Puruṣottama	CC Antya 6.188

śrī-vāsudeva-priyaḥ	very dear to Śrī Vāsudeva Datta ṭhākura	CC Antya 6.263

śritā	attached	SB 5.2.11

śritau	attaining	SB 10.15.1

marma-sthāḥ	attaching within the heart	SB 11.23.3

sārvabhauma-sthāna	to the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.285

sārvabhauma-sthāne	to the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.30

bhaṭṭācārya-sthāne	at Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya's place	CC Madhya 7.54

sārvabhauma-rāmānanda-sthāne	before Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Rāmānanda Rāya	CC Madhya 16.87

bhaṭṭācārya-sthāne	before Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 17.59

bhaṭṭācārya-sthāne	unto Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.130

sārvabhauma-sthāne	at the place of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 24.4

balabhadra-bhaṭṭa-sthāne	from Balabhadra Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 4.210

sthūla-dhiyaḥ	persons whose intelligence is dulled by materialistic attachments	SB 11.3.17

straiṇaḥ	very much attached to woman	SB 9.19.1

straiṇasya	of the father who was very much attached to his wife	SB 9.10.8

straiṇayoḥ	because they have become so attached to women	SB 10.10.19

straiṇeṣu	with men who are attached to women	SB 11.26.22

straiṇeṣu	with men attached to women	SB 11.26.24

strī-sańgataḥ	from attachment to a woman	SB 3.31.41

strī-kāmaḥ	attached to sex life	SB 4.2.23

su-ratau	most merciful, or attached in conjugal love	CC Adi 1.15

su-ratau	most merciful, or attached in conjugal love	CC Madhya 1.3

su-ratau	most merciful, or attached in conjugal love	CC Antya 1.5

su-labham	who is easily attained	MM 10

śuddhaḥ	without the material contamination of attachment and detachment	SB 7.7.19-20

sukha-avāptiḥ	attainment of all happiness	SB 4.25.4

gṛhamedhi-sukham	all types of material happiness based on attachment to family, society, friendship, etc.	SB 7.9.45

sukhāya	for attaining happiness	SB 3.5.2

śuna bhaṭṭācārya	my dear Bhaṭṭācārya, kindly listen	CC Madhya 11.66

vinaya śuni'	upon hearing this humbleness of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.247

sura-uttamān	and Lord Viṣṇu, Puruṣottama, the best of personalities	SB 7.12.2

śūrasenān	part of the province of Uttar Pradesh	SB 1.10.34-35

suta-dāra-vatsalaḥ	being attached to the children and wife	SB 5.13.18

tat-sutāḥ	the sons of Uttama	SB 8.1.23

sva-rātuḥ	of Kṛṣṇa, who was his savior within the womb of his mother, Uttarā	SB 10.12.40

bhavat-svabhāvānām	who have attained Your qualities	SB 5.3.11

svarbhānuḥ	Rāhu (who attacks and eclipses the sun and moon)	SB 8.9.24

svarga	of (desire for attaining) heaven	SB 10.82.29-30

svargam	attainment of the heavenly planets	SB 4.30.34

svargāya	for the attainment of heaven	SB 11.6.13

svarṇa-puńkhaiḥ	with golden feathers attached	SB 8.11.23

prāpta-svarūpa	attaining his original status	CC Madhya 24.134

tāhāra	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.50

uttamaḥ tāmasaḥ raivataḥ	Uttama, Tāmasa and Raivata	SB 5.1.28

tān	unto the materially attached persons	SB 8.12.39

virāṭa-tanayā	the daughter of Virāṭa (Uttarā)	SB 1.10.9-10

tāńhāra	of him (Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 7.68

tāńhāre	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.43

tāńra	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.238

tāńra	his (Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa's)	CC Madhya 9.140

tāńra	his (of Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa)	CC Madhya 9.151

tāńra	of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.222

tāńre	to Mukunda Datta	CC Madhya 6.68

tāńre	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.207

tāńre	him (Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 7.55

tāńre	unto Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.71

tāńre	him (the Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 7.74

tāńre	unto Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 18.100

tāńre	him (Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 19.91

tāńre	Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 13.122

tapaḥ-niṣṭhāḥ	very much attached to austerities and penances	SB 7.15.1

taptaḥ	severely attacked by fever or similar painful conditions	SB 6.2.15

tāra āge	just in front of the cottage	CC Madhya 24.260

tasmāt	from the person named Devadatta	SB 5.14.24

tasmin	on that (Mānasottara Mountain)	SB 5.21.7

tat-paraḥ	very much attached to it	BG 4.39

tat-ātma-jāḥ ca	and his children like Priyavrata, Uttānapāda, Devahūti, etc.	SB 2.7.43-45

tat-parā	very much attached to him	SB 4.15.6

tat-ātmānaḥ	attaining the same spiritual body and form	SB 7.10.39

tat-sutāḥ	the sons of Uttama	SB 8.1.23

tat	such an attack by the demon against the Supreme Lord	SB 8.10.56

tat-cittaḥ	being too much attached to her	SB 9.14.32

tat-niṣṭhā	attachment or attraction for Him	CC Madhya 19.212

tat-sańgi-sańgataḥ	by association with persons attached to women	CC Madhya 22.88-90

tat-mayī	consisting of that transcendental attachment	CC Madhya 22.150

tataḥ	from Devadatta	SB 9.2.21

teńho	Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.31

teńho	he (the Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 15.247

teńho kahena	the Bhaṭṭācārya said	CC Madhya 17.77

bhaṭṭa-thāri	a Bhaṭṭathāri	CC Madhya 1.112

tilottamā	Tilottamā	SB 12.11.43

tina jana	the three persons (namely, the King, Gopīnātha Ācārya and Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya)	CC Madhya 11.73

titīrṣayā	with a desire to attain, understand	SB 11.13.19

trimalla bhaṭṭera	of Trimalla Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 1.108

śrī-vaiṣṇava trimalla-bhaṭṭa	Trimalla Bhaṭṭa was a Śrī Vaiṣṇava	CC Madhya 1.109

gāḍha-tṛṣṇā	deep attachment	CC Madhya 22.151

tvat-bhaktaḥ	fully attached to You without motivation	SB 7.10.6

uccapadaḥ	of Uttānapāda	SB 3.22.18

uḍāiyā	attaching no importance	CC Madhya 1.171

udāsa	free from attachment	CC Antya 9.141

udayaḥ	the attainment of	SB 3.25.44

uddhāraṇa datta	Uddhāraṇa Datta	CC Antya 6.63

udgranthayaḥ	without attachment, free from material bondage	SB 3.15.47

uḍiyā mārite	to attack the Orissa province	CC Madhya 19.28

kṛṣṇa-unmukhe	if one is attached to the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa	CC Madhya 22.21

upagate	unto He who has attained it	SB 1.9.32

upaiṣyasi	you will attain	BG 9.28

upaiti	attains	BG 6.27

upaiti	attains	SB 2.2.29

upaiti	attains	SB 2.2.31

upaiti	attains	SB 6.1.7

upaiti	he attains	SB 11.2.43

upanayāt	than the attainment	SB 12.8.43

upapadyate	attains	BG 13.19

upapadyate	one attains	SB 3.29.14

upapattaye	for the attainment	SB 7.4.25-26

viṣaya-uparaktaḥ	attached to material happiness, sense gratification	SB 5.11.5

uparata-anātmyāya	having no attachment for this material world	SB 5.19.11

uparuddha	attacked	SB 4.28.13

upaśama-śīla	completely detached from all material attachments	SB 5.8.30

upaśamena	by giving up attachment	SB 7.15.25

labdha-upaśāntiḥ	one who has attained full bliss	SB 2.2.16

kailāsa-upavane	in a small garden attached to Kailāsa Parvata, the residence of Lord Śiva	SB 10.10.2-3

upayāsyatha	you will attain	SB 4.30.18

upetya	having attained	SB 3.15.26

saha-uṭaje	along with the thatched cottage	SB 1.13.58

utkrāntiḥ	the attainment of liberation at the time of passing away	SB 12.12.7

utpattim	the attainment	SB 10.55.7-8

uttama-ślokam	the Supreme Lord or persons attached to the Supreme Lord	SB 2.3.8

uttama-śloka-lālasaḥ	who was so fond of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as Uttamaśloka	SB 5.14.43

uttama-śloka-janeṣu	among devotees who are simply attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 6.11.27

uttama-bhrātā	the brother of Uttama	SB 8.1.27

uttama-āptibhiḥ	by attainment of the highest platform of perfection	CC Madhya 24.181

uttamaḥ ca	also Uttama	SB 4.9.48

uttamaḥ	Uttama	SB 4.10.3

uttamaḥ tāmasaḥ raivataḥ	Uttama, Tāmasa and Raivata	SB 5.1.28

uttamaḥ	Uttama	SB 8.1.23

uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā	by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka	CC Madhya 24.47

uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayā	by the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka	CC Madhya 25.157

uttamam	Uttama	SB 4.8.9

puruṣa-uttamam	to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Puruṣottama, the best of males	SB 8.4.2

sura-uttamān	and Lord Viṣṇu, Puruṣottama, the best of personalities	SB 7.12.2

uttamaślokaḥ	the Lord, who is known as Uttamaśloka (He who is described by transcendental literature)	SB 8.1.32

uttamaujāḥ	Uttamaujā	BG 1.6

uttame	Uttama	SB 4.9.23

uttamena	the King's other son, Uttama	SB 4.9.41

uttānabarhiḥ	Uttānabarhi	SB 9.3.27

uttānapadaḥ	of King Uttānapāda	SB 3.14.6

uttānapādaḥ	King Uttānapāda	SB 4.9.65

uttānapadaḥ	of King Uttānapāda	SB 4.12.30

uttānapadaḥ	of Mahārāja Uttānapāda	SB 4.12.38

uttānapadaḥ	of King Uttānapāda	SB 4.31.26

uttānapādasya	of King Uttānapāda	SB 4.8.8

uttānapādasya	of Uttānapāda, the father of Dhruva Mahārāja	SB 4.21.28-29

uttānapādau	Uttānapāda	SB 3.12.56

uttānapādau	and Mahārāja Uttānapāda	SB 3.21.2

uttānapādau	Uttānapāda	SB 4.1.9

uttānapādau	Uttānapāda	SB 4.8.7

priyavrata-uttānapadoḥ	of Priyavrata and Uttānapāda	SB 3.22.9

uttānapadoḥ	and of Uttānapāda	SB 6.1.4-5

uttarā uvāca	Uttarā said	SB 1.8.9

uttarā	Uttarā	SB 1.13.3-4

uttarā-mātaḥ	O Mahārāja Parīkṣit, son of mother Uttarā	SB 5.13.24

uttarāḥ	the nakṣatras named Uttarā (Uttara-phalgunī, Uttarāṣāḍhā and Uttara-bhādrapadā)	SB 7.14.20-23

uttarām	Uttarā	SB 1.8.8

abhijit-uttarāṣāḍhe	the stars named Abhijit and Uttarāṣāḍhā	SB 5.23.6

uttarasya	of King Uttara	SB 1.16.2

uttarāyāḥ	of Uttarā (mother of Parīkṣit)	SB 1.12.1

uttarāyām	unto Uttarā	SB 3.3.17

uttarāyām	in the womb of Uttarā	SB 9.22.33

uttarā uvāca	Uttarā said	SB 1.8.9

brahma-vādibhiḥ	attached to the Vedic rituals	SB 4.15.11

vairāgya	renunciation or nonattachment	SB 5.19.9

vairāṭyāḥ	of Uttarā	SB 1.8.14

śrī-vaiṣṇava trimalla-bhaṭṭa	Trimalla Bhaṭṭa was a Śrī Vaiṣṇava	CC Madhya 1.109

vallabha bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 1.263

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.61

vallabha-bhaṭṭera mana	in the mind of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 19.64

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.108

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 19.110

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	the greatly learned scholar named Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.4

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.69

vallabha-bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.76

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.100

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.109

vallabha-bhaṭṭera	of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.148

vallabha-bhaṭṭa	Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.171

vallabha-bhaṭṭera milana	the meeting of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.172

vallabha bhaṭṭera milana	the meeting of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu	CC Antya 20.114

aśoka-vanika-āśrame	in a small cottage in the forest of Aśoka trees	SB 9.10.30

vāṇīnātha-paṭṭanāyake	Vāṇīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Madhya 10.61

vāṇīnātha paṭṭanāyaka	Vāṇīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka	CC Antya 11.80

rāddha-varaḥ	having attained a boon	SB 3.18.22-23

brahma-varcasvī	one who has attained the power of spiritual success	SB 4.23.32

varuṇa-grastam	having been attacked with dropsy by Varuṇa	SB 9.7.17

puruṣottama-vāsī	residents of Puruṣottama (Jagannātha Purī)	CC Madhya 10.38

vāsu kahe	Vāsudeva Datta said	CC Madhya 11.139

vāsudeva datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Adi 10.41

vāsudeva dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Adi 12.57

vāsudeva datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 10.81

vāsudeva datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 11.87

vāsudeva-datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 14.98

vāsudeva-dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 15.93

vāsudeva-gṛhe	to the house of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Madhya 16.206

vāsudeva	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 4.108-110

vāsudeva-dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 6.161

śrī-vāsudeva-priyaḥ	very dear to Śrī Vāsudeva Datta ṭhākura	CC Antya 6.263

vāsudeva-datta	Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 10.9-11

vāsudeva-dattera	of Vāsudeva Datta	CC Antya 10.121

rakta-vat	as if very much attached	SB 7.14.5

bhakata-vatsala	very much attached to His devotees	CC Madhya 4.177

suta-dāra-vatsalaḥ	being attached to the children and wife	SB 5.13.18

bhakta-vātsalya	attachment for His devotees	CC Madhya 4.211

vātsalya-rati	attachment by parental affection	CC Madhya 19.183-184

vikramya	attacking	SB 3.14.10

vikṛṣyamāṇam	being attacked	SB 8.2.28

vilagnāḥ	becoming attached	BG 11.26-27

sārvabhauma-vimocana	liberation of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 7.6

anya-āsakta-vimukhān	persons attached not to fighting but to some other subject matter	SB 10.4.35

vimuñcet	one should get free from the attachment for such association	SB 7.14.3-4

vinaya śuni'	upon hearing this humbleness of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 6.247

vindanti	attain	SB 2.4.17

vindate	attains	SB 7.1.28-29

vindati	attains	BG 18.45

vipluṣṭam	being attacked and burned	SB 10.1.4

virakta	unattached	CC Madhya 4.123

parama virakta	totally renounced or unattached	CC Madhya 4.179

virakta	unattached	CC Madhya 11.7

viraktaḥ	not at all attached	SB 7.14.5

viraktaḥ	without attachment	SB 8.1.7

viraktam	have no attachment	SB 3.16.7

virakti	nonattachment	SB 4.23.11

viraktyā	without attachment	SB 3.27.5

virāṭa-tanayā	the daughter of Virāṭa (Uttarā)	SB 1.10.9-10

viṣajjataḥ	who becomes thoroughly attached	SB 10.81.36

viṣajjate	becomes attached	SB 11.14.27

viṣajjate	becomes attached	SB 11.26.19-20

viṣajjita	becoming attached	SB 10.90.11

viṣakta	attached	SB 10.39.31

viṣakta	attached	SB 10.75.32

viṣaktaḥ	attached to material sense enjoyment	SB 8.12.39

viśāmpatiḥ	King Uttānapāda	SB 4.9.67

viṣaya-uparaktaḥ	attached to material happiness, sense gratification	SB 5.11.5

puruṣa-viśeṣam	the topmost of all living beings, Puruṣottama	SB 5.3.3

itara-rāga-vismāraṇam	which causes forgetfulness of all other attachment	CC Antya 16.117

visṛjya	giving up the attack	SB 9.6.18

viṭānām	of debauchees, who are attached to women	SB 10.13.2

bhaṭṭācārya-vivaraṇe	the affairs in the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya	CC Madhya 15.271

vivyadhuḥ	attacked	SB 10.59.15

vrajet	he attains	SB 12.12.64

vyākhyā	explanations (countering the attack of the asuras)	CC Madhya 23.117-118

bhaṭṭera vyākhyāna	explanation of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa	CC Antya 7.91

vyāsakta	overly attached	SB 1.19.14

vyāsańgam	excessive attachment	SB 11.26.26

manaḥ-vyāsańgam	opposing attachments	CC Adi 1.59

para-vyasaninī	attached to another man	CC Madhya 1.211

vyeńkaṭa bhaṭṭa	Veńkaṭa Bhaṭṭa	CC Madhya 9.82

yaḥ	he who (Somadatta)	SB 9.2.35-36

yam	unto whom (Marutta)	SB 9.2.26

yānti	attain	BG 8.23

yānti	attain	SB 4.7.47

yānti	they will attain	SB 10.68.4

yānti	attain	MM 48

sneha-yantritaḥ	being attached by affection	SB 6.1.26

yāsyanti	would attain	SB 2.7.34-35

yāsyase	you will attain	SB 10.49.19

yat-āśrayaḥ	caused by attachment to the modes	SB 3.27.19

yātaḥ	attained	SB 10.74.46

yāti	attains	BG 6.45

yāti	attains	SB 3.28.1

yāti	attains	SB 10.46.22

yāti	he attains	SB 10.57.42

yāyāt	may attain	SB 12.11.2-3

yayuḥ	they attained	SB 10.21.20

yayuḥ	they attained	SB 10.32.13

yayuḥ	attained	SB 10.87.23

yayuḥ	attained	SB 10.90.47

yoga-pathaiḥ	by the system of yoga (mystic bodily power to attain the godly stage)	SB 1.6.35

yoga-īśa-rūpa-dhṛk	by assuming the form of a great yogī like Dattātreya	SB 8.14.8

yoga-ārūḍhasya	of one who has attained such perfect knowledge	CC Madhya 24.159

yoga-ārūḍhaḥ	one who has actually attained perfection in the yoga system	CC Madhya 24.160

yogaḥ	means of attaining liberation	SB 10.84.36

yogī	one who has attained self-control	SB 11.7.40

ku-yoginām	of those who are attached to the objects of the senses	SB 6.16.47

yojitaiḥ	attached	SB 10.89.37

īśvara-yojitāni	attached by the Supreme Personality of Godhead	SB 5.22.11

yoṣit-sańgāt	from attachment to women	SB 3.31.35

priya-yoṣitām	for persons attached to women	SB 4.27.12

yuktaḥ	devoutly attached	SB 4.24.76

prīti-yuktāḥ	very attached	SB 5.5.3

yuktam	attached	SB 4.12.6

yūthapam	(goes to attack) an elephant	SB 9.15.28

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


acchapitta	pellucid choler; a byproduct of second stage of digestion or amlāvasthāpāka.
ādāna	to suck or extract; ādānakāla the first half of the year (uttarāyana or northern solstice); it includes śiśira (winter); vasanta (spring) and grīṣma (summer).
ālocakapitta	observer choler; one of the five variants of pitta/choler; located in eyes
amlapitta	hyperacidity, ulcer.
anavasthita	unstable, instability; anavasthitacitta unstable mind.
aruṇadatta	author of Sarvāṇgasundari (13th Century ), a commentary on Aṣṭā ṅ gahṛdaya.
aṣṭāngavinyāsayoga	(aṣṭā.anga.vinyāsa.yoga) power yoga; founded and popularized by Pattabhi Jois.
bhallātakādimodaka	a solid preparation made from marking nut, myrobalan fruit, jaggery and sesame oil; indicated in hemorrhoids caused by choler (pitta).
bhrājakapitta	glow-choler; one of the five pittas located in skin, that ascribes glow to the skin and helps digest oils applied on.
buddhirvaiśeṣika	kind of ālocakapitta located in mind; first described by Bhela.
cakṣurvaiśeṣika	observer-choler, kind of ālocakapitta located in the eyes.
candradala	a metal treated with mercury or other metals attains whitenss or yellowness.
citta,cit	consciousness; reason; mind; storage of impressions.
daivabalapravṛttavyādhi	(daiva.bala.pravṛtta.vyādhi) diseases caused by divine will or providence.
doṣabalapravṛttivyādhi	(doṣa.bala.pravṛtta.vyādhi) psychosomatic diseases.
drākṣāsava	medicinal liquor made from grapes; weakwine made from grapes, which calms vāta and pitta.
ela	Plant cardamom, dried fruits of Elettaria cardamomum.
janmabalapravṛttavyādhi	(janma.bala.pravṛttha.vyādh) diseases arising from congenetal defects; problems arising during pregnancy.
kālabalapravṛttavyādhi	diseases due to time/season.
kārmuka	1. Plant bamboo; bow; 2. Sagittarius; 3. kind of honey; 4. Plant white khadira tree (Acacia catechu); Elegant smilax; 5. rainbow.
kitta	waste, excretal substance, debris.
kośa	sheaths inside the body, namely the sheath of knowledge (jnānamaya), the sheath of bliss (ānadamaya), the sheath of vitality (prāṇamaya), the sheath of mind (manomaya) and the sheath of food (annamaya) explained in the Taittareya upaniṣad.
kosala	a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to awadh region in Uttar Pradesh.
kuṭīra	1. cottage, 2. shack, 3. sexual intercourse.
lohakitta	ironslag.
madhukoṣa	a commentary on Mādhavanidāna, the first half of Madhukoṣa was authored by Vijayarakṣita, and the rest by Śrikanṭhadatta.
malla	a geographical region in ancient India correspondin to northeast Uttar Pradesh.
matsyapitta	Go to kaṭuka.
nāsāraktapitta	epistaxis, blood from the nose.
pācakapitta	digestive fire.
pauruṣādini	women whose children die before they attain sixteen years of age.
pitta	one of the three humors, bile, choler, bilious humor.
pittala	brass, bell metal.
pittātisāra	diarrhea due to pitta.
pūrvāṣāḍa	star Delta Sagittari in the constellation Sagittarius.
raktapitta	blood-bile, bleeding disorder; spontaneous haemorrhage from mouth and nose; internal/innate haemorrhage; heamorrhagic disease, ex: haemophilia.
ranjakapitta	colouring choler; one of the five variants of choler located near stomach (āmāśaya)
rasendrakalpadruma	a treatise on medicinal alchemy by Ramakrishna Bhatta.
rīti,rītika	Go to pittala.
sādhaka	fulfilling, accomplishing; sādhakapitta accomplishing choler; one of the five variants of choler located in heart.
sadvṛtta	code of ethical conduct.
sarvaṇgasundari	a commentary on Aṣṭāngasangraha by Aruṇadatta in 12th Century
sītapitta	urticaria, allergy.
śrikanṭhadatta	one of the authors of Madhukośa, a commentary on Madhavanidāna.
surasena,saurasena	a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to Braj region of Uttar Pradesh.
svabhāvabalapravṛttavyādhi	(svabhāva.bala.pravṛtha.vyādhi) diseases due to natural changes.
svāṅgaśīta	heated material attaining atmospheric temperature in situ; self cooling.
svasthavṛtta	regimen for healthy person, personal and social hygiene; maintaining and promoting health.
tutta	blue vitriol, copper sulphate.
tuttānjana	Go to mayūratutta
unmattaka	Go to dattūra.
ūrdhvagata	upward, ūrdhvagata raktapitta vomiting and coughing up blood; heamoptysis and haematemesis.
uttamā	pustule on the penis.
uttamāṅga	Go to śiras.
uttamāraṇi	Go to śatāvari.
uttapta	pressed hard, red hot, dried flesh.
uttarābhadra	star Gamma Pegasi in the constellation of Pegasus.
uttarakarma	Go to paścātkarma
uttarapakṣa	one of tantrayuktis, reply, refutation, answer to first or objectionable argument.
uttarāpatha	northern region.
uttarāṣāḍha	star Sigma Sagittari in the constellation Sagittarius.
uttaravasti	urethra injection pipe; sending medicated fluids into vagina; vaginal douche; urethral and uterine enema & bladder wash.
vaidyajīvanadīpika	a text written by Agaram Puttaswamy in the 19th Century on human medicine and it is a translation of Vaidyajīvana of Lolambarāja.
vakula,vakulakara	author of Sāroccaya, a contemporary to Cakrapāṇidatta, a close relative of Niscalakara.
vṛttaphala	Go to ākṣoṭa

Wordnet Search

"tta" has 592 results.


tta	śiṣṭa, bhadra, madra, ācāravat, vinīta, sabhya, śiṣṭācārasevin, agrāmya, āryavṛtta, suvṛtta, yaśasya, sabheya, anīca, arhat, ādṛtya, ārya, āryamiśra, āryaka, ārṣeya, uḍḍāmara, kulya, guru, mānya, sat, sajjana, sādhu, sujana, praśrayin, praśrita, sudakṣiṇa yaḥ sādhuvyavahāraṃ karoti। rāmaḥ śiṣṭaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।
tta	sādhu, bhadra, ārya, śiṣṭa, uttama, praśasta, praśasya, śasta, śasya, śubha, kuśala, kalyāṇa, san, sattama, śreṣṭha, sāra, sāravat, vara, nirdoṣa, aduṣṭa yaḥ satatakartavyakarmānuṣṭhātā prakṛtācāraśīlaḥ tathā ca nyāyapathāvalambī asti। jagati bahavaḥ sādhavaḥ janāḥ santi।
tta	ārambhaḥ, prakramaḥ, upakramaḥ, abhyādānam, udāttaḥ kāryādiṣu prathamakṛtiḥ। āgaccha asya kāryasya ārambhaṃ karavāma।
tta	anuyogādhīnatā, anusandhānādhīnatā, vicārādhīnatā, āhvānādhīnatā, abhiyojyatā, anuyojyatā, abhiyojanīyatā, paryanuyogādhīnatā, paryanuyojyatā, anusandhānayogyatā, āhvānayogyatā, āhveyatā, uttaradānādhikāraḥ, uttaradānādhīnatā, pṛcchādhīnatā kasyāpi viṣayasya kāryasya vā uttaradānasya adhikāraḥ। asya kāryasya anuyogādhīnatā kasya।
tta	cintanam, cintā, vicāraṇam, vicāraṇā, vicāraḥ, dhyānam, abhidhyānam, ādhyānam, bhāvanā, mananam, manovyāpāraḥ, antaḥkaraṇavyāpāraḥ, cittavyāpāraḥ, cittaceṣṭā, manaceṣṭā, antaḥkaraṇaceṣṭā vicāraṇasya kriyā। cintanād paścāt asya praśnasya samādhānam prāptam।
tta	satyaśīla, satya, satyaka, satyavṛtta, satyavādin, satyavaktṛ yaḥ svabhāvena satyaṃ vadati। yudhiṣṭhiraḥ satyaśīlaḥ āsīt।
tta	mūrtiḥ, pratimā, puttalī, puttalikā mṛcchilādinirmitaṃ pratirūpakam। saḥ yāṃ kāmapi mūrtiṃ nirmāti।
tta	nirdaya, niṣṭhura, krūra, durvṛtta, kleśada, anyāyakārī, hādhaka, pīḍākara, pīḍaka, upadravakārī yaḥ pīḍayati। kaṃsaḥ nirdayaḥ rājā āsīt।
tta	ānandin, sānandaḥ, prahṛṣṭa, ānandavṛtti, prasannacitta, ullāsī, ānandita, hṛṣṭa, hṛṣṭamānasa, hṛṣṭahṛdaya, praharṣita, harṣita, praharṣaṇa, haroṣamāṇa, harṣaṇa, āhlādin, hlādin, pramodin, pramudita, mudita, mudānvita, harṣānvita, praphulla, harṣayukta, tuṣṭa, parituṣṭa, ullasa, ullāsin, ullasit ānandena sahitaḥ। santuṣṭasya jīvanam ānandi asti।
tta	puttalī, dāruputrikā, pāñcālikā, pāñcalikā, pāñcālī, puttalikā, śālāṅkī, śālabhañjī, śālabhañjikā, dārustrī, dārugarbhā, kuruṇṭī, añjalikārikā, yāṣā kāṣṭhasya putrikā। saḥ puttalīṃ nartayati।
tta	pañcacatvāriṃśattama yaḥ gaṇanāyāṃ pañcacatvāriṃśat sthāne āgacchati। asmin bandhe pañcacatvāriṃśattamaṃ rupyakaṃ chinnam।
tta	viparitagāmin, pratigāmin, vyatikrānta, viparitagatika, parāvṛtta, prātīpika, avanatiśīla, patanaśīla, patanonmukha, pātuka, patayiṣṇu, vinipātaśīla yaḥ avanatim uddiśya gacchati। svasya kukarmabhireva saḥ viparitagāmī bhavati।
tta	pracchadapaṭaḥ, pracchadavastram, uttarapracchadaḥ, uttarachadaḥ talpasya ācchādanam। tena aṭṭāt pracchadapaṭaḥ krītaḥ।
tta	garvita, garvin, sagarva, garvara, garvavat, garvitacitta, sadarpa, darpavān, darpī, mānī, ahaṅkārī, ahaṃyu, sāhaṅkāra, ahamānī, pragalbha, uddhata, uddhatacitta, uddhatamanas, samuddhata, prauḍha, unnaddha, samunnaddha, sāṭopa, āṭopī, utsikta, unnataśiraska, unnatamanaska, samunnatacitta, ūrdhvadṛṣṭi, avalipta, darpaghmāta, sāvahela, pradhṛṣṭa yaḥ garvaṃ karoti। rājeśaḥ garvitaḥ।
tta	pāralaukika, alaukika, divya, lokottara, ādhidaivika paralokasambandhī। sajjanaḥ pāralaukikāḥ vārtāḥ kathayati।
tta	anāvṛtta, anācchādita, āvaraṇaśūnya yad āvṛttaḥ nāsti। ācchādaya anāvṛttāni vastūni।
tta	sādhutā, sabhyatā, sujanatā, vinītatvam, āryatvam, sabhyācāratvam, āryavṛttatvam, suśīlatā, śiṣṭācāratvam, saujanyam sajjanasya bhāvaḥ। sādhutā iti mahān guṇaḥ।
tta	bhraṣṭa, cyuta, vicalita, skhalita, vikṛṣṭa, mohita, vimohita, vyagra, vyākula, khaṇḍita, vyastacitta sthānasiddhāntādibhyaḥ dūre gataḥ। saḥ mārgāt bhraṣṭaḥasti। / vivekād bhraṣṭānām puruṣāṇāṃ bhavati vinipātaḥ śatamukhaḥ।
tta	prasannatā, paramānandam, pulakitatvam, atyānandaḥ, paramaharṣaḥ, atyantaharṣaḥ, harṣasaṃmohaḥ, ānandamohaḥ, mohāvasthā, ānandaveśaḥ, ālhādaneśaḥ, harṣāveśaḥ, paramasukham, brahmasukham, brahmānandaḥ, praharṣaḥ, pramadaḥ, unmadaḥ, mādaḥ, harṣonmattatā, harṣonmādaḥ, romaharṣaḥ prasannasya bhāvaḥ। rāmasya mukhe prasannatā dṛśyate।
tta	phenaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, hiṇaḍiraḥ, abdhikaphaḥ, jalahāsaḥ, phenakaḥ, maṇḍam, kārottaraḥ, kārūjaḥ, parañjaḥ taraladravyasya uparisamutthitaḥ vudvudākārāḥ। bālakaḥ phenaiḥ khelati।
tta	āśrita, saṃśrita, upāśrita, avalambin, avalambita, adhīna, abhyādhīna, āyatta, vaśa, tantra, nighna, sambaddha, nibaddha kasyacit ādhāreṇa āśrayeṇa vā tiṣṭhati। parāvalambinaḥ kṣupāḥ anyasmin kṣupe āśritāḥ santi।
tta	daivapara, daivādhīna, daivāyatta, daivaparāyaṇa, daivacintaka, daivavādin yaḥ daive viśvasati। asmin karmapradhānayuge daivaparaḥ vyaktiḥ paścātāpadagdhaḥ bhavati।
tta	dhanikaḥ, dhanāḍhyaḥ, dhanī, dhanavān, sadhanaḥ, lakṣmīvān, śrīmān, dhaneśvaraḥ, lakṣmīśaḥ, ibhyaḥ, saśrīkaḥ, koṣavān, sampattimān, samṛddhaḥ, mahādhanaḥ, bahudhanaḥ, vittavān, vasumān, arthavān, arthānvitaḥ, sārthaḥ, dhanasampannaḥ, dhanasamṛddhaḥ, dhanavipulaḥ, khadiraḥ yaḥ dhanena sampannaḥ। dhanāḍhyena paropakārāya phaladāyinaḥ vṛkṣasya iva bhāvyam।
tta	brāhmaṇaḥ, dvijaḥ, vipraḥ, dvijottamaḥ, dvijātiḥ, dvijanmā, agrajanmā, bhūdevaḥ, agrajātakaḥ, sūtrakaṇṭhaḥ, jyeṣṭhavarṇaḥ, vaktrajaḥ, maitraḥ, vedavāsaḥ, nayaḥ, ṣaṭkarmā, gurūḥ, brahmā hindūdharmaśāstrānusāreṇa cāturvarṇyavyavasthāyāṃ prathamasya brāhmaṇavarṇasya ko'pi pumān yasya śāstre nirūpitāḥ dharmāḥ adhyayanaṃ yajanaṃ dānañca santi। na krudhyet na prahṛṣyet ca mānito'mānitaśca yaḥ। sarvabhūteṣu abhayadastaṃ devā brāhmaṇaṃ viduḥ॥
tta	ekāgratā, tanmayatā, nimagnatā, ananyacittatā, ekāgracittatā, līnatā, anurati, abhiniviṣṭatā, manoyogitā, avirati ekāgrasya bhāvaḥ। divākaraḥ ekāgratayā svasya kāryaṃ karoti।
tta	prāguttarā, prāgudīcī, pūrvottarā, aiśānī, aparājitā pūrvottaradik। prāguttarāyāḥ diśaḥ āgatasya vāyvoḥ paścāt varṣā āgatā।
tta	śaṅkāśīla, śaṅkābuddhi, saṃśayaśīla, saṃśayabuddhi, sandigdhacitta, sandigdhamati, saṃśayālu, śaṅkin, aviśvāsī, kutarkaśīla, kutarkasvabhāva, apratyayī, kuhakacakita yaḥ na viśvasīti। saḥ śaṅkāśīlaḥ ataḥ tasya udbodhanena kim।
tta	asādhāraṇatā, asāmānyatā, lokottaratā, kevalatā asāmānyasya avasthā bhāvo vā। dhanurvidyāyām arjunasya asādhāraṇatā khyātā।
tta	udvigna, cintāpara, vyagra, uttapta, utsuka, vidhura, samanyu yaḥ cintayā vyākulaḥ asti। udvignān bālakān adhyāpakaḥ vyākhyāti।
tta	vatsala, snehin, snigdha, snehaśīla, suhṛttama, anurāgin, prītimat, hita, praṇayin, sapraṇaya, jātahārda yaḥ snihyati। asmākaṃ guruvaryaḥ vatsalaḥ asti।
tta	duṣkarmin, khala, śaṭha, pāmara, duṣṭa, pāpin, durvṛtta, durātmā, pāpātmā, apuṇya yaḥ duṣkarmāṇi karoti। duṣkarmaṇaḥ bhetavyaṃ na duṣkarmiṇaḥ।
tta	saujanyam, sādhutā, sajjanatā, sabhyatā, sattvavṛttiḥ, uttamatā, uttamatvam, guṇaḥ, praśastatā, praśastatvam, sadbhāvaḥ, sāttvikaḥ, sāttvikatā, sādhubhāvaḥ, sujanatā, sujanatvam, sauṣṭha, kulīnatā sujanasya bhāvaḥ। pāṭhaśālāyāṃ tasya saujanyaṃ khyātam। / saujanyam varavaṃśajanma vibhavo dirghāyurārogyatā vijñatvaṃ vinayitvaṃ indriyavaśaḥ satpātradāne ruciḥ sanmantrī susutaḥ priyā priyatamā bhaktiśca nārāyaṇe satpuṇyena vinā trayodaśaguṇāḥ saṃsāriṇāṃ durlabhāḥ।
tta	mahiṣaḥ, lulāpaḥ, sairibhaḥ, yamāhanaḥ, viṣajvaran, vaṃśabhīruḥ, rajasvalaḥ, ānūpaḥ, raktākṣaḥ, aśvāriḥ, krodhī, kaluṣaḥ, mattaḥ, viṣāṇī, gavalī, balī mahiṣajātīyaḥ pumān paśuḥ। saḥ mahiṣaṃ halena yunakti।
tta	jñāta, saṃjñāta, parijñāta, abhijñāta, vijñāta, vidita, avabuddha, vitta, vinna, budhita, buddha, avagata, pramita, pratīta, manita, avasita yasya jñānaṃ jātam। mayā jñātam etad।
tta	vṛtta, ghaṭita, gata, bhūta, atīta, vyatīta, samatīta, vyapeta, saṃvṛtta, atikrānta, nibhūta, pratīta yad bhūtakāle jātam। saḥ svajīvanasya vṛttaṃ varṇayati।
tta	vimānapattanam, vāyupattanam yatra vimānāni yātriṇāṃ udvāhana-avataraṇa-ityādyarthaṃ prayuktaṃ sthānam। saḥ sahāra iti vimānapattanāt amerikādeśe gamanārthe adya rātrau uḍḍīyate।
tta	saubhāgyam, subhāgyavattavam, dhanyatā, kalyāṇatā, māṅgalyam, puṇyavatvam, kauśalyam, maṅgalam bhadrāṇāṃ ghaṭanānām ālambanaṃ pratīkaṃ vā bhāgyam। saubhāgyaṃ mama yat bhavataḥ darśanam abhavat।
tta	uttaram kasyāpi praśnasya samādhānārtham kṛtaṃ prativacanam। mama praśnasya uttaraṃ na dattam।
tta	sāhāyyakartā, upakārī, upakārakaḥ, sahāyaḥ, uttarasādhakaḥ yaḥ kāryādiṣu sāhāyyaṃ karoti। asmin kārye saḥ mama sāhāyyakartā asti।
tta	anuttaradāyin yaḥ uttaradāyī nāsti। asya kāryārthe nāham anuttaradāyī।
tta	samāpta, sampūrṇa, pūrṇa, sampanna, saṃvṛtta, aśeṣa yad śeṣarahitam। mama kāryaṃ samāptam ।
tta	śāntacittatā, sthiramanaskatā, sthiracittatā, sthitaprajñatā, acapalatā cittasya sthirāvasthā bhāvo vā। niścitaṃ kāryaṃ śāntacittatayā nirvahaṇīyam।
tta	nirmitā, upātta, dattākṛtiḥ yad pṛktvā ākṛtiḥ labhyate। sītayā āpaṇāt mṛdaḥ nirmitā gaṇeśamūrtiḥ ānītā।
tta	nirāmaya, vārta, kalya, uttama, kuśala, kuśalavat, nīruja, kuśalin, kuśali, nirvyādhi, paṭu, ullāgha, laghu, agada, nirjvara, vigada, viroga, anāmaya, aruk aroga, arogin, arogya āyuṣmat, ārogyavat, nirātaṅka, ayakṣma, sahārogya, sustha, susthita nirgataḥ āmayo yasmāt। sarve nirāmayāḥ santu।
tta	vyavahāraḥ, vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ samāje anyaiḥ saha kṛtam ācaraṇam। tasya vyavahāraḥ samyak nāsti।
tta	ekāgratā, aikāgryam, niṣṭhā, niṣṭhitatvam, ekaniṣṭhatā, ananyavṛttiḥ, ekacittā, ekacittatvam, ananyacittatā, abhiniveśaḥ, cittābhiniveśaḥ, abhiyuktatā, abhiniviṣṭatā, āsaktiḥ, āsaktatā, niveśaḥ, praveśaḥ, niviṣṭatā, āviṣṭatvam, paratā, manoyogaḥ ekacittasya bhāvaḥ। saritā pratyekaṃ kāryaṃ ekāgratayā karoti।
tta	sat, sādhu, puṇyavat, sāttvika, satyapara, satyarata, satyavṛtta, sadharma, śuddhakarman, śucicarit, viśuddha, śīlin, sthitimat, prāñjala, praguṇa, sarala, ajihma, aśaṭha, āli, udāra, ṛjūyu, nirvyāja, niścakrika, niṣkaitava, niṣprapañca, niśaṭha, rajiṣṭha, vaktṛ, ślakṣṇa, supratīka akapaṭī satśīlaḥ। santaḥ sadā pūjārhāḥ santi।
tta	nirdayaḥ, niṣṭhuraḥ, krūrācāraḥ, durācāraḥ, durvṛttaḥ, puruṣapaśuḥ, asabhyajanaḥ yasya manasi dayā nāsti। hiṭalaraḥ nirdayaḥ āsīt।
tta	asāvadhānataḥ, asāvadhānena, anavahitam, avadhānaṃ vinā, sapramādam, pramādāt, pramādataḥ, pramādyataḥ, pramattam, pramattavat, asamīkṣya, avimṛśya, nirapekṣam, anapekṣayā karmaphalasya asamyak pūrvacintanāt sahasā kṛtam। asāvadhānataḥ vegena vāhanasaṃñcālanaṃ prāṇaghātī asti।
tta	virāmaḥ, viratiḥ, vyanadhānam, avaratiḥ, uparatiḥ, nivṛttiḥ, vinivṛttiḥ, nirvṛttiḥ, nivarttanam, nirvarttanam, chedaḥ, vicchedaḥ, upaśamaḥ, apaśamaḥ, kṣayaḥ samupasthitāyām athavā pravartamānāyām kriyāyām santaticchedaḥ। kartuḥ vṛthā virāmāt kālakṣepaḥ bhavati।
tta	kāmadevaḥ, kāmaḥ, madanaḥ, manmathaḥ, māraḥ, pradyumnaḥ, mīnaketanaḥ, kandarpaḥ, darpakaḥ, anaṅgaḥ, pañcaśaraḥ, smaraḥ, śambarāriḥ, manasijaḥ, kusumeṣuḥ, ananyajaḥ, ratināthaḥ, puṣpadhanvā, ratipatiḥ, makaradhvajaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, brahmasūḥ, viśvaketuḥ, kāmadaḥ, kāntaḥ, kāntimān, kāmagaḥ, kāmācāraḥ, kāmī, kāmukaḥ, kāmavarjanaḥ, rāmaḥ, ramaḥ, ramaṇaḥ, ratināthaḥ, ratipriyaḥ, rātrināthaḥ, ramākāntaḥ, ramamāṇaḥ, niśācaraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nandī, nandayitā, ratisakhaḥ, mahādhanuḥ, bhrāmaṇaḥ, bhramaṇaḥ, bhramamāṇaḥ, bhrāntaḥ, bhrāmakaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ, bhrāntacāraḥ, bhramāvahaḥ, mohanaḥ, mohakaḥ, mohaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ, bhṛṅganāyakaḥ, gāyanaḥ, gītijaḥ, nartakaḥ, khelakaḥ, unmattonmattakaḥ, vilāsaḥ, lobhavardhanaḥ, sundaraḥ, vilāsakodaṇḍaḥ kāmasya devatā। kāmadevena śivasya krodhāgniḥ dṛṣṭaḥ।
tta	agniḥ, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, kaviḥ tejaḥpadārthaviśeṣaḥ। parvate dṛśyamānaḥ dhūmaḥ agneḥ sūcakaḥ।
tta	aṇḍākāravṛttam aṇḍasya ākārasya vṛttam। bālakaḥ uttarapustikāyām aṇḍākāravṛttam ārekhati।
tta	cittam, manaḥ prāṇinām anusandhānātmikāntaḥkaraṇavṛttiḥ। kaḥ jānāti anyasya cittam।
tta	magna, tanmaya, anurata, nimagna, līna, magna, dattacitta, rata, nirata kasyāpi kārye abhyāse vā niḥśeṣeṇa nimajjati। īśvaracintane magnaḥ asti saḥ।
tta	viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā। ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।
tta	yuddham, saṃgrāmaḥ, samaraḥ, samaram, āyodhanam, āhavam, raṇyam, anīkaḥ, anīkam, abhisampātaḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, araraḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, yodhanam, jamyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṃkhyam, samīkam, sāmyarāyikam, kalahaḥ, vigrahaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, samāghātaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, abhyāgamaḥ, āhavaḥ, samudāyaḥ, saṃyat, samitiḥ, ājiḥ, samit, yut, saṃrāvaḥ, ānāhaḥ, samparāyakaḥ, vidāraḥ, dāraṇam, saṃvit, samparāyaḥ, balajam, ānarttaḥ, abhimaraḥ, samudayaḥ, raṇaḥ, vivāk, vikhādaḥ, nadanuḥ, bharaḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, pṛtanājyam, abhīkam, samīkam, mamasatyam, nemadhitā, saṅkāḥ, samitiḥ, samanam, mīऴ् he, pṛtanāḥ, spṛt, spṛd, mṛt, mṛd, pṛt, pṛd, samatsu, samaryaḥ, samaraṇam, samohaḥ, samithaḥ, saṅkhe, saṅge, saṃyugam, saṅgathaḥ, saṅgame, vṛtratūryam, pṛkṣaḥ, āṇiḥ, śīrasātau, vājasātiḥ, samanīkam, khalaḥ, khajaḥ, pauṃsye, mahādhanaḥ, vājaḥ, ajam, sadma, saṃyat, saṃyad, saṃvataḥ śatrutāvaśād anyarājyaiḥ saha saśastrasenābalena dharmalābhārtham arthalābhārthaṃ yaśolābhārthaṃ vā yodhanam। yatra ayuddhe dhruvaṃ nāśo yuddhe jīvitasaṃśayaḥ taṃ kālam ekaṃ yuddhasya pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ।
tta	niṣkāraṇam, animittam kāraṇāt vinā। saḥ niṣkāraṇam āgacchat atra।
tta	akṣāṃśavṛtta bhūgolaśāstre pṛthivyāṃ paścimāvartinī samāntarā kālpanikī rekhā। saḥ bhaugolikamānacitre akṣāṃśavṛttasya sthitiṃ paśyati।
tta	brāhmaṇaḥ, dvijaḥ, vipraḥ, dvijottamaḥ, dvijātiḥ, dvijanmā, agrajanmā, bhūdevaḥ, agrajātakaḥ, sūtrakaṇṭhaḥ, jyeṣṭhavarṇaḥ, vaktrajaḥ, maitraḥ, vedavāsaḥ, nayaḥ, ṣaṭkarmā, gurūḥ, brahmā hindūdharmaśāstrānusāreṇa cāturvarṇyavyavasthāyāṃ prathamo varṇaḥ yasya śāstranirūpitadharmāḥ adhyayanaṃ yajanaṃ dānañca santi। brāhmaṇyāṃ brāhmaṇāt jāto brāhmaṇaḥ na saṃśayaḥ। kṣatriyāyāṃ tathaiva vaiśyāyām api caiva hi।
tta	uttama, utkṛṣṭa, śreṣṭha, pradhāna, pramukha, praveka, mukhya, varyaḥ, vareṇya, pravarha, anavarārdhya, parārdhya, agra, pragrabara, prāgrā, agrā, agrīya, agriya, anuttama atyantam śreyān। rāmacaritamānasa iti gosvāmī tulasīdāsasya ekā uttamā kṛtiḥ।
tta	uttarakālīnaḥ uttarakālena sambandhitam। tasmai uttarakālīne sāhitye ruciḥ nāsti।
tta	pittam, māyuḥ, palajvalaḥ, tejaḥ, tiktadhātuḥ, uṣmā, agniḥ, analaḥ, śāṇḍilīputraḥ śarīrasthadhātuviśeṣaḥ yaḥ pittāśaye jāyate tathā ca yaḥ pacanakriyāyāṃ sāhāyyaṃ karoti। pittaṃ annasya pacanakriyāyāṃ sahāyakam।
tta	atīvra, atejā, nistejā, tejohīna, dhārāhīna, atīkṣṇa, nirvyākula, praśānta, praśāntacitta, śāntacetas, śāntātman yad na tīkṣṇam। kim bhavān anayā atīvrayā churikayā eva yuddhaṃ kariṣyati।
tta	pramattavat, anavadhāna, pramadvara avadhānahīnaḥ। pramattavān vyaktiḥ vyasanaiḥ grasati।
tta	vinodaka, hṛdayaṅgama, manorañjaka, cittavedhaka, manohara, hṛdayagrāhin, vinodada, anurāgajanaka, kautukavat yad vinodena paripūrṇam। tasya pārśve naikāḥ vinodakāḥ granthāḥ santi।
tta	uttamatā, utkṛṣṭatā uttamasya avasthā bhāvo vā। caritrasya uttamatā sarvaśreṣṭhā।
tta	prāsaṅgika, prāsaṅgihaḥ, prasaṅgopāttaḥ prasaṅgasambandhī। sāmpradāyikī samānatā iti sadyakālīnaḥ ekaḥ prāsaṅgikaḥ viṣayaḥ abhavat।
tta	īśvarapradatta, bhagavaddatta, prabhupradatta yaḥ īśvareṇa dattaḥ। mānavasya jīvanam īśvarapradattam asti।
tta	paittika, paitta pittasambandhī। atūlena pittena nābhyāṃ paittikaṃ śūlaṃ bhavati।
tta	vīra, śūra, dhīra, pragalbha, vāgara, samitiśālin, udāravikrama, uruvikrama, ṛta, pradhānottama dhairyayuktaḥ। vīraḥ vyaktiḥ dhairyāt naikāni kāryāṇi līlayā karoti।
tta	adhama, nīca, nīcaka, kṣuda, durvinīta, duṣprakṛti, avara, īṣatpuruṣa, avara, kambuka, durvṛtta, muṇḍa, apuṣkala durguṇayuktaḥ। saḥ nīcaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।
tta	praśānta, śānta, sthiracitta, sthira, upaśānta, dhīraśānta, sūrata, viprasanna, śāntimat yasya citta sthiram asti। praśāntaḥ vyaktiḥ vipattibhyaḥ na bibheti।
tta	vidhijñaḥ, adhivaktā, nyāyavādī, uttaravādī, vyavahārasacivaḥ, vyavahārapaṇḍitaḥ yaḥ vidhiviṣayasya parīkṣāyām uttīrṇaḥ tathā ca nyāyalaye kasya api pakṣaṃ pratipādayati। asmin vivāde tena nagarasya sarvaśreṣṭhaḥ vidhijñaḥ niyuktaḥ।
tta	uttaradāyin, uttaradāyaka yasya yasmin vā uttaradāyitvam asti। deśe vardhamānasya bhraṣṭācārasya uttaradāyī kaḥ asti।
tta	paścāt, tatpaścāt, tadanantaram, anantaram, tataḥ param, param, aparam, parastāt, uttarataḥ, tataḥ nirdhārita-samayoparāntam। asya kāryasya siddheḥ paścāt ahaṃ gṛhaṃ gacchāmi।
tta	svatantraḥ, svatantrā, svatantram, anadhīnaḥ, anadhīnā, anadhīnam, anāyattaḥ, anāyattā, anāyattam, svādhīnaḥ, svādhīnam, svādhīnā, ātmāyattaḥ, ātmāyattā, ātmāyattam, ātmatantraḥ, ātmatantram, ātmatantrā yaḥ ātmani āśritaḥ। asmākaṃ deśaḥ svatantraḥ asti।
tta	madakala, unmada, mattavilāsin yaḥ nityaṃ madakārīṇaḥ padārthān upabhuṅkte। mattāvasthayāṃ kṛtena kalahena dvau madakalau kārāgṛhaṃ gatau।
tta	madakalaḥ, madakalā, mattavilāsīni, mattavilāsī yaḥ nityaṃ madakārīṇaḥ padārthān upabhuṅkte। madakalau paraspareṇa kalahataḥ।
tta	pāradaḥ, rasarājaḥ, rasanāthaḥ, mahārasaḥ, rasaḥ, mahātejaḥ, rasalehaḥ, rasottamaḥ, sūtarāṭ, capalaḥ, jaitraḥ, rasendraḥ, śivabījaḥ, śivaḥ, amṛtam, lokeśaḥ, durdharaḥ, prabhuḥ, rudrajaḥ, haratejaḥ, rasadhātuḥ, acintyajaḥ, khecaraḥ, amaraḥ, dehadaḥ, mṛtyunāśakaḥ, sūtaḥ, skandaḥ, skandāṃśakaḥ, devaḥ, divyarasaḥ, śreṣṭhaḥ, yaśodaḥ, sūtakaḥ, siddhadhātuḥ, pārataḥ, harabījam, rajasvalaḥ, śivavīryam, śivāhvayaḥ dhātuviśeṣaḥ, kramikuṣṭhanāśakaḥ ojayuktaḥ rasamayaḥ dhātuḥ। pāradaḥ nikhilayogavāhakaḥ asti।
tta	kāraṇam, hetuḥ, nimittam, mūlam yena vinā kāryaṃ na pravartate phalasvarūpam āpnoti vā। dhūmasya kāraṇam agniḥ asti।
tta	dhanam, vittam, vibhavaḥ, arthaḥ, vaibhavam, sampattiḥ, draviṇam, dravyam, rāḥ, riktham, ṛktham, hiraṇyam, dyumnam, svāpateyam, bhogyam, ghasu, svāpateyam, vasu, dyumnam, kāñcanam, lakṣmīḥ, sampat, vṛddhiḥ, śrīḥ, vyavahāryam, raiḥ, bhogaḥ, svam, rekṇaḥ, vedaḥ, varivaḥ, śvātram, ratnam, rayiḥ, kṣatram, bhagaḥ, mīlum, gayaḥ, dyumnaḥ, indriyam, vasu, rāyaḥ, rādhaḥ, bhojanam, tanā, nṛmṇam, bandhuḥ, medhāḥ, yaśaḥ, brahma, śraṃvaḥ, vṛtram, vṛtam suvarṇarupyakādayaḥ। sādhu kāryārthe eva dhanasya viyogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ।
tta	śītapittam śaityāt tathā ca pittāt utpannaḥ saḥ vyādhiḥ yasmin śarīre aṅkanaṃ jāyate tasmin kaṇḍūḥ tathā ca dāho'pi bhavati। tena śītapittena pīḍitaḥ bālakaḥ cikitsakaṃ prati nītaḥ।
tta	uttarajāta pituḥ mṛtyoḥ paścāt jātaḥ। gītā uttarajātaṃ bālakam aśubhaṃ matvā parityaktavatī।
tta	itihāsaḥ, itivṛtaḥ, pūrvavṛttaḥ purā bhūtānāṃ ghaṭanānāṃ tatsambandhināṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ kālakrameṇa varṇanam। saḥ prācīnam itihāsaṃ paṭhati।
tta	uttamatara yaḥ adhikaḥ uttamaḥ asti। abhyāse rāghavaḥ mādhavāt uttamataraḥ asti।
tta	uttarā, udīcī, tiryagdik, kauverī, devī dakṣiṇadiśaḥ saṃmukhī dik। bhāratadeśasya uttarasyām diśi himālayaḥ asti।
tta	matibhraṃśaḥ, unmādaḥ, cittavibhramaḥ, unmanāḥ saḥ rogaḥ yasmin cittavibhramaḥ jāyate। tasmai atiśokāt matibhraṃśaḥ jātaḥ।
tta	puram, purī, nagaram, nagarī, pūḥ, pattanam, pṛthupattanam, paṭṭanam, paṭṭam, puriḥ, karvaṭam, ḍhakkaḥ, pallī, puṭabhedanam, nigamaḥ janānāṃ vastisthānaṃ yat haṭṭādiviśiṣṭasthānam tathā ca yatra bahugrāmīyavyavahārāḥ bhavanti। mumbaī iti bhāratasya bṛhattaraṃ puram।
tta	rajaḥ, ṛtuḥ, kusumam, puṣpam, ārttavam strīṇāṃ māse māse yoniniḥsṛtam raktam। rajasaḥ srāvakāle strī pīḍām anubhavati।
tta	aikamatyam, ekacittam, ekavākyatā, ekāyanībhāva, aikamukhya sā sthitiḥ yatra upasthitāḥ sambaddhāḥ vā janāḥ ekaṃ eva matam anumanyante। rāmāya ekamatyena asya saṃsthāyāḥ sacivaṃ nirvācitam।
tta	bṛhannaukā, bṛhannau, bṛhattaraṇī, bṛhatpotaḥ bṛhatī naukā। ekā avaliptā bṛhannaukā jalasamādhiṃ prāptavatī।
tta	kadambaḥ, nīpaḥ, priyakaḥ, halipriyaḥ, kādambaḥ, ṣaṭpadeṣṭaḥ, prāvṛṣeṇyaḥ, haripriyaḥ, jīrṇaparṇaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, surabhiḥ, lalanāpriyaḥ, kādambaryaḥ, sīdhupuṣpaḥ, mahāḍhyaḥ, karṇapūrakaḥ, vajraḥ vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। yasya raktavarṇīyāni puṣpāṇi vṛttāni santi asya guṇāḥ tiktatvam kaṭutvam kaṣāyatvam vātapittakaphārtināśitvam śītalatvam śukravardhanañca। katipayakusumodgamaḥ kadmabaḥ।
tta	kitavaḥ, unmattaḥ, dhūrtaḥ, kanakāhvayaḥ, mātulaḥ, mahanaḥ, dhattūraḥ, śaṭhaḥ, mātulakaḥ, śyāmaḥ, śivaśekharaḥ, kharjjūghnaḥ, khalaḥ, kaṇṭaphalaḥ, mohanaḥ, mattaḥ, śaivaḥ, dhusturaḥ, dhutturaḥ, dhustūraḥ, purīmohaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ tat kṣupaṃ yasya bījāni viṣayuktāni santi। śivāya kitavaḥ rocate।
tta	pīttalaghaṭaḥ pīttalasya ghaṭaḥ। dīpā navarātreḥ prathamadine pīttalaghaṭasya sthāpanāṃ karoti।
tta	karāṃśukam, uttarīyam tat vastraṃ yad kabandhaṃ tathā ca kaṭim ācchādayati। antarīyaṃ tathā ca karāṃśukam iti bhāratasya rāṣṭriyaveṣaḥ।
tta	pūgakarttanī, śaṅkulā, utpalapatrikā astraviśeṣaḥ pūgīphalādīnāṃ karttanārtham upayujyamānaṃ sādhanaṃ yasya dvābhyāṃ patrābhyām ekaṃ patraṃ sadhāraṃ vartate। dantahīnāḥ pūgakarttanyā pūgīphalaṃ kartayitvā khādanti।
tta	karttarī, karttanī, katrī, chedanī, khaṇḍadhārā, śarārīmukhī astraviśeṣaḥ,patrīkṛtasvarṇādeḥ kartanāstram। kartaryā vastram chinatti vastrakāraḥ।
tta	vārtā, vṛtāntaḥ, samācāraḥ, sandeśaḥ, sandiṣṭaḥ, savādaḥ, vṛttam, vartamānam, pravṛttiḥ, kiṃvadantī, udantaḥ, udantakaḥ, lokavādaḥ, lokapravādaḥ, janavādaḥ, janaśrutiḥ, vācikam, sūcanā ghaṭanānāṃ vṛttāntaḥ yaḥ ākāśavāṇīdūradarśanāditaḥ prāptaḥ। pūrvaṃ bhavantaḥ hindībhāṣāyāṃ viśvasya vārtāḥ aśruṇvan।
tta	udvignatā, abhiniviṣṭatā, asthiracittatā asthiracittasya bhāvaḥ। udvignatayā ahaṃ samyak nirṇayaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ।
tta	niruttara, anuttara yaḥ uttaraṃ dātuṃ na śaknoti। niruttarāḥ chātrāḥ parasparaṃ paśyanti।
tta	tūṣṇīm, mūkam, jaḍavat, mūkavat, niḥśabdam, niruttaram mūkam iva। bhavān atra tūṣṇīm upaviśatu।
tta	śīrṣam, śīrṣakam, śiras, mūrdhā, mastakaḥ, muṇḍaḥ, muṇḍakam, mauliḥ, kenāraḥ, cūḍālam, varāṅgam, uttamāṅgam, sīmantaḥ, keśabhūḥ śarīrasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ kaṇṭhasya urdhvabhāge asti। kālyāḥ kaṇṭhe śīrṣāṇāṃ mālā śobhate।/ śīrṣasya kṣatiḥ maraṇasya kāraṇam।
tta	uttarapradeśaḥ ādhunikasya bhāratasya uttaramadhyabhāgaḥ yaḥ sahāranapurād ārabhya gorakhapuraṃ yāvat asti। uttarapradeśe naikāni tīrthāni santi।
tta	putrikā, puttalī vastrādibhiḥ vinirmitā mūrtiḥ yayā bālakāḥ krīḍanti। bālakāḥ putrikayā saha krīḍanti।
tta	vidvattallajaḥ, paṇḍitaprakāṇḍaḥ yaḥ atīva vidvān asti। kālidāsaḥ saṃskṛtasya vidvattallajaḥ āsīt।
tta	vartulam, cakram, vṛttam sā maṇḍalākārarekhā yasyāḥ pratyekaḥ binduḥ madhyabindutaḥ samāne antare vartate। saḥ pustikāyāṃ vartulam ālekhati।
tta	ghaṭanā, vṛttam, vṛttāntaḥ saḥ prasaṅgaḥ yaḥ kasyāmapi viśeṣāvasthāyāṃ ghaṭitaḥ। ahaṃ śaiśave ghaṭitāḥ ghaṭanāḥ vismartuṃ na śaknomi।
tta	anupradānam, aṃhitiḥ, apavargaḥ, apasarjanam, ijyaḥ, utsargaḥ, utsarjanam, udāttaḥ, upasattiḥ, upasadaḥ, dattam, dādaḥ, dānīyam, dāyaḥ, namas, niryātanam, nirvapaṇam, pradānam, vilambhaḥ, viśraṇanam, vihāpitam, sparśanam, apavarjanam kasyāpi sāmājike dhārmikādeḥ kāryārthe dānarūpeṇa vibhinnajanāt saṅkalitaṃ dhanādiḥ। tena mandirārthe saṅkalitena anupradānena svasya gṛhaṃ vinirmitam।
tta	veṣṭita, āveṣṭita, valayitam, saṃvītam, ruddham, āvṛttam yaḥ saṃvalitaḥ asti। mama grāmaḥ latāvṛkṣaiḥ veṣṭitaḥ asti।
tta	vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, vyavahāraḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ jīvane vartanasya rītiḥ। sādhoḥ ācārāt saḥ samāje pratiṣṭhām alabhata।
tta	uttarīyam strīvastraviśeṣaḥ। śvaśuragṛhe gamanakāle tayā raktam uttarīyaṃ dhāritam।
tta	anāyatta yaḥ āyattaḥ nāsti। arjunena pṛṣṭaṃ he mādhava etad anāyattaṃ manaḥ katham āyattaṃ karaṇīyam।
tta	pradatta yad dattam। pradattasya upahārasya mūlyaṃ na cintanīyam।
tta	mārgaḥ, pathaḥ, panthāḥ, adhvā, vartma, vartmanī, vartmaniḥ, ayanam, varttanam, varttanī, varttaniḥ, saraṇī, saraṇiḥ, padavī, paddhatiḥ, paddhatī, padyā, padvā, padaviḥ, sṛtiḥ, sañcaraḥ, padvaḥ, upaniṣkramaṇam, ekapadī, ekapād, taraḥ, vīthiḥ, śaraṇiḥ, ekapadī, ekapād, taraḥ, vīthiḥ, mācaḥ, māṭhaḥ, māṭhyaḥ, prapāthaḥ, pitsalam, khullamaḥ ekasthānād anyasthānaṃ gantum upayujyamānaḥ bhūbhāgaḥ yaḥ gamanasya ādhāro bhavati। mama gṛham asmin eva mārgasya vāmataḥ vartate।
tta	praskhalita, vimatta yaḥ sthiram avasthātuṃ calituṃ vā na śaknoti। praskhalitaḥ saḥ unmādena calati।
tta	āmalakī, tiṣyaphalā, amṛtā, vayasthā, vayaḥsthā, kāyasthā, śrīphalā, dhātrikā, śivā, śāntā, dhātrī, amṛtaphalā, vṛṣyā, vṛttaphalā, rocanī, karṣaphalā, tiṣyā phalavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya phalāni auṣadharūpeṇa upayujyante। jhañjāvāte asya āmalakeḥ ekā śākhā bhagnā।
tta	tap, uttap, pratap, santap, uṣṇīkṛ ūṣṇībhavanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। grīṣme bhūmiḥ tapati।
tta	tap, uttap, ūṣṇīkṛ sākṣāt agnisamparkāt anuṣṇasya ūṣṇīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। saḥ ayasaṃ tapati।
tta	vidyuttantrī sā tantrī yayā vidyut saṃcālyate। bhārate prāyaḥ sarveṣu grāmeṣu vidyuttantrī gatā।
tta	nivṛtta yaḥ kāryāt kartavyāt vā muktaḥ jātaḥ। ahaṃ svasya kāryāt nivṛttaḥ jātaḥ।
tta	ṛṇapradātā, uttamarṇaḥ, kusīdaḥ, kusīdikaḥ, prayoktā, prayojakaḥ, vṛddhyājīvaḥ, vṛddhyupajīvī, dhanikaḥ, sādhu ṛṇadānajīvakaḥ dhanikaḥ yaḥ anyān ṛṇatvena dhanaṃ dadāti। vayam uttamarṇāya ṛṇaṃ pratyarpayitum icchāmaḥ।
tta	uttarāñcalaḥ bhāratarāṣṭrasya uttarapradeśam uttaradiśi vilagīkṛtvā vinirmitam ekaṃ parvatīyarājyam। nainītāla-ḍeharāḍūna-haridvārādayaḥ uttarāñcalasya pramukhāni darśanīyāni sthalāni santi।
tta	toraṇaḥ, toraṇam, uttaraṅgam dvārādiṣu parinibaddhā dhanurākārā racanā। durgasya pratidvāre toraṇaḥ virājate।
tta	hiṇḍiraḥ, vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalā vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasyāḥ phalāni śākarūpeṇa upayujyante। kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣikṣetre hiṇḍiraṃ ropayati।
tta	niravarodha, avipakṣa, asaṃyatta, niṣpratibandha, anivārita, anuddhata virodhena vinā। etad kāryaṃ niravarodhaṃ saṃpadyate।
tta	vārtākī, vaṅganam, hiṅgulī, siṃhī, bhaṇṭākī, duṣpradharṣiṇī, vārtā, vātīṅgaṇaḥ, vārtākaḥ, śākabilvaḥ, rājakuṣmāṇḍaḥ, vṛntākaḥ, vaṅgaṇaḥ, aṅgaṇaḥ, kaṇṭavṛntākī, kaṇṭāluḥ, kaṇṭapatrikā, nidrāluḥ, māṃsaphalakaḥ, mahoṭikā, citraphalā, kaṇcakinī, mahatī, kaṭphalā, miśravarṇaphalā, nīlaphalā, raktaphalā, śākaśreṣṭhā, vṛttaphalā, nṛpapriyaphalam phalaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ śākārthe upayujyate। mātā śākārthe vārtākīm utkṛntati।
tta	adhomukham, adharottaram mukham adho kṛtvā vā apṛṣṭhataḥ। sīmā sadā adhomukhaṃ śete।
tta	uttarā-phālgunī, aryamā saḥ kālaḥ yadā candramāḥ aśvinyādiṣu saptaviṃśatiṣu nakṣatreṣu dvādaśatame nakṣatre vartate। uttarā-phālgunyāṃ ramā yamunāyāṃ snānaṃ karoti।
tta	unmatta, pramatta, pramada, matta, unmattaka, unmadita, utkaṭa, udyuta, kuśa, dṛpta, nirdaṭa, nirdaḍa, madakala, momugha, vātahata, vātula, vātūla, sonmāda, ha, sonmāda, hatacitta, hatacetas, haripriya yasya buddhau ko'pi vikāraḥ asti। bhasmarāśīkṛtaṃ svaṃ gṛhaṃ dṛṣṭvā asahāyaḥ śyāmaḥ unmattaḥ abhavat।
tta	pittakośaḥ yakṛte sthitaḥ ekaḥ avayavaviśeṣaḥ yasmin pittaṃ vartate। pittakośe pittaṃ vartate।
tta	vṛddhaḥ, jīrṇaḥ, sthaviraḥ, vayovṛddhaḥ, gatāyūḥ, gatavayaskaḥ, vayogataḥ, jarī, jaraṇaḥ, jarāturaḥ, jaraṇḍaḥ, jaran, jīrṇavān, vayaskaḥ, pravayāḥ, vayodhikaḥ, atītavayāḥ, uttaravayāḥ, uttaravayaskaḥ, ativayaskaḥ gatayauvanaḥ। asmān vṛddhāṃ sevitum atra kopi nāsti। / vṛddhāste na vicāraṇīyacaritāḥ
tta	dattakaḥ śāstraṃ vidhiṃ vā anusṛtya putrīkṛtaḥ putraḥ। śyāmaḥ śreṣṭhī manoharasya dattakaḥ putraḥ asti।
tta	uttarādhikāraḥ saḥ adhikāraḥ yasyānusāreṇa kasyacit mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ tasya sampattim athavā kasyacit kāryakālasya samāpteḥ anantaraṃ tasya padaṃ sthānaṃ vā āpnoti। uttarādhikārasya rūpeṇa tena vipulamātrāyāṃ sampattiḥ prāptā।
tta	pāṃsula, saikata, sikatāmaya, sikatāvat, sikatila, sikatottara yasmin sikatā vartate। vayaṃ pāṃsutena mārgeṇa āgatāḥ।
tta	āvuttaḥ, bhaginīpatiḥ, bhāmahaḥ svasuḥ bhartā। arjunaḥ pradyumnasya āvuttaḥ।
tta	surāmatta, unmatta, pramatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta madonmattaḥsurāmattaḥ। madonmattaḥ vyaktiḥ jalpanam akarot।
tta	atyuttama atīva uttamaḥ। bhavatā mahyam atyuttamā vijñaptiḥ dattāḥ।
tta	kukūlaḥ, kukūlam, vārttam kṣupadaṇḍasya supeśaṃ cūrṇam। kṛṣakaḥ paśūnāṃ kṛte kukūlaṃ saṃkalayati।
tta	madyam, surā, madirā, vāruṇī, halipriyā, hālā, pariśrut, varuṇātmajā, gandhottamā, prasannā, irā, kādambarī, pariśrutā, kaśyam, mānikā, kapiśī, gandhamādanī, mādhavī, kattoyam, madaḥ, kāpiśāyanam, mattā, sītā, capalā, kāminī, priyā, madagandhā, mādhvīkam, madhu, sandhānam, āsavaḥ, amṛtā, vīrā, medhāvī, madanī, supratibhā, manojñā, vidhātā, modinī, halī, guṇāriṣṭam, sarakaḥ, madhūlikā, madotkaṭā, mahānandā, sīdhuḥ, maireyam, balavallabhā, kāraṇam, tatvam, madiṣṭhā, pariplutā, kalpam, svādurasā, śūṇḍā, hārahūram, mārddīkam, madanā, devasṛṣṭā, kāpiśam, abdhijā mādakadravapadārthaḥ - yasya sevanaṃ pāpaṃ tathā ca nindanīyam iti manyante। saḥ pratidinaṃ sāyaṅkāle madyaṃ pītvā gṛham āgacchati।
tta	ūṣaṇam, uṣaṇam, marīcam, maricī, dvāravṛttam, maricam, auṣanam, śanijam, pavitam, valitam, kolakam, ullāghaḥ, veṇunam, vṛttaphalam, kolam, śyāmalaḥ, lohākhyam, valitam ekaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ laghuḥ kuṇḍalākāraḥ kaṭuḥ vyañjanaviśeṣaḥ। mama pitāmahaḥ ūṣaṇaṃ miśrīya eva cāyaṃ pibati।
tta	pramattacitta, avyavasāyin, pramādin yasya cittaṃ pramattam। pratyekasmin kārye pramattacittasya puruṣasya iva kimartham ācarasi।
tta	adhīna, nighna, āyatta, asvacchanda, gṛhyaka, paravaśa parasya vaśaṃ gataḥ। bhāratadeśaḥ bahukālaṃ yāvat āṅgladeśīyānām adhīnaḥ āsīt।
tta	tīkṣṇagandhakaḥ, śobhāñjanaḥ, śigruḥ, tīkṣṇagandhakaḥ, akṣīvaḥ, tīkṣṇagandhaḥ, sutīkṣṇaḥ, ghanapallavaḥ, śvetamaricaḥ, tīkṣṇaḥ, gandhaḥ, gandhakaḥ, kākṣīvakaḥ, strīcittahārī, draviṇanāśanaḥ, kṛṣṇagandhā, mūlakaparṇī, nīlaśigruḥ, janapriyaḥ, mukhamodaḥ, cakṣuṣyaḥ, rucirāñjanaḥ saḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya dīrghabījaguptiḥ śākārthe upayujyate। śyāmaḥ tīkṣṇagandhakasya bījaguptim uñchati।
tta	maraṇottara mṛtyoḥ anantaram। durghaṭanāyāṃ mṛtānāṃ janānāṃ śavasya maraṇottaraṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ jātam।
tta	śirīṣaḥ, bhaṇḍilaḥ, bhaṇḍiraḥ, bhaṇḍīlaḥ, bhaṇḍīraḥ, mṛdupuṣpaḥ, śukataruḥ, viśanāśanaḥ, śītapuṣpaḥ, bhaṇḍikaḥ, svarṇapuṣpakaḥ, śukeṣṭaḥ, varhapuṣpaḥ, viṣahantā, supuṣpakaḥ, uddānakaḥ, śukrataruḥ, lomaśapuṣpakaḥ, kapītakaḥ, kaliṅgaḥ, śyāmalaḥ, śaṅkhiniphalaḥ, madhupuṣpaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, śikhinīphalaḥ, bhaṇḍiḥ, plavagaḥ, śukapuṣpaḥ tīkṣṇasārāsadṛśaḥ dīrghaḥ vṛkṣaḥ। śirīṣasya kāṣṭhaṃ dṛḍham asti।
tta	uttarā virāṭakanyā,abhimanyoḥ bhāryā। parīkṣitasya mātā uttarā।
tta	pathikāśramaḥ, maṭhaḥ, uttaraṇasthānam, pānthaśālā yātrikāṇāṃ nivāsasya sthānam। kedāranāthasya yātrāyāṃ asmābhiḥ ekasmin pathikāśrame viśrāmaḥ kṛtaḥ।
tta	pracchannadīpaḥ, gūḍhadīpaḥ, āvṛttadīpikā, kośasthadīpaḥ, ākāśadīpaḥ, ākāśapradīpaḥ upakaraṇaviśeṣaḥ-saḥ dīpaḥ yasyopari kācabhājanaṃ asti tathā ca yasya nimnabhāge tailapātram asti। rāmaḥ dīpam avajyotya adhyayanārthe samupaviṣṭaḥ।
tta	sākṣī, vṛttajñaḥ kasmiñcit vivādaviṣaye svānubhūtaṃ jñānaṃ yaḥ kathayati। asmin vivāde prativādinā mithyā sākṣī prastutaḥ।
tta	pāñcālakaḥ, putrakaḥ, kṛtrimaputrakaḥ, cañcāpuruṣaḥ, puttalaḥ, pāñcālikā, putrikā, vastraputrikā, puttikā, śālāṅkī, kuruṇṭī, pāñcālī, pañcālī, lepyamayī, pañcālikā, śālabhañjī, śālabhañjīkā vastrakargajādīkṛtaputtalikā। pitā pavanasya kṛte ekaṃ pāñcālakam akrīṇāt।
tta	uttamapuruṣaḥ, prathamapuruṣaḥ sarvanāmnaḥ tad rupaṃ yad vaktuḥ sūcakaḥ asti। aham āvām vayam ityete uttamapuruṣasya vācakāḥ santi।
tta	uttarabhārataḥ bhāratasya uttaradiśi vartamānaḥ bhāgaḥ। śītakāle uttarabhārate śītatvam adhikaṃ bhavati।
tta	ananyacitta, ananyamanaska, ekāgracitta ekasmin kārye eva cittasya ekāgratā। ananyacittaḥ saḥ kāryaṃ karoti।
tta	mṛttailam indhanarūpeṇa prayujyamānaṃ bhūmeḥ udarāt niṣkāsitaṃ tailam। atra mṛttailaṃ vikrīyate iti śrutavatī aham।
tta	yāvanālam, ikṣupatraḥ, śikharī, ikṣupatrakaḥ, vṛttataṇḍulaḥ, dīrghanālaḥ, dīrghaśaraḥ, kṣetrekṣuḥ vanaspativiśeṣaḥ, yasya patram ikṣoḥ patram iva tīkṣṇam asti tathā ca yasya dhavalabījāni dhānyatvena upayujyante; eṣā kṛṣī yāvānalasya asti
tta	taduttaram kālakrameṇa paścāt। vivāhaḥ sampadyatām tadanantaraṃ bhavataḥ bhojayāmaḥ।
tta	tāmram, tāmrakam, śulvam, mlecchamukham, dvyaṣṭam, variṣṭham, uḍumbaram, audumbaram, auḍumbaram, udumbaram, udambaram, dviṣṭham, tapaneṣṭam, ambakam, aravindam, raviloham, ravipriyam, raktam, naipālikam, raktadhātuḥ, munipittalam, arkam, sūryāṅgam, lohitāyasam dhātuviśeṣaḥ, vidyutavahanakṣamaḥ raktavarṇīyaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ bhāṇḍādinirmāṇe upayujyate। (āyurvede asya śītalatva-kaphapittavibandhaśūlapāṇḍūdaragulmanāśitvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ।); japākusumasaṅkāśaṃ snigdhaṃ mṛduṃ ghanaṃ kṣamaṃ।lohanāgojjhitaṃ tāmraṃ māraṇāya praśasyate॥
tta	dattaka yaḥ śāstrānusāreṇa putrīkṛtaḥ। rośanaḥ bābūlālamahodayasya dattakaḥ putraḥ asti।
tta	dāḍimbaphalam, dāḍimam, dālimam, vṛttaphalam, kucaphalam, dantabījam phalaviśeṣaḥ- yasya gulikāḥ raktaśvetādivarṇīyāḥ santi। rameśaḥ dāḍimbaphalam atti।
tta	uttarapracchadaḥ ācchādanaviśeṣaḥ। śītakāle uttarapracchadaḥ atīva upayuktaḥ asti।
tta	nāsāraktapittam prāyaḥ grīṣmakāle udbhūyamānaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin nāsikayā raktaṃ pravahati। taṃ vāraṃvāraṃ nāsāraktapittam udbhavati।
tta	mattatā, madaḥ, kṣīyatā, unmādaḥ, pānadoṣaḥ, mādaḥ, aṅgajaḥ madyavijayādīnāṃ mādakānāṃ padārthānāṃ sevanena jāyamānā mānasikī avasthā। madyasevanena mattatāṃ prāptaḥ ārakṣakaḥ niraparādhinaṃ ravim atāḍayat।
tta	pittalam, ārakūṭaḥ, rītiḥ, patikāveram, dravyadāru, rītī, miśram, āraḥ, rājarītiḥ, brahmarītiḥ, kapilā, piṅgalā, kṣidrasuvarṇaḥ, siṃhalam, piṅgalakam, pītalakam, lohitakam, piṅgalaloham, pītakam dhātuviśeṣaḥ, pītavarṇīyaḥ rītikāyugulaguṇayuktadhātuḥ। pāṇḍurogī tu yotyarthaṃ pittalāni niṣevate tasya pittamasṛṅmāṃsaṃ dagdhvā rogāya kalpate।
tta	prāyaścittam, prāyaścittiḥ, prāyaścetanam, niṣkṛtiḥ, pāpaniṣkṛtiḥ, pāpāpanuttiḥ, pāvanam pāpakṣayamātrasādhanaṃ karma। hindūdharmīyāḥ svapāpānāṃ prāyaścittam ācarituṃ tīrthasthānaṃ gacchanti athavā dānādīn kurvanti।
tta	bhiṇḍaḥ, bhiṇḍā, bhiṇḍākṣupaḥ, bhiṇḍakaḥ, bhiṇḍītakaḥ, bheṇḍī, bheṇḍītakaḥ, asrapatrakam, catuṣpuṇḍrā, karaparṇaḥ, kṣetrasambhavaḥ, catuṣpadaḥ, catuḥpuṇḍaḥ, suśākaḥ, vṛttabījaḥ kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya bījaguptiḥ śākarūpeṇa khādyate। āyurvede bhiṇḍasya uṣṇatvaṃ grāhitvaṃ rūcikaratvam ityete guṇāḥ proktāḥ।
tta	bhūmadhyarekhā, nirakṣaḥ, viṣuvadvṛttam, vyakṣaḥ, bhūvārāhavṛttam, viṣṇugolaḥ, viṣuvanmaṇḍalam, viṣuvadvalayam pṛthivyāḥ madhyabhāgaṃ sūcayantī ekā kālpanikī rekhā yasyāḥ dvau dhruvau samāne antare staḥ। bhūmadhyarekhāṃ parītaḥ adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।
tta	apasmṛti, naṣṭasmṛti, pramatta, smṛtihīna, naṣṭadhī yasya vismaraṇasya prakṛtiḥ asti। pratimā bālyāt eva apasmṛtiḥ asti।
tta	mahāśayaḥ, mahānubhāvaḥ, śiṣṭaḥ, sādhujanaḥ, mahājanaḥ, āryaḥ, āryamiśraḥ, bhāvamiśraḥ, sujanaḥ, āyavṛttaḥ sadvicārayuktaḥ uccavicārayuktaḥ vā janaḥ। mahāśayānāṃ saṅgatiḥ lābhadāyikā bhavati।
tta	tulikā, tulā, tulī, tūlapaṭī, uttarapracchadaḥ, uttarachadaḥ, āstaraḥ, saṃstaraḥ, starimā tulādīn niveśayitvā nirmitaḥ pracchadaḥ। śaityanivāraṇārthe janāḥ tulikām ācchādya svapanti।
tta	saubhrātram, bhātṛttavam, bandhutā, bandhutva, sahakāritā bhrātṛvat sakhyam; saubhrātram raghūṇām kulācāraḥ
tta	padavyuttara, snātakottara padavyanantarapaṭhanasambandhī। padavyuttaraiḥ chātraiḥ vidyālaye avarodhaḥ kṛtaḥ।
tta	snātakottaram snātakopadhyānantaraṃ kṛtaṃ paṭhanam। nīlimā darśanaśāstre snātakottaraṃ paṭhati।
tta	arthavyavasthā, vittavyavasthā vittasya vyavasthā। rāṣṭrasya arthavyavasthā samyak nāsti।
tta	uttarapatrikā sā patrikā yasyāṃ parīkṣārthī samādhānaṃ likhati। parīkṣakaḥ chātrāṇām uttarapatrikāḥ saṃgṛhṇāti।
tta	sarvotkṛṣṭakarma, uttamakarma, atyuttamakarma, anupamakarma, atyutkṛṣṭakarma, paramakarma, pradhānakarma, śobhā kalākārasya uttamā racanā। tājamahala iti ekaḥ sarvotkṛṣṭakarma asti।
tta	uttaragolārdhaḥ bhūmadhyarekhāyāḥ uparitanaḥ pṛthivyāḥ uttarīyaḥ golārdhaḥ। uttaragolārdhe pṛthivyāḥ merudaṇḍasya samīpe sarvadā eva himaḥ śyāyati।
tta	krāntivalayaḥ, krāntivalayam, krāntimaṇḍalam, krāntivṛttam ayanavṛttam karkamakararekhayoḥ vartamānaḥ pṛthivyāḥ bhāgaḥ। krāntivalayasya pradeśeṣu adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।
tta	vittakoṣaḥ, dhanāgāraḥ tat sthānaṃ yatra dhanaṃ nyasyate tathā ca yasmāt ṛṇamapi svīkartuṃ śakyate। saḥ vittakoṣe daśasahastrarūpyakāṇi anyasyata।
tta	ūrdhvam, upari, upariṣṭāt, uttaram uccatare sthāne। pataṅga ākāśam ati ūrdhvaṃ gataḥ।
tta	śīrṣam, śīrṣakam, mastakaḥ, mastakam, muṇḍaḥ, muṇḍam, śiraḥ, muṇḍakam, mauliḥ, mūrdhnā, varāṅgam, uttamāṅgam avayavaviśeṣaḥ, yasmin mastiṣkaṃ vartate। śīrṣāṇām vai sahasrantu vihitam śārṅgadhanvanā sahasrañcaiva kāyānām vahan saṅkarṣaṇastadā
tta	sarvottama, sarvaśreṣṭha, anyatama, sarvotkṛṣṭa yaḥ sarveṣu uttamaḥ asti। manojaḥ vidyālayasya sarvottamaḥ chātraḥ asti।
tta	uttaraphālgunī, aryamā, uttarā, aryamadevā aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatadvādaśanakṣatram। uttaraphālgunī candramaṇḍale dvādaśatamaṃ nakṣatram asti।
tta	uttarāṣāḍhā, viśveśaḥ, viśvaśvaraḥ aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataikaviṃśannakṣatram। uttarāṣāḍhā candrapathe ekaviṃśatitamaṃ nakṣatraṃ bhavati।
tta	uttarabhādrapadā aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataṣaṭviṃśatinakṣatram। uttarabhādrapadā nakṣatrāt pūrvaṃ pūrvabhādrapadā nakṣatram āgacchati।
tta	uttarāṣāḍhā saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ uttarāṣāḍhānakṣatre vartate। asmin saṃvatsare uttarāṣāḍhāyāṃ varṣā na abhavat।
tta	uttarābhādrapadaḥ saḥ kālaḥ yasmin candraḥ uttarābhādrapadanakṣatre vartate। śīlā uttarābhādrapade jātā।
tta	vyutta, āpluta anyena vastunā klāntaḥ। raṇabhūmyāṃ vīrasya rudhireṇa āklāntaṃ śarīram āsīt।
tta	uttara, apara paścād āgataḥ utpannaḥ vā। hindī saṃskṛtabhāṣāyāḥ tathā ca prākṛtabhāṣāyāḥ uttarā bhāṣā asti।
tta	yutakam, kārpāsakaḥ, uttarīyam aṃśukaviśeṣaḥ। sūcikaḥ uttarīyam sīvyati।
tta	dhanam, dravyam, vasuḥ, arthaḥ, vittam, draviṇam, sampad, hiraṇyam, vibhavaḥ, sampattiḥ upayogināṃ tathā ca mūlyavatāṃ vastūnāṃ samūhaḥ। pūrvaṃ gopālakānāṃ sampannatā teṣāṃ gorūpaṃ dhanam eva āsīt।
tta	vilīna, antarita, kīrṇa, antargata, upagupta, aprakāśa, gupta, vṛta, nigūḍha, catta, apīcya, antarlīna, guhya, upacchanna yaḥ adṛśyaḥ asti। vaijñānikāḥ jale vilīnaṃ tatvaṃ pariśodhayanti।
tta	smaraṇaśaktiḥ, smṛtiḥ, smaraṇam, cittam, ṛtiḥ, matiḥ vividhān viṣayān buddhau avadhāraṇasya kṣamatā। asya adhikāriṇaḥ smaraṇaśaktiḥ durbalā asti।
tta	unmatta yaḥ mādyati। unmattaṃ gajaṃ grahītuṃ prayatate।
tta	arthatattvam, vastuvṛttam vṛttasya vāstavikasthitiḥ। asya vṛttasya arthatattvāni anviṣyante।
tta	yāvanālaḥ, śikharī, vṛttataṇḍulaḥ, dīrghanālaḥ, dīrghaśaraḥ, kṣetrekṣuḥ, ikṣupatrakaḥ dhānyaviśeṣaḥ-asya guṇāḥ tridoṣajitva-balyatva-ruṭyatvādayaḥ। yāvanālasya guṇāḥ- tridoṣajitvam
tta	vṛtta, kuṇḍalākāra, cakra, kuṇḍalin, cakravata, cakkala, cakraka, cakruvṛtta, cākra, cākrika, parimaṇḍala, parimaṇḍalita, parivartula, vaṭin vartulasya ākāraḥ iva ākāraḥ yasya saḥ। asya vṛkṣasya phalāni vṛttāni santi।
tta	tap, uttap, uṣṇīkṛ anuṣṇasya uṣṇīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। mātā śītaṃ dugdhaṃ punaḥ tapati।
tta	uttarādhikārī kasyāpi mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ tasya sampatteḥ adhikārī। sāmānyataḥ sampatteḥ uttarādhikāriṇaḥ tasya tasyāḥ vā apatyāni santi।
tta	uttarādhikārī saḥ adhikārī yaḥ pūrvaṃ pade vā adhikārasthāne vartamānasya manuṣyasya sthāne āyāti। rājā ekaḥ kuśalaḥ uttarādhikārī anviṣyati।
tta	pādena prahṛ, lattayā prahṛ, pādena tāḍaya, lattayā tāḍaya, pādena āhan, lattayā āhan, lattāprahāraṃ kṛ pādena āhananānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ। bālakaḥ krodhāt puraḥ sthāpitaṃ dugdhasya caṣakaṃ pādena praharati।
tta	kṛtopabhoga, pratyukta, abhyupayukta, upahita, upātta yasya upabhogaḥ anyena pūrvaṃ kṛtaḥ। kṛtopabhogaṃ bhojanaṃ bhagavate na arpaṇīyam।
tta	triṃśattama, triṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ triṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। eṣaḥ triṃśattamam āpaṇakaṃ yatra iṣṭaṃ vastu mayā na prāpyate।
tta	dvātriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ dvātriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। vimānadurghaṭanāyāṃ mṛtaḥ eṣaḥ dvātriṃśattamaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।
tta	dvātriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ dvātriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। eṣā mama dvātriṃśattamā vimānayātrā asti।
tta	catustriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ catustriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। catustriṃśattamasya praśnasya samādhānaṃ kartum ahaṃ na śaknomi।
tta	pañcatriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ pañcatriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। pañcatriṃśattamaṃ saṃvatsaraṃ bhavataḥ kṛte ghātakam asti।
tta	ṣaṭtriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ ṣaṭtriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। ṣaṭtriṃśattame varṣe bhavataḥ vivāhayogaḥ asti।
tta	saptatriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ saptatriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। mama bhrātuḥ saptatriṃśattamaṃ varṣam asti etad।
tta	aṣṭātriṃśattama gaṇanāyām aṣṭātriṃśatsthāne vartamānā। etad mama kāryasya aṣṭātriṃśattamaṃ dinam asti।
tta	navatriṃśattama, navatriṃśa, ekonacatvāriṃśa, ekonacatvāriṃśattama gaṇanāyāṃ navatriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। mānasyāḥ navatriṃśattamaṃ varṣaṃ samyak gatam।
tta	catvāriṃśattama, catvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ catvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। saḥ vayasaḥ catvāriṃśattame varṣe eva mṛtaḥ।
tta	ekacatvāriṃśattama, ekacatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ ekacatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ ekacatvāriṃśattamaṃ vardhāpanadinaṃ sotsāhena nyarvāhyata।
tta	dvicatvāriṃśattama, dvicatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ dvicatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। dvicatvāriṃśattamasya nāvikasya naukā jalena āpūritā।
tta	tricatvāriṃśattama, tricatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ tricatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। jhañjhāvātena nirmanuṣyaḥ jātaḥ eṣaḥ tricatvāriṃśattamaḥ grāmaḥ asti।
tta	catuścatvāriṃśattama, catuścatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ catuścatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। catuścatvāriṃśattamaṃ puṣpam asti।
tta	ṣaṭcatvāriṃśattama, ṣaṭcatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ ṣaṭcatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। nāmāṅkanapatre ṣaṭcatvāriṃśattamaṃ nāma ciṇṭū ityasya asti।
tta	saptacatvāriṃśattama, saptacatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ saptacatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। saḥ saptacatvāriṃśattame kṛṣīkṣetre sūryakamalam avapat।
tta	aṣṭacatvāriṃśattama, aṣṭacatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ aṣṭacatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। asyāṃ paṅktyāṃ vartamānam aṣṭacatvāriṃśattamaṃ pustakam aham icchāmi।
tta	navacatvāriṃśattama, navacatvāriṃśa gaṇanāyāṃ navacatvāriṃśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। etad navacatvāriṃśattamaṃ mādi nāma asti।
tta	pañcāśattama, pañcāśa gaṇanāyāṃ pañcāśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। tena svasya sampattyāḥ pañcāśattamaṃ bhāgaṃ dāsāya dattam।
tta	unmādaḥ, mattatā dhanasya vidyāyāḥ prabhutvasya ca darpaḥ। bhūsvāmitvasya unmādāt bhūsvāminā kṛṣakāḥ pratāḍitāḥ।
tta	nivṛttavetanam, anuvṛttiḥ karmakarasya tad māsikaṃ vārṣikaṃ vā vetanaṃ yad saḥ tasya parivāro vā tasya nivṛttyāḥ anantaraṃ prāpnoti। saḥ daśasahasrāṇi rupyakāṇi nivṛttavetanam prāpnoti।
tta	rājasūyaḥ, nṛpādhvaraḥ, kraturājaḥ, kratūttamaḥ rājakartavyaḥ yajñaviśeṣaḥ। prācīne kāle rājānaḥ rājasūyaṃ kurvanti sma।
tta	adatta yat na dattam। saḥ adattaṃ dhanam api apekṣate।
tta	adattam tat dānaṃ yat vidheḥ anusāraṃ vā śāstrānusāraṃ vā na dattam। purohitaḥ adattaṃ tiraskṛtavān।
tta	gupta, pālita, rakṣita, saṃrakṣita, adhigupta, anugupta, abhigupta, abhirakṣita, abhisaṃgupta, abhyupapanna, ālambita, ārakṣita, ūta, gopāyita, gupita, daṃśita, datta, dayita, trāṇa, trāta, pratipālita, paritrāta, pāta, sanātha, avita samyak gopyate yat। cauraḥ guptānāṃ sampattīnām anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।
tta	klinna, sikta, praklinna, āklinna, ārdra, ārdraka, samāpluta, vyutta, avāna, upaklinna, utta, unna, avoda, upotta, ola, olla, knūta, timita yaḥ sampūrṇatayā jalena athavā kenāpi draveṇa ārdraḥ asti। vane rudhireṇa klinnaṃ śavaṃ dṛśyate।
tta	āśritatā, āśritatvam, āyattatā, āyattatvam, adhīnatā, adhīnatvam, upāśritatā, upāśritatvam āśritasya avasthā। idānīmapi śasyānāṃ vikāsārthaṃ kṛṣakāṇāṃ āśritatā vṛṣṭau eva asti।
tta	tripañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ tripañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। itaḥ tripañcāśattame vṛkṣe hindolakaḥ sthāpitaḥ।
tta	ekapañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ ekapañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। asyāṃ praśnāvalyām ekapañcāśattamaḥ praśnaḥ kaṭhinatamaḥ vartate।
tta	dvipañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ dvipañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। dravyaghaṭāt nirgataṃ dvipañcāśattamaṃ nāṇakaṃ pañcarupyakāṇām āsīt।
tta	catuṣpañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ catuṣpañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। etat catuṣpañcāśattamaṃ bījam asti yat na aṅkuritam।
tta	pañcapañcāśattama, pañcapañcāśa gaṇanāyāṃ pañcapañcāśatsthāne vartamānaḥ। pañcapañcāśattame dine asmākaṃ avasaraḥ ārabhyate।
tta	ṣaṭpañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ ṣaṭpañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। deśāṭanakārī ṣaṭpañcāśattamaṃ deśaṃ praviṣṭaḥ।
tta	saptapañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ saptapañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। mama patyā āyuṣaḥ saptapañcāśattamāni varṣāṇi vyatītāni।
tta	navapañcāśattama gaṇanāyāṃ navapañcāśataḥ sthāne āgataḥ। asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ navapañcāśattamaṃ satram asti।
tta	vṛttam, chandas akṣaragaṇanayā nirdhāritaḥ padyasya guṇaviśeṣaḥ; kālidāsena meghadūtam iti kāvyam mandākrāntā iti ekenaiva vṛttena viracitam
tta	ahetuka, akāraṇa, animitta, ahetu, anaimittika yasya kāraṇaṃ nāsti। ahetukyā cintayā kim।
tta	dānaśīlaḥ, udāraḥ, dānavīraḥ, dānarataḥ, udāttaḥ, dānaśauḍaḥ, bahupradaḥ, udāradhīcetāḥ, mahāmanāḥ, udāracaritaḥ, subhojāḥ, mahānubhāvaḥ, mahātyāgī yaḥ dānāya na vilambate। karṇaḥ mahān dānaśīlaḥ āsīt।
tta	dhanadāyin, dhanada, dhanadatta yaḥ dhanaṃ yacchati। eṣā saṃsthā dīnānāṃ kṛte dhanadāyinī asti।
tta	anuttarita yasya uttaraṃ na dattam। asyāḥ hatyāsambandhī sarve praśnāḥ anuttaritāḥ।
tta	anuttaritaḥ jainānāṃ devatāyāḥ ekaḥ bhedaḥ। jainamahātmā anuttaritasya viṣaye vistāreṇa kathayati।
tta	utkṛṣṭatā, uttamatā, śreṣṭhatā, guṇavattā, praśastatā, utkarṣaḥ, prakarṣaḥ, saṃpad atīva bhavyatāyāḥ avasthā। prakṛtyāḥ utkṛṣṭatāyāḥ jñātāraḥ vayam।
tta	ārtava, ārttava ṛtusambandhī। grīṣmād anantaraṃ varṣāyāḥ ārtavaḥ vāyuḥ āhlādakārakaḥ asti।
tta	kāraṇam, hetuḥ, nimittam yat pramāṇīkriyate। nyāyanipuṇaḥ kāraṇam anviṣyati।
tta	parimaṇḍalatā, maṇḍalatvam, maṇḍalatā, maṇḍalībhāvaḥ, vṛttatvam vartulākārasya avasthā। laḍḍukasya parimaṇḍalatā sādhvī nāsti।
tta	vṛttacitram manuṣye ghaṭanāyām vā ādhāritaṃ tathyātmakaṃ calacitram। asmābhiḥ mahātmāgām̐dhīmahodayasya jīvane ādhāritam vṛttacitraṃ draṣṭavyam।
tta	pītasāraḥ, bījapūraḥ, bṛhaccittaḥ, bījakaḥ, bījāḍhyaḥ, bījapūrṇaḥ, bījapūrī, bījapūrakaḥ jambudvipe dṛśyamānaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya bṛhaccittāni phalāni amlāni santi। pītasārasya phalam oṣadhitvena upayujyate।
tta	unmattatā, cittavibhramaḥ, jñānabhrāntiḥ, caitanyanāśaḥ, pralāpaḥ cittasya vibhramaḥ; cittavibhramāt saḥ asambaddhā vārtā karoti।
tta	praśnottare praśnaḥ ca uttarañca। idānīṃ rājyasabhāyāḥ praśnottarāṇāṃ kālaḥ pracalati।
tta	tilottamā ekā apsarāḥ। tilottamā paramā lāvaṇyavatī āsīt।
tta	sāmudrakaḥ, daivalekhakaḥ, īkṣaṇīkaḥ, daivajñaḥ, gaṇakaḥ, kārtāṃtikaḥ, daivacintakaḥ, naimittaḥ śubhāśubhadarśanasya vidyāyāḥ jñātā। sāmudrakeṇa uktāni sarvāṇi vacanāni satyaṃ pramāṇibhūtāni।
tta	marīcam, mallajam, ullāghaḥuṣaṇam, ūṣaṇam, auṣaṇaśauṇḍī, kaphavirodhi, kṛṣṇaḥ, kevaladravyam, kolam, kolakam, candrakam, tīkṣṇaḥ, dvāravṛttam, dhārmapattanam, pavitam, maricam, lohākhyam, virāvṛttam, vṛttaphalam, veṇunam, vellajam, vellanam, śanijam, śuddham, śyāmam latāprakārakaḥ yasyāḥ kaṭuḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyā laghugulikā yā bhojane upaskararūpeṇa upayujyate। kṛṣakaḥ kṛṣīkṣetrāt marīcam āmūlāt udgṛhṇāti।
tta	vṛttam, prastāvaḥ, vivartanam tat sthānaṃ yataḥ kasyāpi kāryasya ghaṭanāyāḥ vā dik parivartyate। itaḥ kathāyāḥ nūtanaṃ vṛttam ārabhate।
tta	vṛttam, prasaṅgaḥ, saṅgatiḥ, saṃgatiḥ, ghaṭanā mahāntaṃ kalahaḥ anucitaṃ kāryam aśubhā ghaṭanā vā। adya ekaṃ bṛhat vṛttam aghaṭat।
tta	apramatta yaḥ pramattaḥ nāsti। apramattaḥ janaḥ pramattam abhyagṛhṇāt।
tta	anudyata, apravṛtta, ayatnavat, ayatnakārin, śoṭha yat kārye na lagnam। anudyataḥ kṛṣakaḥ sīmni upaviśya dhūmrapānaṃ karoti।
tta	abhimānī, garvitaḥ, avaliptaḥ, sagarvaḥ, sadarpaḥ, utsiktaḥ, sāṭopaḥ, sāhaṃkāraḥ, ahaṃmānī, mattaḥ, samunnaddhaḥ, dhṛṣṭaḥ, pratibhāvān, garvitacittaḥ, madoddhataḥ, darpādhmātaḥ, smayākulaḥ, ahaṃkṛtaḥ, abhimāninī, garvitā, avaliptā, sagarvā, sadarpā, utsiktā, sāṭopā, sāhaṃkārī, ahaṃmāninī, mattā, samunnaddhā, dhṛṣṭā, pratibhāvatī, garvitacittā, madoddhatā, darpādhmātā, smayākulā, ahaṃkṛtā yasya abhimānaḥ vartate। ahaṃ tasya abhimāninaḥ chāyāyāḥ api dūraṃ sthātum icchāmi।
tta	karaṭaḥ, padmottaraḥ ekaḥ mahān vṛkṣaḥ। karaṭaḥ bhārate brahmadeśe cīnadeśe vā vardhate।
tta	uttara uttaradiksambandhī। uttare amarikākhaṇḍe naike deśāḥ sampannāḥ santi।
tta	setukaḥ, uttaraṇasetuḥ kāṣṭheṣu niryuktaḥ setuḥ। asya setukasya prāyaḥ catvāri mānāni bhavet।
tta	khalatā, cāṃḍālatā, adhamatā, durvṛttatā, cāṇḍālatvam, khalatvam, adhavatvam, durvṛttatvam krūraḥ svabhāvaḥ। kaṃsasya khalatā parisīmānam aticakrame yadā tena svapitā bandīkṛtaḥ।
tta	abhāvanīya, acintanīya, acitta yasya cintanam aśakyam। madarthe eṣaḥ abhāvanīyaḥ viṣayaḥ।
tta	gṛhīta, abhigṛhīta, parigṛhīta, saṃgṛhīta, grasta, grathita, pralabdha, ātta, ādatta, ākṣipta, svāṃkṛta, samādatta, nigṛhīta yat dhṛtam। gṛhītaḥ manuṣyaḥ bandhanāt palāyitaḥ।
tta	āvṛtta, punarukta yaḥ punaḥ uktaḥ। āvṛttaḥ pāṭhaḥ kaṇṭhasthībhūtaḥ।
tta	pramatta, surāmatta, unmatta, madoddhata, udriktacetas, madāḍhya, pramada, vimatta, madotkaṭa, unmada, surāpāṇaparikṣīva, unmādin, nirdaḍa, pramādin, mandasāna, pānamatta, madonmatta yena madirā pītā। saḥ pūrṇataḥ pramattaḥ āsīt।
tta	solomana-dvīpasamūhaḥ, uttarasolomana-dvīpasamūhaḥ solomana-dvīpasya uttare sthitaḥ dvīpasamūhaḥ। solomana-dvīpasamūhaḥ nyū-ginīdeśasya bhāgaḥ asti।
tta	viśvagata, vaiśvānara, sarvaga, sarvasaṃstha, sarvatovṛtta, sarvatraga, vibhū yat sarvatra vidyate। īśvaraḥ viśvagataḥ।
tta	chattarapūranagaram madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram। pitṛvyasya chattarapūranagarāt sthānāntaraṇam abhavat।
tta	chattarapurajilhāpradeśaḥ madhya pradeśa-prānte ekaḥ jilhāpradeśaḥ; chattarapura-jilhāpradeśasya mukhyālayaḥ chattarapura-nagaryām vartate
tta	uttarakannaḍamaṇḍalam karnāṭakarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। uttarakannaḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ karavāranagare asti।
tta	uttaracaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalam paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। uttaracaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bārāsātanagare asti।
tta	uttaradinājapuramaṇḍalam paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। uttaradinājapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ rāyagañjanagare asti।
tta	uttarakacarahilsamaṇḍalam asamarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam। uttarakacarahilsamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ hāphalām̐ganagare asti।
tta	daivaparaḥ, daivaparā, daivāyattaḥ, daivāyattā, daivaparāyaṇaḥ, daivaparāyaṇā, daivādhīnaḥ, daivādhīnā, daiṣapramāṇakaḥ, daiṣapramāṇakā, diṣṭaparaḥ, diṣṭaparā, daiṣṭikaḥ, daiṣṭikā, daivavādī, daivavādinī daivameva ālambanaṃ yasya yasyāḥ vā। adyāpi daivaparāḥ alpāḥ na santi।
tta	niyativādī, daivavādī, daivaparaḥ, daivāyattaḥ, daivaparāyaṇaḥ, daivādhīnaḥ, yadbhaviṣyaḥ yaḥ niyativādaṃ svīkaroti। niyativādinaḥ anusāreṇa sarvameva bhagavatkṛpayā bhavati ।
tta	sevānivṛtta yaḥ sevāyāḥ nivṛttaḥ jātaḥ। asyāṃ svīyasaṃsthāyāṃ sevānivṛttaḥ puruṣaḥ api kāryaṃ kartum̐ śakyate।
tta	daṇḍakavṛttaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। daṇḍakavṛtte ṣaḍviṃśateḥ apekṣayā adhikāḥ varṇāḥ bhavanti।
tta	uttarakāśīmaṇḍalam bhāratasya uttarāñcale vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam। uttarakāśīmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ uttarakāśīnagare asti।
tta	uttarakāśīnagaram bhāratasya uttarāñcale vartamānaṃ nagaram। gateṣu bahuṣu dineṣu uttarakāśīnagare pāṣāṇānām avaskhalanāt bhavaneṣu hāniḥ jātā।
tta	uttaram, pratyuttaram, vyapadeśaḥ abhiyuktasya svanirdoṣatāyāḥ pramāṇabhūtasya samādhānavacanasya kriyā। taiḥ rakṣaṇaprastutaiḥ avasaraḥ na labdhaḥ।
tta	uttamaujāḥ mahābhārate varṇitaḥ kaścit yoddhā। mahābhāratasya yuddhe uttamaujāḥ pāṇḍavānāṃ pakṣataḥ yuddhaṃ cakāra।
tta	cittauḍamaṇḍalam bhāratadeśasya rājasthānarājye vartamānaṃ maṇḍalam। cittauḍamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ cittauḍanagare asti।
tta	cittauḍanagaram bhāratasya rājasthānarājye vartamānaṃ nagaram। cittauḍanagarasya durgasya darśanena vinā rājasthānarājyasya yātrā apūrṇā eva।
tta	agniḥ, vaiśvānaraḥ, vītahotraḥ, agnihotraḥ, huraṇyaretāḥ, saptārci, vibhāvasuḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, svāhāpatiḥ, svāhāprayaḥ, svāhābhuk, agnidevaḥ, agnidevatā, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedaḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, uṣarbudhaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, hutabhuk, haviraśanaḥ, hutāśaḥ, hutāśanaḥ, havirbhuk, havyavāhanaḥ, havyāśanaḥ, kravyavāhanaḥ, tanunapāt, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, āśrayāśaḥ, āśayāśaḥ, āśrayabhuk, āśrayadhvaṃsī, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, bhuvaḥ devatāviśeṣaḥ-hindudharmānusāram agneḥ devatāsvarūpam। agneḥ patnī svāhā।
tta	sūryaḥ, sūraḥ, aryamā, ādityaḥ, dvādaśātmā, divākaraḥ, bhāskaraḥ, ahaskaraḥ, vradhraḥ, prabhākaraḥ, vibhākaraḥ, bhāsvān, vivasvān, saptāśvaḥ, haridaśvaḥ, uṣṇaraśmiḥ, vivarttanaḥ, arkaḥ, mārttaṇḍaḥ, mihiraḥ, aruṇaḥ, vṛṣā, dyumaṇiḥ, taraṇiḥ, mitraḥ, citrabhānuḥ, virocan, vibhāvasuḥ, grahapatiḥ, tviṣāmpatiḥ, ahaḥpatiḥ, bhānuḥ, haṃsaḥ, sahastrāṃśuḥ, tapanaḥ, savitā, raviḥ, śūraḥ, bhagaḥ, vṛdhnaḥ, padminīvallabhaḥ, hariḥ, dinamaṇiḥ, caṇḍāṃśuḥ, saptasaptiḥ, aṃśumālī, kāśyapeyaḥ, khagaḥ, bhānumān, lokalocanaḥ, padmabandhuḥ, jyotiṣmān, avyathaḥ, tāpanaḥ, citrarathaḥ, khamaṇiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, gabhastihastaḥ, heliḥ, pataṃgaḥ, arcciḥ, dinapraṇīḥ, vedodayaḥ, kālakṛtaḥ, graharājaḥ, tamonudaḥ, rasādhāraḥ, pratidivā, jyotiḥpīthaḥ, inaḥ, karmmasākṣī, jagaccakṣuḥ, trayītapaḥ, pradyotanaḥ, khadyotaḥ, lokabāndhavaḥ, padminīkāntaḥ, aṃśuhastaḥ, padmapāṇiḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, pītaḥ, adriḥ, agaḥ, harivāhanaḥ, ambarīṣaḥ, dhāmanidhiḥ, himārātiḥ, gopatiḥ, kuñjāraḥ, plavagaḥ, sūnuḥ, tamopahaḥ, gabhastiḥ, savitraḥ, pūṣā, viśvapā, divasakaraḥ, dinakṛt, dinapatiḥ, dyupatiḥ, divāmaṇiḥ, nabhomaṇiḥ, khamaṇiḥ, viyanmaṇiḥ, timiraripuḥ, dhvāntārātiḥ, tamonudaḥ, tamopahaḥ, bhākoṣaḥ, tejaḥpuñjaḥ, bhānemiḥ, khakholkaḥ, khadyotanaḥ, virocanaḥ, nabhaścakṣūḥ, lokacakṣūḥ, jagatsākṣī, graharājaḥ, tapatāmpatiḥ, sahastrakiraṇaḥ, kiraṇamālī, marīcimālī, aṃśudharaḥ, kiraṇaḥ, aṃśubharttā, aṃśuvāṇaḥ, caṇḍakiraṇaḥ, dharmāṃśuḥ, tīkṣṇāṃśuḥ, kharāṃśuḥ, caṇḍaraśmiḥ, caṇḍamarīciḥ, caṇḍadīdhitiḥ, aśītamarīciḥ, aśītakaraḥ, śubharaśmiḥ, pratibhāvān, vibhāvān, vibhāvasuḥ, pacataḥ, pacelimaḥ, śuṣṇaḥ, gaganādhvagaḥ, gaṇadhvajaḥ, khacaraḥ, gaganavihārī, padmagarbhaḥ, padmāsanaḥ, sadāgatiḥ, haridaśvaḥ, maṇimān, jīviteśaḥ, murottamaḥ, kāśyapī, mṛtāṇḍaḥ, dvādaśātmakaḥ, kāmaḥ, kālacakraḥ, kauśikaḥ, citrarathaḥ, śīghragaḥ, saptasaptiḥ hindūnāṃ dharmagrantheṣu varṇitā ekā devatā। vedeṣu sūryasya pūjāyāḥ vāraṃvāraṃ vidhānam asti।
tta	bhaviṣyatkālaḥ, uttarakālaḥ vyākaraṇe prayuktaḥ kālaḥ yaḥ vartamānāt parāsāṃ kriyāṇāṃ parāsām avasthānāṃ ca pratipādanaṃ karoti। adhyāpakena adya bhaviṣyatkālasya viśleṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।
tta	uttara, uttarā uttaradiśi vidyamānaḥ pradeśaḥ। maheśaḥ uttare nivasati।
tta	uttaraḥ, ūrddhaḥ, udīcī udatiśayena udgataḥ; etāni mānyasthānāni garīyo yad yaduttaram [manu 2.136]
tta	prathitaḥ, prasiddhaḥ, khyātaḥ, vikhyātaḥ, pratītaḥ, vittaḥ, vijñātaḥ, viśrutaḥ, abhiviśruta loke khyātiyuktaḥ। vidyādharaḥ asmin nagare ye prathitāḥ janāḥ teṣu ekaḥ asti।
tta	saṃskṛtiḥ, sabhyatā, śiṣṭatā, āryavṛttabhāvaḥ, śiṣṭācārattvam viśiṣṭapradeśasthaḥ viśiṣṭakālagataḥ samājaḥ। purā siṃdhūtaṭe atiprācīnā saṃskṛtiḥ vasati sma।
tta	chatrapati-śivājī-antarrāṣṭrīya-vimānapattanam bhāratadeśe vartamānam antarrāṣṭriyaṃ vimānapattanam। chatrapati-śivājī-antarrāṣṭrīya-vimānapattanam mumbayyām asti।
tta	uttara-madhyavartin uttara-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ। asya parvatasya uttara-madhyavartini bhāge ekaḥ sādhuḥ nivasati।
tta	anāvṛtta yasya cayanaṃ na jātam। anāvṛttāḥ krīḍakāḥ khinnāḥ jātāḥ।
tta	uttarāyaṇam sūryasya uttaradiggamanam। yadā uttarāyaṇaṃ bhavati tadā dinaṃ bṛhat tathā rātrikālaḥ alpaḥ bhavati।
tta	uttarāyaṇam sūryasya uttaradiśaṃ prati gamanasya ṣaḍbhiḥ māsaiḥ yuktaḥ kālaḥ। uttarāyaṇe tapaḥ ācarituṃ svāmī himālayaṃ gacchati।
tta	uttaṅkaḥ tapasvī vidvān ca ṛṣiḥ। svadoṣāt eva uttaṅkaḥ amṛtapānāt varjitaḥ।
tta	mattaḥ rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ। mattaḥ mālyavataḥ putraḥ āsīt।
tta	unmattaḥ rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ। unmattaḥ mālyavataḥ putraḥ āsīt।
tta	uttamaḥ caturdaśasu manuṣu ekaḥ। uttamasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।
tta	subhagadattaḥ asuraviśeṣaḥ। subhagadattaḥ bhaumāsurasya putraḥ āsīt।
tta	mattamayūram pañcadaśaiḥ varṇaiḥ yuktaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ। mattamayūrasya pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa magaṇaḥ, tagaṇaḥ, yagaṇaḥ, sagaṇaḥ tathā ca magaṇaḥ bhavati।
tta	mattamātaṅagalīlākaraḥ daṇḍakavṛttabhedaḥ। mattamātaṅgalīlākarasya pratyekasmin caraṇe nava ragaṇāḥ bhavanti।
tta	ārabdha, ātta, upātta, prakṛta, prakrānta, samupārabdha, samudyata, prastuta, pratipanna yasya ārambhaḥ kṛtaḥ asti tathā ca yaḥ pracalati। kasmād api vyavadhānāt ārabdhaṃ kāryaṃ āramat।
tta	dakṣiṇottaradhruvīyakṣetram uttaradhruvīyakṣetrasya dakṣiṇadiśi samīpatamā vartamānā akṣāṃśarekhā tathā ca tanmaryāditaṃ kṣetram। dakṣiṇottaradhruvīyakṣetre na kaḥ api janaḥ nivasati।
tta	satoraṇa, uttaraṅgavat yasmin toraṇam asti। asya prāsādasya dvārāṇi satoraṇāni santi।
tta	idānīntana, sāmaprata, upasthita, vidyamāna, āsthita, vārtamānika, saṃstha, saṃsthānavat, āvitta, āvinna, etatkālīna yad idānīm asti। yāvat idānīntanīyāḥ samasyāḥ na dūrīkriyante tāvat na kiñcid api bhavituṃ śaknoti ।
tta	āmlapittam rogaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ rogaḥ yasmin bhuktaṃ annam āmlāyate। āmlapitte pittadoṣāt yad annaṃ bhuktaṃ tad āmlamayaṃ bhavati।
tta	uttarakāṇḍam rāmāyaṇasya saptamaṃ kāṇḍam। uttarakāṇḍe rāmasya ayodhyāṃ pratyāgamanasya varṇanam asti।
tta	raktacandanam, tilaparṇī, patrāṅgam, rañjanam, kucandanam, tāmrasāram, tāmravṛkṣaḥ, lohitam, śoṇitacandanam, raktasāram, tāmrasārakam, kṣudracandanam, arkacandanam, raktāṅgam, pravālaphalam, pattaṅgam, pattagam, raktabījam raktavarṇīyaṃ candanam। muniḥ raktacandanaṃ gharṣati।
tta	raktacandanam, tilaparṇī, patrāṅgam, rañjanam, kucandanam, tāmrasāram, tāmravṛkṣaḥ, candanam, lohitam, śoṇitacandanam, raktasāram, tāmrasārakam, kṣudacandanam, arkacandanam, raktāṅgam, pravālaphalam, pattaṅgam, pattagam, raktabījam raktavarṇīyacandanavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। raktacandanasya mahāmūlyānāṃ kāṣṭhānāṃ cīnadeśe cauryaṃ bhavati।
tta	ardhasamavṛttaḥ vṛttaviśeṣaḥ yasya prathamāḥ catvāraḥ pādāḥ samānāḥ bhavanti। dohāḥ ca sāraṭhāḥ ca ardhasamavṛttau staḥ।
tta	arthalipsu, dhanakāma, dhanakāmya, arthakāma, arthacitta dhanam icchati iti। arthalipsuḥ vaṇik keṣucit eva varṣeṣu dhanikaḥ jātaḥ।
tta	dattottara, pratipanna, pratiprokta, pratibhaṇita, prativacanīkṛta, pratyukta, pratyabhihita, pratyudāhṛta, pratyudgīta yasya uttaram uktam। dattottarān praśnān śyāmaḥ punaḥ paṭhati।
tta	uttarārdham kālasya vastunaḥ vā dvayoḥ ardhabhāgayoḥ aparaḥ bhāgaḥ। brāsīladeśe aṣṭādaśatamasya śatakasya uttarārdhe ekonaviṃśatitatamasya śatakasya uttarārdhe modinyā iti nāmakaṃ premagītaṃ lokapriyam āsīt।
tta	avipittakaḥ amlapittasya vyādheḥ nivārakaṃ cūrṇam। avipittakaṃ jale miśrayitvā pibatu iti vaidyaḥ asūcayat।
tta	aikamatyam, ekavākyatā, ekacittatā kasmiñcit viṣaye vicāre vā sarveṣāṃ janānāṃ samānaṃ mataṃ vartate tādṛśī avasthā। tasya vyaktitvasya viṣaye vidvatsu aikamatyaṃ nāsti।
tta	aśreṣṭha, anuttama yaḥ śreṣṭhaḥ nāsti। śreṣṭhaḥ puruṣaḥ aśreṣṭhaṃ puruṣaṃ parivartayati।
tta	saṃvṛttaḥ nāgaviśeṣaḥ। saṃvṛttasya varṇanaṃ paurāṇikāsu kathāsu dṛśyate।